Radiation makes Mars travel impossible today…let’s fly faster!

0

NASA’s Curiosity program has confirmed that interplanetary manned missions at speeds attainable today is not possible due to lethal space radiation. However, Russians are preparing to speed up space travel 20-fold to get to Mars and beyond.

Once again it has been confirmed, this time empirically, that
space radiation would seriously endanger cosmonauts’ lives on
their trip to Mars.

The Curiosity rover mission has been collecting valuable data not
only after arrival to the Mars surface. Through the
eight-and-a-half month cruise to Mars the probe’s sensors were
collecting information about space, including radiation levels.

Now the radiation data collected by Curiosity have published in
the May 31 edition of the Science magazine by a group of
scientists from the Southwest Research Institute in Boulder,
Colorado. And their prospects for manned flight to the Red Planet
are dark, naming space radiation as a major threat to astronauts.

Radiation accumulates in the human body; therefore exposure to it
is measured in Sievert (Sv) or milliSievert (one-thousandth of
Sv) at a given time. The atomic bombs of Hiroshima and Nagasaki
dramatically exposed a simple fact that extreme doses of
radiation cause cancer. For example, exposure to 1 Sv adds a 5
per cent increase in risk of developing terminal cancer.

Two known forms of radiation actually threaten astronauts’ health
in space. There are galactic cosmic rays (GCR) from outer space
caused by high-energy events in other stellar systems, such as
supernova explosions and other events outside the solar system.
Another type of radiation is solar energetic particles (SEP)
emitted from our sun in large quantities, particularly at the
time of coronal mass ejections and solar flares.

The largest solar flare ever recorded occurred on April 2, 2001, as observed by the Solar and Heliospheric Observatory, or SOHO, satellite. Image Credit: NASA

The International Space Station and manmade satellites are fairly
protected against SEP radiation, but cannot properly shield
highly-energized GCR particles, that either pierce a spacecraft
through or collide with what space vessels consist of on atomic
level, causing deformation of the materials. So far no proper
shielding against GCR particles has been invented, largely
because it would imply a much higher, next-generation power
supply capacity of a spacecraft.

Curiosity’s Radiation Assessment Detector (RAD) has been
measuring the radiation levels during the long 563,000,000
kilometers flight to Mars in conditions similar to those that
will be inside a manned spacecraft in the future missions. The
RAD showed that during its journey to Mars Curiosity was exposed
to an average of 1.8 milliSieverts of GCR radiation per day.

The current NASA radiation regulation for astronauts allows
maximum 3 per cent increase in cancer risk. With about 520 days
in interplanetary space needed for to-and-fro Mars travel
(without actual landing), the daily 1.8 milliSieverts of GCR
radiation make close to 1 Sv in total, much more than allowed for
an astronaut to endure.

“The situation would be greatly improved if we could only get
there quite a bit faster,”
NASA’s Cary Zeitlin told BBC News.

And this is exactly what Russian scientists are planning to do in
the nearest future, developing a spaceship that can travel much
faster than the modern space vessels.

In the meantime Russia is slowly but steadily making its way in
the direction of manned interplanetary missions. The task is
enormous and implies heavy investments in various fields of
science to get a functioning model of a future spaceship.

First of all Russian scientists are set to develop a
megawatt-class nuclear drive to start test in 2017. The
traditional rocket engines are believed to have reached the limit
of their potential.

The nuclear engine project proposes the use of an electric ion
propulsion system using xenon as propellant for the engines.

The engine exhaust thrust will be generated by an ion flow, which
is further accelerated by an electric field. The nuclear reactor
will therefore ‘supply’ the necessary amount of electric power
without unwanted radioactive contamination of the environment.

These new engines would increase the speed of a spaceship
dramatically, by at least 20 times, which means the traveling
time to, for example, Mars would lessen to little more than one
month, given the necessity to gain speed in the beginning of a
journey and slowing down while approaching the Red Planet. In
that case exposure to space radiation would decrease manifold.

Russian state is planning to invest well over $550 million in
development of the nuclear engine program, which uses the vast
practical results of the similar program in the USSR (1961-1989).

But still Russia’s Roscosmos space agency believes it would take
time till 2025 before a functioning atomic engine will get to
space.

Earth and Mars approach each other occasionally and the next
possible date to send a manned expedition to Mars after 2025
would occur in 2035.

In the meantime, Roscosmos and the European Space Agency are
teaming up to develop a united ExoMars exploration program, since
bearing such burden alone is a task too heavy to undertake.

In 2016 the agencies are planning to send a satellite to Mars
and, in 2018, to land a rover.

Roscosmos plans to stage a huge experiment of its own, sending
two cosmonauts for one year to the ISS, returning them to Earth
to imitate activities on the Martian surface, and then
immediately returning them to the ISS to simulate the trip back
home. This test will start in 2018 and the names of the men to
take part in it are already known: Russian cosmonaut Mikhail
Kornienko and American astronaut Scott Kelly.

This unprecedented experiment has been underway for quite some
time. In 2010-2011 a Mars-500 experiment was successfully
conducted. Six volunteers spent 520 days isolated in a mock
spaceship, simulating a trip to the Red Planet and back.

This article originally appeared on: RT

World’s largest pipe maker TMK becomes second profitable globally

0

The Russian producer of oil and gas pipes has replaced rival Vallourec of France to become the second most profitable pipemaker after Luxembourg based Tenaris.

The company’s EBITDA rose 24% to $273 million in the first
quarter of this year compared to the previous quarter, TMK
reports. Its close competitor the French Vallourec saw a decrease
of 19% to $191mn over the same period. Luxembourg Tenaris remains
the leader with earnings of at $699 mn.

TMK’s 1st quarter revenue increased by 6% to $1.7 billion, profit
rose almost three- fold to $85mn. As a result, the
company’s profitability by EBITDA reached 16%.

Dmitry Pumpyanskiy, the head of TMK, says that the company
will continue to develop the production of pipes with high added
value. He also pointed out that the task was to make TMK the
leader by market capitalization, but it is “a long, tedious,
hard, but understandable way”, Vedomosti quotes. 

On Thursday TMK capitalization on the London Stock Exchange
was $2.6bn. For comparison the capitalization of Vallourec
is $6.8bn (on the Paris stock exchange), and Tenaris
is $26,1bn (NYSE).TMK started developing the premium pipe
segment about 2 years ago, while Tenaris and Vallourec has
been working in this market for many years – since the US
began to develop complex oil and gas deposits, Vedomosti quotes
Vasiliy Kuligi from Renaissance Capital as saying.

TMK has work to do and where to develop. Tenaris currently earns
more than $700 on 1 tonne of premium pipes, while the Russian
company makes only $250-300, the analyst says.TMC intends to
continue investing into premium pipe production, Vedomosti quotes
a company representative.

This year its American division has launched a new production
facility in Edmonton, and the company bought several service
assets in Texas. TMK also has production plants in Russia,
Romania and Kazakhstan and has an annual production capacity of
more than 6 million tonnes of pipe products that it delivers to
companies in more than 65 countries.

TMK clients include oil and gas companies Gazprom, Transneft,
Lukoil, Rosneft, Royal Dutch Shell, Total, Wintershall,
Repsol, and Statoil.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Eurozone unemployment hits another record high of 12.2% in April

0

In April a further 95,000 people across the eurozone lost their jobs, says Eurostat. This marked another all-time high unemployment rate, with the total of 19.38mn people now out of work.

April’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate stood at 12.2%, up
from 12.1%in the previous month, according to the European
Commission’s statistics office.

Southern states like Greece, Spain and Portugal performed the
worst. One in four people in Greece and Spain are now jobless, as
the unemployment rate there stands at about 27%.

The lowest unemployment rate is in Austria at 4.9%.

Youth unemployment remains a special problem, as 3.6 million
people under the age of 25 are out of work across the 17 eurozone
nations. In relative terms, youth unemployment reached a sky-high
24.4% in April.In Italy alone 40.5% of young people are
unemployed.

“We have to deal with the social crisis, which is expressed
particularly in spreading youth unemployment, and place it at the
centre of political action,”
the BBC quotes Italy’s President
Giorgio Napolitano.

 In April, the number of people losing their jobs in the
countries using the single currency has increased for the 24th
consecutive month. In the meantime, the jobless figure for all 27
members of the European Union remains at 11%. 

Image from Eurostat

This article originally appeared on: RT

US Muslim sues FBI over ‘months of torture on unspecified charges’

0

A US Muslim alleges he was held illegally for 106 days by FBI agents and was subjected to severe beatings. The plaintiff said he was abused when he refused to become an informant at the Portland Mosque he attended while living in the US.

Yonas Fikre, a Sudanese man of Eritrean descent has filed a
lawsuit against the FBI for $30 million and several injunctions
for his mistreatment in custody in 2011.

He is the fourth man from the Portland, Oregon, area to allege
that the FBI detained and tortured him. The lawsuit accuses the
FBI of torture and denial of citizenship rights.

“We want this practice to be exposed and stopped,” said
Tom Nelson, Fikre’s attorney.

The plaintiff alleges that the FBI took an interest in him when
he moved from Portland in the US to Sudan to open an electronics
retail business in 2009. Fikre claims he was summoned to the US
embassy by a man claiming to be an official requiring advice on
“how Americans might stay safe during a period of political
turmoil in Sudan.”

Upon arrival he was ushered into a small room where he was
subjected to interrogation by FBI agents David Noordeloos and
Jason Dundas for information on the worshippers at Portland’s
largest Mosque, Masjid As-Saber. The agents sought to recruit
Fikre as an informant at the Mosque, offering to take him off the
American no-fly list in return and were angered when he refused,
according to the plaintiff’s account.

The following year he took a business trip to the United Arab
Emirates where he was apprehended by Emirates police when they
“invaded” his house in Abu Dhabi. Fikre says he was then
incarcerated for 106 days in a cell with no windows and was
beaten repeatedly during this period.

Similarities in the questions that his captors asked him led
Fikre to believe that the FBI was behind his detention in the
UAE. They also interrogated him regarding the Masjid As-Saber
Mosque in Portland.

“[Fikre] thus inquired whether his confinement and
mistreatment was at the request of the FBI,”
according to the
lawsuit. “On each such occasion, the interrogators responded
by beating plaintiff severely.”

The State Department had previously confirmed that Fikre had been
detained in Abu Dhabi on “unspecified charges,” while the FBI
says it is unable to comment on the allegations.

Two months into his detention, Fikre was visited by a member of
the US State Department. His captors forbade him from speaking
about the treatment he had received at their hands under the
threat of more severe beatings. Fikre claims he tried to intimate
with facial expressions that he needed help, but these attempts
were either ignored or misconstrued.

When Fikre was finally released he found that he had been placed
on the US no-fly list and was forced to fly to Sweden to take
refuge. Following a press conference in May of last year a
Federal indictment was filed against him for “conspiracy to
structure”
relating to money transfers to family in the UAE
in 2010.

The Masjid As-Saber Mosque has previously been flagged by the FBI
as harboring extremists. A Somali American convicted of planning
a bomb attack on downtown Portland in 2010 reportedly worshipped
there. A decade ago, seven Muslims tied to this mosque were taken
into custody after a failed attempt to travel to Afghanistan to
combat US forces.

This article originally appeared on: RT

‘Like captured Germans in 1944’: Moscow cops convoy column of illegal immigrants

0



Published time: May 31, 2013 13:14

Download video (6.44 MB)
Embed

Code

Citizens of the Moscow suburb of Reutov have witnessed a previously-unseen procession of illegal aliens arrested by police at a local market. There were so many arrested that police had to form them into a column resembling POWs during WWII.

Police in Reutov suppressed a looming conflict at a local
wholesale and retail market on May 27, arresting over a hundred
of men armed with knives, metal rods and traumatic pistols, ready
to set upon each other as a result of some kind of a conflict of
interest between merchants. Many of the arrested turned out to be
living and working in Russia illegally.

An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 30, 2013 by Igor Komaroff

Because the number of detainees exceeded the capacity of local
police prison trucks, officers had to convoy them to the police
station on foot, demonstrating outstanding escort guard skills.

An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 30, 2013 by Igor Komaroff

Once an amateur video of the incident made it on to the web, it
exploded a bombshell in the Russian segment of the internet.

Young though Russian internet users might be, the likening of the
illegal aliens to German POWs being escorted during WWII made it
into Top-30 of the Russian Twitter trends.

An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 30, 2013 by Igor Komaroff

“Prisoner guest workers in Moscow’s Reutov are being convoyed,
hands up, faces frightened. This reminds me of German war
prisoners,”
wrote blogger dakarmos on LiveJournal.

An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 30, 2013 by Igor Komaroff

The most renowned event of war prisoners marching through the
Soviet capital was the historic ‘Parade of Losers’ (Big
Waltz March), that took place in Moscow on July 17, 1944,
when 57,000 German POWs marched through central Moscow.

Nearly 70 years ago, that was how the Soviet government showed
the citizens of the capital and foreign diplomats residing in
Moscow that the Red Army was winning the war. The march of German
POWs left an indelible impression in the memory of
contemporaries.

Captive Nazi soldiers, officers and generals convoyed by Soviet warriors in Moscow, 1944. (RIA Novosti / Michael Trahman)

Once the economic situation in Russia began to markedly improve
in the 2000s, citizens of neighboring countries began looking for
a better life in Russia.

Less than a week before the incident in Reutov, Moscow police
conducted an ‘Illegal Alien-2013’ operation, arresting over 600
illegals. But this is only a drop in the ocean, as the Federal
Migration Service believes that as many as 3 million illegal
immigrants are currently residing in Russia.

A clothes market in Moscow. (RIA Novosti / Iliya Pitalev)

On May 22 Moscow police reported that over the four first months
of the 2013 the number of crimes committed by illegal migrants
has grown up by 42 per cent, whereas the hard crimes committed by
migrants has grown by 72 per cent.

“Just imagine: if not for those migrant crime stats,
Moscow would have the lowest crime rate in whole Russia,”

commented Moscow Police Chief Anatoly Yakunin.

In the meantime Russia’s Federal Security Service (FSB) has
warned that the uncontrollable flow of migrants might
threaten national security as the illegal aliens might have not
only criminal, but terrorist pasts.

“We have discovered that certain forces within the illegal
migration actually conduct subversive and intelligence activities
against the Russian Federation,”
stressed FSB Service One
deputy head Aleksandr Roschupkin, speaking at parliamentary
hearings in the upper house, the Federation Council.

This article originally appeared on: RT

'I cannot force him to stop the hunger strike' – father of Gitmo hunger striker

0

Al-Odah’s son has been an inmate in Guantanamo for 11 years and decided to go on hunger strike to send a message to the world. His health is now seriously suffering AL-Odah tells RT.

RT: Did your son tell you why he is on hunger strike?



Al-Odah: I think this is the only way available for them
to protest their indefinite detention in Guantanamo, my son has
been there for 11 years without having justice and he is there
without committing any crime, no charges against him. So the
problem is that they don’t have anything to attract the attention
of the world, that we are there, please help us. One sentence he
told me during the last call a week ago he said father we are
pushing our life’s to the edge so

the rest of the world can hear us and help us. My wife was
sitting beside me while we were talking to him, and we can see
him. She could not prevent herself from crying, she just stepped
away from the chair and started crying, she doesn’t want her son
to see her in this situation.

RT: What exactly is going on there?



AO: It is very difficult for me to tell what is going on
there because there is surveillance, there are restrictions for
all detainees, not to talk about the conditions inside the
prison, it is very rare to know any indication from him, but I
can tell by the way he looks, he was so skinny, this is the first
time for him to put some glasses on his eyes, he looks horrible.

He could not concentrate while he was talking to me. I have
sometimes to repeat simple sentences to him two or three times,
just to get his attention so he could understand what I am
saying. When he starts talking to me, there is no talk except
social talk about the family and social things. You can tell the
way he is being treated by his look, he is so skinny, he is
disturbed, he cannot concentrate, he has a lack of nutrition
which has affected his body, his thinking, his brain, we are very
concerned, very concerned about his life.

RT: Did he say anything about the hunger strike?

AO: Well I can tell you this, I do not want him to
participate in the hunger strike, just to save his life but I
cannot force him or tell him to stop that because I don’t know
what’s going on inside this camp or inside this prison, which is
horrible. The news we have received during the 11 years, it is
horrible, the way they are being treated, abused.

There was some deaths inside the prison, so I think he is a man
and he can decide what the best is for him. My thinking or
suggestions will not be effective for him since he is living
there. 

RT: What will happen if people on hunger strike start
to die?

AO: I am hesitant to answer this, because I don’t know
what will happen to him in the coming years. I don’t know if
Obama is saying the right thing and he will do it, he will close
the camp and send the detainees to their countries. I hope, I
pray to God that he is saying the right thing. I am really,
really very cautious.

RT: Do you believe Obama intends to close
Guantanamo?

From experience, I hope that his word will be believed by me. We
have a very bad experience on this. But if he really is saying
this I am taking it very cautiously, and hope that this time he
will do it.

This article originally appeared on: RT

US lifts ban on gadget exports to Iran ahead of elections

0

The US has announced it is easing sanctions on Iran, allowing exports of computers, cellphones and software to individuals. The move comes ahead of presidential election to be held next month.

Though the chances of an Apple Store being opened in Tehran are
still slim, Iranians might soon be able to buy American computer
devices and cellphones officially and not at the black market, as
they have been forced to do by US restrictions, in force since
1992. As for Iranians living in US, they can finally feel free to
buy whatever gadgets they like – something they used to be
denied, with shops citing American sanctions.

The US Department of the Treasury says it is lifting the ban to
enhance freedom of speech. 

“The people of Iran should be able to communicate and access
information without being subject to reprisals by their
government
,” the department’s statement reads. It specifies
the sanctions will no longer apply only for non-government,
individual consumers.

The move is meant to give Iranians greater access to social media
and instant messaging tools, allowing them to avoid at least some
of the government controls on the internet. The decision is made
two weeks before the coming presidential election, recalling the
impact of the Arab Spring.

Back in 2011 regime protests were gathered as a result of
activists being able to communicate and coordinate their actions
through social media sites like Facebook and Twitter.

Iran witnessed something similar in 2009, when President Mahmoud
Ahmadinejad’s reelection led to massive protests by the
opposition Green Movement, which also used social media
extensively to summon crowds to anti-government demonstrations.

US-based human rights group, the National Iranian American
Council (NIAC), hailed Washington’s decision, explaining the
sanctions harmed common Iranians more than the
government.  

“At a time when broad sanctions are causing many Iranians to
seriously question whether the US is aiming at them or their
government, this is a very important gesture
,” said Jamal
Abdi, NIAC Policy Director.

Iranian political analyst Seyed Mohammad Marandi is not that
optimistic, labeling the gesture as empty. He believes lifting
some other sanctions would have been the real sign of America’s
goodwill. Meanwhile, the US is trying to “prevent the import
and export of all goods, including foodstuffs and medicine
.”

“Many patients have died as a result of medical shortages.
They are trying to wreck the Iranian economy and inflict as much
suffering as possible upon the Iranian people
.”

The analyst is questioning the US’s sincerity in its efforts to
enhance freedoms for common Iranians, as he points at how
selective Washington’s attempts at bringing democratic reforms to
Arab countries have been so far. 

“In truth, Western regimes are against the Awakening or Spring
that we see in Arab countries, because they do not want the will
of the people to be reflected in the policies of the governments
of the region. That is why they supported the Tunisian and
Egyptian dictatorships until they were on the verge of being
overthrown and that is why they support the Saudi occupation of
Bahrain. That is also why the US, Britain, and France, have
allowed the oil rich dictatorships of the Persian Gulf to heavily
fund Takfiri Salafis across the region
,” Marandi said.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Bill S-7 “Combating Terrorism Act” Now in Force in Canada

0

On May 24, 2013, Bill S-7, with the short title of the Combating Terrorism Act (S.C. 2013, c.9), received Royal Assent and came into force.

This omnibus legislation both revives some of the sunsetted and most controversial provisions of the 2001 Anti-terrorism Act and creates new terrorism provisions under the Criminal Code and other Acts. For a five-year period, the Combatting Terrorism Act reinstates preventive detentions and investigative hearings.

As well, the new terrorism provisions involve …… facilitating terrorism in foreign countries (an individual could be prosecuted for providing material support to a terrorist group in a foreign country, e.g. providing medical assistance or basic necessities to an individual who later is revealed to be involved with a terrorist group).

Some observations:

    • “revealed” might be in quotes, since evidence tested by courts of law seems to be obsolete. Unaccountable “anonymous” government sources would probably be all that the government requires to charge or put people away.
    •  Also, one might ask: How much “later” might be relevant? If a child receives food or medical help (which could be as called for by international law) and is accused of being a “terrorist” by an enemy decades later, would the people who fed or clothed the person be liable? The government’s broad wording gives them the ability to do whatever they want.
    • Noam Chomsky recently noted that the international definition of “terrorism” encompasses acts of our allies, which is clearly not the definition that Canada uses, which criminalizes what might be legitimate acts of resistance.

    Related content:

    Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

    www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
    copyright owner.

    For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    How Syria Became a More Dangerous Quagmire Than Iraq

    0

    For the first two years of the Syrian civil war foreign leaders regularly predicted that Bashar al-Assad’s government would fall any day. In November 2011, King Abdullah of Jordan said that the chances of Assad’s surviving were so slim he ought to step down. In December last year, Anders Rasmussen, the Nato secretary general, said: ‘I think the regime in Damascus is approaching collapse.’ Even the Russian Foreign Ministry — which generally defends Assad — has at times made similar claims. Some of these statements were designed to demoralise Assad’s supporters by making his overthrow seem inevitable. But in many cases outsiders genuinely believed that the end was just round the corner. The rebels kept claiming successes, and the claims were undiscriminatingly accepted.

    That Assad’s government is on its last legs has always been something of a myth. YouTube videos of victorious rebel fighters capturing military outposts and seizing government munitions distract attention from the fact that the war is entering its third year and the insurgents have succeeded in capturing just one of the 14 provincial capitals. (In Libya the insurgents held Benghazi and the whole of the east as well as Misrata and smaller towns in the west from the beginning of the revolt.) The Syrian rebels were never as strong militarily as the outside world supposes. But they have always been way ahead of the government in their access to the international media. Whatever the uprising has since become it began in March 2011 as a mass revolt against a cruel and corrupt police state. The regime at first refused to say much in response, then sounded aggrieved and befuddled as it saw the vacuum it had created being filled with information put out by its enemies. Defecting Syrian soldiers were on television denouncing their former masters while government units that had stayed loyal remained unreported and invisible. And so it has largely continued. The ubiquitous YouTube videos of minor, and in some cases illusory, victories by the rebels are put about in large part to persuade the world that, given more money and arms, they can quickly win a decisive victory and end the war.

    There is a striking divergence between the way the Syrian war is seen in Beirut — just a few hours’ drive from Damascus, even now — and what actually appears to be happening on the ground inside Syria. On recent trips I would drive to Damascus, having listened to Syrians and non-Syrians in Beirut who sincerely believed that rebel victory was close, only to find the government still very much in control. Around the capital, the rebels held some suburbs and nearby towns, but in December I was able to travel the ninety miles between Damascus and Homs, Syria’s third largest city, without any guards and with ordinary heavy traffic on the road. Friends back in Beirut would shake their heads in disbelief when I spoke about this and politely suggest that I’d been hoodwinked by the regime.

    Some of the difficulties in reporting the war in Syria aren’t new. Television has a great appetite for the drama of war, for pictures of missiles exploding over Middle Eastern cities amid the sparkle of anti-aircraft fire. Print journalism can’t compete with these images, but they are rarely typical of what is happening. Despite the iconic images Baghdad wasn’t, in fact, heavily bombarded in either 1991 or 2003. The problem is much worse in Syria than it used to be in Iraq or Afghanistan (in 2001) because the most arresting pictures out of Syria appear first on YouTube and are, for the most part, provided by political activists. They are then run on TV news with health warnings to the effect that the station can’t vouch for their veracity, but viewers assume that the station wouldn’t be running the film if it didn’t believe it was real. Actual eyewitnesses are becoming hard to find, since even people living a few streets from the fighting in Damascus now get most of their information from the internet or TV.

    Not all YouTube evidence is suspect. Though easily fabricated, it performs certain tasks well. It can show that atrocities have taken place, and even authenticate them: in the case of a pro-government militia massacring rebel villagers, for instance, or rebel commanders mutilating and executing government soldiers. Without a video of him doing so, who would have believed that a rebel commander had cut open a dead government soldier and eaten his heart? Pictures of physical destruction are less reliable because they focus on the worst damage, giving the impression — which may or may not be true — that a whole district is in ruins. What YouTube can’t tell you is who is winning the war.

    The reality is that no one is. Over the last year a military stalemate has prevailed, with each side launching offensives in the areas where they are strongest. Both sides have had definite but limited successes. In recent weeks government forces have opened up the road that leads west from Homs to the Mediterranean coast and the road from Damascus south to the Jordanian border. They have expanded the territory they hold around the capital and trained a militia of sixty thousand, the National Defence Force, to guard positions once held by the Syrian army. This strategy of retrenchment and consolidation isn’t new. About six months ago the army stopped trying to keep control of outlying positions and focused instead on defending the main population centres and the routes linking them. These pre-planned withdrawals took place at the same time as real losses on the battlefield, and were misinterpreted outside Syria as a sign that the regime was imploding. The strategy was indeed a sign of military weakness, but by concentrating its forces in certain areas the government was able to launch counterattacks at vital points. Assad isn’t going to win a total victory, but the opposition isn’t anywhere close to overthrowing him either. This is worth stressing because Western politicians and journalists so frequently take it for granted that the regime is entering its last days. A justification for the British and French argument that the EU embargo on arms deliveries to the rebels should be lifted — a plan first mooted in March but strongly opposed by other EU members — is that these extra weapons will finally tip the balance decisively against Assad. The evidence from Syria itself is that more weapons will simply mean more dead and wounded.

    The protracted conflict that is now underway in Syria has more in common with the civil wars in Lebanon and Iraq than with the overthrow of Muammar Gaddafi in Libya or the even swifter regime changes in Egypt and Tunisia at the start of the Arab Spring. The civil war in Lebanon lasted 15 years, from 1975 to 1990, and the sectarian divisions which caused it are as marked as ever. In Iraq, 2006 and 2007 are usually described as being the worst years of the slaughter — three thousand people murdered every month — but sectarian killings began immediately after the US invasion in 2003 and haven’t stopped since. According to the UN some seven hundred Iraqis were killed in April: the highest monthly total since 2008. Syria is increasingly resembling its neighbours to the west and east: there will soon be a solid bloc of fragmented countries that stretches between the Mediterranean and Iran. In all three places the power of the central state is draining away as communities retreat into their own well-defended and near autonomous enclaves.

    Meanwhile, foreign countries are gaining influence with the help of local proxies, and in so doing the rebels’ supporters are repeating the mistake Washington made ten years ago in Iraq. In the heady days after the fall of Saddam, the Americans announced that Iran and Syria were the next targets for regime change. This was largely ill-informed hubris, but the threat was real enough for the Syrians and Iranians to decide that in order to stop the Americans acting against them they had to stop the US stabilising its occupation of Iraq and lent their support to all of America’s opponents regardless of whether they were Shia or Sunni.

    From an early stage in the Syrian uprising the US, Nato, Israel and the Sunni Arab states openly exulted at the blow that would soon be dealt to Iran and to Hezbollah in Lebanon: Assad’s imminent fall would deprive them of their most important ally in the Arab world. Sunni leaders saw the uprising not as a triumph of democracy but as the beginning of a campaign directed at Shia or Shia-dominated states. As with Iraq in 2003, Hezbollah and Iran believe they have no alternative but to fight and that it’s better to get on with it while they still have friends in power in Damascus. ‘If the enemy attacks us,’ Hossein Taeb, a high-ranking intelligence officer in the Iranian Revolutionary Guard, recently said, ‘and seeks to take over Syria or Khuzestan’ — an Iranian province — ‘the priority is to maintain Syria, because if we maintain Syria we can take back Khuzestan. But if we lose Syria we won’t be able to hold Tehran.’ Hassan Nasrallah, the leader of Hezbollah, made it very clear in a speech on 30 April that the Lebanese Shia also see Syria as a battleground where they can’t afford a defeat. ‘Syria,’ he said, ‘has real friends in the region and the world who will not let Syria fall into the hands of America, Israel or takfiri groups.’ He believes the very survival of the Shia is at stake. For many in the Middle East this sounded like a declaration of war: a significant one, given Hezbollah’s experience in fighting a guerrilla war against the Israelis in Lebanon. The impact of its skill in irregular warfare has already been witnessed in the fighting at Qusayr and Homs, just beyond Lebanon’s northern border. ‘It probably is unrealistic to expect Lebanese actors to take a step back,’ a study by the International Crisis Group concludes. ‘Syria’s fate, they feel, is their own, and the stakes are too high for them to keep to the sideline.’

    The Syrian civil war is spreading. This, not well-publicised advances or withdrawals on the battlefield, is the most important new development. Political leaders in the region see the dangers more intensely than the rest of the world. ‘Neither the opposition nor the regime can finish the other off,’ Nouri al-Maliki, the Iraqi prime minister, said earlier this year. ‘If the opposition is victorious, there will be a civil war in Lebanon, divisions in Jordan, and a sectarian war in Iraq.’ Of these countries, the most vulnerable is Lebanon, given the division between Sunni and Shia, a weak state, porous borders and proximity to heavily populated areas of Syria. A country of four million people has already taken in half a million Syrian refugees, most of them Sunnis.

    In Iraq, the Syrian civil war has reignited a sectarian conflict that never entirely ended. The destabilising of his country that Maliki predicted in the event of an opposition victory has already begun. The overthrow of Saddam brought to power a Shia-Kurdish government that displaced Sunni rule dating back to the foundation of the Iraqi state in 1921. It is this recently established status quo that is now under threat. The revolt of the Sunni majority in Syria is making the Sunni minority in Iraq feel that the regional balance is swinging in their favour. They started to demonstrate in December, modelling their protests on the Arab Spring. They wanted reform rather than revolution, but to the Shia majority the demonstrations appeared to be part of a frighteningly powerful Sunni counter-offensive across the Middle East. The Baghdad government equivocated until 23 April, when a military force backed by tanks crushed a sit-in protest in the main square of Hawijah, a Sunni town south-west of Kirkuk, killing at least 50 people including eight children. Since then local Sunni leaders who had previously backed the Iraqi army against the Kurds have been demanding that it leave their provinces. Iraq may be disintegrating.

    The feeling that the future of whole states is in doubt is growing across the Middle East — for the first time since Britain and France carved up the remains of the Ottoman Empire after the First World War. ‘It is the end of Sykes-Picot,’ I was told repeatedly in Iraq; the reference was to the agreement of 1916 which divided up the spoils between Britain and France and was the basis for later treaties. Some are jubilant at the collapse of the old order, notably the thirty million Kurds who were left without a state of their own after the Ottoman collapse and are now spread across Iraq, Turkey, Iran and Syria. They feel their moment has come: they are close to independence in Iraq and are striking a deal with the Turkish government for political rights and civil equality. In March, the Kurdish guerrillas of the PKK declared an end to their thirty-year war with the Turkish government and started withdrawing into the mountains of northern Iraq. The 2.5 million Kurds in northern Syria, 10 per cent of the population, have assumed control of their towns and villages and are likely to demand a high degree of autonomy from any postwar Syrian government.

    What will the new order in the Middle East look like? This should be Turkey’s great moment in the region: it has a powerful military, a prospering economy and a well-established government. It is allied to Saudi Arabia and Qatar in supporting the Syrian opposition and is on good terms with the US. But these are dangerous waters to fish in. Three years ago, Ankara was able to deal peaceably with Syria, Iraq and Iran, but now it has poisonous relations with all three. Engagement in Syria on the side of the rebels isn’t popular at home and the government is clearly surprised that the conflict hasn’t yet ended. There are signs that the violence is spilling over Turkey’s 510-mile frontier with Syria, across which insurgent groups advance and retreat at will. On 11 May, two bombs in a Turkish border town killed 49 people, almost all Turkish. An angry crowd of Turks marched down the main street chanting ‘kill the Syrians’ as they assaulted Syrian shopkeepers. Arab politicians wonder whether the Turks know what they are getting into and how they will handle it. ‘The Turks are big on rhetoric but often disappointing when it comes to operational ability,’ one Arab leader says. ‘The Iranians are just the opposite.’ The recent deal between the government and Turkey’s Kurds could easily unravel. A long war in Syria could open up divisions in Turkey just as it is doing elsewhere.

    When the US invaded Iraq in 2003, it changed the overall balance of power and destabilised every country in the region. The same thing is happening again, except that the impact of the Syrian war is likely to be less easily contained. Already the frontier dividing the western deserts of Iraq from the eastern deserts of Syria is ceasing to have any physical reality. In April, al-Qaida in Iraq embarrassed the rebels’ Western supporters by revealing that it had founded, reinforced with experienced fighters and devoted half its budget to supporting al-Nusra, militarily the most effective rebel group. When Syrian soldiers fled into Iraq in March they were ambushed by al-Qaida and 48 of them were killed before they could return to Syrian territory.

    There is virtually no state in the region that hasn’t got some stake in the conflict. Jordan, though nervous of a jihadi victory in Syria, is allowing arms shipments from Saudi Arabia to reach rebels in southern Syria by road. Qatar has reportedly spent $3 billion on supporting the rebels over the last two years and has offered $50,000 to every Syrian army defector and his family. In co-ordination with the CIA it has sent seventy military flights to Turkey with arms and equipment for the insurgents. The Tunisian government says that eight hundred Tunisians are fighting on the rebel side but security sources are quoted as saying the real figure is closer to two thousand. Moaz al-Khatib, the outgoing president of the Syrian National Coalition, which supposedly represents the opposition, recently resigned, declaring as he did so that the group was controlled by outside powers — i.e. Saudi Arabia and Qatar. ‘The people inside Syria,’ he said, ‘have lost the ability to decide their own fate. I have become only a means to sign some papers while hands from different parties want to decide on behalf of the Syrians.’ He claimed that on one occasion a rebel unit failed to go to the rescue of villagers being massacred by government forces because they hadn’t received instructions from their paymasters.

    Fear of widespread disorder and instability is pushing the US, Russia, Iran and others to talk of a diplomatic solution to the conflict. Some sort of peace conference may take place in Geneva over the next month, with the aim at least of stopping things getting worse. But while there is an appetite for diplomacy, nobody knows what a solution would look like. It’s hard to imagine a real agreement being reached when there are so many players with conflicting interests. Five distinct conflicts have become tangled together in Syria: a popular uprising against a dictatorship which is also a sectarian battle between Sunnis and the Alawite sect; a regional struggle between Shia and Sunni which is also a decades-old conflict between an Iranian-led grouping and Iran’s traditional enemies, notably the US and Saudi Arabia. Finally, at another level, there is a reborn Cold War confrontation: Russia and China v. the West. The conflict is full of unexpected and absurd contradictions, such as a purportedly democratic and secular Syrian opposition being funded by the absolute monarchies of the Gulf who are also fundamentalist Sunnis.

    By savagely repressing demonstrations two years ago Bashar al-Assad helped turn mass protests into an insurrection which has torn Syria apart. He is probably correct in predicting that diplomacy will fail, that his opponents inside and outside Syria are too divided to agree on a peace deal. He may also be right in believing that greater foreign intervention ‘is a clear probability’. The quagmire is turning out to be even deeper and more dangerous than it was in Iraq.

    PATRICK COCKBURN is the author of “Muqtada: Muqtada Al-Sadr, the Shia Revival, and the Struggle for Iraq.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Violent clashes kill 23 in NW Pakistan

    0

    Violent clashes between Pakistan Army troops and militants have claimed lives of at least 23 people in the country’s troubled northwestern tribal region, military sources say.

    More than 100 heavily armed militants were reported on Friday to have attacked a military post in upper Orakzai Agency.

    Pakistani military officials said three soldiers and 20 militants were killed in fierce fighting in the remote region.

    The militants had launched the attack to avenge the killing of Tehrik-e Taliban Pakistan (TTP) deputy chief Waliur Rehman Mehsud in a US drone strike in the volatile region of North Waziristan two days ago.

    Despite the Pakistani government’s operations against the TTP militants and associated groups, they have still been able to spread their influence in various regions of the country and kill thousands of people.

    Thousands of Pakistanis have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks since 2001 when Pakistan entered an alliance with the US on the so-called war against terrorism, according to local media.

    Thousands others have been displaced by the wave of violence and militancy sweeping across the country.

    Since late 2009, there has been a surge in militant attacks in Pakistan.

    JR/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Russia to Deliver More Than 10 Fighter Jets to Syria, MIG Head Says

    0

    Russia is planning to deliver more than 10 MiG fighter planes to the Syrian government of Bashar Assad, the head of the state-owned MIG corporation said Friday, in a move likely to draw harsh criticism from Western governments seeking Assad’s removal amid a bloody civil war in Syria.

    MIG head Sergei Korotkov told journalists that a Syrian delegation was in Moscow on Friday determining the details of the contract to deliver the MiG-29M2 jets.

    “I think they will be delivered to Syria,” Korotkov said, according to Interfax.

    Responding to criticism by the West regarding continued arms deliveries to Assad’s government, Russia has said it will fulfill existing contracts with the Syrian regime but would not sign new ones.

    It was unclear when the contract for the sale of the MiG planes had been signed, or whether such a contract had in fact been signed yet at all.

    The fate of a S-300 missile defense system slated for delivery from Russia to Syria remained uncertain on Friday. Assad responded ambiguously in an interview aired on Lebanese TV on Thursday when asked whether the missiles had arrived.

    An unidentified official in the arms export business told Interfax on Friday that they had not yet been delivered and said they could not be sent earlier than this fall. The officials said the terms of the delivery would depend largely on the position of Western countries regarding the Syrian civil war.

    A MiG-29M2 jet in flight. (right)

    Russia has said it will send the S-300 missiles partly to help prevent a potential no-fly zone by Western powers like the one set up in Libya during the effort to topple dictator Moamaar Gadhafi.

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Campaigners warn on far-right marches

    0

    Anti-racist campaigners warn against far-right marches.

    Anti-racist campaigners have warned of a Å“day of hate” in England this weekend as facsist groups English Defence League (EDL) and members of the British National Party (BNP) prepare for marches across the country.

    Anti-racist groups, including Hope not Hate, accused the far-right groups of exploiting the killing of British soldier Lee Rigby, who was stabbed to death in Woolwich, south-east London last week.

    “This is about the EDL taking their message of hate and division to communities across the country to try to stoke tensions and provoke a response,” Nick Lowles from Hope not Hate warned.

    The far-right groups’ protests due on Saturday are expected to take place in Birmingham, Luton and Leeds, while police forces across England have been holding emergency meetings this week, discussing ways to handle the situation.

    The racist groups used the Woolwich murder as an excuse to spread Islamophobia and have already held three major protests in Woolwich, Newcastle and central London, all of which were filled with violence and attacks on police officers.

    BGH/MOS/SSM/HE

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Bilderberg policing could cost millions

    0

    UK taxpayers could pay millions of punds for Bilderberg meeting security.

    British taxpayers could pay millions of pounds for security costs of next week’s meeting of the secretive Bilderberg Group in Watford, Herfordshire, England.

    The meeting of royalty, business chiefs, and prime ministers is planned to take place in Britain for the first time since 1998, The Telegraph reported.

    The event has previously sparked anti-capitalist demonstrations in other locations around the world.

    Hertfordshire Police are in talks with the UKâ„¢s Home Office about a grant for “unexpected or exceptional costs” to cover security for the event, which is expected to be held at the Grove Hotel in Watford on 6-9 June.

    The total cost of providing security for the meeting, whose organizers include Tory Cabinet minister Ken Clarke, is estimated to reach more than one percent of the police force’s overall spend or about £1.8 million.

    The invitation-only Bilderberg meetings are attended by some 140 people of influence from North America and Europe.

    In 1954, the most powerful men in the world met for the first time under the auspices of the Dutch royal crown and the Rockefeller family at the luxurious Hotel Bilderberg in the small Dutch town of Oosterbeek.

    They decided to meet once every year to exchange ideas and analyze international affairs. Since then, they have gathered yearly in a luxurious hotel somewhere in the world to debate the future of the world

    BGH/SSM/MOS/HE

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    'I cannot force him to stop the hunger strike' – father of Gitmo hunger striker

    0

    Al-Odah’s son has been an inmate in Guantanamo for 11 years and decided to go on hunger strike to send a message to the world. His health is now seriously suffering AL-Odah tells RT.

    RT: Did your son tell you why he is on hunger strike?



    Al-Odah: I think this is the only way available for them
    to protest their indefinite detention in Guantanamo, my son has
    been there for 11 years without having justice and he is there
    without committing any crime, no charges against him. So the
    problem is that they don’t have anything to attract the attention
    of the world, that we are there, please help us. One sentence he
    told me during the last call a week ago he said father we are
    pushing our life’s to the edge so

    the rest of the world can hear us and help us. My wife was
    sitting beside me while we were talking to him, and we can see
    him. She could not prevent herself from crying, she just stepped
    away from the chair and started crying, she doesn’t want her son
    to see her in this situation.

    RT: What exactly is going on there?



    AO: It is very difficult for me to tell what is going on
    there because there is surveillance, there are restrictions for
    all detainees, not to talk about the conditions inside the
    prison, it is very rare to know any indication from him, but I
    can tell by the way he looks, he was so skinny, this is the first
    time for him to put some glasses on his eyes, he looks horrible.

    He could not concentrate while he was talking to me. I have
    sometimes to repeat simple sentences to him two or three times,
    just to get his attention so he could understand what I am
    saying. When he starts talking to me, there is no talk except
    social talk about the family and social things. You can tell the
    way he is being treated by his look, he is so skinny, he is
    disturbed, he cannot concentrate, he has a lack of nutrition
    which has affected his body, his thinking, his brain, we are very
    concerned, very concerned about his life.

    RT: Did he say anything about the hunger strike?

    AO: Well I can tell you this, I do not want him to
    participate in the hunger strike, just to save his life but I
    cannot force him or tell him to stop that because I don’t know
    what’s going on inside this camp or inside this prison, which is
    horrible. The news we have received during the 11 years, it is
    horrible, the way they are being treated, abused.

    There was some deaths inside the prison, so I think he is a man
    and he can decide what the best is for him. My thinking or
    suggestions will not be effective for him since he is living
    there. 

    RT: What will happen if people on hunger strike start
    to die?

    AO: I am hesitant to answer this, because I don’t know
    what will happen to him in the coming years. I don’t know if
    Obama is saying the right thing and he will do it, he will close
    the camp and send the detainees to their countries. I hope, I
    pray to God that he is saying the right thing. I am really,
    really very cautious.

    RT: Do you believe Obama intends to close
    Guantanamo?

    From experience, I hope that his word will be believed by me. We
    have a very bad experience on this. But if he really is saying
    this I am taking it very cautiously, and hope that this time he
    will do it.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    US Attorney General Eric Holder Personally Approved Obama’s Secret Effort to Seize Email and Phone Records of News Reporters

    0

    US Attorney General Eric Holder personally approved the Obama administration’s secret effort to seize email records of Fox News reporter James Rosen in 2010. The Justice Department was forced to admit this fact following an NBC News report documenting Holder’s role.

    In an official statement issued last Friday, the Justice Department hypocritically claimed it “takes seriously the First Amendment right to freedom of the press. In recognition of this, the Department took great care in deciding that a search warrant was necessary in [this] matter, vetting the decision at the highest levels of the Department, including discussions with the Attorney General.”

    The announcement amounts to an admission that Holder lied when he testified before Congress on May 15 regarding the administration’s crackdown on information disclosures made by government officials to journalists.

    “With regard to the potential prosecution of the press for the disclosure of material,” Holder told Congress two weeks ago, “that is not something that I’ve ever been involved in, heard of or would think would be a wise policy. In fact, my view is quite the opposite.”

    In fact, Holder took part in “extensive deliberations” on the subject, according to the recent administration statement, before making the blatantly unconstitutional decision to spy on Rosen and his private communications. To obtain the warrant it was necessary to claim that Rosen was likely involved in criminal activity by seeking to obtain information from a government source.

    Holder’s admission follows revelations by the Associated Press that the Justice Department secretly used a subpoena earlier this year to obtain phone records of AP reporters and editors as part of an investigation to identify the source of a leak about the foiling of an alleged terrorist attack linked to Yemen.

    AP President and Chief Executive Gary Pruitt told a staff meeting Wednesday that phone records obtained by the government included “thousands and thousands” of calls in and out of the news organization, according to a staffer who attended. The Obama administration acted as “judge, jury and executioner” in secretly obtaining the news organization’s records, Pruitt said.

    In an effort to deflect growing public opposition, the Justice Department issued a statement saying it planned to establish standard operating procedures to monitor the activities of reporters. The department wanted to “strike the appropriate balance between its obligation to enforce the laws preventing leaks of classified information and First Amendment rights, and, through a new media shield law and appropriate updates to the Department’s internal guidelines, we are committed to achieving that balance.”

    This amounts to nothing more than putting in place bureaucratic procedures to oversee and sanction the government’s future trampling of the First Amendment. Similar suggestions have been made to provide a pseudo-legal cover for the international and domestic crimes the Obama and Bush administrations have carried out in the name of the “War on Terror.”

    While some news outlets boycotted a secret meeting requested by Holder on Thursday, the corporate controlled media has reacted with typical cowardice. The editors of the New York Times and Associated Press said they would not attend an “off the record” meeting but assured the Obama administration that they would send lawyers to help negotiate an “update” of government procedures on restricting what the American people are allowed to know.

    The Times cited with approval the lamentations of a lawyer close to Holder who said the attorney general faced “a trade-off between press freedoms and the need to identify leakers–a problem for which there are no easy answers because it pits ‘two laudable goals’ against each other.”

    For the past decade, the corporate news organizations have offered no substantial opposition to the assault on democratic rights carried out in the name of the “war on terror.” The New York Times and other media conglomerates are complicit in legitimizing the concept of “debating” questions for which it claims “there are no easy answers,” like the appropriate tactics for furthering such “laudable goals” as the assassination of US citizens and indefinite detention of prisoners without a warrant or a trial, the creation of a general “state of exception” to the constitution, the launching of war after war, and the widespread spying and wiretapping of American citizens.

    But there can be no “debate” as to whether or not freedom of the press can be limited at the whim of the government, be it the executive branch or, as proposed under Holder’s “media shield law,” by a star chamber set up by the judicial branch.

    In fact, freedom of the press is not a “laudable goal,” but a constitutional requirement, inscribed in the First Amendment.

    The amendment states that “Congress shall make no law…abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press…” This key freedom, Founding Father James Madison wrote, “shall be inviolable .”

    No branch of government has the constitutional authority to create a balancing test for the First Amendment. Yet the Obama administration has repeatedly asserted that basic constitutional protections are extraneous if they are outweighed by a state interest.

    The Obama administration has emerged as the most anti-democratic in US history. The former constitutional law professor has placed under siege every basic democratic principle contained in the Bill of Rights–freedom of the press, freedom of association, free speech, the protection against warrantless searches and seizures, due process, the right to a trial by jury and public counsel, and the ban on torture.

    The White House has prosecuted six current or former government officials for leaking classified information, double the number prosecuted by all previous presidents combined. It has imprisoned and is about to put on trial Private Bradley Manning for allegedly exposing US war crimes, and it has launched an international witch-hunt against WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange.

    At the same time, the government is increasing its spying operations on the American people, pushing for a new law that will allow it to tap directly into Facebook, Google and other Internet companies.

    The Justice Department’s clandestine operations to intimidate and silence reporters are another indication of the destruction of democratic rights in the United States.

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    US lifts ban on gadget exports to Iran ahead of elections

    0

    The US has announced it is easing sanctions on Iran, allowing exports of computers, cellphones and software to individuals. The move comes ahead of presidential election to be held next month.

    Though the chances of an Apple Store being opened in Tehran are
    still slim, Iranians might soon be able to buy American computer
    devices and cellphones officially and not at the black market, as
    they have been forced to do by US restrictions, in force since
    1992. As for Iranians living in US, they can finally feel free to
    buy whatever gadgets they like – something they used to be
    denied, with shops citing American sanctions.

    The US Department of the Treasury says it is lifting the ban to
    enhance freedom of speech. 

    “The people of Iran should be able to communicate and access
    information without being subject to reprisals by their
    government
    ,” the department’s statement reads. It specifies
    the sanctions will no longer apply only for non-government,
    individual consumers.

    The move is meant to give Iranians greater access to social media
    and instant messaging tools, allowing them to avoid at least some
    of the government controls on the internet. The decision is made
    two weeks before the coming presidential election, recalling the
    impact of the Arab Spring.

    Back in 2011 regime protests were gathered as a result of
    activists being able to communicate and coordinate their actions
    through social media sites like Facebook and Twitter.

    Iran witnessed something similar in 2009, when President Mahmoud
    Ahmadinejad’s reelection led to massive protests by the
    opposition Green Movement, which also used social media
    extensively to summon crowds to anti-government demonstrations.

    US-based human rights group, the National Iranian American
    Council (NIAC), hailed Washington’s decision, explaining the
    sanctions harmed common Iranians more than the
    government.  

    “At a time when broad sanctions are causing many Iranians to
    seriously question whether the US is aiming at them or their
    government, this is a very important gesture
    ,” said Jamal
    Abdi, NIAC Policy Director.

    Iranian political analyst Seyed Mohammad Marandi is not that
    optimistic, labeling the gesture as empty. He believes lifting
    some other sanctions would have been the real sign of America’s
    goodwill. Meanwhile, the US is trying to “prevent the import
    and export of all goods, including foodstuffs and medicine
    .”

    “Many patients have died as a result of medical shortages.
    They are trying to wreck the Iranian economy and inflict as much
    suffering as possible upon the Iranian people
    .”

    The analyst is questioning the US’s sincerity in its efforts to
    enhance freedoms for common Iranians, as he points at how
    selective Washington’s attempts at bringing democratic reforms to
    Arab countries have been so far. 

    “In truth, Western regimes are against the Awakening or Spring
    that we see in Arab countries, because they do not want the will
    of the people to be reflected in the policies of the governments
    of the region. That is why they supported the Tunisian and
    Egyptian dictatorships until they were on the verge of being
    overthrown and that is why they support the Saudi occupation of
    Bahrain. That is also why the US, Britain, and France, have
    allowed the oil rich dictatorships of the Persian Gulf to heavily
    fund Takfiri Salafis across the region
    ,” Marandi said.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Mickey Mouse Police Force Uses Simple Prank To Look Like Super Heroes

    0

    Donna Anderson
    Infowars.com
    May 31, 2013

    All hail the Mickey Mouse police force! Photo: Sean MacEntee

    A prank-gone-awry at Disneyland could cost a park employee six years in the California state prison, but at least the Mickey Mouse police force looks like heroes and a few thousand more Americans are living in fear.

    Orange County prosecutors have charged 22-year-old Christian Barnes with possessing a destructive device. If convicted he’s looking at a maximum sentence of six years in state prison. Bail has been set at $500,000. And all because of a little prank.

    On Tuesday, May 28, a small explosion occurred inside a trashcan at Disneyland in Anaheim, California. Minutes later, a second mini-explosion occurred inside another trash can in Toontown.

    Both mini-explosions were contained inside the trash cans, and both were the result of dry ice that had been placed inside water bottles.

    Witnesses reportedly saw Barnes drop a water bottle into the second trash can and he’s been arrested and is in custody awaiting his first court appearance.

    Neither trash can exploded and no one was hurt. Reports state that some visitors experienced a “ringing in the ears” but that’s to be expected given the fact that there were plenty of police around to incite fear and panic.

    Barnes is cooperating in the investigation and his North Long Beach neighbors say, “This is a good family and a good neighborhood.”

    It’s obvious the mini-explosions weren’t intended to cause any actual harm. Barnes could have stood behind a pillar and popped a paper bag and he probably would have elicited the same response. It was a prank, that’s all. Maybe not a great prank, but a prank nonetheless. The guy works a drink cart at Disneyland — he was probably just trying to have a little fun.

    Yet Americans have been conditioned to react with fear and panic to the slightest provocation now and that’s just the way our tyrannical leaders want it. Fear breads chaos and it’s much easier to control the population if you’re the person who steps in, saves the day, and restores order. All hail the Mickey Mouse police force!

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Friday, May 31, 2013 at 8:00 am

    Tags: ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Settling Scores in the Theater of Endless Wars

    0

    I know vengeance personally, the anger that drives a fantasy to action. I admit that it feels too good to be good. I also admit my own complicity in being taken advantage of, but I lied only to myself.

    My saga is nothing compared to what’s being done in our names, a cycle of war violence by the government, although the two people against whom my malice was directed would disagree. They’re that self-absorbed.

    So where am I going with this? Here: an article about Pakistan’s announcement that on Wednesday a CIA drone killed the Pakistan Taliban’s 2nd in command, Wali ur-Rehman. This just days after Barack Obama spoke of a “new direction” for the secret drone wars, the “sweeping changes” to the drone program, and a shift to transparency about the secret killings.

    American “officials” are talking about the exception to the new rules. And I’m wondering just how many exceptions there are. Or if the new standards are just like the old ones–that as long as US troops are in Afghanistan, the CIA will drone the bejesus out of anyone in Pakistan suspected of nefarious thoughts without so much as a care about legality and/or who’s nearby to be collaterally cremated.

    And the transparency? Washington, thus far, is closed-lipped about the latest murder, despite the Pakistan statement that Mr. Rehman is dead–and was one among five people killed.

    Who are the others? Any children?

    During the period of old rules at least 350 drones have been joysticked to Pakistan. And according to, again, “officials,” many Pakistanis are grateful for the CIA dronings. Because they rid the country of so many bad men. But they often obliterate the unintended, a human being holding not a rifle but instead something harmless, like a farming tool, or a child.

    On Wednesday, Pakistan’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs expressed concern over the drone strikes that violate national sovereignty and international law. His alarm is trumped by American exceptionalism. Always.

    It’s reported that Mr. Rehman had ties with several religious parties that worked to mediate with the Taliban. Mualana Syed Yusuf Shah, deputy leader of one of the religious parties, said Mr. Rehman’s death would make it difficult to negotiate peace. “Now the Taliban will avenge his killing, resulting in more bloodshed and violence across the country,” he continued.

    We might consider that this was the US Empire’s intent. And we know that each time we drone one of the biggies, several more are ready to ascend. In fact, the Pakistan Taliban has purportedly chosen Rehman’s replacement, Khan Sayed.

    Supposedly, vengeance doesn’t belong to us. I claimed it as mine briefly, writing, exposing deception, and sunbathing in retribution. It’s the wanting more that’s disturbing, the tension between a choice–either reprisal or taking the moral high ground. Like those in Washington who refer to certain drone attacks as “good-will kills,” I had a purpose to defend my gender. That settling of the score is a microcosm of what we view at the theater of endless war. I can’t promise I’m finished. I want to be, but I know my offenders continue the insanity, hurting so many others and really we must stop the hurting of others.

    Missy Beattie can be reached at missybeat@gmail.com.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    The Language Wars of France

    0

    Paris.

    A single market, a single currency, a single language? The doors and bridges shown on Euro notes already reflect the fluid nature of deals between businessmen with no home and no history. So should students be free to cross borders, using English as a passport valid everywhere (especially in French universities), with no need for dictionaries?

    We are told that French universities, like the rest of France, are “bemused”: the people in them still speak French… The minister for higher education and research, Geneviève Fioraso, wants to get rid of this language barrier that discourages “students from emerging countries – Korea, India, Brazil” from coming to France.

    Yet the language of Molière is officially spoken in 29 countries (the language of Shakespeare in 56). And the number of French speakers is steadily increasing, especially in Africa. But France does not want African students, to judge by the obstacle course it imposes on them: they are not rich enough, not prepared to pay the (substantial) fees charged by commercial colleges or engineering schools. In US universities, where the proportion of foreign students (3.7%) is much lower than in France (13%), there has been no attempt to make up the deficit by teaching in Chinese or Portuguese. But Fioraso claims, slightly ironically: “If we do not allow courses to be conducted in English, we shall be left with five people sitting round a table discussing Proust”. Before Fioraso, Nicolas Sarkozy made clear his contempt for the humanities by pitying students who were forced to read Madame de La Fayette’s novel La Princesse de Clèves instead of studying law or business.

    The 1994 Toubon law provides that “the language of instruction, examinations and competitive examinations, as well as theses and dissertations in state and private educational establishments, shall be French.” A few eminent academics object to this 20th-century provision on the ground that if we defend multilingualism (still very much alive in most international organisations in the 21st century), it will deter English-speakers from studying in Paris (1).

    But the attractiveness of a language is not just about the sale of higher education to “emerging” countries. It is the product of a manner of communication, of thinking about the world now and the world to come. France has struggled to defend its cinema and songs: must it accept that research and science will be one day be conducted exclusively in the (often mangled) language of the current superpower?

    The linguist Claude Hagège says that “the paradox is that today the people who are responsible for Americanisation and the promotion of English are not American.” Fortunately, people who are not French (notably in Africa and Quebec) have enabled cultural diversity to flourish. Political leaders should be inspired by their tenacity, not by the foolish fatalism of a few academics.

    SERGE HALIMI is director of Le Monde Diplomatique. He has written several books, including one on the French press, Les nouveaux chiens de garde and another on the French left in the 20th century — Quand la gauche essayait — both are fine works. He can be reached at Serge.Halimi@monde-diplomatique.fr

    This article appears in the excellent Le Monde Diplomatique, whose English language edition can be found at mondediplo.com. This full text appears by agreement with Le Monde Diplomatique. CounterPunch features two or three articles from LMD every month.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    ‘Like captured Germans in 1944’: Moscow cops convoy column of illegal immigrants

    0



    Published time: May 31, 2013 13:14

    Download video (6.44 MB)
    Embed

    Code

    Citizens of the Moscow suburb of Reutov have witnessed a previously-unseen procession of illegal aliens arrested by police at a local market. There were so many arrested that police had to form them into a column resembling POWs during WWII.

    Police in Reutov suppressed a looming conflict at a local
    wholesale and retail market on May 27, arresting over a hundred
    of men armed with knives, metal rods and traumatic pistols, ready
    to set upon each other as a result of some kind of a conflict of
    interest between merchants. Many of the arrested turned out to be
    living and working in Russia illegally.

    An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 30, 2013 by Igor Komaroff

    Because the number of detainees exceeded the capacity of local
    police prison trucks, officers had to convoy them to the police
    station on foot, demonstrating outstanding escort guard skills.

    An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 30, 2013 by Igor Komaroff

    Once an amateur video of the incident made it on to the web, it
    exploded a bombshell in the Russian segment of the internet.

    Young though Russian internet users might be, the likening of the
    illegal aliens to German POWs being escorted during WWII made it
    into Top-30 of the Russian Twitter trends.

    An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 30, 2013 by Igor Komaroff

    “Prisoner guest workers in Moscow’s Reutov are being convoyed,
    hands up, faces frightened. This reminds me of German war
    prisoners,”
    wrote blogger dakarmos on LiveJournal.

    An image grab taken from a video uploaded on YouTube on May 30, 2013 by Igor Komaroff

    The most renowned event of war prisoners marching through the
    Soviet capital was the historic ‘Parade of Losers’ (Big
    Waltz March), that took place in Moscow on July 17, 1944,
    when 57,000 German POWs marched through central Moscow.

    Nearly 70 years ago, that was how the Soviet government showed
    the citizens of the capital and foreign diplomats residing in
    Moscow that the Red Army was winning the war. The march of German
    POWs left an indelible impression in the memory of
    contemporaries.

    Captive Nazi soldiers, officers and generals convoyed by Soviet warriors in Moscow, 1944. (RIA Novosti / Michael Trahman)

    Once the economic situation in Russia began to markedly improve
    in the 2000s, citizens of neighboring countries began looking for
    a better life in Russia.

    Less than a week before the incident in Reutov, Moscow police
    conducted an ‘Illegal Alien-2013’ operation, arresting over 600
    illegals. But this is only a drop in the ocean, as the Federal
    Migration Service believes that as many as 3 million illegal
    immigrants are currently residing in Russia.

    A clothes market in Moscow. (RIA Novosti / Iliya Pitalev)

    On May 22 Moscow police reported that over the four first months
    of the 2013 the number of crimes committed by illegal migrants
    has grown up by 42 per cent, whereas the hard crimes committed by
    migrants has grown by 72 per cent.

    “Just imagine: if not for those migrant crime stats,
    Moscow would have the lowest crime rate in whole Russia,”

    commented Moscow Police Chief Anatoly Yakunin.

    In the meantime Russia’s Federal Security Service (FSB) has
    warned that the uncontrollable flow of migrants might
    threaten national security as the illegal aliens might have not
    only criminal, but terrorist pasts.

    “We have discovered that certain forces within the illegal
    migration actually conduct subversive and intelligence activities
    against the Russian Federation,”
    stressed FSB Service One
    deputy head Aleksandr Roschupkin, speaking at parliamentary
    hearings in the upper house, the Federation Council.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Return of the Tea Party?

    0

    Two years ago, optimists had something to be optimistic about. Today there is nothing: the Occupy movements have gone dormant, and the historic struggles that preceded them – the massive and prolonged demonstrations in Wisconsin, Ohio, Michigan, Indiana and other states in support of unionized public workers — are finished. Nothing remotely comparable has taken their place.

    Political elites from the White House down found it expeditious to wait the Occupy movements out and then, when conditions were right, to clear them out altogether.

    Meanwhile, the malign neglect of the national Democratic Party and the Obama Administration helped quash those broadly popular efforts to fight back against the union-busting machinations of Republican Governors.

    Because these expressions of popular resistance were attuned to circumstances that have subsequently evolved, they will not come back — at least not in the form they assumed in 2011.

    The reelection of Barack Obama in 2012 doesn’t help either. Counter-factual history is a risky business, but it is fair to speculate that functional equivalents of those spontaneous eruptions of indignation and discontent would have emerged by now had Obama lost.

    No doubt, he genuinely was the lesser evil in many, consequential respects; the bar was that low. But his victory was worse for the Left, and therefore for the reemergence of reasons for “hope” and “change.”

    This is why it is far from clear that, all things considered, it was a good thing that he won.

    Throughout his first term, Obama did more or less what George Bush would have done, were he still “the decider.” The difference was that he did it without Bush’s dumb bravado and monumental ignorance.  Another difference is that he did it with liberals cutting him endless slack.

    He and his coterie were less embarrassing than their predecessors were, and less enthusiastic about doing the wrong thing.  But the differences were more cosmetic than substantive. The fundamental politics was the same.

    This is why being a lesser evil isn’t all that it is cracked up to be.

    Since Obama was unwilling or unable to strike out boldly in new directions, neither he nor his appointees were in any position to affect public policies for the better except around the margins.

    Indeed, in crucial respects, the political scene has deteriorated markedly since Obama took office. The reason why, in short, is that he, along with other leading Democrats, let Republicans and Blue Dog Democrats set the agenda and call the shots.

    Republicans lost the 2008 election, but they effectively took power anyway, not because they outmaneuvered Democrats but because they had a highly motivated base behind them, dragging the entire scene to the right.

    Within weeks of Obama’s inauguration, that base gave itself a name. They called themselves the Tea Party, a reference to the Boston Tea Party of 1773.

    It was an odd choice. Evidently, Tea Partiers are oblivious to the historical context of the “patriotic” event they identify with, and therefore to the anti-imperialist implications of the name they chose.

    However that may be, for a while it seemed that there was no stopping the Tea Party.

    And then they were gone. Indeed, just a few weeks ago, the Tea Party seemed as defunct as Occupy Wall Street.

    It peaked in the 2010 election, and it was all down hill from there. Finally, the Romney campaign and then the Obama victory in 2012 did them in.

    But times change. Media chatter now has it is they are on their way back.  It is an unlikely prospect.  But should the plutocrats who funded them come back on board, it could happen.

    If it does, it will show that in America today it doesn’t take much to stir up the nest. All that is needed is to get them to focus on what they most despise: the federal income tax, and that other bugbear of America’s far right, government “bureaucrats.”

    This is why the Internal Revenue Service, the IRS, the government agency that collects federal taxes, is a perfect target.

    If, in the process, the Obama Administration can be tarnished by scandal, so much the better; right-wingers hate all things Obama even more than they hate the IRS.

    And so, the proximate cause of the Tea Party revival that now threatens is a scandal involving the Obama
    Administration — or rather that is how the right-wing propaganda mill is spinning the tale. The “liberal” media sees it that way too.

    No matter that all that happened was that some overworked, mid-level bureaucrats in the IRS’s understaffed Cincinnati office did their best to do what they are supposed to do as efficiently as they could.

    In particular, they “targeted” applications for tax exempt status from groups with Tea Party or Patriot (Tea Party) names and mission statements that might as well have been written by Michele Bachmann’s ghost writers or Rick Santorum’s.

    How could that not prompt bipartisan outrage!

    Republicans are up in arms.  No surprise there. No surprise either that Barack Obama is appalled or that leading Democrats are shocked, shocked.

    The purported scandal is not that the Tea Party groups didn’t get what they wanted. Nor is it that they were subjected to burdensome and costly audits or to the usual harassments the IRS visits on the government’s usual enemies.

    The problem was just that their applications for tax exemptions under laws that give cultural or “social welfare” organizations, including those with a political bent, a free ride, were targeted for more than cursory scrutiny.

    By law, groups are eligible for tax exemptions so long as their primary purpose is not political. “Political,” it seems, is understood narrowly to refer just to partisan electoral politics, and “primary” means more than fifty percent.

    Well, duh. Does anyone seriously doubt that the Tea Party is “primarily” about getting gun toting, God fearing Republican whack jobs elected?

    For that matter, does anyone believe that the Tea Party has anything to do with culture or social welfare, or that their purpose is educational?

    Combining words like “cultural” or “educational” with “Tea Party” is oxymoronic, and calling the Tea Party a social welfare organization is absurd. But let that pass. Anyone familiar with the political scene in the United States is accustomed to even more glaring absurdities than these.

    Nevertheless, it must be conceded that the Tea Partiers have a point. There is, after all, ample precedent for letting almost anything slip through the filter.

    Even so, letting Tea Party groups through might just strike some self-respecting bureaucrat, one who aspires to being more than a rubber stamp, as a step too far.

    If there was indeed any special targeting, this is the most plausible explanation for why it occurred.

    An explanation that appeals instead to partisan politics is extremely implausible, if only because the idea that Obama or anyone associated with him would go after domestic political enemies, Nixon-style, is as bizarre as claims that Tea Party groups serve loftier purposes than helping the rich get richer while pandering to the obsessions of retrograde, anxiety-ridden geezers.

    More even than the proverbial liberal of Robert Frost’s quip, Obama is constitutionally incapable of taking his own side in an argument.  He is the quintessential Bipartisan Man. No matter how shamelessly Republicans provoke him, his “reasonableness” is unshakeable.

    To be sure, there is a disturbingly schizophrenic aspect to Obama’s determination to get along no matter what.

    Let any of the empire’s victims in the Middle East or Africa or anywhere else outside the sainted West resist American predations and Obama will be there with his drones and assassins in the blink of an eye.

    But discommode a Republican? That would be unthinkable.

    Indeed, his reflexive bipartisanship is what got us the Tea Party in the first place. When Obama took office, he established two points from Day One: that all his talk of “hope” and “change” was just that, talk; and that, no matter how much power he wields, he has feet of clay.

    To future Tea Partiers, his weakness was palpable, and its consequences were just what one would expect. He might as well have thrown chunks of raw meat to a wolf pack and presented himself for a mauling.

    Congressional Republicans share the instincts of their most ardent supporters, and they are a vindictive and mean spirited lot.   Appeals to the public interest or to accepted political norms mean nothing to them. In their minds, doing Obama in is not just the main thing; it is, as winning was for Vince Lombardi, the only thing.

    All that mattered to them, therefore, as Obama took office in 2009, was that the Democratic Party would receive a “shellacking” in the next year’s midterm elections, and that a Republican would regain the presidency in 2012.

    This was a deplorable scheme on many levels, but it was not a far-fetched strategy.

    With a hard-core reactionary base behind them, and with racist attitudes still in play, Republicans would indeed have had a decent chance of retaking power, even had Obama been a more formidable opponent.

    And so they went after him with a single-mindedness that was unprecedented in modern times.

    That might not have been a bad thing, had the Party of No not abandoned obstructionism at the water’s edge.

    But the modern Republican Party has a reputation for bellicosity that serves it well.  It was not about to give that up.

    This is why, despite Obama’s efforts to win over the pillars of the military-industrial-national security state complex, the GOP is still, for the most part, their party of choice.

    Republicans know too that their base is so inherently jingoistic that most of them will support even the hated Obama when he spreads murder and mayhem abroad.

    Republicans therefore could not squarely oppose Obama’s continuations of the wars the Bush-Cheney Administration launched, or his violations of civil liberties and transgressions of the rule of law. All they could do is fault him, implausibly, for not going far enough.

    John McCain’s pathetic grumbling, and Lindsey Graham’s, over Obama’s reluctance to get America bogged down in yet more Middle Eastern wars  — in Iran and now in Syria – are examples of what has been the Republican position all along.

    For much the same reason, Republicans could hardly object to the clueless diplomacy of the Obama Administration’s foreign policy elite. Inasmuch as they hate Hillary Clinton too, again for all the wrong reasons, this must have been especially galling throughout the entirety of Obama’s first term.

    Being the more neo-con of the two parties, Republicans are well equipped to outdo the Administration’s outrageousness overseas — especially now that they are out of power  and all they can do is talk.  Talk is cheap. Even so, they are finding that when it comes to war making and trashing the Bill of Rights, Obama is not easily outdone.

    But when Republican leaders see no percentage in cooperating with the President, the Party of No comes into its own. At crucial moments in recent years, their dedication to obduracy was so severe that it became difficult even to keep a functional government operating.

    The so-called sequester, now in effect and likely to remain so for a while, is emblematic of this state of affairs.

    The consequences can be too much even for Republican plutocrats.  No matter how “libertarian” they think they are, they too benefit from and therefore appreciate a functioning government.

    This is why, as the Tea Party sputtered out of control during the primary season last year, the grandees got their minions to stand down.   Mitt Romney was one of their own and he seemed to be the only adult in the room. They therefore did all they could to make him the nominee.

    They succeeded, of course.  But it was touch and go. The plutocrats kept the lunatics from taking over the asylum, but they lost the election in the process.

    That experience gave even the most nefarious of them cause for concern. This was probably why the money boys backed off a little. As their level of support subsided, the Tea Party’s fortunes waned correspondingly.

    For the plutocrats, it came down to getting the most bang for the buck.

    Even before the five most reactionary of the nine Supreme Court Justices decided the Citizens’ United case in 2010, there were plenty of capitalists funding causes Tea Party groups would later champion.

    But when Citizens’ United enshrined the idea that corporations are persons, and that political corruption is Constitutionally protected free speech, there was no holding back their efforts to buy the outcomes they wanted.

    To that end, for a while at least, getting Tea Partiers riled up seemed like a good move.

    How much of the Tea Party, then, was genuinely “grass roots” and how much “astroturf”? For now, we can only speculate.

    It is a vexing question because it is not a matter of either/or. However it is fair to say, even without the benefit of hindsight, that without substantial plutocratic backing, the ressentiment-ridden souls who made the Tea Party consequential would have continued to act out their desperation in politically inconsequential ways.

    But that isn’t what happened. Instead, money flowed in and Tea Party organizations sprang forth.

    It was not unreasonable for those organizations to apply for tax exemptions; they are promiscuously conferred.

    Nevertheless, it was also reasonable that their applications were scrutinized with special care.

    Lately, The New York Times and other sources have reported that some of the organizations that applied for tax exemptions were blatantly political in the relevant sense. They made little effort to conceal the fact.

    Reports have surfaced, for example, of applicant groups that admitted to spending a substantial portion of their reported income for radio ads backing Republican candidates or for training individuals to work in get-out-the-vote campaigns dedicated to defeating Obama and other Democrats.

    If these groups meet the standard for tax exemptions under provision 501(c)4 of the tax code, then just about anything this side of the Republican or Democratic National Committees would.

    Qualifying for 501(c)4 status is a bipartisan obsession, in part because it enables contributors to deduct contributions from their income taxes — a powerful incentive for all kinds of “philanthropic” endeavors.

    For the Right, it is especially appealing not just because tax aversion is a rampant character trait in the Tea Party demographic, but also because, in conjunction with the Citizens’ United ruling, it shields donors, corporations especially, from acknowledging where their monies go.

    That makes business sense. Since many people, a majority one hopes, find Tea Party causes repugnant, being identified with them can be a liability. Winning 501(c)4 status enables corporate “persons” to corrupt the political process to their heart’s content without the public knowing about it and holding them to account.

    But the 2012 election proved that Tea Party support is not enough to win national elections, even with all limits on campaign spending (candidate buying) removed. It proved, in other words, that, by 2012, the Tea Party had become a bad investment.

    Is it different now? That seems unlikely.

    If the rich were also smart, they’d let Obama be their man. He may not be the one they love, but he is surely the one they need.  He has already proven, many times over, that he can do what no Republican can: keep the Left down.

    Enlightened plutocrats should realize that that benefits them more than the extra booty a Republican president might help them squeeze out of the ninety-nine percent.

    But enlightened self-interest may be too much to expect from Tea Party paymasters. And we should remember that in the world of the super-rich greed often trumps good sense.

    This is why it is not impossible, only unlikely, that the fuss now being made over the IRS’s “improper” (actually, very proper) targeting of Tea Party groups will be enough to get the Tea Party going again.

    We will know soon enough. If it doesn’t happen in time for the 2014-midterm elections, there would be no point.

    In any case, it hardly matters — not if the idea is to build something to be optimistic about again.

    The Tea Party is only the most ridiculous component of the bipartisan political consensus that made the Occupy movements and the struggles to retain collective bargaining necessary.

    Is it the most deleterious component?  No doubt, it sometimes is; it was in 2010, for example. It depends on circumstances.

    But whether it is or not also hardly matters – because the problem is the consensus itself. It is leading the country and the world to ruin. We can’t rid ourselves of it fast enough.

    Although large numbers of people have yet to take consciousness of the idea, it has become as clear as can be, over the past five years, that getting sidetracked by efforts to keep the worst of the worst at bay are not the way to bring this about.

    How much better it would have been had all the effort that went into defeating greater evils gone instead into building real alternatives to the bipartisan consensus that has hijacked our democracy and turned the country over to banksters, moguls, and merchants of death.

    Whether or not the Tea Party rises again, we must not repeat that mistake.

    ANDREW LEVINE is a Senior Scholar at the Institute for Policy Studies, the author most recently of THE AMERICAN IDEOLOGY (Routledge) and POLITICAL KEY WORDS (Blackwell) as well as of many other books and articles in political philosophy. His most recent book is In Bad Faith: What’s Wrong With the Opium of the People. He was a Professor (philosophy) at the University of Wisconsin-Madison and a Research Professor (philosophy) at the University of Maryland-College Park.  He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press).

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Gharazi pledges greater role for people

    0

    Iranian presidential candidate Mohammad Gharazi says people should be allowed to take charge of their own affairs, including for electing governors.

    Gharazi said on Friday that the underdevelopment of provincial cities and towns is the main reason for the population explosion and the social maladies in the capital.

    The reformist candidate said the only way out of the current deadlock is to decentralize the government and allow provinces to be in charge of their own affairs.

    He added that if he is elected president, he will create new jobs in provinces by boosting production and non-oil exports.

    Gharazi will be contending against Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, and former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref in Iran’s upcoming presidential election.

    On June 14, Iranians will cast their ballots at over 66,000 polling stations across the country to choose their 11th president. Expatriates will also be able to vote at 285 polling stations that will be set up in their respective countries.

    The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election after the Guardian Council vets the candidates.

    MRS/SS

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Iran reformists set to pick frontrunner

    0

    Iranian reformist presidential candidates Hassan Rohani (L) and Mohammad Reza Aref

    Reformist groups and factions have joined forces to pick just one frontrunner for the upcoming presidential race in Iran.

    Reports suggest the group has held extensive talks behind closed doors on how best to enter the June 14th vote.

    The idea is to ask presidential candidate Mohammad Reza Aref to step aside in favor of Hassan Rohani, in a bid to avoid vote splitting.

    They have also agreed to pick Aref as the first vice president if Rohani becomes president.

    As a first step, the group plans to hold a meeting to discuss the matter with the two candidates as well as former presidents Mohammad Khatami and Akbar Hashemi Rafsanjani.

    Rohani and Aref will be contending against former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi in Iran’s 11th presidential election.

    MRS/SS

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Iran raps Canada’s new bans on Iran

    0

    Iran Foreign Ministry spokesman has criticized Canada for imposing a total trade ban on Iranian goods, saying the decision is part of a blame game played by Ottawa.

    Å“These statements are continuation of the Canadian government’s projections [against Iran] because we did not have considerable economic relation with this country to be cut off,” Abbas Araqchi said on Friday.

    Araqchi’s remarks came after Ottawa announced more illegal unilateral sanctions against Iran on Wednesday, including an overarching ban on nearly all exports to and imports from the Islamic Republic, in a move to ramp up pressure on Tehran over its nuclear energy program.

    Canadaâ„¢s Foreign Affairs Minister John Baird announced the new sanctions on Wednesday.

    Iran vehemently refuses allegations leveled by the United States, Israel and some of their allies that its nuclear energy program pursues non-civilian objectives. Tehran argues that as a signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it is entitled to develop nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

    In December 2012, the Canadian government imposed restrictions on Iranian oil, gas, mining, metals and shipping sectors.

    On September 7, 2012, the Canadian government closed its embassy in Tehran and ordered Iranian diplomats to leave Canada within five days.

    The Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper is known for his close relations with the Israeli regime.

    PG/SS

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    War Crimes as Policy

    0

    In February the Guardian and BBC Arabic unveiled a documentary exploring the role of retired Colonel James Steele in the recruitment, training and initial deployments of the CIA advised and funded Special Police Commandos in Iraq.

    The documentary tells how the Commandos tortured and murdered tens of thousands of Iraqi men and boys. But the Commandos were only one of America’s many weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. Along with US military forces — which murdered indiscriminately — and various CIA funded death squads — which murdered selectively — and the CIA’s rampaging palace guard — the 5,000 man strong Iraq Special Operations Forces — the Commandos were part of a genocidal campaign that killed about 10% of the Sunni Arabs of Iraq by 2008, and drove about half of all Sunnis from their homes.

    Including economic sanctions, and a 50 year history of sabotage and subversion, America and its Iraqi collaborators visited far more death and destruction on Iraq than Saddam Hussein and his regime.

    For the last few weeks, American pundits have been cataloguing the horrors. They tell how the Bush and Obama regimes, united in the unstated policy of war crimes, probably murdered more than a million Iraqis, displaced around five million, and imprisoned and tortured hundreds of thousands without trial.

    A few have further explained that the dictatorial administrative detention laws, torture, and executions that characterize the occupation are still in place under Prime Minister Maliki. The prime minister’s office, notably, is where the CIA’s Counter-Terrorism Bureau is currently ensconced.

    All of this meets the definition of genocide in the Genocide Convention, and violates multiple articles of the Geneva Conventions, which guarantee protection to civilians in time of war. But the responsible Americans have gone unpunished for their war crimes, not least of which was falsifying intelligence about Iraq’s non-existent weapon of mass destruction as a pretext for the invasion. British legal advisors repeatedly warned their government that invading Iraq would be a crime of aggression, which they called “one of the most serious offenses under international law.”

    For anyone familiar with the CIA, this was predictable. But the US Government, through secrecy and censorship, destroyed much of the hard evidence of its war crimes, making it harder to prove. And the media is content to revise history and focus public attention on front men like Steele, rather than the institutions — in particular the CIA — for whom they work.

    History, however, provides contextual evidence that what happened in Iraq amounts to a policy of carefully planned war crimes. Indeed, the CIA modeled the Iraqi Special Police Commandos on the Special Police forces it organized and funded in Vietnam. In November 2000, Counterpunch published an article describing how Congressman Rob Simmons, while serving as a CIA officer in Vietnam, created the Special Intelligence Force Unit (SIFU) on which the Iraqi Special Police Commandos are very likely modeled. This is only one of many historical examples of the CIA’s modus operandi.

    There are other examples. As we were reminded by the Guardian, Steele headed the U.S. Military Advisor Group in El Salvador (1984-1986), where US advised units were responsible for thousands of cases of torture and extra-judicial killing. They operated in rural and urban areas, but wherever they operated, they were directed against anyone opposing US policy — usually leftists.

    The CIA’s death squads in El Salvador were periodically moved from one administrative cover to another to confuse investigators. The CIA played this shell game with its Special Police Commandos in Iraq as well, rebranding them as the “National Police” following the exposure of one of their torture centers in November 2005. In its finest Madison Avenue marketing traditions, the CIA renamed the Commandos’ predatory Wolf Brigade as the “Freedom Brigade”.

    In Vietnam, the CIA built an archipelago of secret torture centers to process the hundreds of thousands of detainees kidnapped by its mercenary army of “counter-terror” death squads. All around the world, CIA officers and their Special Forces lackeys teach torture techniques and design the torture centers, often hidden at military posts. This is well known.

    Major Joe Blair, the Director of Instruction at the School of the Americas (1986-9), described the training the U.S. gave to Latin American officers as follows: “The doctrine that was taught was that if you want information you use physical abuse…false imprisonment…threats to family members… and killing. If you can’t get the information you want, if you can’t get that person to shut up or to stop what they’re doing, you simply assassinate them, and you assassinate them with one of your death squads.”

    In 2000, the School of the Americas was rebranded as “WHINSIC”, but, as Blair testified at a trial of SOA Watch protesters in 2002, “There are no substantive changes besides the name. They teach the identical courses that I taught, and changed the course names and use the same manuals.”

    General Paul Gorman, who commanded U.S. forces in Central America in the mid-1980′s, defined this type of warfare based on war crimes as “a form of warfare repugnant to Americans, a conflict which involves innocents, in which non-combatant casualties may be an explicit object.”‘

    Another problem, apart from historical amnesia, is that each war crime is viewed as an isolated incident, and when the dots are connected, the focus is on some shadowy character like Steele. The Guardian made an attempt to connect Steele to Petraeus and Rumsfeld, which again, is commendable. But the fact is that the entire National Security State has been designed and staffed with right-wing ideologues who support the unstated US policy of war crimes for profit.

    We know who these security ideologues are. The problem is, they regularly have lunch with the reporters we trust to nail them to the wall.

    For example, on 17 March 2013, CNN talking head Fareed Zakaria had Donald Gregg on his show to discuss North Korea. Zakaria introduced Gregg as President Bush the Superior’s national security advisor in the 1980s, but did not mention that Gregg, while a CIA region officer in charge in Vietnam, developed the “repugnant” form of warfare based on war crimes described by General Gorman above, or that he oversaw its application in El Salvador through a back-channel “counter-terror” network.

    Gregg’s plan, used by Steele in El Salvador and then Iraq, requires US advisers to coordinate civilian security services (like the Iraqi Special Police) with military intelligence and civil affairs units to provide death squads and military units with information on the location of guerrillas, whose hideouts are bombed by U.S. warplanes, then ravaged in My Lai-style cordon and search operations in which counter-terror hit teams hunt enemy cadres in their homes.

    In Vietnam, Gregg and his CIA companions — many of whom migrated to El Salvador — put together a chart of VC political cadres from “battered” detainees. They’d force the detainees to point out on a map where their comrades were hiding. Then the CIA officers would take the detainees up in a helicopter to point out the hiding places on the ground. A Special Forces or CIA paramilitary unit would then snatch the cadre and bring them to region’s secret torture center, run by a CIA-paid and owned Special Police officer — the kind of guy Steele and before him Congressman Simmons advised.

    “We brought guys in from the national prison to flesh out the reports,” Gregg told me about one particular operation. “We had guys analyzing reports, marking photographs, putting the pictures together on the wall, and then photographing that. That led to 96 people in the organization. Using military intel, we took photos of the houses where they lived… then took the photos back to the helicopter where we had the 23 people, who were hooded, and they circled the faces of the cadre. ”

    There’s more historical evidence, of course, but this is the plan the CIA exported to El Salvador, and that Steele employed, with some modifications, in Iraq.

    After finishing with Gregg, Zakaria took a commercial break and returned with Paul Wolfowitz, Bush the Inferior’s Deputy Secretary of Defense and proponent of the Iraq War.

    ZAKARIA: “How do you think about as an American policy maker, the issue of — was it worth the price in American lives and treasure? By some estimates $1 trillion.

    WOLFOWITZ: “I would like as much as anyone to be able to say, let’s forget about the Persian Gulf. Let’s forget about the larger Middle East. But that part of the world isn’t leaving us alone. Al Qaeda isn’t leaving us alone. Pakistan isn’t leaving us alone. I think our interests and our values would be advanced if we stick with it.”

    Zakaria did not ask Wolfowitz what he meant by “leaving us alone.” He simply said, “Paul Wolfowitz, pleasure to have you on.”

    War Criminals Wave Press Passes

    Given the history of America’s genocidal wars in Vietnam and Central America, it is unfortunate that the Guardian limited itself to establishing that Steele and his administrative boss, General David Petraeus, and his boss Donald Rumsfeld, underwrote systematic torture and extrajudicial killing.

    What needs to be stressed is that thousands of Americans, including political bosses like Wolfowitz, and scores of journalists with access, knew that the CIA-owned Ministry of Interior had more than a dozen secret prisons, and they knew what went on in them — as one Iraqi general told the film-makers, “drilling, murder, torture — the ugliest sorts of torture I’ve ever seen.”

    Likewise, the composition of and operations of Special Police death squads, an American interviewee said, “were discussed openly, wherever it was, at staff meetings,” and were “common knowledge across Baghdad.”

    It is a testament to the power of U.S. “information warfare” that this policy of war crimes comes as a surprise to the general public. Such is the power of National Security State insiders David Corn and Michael Isikoff, who happily turn the policy of calculated war crimes into the “hubris” of a handful of sexy mad patriots whom the Establishment is glad to sacrifice on the pseudo-altar of public theatre.

    Certainly people have to be reminded, and the young have to learn, that America’s long-standing policy of war crimes for profit cannot exist without the complicity of the mainstream media, who exploit our natural inclination to believe the best of “our” leaders and especially of our soldiers. As George Orwell wrote in 1945, “The nationalist not only does not disapprove of atrocities committed by his own side, but he has a remarkable capacity for not even hearing about them.”

    Belligerent nationalism is often understood as the essence of what it means to be a “patriotic” American, and this veneration for the nation is taught to all budding reporters at journalism schools, along with the Code of Silence. Which is why, when insider Seymour Hersh reported that the CIA and Israel were training U.S. Special Forces assassination teams for deployment in Iraq, on the CIA’s Phoenix program model, he described it in a bloodless manner that made it seem necessary and, at worst, a mistake.

    But war crimes are not a mistake; they are a “repugnant” and thoroughly intentional form of warfare.

    Hersh quoted a former CIA station chief as saying, “We have to resuscitate Iraqi intelligence, holding our nose, and have Delta and agency shooters break down doors and take them”–the insurgents–“out.”

    Hold our noses, Hersh suggested, and commit war crimes. And when Amy Goodman interviewed him about it, she did not ask if what he described constituted a policy of war crimes. And when Zakaria looked at Wolfowitz, he failed to question him about the war crimes he plotted and committed.

    All this psychological warfare is waged in the name of morale — to make us, and our journalists, feel good about our belligerent nationalism — about being complicit in the war crimes perpetrated by the Perles, Frums, and Feiths.

    After the CIA death squads eliminated the senior leadership of the Iraqi government, they eliminated “mid-level” Baath Party members, the middle class of Iraq. Cover was provided by Newsweek, which quoted an army officer who said, “The Sunni population is paying no price for the support it is giving to the terrorists. From their point of view, it is cost-free. We have to change that equation.”

    How did they do this? In one case, U.S. forces held a general’s three sons as hostages to persuade him to turn himself in. Then, instead of releasing his sons as promised, they staged an elaborate mock execution of his 15-year-old youngest son, before torturing the general himself to death.

    All of it covered up. Not one victim featured on TV.

    If you were to believe the New York Times — the newspaper of record — it doesn’t know the names of the senior CIA officers in Iraq behind these sorts of barbaric practices. Or publishers and editors may claim that the Intelligence Identity Protection Act prevents them from naming names, but they could easily describe the jobs, and tell us what’s being done. They could finesse the law. But they don’t even do that, and that’s the Big Secret upon which the policy of war crimes utterly depends.

    The Times conceals the simple truths that undermine our so-called “democracy.” Truths, like how the CIA nurtured the exile leadership it installed in Iraq, and organized and funded the Ministry of Interior as its private domain, replete with a computerized list of every Iraqi citizen and every detail of their lives.

    The Times could at least describe the CIA as “Keeper of the Hit Lists: Blackmail Central.”

    But the Times won’t, because it’s a family affair. As we well know, the Iraqi National Congress was headed by Ahmed Chalabi, the CIA-sponsored source on the myth of weapons of mass destruction, hand-delivered to Times reporter Judy Miller, now a member of the Council on Foreign Relations. Chalabi’s lies, and Miller’s dutiful reporting of them, were the pretext for the war on Iraq.

    What is never mentioned is that the INC was founded and funded by the CIA, and that another of its leaders was the exiled General Hassan al-Naqib, whose son, Falah al-Naqib, then became the CIA’s handpicked Interim Interior Minister in Iraq and appointed his uncle General Thavit to lead the Special Police Commandos.

    Times reporters undoubtedly lunch with Uncle Thavit and his CIA case officer.

    The Times doesn’t explain the CIA’s precious methods of dominance: that any American working for the Interior Ministry, or prime minister’s office, was reporting to a publicly acknowledged administrative boss, usually in the military or State Department, and secretly to a CIA case officer, his operational boss. Or that every unit in the Special Commandos had a CIA case officer handing out hit lists to its American “Special Police Transition Team”. Up to forty-five Americans, mostly Special Forces, worked with each Iraqi unit. These teams were in round-the-clock communication with their CIA bosses via the Special Police Command Center, and there is no record of the Special Police ever conducting operations without U.S. supervision, even as they massacred tens of thousands of people.

    Every militia and Iraqi Special Forces unit had a CIA case officer doing likewise. Every Iraqi politician and ministry officer has a CIA case officer too. And Times reporters drink with these advisors inside the Green Zone. It’s the secret that enables atrocity.

    American journalists do not report the truth. Consider their deference to the Interior Ministry’s CIA advisor Steven Casteel after his Special Police Commandos launched their reign of terror in Baghdad. Hersh’s sanitized reports of a Phoenix-style terror campaign in Iraq were conveniently forgotten and instead they regurgitated Casteel’s black propaganda — that all atrocities were either rumor or innuendo or perpetrated by “insurgents in stolen police uniforms.”

    Forget about what Hersh said about “mistakes.” Such an explanation was as ludicrous as General Petraeus claiming that the Iraqis formed the Special Police Commandos on “their own initiative.”

    Knight Ridder did not mention that Casteel had managed DEA operations in Latin America and been the DEA’s Chief of Intelligence before being sent to Iraq, or that the CIA has controlled the DEA’s overseas targeting for 40 years, on a purely political basis. Casteel had served as a CIA lackey in Latin America, attacking left wing drug traffickers and letting right wing traffickers flourish, supporting the CIA sponsored Los Pepes-AUC death squads who were responsible for about 75% of civilian deaths in the Colombian civil war over the next 10 years.

    To its credit, Knight Ridder did investigate Commando atrocities, and might have uncovered the whole story, except that its Iraqi reporter, Yasser Salihee, was shot and killed by an American sniper in June 2005. And while it had sufficient evidence to debunk Casteel’s cover story, it instead blamed the abuses on infiltration of the good guy Commandos by bad guy “Shiite militias”.

    After the exposure of the al-Jadiriyah torture center, journalists reported that heads would roll. But a major CIA asset, Deputy Interior Minister Adnan al-Asadi, maintained command of the National (formerly Special) Police, undermining the reforms promised by the new Interior Minister, Jawad al-Bulani.

    Asadi remains in that position, his forces embedded and deeply implicated in persistent human rights abuses in Iraq, where prisons are still rife with rape, torture, executions (judicial and extra-judicial) and disappearances. During Arab Spring demonstrations in Tahrir Square in Baghdad in March 2011, demonstrators spotted Asadi on a rooftop directing snipers as they shot peaceful protesters in the square below.

    The Guardian and the BBC made a good start, but US journalists need to break the Code of Silence and launch an ongoing investigation into the full extent of U.S. command and control of the Special Police Commandos and all the other death squads and torture centers the United States brought to Iraq. The investigation must seriously examine the roles of the CIA and of US Special Forces, including the secret Joint Special Operations Command and the “Nightstalkers” who worked with the Wolf Brigade in 2005. The investigation must lead to accountability for each and every war crime committed.

    American journalists were glad to demonize Saddam Hussein for his war crimes — real and imagined. Now they need to identify and humanize the up to 1,800 dead bodies that piled up every month in Baghdad, and to follow up with Iraqi human rights groups like the Organization for Follow-Up and Monitoring, who matched 92% of the bodies of execution victims with names and descriptions of people detained by US-led Interior Ministry forces.

    America’s ruling National Security State, under the Obama regime, has expanded, through the CIA, “covert” paramilitary operations from 60 countries in 2008 to 120 nations. If we are ever to have a whiff of true democracy, we need our journalists to reveal the extent to which the CIA commands and controls these operations, especially in Iraq and Afghanistan, and we need them to explain, on a daily basis, how the National Security State corrupts intelligence and “news” for the same racist imperial purposes that have defined US foreign policy since the Vietnam War.

    Doug Valentine is the author of five books, including The Phoenix Program, and “A Crow’s Dream,” his first book poems. See www.douglasvalentine.com or write to him at dougvalentine77@gmail.com

    Nicolas J. S. Davies is the author of Blood On Our Hands: the American Invasion and Destruction of Iraq (Nimble Books: 2010), with a foreword by Benjamin Ferencz, a chief investigator and the only surviving prosecutor from the Nuremberg war crimes trials, and the founding father of the International Criminal Court. Nicolas’ writing about American war crimes has been published by Alternet, Huffington Post, Z Magazine and warisacrime.org. You can reach 8im at peacetopower@aol.com

    This article originally appeared in the April issue of CounterPunch magazine.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Congress' Farm Bill Readies to Kick Poor Off Food Assistance

    0

    People wait in line at a grocery store in New Orleans. With long-term unemployment still high, and with overall unemployment expected to drop only slowly for several more years, cutting the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program is likely to do significant harm to millions of families and workers. (SOURCE: AP/Eric Gay)If the House GOP gets its way, the new Farm Bill passing through Congress will prove the perfect opportunity to make some of the nation’s most poor and vulnerable even less secure.

    At stake, funding for the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (called SNAP), which provides access to staple foods for millions of families living beneath or skirting the poverty line.

    “For millions of Americans, that monthly food allowance is an unsavory reminder of the consequences of social disinvestment: no matter how hard you work, at the end of the day, you’ll still be hungry.” —Michelle Chen, In These Times

    And as Paul Krugman describes in his Friday column, readers who understand what is happening in the bill should not just be shocked or cynical about the Republican’s latest attempt to “shrink” then “effectively kill” a key social program, they “should be very, very angry.”

    Krugman writes:

    The shrinking part comes from the latest farm bill released by the House Agriculture Committee (for historical reasons, the food stamp program is administered by the Agriculture Department). That bill would push about two million people off the program. You should bear in mind, by the way, that one effect of the sequester has been to pose a serious threat to a different but related program that provides nutritional aid to millions of pregnant mothers, infants, and children. Ensuring that the next generation grows up nutritionally deprived – now that’s what I call forward thinking.

    And why must food stamps be cut? We can’t afford it, say politicians like Representative Stephen Fincher, a Republican of Tennessee, who backed his position with biblical quotations – and who also, it turns out, has personally received millions in farm subsidies over the years.

    These cuts are, however, just the beginning of the assault on food stamps. Remember, Representative Paul Ryan’s budget is still the official G.O.P. position on fiscal policy, and that budget calls for converting food stamps into a block grant program with sharply reduced spending. If this proposal had been in effect when the Great Recession struck, the food stamp program could not have expanded the way it did, which would have meant vastly more hardship, including a lot of outright hunger, for millions of Americans, and for children in particular.

    Also addressing the assault on SNAP in a recent column, Michelle Chen lashed out at the GOP, saying conservative lawmakers are going a step further from their well-known “starve the beast” strategy “by trying to starve actual people.”

    And what’s worse, explains Chen, is that the GOP rationale is a refusal of the realities that have caused the recent increase in food stamp assistance. She writes:

    Ever since 2009, conservatives have been railing against the rapid expansion of the SNAP program as if it was a policy choice by Obama. (Recall Newt Gingrich’s endless invocations of the “food stamp president” during the 2012 GOP primary.)

    But food stamp usage increased as a natural function of the steep recession, which created a lot more people who were eligible for the program. (In fact, Republican counties are responsible for most of the food stamp growth.) Republican demands to enact deep SNAP cuts, while crudely punitive to the millions of low-income Americans who depend on food stamps, are also unnecessary.

    As economists repeatedly point out, food assistance programs like SNAP actually have a stimulative effect on the economy. As Krugman explains, “estimates from the consulting firm Moody’s Analytics suggest that each dollar spent on food stamps in a depressed economy raises G.D.P. by about $1.70 – which means, by the way, that much of the money laid out to help families in need actually comes right back to the government in the form of higher revenue.”

    And it gets worse. As The Nation’s George Zornick recently reported:

    [Cutting poverty assistance is] absurdly out of sync with economic realities of the working poor. (They’re also heaped on top of a current cut to food stamps due to the expiration of a temporary boost from the federal stimulus package.) Food Research and Action Center (FRAC) estimatesthat over one-sixth of the population faces hardship in securing an adequate food supply–with appalling rates of food insecurity among black and Latino households. And among those who can afford to keep their pantries stocked, many are still too poor to afford healthy, fresh food. Food stamps just dent that gap in food security, with monthly payments averaging a luxurious $280 per household.

    For all the eagerness in Congress to shrink food stamps, the program’s problem is not that it helps too many, but that it reaches too few, as Monica Potts has reported. About one in four people who qualify for some reason do not receive benefits, according to federal estimates, perhaps due to stigma or bureaucratic barriers in the application process. Many immigrant families are also excluded due to their legal status.

    And Chen’s argues that the debate around SNAP provides a perfect symbol of the overall debate surrounding the nation’s economy and ongoing budget negotiations.

    “That millions of people can’t afford to eat is not a cause for alarm for politicians so much as a burdensome line item,” writes Chen. And continues:

    Erasing public benefits make it easier to make the poor invisible in the public mind. After all, food stamps symbolize not only the failure of “free markets” but the power of social policy to reduce endemic human suffering. For millions of Americans, that monthly food allowance is an unsavory reminder of the consequences of social disinvestment: no matter how hard you work, at the end of the day, you’ll still be hungry.

    And for those lucky enough not yet starved of their political will, as Krugman urges, perhaps it’s time to get “very, very angry” about the nature and substance of this lousy debate.

    ____________________________________________

    This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

    This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

    NYC candidates concerned over Jew ritual

    0

    Candidates running for New York City Mayor have expressed concern over a controversial Jewish circumcision rite in which blood is sucked orally from the wound on the baby boy’s penis.

    During a Jewish Press forum on Wednesday night, contenders expressed their opinions whether they would support the law that says parents must sign a consent form acknowledging the dangers of metzitzah b’peh ritual before it is performed, or would abolish the requirement.

    Å“I think even before taking office as mayor, there is time to get together with community leaders to change policies to find a way to protect all of our children,” said Bill de Blasio during the press forum.

    Metzitzah bâ„¢peh has come under fire by many Jewish groups, including Modern Orthodox associations. Opponents argue that the practice carried out by a mohel [ritual circumciser] poses a serious risk of spreading herpes to the infant. They recommend the use of a glass pipette instead of direct oral suction.

    According to New York City health officials, at least 11 boys contracted herpes from the practice between 2004 and 2011 in New York. Two died from the virus and two others suffered brain damage.

    Last September, the board of health voted 9-0 to require those performing metzitzah bâ„¢peh to obtain signed consent forms from parents.

    Meanwhile, proponents of metzitzah bâ„¢peh maintain that there is no conclusive evidence that links herpes to the Jewish ritual, and attempts to limit this practice violate religious freedom.

    MP/MAM/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    US Muslim sues FBI over ‘months of torture on unspecified charges’

    0

    A US Muslim alleges he was held illegally for 106 days by FBI agents and was subjected to severe beatings. The plaintiff said he was abused when he refused to become an informant at the Portland Mosque he attended while living in the US.

    Yonas Fikre, a Sudanese man of Eritrean descent has filed a
    lawsuit against the FBI for $30 million and several injunctions
    for his mistreatment in custody in 2011.

    He is the fourth man from the Portland, Oregon, area to allege
    that the FBI detained and tortured him. The lawsuit accuses the
    FBI of torture and denial of citizenship rights.

    “We want this practice to be exposed and stopped,” said
    Tom Nelson, Fikre’s attorney.

    The plaintiff alleges that the FBI took an interest in him when
    he moved from Portland in the US to Sudan to open an electronics
    retail business in 2009. Fikre claims he was summoned to the US
    embassy by a man claiming to be an official requiring advice on
    “how Americans might stay safe during a period of political
    turmoil in Sudan.”

    Upon arrival he was ushered into a small room where he was
    subjected to interrogation by FBI agents David Noordeloos and
    Jason Dundas for information on the worshippers at Portland’s
    largest Mosque, Masjid As-Saber. The agents sought to recruit
    Fikre as an informant at the Mosque, offering to take him off the
    American no-fly list in return and were angered when he refused,
    according to the plaintiff’s account.

    The following year he took a business trip to the United Arab
    Emirates where he was apprehended by Emirates police when they
    “invaded” his house in Abu Dhabi. Fikre says he was then
    incarcerated for 106 days in a cell with no windows and was
    beaten repeatedly during this period.

    Similarities in the questions that his captors asked him led
    Fikre to believe that the FBI was behind his detention in the
    UAE. They also interrogated him regarding the Masjid As-Saber
    Mosque in Portland.

    “[Fikre] thus inquired whether his confinement and
    mistreatment was at the request of the FBI,”
    according to the
    lawsuit. “On each such occasion, the interrogators responded
    by beating plaintiff severely.”

    The State Department had previously confirmed that Fikre had been
    detained in Abu Dhabi on “unspecified charges,” while the FBI
    says it is unable to comment on the allegations.

    Two months into his detention, Fikre was visited by a member of
    the US State Department. His captors forbade him from speaking
    about the treatment he had received at their hands under the
    threat of more severe beatings. Fikre claims he tried to intimate
    with facial expressions that he needed help, but these attempts
    were either ignored or misconstrued.

    When Fikre was finally released he found that he had been placed
    on the US no-fly list and was forced to fly to Sweden to take
    refuge. Following a press conference in May of last year a
    Federal indictment was filed against him for “conspiracy to
    structure”
    relating to money transfers to family in the UAE
    in 2010.

    The Masjid As-Saber Mosque has previously been flagged by the FBI
    as harboring extremists. A Somali American convicted of planning
    a bomb attack on downtown Portland in 2010 reportedly worshipped
    there. A decade ago, seven Muslims tied to this mosque were taken
    into custody after a failed attempt to travel to Afghanistan to
    combat US forces.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    'No compromise on nuclear rights'

    0

    Iranian presidential candidate Ali Akbar Velayati says Iran is always ready to interact with the international community but will never forgo its nuclear rights under the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT).

    Addressing a crowd of supporters in West Azarbaijan Province on Friday, the principlist candidate said fossil fuels will soon run out and it is essential for countries like Iran to have complete access to civilian nuclear energy.

    The remarks come in the face of allegations made by United States, the Israeli regime and some of their allies accusing Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

    Tehran has strongly rejected the accusation, arguing that as a committed signatory to NPT and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it is entitled to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

    Velayati also stressed that no regional issue can be resolved in the absence of Iran.

    Regarding domestic policy, Velayati said if he is elected president, he will prop up the national economy by promoting production and privatization.

    In the forthcoming presidential election on June 14, Velayati will be competing against lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

    MRS/SS

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Citizens of Wisconsin Deliver War Crimes Indictment against President Barack H. Obama

    0

    Peaceful Attempt to Deliver War Crimes Indictment to Commander Results in Arrests

    Wisconsin Coalition to Ground the Drones and End the Wars
    May 29, 2013

    CAMP DOUGLAS, WI — Five nonviolent activists attempted to deliver an indictment for war crimes to Volk Field Commander Colonel Dave Romuald. They walked peacefully onto the base with the indictment in hand, and asked for a meeting with Colonel Romauld.  Instead of a meeting, they were promptly arrested, taken to the Juneau County jail in handcuffs, and charged with disorderly conduct and trespassing. They were released several hours later after processing.

    Arrested were Bonnie Block, Madison; Joyce Elwinger, Milwaukee; Joy First, Mt. Horeb; Mary Beth Schlagheck, Windsor, and Kathy Walsh, Madison.  Between the five women, they have 25 grandchildren and 3 great-grandchildren that motivate them in this work.

    Camp Williams

    They are all members of the Wisconsin Coalition to Ground the Drones and End the Wars and they have vigiled at the gates of Volk Field monthly since December of 2011.  The nonviolent solemn vigils are a way to remember the innocent lives that have been lost as a result of drone warfare.

    They believe that it is important to continue to act in resistance to the violation of international and human rights law, and thatdrone warfare is inherently in violation of these laws.  Block said, “We demand an end to the training of Shadow drone pilots that is going on at Volk Field.  In this time when many state and national elected officials preach austerity, the waste of $8 million of our tax dollars for the building of a huge training facility at Volk Field is obscene.”

    They join activists around the world calling for an end to U.S. attacks by killer drones. There are thousands of documented deaths already in Pakistan, Afghanistan, Iraq, Yemen, Somalia, and other places around the globe, including over 200 children in Pakistan alone.

    “We are fulfilling our obligations under Nuremberg, and exercising our First Amendment rights by going to the base today with this indictment.  We must speak out and act in resistance when our government is breaking the law and murdering innocent children, women, and men,” explained Walsh.

    WAR CRIMES INDICTMENT

    To President Obama, to Secretary of Defense Secretary Chuck Hagel, to the full Military Chain of Command, including Commander Colonel Dave Romuald, and to all Service Members and civilian staff of Volk Field.

    Each one of you, when you became a public servant, serving in a government position or when you joined the United States Armed Forces, you publicly promised to uphold the United States Constitution. We take this opportunity to call your attention to Article VI of the US Constitution, which states:

    “This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land; and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.”

    This clause is known as the Supremacy Clause because it provides that the Constitution and laws of the U.S., including treaties made under authority of the U.S. shall be supreme law of the land.

    The Supremacy Clause provides part of the Supreme Law of the Land.

    One Treaty duly ratified by the U.S. is the United Nations Charter. It was ratified by a vote of 89 to 2 in the U.S. Senate, and signed by the President in 1945. It remains in effect today. As such, it is part of the supreme law of the land.

    The Preamble of the U.N. Charter states that its purpose is to “save future generation from the scourge of war” and it further states, “all nations shall refrain from the use of force against another nation.”

    This Treaty applies both collectively and individually to all three branches of government, on all levels, U.S. federal, state and local governments, starting with the executive branch: the U.S. President and the executive staff; the judicial branch: all judges and staff members of the judiciary; the legislative branch: all members of the U.S. Armed Forces and all departments of Law Enforcement and all civilian staff, who have sworn to uphold the Constitution, which includes Article VI.

    Under the U.N. Charter and long established international laws, anyone—civilian, military, government officials, or judges- who knowingly participates in or supports illegal use of force against another nation or its people is committing a war crime.

    Today you must recognize that when you promised to uphold the Constitution, you promised to obey Treaties and International Law — as part of the Supreme Law of the Land and furthermore, under the Uniform Code of Military Justice of the U.S., you are required to disobey any clearly unlawful order from a superior.

    Based on all the above,

    WE, THE PEOPLE, CHARGE THE UNITED STATES PRESIDENT, BARACK OBAMA AND THE FULL MILITARY CHAIN OF COMMAND TO COMMANDER COLONEL DAVE ROMUALD, EVERY DRONE CREW, AND SERVICE MEMBER AT VOLK FIELD, WITH CRIMES AGAINST PEACE & CRIMES AGAINST HUMANITY, EXTRAJUDICIAL KILLINGS, VIOLATION OF DUE PROCESS, WARS OF AGGRESSION, VIOLATIONS OF NATIONAL SOVEREIGNTY, AND KILLING OF INNOCENT CIVILIANS.

    We charge that the Wisconsin Air National Guard of the United States of America, at Volk Field under the command of Commander Colonel Dave Romuald trains soldiers in the operation and maintenance of the Shadow UAV (drone).

    The Shadow drones are being used for reconnaissance, surveillance, target acquisition, and battle damage assessment.  Though, at the present time, these drones do not carry missiles, they are part of the program of using drones not only in combat situations for the purpose of  assassinations but also for killings far removed from combat zones without military defense, to assassinate individuals and groups far removed from military action.  There is concern that one day soon the RQ-7 Shadow drones will carry missiles.

    Extra judicial killings, such as those the U.S. carries out by drones are intentional, premeditated, and deliberate use of lethal force to commit murder in violation of U.S. and International Law.

    It is a matter of public record that the US has used drones in Afghanistan, Iraq, Pakistan, and several other countries in Africa for targeted killings of specific individuals which has nearly always resulted in the deaths of many other people as well.

    There is no legal basis for defining the scope of areas where drones can or cannot be used, no legal criteria for deciding which people can be targeted for killing, no procedural safeguards to ensure the legality of the decision to kill and the accuracy of the assassinations.

    We believe we have a responsibility to deliver this indictment. We cite Misprision of a Felony, 18 USC § 4 — Misprision of felony, http://www.law.cornell.edu/uscode/text/18/4

    “Whoever, having knowledge of the actual commission of a felony cognizable by a court of the United States, conceals and does not as soon as possible make known the same to some judge or other person in civil or military authority under the United States, shall be fined under this title or imprisoned not more than three years, or both.”

    In support of this indictment we cite the United Nations Special Rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions, who has said that the use of drones creates “a highly problematic blurring of the law applicable to the use of inter-state force…. The result has been the displacement of clear legal standards with a vaguely defined license to kill, and the creation of a major accountability vacuum…. In terms of the legal framework, many of these practices violate straightforward applicable legal rules.” See United Nations General Assembly Human Rights Council Study on Targeted Killings, 28, May 2010.

    http://www2.ohchr.org/english/bodies/hrcouncil/docs/14session/A.HRC.14.24.Add6.pdf

    To further bolster our case, and to illustrate the seriousness with which others around the world view our actions, we quote from http://dissenter.firedoglake.com/2013/05/09/pakistan-court-decision-finds-us-drone-strikes-are-war-crimes-which-are-absolutely-illegal/  which just recently reported, “A high court in Pakistan has found that United States drone strikes carried out in Pakistan by the CIA are war crimes, which are ‘absolutely illegal’ and a blatant violation of Pakistan’s state sovereignty.”

    The drone training being carried out at Volk Field leads to a deliberate illegal use of force against another nation, and as such is a felonious violation of Article VI of the US Constitution.

    By giving material support to the drone program, you as individuals are violating the US Constitution, dishonoring your oath, and committing war crimes.

    We demand that you stop participating in any part of the operations and training of these drones immediately, being accountable to the people of United States and Afghanistan.

    As citizens of this nation, which maintains over 700 military bases around the globe, and the largest, most deadly military arsenal in the world, we believe these words of Martin Luther King still hold true, ”the greatest purveyor of violence in the world today is my own government”.

    There is hope for a better world when WE, THE PEOPLE, hold our government accountable to the laws and treaties that govern the use of lethal force and war. To the extent that we ignore our laws and constitution and allow for the unchecked use of lethal force by our government, allowing the government to kill whoever it wants, where ever it wants, however it wants with no accountability, we make the world less safe for children everywhere.

    We appeal to all United States citizens, military and civilian, and to all public officials, to do as required by the Nuremburg Principles I-VII, and by Conscience, to refuse to participate in these crimes, to denounce them, and to resist them nonviolently.

    Signed by:

    THE WISCONSIN COALITION TO GROUND THE DRONES AND END THE WARS

    Joy First

    Bonnie Block

    Joyce Ellwanger, Milwaukee, WI

    Don Timmerman, Roberta Thurstin Timmerman, Mikel Komba, Milwaukee, WI, Casa Maria Catholic Worker Community

    Mary Beth Schlagheck

    Kathy Walsh

    Fred Brancel, Madison, WI, Wisconsin Network for Peace and Justice

    Pat Calchina, Madison, WI

    Sister Pat Chaffee, Dominican Order, Racine, Wis

    Judy Miner, Madison, WI, Wisconsin Network for Peace and Justice

    Phyllis Noble, Madison, WI

    Janet Parker, Madison, WI, Farley Center for Peace, Justice, and Sustainability

    David Soumis, No Drones Wisconsin, Veterans For Peace

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Bilderberg Security Lock Down Revealed

    0

    Infowars.com
    May 31, 2013

    As the Bilderberg conference in Watford, England, looms closer, Paul Joseph Watson scopes out this year’s chosen venue and exposes the 2013 Bilderberg security lockdown. Has the main Bilderberg conference attracted too much attention?

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Friday, May 31, 2013 at 6:39 am

    Tags: , ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Bilderberg Fringe Festival In Effect Banned By Watford Council and Police

    0

    So They Better Get Ready For The Potential Consequences of Their Own Making

    I have had nothing to do with the organisation of this peaceful protest against the manipulation of world events by the Bilderberg Group at the Grove Hotel in Watford next week, but I did agree to speak there on Saturday, June 8th, along with Alex Jones.

    The organisers have played the game absolutely straight, fair and by the rules by consulting with the police and Watford Borough Council to find a suitable location near the hotel that would be non-disruptive to the local community.

    The organisers agreed with the police that Cassiobury Park, about two miles from the entrance to the Grove, would be the most suitable location but now Watford Borough Council has refused the request to hold the event next weekend because the application was not made three months in advance.

    How can you apply three months in advance when the Bilderberg Group does not publish its intended locations and so they are only uncovered close to their meetings?

    This is, in effect, a ban on the festival and there is no right of appeal. Objectors to it going ahead included Hertfordshire police.

    What the police and the council should now take into serious account is the anger and outrage there will be among the thousands who were planning to be there at having their right to peaceful protest against a sinister and despicable organisation denied by the same police and council that are licking the arse of the Bilderberg organisers. Yes, sir, no, sir, G4S, sir.

    Any protest is now confined to a tiny area near the entrance to the Grove Hotel and what if very large numbers of people who have had enough of the tail wagging the elephant turn up at the entrance to the Grove Hotel itself en masse? I will certainly be there on Saturday and speak in whatever form I can and I am sure that Alex Jones will do the same.

    Think on, dark suits and uniforms, think on, because we THE PEOPLE have fucking had enough.

    This is a public number for the Herfordshire Police if you want to peacefully make your feelings clear about this: 01707 354000. This number is publicly listed for ‘general police enquiry, advice and information’.

    The FBI Murder of Ibragim Todashev: The Boston Witness “Who Knew Too Much”?

    1

    FBI and other law enforcement officials revealed Wednesday that Ibragim Todashev, the 27-year-old Chechen immigrant who was shot and killed after being interrogated for days about the Boston Marathon bombings, had been unarmed.

    The killing of Todashev, and the rapid disintegration of the government’s official story–that he was shot after lunging at interrogators with a knife–is an extraordinary event. It casts into further doubt everything that has been said so far about the Boston Marathon bombings.

    The report that Todashev was unarmed was followed Thursday by a press conference in Moscow, where the murdered man’s father, Abdulbaki Todashev presented a series of photographs of his son’s body taken at a Florida morgue showing that he had been shot six times in the torso and once in the crown of his head.

    “I would like to say that looking at these photos is like being in a movie,” he said. “I only saw things like that in movies; shooting a person, and then the kill shot. Six shots in the body, one of them in the head.”

    He added: “Maybe my son knew something, some information the police did not want to be made public. Maybe they wanted to silence my son.”

    Todashev, a mixed martial arts fighter, was acquainted with Tamerlan Tsarnaev, the Boston bombing suspect killed by police on April 19, as they were both ethnic Chechens and used the same gym when Todashev lived in the Boston area.

    In breaking the story, the Washington Post reported that “An air of mystery has surrounded the FBI shooting” since it happened in Orlando, Florida on May 22. This is a gross understatement. The entire affair reeks to high heaven of an extra-legal execution and coverup.

    The admission that the FBI shot to death an unarmed man led to calls by civil rights groups and Todashev’s widow and family for an independent investigation into the killing. The Council on American-Islamic Relations held a press conference in Orlando calling for the Justice Department’s Civil Rights Division to launch a probe into how “an unarmed man who had not been charged or convicted of anything was shot seven times, once in the head.”

    Meanwhile, at the press conference in Moscow, Zaurbek Sadakhanov of the Moscow Interterritorial Bar Association stated his belief that the case was one of extrajudicial execution and urged Todashev’s friend, who had taken the morgue photos, to return to Russia. “Being a witness in the US is not safe,” he said.

    At the time of his death, Todashev had undergone prolonged interrogation by a team of FBI agents accompanied by Massachusetts state troopers and counterterrorism officials. The marathon questioning took place in Todashev’s own apartment, where he was held prisoner while denied representation by a lawyer.

    After the killing, FBI and other police sources fed the media a story that Todashev had been shot after trying to attack an agent with a knife. Some media outlets went so far as to report that the young immigrant had stabbed an agent before he was brought down in a hail of gunfire, an amazing feat given that he had no knife.

    All of this now is revealed as a deliberate lie that has been dutifully repeated by the media. The New York Times, it bears pointing out, has not published a single story on Todashev since the immediate aftermath of the killing in Orlando. As of late Thursday afternoon, the Times had not even posted an update on the acknowledgment that Todashev had been unarmed. No doubt, as on previously sensitive stories involving the national intelligence apparatus, someone from the Times editorial board was consulting with the White House, the FBI and other agencies on how best to handle the matter.

    FBI and other police sources also put out the story that Todashev had verbally confessed that both he and Tamerlan Tsarnaev, the Boston bombing suspect, were responsible for a triple homicide that took place in Massachusetts in 2011. He was shot, the law enforcement sources claim, just before signing the alleged confession.

    There is even less reason to believe this tale–also dutifully repeated as fact by the corporate media–than there was to accept the claims that Todashev had somehow concealed a knife from his heavily armed captors and then tried to attack them with it.

    Todashev’s housemate, Khusen Taramov, has told the media that he had been questioned together with Todashev up until the last eight-hour session in which he was murdered. He said the issue of the murders in Massachusetts was never raised. “They were asking different questions like how did we meet these guys [the Boston bombing suspects Tamerlan Tsarnaev and his younger bother Dzhokhar], the kind of relationship we had with the guys.”

    Similarly, Todashev’s widow, Reni Manukyan, 24, said that all of the questioning, to which she too was subjected, was about the Boston bombings, and no one asked her or her husband about the killings in 2011. “The interviews were always about Tsarnaev and the bombings,” she said. “How did we know him and what was the relationship with him.”

    As Todashev’s father put it in an interview with the Boston Globe from Russia, “They killed my son and then they made up a reason to explain it.”

    Why would the FBI and other intelligence and police officials lie about the killing of Todashev? The “air of mystery,” to use the Post’s phrase, surrounding this state murder is bound up with the unanswered questions and murky explanations for the Boston bombings themselves. The coldblooded killing in Orlando only underscores that nothing reported by government officials or the major media regarding this case can be accepted uncritically.

    This includes the identity of the bombers themselves. Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, who survived the shoot out with police, has, according to his mother, spoken with her for the first time and has denied involvement in the bombing. Dzhokhar was severely injured after a boat he was hiding in, unarmed, was shot up by police. He is currently being held in a Massachusetts prison hospital facing the capital charge of using a weapon of mass destruction.

    One thing is certain, as with the attacks of 9/11 and virtually every other real or manufactured terrorist incident since, the alleged perpetrators were known to US intelligence. In the case of Tamerlan Tsarnaev, it is known that Russian security officials alerted both the FBI and the CIA in 2011 to what they said was evident danger that he was involved with Islamist terrorism. There have also been reports that Russian agencies provided their US counterparts with a dossier on Tsarnaev’s contacts with such elements in 2012, following his six-month visit to the North Caucasus, and that Saudi authorities had issued a similar warning.

    Yet, the FBI claimed it found nothing to warrant keeping open an investigation on Tsarnaev, and he was allowed to return from the Russian region, which includes Chechnya, where Islamist separatists waged two wars with Russian forces in the 1990s, without being questioned by immigration, customs or other officials.

    Moreover, the FBI failed to share any of the information that it received about Tsarnaev with either state or local police in Massachusetts, despite working together with them on a joint terror task force.

    Now, it emerges that one of the only individuals in the US who could have potentially shed light on Tsarnaev’s ties to Chechnya was shot to death execution-style by US agents.

    Was it a case of a man who knew too much? Could Tsarnaev have shared information with Todashev that compromised covert operations by US intelligence?

    The involvement of US intelligence agencies both in promoting Islamist separatist forces in the former Soviet Union and utilizing such forces as proxy troops in countries like Libya and Syria is well known. Is it possible that Tamerlan Tsarnaev became involved somehow in these links?

    On the other hand, virtually every major terror incident on US soil since 9/11 has been orchestrated by the FBI using agent provocateurs, who provided everything needed to carry out an attack before arresting their patsies and announcing another victory in the “war on terrorism.” Was this such a staged incident that got out of hand, or, perhaps, allowed to proceed?

    The Boston bombings served as the pretext for carrying out an unprecedented lockdown of an entire US metropolitan area in which basic democratic rights were suspended and security forces carried out what amounted to a dry run for a military coup.

    The FBI murder of Ibragim Todashev is symptomatic of a country in which the military and intelligence apparatus exerts ever greater control, and the democratic rights of working people, the great majority of the population, are under relentless assault. Such state killings are a warning that preparations for dictatorial forms of rule are already well advanced in America.

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Eurozone jobless rate hits new record

    0

    File photo shows people waiting in line at a government employment office in Spain.

    Fresh data reveal the eurozone unemployment rate has hit a record high of 12.2 percent in April, with around 19.2 million receiving government financial assistance as recession continues to take its toll on European economies.

    The Eurostat data agency said on Friday that a total of 1.6 million people have lost their jobs in the eurozone during the 12 months leading to April.

    The jobless rate in the eurozone has soared for the 24th consecutive month.

    Around 26.6 million people were out of jobs in the entire European Union in April and 19.3 million in the eurozone.

    Greece and Spain remained the hardest hit countries in the April ratings.

    Europe plunged into financial crisis in early 2008. Insolvency now threatens heavily debt-ridden countries such as Greece, Portugal, Italy, Ireland and Spain.

    The worsening debt crisis has forced the European Union states to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms, which have triggered massive demonstrations in many European countries.

    MKA/KA/SS

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    “Conservative” Magazine Counsels Rand Paul to Join the CFR

    0

    Joe Wolverton, II, J.D.
    New American
    May 31, 2013

    Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) is currently on his nationwide“I’m probably running for president” tour. He’s made the requisite stops in the early election states of Iowa and New Hampshire, courting the GOP faithful and bringing the figurative freezers full of red meat to throw their way. Demonstrating impressive political savvy, he’s also making a habit of making bold statements that set him apart from potential Establishment competitors from both sides of the aisle.

    He may be making the right rounds, shaking the right hands, and firing at the right targets, but if he’s serious about being elected president, Senator Paul should join the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). At least that is the incredibly bad advice offered by Jacob Heilbrunn to the freshman senator and scion of the libertarian-leaning Paul family.

    In an article published on May 19 in The National Interest – a foreign policy journal – senior editor Heilbrunn suggests not only that Paul “put as much distance between himself” and those who consider the CFR and its globalist policies to be a threat to liberty and U.S. sovereignty, but, “for good measure” he should add CFR president Richard N. Haass as a consigliore.

    Here’s Heilbrunn’s pitch:

    Nothing would signal that Paul intends to be a serious candidate for the presidency [more] than reaching out to mainstream Republicans such as Haass. Haass is the antithesis of a neoconservative, and it is neocons who, by and large, dominate the GOP, at least when it comes to setting the terms of debate. Whether they wield much influence outside it is a matter of debate. But as one of the avatars of shifting the debate on foreign policy, Paul would do well to broaden his message. Obviously, Paul is not going to abandon his libertarian credo. But it’s hardly in conflict with tempering his message for a wider audience. His aim should be to present himself as a mainstream candidate espousing the revival of precepts that were successfully followed by GOP stalwarts such as Dwight Eisenhower, Richard Nixon, Gerald Ford, and George H.W. Bush.

    Broaden his message by appealing to the mainstream? That sounds like the none-too-successful strategy of several former GOP presidential contenders.

    Beyond shilling for the perpetuation of the same-old-same-old, country club, Establishment partisan politics that have accelerated the decline of this country and its Constitution, Heilbrunn laments that Paul will hew too rigidly to the principles of civil libertarianism that are the essence of his broadening appeal.

    • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

    And, speaking of that hoary Establishment claque, aren’t they the same group that Senator Paul described as “stale and moss-covered” during a speech at the Conservative Political Action Conference in March?

    Undaunted, after extolling Haass’ experience in both Bush (older and younger) administrations, Heilbrunn makes his final appeal to Paul to demonstrate his presidential pragmatism by adopting Haass’ worldview and promoting the CFR’s foreign policy proposals.

    Just what is the Council on Foreign Relations? Are they indeed “a secretive organization, the agent of nefarious bankers intent on promoting world government” as Heilbrunn mockingly says “the right” believes them to be?

    Or, alternatively, are they, as Heilbrunn claims, a “network of realist thinkers with government experience and serious intellectual attainments”?

    In truth, for decades since its creation, the Council on Foreign Relations has been the “mother ship” of the internationalist Establishment and the source of marching orders for the successive State Departments.

    Perhaps the best evidence of the influence of this organization was revealed during a speech delivered at CFR headquarters in New York City in 2009, by then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton. In her remarks, Clinton offered an accurate and chilling assessment of the relationship between the CFR and American foreign policymakers: “We get a lot of advice from the Council, so this will mean I won’t have as far to go to be told what we should be doing and how we should think about the future.”

    How prevalent have members of the CFR been in the highest ranks of American politics?

    The administrations of every president since Franklin D. Roosevelt have been filled with members of the CFR. From cabinet-level secretaries to the lowest-ranking sub-bureaucrat, presidents have turned to the CFR as the in-house personnel pool.

    This path has been faithfully followed by every president – Republican or Democrat – including Barack Obama.

    For a full and frightening account of the origin, purposes, and practices of the CFR, readers should turn to James Perloff’s seminal book on the subject, The Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations and the American Decline. Originally published in 1988, the information provided by Perloff is timeless and timely.

    What follows is a brief recitation of Perloff’s account of the inception and influence of the CFR. This synopsis, taken from Perloff’s article “Council on Foreign Relations: Influencing American Government” in the August 3, 2009 issue of The New Americanmagazine, should serve as a primer for readers unfamiliar with the group, as well as a warning to Senator Paul to ignore the advice of Jacob Heilbrunn and anyone else who would see him abandon his constitutional conservatism in favor of the staid, secretive, sovereignty-eroding globalism of the Council on Foreign Relations.

    Power Behind the Throne

    In theory, America’s government is supposed to be “of the people, by the people, for the people.” While this concept rang true in early America, and many individuals still trust in it, the last century has seen the reality of power increasingly shift from the people to an establishment rooted in banking, Wall Street, and powerful multinational corporations. Syndicated columnist Edith Kermit Roosevelt, granddaughter of Teddy Roosevelt, explained:

    The word “Establishment” is a general term for the power elite in international finance, business, the professions and government, largely from the northeast, who wield most of the power regardless of who is in the White House. Most people are unaware of the existence of this “legitimate Mafia.” Yet the power of the Establishment makes itself felt from the professor who seeks a foundation grant, to the candidate for a cabinet post or State Department job. It affects the nation’s policies in almost every area.

    Roosevelt added that this group’s goal is “a One World Socialist state governed by ‘experts’ like themselves.” 

David Rockefeller, the longtime chairman (and now chairman emeritus) of the CFR, acknowledged the role of the establishment in trying to lead America in the one-world direction in his 2002 book Memoirs:

    For more than a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as “internationalists” and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.

    Two major means the establishment employs for controlling government policy: (1) through its influence within the two major parties and the mass media, it can usually assure that both the Republican and Democratic presidential candidates will be its own hand-picked men; (2) by stacking presidential cabinets with CFR members at key positions – especially those involving defense, finance, foreign policy, and national security – it can assure that America will move in the direction it wants.

    Since the council’s founding in 1921, 21 secretaries of defense or war, 19 secretaries of the treasury, 17 secretaries of state, and 15 CIA directors have hailed from the Council on Foreign Relations.

    Background

    Prior to the CFR’s founding, what Congressman Charles Lindbergh, Sr. (the father of the famous aviator) called the “Money Trust” – a cabal of international bankers including the houses of Rockefeller, Morgan, and Rothschild – conspired to create the Federal Reserve System. Their agents, such as Paul Warburg and Benjamin Strong, who had secretly planned the Fed at a nine-day meeting on Jekyll Island, were then put in charge of the system itself. This gave them control of American interest rates, and, by virtue of this, control of the stock market, as well as the capacity to have the U.S. government spend without limit by having the Fed create money from nothing. The result has been decades of inflation and skyrocketing national debt. Not just an accumulation of wealth, but a consolidation of political power was involved.

    The Money Trust had backed Woodrow Wilson in the presidential elections, and then controlled him through their front man, Edward Mandell House, who lived in the White House. The trust recognized how the power of government could be used to advance their own interests. 

Wilson, surrounded by the bankers, traveled to the Paris Peace Conference of 1919, which was settling the aftermath of World War I.

    His chief proposal there, of course, was the League of Nations – a first step toward world government. However, although the League was established by the Versailles Treaty, the United States did not join because the Senate refused to ratify the treaty. 

In response to this rejection, the bankers’ circle, still in Paris, held a series of meetings and proposed to establish a new organization in the United States, whose purpose would be to lead America into the League. This organization was incorporated in New York City two years later as the Council on Foreign Relations.

    Architects of a New World Order

    The CFR’s goal was formation of an incrementally stronger world government. Admiral Chester Ward, former Judge Advocate of the U.S. Navy, was a CFR member for 16 years before resigning in disgust. He stated: “The main purpose of the Council on Foreign Relations is promoting the disarmament of U.S. sovereignty and national independence, and submergence into an all-powerful one-world government.” 

After World War II, the League’s successor, the United Nations, was born.

    Contrary to what the public is commonly told, the UN was not founded by nations who had tired of war. The UN was conceived by a group of CFR members in the State Department calling themselves the Informal Agenda Group. They drafted the original proposal for the UN, and secured the approval of President Roosevelt, who then made establishing the UN his highest postwar priority. When the UN held its founding meeting in San Francisco in 1945, 47 of the American delegates were CFR members.

    Though the UN was not initially set up as a world government, the intent was that it would develop into one over time. John Foster Dulles (CFR), an American delegate to the UN founding meeting who later became Secretary of State under Eisenhower, acknowledged as much in his book War or Peace: “The United Nations represents not a final stage in the development of world order, but only a primitive stage. Therefore its primary task is to create the conditions which will make possible a more highly developed organization.”

    Again, Perloff’s book The Shadows of Power relates so much more of the destructive effect of CFR influence.

    Going forward, one thing is certain, as Perloff wrote in the aforementioned article:

    As long as the CFR controls our government, we can anticipate more of the same: diminishing national sovereignty; free flow of immigration (which confuses national identity and weakens national loyalties); increasing jobs losses through multinational trade agreements; further internationalization of law (Law of the Sea Treaty, Kyoto Protocol, World Court, global taxation, etc.); increasing loss of freedoms in a “surveillance society”; progressive organization of the United States, Mexico, and Canada into a North American Union; and ultimately, broader merger into a world government where all power will be concentrated in the hands of the elite.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Friday, May 31, 2013 at 6:36 am

    Tags: ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Japan halts imports of U.S. wheat after USDA’s shock finding of genetic pollution from GMOs

    0

    Mike Adams
    Natural News
    May 31, 2013

    It has already begun: Japan has just cancelled a large contract to purchase U.S. wheat. “We will refrain from buying western white and feed wheat effective today,” Toru Hisadome, a Japanese farm ministry official in charge of wheat trading, told Reuters.

    As many readers well know, I predicted precisely this scenario just yesterday in a Natural News article warning about the consequences of genetic pollution. There, I wrote, “All wheat produced in the United States will now be heavily scrutinized – and possibly even rejected – by other nations that traditionally import U.S. wheat. This obviously has enormous economic implications for U.S. farmers and agriculture.”

    Now we’re already seeing the result: the ditching of U.S. wheat by world nations that want nothing to do with GMOs.

    Monsanto is a ticking time bomb for U.S. agriculture

    This proves, without any question, that Monsanto’s genetic experiments which “escaped” into commercial wheat fields are now going to devastate U.S. wheat farmers. Expect the floor to drop out on wheat prices, and watch for a huge backlash against the USDA by U.S. farmers who stand to lose hundreds of millions of dollars on this.

    As the USDA has now admitted, Monsanto’s GMO experiments from 1998 — 2005 were held in open wheat fields. The genetically engineered wheat escaped and found its way into commercial wheat fields in Oregon (and possibly 15 other states), causing self-replicating genetic pollution that now taints the entire U.S. wheat industry.

    “Asian consumers are keenly sensitive to gene-altered food, with few countries allowing imports of such cereals for human consumption,” writes Reuters. It continues:

    • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

    Asia imports more than 40 million tonnes of wheat annually, almost a third of the global trade of 140-150 million tonnes. The bulk of the region’s supplies come from the United States, the world’s biggest exporter, and Australia, the No. 2 supplier.

    Another incredible Monsanto achievement: the genetic contamination of the U.S. wheat supply

    Nice job, Monsanto. You’ve managed to spew your genetic pollution across the fields of innocent U.S. farmers who are now going to lose huge sums of money due to the reject of U.S. wheat by all the other world nations that refuse to feed their populations GMO.

    And a big thumbs up to the USDA, too, for screwing U.S. farmers by green-lighting open-field GMO experiments that we all warned were going to result in runaway genetic pollution. The USDA, of course, is the official cheerleading squad for Monsanto’s criminal “science” that we all know is a total fraud. How do these scientists now suggest this self-replicating genetic pollution be put back into the black box from which it emerged?

    It can’t be done, of course. So now the entire future of the U.S. wheat supply is at risk thanks to Monsanto and the USDA. Nice one, folks. Score another victory for the scumbag destroyers in Washington D.C. and the greed-driven executives at our favorite corporation, Monsanto.

    And remember: Genetically modified wheat is only the beginning. Monsanto has no doubt unleashed genetic pollution across many other crops as well. We’re now living in an age where Monsanto is essentially ejaculating its patented seed across all the farms of America, then claiming to “own” the contaminated crops. What a wonderful image of corporate responsibility and service to humankind. I can’t wait to see what other U.S. crops will be rejected by world nations due to Monsanto’s genetic pollution.

    Sources for this story include:
    http://www.reuters.com/article/2013/05/30/us-wheat-asia-idUSL3N0EB1JC…

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Friday, May 31, 2013 at 6:38 am

    Tags: , ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Illinois Ag. Department Illegally Seizes Privately Owned Bees Resistant to GMO Poison

    0

    Christina Sarich
    Infowars.com
    May 31, 2013

    Terrence Ingram, a world renowned naturalist who once saved the Bald Eagle from being on the endangered species list, was recently met by the Illinois Agricultural Department which seized his privately-owned bees. The department seized his bees that were ‘resistant to GMO pesticides’ and killed the remaining healthy queen bees in his beehives.

    Ingram had been researching the effects of Roundup, the Monsanto franken-food best-selling herbicide meant to make crops more resilient to pests. Roundup itself has long list of negative effects, with the product even shown to kill human kidney cells. Much of the ill effects of Roundup are produced by the active ingredient, glyphosate.

    Ingram has been raising his bees for 58 years and researching Roundup’s effects on the bees for 15+ years. “They ruined 15 years of my research,” he told Prairie Advocate, by stealing most of his stock. You can surmise, that the results of his research were not likely a glowing report on the benefits of GMO pesticides.

    The Ag Department allegedly seized Ingram’s bees because they were stricken with a disease known as American foulbrood. However, Ingram said he could prove that this is simply not true, and intended to do so at a hearing in April. Unfortunately, his bees were seized in March and are MIA.

    The department released this statement to Ingram:

    “During a routine inspection of your honeybee colonies by … Inspectors Susan Kivikko and Eleanor Balson on October 23, 2011, the bacterial disease ‘American Foulbrood’ was detected in a number of colonies located behind your house…. Presence of the disease in some of your colonies was confirmed via test results from the USDA Bee Research Laboratory in Beltsville, Maryland that analyzed samples collected from your apiary….”

    Monsanto will not be held to any legal action, not in any state in America, especially as it loses stable footing in countries like Hungary. With scientific evidence mounting every day against their faulty seeds, of course they would need to dismantle additional research which proves the long-term negative effects of their GMO crops. Ingram’s bees were ‘inspected’ without his presence and without a warrant. As government regulation of our freedom’s are increasingly suppressed, why are companies like Dow and Monsanto given free reign?

    Additional Sources:

    Institute of Science in Society

    This post originally appeared at Natural Society

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Friday, May 31, 2013 at 6:37 am

    Tags: , , , ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    25 Signs That Military Veterans Are Being Treated Like Absolute Trash Under The Obama Administration

    0

    Michael Snyder
    American Dream
    May 31, 2013

    Why does the Obama administration treat our military veterans like human garbage? Every year on Memorial Day and Veterans Day, Barack Obama and our other politicians make very nice speeches, but the truth about how they feel about our veterans can be seen in how they are treated every single day. In the United States today, there are well over half a million veterans that have been waiting for at least 125 days to have their benefit claims processed. Many of them will ultimately have their claims sent back or denied just so a government employee somewhere can get a bigger bonus. Meanwhile, conditions at VA facilities all over the country are absolutely abysmal, and many veterans have to wait more than half a year just to get an appointment at one of those facilities. Once you start looking into how this country really treats military veterans, it becomes easier to understand why 22 military veterans commit suicide in America every single day. Our vets have a higher rate of unemployment, a higher rate of poverty, a higher rate of homelessness, a higher rate of depression and a higher rate of divorce then the general population. It is a crying shame. One of the ways that any society is judged is by how it treats military veterans, and the truth is that America has failed miserably. This has been particularly true since Barack Obama has been in the White House.

    The following are 25 signs that military veterans are being treated like absolute trash under the Obama administration…

    1. The average claim for veteran benefits takes more than half a year to be processed.

    2. The Department of Veterans Affairs has a backlog of more than half a million overdue claims for benefits that are at least 125 days old.

    3. In 2009, the number of veterans that had been waiting for more than a year to have their benefits approved was 11,000. Today, that number has soared to245,000.

    4. Thousands upon thousands of military veterans that are waiting for their claims to be processed are dealing with absolutely horrible injuries…

    Of those who have sought VA care:

    – More than 1,600 of them lost a limb; many others lost fingers or toes.

    – At least 156 are blind, and thousands of others have impaired vision.

    – More than 177,000 have hearing loss, and more than 350,000 report tinnitus – noise or ringing in the ears.

    – Thousands are disfigured, as many as 200 of them so badly that they may need face transplants. One-quarter of battlefield injuries requiring evacuation included wounds to the face or jaw, one study found.

    5. At one VA hospital in Wisconsin, one military veteran with a broken jaw that was seeking treatment still had not had his jaw fixed after a month and a half.

    6. Today, it takes military vets an average of seven months to get an appointment at a VA facility.

    7. Many VA facilities are in absolutely horrific condition. A while back, ABC News conducted an investigation of conditions at VA facilities across the United States. What ABC News discovered was absolutely shocking. The following are just a few of the things that they found during the course of their investigation…

    *Bathrooms filthy with what appeared to be human excrement

    *Dirty linens from some patients mixed in with clean supplies

    *Examining tables that had dried blood and medications still on them

    *Equipment used to sterilize surgical instruments that had broken down

    *Some patients were forced to beg for food and water

    *Veterans that were neglected so badly that they developed horrific bedsores and dangerous infections

    8. As I have written about previously, applying for veteran benefits is extremely complicated, and VA employees are actually paid bonuses for denying claims…

    The truth is that we have made it extremely difficult for our military veterans to claim the benefits that we have promised them. Vets have to fill out an absurdly complicated 23 page application and if they make even one small mistake their applications can be stonewalled for years. The U.S. Veterans Administration actually has a policy under which they pay large bonuses to employees that meet certain application processing goals. This explains why approximately 70% of the claims submitted to the Veterans Administration are refused or sent back to be redone. In fact, using the Freedom of Information Act, one local NBC station was able to learn that $250,000 was paid in bonuses to VA employees who work inside the Poff Federal Building in Roanoke, Virginia in just one year alone.

    9. Large numbers of military veterans that legitimately should be getting benefits are having their claims denied by the federal government. Just check out the following example from a Veterans Today article…

    In one case, we found a veteran with 40 percent of his brain removed found to be healthy and employable. He was also missing his right arm. The physician who examined him over looked the arm and failed to note the cognitive degeneration the traumatic brain injury had caused.

    10. Last year, more than 85,000 military veterans were treated for sexual abuse that they suffered while serving in the military. 40 percent of them were men.

    11. According to a recent Defense Department survey, approximately 14,000 men in the U.S. military were sexually assaulted by other men during 2012.

    12. According to the Washington Post, there is an epidemic of sexual assaults being committed by military recruiters. The Pentagon is pledging to do something about the problem…

    “The secretary has made it clear that we will spare no effort to rid our military of sexual abuse,” said George Little, the Pentagon press secretary. “The fact that there have been problems of sexual abuse during the recruiting process is simply intolerable.”

    13. The number of active members of the U.S. military that are killing themselves now exceeds the number that are dying on the battlefield.

    14. Since the beginning of the Iraq War, twice as many members of the Texas National Guard have killed themselves as have been killed in combat.

    15. According to one recent study, 22 military veterans kill themselves in the United States every single day.

    16. At this point, combat veterans account for about 20 percent of all suicides in the United States.

    17. The unemployment rate for military veterans is significantly higher than for the population as a whole. This is especially true for younger veterans.

    18. On any given night, approximately 200,000 military veterans are homeless in the United States.

    19. All over America, monuments that honor military veterans are crumbling and falling apart. For much more on this, please see this article.

    20. Under the Obama administration, many military veterans have had to pay to have their medals shipped to them. For example, one soldier actually had to pay a 21 dollar shipping fee to get his Purple Heart. The following is from the Huffington Post…

    War comes with an incalculable human cost. And apparently a shipping fee of about $21.

    Retired Sgt. Major Rob Dickerson says that’s the price he was forced to pay when his Purple Heart – the medal issued to soldiers wounded in action – arrived at his door, C.O.D.

    Instead of being awarded the military honor in a formal ceremony, the vet with 29 years in the service was handed his award, and a shipping invoice, by a FedEx deliveryman outside his Sioux Falls, S.D., home.

    21. In some areas of the country the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs has been caught banning the words “God” and “Jesus” during funeral services for veterans.

    22. Today, the federal government provides “end of life” literature to veterans that helps them to determine when their lives are “no longer worth living“…

    “Your Life, Your Choices” presents end-of-life choices in a way aimed at steering users toward predetermined conclusions, much like a political “push poll.” For example, a worksheet on page 21 lists various scenarios and asks users to then decide whether their own life would be “not worth living.”

    The circumstances listed include ones common among the elderly and disabled: living in a nursing home, being in a wheelchair and not being able to “shake the blues.” There is a section which provocatively asks, “Have you ever heard anyone say, ‘If I’m a vegetable, pull the plug’?” There also are guilt-inducing scenarios such as “I can no longer contribute to my family’s well being,” “I am a severe financial burden on my family” and that the vet’s situation “causes severe emotional burden for my family.”When the government can steer vulnerable individuals to conclude for themselves that life is not worth living, who needs a death panel?

    23. One study discovered that approximately one-third of all military veterans returning from Afghanistan and Iraq were officially determined to be mentally ill by government officials.

    24. All over America, “mental illness” is being used as a reason to take guns away from military veterans.

    25. The federal government is increasingly labeling military veterans as “potential domestic terrorists” if they express viewpoints that are critical of the government. The following is from a recent article by John Whitehead…

    Making matters worse, thanks to Operation Vigilant Eagle, a program launched by the Department of Homeland Security in 2009, military veterans returning from Iraq and Afghanistan are also being characterized as extremists and potential domestic terrorist threats because they may be “disgruntled, disillusioned or suffering from the psychological effects of war.” As a result, these servicemen and women—many of whom are decorated—are finding themselves under surveillance, threatened with incarceration or involuntary commitment, or arrested, all for daring to voice their concerns about the alarming state of our union and the erosion of our freedoms.

    An important point to consider, however, is that the government is not merely targeting individuals who are voicing their discontent so much as it is locking up individuals trained in military warfare who are voicing feelings of discontent. Under the guise of mental-health treatment and with the complicity of government psychiatrists and law-enforcement officials, these veterans are increasingly being portrayed as ticking time bombs in need of intervention.

    Are you upset yet?

    You should be.

    The way that the federal government is treating military veterans is absolutely shameful.

    Do you have a story that illustrates how our military veterans are being abused?

    If so, please feel free to share it by posting a comment below…

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Friday, May 31, 2013 at 6:33 am

    Tags: , ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Monsanto’s Genetically Modified Wheat. Threatens US Exports

    0

    The discovery of a Monsanto-created, genetically modified strain of wheat in the US that was never approved by the United States Department of Agriculture has imperiled US exports of a staple world food commodity.

    Japanese authorities have already opted to cancel part of a tender offer to buy US western white wheat and have suspended imports of both that variety and feed wheat, Reuters reported on Thursday.

    “We will refrain from buying western white and feed wheat effective today,” Toru Hisadome, a Japanese farm ministry official in charge of wheat trading, told the agency.

    Japan, the biggest buyer of US wheat behind Mexico, will continue buying hard red winter and spring wheat from the US as well as grains from Canada, which are used for the production of bread and noodles.

    However, Hisadome said the government has asked US authorities to provide more details of their ongoing investigation and Japan will stop buying the suspended species of wheat until a test kit is developed to identify genetically modified produce.

    There is currently no US approved test kit to identify genetically engineered wheat. The USDA has said it is developing a “rapid test” kit.

    A man protests with placards reading “No patents on on life, stop Monsanto” during a demonstration against food patents in front of the patent office in Munich, southern Germany (AFP Photo)

    Other major Asian importers like Korea, China and the Philippines said they were closely monitoring the situation, while the European Union is set to test any incoming shipments, saying it will block any containing GM wheat.

    Following the announcement, wheat for July delivery fell 8.25 cents to $6.945 a bushel on the Chicago Board of Trade.

    The wheat, created by Monsanto Co., appeared on an 80-acre farm in Oregon in April. On Wednesday, the US Department of Agriculture (USDA) said it had conducted a genetic test on the wheat and found that it was an experimental type created by the US agribusiness giant which had never been approved for sale.

    Following the discovery of the GMO wheat, USDA Acting Deputy Secretary Michael Scuse said that state agriculture directors in Oregon, Washington and Idaho are now coordinating a multi-state investigation, and foreign trade representatives in Canada, Mexico and Asia have been contacted.

    The USDA has never approved any GMO strain of wheat to be grown in the US, but Monsanto field tested a genetically engineered variety from 1998 through 2005. It was never put into use however, due to global opposition to genetically engineered cereal grains. Wheat remains an exception however, as more than 60 genetically modified crops have been approved for US food and feed supplies.

    The top three GMO crops grown in the US are soy, corn and cotton, according to the USDA. Some Eighty-eight perc ent of corn and 93 pe rcent of soybeans grown in the US are genetically modified.

    Although the United States produces only 10 percent of world wheat it is consistently the world’s biggest wheat exporter. With world trade in wheat greater than for all other crops combined, Wednesday’s findings could dent US export prospects at a time when the USDA is expecting record global production, boosted by a 48 percent hike in Russian output and a 40 percent gain from Ukraine.

    However, the USDA says US exports will likely fall 9.8 percent to 25.2 million tons in the year that starts on June 1, Bloomberg reports.

    “This is not something we need to see when exports are suffering anyway,” Darrell Holaday, the president of Advanced Market Concepts in Wamego, Kansas, told the New York based agency in a telephone interview. “It’s a negative story during a negative export time, and if the Black Sea keeps getting rain it’s going to be a tough, competitive wheat market.”

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    US Supported Jabhat al-Nusra Caught with Sarin Gas inside Turkey

    0

    Related content:

    Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

    www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
    copyright owner.

    For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    CIA Global Renditions: Abductions and Extrajudicial Transfers from one Country to Another

    0

    Extraordinary renditions include arbitrary abductions and extrajudicial transfers from one country to another. Targeted individuals are called terrorists.

    Corroborating evidence isn’t needed. What Washington says goes. Rogue hegemons operate that way.

    International, constitutional, and US statute laws don’t matter. They’re spurned. Victims are guilty by accusation. It’s official US policy.

    Before leaving office in January 1993, a classified GHW Bush National Security Directive (NSD 77) established the rendition process.

    Bill Clinton’s June 1995 Presidential Directive (PDD 39) authorized “all legal means available to exclude from the United States persons who pose a terrorist threat and deport or otherwise remove from the United States any such aliens.”

    Post-9/11, GW Bush authorized “war on terror” abductions and renditions. He did so to CIA and Pentagon-run torture prisons. A global network was established. It exists in numerous countries.

    It includes US ships at sea. Special ones are staffed and equipped for that purpose. They’re out of sight and mind. Ghost prisoner survivors call them worst of all.

    On May 22, The Rendition Project (TRP) announced its “Global Rendition System” database and interactive map.

    It’s a collaborative UK-based University of Kent Dr. Ruth Blakeley/Kingston University Dr. Sam Raphael research project.

    It’s purpose is to provide “a detailed analysis of its component parts and a clearer understanding of how they fit together.”

    Focus is on tracking global CIA flights. They’re used to transfer detainees “between secret prisons for continued detention and torture.”

    Washington’s post-9/11 “war on terror” launched it. Extrajudicial detention was authorized. So were lawless renditions and torture.

    “Overall, this system has involved the detention and torture, in secret, of hundreds of detainees, in scores of detention sites around the world.”

    “Renditions between detention sites in a range of countries have been carried out using a variety of aircraft supplied by private contractors, and states allied to the US (including several European states) have been actively involved, or passively complicit, in the crimes committed.”

    Blakeley and Raphael work closely with Reprieve. It “delivers justice and saves lives, from death row to Guantanamo Bay.”

    It uses law to enforce human rights. It does so for prisoners. It investigates, litigates, educates, and “work(s) on the frontline. (It) provide(s) legal support to prisoners unable to pay for it themselves.”

    It promotes rule of law justice. It’s rarer than ever today. Western-sponsored state terror represents a heavy challenge. The Rendition Project (TRP) said Reprieve “led the way in investigating secret prisons and representing victims of rendition and torture.”

    It’s also involved in discovering “where people were held, how they were treated, and who was responsible for the human rights abuses they suffered.”

    Users can now search TRP’s Rendition Flights Database. Doing so lets them “access comprehensive analyses” of prisons and aircraft used. They can track detainee movements.

    They can explore vital issues. They can understand more about rendition, secret detention, and torture. They can learn how they violate fundamental human rights law.

    They can read firsthand victim accounts. A “huge repository of primary documents” is maintained. They include “government memos, court papers, flight data and past investigative reports.”

    Evidence for each case is available. Reprieve’s web site highlighted TRP’s Global Rendition System project.

    Data comes from FOIA requests, legal cases, firsthand accounts, NGO investigations, and authentic news reporting. Washington maintains a global “black site” network.

    Thorough analysis deconstructs what’s going on. Information is provided on more than 11,000 flights by over 120 aircraft. They’re linked to more than 50 private companies.

    Complicity of numerous countries is revealed. Companies tried covering their tracks. They filed false flight plans. They switched aircraft from point of origin to final destination.

    They knew they acted lawlessly. They tried concealing it. The more known exposes them. It’s the first step to accountability. None so far exists.

    Rendition/detention/torture co-conspirators remain free from prosecution. Sunshine is the best disinfectant. Justice is long overdue. Countless numbers of innocent victims still suffer. Many more will unless something’s done.

    Anyone called a terrorist for any reason or none can be locked away in gulag hell. Most victims are innocent. Perhaps they all are. Due process and judicial fairness are denied. Guilt by accusation is policy.

    What remains ongoing is appalling. Most everything exists out of sight and mind. Media scoundrels are largely silent. What they know isn’t disclosed. Occasional reports are sanitized. It’s standard practice.

    According to Raphael:

    “The sheer scope of the CIA’s rendition and torture system is brought to light as never before by our work, which shows in painstaking detail how terror suspects were kidnapped and transported to secret prisons across the globe for ‘enhanced interrogation.’ ”

    Reprieve’s Crofton Black added:

    “This unprecedented database shows how false route filings, tarmac transfers, shell companies and the plausible deniability of executive jets masked a systematic programme of secret detention and torture run by the US with the active complicity of the UK and other European countries.”

    America’s war on terror continues. Waging it reveals its dark side. It’s lawless. There’s no end in sight. Ending it requires public outrage. Arousing it depends on exposing what’s too unconscionable to tolerate.

    Not in our name means all of us. Everyone today is vulnerable. It’s no time for complacency. Fundamental freedoms are assaulted. They’re eroding and disappearing.

    Regaining lost rights requires mass action. It won’t happen any other way. Today is the most perilous time in world history.

    The time to fight for what’s right is now. Failure to do what’s vital endangers everyone. If that’s not incentive enough to act, what is?

    Songwriter/satirist/lyricist Tom Lehrer once wrote “we’ll all go together when we go.” He meant possible nuclear annihilation. It remains an ominous threat. So does losing freedom. It’s dying in plain sight.

    Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

    His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

    http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

    Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com.

    Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

    It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

    http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

    http://www.dailycensored.com/cia-global-renditions/

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    A Proxy War Is Raging In Syria

    0

    “Our” Sunni Terrorists Are Fighting “Their” Hezbollah “Terrorists”

    Right now inside Syria, Hezbollah fighters — backed by the Syrian government, Iran and Lebanon — are fighting Al Qaeda, Hamas and Muslim Brotherhood terrorist fighters — backed by the U.S., Israel, the Eurozone, Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

    BBC reports:

    The military chief of the main umbrella group of Syrian rebels … claimed that more than 7,000 fighters of the Lebanese Shia movement [Hezbollah ] were taking part in attacks on the rebel-held town of Qusair.

    The French foreign minister has estimated the number at 3,000-4,000.

    ***

    Hezbollah fighters have been in Syria for some time now but their numbers appear to have grown rapidly over the last few weeks ….

    Not only did the U.S., Israel and Saudi Arabia largely create, sponsor and fund Al Qaeda, but also two other groups fighting on the side of the Syrian rebels: Hamas and the Muslim Brotherhood.

    This is a proxy war.

    As we’ve documented in detail, the U.S., Israel, Saudi Arabia, Qatar and their allies back the Sunni jihadists against Shia Muslims. Indeed, the U.S. is involved in a religious war — between the two factions of Islam (and is actually backing the most violent elements) — as part of a geopolitical strategy to exert control over the natural gas market.

    BBC notes:

    [There is] growing concern in the US that the conflict in Syria is morphing into a complex regional war by proxy.

    ABC News reports:

    Hezbollah and Al Qaeda fighters edging closer to full scale confrontation

    ***

    Syria’s conflict is often described as a “civil war,” but that is only true insofar as it has yet to spill over into another country on a large scale or draw in too many different forces. But it is the quintessential proxy war, with the Alawite (an offshoot of Shia Islam) Assad regime backed up by Shia allies Hezbollah and Iran, as well as Russia and China.

    The Sunni rebels are supported by the Islamist rulers of Saudi Arabia, Qatar and Turkey, as well as the U.S., France, Britain and others.

    ***

    In December, Syrian rebels [i.e. Sunnis] burned down a Shiite mosque in northern Idlib province. Fighting between Hezbollah and Jabhat al-Nusra is being waged closer and closer to the Zeinab shrine. Shiite villages are coming under attack by militants who praise Osama bin Laden and Sunni villagers are being slaughtered by regime loyalists. Sectarian fighting has already leaked across the border into northern Lebanon. [For example, Syrian rebels – Sunnis – apparently shelled Shiites inside neighboring Lebanon.] The stage has been set.

    “When Hezbollah and Israel are both actively fighting in the same third country,” writes Ramy Khoury, a professor of international affairs at the American University of Beirut, “and Iran and the United States are both actively warning about their determination to act to protect their allies and their interests in that same third country, it is time to make another pot of coffee and make sure you have plenty of fresh batteries at home for your transistor radio.”

    All people of good faith are calling for an end to all foreign soldiers and foreign weapons in Syria … be they from Iran, Lebanon and Russia, or the U.S., Israeli, Saudi Arabia and Europe.

    Of course, the U.S. has been arming the Syrian opposition since 2006.

    Indeed, American neoconservatives planned regime change … and considered carrying out acts of violence and blaming it on the Syrian government as an excuse for regime change was discussed over 50 years ago by British and American leaders.

    But the answer is not to send more arms to “our” terrorists to fight “their” terrorists … or vice versa.

    The answer is for all sides to stop pouring gas on the fire, getting all foreign troops and arms out, and letting the Syrian people sort it out.

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    NN Qalibaf vows to curb inflation

    0

    Iranian presidential candidate Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf addresses a crowd of people in the western city of Ardebil on May 30, 2013.

    Iranian presidential candidate Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf has criticized the ongoing Å“unacceptable” inflation in the country, pledging to fix the economy in two years if he is elected president in the June 14th election.

    Qalibaf made the remarks in a speech to a crowd of people in the western city of Ardebil on Thursday as he continues his nationwide electoral campaign.

    He added that the Islamic Republic has succeeded in making great achievements despite enmities, plots and difficult conditions.

    Qalibaf said the Iranian people deserve a better economic situation given the existing economic potentialities in the country.

    The mayor of Tehran further stated that the present administration has improved living conditions to some extent, but has not done enough.

    Qalibaf noted that inflation and unemployment are major concerns affecting the whole country.

    In Iranâ„¢s June election, Qalibaf will be competing against Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

    SF/NN/SS

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Eurozone unemployment hits another record high of 12.2% in April

    0

    In April a further 95,000 people across the eurozone lost their jobs, says Eurostat. This marked another all-time high unemployment rate, with the total of 19.38mn people now out of work.

    April’s seasonally adjusted unemployment rate stood at 12.2%, up
    from 12.1%in the previous month, according to the European
    Commission’s statistics office.

    Southern states like Greece, Spain and Portugal performed the
    worst. One in four people in Greece and Spain are now jobless, as
    the unemployment rate there stands at about 27%.

    The lowest unemployment rate is in Austria at 4.9%.

    Youth unemployment remains a special problem, as 3.6 million
    people under the age of 25 are out of work across the 17 eurozone
    nations. In relative terms, youth unemployment reached a sky-high
    24.4% in April.In Italy alone 40.5% of young people are
    unemployed.

    “We have to deal with the social crisis, which is expressed
    particularly in spreading youth unemployment, and place it at the
    centre of political action,”
    the BBC quotes Italy’s President
    Giorgio Napolitano.

     In April, the number of people losing their jobs in the
    countries using the single currency has increased for the 24th
    consecutive month. In the meantime, the jobless figure for all 27
    members of the European Union remains at 11%.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    American Killed Fighting For Syrian Rebels Had Al-Qaeda Flag

    0

    Terrorist make-up of Syrian opposition underscored once again

    Paul Joseph Watson
    Infowars.com
    May 31, 2013

    An American woman and two other westerners who were killed while fighting on the side of FSA rebels in Syria were found with an Al-Nusra flag, the Al-Qaeda group that killed U.S. troops in Iraq and has become the primary fighting force in the country.

    “TV footage showed a bullet-riddled car and three bodies laid out. It also showed weapons, a computer, a hand-drawn map of a government military facility and a flag belonging to the al Qaeda-affiliated al-Nusra Front,” reports CNN.

    The American woman was later identified as 33-year-old Nicole Lynn Mansfield, from Michigan.

    The Al-Nusra connection again underscores the point that while Britain and France plan to arm rebels after an EU ban was lifted, opposition militants fighting in Syria are becoming increasingly extremist, radicalized and dominated by foreign jihadists.

    Jabhat al-Nusra is now the leading front line fighting force in Syria and is commanding the other rebel groups as FSA rebels are defect to the terrorist group in droves. Immediately after the State Department declared Jabhat al-Nusra a terrorist organization, 29 different FSA rebel outfits pledged allegiance to the Al-Qaeda group. In April, the leader of Al-Nusra formally pledged allegiance to Al-Qaeda.

    Despite the best efforts of NATO powers to portray the FSA and Jabhat al-Nusra as separate entities, so-called “moderate” FSA rebels are now mimicking Al-Nusra’s behavior, such as a recent video which showed an FSA fighter cutting out the heart of a Syrian soldier and biting into it.

    FSA rebels have also voiced their desire to see the Al-Qaeda flag fly over the White House once the rebels are victorious across the region, whilesinging songs that glorify Osama Bin Laden and the 9/11 attacks and even naming their units the “Bin Laden brigade”.

    FSA rebels have also ransacked Christian churches in addition to burning US and Israeli flags in public on more than one occasion.

    The reality that the Syrian opposition is now replete with bloodthirsty terrorists has turned public opinion squarely against arming the rebels, but NATO powers and the United States are still seriously considering supplying heavy weaponry in light of Russia’s decision to green light the delivery of six S-300 air defense systems to Syria under a 2010 contract.

    The last American found to be fighting on the same side as FSA rebels was U.S. Army veteran Eric Harroun, who joined up with Al-Nusra in Syria but was arrested by FBI agents on his return to the U.S. and charged with using a rocket propelled grenade launcher on behalf of an Al-Qaeda-affiliated group.

    Harroun’s father claimed his son had been working for the CIA, bolstering claims that the agency has been covertly aiding the rebels. In March, the New York Times reported that the CIA had been conducting, “a secret airlift of arms and equipment for the uprising against President Bashar al-Assad,” since early 2012.

    Another American who fought alongside Al-Qaeda terrorists in both Libya and Syria, Matthew VanDyke, recently returned to the United States and gave lectures in Washington DC back in March. VanDyke admitted that he originally wanted to join the CIA but later became a self-described “freedom fighter”.

    “Why westerners were fighting the Syrian government alongside Al Qaeda “rebels” is not known. What is known is that tomorrow front pages across the nation will be blasting “American woman killed in Syria” and the ensuing thirst for revenge will be just the missing link needed by the administration, in lieu of having found no weapons of mass destruction, to escalate the conflict even further,” writes Zero Hedge.

    *********************

    Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Friday, May 31, 2013 at 6:12 am

    Tags: ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    SYRIA: President Bashar Al-Assad: Full interview

    0

    We bring to the attention of our readers, the full interview of President Bashar Al-Assad with the Lebanese al-Manar Tv channel,

    Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

    www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
    copyright owner.

    For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    World’s largest pipe maker TMK becomes second profitable globally

    0

    The Russian producer of oil and gas pipes has replaced rival Vallourec of France to become the second most profitable pipemaker after Luxembourg based Tenaris.

    The company’s EBITDA rose 24% to $273 million in the first
    quarter of this year compared to the previous quarter, TMK
    reports. Its close competitor the French Vallourec saw a decrease
    of 19% to $191mn over the same period. Luxembourg Tenaris remains
    the leader with earnings of at $699 mn.

    TMK’s 1st quarter revenue increased by 6% to $1.7 billion, profit
    rose almost three- fold to $85mn. As a result, the
    company’s profitability by EBITDA reached 16%.

    Dmitry Pumpyanskiy, the head of TMK, says that the company
    will continue to develop the production of pipes with high added
    value. He also pointed out that the task was to make TMK the
    leader by market capitalization, but it is “a long, tedious,
    hard, but understandable way”, Vedomosti quotes. 

    On Thursday TMK capitalization on the London Stock Exchange
    was $2.6bn. For comparison the capitalization of Vallourec
    is $6.8bn (on the Paris stock exchange), and Tenaris
    is $26,1bn (NYSE).TMK started developing the premium pipe
    segment about 2 years ago, while Tenaris and Vallourec has
    been working in this market for many years – since the US
    began to develop complex oil and gas deposits, Vedomosti quotes
    Vasiliy Kuligi from Renaissance Capital as saying.

    TMK has work to do and where to develop. Tenaris currently earns
    more than $700 on 1 tonne of premium pipes, while the Russian
    company makes only $250-300, the analyst says.TMC intends to
    continue investing into premium pipe production, Vedomosti quotes
    a company representative.

    This year its American division has launched a new production
    facility in Edmonton, and the company bought several service
    assets in Texas. TMK also has production plants in Russia,
    Romania and Kazakhstan and has an annual production capacity of
    more than 6 million tonnes of pipe products that it delivers to
    companies in more than 65 countries.

    TMK clients include oil and gas companies Gazprom, Transneft,
    Lukoil, Rosneft, Royal Dutch Shell, Total, Wintershall,
    Repsol, and Statoil.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Four killed in Baghdad mosque attack

    0

    [unable to retrieve full-text content]At least four people have been killed and more than 17 others injured in a bomb explosion near a mosque south of the Iraqi capital, Baghdad.

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Radiation makes Mars travel impossible today…let’s fly faster!

    0

    NASA’s Curiosity program has confirmed that interplanetary manned missions at speeds attainable today is not possible due to lethal space radiation. However, Russians are preparing to speed up space travel 20-fold to get to Mars and beyond.

    Once again it has been confirmed, this time empirically, that
    space radiation would seriously endanger cosmonauts’ lives on
    their trip to Mars.

    The Curiosity rover mission has been collecting valuable data not
    only after arrival to the Mars surface. Through the
    eight-and-a-half month cruise to Mars the probe’s sensors were
    collecting information about space, including radiation levels.

    Now the radiation data collected by Curiosity have published in
    the May 31 edition of the Science magazine by a group of
    scientists from the Southwest Research Institute in Boulder,
    Colorado. And their prospects for manned flight to the Red Planet
    are dark, naming space radiation as a major threat to astronauts.

    Radiation accumulates in the human body; therefore exposure to it
    is measured in Sievert (Sv) or milliSievert (one-thousandth of
    Sv) at a given time. The atomic bombs of Hiroshima and Nagasaki
    dramatically exposed a simple fact that extreme doses of
    radiation cause cancer. For example, exposure to 1 Sv adds a 5
    per cent increase in risk of developing terminal cancer.

    Two known forms of radiation actually threaten astronauts’ health
    in space. There are galactic cosmic rays (GCR) from outer space
    caused by high-energy events in other stellar systems, such as
    supernova explosions and other events outside the solar system.
    Another type of radiation is solar energetic particles (SEP)
    emitted from our sun in large quantities, particularly at the
    time of coronal mass ejections and solar flares.

    The largest solar flare ever recorded occurred on April 2, 2001, as observed by the Solar and Heliospheric Observatory, or SOHO, satellite. Image Credit: NASA

    The International Space Station and manmade satellites are fairly
    protected against SEP radiation, but cannot properly shield
    highly-energized GCR particles, that either pierce a spacecraft
    through or collide with what space vessels consist of on atomic
    level, causing deformation of the materials. So far no proper
    shielding against GCR particles has been invented, largely
    because it would imply a much higher, next-generation power
    supply capacity of a spacecraft.

    Curiosity’s Radiation Assessment Detector (RAD) has been
    measuring the radiation levels during the long 563,000,000
    kilometers flight to Mars in conditions similar to those that
    will be inside a manned spacecraft in the future missions. The
    RAD showed that during its journey to Mars Curiosity was exposed
    to an average of 1.8 milliSieverts of GCR radiation per day.

    The current NASA radiation regulation for astronauts allows
    maximum 3 per cent increase in cancer risk. With about 520 days
    in interplanetary space needed for to-and-fro Mars travel
    (without actual landing), the daily 1.8 milliSieverts of GCR
    radiation make close to 1 Sv in total, much more than allowed for
    an astronaut to endure.

    “The situation would be greatly improved if we could only get
    there quite a bit faster,”
    NASA’s Cary Zeitlin told BBC News.

    And this is exactly what Russian scientists are planning to do in
    the nearest future, developing a spaceship that can travel much
    faster than the modern space vessels.

    In the meantime Russia is slowly but steadily making its way in
    the direction of manned interplanetary missions. The task is
    enormous and implies heavy investments in various fields of
    science to get a functioning model of a future spaceship.

    First of all Russian scientists are set to develop a
    megawatt-class nuclear drive to start test in 2017. The
    traditional rocket engines are believed to have reached the limit
    of their potential.

    The nuclear engine project proposes the use of an electric ion
    propulsion system using xenon as propellant for the engines.

    The engine exhaust thrust will be generated by an ion flow, which
    is further accelerated by an electric field. The nuclear reactor
    will therefore ‘supply’ the necessary amount of electric power
    without unwanted radioactive contamination of the environment.

    These new engines would increase the speed of a spaceship
    dramatically, by at least 20 times, which means the traveling
    time to, for example, Mars would lessen to little more than one
    month, given the necessity to gain speed in the beginning of a
    journey and slowing down while approaching the Red Planet. In
    that case exposure to space radiation would decrease manifold.

    Russian state is planning to invest well over $550 million in
    development of the nuclear engine program, which uses the vast
    practical results of the similar program in the USSR (1961-1989).

    But still Russia’s Roscosmos space agency believes it would take
    time till 2025 before a functioning atomic engine will get to
    space.

    Earth and Mars approach each other occasionally and the next
    possible date to send a manned expedition to Mars after 2025
    would occur in 2035.

    In the meantime, Roscosmos and the European Space Agency are
    teaming up to develop a united ExoMars exploration program, since
    bearing such burden alone is a task too heavy to undertake.

    In 2016 the agencies are planning to send a satellite to Mars
    and, in 2018, to land a rover.

    Roscosmos plans to stage a huge experiment of its own, sending
    two cosmonauts for one year to the ISS, returning them to Earth
    to imitate activities on the Martian surface, and then
    immediately returning them to the ISS to simulate the trip back
    home. This test will start in 2018 and the names of the men to
    take part in it are already known: Russian cosmonaut Mikhail
    Kornienko and American astronaut Scott Kelly.

    This unprecedented experiment has been underway for quite some
    time. In 2010-2011 a Mars-500 experiment was successfully
    conducted. Six volunteers spent 520 days isolated in a mock
    spaceship, simulating a trip to the Red Planet and back.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    EU lifts sanctions on Ben Ali family

    0

    The European Union has lifted sanctions against relatives of former Tunisian President Zine El Abidine Ben Ali, placing the economic burden on the countryâ„¢s citizens, Press TV reports.

    Å“We respect the European judiciary system but we condemn the decision of the European courts which is in favor of corrupt figures from the former regime. Ben Ali and his clan are wanted in Tunisia for charges of corruption and money laundering,” said Faysal Ajina, an advisor to Tunisiaâ„¢s Justice Minister.

    The former dictatorâ„¢s sons in law Mohamed Sakhr El Materi and Slim Chiboub and his brother-in-law Belhassen Trabelsi are accused of embezzling billions of dollars from the country and depositing the money in foreign banks prior to the countryâ„¢s revolution in January 2011.

    Å“The majority of European countries have refused to cooperate in recovering the stolen money but weâ„¢ll never abandon the rights of our people,” said Ajina.

    By abandoning the cause, experts say the European Union has placed itself in support of the Ben Ali family, at the expense of rebuilding Tunisia.

    Å“This decision is irresponsible. It proves that European countries do not stand by the revolution. The banks in Europe do not have the right to use our money. This behavior encourages corruption and theft,” said Nouri Trabelsi, an employee at the Health Ministry.

    The Court of the European Union placed bank freezes on the assets of the two sons-in-law and brother-in-law of Ben Ali in 2011. However, the EU court placed three stops on sanctions on May 28, 2013.

    Ben Ali fled Tunisia in the aftermath of the countryâ„¢s revolution in early 2011 and currently lives in exile in Saudi Arabia with his wife.

    The former leader has already received two life sentences in prison for his regimeâ„¢s crackdown on protesters prior to his ouster.

    According to United Nations figures, more than 300 people were killed and many others wounded in the former government crackdown on protests over corruption, unemployment, and high food prices.

    GMA/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    'Next admin must boost public presence'

    0

    Iranian presidential candidate Saeed Jalili says the next administration should pave the way for the public to make their presence felt in all arenas.

    Å“Public participation is not only for elections. If we want to make real progress … we should develop the potential of people from all walks of life in all sectors,” Jalili said in an address in a mosque in the city of Arak on Thursday.

    Å“The main duty of the government is to do its utmost to bring out these potentialities in full,” Jalili, secretary of the Supreme National Security Council, said.

    Elsewhere in his remarks, Jalili said resource-rich Iran will not progress under wrong policies.

    Å“Today, we have great potential in different fields, but if the executive bodies fail to manage these potentialities correctly, it will backfire,” the Principlist candidate stressed.

    He cited unemployment and inflation as the Iranian peopleâ„¢s major concerns, blaming the mismanagement of liquidity and production for the rising prices.

    He said that the country has what it takes to develop a robust economy if it adopts proper management practices, just as it succeeded in developing a civilian nuclear energy program.

    Jalili currently faces seven rivals in the upcoming presidential election, namely former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

    Iranians will go to the polls on June 14 to elect the countryâ„¢s 11th president.

    AR/NN/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    ‘The things Obama said sounded good, but are just illusion of movement’

    0

    President Obama may pledge to finally close Guantanamo’s doors, but all his words are just an illusion, while prisoners are suffering at the notorious detention facility.

    Human rights lawyer David Remes, who represents 17 Guantanamo
    detainees has been talking to RT.

    RT: President Obama has made numerous promises over the
    years to close Guantanamo Bay prison. Is it likely to happen?

    David Remes: I don’t see how it can happen under the
    current circumstances. For one thing, President Obama keeps
    blaming Congress for preventing him from transferring detainees.
    As long as he puts responsibility on Congress, it’s unlikely that
    he will make major moves. In addition, he’s set up this new
    system for releasing Yemenis, whereby they have to go through
    another review process, which is likely to take a long time if it
    happens at all. So I think what he said sounded good, as usual,
    but, once again, it only provides the illusion of movement. The
    men face a very bleak circumstance in Guantanamo in terms of
    being transferred.

    RT: Has the hunger strike involving over a hundred
    detainees influenced the pledge to close the facility?

    DR: I haven’t talked to anyone yet, I’m going to speak to a
    couple of them tomorrow afternoon. But I imagine, based on what
    we’ve discussed in the past, that this was all a big snooze to
    them. Obama has no credibility down there. The men even say that
    they prefer Bush because he released detainees. I think this will
    be disregarded or just snorted at with cynicism.

    RT: Some inmates from Yemen have already been cleared
    for release – but what about those from other countries?

    DR: There are about thirty other detainees, from other
    countries, who have been approved for transfer. About half of
    them can be sent home to their own countries, but about half have
    to be re-settled in third countries because of concerns about
    torture in their own countries. Ambassador Dan Fried who has been
    appointed to place the detainees was on the verge to transfer
    these men when Congress stepped in, and that’s basically why his
    office was closed. They are the most promising candidates for
    transfer, but I don’t really think it’s going to happen very
    soon.

    RT: In the event of Guantanamo actually closing, is it
    likely Washington will use other secret detention centers?

    DR: If they are secret, we don’t know about them. I’m not
    trying to be flip about it. I also don’t think that the US is
    using secret centers — although obviously, if they are secret, I
    don’t know for sure. I think they may be handing men over to
    countries of origin or we may be just drowning these people
    instead of imprisoning them.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Human error behind Nevada mortar blast

    0

    Mortar men with Weapons Company, 1st Battalion, 23rd Marine Regiment, fire off illumination rounds as part of their training at Hawthorne Army Depot in Nevada. (File photo)

    A military investigation has concluded that human error was to blame for the mortar blast that killed seven Marines and injured 8 others in the US state of Nevada earlier this year.

    First lieutenant Oliver David said in a press release on Wednesday that a marine operating a 60mm mortar tube Å“did not follow correct procedures, resulting in the detonation of a high explosive round at the mortar position.”

    The statement further noted that the mortar team involved in the accident had not conducted Å“appropriate preparatory training.”

    The mishap took place at Hawthorne Army Depot in Nevada during a nighttime live fire exercise on March 18. The Marines were from the 1st Battalion, 9th Marines, at Camp Lejeune in North Carolina.

    Military investigators also determined that the 60 mm mortar had been working properly, and Å“found no reason to question the safety of the system when it is employed as designed and as marines are trained to employ it.”

    Marine officials announced earlier this month that two officers and a non-commissioned officer were removed from command in connection with the deadly blast.

    Brigadier General James Lukeman, the commanding general of the Camp Lejeune-based 2nd Marine Division, dismissed battalion commander Lieutenant Colonel Andrew McNulty from his post on May 8.

    Company commander Captain Kelby Breivogel and Chief Warrant Officer 3 Douglas Derring, the battalion’s infantry weapons officer, were also relieved of their duties.

    The three officers were dismissed because Lukeman Å“lost trust and confidence in their ability to ensure proper preparation for, and conduct of, live-fire training events.”

    David said that no criminal charges are expected to be filed as a result of the investigation.

    MP/ NN/

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Frankfurt banks surrounded in anti-austerity 'Blockupy': LIVE UPDATES

    0

    Thousands of anti-austerity protesters have flooded the streets leading to the European Central Bank in Frankfurt in a so-called ‘Blockupy’ protest. They are demonstrating the bank’s role in enforcing crippling spending cuts across the Eurozone.

    10:22 GMT: The ‘Blockupy’ protesters are now separating
    and heading for Deutsche Bank headquarters and Frankfurt airport.

    10:20 GMT: German police estimate that around 1,500
    protesters have gathered in front of the European Central Bank.
    They have not reported any arrests.


    10:18 GMT:
    Eurostat data shows that the crisis is deepening,
    and that nearly one in four young people in the Eurozone are
    jobless. The combined EU unemployment rate is 23.5 percent.
    Germany’s rate is the lowest at 7.5 percent.

    10:01 GMT: Eurozone employment figures released, hitting
    record high at 12.2 percent in April.

    09:53 GMT: The ECB spokesman told The Guardian that the
    Blockupy protests have not disturbed

    day-to-day operations at the bank, but would not specify how many
    bankers

    managed to come to work.

    9:31 GMT: Blockupy spokesman Ani Diesselmann announced,
    “The blockade is standing.

    The business of the ECB is successfully disrupted.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    55 injured as protesters clash with police in Kyrgyzstan, state of emergency declared

    0


    Kyrgyzstan authorities have pronounced a state of emergency following clashes around a gold ore field between protesters and security forces. The violence left over 50 people injured.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Iran urges ceiling limit to OPEC output

    0

    Iranian Oil Minister Rostam Qasemi has urged the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC) to maintain its crude output ceiling given the current situation of the global oil market, Press TV reports.

    Å“We see the current situation in the market as balanced, and that the OPEC should not go for an increase in production. Rather, we need to have an eye on supply cuts considering the current market prices,” Qasemi said on Thursday on the eve of the 163rd ordinary OPEC meeting in Vienna, Austria.

    The 12-member organization will probably keep its output ceiling of 30 million barrels per day to sustain the key price level of 100 dollars per barrel.

    Å“The Islamic Republic of Iran always seeks to maintain a balance in global crude markets,” Qasemi said.

    Iranâ„¢s Oil Ministry Spokesman Alireza Nikzad-Rahbar said on April 23 that OPEC members are unanimous on an oil price of USD 100 per barrel or higher.

    Å“Under the present circumstances, USD 100 [per barrel] is a reasonable price for crude oil. Any price lower than USD 100 for a crude barrel would be definitely unreasonable,” Nikzad-Rahbar stated.

    OPEC is a Vienna-based intergovernmental organization of 12 oil-producing countries, which groups Algeria, Angola, Ecuador, Iran, Iraq, Libya, Kuwait, Nigeria, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, and Venezuela. It accounts for about 40 percent of the worldâ„¢s oil supplies.

    SF/NN/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    ‘Syria militants may infiltrate Russia’

    0

    File photo shows foreign-backed militants in Syria.

    Russiaâ„¢s Federal Security Service (FSB) says the foreign-backed militants in Syria may infiltrate into Russia under the guise of immigrants for sabotage activities.

    Å“We expect that amidst armed conflict in Syria the armed fighters and terrorists could infiltrate into our country inside the illegal immigrants flows,” Chinaâ„¢s news agency Xinhua quoted the deputy head of FSB, Alexander Roshchupkin, as saying on Thursday.

    Roshchupkin further said illegal immigration is a means to destabilize Russia, adding that the Russian security service is monitoring the national threat.

    The FSB has uncovered several professional spy agents operating in the North Caucasus, Roshchupkin stated.

    Å“It has been established beyond any doubt that the special services of foreign states are using illegal migration channels to conduct intelligence and Ëœsubversiveâ„¢ activity to the detriment of Russian security,” Roshchupkin said without giving more details.

    The foreign-sponsored militancy in Syria, which erupted in March 2011, has taken its toll on the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

    While the West and its regional allies support anti-Damascus militants seeking to topple the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad, Russia remains a supporter of his government.

    MKA/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Eurozone jobless rate hits new record

    0

    [unable to retrieve full-text content]The Eurostat data agency says eurozone unemployment rate hit a new record of 12.2 percent as 19.2 million people were out of job in the 17 nation-bloc in April.

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Anti-capitalist demo held in Germany

    0

    Police move in to confront protesters outside the European Central Bank (ECB) in Frankfurt, central Germany, May 31, 2013.

    Thousands of demonstrators from the anti-capitalist Blockupy movement have held a protest in the German city of Frankfort over the worsening eurozone debt crisis.

    The protesters took to the streets on Friday in a move to cut off access to financial institutions including the European Central Bank (ECB) and the Deutsche Bank headquarters in the financial district of Frankfort.

    Å“The aim of this blockade is to prevent normal operations (at the ECB),” said Blockupy spokesman Martin Sommer.

    Sommer added that the demonstrators sent home some of the people who had tried to come to work.

    Blockupy began after the Occupy Wall Street movement in 2011.

    Police sources said some of the protesters had hurled stones and there were also some clashes.

    Meanwhile, the ECB said it has taken necessary measures to remain operational and guarantee the safety of its staff.

    Europe plunged into financial crisis in early 2008 and most European governments have taken tough austerity measures to contain their debt crises.

    The harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms have triggered incidents of social unrest and massive protests in many European countries.

    The Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) said in its latest semi-annual Economic Outlook report released on May 29 that the eurozone witnesses a 0.6-percent contraction in 2013.

    The report added that Å“protracted weakness” in the eurozone Å“could evolve into stagnation with negative implications for the global economy.”

    MR/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Nicolas Maduro raps Colombia president

    0

    Venezuelaâ„¢s President Nicolas Maduro has censured his Colombian counterpart Juan Manuel Santos for Ëœbetrayalâ„¢ over his meeting with Venezuelan opposition leader Henrique Capriles.

    Å“Iâ„¢m very sorry President Santos has given credence to the fascist Venezuelan right wing,” Maduro said Thursday.

    On April 14, Maduro won Venezuelaâ„¢s presidential election with 50.7 percent of the vote against 49.1 percent for Capriles. However, the opposition leader refused to accept the results and lawyers representing the opposition coalition lodged a complaint with the Supreme Court, claiming that a number of irregularities had occurred.

    Maduro added that he put Bogota-Caracas bilateral relations under review after the Colombian presidentâ„¢s meeting with Capriles on May 29. Å“Meanwhile, we will continue evaluating all our relations with the Colombian government,” he stated.

    Caracas has also pulled out its envoy to peace talks between the Colombian government and the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC) held in Cuba in reaction to the Santos-Capriles meeting.

    Referring to his efforts for the achievement of peace in Colombia, Maduro said during a speech on state TV, Å“Now theyâ„¢re going to pay us like this, with betrayal. Iâ„¢ve lost confidence in President Santos unless he shows me the contrary.”

    Maduro replaced late President Hugo Chavez, who lost a two-year-long battle with cancer on March 5. He has promised to continue the socialist policies of the former leader.

    MR/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Too Juvenile to Govern

    0

    http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/too_juvenile_to_govern_20130531/

    Posted on May 31, 2013

    This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

    The Merchants of Shame

    0

    Two weeks ago my restorative slumber was rudely aborted by the shattering opening chords of “Search and Destroy” by the Stooges, the ringtone I have assigned to CounterPunch’s intrepid co-editor Joshua Frank. This must be serious, I said to Boomer the Aussie as I stumbled for the iPhone. Josh is a committed texter. He only calls during a moment of crisis or after he’s caught a big wave down at Bolsa Chica, which all-too-often amounts to the same thing.

    “Speak!”

    “Have you checked your email recently?”

    “You know my rule, Josh, no emails before coffee or after Mojitos.”

    “Well, have a drink. We’re under siege.”

    “Tequila will do in a pinch.” I pour and swallow. Pour again and swallow. “Who is it now? The ADL again or the Sierra Club?”

    “Neither. It’s the Trotskyists. Trots of the ISO subspecies to be exact.”

    “Remind me what ISO stands for?”

    “International Socialist Organization. Up in Chicago.”

    “Right, right. Are we Trots?”

    “Not that I know of.”

    “Doug Henwood just wrote that we were Edward Abbeyists.”

    “Sounds good to me.”

    “He didn’t mean it as a compliment.”

    “What does he know? He hasn’t left his apartment in the last 12 years.”

    “What’s our crime?”

    “Sexism, insensitivity and crudeness of mind.”

    “How did we provoke this indictment?”

    “By the use of the word ‘tit’ in a subhead.”

    “Did we use the word ‘tit’ in a subhead?”

    “No. But Ruth Fowler did.”

    “In her caustic takedown of Angelina Jolie, the CIA’s favorite action hero?”

    “Right.”

    “So why is that our problem?”

    “Because we allowed her to use that word.”

    “What did they want us to do?”

    “Change the word ‘tit’ to another word.”

    “Which word?”

    “They don’t say.”

    “Why can’t we use the word ‘tit’ in a subhead? Or even a full-blown headline, if we feel like it?”

    “Because it sexualizes Angelina Jolie.”

    “More than Angelina sexualized herself in ‘Gia’ or ‘Original Sin’?”

    “Apparently so.”

    “But why can’t Ruth use the word ‘tit’? She’s a big time writer. Sold more books than any of those ISOers. Maybe all of them combined.”

    “Fowler can use the word, but we can’t print it. Because we’re, well, men.”

    “So, we’re supposed to correct Ruth Fowler’s word choice for her?”

    “Yep.”

    “The two of us, both male editors, are supposed to commit an editorial intervention on her prose? She’s from Wales, right?”

    “Yep.”

    “She has a Master’s Degree from Cambridge, right?”

    “Pretty sure.”

    “Her vocabulary is probably twice ours combined, Josh. We’re just a couple of hicks from Montana and Indiana.”

    “I’m reminded of that every day.”

    “Sounds damn presumptuous to me, Josh, even, dare I say, sexist.”

    “That’s what I thought.”

    “What the fuck do the Trots want us to do?”

    “Apologize.”

    “Apologize to whom? Angelina Jolie? Does Angie still read CounterPunch after that piece Alex and I wrote about her rather peculiar relationship with Billy Bob?”

    “Not exactly. They want us to apologize to all women.”

    “All of them?”

    “That’s what it says.”

    “Including Ruth Fowler?”

    “So it seems.”

    “Tequila might not be enough tonight, Josh.”

    Over the next few days a surreal spectacle unfolded on, where else, the internet, as a series of increasingly ludicrous articles appeared in the Socialist Worker, the arthritic house organ of the ISO, castigating the co-editors of CounterPunch with mounting huffiness and indignation. The screeds scolded our brutishness for publishing essays by three radical women writers (Ruth Fowler, Kristine Mattis, and Julian Vigo), who eviscerated Ms. Jolie’s elitist editorial in the New York Times regarding her pre-emptive double mastectomy. These women used the searing lens of class-analysis to flay Jolie’s use of a privileged platform like the Times to boast about a privileged medical procedure that is far beyond the economic reach of 60 percent of American women. The Socialist Worker writers ignored this unpleasant fact and erupted in fury over our editorial decision not to redact Fowler’s use of the word “tit.”

    This sounds ironic, right? Well, the Socialist Worker types don’t do irony. They actually identify with Angelina Jolie, the woman who shops for babies in the developing world, the woman who backs interventionist wars, the woman whose films glorify the CIA and the looting of indigenous cultures. They identify with Angelina Jolie because they share her elite position in American society. They are rich and well-educated at elite schools, such as Brown and Northwestern. Many of them live off of trust funds. Most rarely converse with poor people and have only a vague, theoretical notion of what life is like when you are indigent, black and have just been diagnosed with breast cancer (if you can even afford to get diagnosed). They can’t connect with that experience, but they can be viscerally aroused by the word “tit.” The use of this word transgressed decorum.

    So denunciations of CounterPunch were posted. A petition was circulated. A boycott of CounterPunch was launched. Yet, perhaps all of this sturm-und-drang may have passed you by. That’s because most of the virtual war was waged on Facebook (where all of the ISO’s ‘activism’ seems to take place these days), a cyber-playpen whose sexist origins are the stuff of Hollywood docudramas.

    One of the most vitriolic voices in this shaming campaign was an ISOer from Ohio named Elizabeth. She was familiar to me as the same woman who several weeks earlier had posted a demented note on the CounterPunch Facebook page calling for the execution of two high school football players in Steubenville, Ohio who had been convicted of assaulting and finger-raping an inebriated teenage girl at a party. This was a revolting crime by any measure, but the death penalty? Really?

    This bloodlust is symptomatic of how quickly the prosecutorial mindset of those possessed by a poisonous manifestation of identity politics can congeal into a lynch mob. It’s something that my old pal Alexander Cockburn knew intimately. In 1990, Alex was invited to speak by a gang of puritanical Trots at Reed College in Portland, a city almost paralyzed by the conventions of political correctness. (In spite of this laborious self-consciousness about its place as a hipster utopia, Portland hosts more strip clubs than any other city its size and lissome Earth First!ers are often glimpsed pole-dancing at Mary’s Club during the winter months to fund their high-wire activism in defense of ancient forests when the snows melt and the chainsaws fire up. For them, stripping is a much less humiliating experience than applying for a grant from the Pew Charitable Trusts.)

    The invitation was a setup. Instead of a lecture, a self-appointed tribunal had been convened to put Alex on trial for his series of provocative columns in The Nation, which denounced the sexual witch-hunts sweeping the country in the wake of the McMartin pre-school case. Along with the great Debbie Nathan, Alex was one of the very few journalists to slash through the toxic hysteria and expose the accusations as fraudulent claims cooked-up by politically-motivated social workers and therapists. At the time, Alex was derided as an “anti-feminist,” but he was proved right. There were no apologies from his accusers.

    That case was deadly serious. L’affaire Jolie is comically absurd. Josh and I are being accused of failing to conform to the rigid rules of the Trot’s editorial stylesheet, featuring dull prose and  flatlined ideas. Of course, we’d never signed a loyalty oath. Never even subscribed to their rag. For those who are interested, the CounterPunch stylesheet derives from our close reading of Zap Comix, Mad Magazine, the Realist, Creem and Ed Sanders’ venerable Fuck You: a Magazine of the Arts. When in doubt about a particularly troubling issue of word choice in a subhead, I call Paul Krassner for editorial advice.

    As is the case with most censorship campaigns dating back to the bonfires of Savonarola, this one blew up in the censors’ faces. The shrill condemnations of CounterPunch only served to drive thousands of curious minds, almost all of them Socialist Worker readers, to devour the very stories the Trots sought to expunge. It was ever thus. Just ask Ed Meese or Tipper Gore.

    The dirty secret about the brain trust that oversees the Socialist Worker is that few of them are socialists and even fewer are working class people or even identify with them. And how could you, really, when you’re the heiress to a cruise-liner fortune or you issue your editorial communiqués from a mansion in one of the elite neighborhoods of upscale Evanston, Illinois.

    The dogma of the ISO is notable only for its intellectual aridity and rock-solid immunity to innovation or evolution. Their political thinking, such as it is, remains lodged like a fossil in the strata of the early 1930s. Humiliated by their own political impotence, the Trots have lashed out at nearly every popular uprising of the last 50 years for being doctrinally impure, from the Cuban Revolution to the Zapatistas, from the street protests at the WTO to the Bolivaran Revolution.

    These days the finicky ISO has more in common with Scientology than any real revolutionary movement. It recruits heavily on American campuses, targeting young idealists, many of them psychologically vulnerable and politically naïve. They sedulously indoctrinate them into a stale and anachronistic ideology and exploit their human labor as raw material to fuel an organization that is going nowhere by design. This kind of enterprise is a perfectly rational and perhaps even desirable adaptation to the current neoliberal dispensation.

    The pseudo-Socialists have become McCarthyites. How Marx (and perhaps even old Leon himself) would have loathed them.

    Exasperated by this tedium, Kimberly and I decamped from dreary Oregon for a long weekend at our customary haunt in San Francisco’s Chinatown. We had a welcome rendezvous with our daughter, who over the past few months has waged a fierce battle against a rare form of lymphoma. Her condition was diagnosed only a few weeks after we buried Alexander Cockburn under the arching eucalyptus trees in Petrolia. I will pause here only briefly to note my profound revulsion at being smeared for “trivializing cancer” by a cadre of self-aggrandizing prudes and shame merchants, especially after the savage toll cancer has inflicted on all of us at CounterPunch this last year.

    Near the top of our agenda in the Bay Area was a close-up encounter with Johannes Vermeer’s famous pierced girl, the one with the pearl earring and exotic turban, which was on a rare leave of absence from her normal chamber at the Mauritshuis in The Hague. Not being a huge fan of Dutch painters and their customary palette featuring fifty shades of umber, I made some deprecating comments about the Sphinx of Delft on our long ride down Geary Avenue to foggy Golden Gate Park. His paintings, I professed, were rather too stuffy, prim and tidy. I declaimed my preference (though no one seemed to be listening) for the messy brushstrokes and convivial bar room scenes of Jan Steen, the Master of Rosacea.

    I’ve inspected a few Vermeers over the years: the napping maid at the Metropolitan, the officer with the wide-brimmed hat and smiling girl hanging in that small room of masterpieces at the Frick, the woman writing a letter now residing in the National Gallery in DC. These are all delicate, meticulously rendered paintings of everyday life, most of them featuring young women. There is a strange quality of voyeurism to Vermeer’s paintings. His work, unlike the large historical canvases favored by the wealthy patrons of the Dutch renaissance, capture discreet and intimate moments–milk being poured into a pan, a globe being gently spun, the reading of a letter near a sunlit window—which can make the viewer seem like a secret intruder.

    Born in Delft in 1632, Vermeer was the son of a silk merchant and art dealer. He was apprenticed as a painter and spent his entire life, short though it was, in the guilds, agitating for the rights of painters, engravers and artisans. Vermeer was elected three times to serve as dean of the Guild of St. Luke. Despite this esteemed position, when Vermeer died in December of 1675 at the age of 43, he was destitute. Part of his financial distress was certainly attributable to his glacially slow pace of work. In his twenty-year career, Vermeer produced less than two paintings per year. By contrast, Rembrandt, working as feverishly as Picasso, completed nearly 600 paintings, 2,000 drawings and 400 etchings in his 45-years wielding a brush.

    As far as we know, Vermeer (unlike Rembrandt, Hals, Steen and the Brueghels) never once painted a naked breast. In his 36 known works, there’s not the faintest hint of a nipple. Even in Vermeer’s dark early painting, “Diana and Her Nymphs,” subjects normally depicted as nudes (indeed mythological scenes were often pretexts for painting nudes), the figures of the young women are thickly swaddled in dresses and robes, drained of any erotic charge.

    Vermeer’s “The Procuress,” another early work, depicts a transaction for sexual congress outside of a brothel. A young woman stands in front of a large carpet, draped over a balustrade. She is being presented to two men by a much older woman, wrapped in a black nun-like habit, her face fissured with wrinkles. In one hand the girl grips a glass of wine, while the other is out-stretched to receive coins from a patron. The man is dressed in a red coat. He wears the hat of a cavalier. One of his large hands gropes the young woman’s chest, as his friend (perhaps a self-portrait of Vermeer) looks toward the viewer with a leering grin. But the young prostitute is primly attired in a white headpiece and a tightly-corseted yellow dress that seems anything but carnal. It is a strange, unsettling canvas that should be read as an early critique of the corrupting nature of capitalism.

    Now it is time for my confession. Don’t say I can’t admit when I’m terribly, even grievously wrong. No, not about Tit-gate; but about Vermeer. We arrived outside the stark, industrial edifice of the DeYoung at noon and elbowed our way through Japanese tourists and bored San Francisco trophy wives and trophy husbands, past Hobbema’s bleak landscapes, Steens’s salacious “Woman Eating an Oyster,” Franz Hals’s austere portraits and Fabricius’s glowing “Goldfinch.”

    Finally, we entered the room where she hangs on the western wall. The portrait is shockingly small, intimate. It glows out of the half-darkness. People in her presence were swooning, gasping. A young Asian girl near us shouted, “Oh, Mother, isn’t she lovely!” Others were weeping. I even felt a dewy moistness in my own cynical eyes. She is beautiful and real and present. Her gaze holds you, a chilling goodbye look.

    Vermeer, I repent!

    Jeffrey St. Clair is the editor of CounterPunch. His most recent book (with Joshua Frank) is Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press).

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Beijing slams US report on China hackers

    0

    China has denounced a recent US report that alleged Chinese hackers had gained access to designs of over two dozen major US weapons systems.

    Chinese Defense Ministry spokesman Geng Yansheng told a monthly news briefing Thursday, Å“It [the report] both underestimates the Pentagonâ„¢s defensive security abilities and the Chinese peopleâ„¢s intelligence.”

    On May 28, the Washington Post cited a US Defense Science Board report that the compromised US designs contained those for combat aircraft and ships, as well as vital missile defenses.

    The Chinese Defense Ministry added that Beijing did not require assistance from outside in developing its military weapons.

    Geng stressed that China Å“absolutely” enjoys the ability to produce the weapons it requires for safeguarding its national security. Å“Recently Chinaâ„¢s aircraft carrier, new fighter jets and transport aircraft… have clearly shown this.”

    A report by the Pentagon in May accused China of trying to break into Washingtonâ„¢s defense computer network.

    China issued a statement in reaction to the report and called Washington the real Å“hacking empire” which has Å“an extensive espionage network.”

    The Pentagon held China accountable for running a hacking campaign against the US in 2012, aimed at providing Beijing with information about US military capabilities and policy deliberations.

    The Chinese statement further said promoting the ËœChina military threat theoryâ„¢ can sow discord between Beijing and other nations, particularly its neighboring countries to Å“contain China and profit from it.”

    On February 28, the Chinese Defense Ministry said Washington was responsible for launching nearly two-thirds of cyber attacks against two of its military websites.

    Meanwhile, US President Barack Obama will meet with his Chinese counterpart Xi Jinping in Washington next week to discuss cyber security.

    MR/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Rohani vows logical ties with world

    0

    [unable to retrieve full-text content]Iranian presidential candidate Hassan Rohani has promised that if elected president he would engage Iran with the world through logic and reasoning.

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    The Iniquities of the Iraq War

    0

    The dust in Iraq rolls down the long roads that are the desert’s fingers. It gets in your eyes and nose and throat; it swirls in markets and school playgrounds, consuming children kicking a ball; and it carries, according to Dr. Jawad Al-Ali, “the seeds of our death”. An internationally respected cancer specialist at the Sadr Teaching Hospital in Basra, Dr. Ali told me that in 1999, and today his warning is irrefutable. “Before the Gulf war,” he said, “we had two or three cancer patients a month. Now we have 30 to 35 dying every month. Our studies indicate that 40 to 48 per cent of the population in this area will get cancer: in five years’ time to begin with, then long after. That’s almost half the population. Most of my own family have it, and we have no history of the disease. It is like Chernobyl here; the genetic effects are new to us; the mushrooms grow huge; even the grapes in my garden have mutated and can’t be eaten.”

    Along the corridor, Dr. Ginan Ghalib Hassen, a paediatrician, kept a photo album of the children she was trying to save. Many had neuroplastoma. “Before the war, we saw only one case of this unusual tumour in two years,” she said. “Now we have many cases, mostly with no family history. I have studied what happened in Hiroshima. The sudden increase of such congenital malformations is the same.”

    Among the doctors I interviewed, there was little doubt that depleted uranium shells used by the Americans and British in the Gulf War were the cause. A US military physicist assigned to clean up the Gulf War battlefield across the border in Kuwait said, “Each round fired by an A-10 Warhog attack aircraft carried solid uranium. Well over 300 tons of DU was used. It was a form of nuclear warfare.”

    Although the link with cancer is always difficult to prove absolutely, the Iraqi doctors argue that “the epidemic speaks for itself”. The British oncologist Karol Sikora, chief of the cancer programme of the World Health organisation (WHO) in the 1990s, wrote in the British Medical Journal: “Requested radiotherapy equipment, chemotherapy drugs and analgesics are consistently blocked by United States and British advisers [to the Iraq Sanctions Committee].” He told me, “We were specifically told [by the WHO] not to talk about the whole Iraq business. The WHO is not an organisation that likes to get involved in politics.”

    Recently, Hans von Sponeck, the former assistant secretary general of the United Nations and senior UN humanitarian official in Iraq, wrote to me: “The US government sought to prevent WHO from surveying areas in southern Iraq where depleted uranium had been used and caused serious health and environmental dangers.”

    Today, a WHO report, the result on a landmark study conducted jointly with the Iraqi Ministry of Health has been “delayed”. Covering 10,800 households, it contains “damning evidence”, says a ministry official and, according to one of its researchers, remains “top secret”. The report says that birth defects have risen to a “crisis” right across Iraqi society where DU and other toxic heavy metals were by the US and Britain. Fourteen years after he sounded the alarm, Dr. Jawad Al-Ali reports “phenomenal” multiple cancers in entire families.

    Iraq is no longer news. Last week, the killing of 57 Iraqis in one day was a non-event compared with the murder of a British soldier in London. Yet the two atrocities are connected. Their emblem might be a lavish new movie of F. Scott Fitzgerald’s The Great Gatsby. Two of the main characters, as Fitzgerald wrote, “smashed up things and creatures and retreated back into their money or their vast carelessness … and let other people clean up the mess”.

    The “mess” left by George Bush and Tony Blair in Iraq is a sectarian war, the bombs of 7/7 and now a man waving a bloody meat cleaver in Woolwich. Bush has retreated back into his Mickey Mouse “presidential library and museum” and Tony Blair into his jackdaw travels and his money.

    Their “mess” is a crime of epic proportions, wrote Von Sponeck, referring to the Iraqi Ministry of Social Affairs’ estimate of 4.5 million children who have lost both parents. “This means a horrific 14 per cent of Iraq’s population are orphans,” he wrote. “An estimated one million families are headed by women, most of them widows”. Domestic violence and child abuse are rightly urgent issues in Britain; in Iraq the catastrophe ignited by Britain has brought violence and abuse into millions of homes.

    In her book Dispatches from the Dark Side, Gareth Peirce, Britain’s greatest human rights lawyer, applies the rule of law to Blair, his propagandist Alastair Campbell and his colluding cabinet.  For Blair, she wrote, “human beings presumed to hold [Islamist] views, were to be disabled by any means possible, and permanently … in Blair’s language a ‘virus’ to be ‘eliminated’ and requiring ‘a myriad of interventions [sic] deep into the affairs of other nations.’ ” The very concept of war was mutated to “our values versus theirs”. And yet, says Peirce, “the threads of emails, internal government communiques reveal no dissent”.

    For Foreign Secretary Jack Straw, sending innocent British citizens to Guantanamo was “the best way to meet our counter terrorism objective”.

    These crimes, their iniquity on a par with Woolwich, await prosecution. But who will demand it? In the kabuki theatre of British politics, the faraway violence of “our values” is of no interest. Do the rest of us also turn our backs?

    John Pilger’s film on Australia, Utopia, will be released in the autumn.   

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    The Iniquities of the Iraq War

    0

    The dust in Iraq rolls down the long roads that are the desert’s fingers. It gets in your eyes and nose and throat; it swirls in markets and school playgrounds, consuming children kicking a ball; and it carries, according to Dr. Jawad Al-Ali, “the seeds of our death”. An internationally respected cancer specialist at the Sadr Teaching Hospital in Basra, Dr. Ali told me that in 1999, and today his warning is irrefutable. “Before the Gulf war,” he said, “we had two or three cancer patients a month. Now we have 30 to 35 dying every month. Our studies indicate that 40 to 48 per cent of the population in this area will get cancer: in five years’ time to begin with, then long after. That’s almost half the population. Most of my own family have it, and we have no history of the disease. It is like Chernobyl here; the genetic effects are new to us; the mushrooms grow huge; even the grapes in my garden have mutated and can’t be eaten.”

    Along the corridor, Dr. Ginan Ghalib Hassen, a paediatrician, kept a photo album of the children she was trying to save. Many had neuroplastoma. “Before the war, we saw only one case of this unusual tumour in two years,” she said. “Now we have many cases, mostly with no family history. I have studied what happened in Hiroshima. The sudden increase of such congenital malformations is the same.”

    Among the doctors I interviewed, there was little doubt that depleted uranium shells used by the Americans and British in the Gulf War were the cause. A US military physicist assigned to clean up the Gulf War battlefield across the border in Kuwait said, “Each round fired by an A-10 Warhog attack aircraft carried solid uranium. Well over 300 tons of DU was used. It was a form of nuclear warfare.”

    Although the link with cancer is always difficult to prove absolutely, the Iraqi doctors argue that “the epidemic speaks for itself”. The British oncologist Karol Sikora, chief of the cancer programme of the World Health organisation (WHO) in the 1990s, wrote in the British Medical Journal: “Requested radiotherapy equipment, chemotherapy drugs and analgesics are consistently blocked by United States and British advisers [to the Iraq Sanctions Committee].” He told me, “We were specifically told [by the WHO] not to talk about the whole Iraq business. The WHO is not an organisation that likes to get involved in politics.”

    Recently, Hans von Sponeck, the former assistant secretary general of the United Nations and senior UN humanitarian official in Iraq, wrote to me: “The US government sought to prevent WHO from surveying areas in southern Iraq where depleted uranium had been used and caused serious health and environmental dangers.”

    Today, a WHO report, the result on a landmark study conducted jointly with the Iraqi Ministry of Health has been “delayed”. Covering 10,800 households, it contains “damning evidence”, says a ministry official and, according to one of its researchers, remains “top secret”. The report says that birth defects have risen to a “crisis” right across Iraqi society where DU and other toxic heavy metals were by the US and Britain. Fourteen years after he sounded the alarm, Dr. Jawad Al-Ali reports “phenomenal” multiple cancers in entire families.

    Iraq is no longer news. Last week, the killing of 57 Iraqis in one day was a non-event compared with the murder of a British soldier in London. Yet the two atrocities are connected. Their emblem might be a lavish new movie of F. Scott Fitzgerald’s The Great Gatsby. Two of the main characters, as Fitzgerald wrote, “smashed up things and creatures and retreated back into their money or their vast carelessness … and let other people clean up the mess”.

    The “mess” left by George Bush and Tony Blair in Iraq is a sectarian war, the bombs of 7/7 and now a man waving a bloody meat cleaver in Woolwich. Bush has retreated back into his Mickey Mouse “presidential library and museum” and Tony Blair into his jackdaw travels and his money.

    Their “mess” is a crime of epic proportions, wrote Von Sponeck, referring to the Iraqi Ministry of Social Affairs’ estimate of 4.5 million children who have lost both parents. “This means a horrific 14 per cent of Iraq’s population are orphans,” he wrote. “An estimated one million families are headed by women, most of them widows”. Domestic violence and child abuse are rightly urgent issues in Britain; in Iraq the catastrophe ignited by Britain has brought violence and abuse into millions of homes.

    In her book Dispatches from the Dark Side, Gareth Peirce, Britain’s greatest human rights lawyer, applies the rule of law to Blair, his propagandist Alastair Campbell and his colluding cabinet.  For Blair, she wrote, “human beings presumed to hold [Islamist] views, were to be disabled by any means possible, and permanently … in Blair’s language a ‘virus’ to be ‘eliminated’ and requiring ‘a myriad of interventions [sic] deep into the affairs of other nations.’ ” The very concept of war was mutated to “our values versus theirs”. And yet, says Peirce, “the threads of emails, internal government communiques reveal no dissent”.

    For Foreign Secretary Jack Straw, sending innocent British citizens to Guantanamo was “the best way to meet our counter terrorism objective”.

    These crimes, their iniquity on a par with Woolwich, await prosecution. But who will demand it? In the kabuki theatre of British politics, the faraway violence of “our values” is of no interest. Do the rest of us also turn our backs?

    John Pilger’s film on Australia, Utopia, will be released in the autumn.   

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Is It Possible to Rid the World of the Go-Go One Percent?

    0

    Utterly exhausted I dozed off on the train, leaving in the netted compartment attached to the back of the seat in front of me a copy of Crisis and Revolution in Europe with its commanding sub-title, People of Europe, Rise Up! It is a manifesto and analysis by the Madrid research collective, Observatorio Metropolitano. It calls for radical changes which the political class and its economic élites are unable to bring about. It has been edited by Irish writer-researchers and it is available from Traficante de Sueños. It takes us from the Arctic circle to the Arab spring; it observes that a spectre is haunting Europe, and it asserts that it is not a crisis but a con. Days later at a meeting in north Dublin a Turkish comrade cut to the chase, ‘we all know what is wrong, the issue is we don’t have the power.’ I’m not sure that the “spectre haunting Europe” is the commons but I am sure that’s what people are talking about and many are laboring toward (as in birth).

    I was in Spain to launch the Spanish translation of Magna Carta Manifesto so I spoke about American lawlessness, their Drones, their prisons, and the continuity of the commons over eight centuries past. Among several human possibilities, here was one legal tradition. Could it still help? The publishing collective at Traficantes de Sueños evidently thought so. The moment two years after the 15 May movement or the camping on Puerto de Sol and now in the midst of the Green Tide (educators, scholars, students) and the White Tide (nurses, doctors, patients), massive mobilizations against the austerity cut-backs, the muttering against the political class was beginning to turn into a constituent moment. Constituent moments are those when new social contracts take a constitutional form. Was it possible to rid the world of the go-go 1% and take a world-wide breather?

    In Madrid I spoke at the Museo Reina Sofia. I called my subject “The City and the Commons,” though I was telling again the story of Edward and Catherine Despard, this time as a vehicle to investigate the manifold of the Atlantic commons which was nearly destroyed by that combination of slavery, enclosure, prison, and machine misnamed “the industrial revolution.”

    Days later in Barcelona with two comrades having another coffee on the roof of the old customs house overlooking the harbor I tried once again to utter the entire human history of the city and the commons in one breath, so to speak, from the beginning to the end, or now. The rain nearly soaked us. By the time I got to Mao Tse-Tung, we had to duck for cover, and the breath of inspiration grew short. Yet there it was, the city: the court, the fort, and the port. Its principles of law, force, and trade now occupying the country-commons by commodity, privatization, and transport of road, rail, sky, and sea. ‘Neither public nor private,’ ‘neither market nor state,’ these were the slogans meant to help us think again about omnia sunt communia, here, now, in the actual city.

    There are two approaches to the room at the Museo Reina Sofia where Picasso’s “Guernica” is displayed. One of these is a screening room where you watch a black and white news film of the funeral of Durutti in Madrid in 1937. You see thousands, tens of thousands of people, solemnly marching with the coffin. You see thousands more silently bearing witness on the sidewalks. And you do not see a single automobile. Durutti said, “We are not in the least afraid of ruins. We are going to inherit the earth. There is not the slightest doubt about that. The bourgeoisie might blast and ruin its own world before it leaves the stage of history. We carry a new world here in our hearts.”

    The other approach to “Guernica” took you through two or three ante-rooms. In one of these were glassed in cases displaying first editions of books about the war. You could see W.H. Auden’s poem, “Spain 1937,” published by Faber as a pamphlet. To Riley and Michaela, on Saturday morning, 25 May 2013, I read it aloud, including the stanzas he struck out in later Cold War-ish versions. It was like the renewal of vows. Among the many stanzas, there was this, the historic decision:

    “What’s your proposal? To build the Just City? I will.

    I agree. Or is it the suicide pact, the romantic

    Death? Very well, I accept, for

    I am your choice, your decision: yes, I am Spain.”

    I wondered, can we make an historical decision, not that one of 1937 certainly, but a deep one based on our best historical consciousness? Auden goes on to pay tribute to the international brigades:

    They clung like burrs to the long expresses that lurch

    Through the unjust lands, though the night, through the alpine tunnel;

    They floated over the oceans;

    They walked the passes: they came to present their lives.

    And then, acknowledging the mother continent,

    On that arid square, that fragment nipped off from hot

    Africa, soldered so crudely to inventive Europe;

    On that tableland scored by rivers,

    Our thoughts have bodies; the menacing shapes of our fever

    And then these, which he censored out, suggesting as they do values beyond pleasure or individual health, and positing class war as a means of historical action: “the menacing shapes of our fever”

    Are precise and alive. For the fears which made us respond

    To the medicine ad. and the brochure of winter cruises

    Have become invading battalions;

    And our faces, the institute-face, the chain-store, the ruin

    Are projecting their greed as the firing squad and the bomb.

    Madrid is the heart. Our moments of tenderness blossom

    As the ambulance and the sandbag;

    Our hours of friendship into a people’s army.

    Having a few free moments in Madrid I made a mistake, and chose to walk to the Palacio Real (completed 1764), and the Cathedral Saint Almudena (completed 1993). They face each other, the palace and the cathedral, across the Plaza de la America. Architecturally, here is the power of Church and State mediated by Empire. I’d advise any tourist to skip it as just another instance of the giganticism of ruling class fantasy. This was a con I couldn’t quite laugh off; it left me feeling decidedly ill. Hurrying away I passed through the Plaza Mayor where I paused, feeling better because its north-east corner was filled with stalls on this particular Sunday morning, selling postage stamps for collectors. Hundreds of little stalls, it seemed. I felt eleven years old again. But back then when I was eleven Spanish stamps were all the same, the same rotund, thick-necked, stupid profile on them, Franco. I was to give up stamps and become obsessed by baseball statistics.

    In the Prado standing with a crowd, inching my way forward to Hieronymus Bosch’s “Garden of Earthly Delights,” I saw its middle panel and the strawberries. Philip II sent it to El Escorial in 1593 when it was described as a “painting of the variety of the World, which they call the strawberry tree.” I had been quoting John Lennon’s “Strawberry Fields” as an urban commons (his aunt said they hanged people in the olden days for trespassing on that particularly sweet part of Liverpool) in contrast to the rural commons of the Seneca people for whom the June strawberry festival was the central communal event. And later in Málaga in an urban commons the strawberries were ripening in fact.

    Mobilization is quick. Within a matter of hours I was on a fast train south, to Málaga, birthplace of Picasso, and then within a matter of minutes introduced to five commons. There was the “Good Bank”, an abandoned one that neighbors turned into a collective kitchen and base for anti-eviction activity. Then there was the Esperanza collective of a five family squat. Third, was an urban garden commons with the strawberries. Fourth, the beach, still a commons despite efforts by developers to encroach meter by meter upon the sea. We ate at a neighborhood café, Barcelona supporters, and enjoyed wood toasted sardines, the first of the season. Fifth, the squatted, five-storied, former aristocratic dwelling in the old city, now a splendid social center in whose court-yard we had a celebrated discussion into the night.

    In Málaga I received the quickest, deepest history lesson since I saw Monte Alban in Oaxaca. A small glass pyramid in the pavement enabled you to look down to the Phoenician wall, the earliest Mediterranean sea-farers. Then you look around and there’s a Roman amphitheatre. Look up and you see the Moorish fortifications. Then higher still, the cathedral. Surrounding it all, the roar of automobile civilization. What’s next? Can we help it along with our painful contractions, our deep, reflective breathing, and our mighty pushes into life?

    In Zaragoza I spoke at the Pink Panther, a fine book store, ate at a vegetarian restaurant, slept at a collective house run by two women, walked at night on a square like a chessboard, observed the Moorish decorations in the church façades, and in the morning purchased espadrilles at an atelier. The town is named after Caesar Augustus. I think it is the capital city of Aragon. The Battle of the Ebro was fought (1938) on the river that runs through the town pretty much putting an end to the 2nd Republic whose constitution, by the way, contained a provision taken from the Mexican article 27 protecting the ejido.

    The fine folks at Traficantes de Sueños, the trafficker of dreams, have lunch together everyday in a room overlooking a square. On the south side of this square is a huge brick ruin, cylindrical in shape. It was bombed by the anarchists during the Civil War because the Falange used it as an ammunition depot. The story is told in the novel by Arturo Barea, The Forging of a Rebel, translated and published in 1946. The ground floor has been renovated and it is now a handsome public library, cool during the heat of the day for the scholars searching for truth!

    Often the truth is right in front of you, if only you have eyes to see it. Once we were walking through this neighborhood square and one or two dozen people were sitting on the square in a circle. Some of the people were dark as if they were from Africa, some were not. They were patiently yet eagerly listening to the speaker. Was she offering instruction about immigration? Were they considering some local proposition? Were they organizing a fund-raiser? We did not stop to find out. However, it seemed characteristic of the level of mobilization, such neighborhood, ad hoc assemblies.

    I was a guest at the Autonomous University of Madrid. To get there we had to take the metro. One of its stops was named Fuencarral which I later learned from Vittoria, part of the research group, was the village of her father. Growing up he treated the king’s hunting preserve, the Pardo, as a commons, indeed his whole village did. You get up on your hind legs and say what you have to say and people have the most interesting, helpful reactions. The grafitti on the walls said “El maestro luchando también está enseñanda” (The teacher in struggle is also teaching).

    In 1952 the coast north of Barcelona, the Costa Brava, was still described in a guide book as “savage” though the salt air “caressed” the pines. It was here at the age of ten I danced the sardana in the village square at dusk after the fishermen had brought in their catch. This circle dance included, I guess, more than half of the village population of seventy-six plus a few travelers and visitors. Though prohibited by Franco, the Guarda Civil did not interrupt our dance which already impressed itself on me with an eternal notion of the human circle.

    My mom explained that our waiter was active in the underground struggle, and that I must not betray his name. More than sixty years have passed, the dictator gone, the “transition” accomplished, the 15 May movement begun, and the troika (EU, IMF, EuroBank) now in charge. While my comrades in Barcelona consider the sardana a completely boring dance, they say I must integrate my Catalonian past with our present and they assured me that it would be safe to mention Paco’s name.

    Oh, how well do I remember, sixty years earlier, looking into Paco’s face, into its thick shaven beard, into the lines around his eyes, and into his dark eyes, and wondering, as only a boy can, what dangers and sacrifices lay hidden therein. A white jacket, a folded linen towel over his forearm, he took the breakfast chocolate from the tray and put it on the table before me.

    In Barcelona after the packed night-time talk at the anarchist social center, Virus, a tall man named Pablo joined my interpreter in the street outside. My interpreter’s name was Soledad. Soledad said Pablo had been following every talk I gave in Spain! He was a forester, and the two of them were re-locating this summer to a communal village in Navarre near Pamplona and he was taking a job protecting the customs in the forest. 50% of forests there are common whereas in the rest of Spain it is 20%, he said. This guy was a doer rather than a talker.

    I came across reading groups in every town. Das Capital (“of course”), Polanyi, Harvey, Federici, Ostrom, and Hardt and Negri. And the list was similar in Dublin where Mick Byrne and Paddy Bresnihan had invited me to participate in a day-conference trying to answer the question, What is the political significance of the commons today? People from Ireland, Spain, the U.K., Turkey, Washington D.C., and the incomparable Ana de Mendes, my editor and guide in Madrid, came with their ideas and experiences,. Although the configuration of forces differ in Ireland than in Spain and although the mass and speed of mobilization differs, out of the desperation of austerity comes a similar question. As one sober, down-to-earth mother of four put it to me in docklands referring to capitalism, Could you not find one idea to replace the one we have now?

    In Merrion Square, Dublin, it was a feather from a magpie that I picked up. The last time I’d seen one was in September 1993 when we gathered in Wick Episcopi to mourn the death of Edward Thompson. The magpies may have been trying to tell me something in my solitude but all I could hear was their mocking as if grief were a distracton. “From what?” I wondered. “Well, from the day,” I answered myself. I found the statue to O’Higgins presented by the Chilean ambassador. I also found a cherry tree planted in 1980 in memory of the Hiroshima and Nagasaki victims of the atomic bomb. Who would have thought? In the midst of hectic shoppers, clamorous partyers, and congested traffic to find a place for walking meditation on Ireland, Americas, and Fukushima.

    With friends we walked half the length of the Great South Wall extending nearly four miles from Dublin harbor into the Irish Sea to prevent the harbor from silting up. The fresh sea air, the expanse of horizon, the twenty meter wide sea wall: Dublin was left behind. You could see why Joyce walked here. It had been built on the orders of Captain Bligh as part of the infrastructure of merchant capitalism. He chartered and mapped Dublin harbor, and directed the construction of the north wall. Half way along there is a swimming club.

    A friend at Merrion Square informed me that the crisis had not really landed yet on those whose income puts them with lowest third of Irish incomes. True, construction and service had been hard hit. The multinationals were doing just fine, more exports last year than ever before in history. Everywhere you looked in the former docklands, glass and steel office buildings were tagged with huge “To Let” signs. At the Convention Center a former docker remembered his boyhood when friendly dockers would give him bananas and he’d go fishing in the Liffey for eel. Foraging and lifting: the traditional urban commons, invisible unless you had ‘a need to know’.

    A musical commons? At the Smock Alley Theatre (1662) I heard the fine Irish harper, Cormac De Barra, jam with Kyungso Park who played the ancient Korean string instrument, the gayageum. They reached along the earthly latitudes for a common vibration, and gave us some musical craic. Afterwards, the bicyclist Iain Boal in Ireland as author of The Green Machine, spoke of the oyster commons and the double meaning of the word “want” as deprivation and as desire, offering an intellectual riff on the commodity-form so utterly and totally opposite to the commons of the musicians.

    The night before I met the great journalist and CounterPuncher, Harry Browne, at a fund-raiser for Rabble magazine, and here traditional Irish music quickly transported you into involuntary neural leg jiggling and amazing mental aislings. In such groups if any musician get too big for their boots, the others as if on cue, just change the tune. It’s the way they maintain equality, assure harmony, and govern their commons. Speaking of big boots, check out Harry Browne’s amazing muck-raker, The Frontman: Bono (In the Name of Power) Verso 2013.

    Like all travelers I am grateful for the meals and hospitality — the ham and beans in Catalonia, the tapos in Barcelonetta, the soup at Traficantes, the blue cheese pizza in Zaragoza, the crunchy sardines by the salt sea, the oysters and lemon at the “Good Bank,” and then last this: Paddy Bresnihan had made a sandwich for me on sesame-seed brown-bread, with several leaves of crunchy lettuce, tart Irish cheese, and apple chutney which came from his father’s apple tree in co. Sligo. Oh my! If this be part of 21st century revolutionary solidarity count on me, I’m all in.

    The militant researchers of Spain and Dublin call on the European people to rise up: against the cuts to education, health, and safety — yes; against the evictions from apartments, houses, and land — yes; against the political rascals representing us — yes: we present ourselves as the experts of our own lives. To this an American brings the news of war and prison, also essential to the neo-liberal program. The historian of commoning must distinguish the commons of poverty and deprivation (Lear expresses it on the heath, King Lear) from the commons of equal abundance (Gonzalo expresses it on the beach, The Tempest). The one is compelled by necessity, the other is demanded by justice.

    Instead of saying good-bye as I slipped away from the company at the Korean pub, “The Shakespeare,” Paddy quoted a Blasket Island man saying farewell to him in the Irish language when they were on some other island together. As Paddy translated, “we’ll be at each other’s funeral.”

    Meanwhile ….

    Peter Linebaugh teaches history at the University of Toledo. The London Hanged and (with Marcus Rediker) The Many-Headed Hydra: the Hidden History of the Revolutionary Atlantic. His essay on the history of May Day is included in Serpents in the Garden. His latest book is the Magna Carta Manifesto. He can be reached at:plineba@yahoo.com

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Is It Possible to Rid the World of the Go-Go One Percent?

    0

    Utterly exhausted I dozed off on the train, leaving in the netted compartment attached to the back of the seat in front of me a copy of Crisis and Revolution in Europe with its commanding sub-title, People of Europe, Rise Up! It is a manifesto and analysis by the Madrid research collective, Observatorio Metropolitano. It calls for radical changes which the political class and its economic élites are unable to bring about. It has been edited by Irish writer-researchers and it is available from Traficante de Sueños. It takes us from the Arctic circle to the Arab spring; it observes that a spectre is haunting Europe, and it asserts that it is not a crisis but a con. Days later at a meeting in north Dublin a Turkish comrade cut to the chase, ‘we all know what is wrong, the issue is we don’t have the power.’ I’m not sure that the “spectre haunting Europe” is the commons but I am sure that’s what people are talking about and many are laboring toward (as in birth).

    I was in Spain to launch the Spanish translation of Magna Carta Manifesto so I spoke about American lawlessness, their Drones, their prisons, and the continuity of the commons over eight centuries past. Among several human possibilities, here was one legal tradition. Could it still help? The publishing collective at Traficantes de Sueños evidently thought so. The moment two years after the 15 May movement or the camping on Puerto de Sol and now in the midst of the Green Tide (educators, scholars, students) and the White Tide (nurses, doctors, patients), massive mobilizations against the austerity cut-backs, the muttering against the political class was beginning to turn into a constituent moment. Constituent moments are those when new social contracts take a constitutional form. Was it possible to rid the world of the go-go 1% and take a world-wide breather?

    In Madrid I spoke at the Museo Reina Sofia. I called my subject “The City and the Commons,” though I was telling again the story of Edward and Catherine Despard, this time as a vehicle to investigate the manifold of the Atlantic commons which was nearly destroyed by that combination of slavery, enclosure, prison, and machine misnamed “the industrial revolution.”

    Days later in Barcelona with two comrades having another coffee on the roof of the old customs house overlooking the harbor I tried once again to utter the entire human history of the city and the commons in one breath, so to speak, from the beginning to the end, or now. The rain nearly soaked us. By the time I got to Mao Tse-Tung, we had to duck for cover, and the breath of inspiration grew short. Yet there it was, the city: the court, the fort, and the port. Its principles of law, force, and trade now occupying the country-commons by commodity, privatization, and transport of road, rail, sky, and sea. ‘Neither public nor private,’ ‘neither market nor state,’ these were the slogans meant to help us think again about omnia sunt communia, here, now, in the actual city.

    There are two approaches to the room at the Museo Reina Sofia where Picasso’s “Guernica” is displayed. One of these is a screening room where you watch a black and white news film of the funeral of Durutti in Madrid in 1937. You see thousands, tens of thousands of people, solemnly marching with the coffin. You see thousands more silently bearing witness on the sidewalks. And you do not see a single automobile. Durutti said, “We are not in the least afraid of ruins. We are going to inherit the earth. There is not the slightest doubt about that. The bourgeoisie might blast and ruin its own world before it leaves the stage of history. We carry a new world here in our hearts.”

    The other approach to “Guernica” took you through two or three ante-rooms. In one of these were glassed in cases displaying first editions of books about the war. You could see W.H. Auden’s poem, “Spain 1937,” published by Faber as a pamphlet. To Riley and Michaela, on Saturday morning, 25 May 2013, I read it aloud, including the stanzas he struck out in later Cold War-ish versions. It was like the renewal of vows. Among the many stanzas, there was this, the historic decision:

    “What’s your proposal? To build the Just City? I will.

    I agree. Or is it the suicide pact, the romantic

    Death? Very well, I accept, for

    I am your choice, your decision: yes, I am Spain.”

    I wondered, can we make an historical decision, not that one of 1937 certainly, but a deep one based on our best historical consciousness? Auden goes on to pay tribute to the international brigades:

    They clung like burrs to the long expresses that lurch

    Through the unjust lands, though the night, through the alpine tunnel;

    They floated over the oceans;

    They walked the passes: they came to present their lives.

    And then, acknowledging the mother continent,

    On that arid square, that fragment nipped off from hot

    Africa, soldered so crudely to inventive Europe;

    On that tableland scored by rivers,

    Our thoughts have bodies; the menacing shapes of our fever

    And then these, which he censored out, suggesting as they do values beyond pleasure or individual health, and positing class war as a means of historical action: “the menacing shapes of our fever”

    Are precise and alive. For the fears which made us respond

    To the medicine ad. and the brochure of winter cruises

    Have become invading battalions;

    And our faces, the institute-face, the chain-store, the ruin

    Are projecting their greed as the firing squad and the bomb.

    Madrid is the heart. Our moments of tenderness blossom

    As the ambulance and the sandbag;

    Our hours of friendship into a people’s army.

    Having a few free moments in Madrid I made a mistake, and chose to walk to the Palacio Real (completed 1764), and the Cathedral Saint Almudena (completed 1993). They face each other, the palace and the cathedral, across the Plaza de la America. Architecturally, here is the power of Church and State mediated by Empire. I’d advise any tourist to skip it as just another instance of the giganticism of ruling class fantasy. This was a con I couldn’t quite laugh off; it left me feeling decidedly ill. Hurrying away I passed through the Plaza Mayor where I paused, feeling better because its north-east corner was filled with stalls on this particular Sunday morning, selling postage stamps for collectors. Hundreds of little stalls, it seemed. I felt eleven years old again. But back then when I was eleven Spanish stamps were all the same, the same rotund, thick-necked, stupid profile on them, Franco. I was to give up stamps and become obsessed by baseball statistics.

    In the Prado standing with a crowd, inching my way forward to Hieronymus Bosch’s “Garden of Earthly Delights,” I saw its middle panel and the strawberries. Philip II sent it to El Escorial in 1593 when it was described as a “painting of the variety of the World, which they call the strawberry tree.” I had been quoting John Lennon’s “Strawberry Fields” as an urban commons (his aunt said they hanged people in the olden days for trespassing on that particularly sweet part of Liverpool) in contrast to the rural commons of the Seneca people for whom the June strawberry festival was the central communal event. And later in Málaga in an urban commons the strawberries were ripening in fact.

    Mobilization is quick. Within a matter of hours I was on a fast train south, to Málaga, birthplace of Picasso, and then within a matter of minutes introduced to five commons. There was the “Good Bank”, an abandoned one that neighbors turned into a collective kitchen and base for anti-eviction activity. Then there was the Esperanza collective of a five family squat. Third, was an urban garden commons with the strawberries. Fourth, the beach, still a commons despite efforts by developers to encroach meter by meter upon the sea. We ate at a neighborhood café, Barcelona supporters, and enjoyed wood toasted sardines, the first of the season. Fifth, the squatted, five-storied, former aristocratic dwelling in the old city, now a splendid social center in whose court-yard we had a celebrated discussion into the night.

    In Málaga I received the quickest, deepest history lesson since I saw Monte Alban in Oaxaca. A small glass pyramid in the pavement enabled you to look down to the Phoenician wall, the earliest Mediterranean sea-farers. Then you look around and there’s a Roman amphitheatre. Look up and you see the Moorish fortifications. Then higher still, the cathedral. Surrounding it all, the roar of automobile civilization. What’s next? Can we help it along with our painful contractions, our deep, reflective breathing, and our mighty pushes into life?

    In Zaragoza I spoke at the Pink Panther, a fine book store, ate at a vegetarian restaurant, slept at a collective house run by two women, walked at night on a square like a chessboard, observed the Moorish decorations in the church façades, and in the morning purchased espadrilles at an atelier. The town is named after Caesar Augustus. I think it is the capital city of Aragon. The Battle of the Ebro was fought (1938) on the river that runs through the town pretty much putting an end to the 2nd Republic whose constitution, by the way, contained a provision taken from the Mexican article 27 protecting the ejido.

    The fine folks at Traficantes de Sueños, the trafficker of dreams, have lunch together everyday in a room overlooking a square. On the south side of this square is a huge brick ruin, cylindrical in shape. It was bombed by the anarchists during the Civil War because the Falange used it as an ammunition depot. The story is told in the novel by Arturo Barea, The Forging of a Rebel, translated and published in 1946. The ground floor has been renovated and it is now a handsome public library, cool during the heat of the day for the scholars searching for truth!

    Often the truth is right in front of you, if only you have eyes to see it. Once we were walking through this neighborhood square and one or two dozen people were sitting on the square in a circle. Some of the people were dark as if they were from Africa, some were not. They were patiently yet eagerly listening to the speaker. Was she offering instruction about immigration? Were they considering some local proposition? Were they organizing a fund-raiser? We did not stop to find out. However, it seemed characteristic of the level of mobilization, such neighborhood, ad hoc assemblies.

    I was a guest at the Autonomous University of Madrid. To get there we had to take the metro. One of its stops was named Fuencarral which I later learned from Vittoria, part of the research group, was the village of her father. Growing up he treated the king’s hunting preserve, the Pardo, as a commons, indeed his whole village did. You get up on your hind legs and say what you have to say and people have the most interesting, helpful reactions. The grafitti on the walls said “El maestro luchando también está enseñanda” (The teacher in struggle is also teaching).

    In 1952 the coast north of Barcelona, the Costa Brava, was still described in a guide book as “savage” though the salt air “caressed” the pines. It was here at the age of ten I danced the sardana in the village square at dusk after the fishermen had brought in their catch. This circle dance included, I guess, more than half of the village population of seventy-six plus a few travelers and visitors. Though prohibited by Franco, the Guarda Civil did not interrupt our dance which already impressed itself on me with an eternal notion of the human circle.

    My mom explained that our waiter was active in the underground struggle, and that I must not betray his name. More than sixty years have passed, the dictator gone, the “transition” accomplished, the 15 May movement begun, and the troika (EU, IMF, EuroBank) now in charge. While my comrades in Barcelona consider the sardana a completely boring dance, they say I must integrate my Catalonian past with our present and they assured me that it would be safe to mention Paco’s name.

    Oh, how well do I remember, sixty years earlier, looking into Paco’s face, into its thick shaven beard, into the lines around his eyes, and into his dark eyes, and wondering, as only a boy can, what dangers and sacrifices lay hidden therein. A white jacket, a folded linen towel over his forearm, he took the breakfast chocolate from the tray and put it on the table before me.

    In Barcelona after the packed night-time talk at the anarchist social center, Virus, a tall man named Pablo joined my interpreter in the street outside. My interpreter’s name was Soledad. Soledad said Pablo had been following every talk I gave in Spain! He was a forester, and the two of them were re-locating this summer to a communal village in Navarre near Pamplona and he was taking a job protecting the customs in the forest. 50% of forests there are common whereas in the rest of Spain it is 20%, he said. This guy was a doer rather than a talker.

    I came across reading groups in every town. Das Capital (“of course”), Polanyi, Harvey, Federici, Ostrom, and Hardt and Negri. And the list was similar in Dublin where Mick Byrne and Paddy Bresnihan had invited me to participate in a day-conference trying to answer the question, What is the political significance of the commons today? People from Ireland, Spain, the U.K., Turkey, Washington D.C., and the incomparable Ana de Mendes, my editor and guide in Madrid, came with their ideas and experiences,. Although the configuration of forces differ in Ireland than in Spain and although the mass and speed of mobilization differs, out of the desperation of austerity comes a similar question. As one sober, down-to-earth mother of four put it to me in docklands referring to capitalism, Could you not find one idea to replace the one we have now?

    In Merrion Square, Dublin, it was a feather from a magpie that I picked up. The last time I’d seen one was in September 1993 when we gathered in Wick Episcopi to mourn the death of Edward Thompson. The magpies may have been trying to tell me something in my solitude but all I could hear was their mocking as if grief were a distracton. “From what?” I wondered. “Well, from the day,” I answered myself. I found the statue to O’Higgins presented by the Chilean ambassador. I also found a cherry tree planted in 1980 in memory of the Hiroshima and Nagasaki victims of the atomic bomb. Who would have thought? In the midst of hectic shoppers, clamorous partyers, and congested traffic to find a place for walking meditation on Ireland, Americas, and Fukushima.

    With friends we walked half the length of the Great South Wall extending nearly four miles from Dublin harbor into the Irish Sea to prevent the harbor from silting up. The fresh sea air, the expanse of horizon, the twenty meter wide sea wall: Dublin was left behind. You could see why Joyce walked here. It had been built on the orders of Captain Bligh as part of the infrastructure of merchant capitalism. He chartered and mapped Dublin harbor, and directed the construction of the north wall. Half way along there is a swimming club.

    A friend at Merrion Square informed me that the crisis had not really landed yet on those whose income puts them with lowest third of Irish incomes. True, construction and service had been hard hit. The multinationals were doing just fine, more exports last year than ever before in history. Everywhere you looked in the former docklands, glass and steel office buildings were tagged with huge “To Let” signs. At the Convention Center a former docker remembered his boyhood when friendly dockers would give him bananas and he’d go fishing in the Liffey for eel. Foraging and lifting: the traditional urban commons, invisible unless you had ‘a need to know’.

    A musical commons? At the Smock Alley Theatre (1662) I heard the fine Irish harper, Cormac De Barra, jam with Kyungso Park who played the ancient Korean string instrument, the gayageum. They reached along the earthly latitudes for a common vibration, and gave us some musical craic. Afterwards, the bicyclist Iain Boal in Ireland as author of The Green Machine, spoke of the oyster commons and the double meaning of the word “want” as deprivation and as desire, offering an intellectual riff on the commodity-form so utterly and totally opposite to the commons of the musicians.

    The night before I met the great journalist and CounterPuncher, Harry Browne, at a fund-raiser for Rabble magazine, and here traditional Irish music quickly transported you into involuntary neural leg jiggling and amazing mental aislings. In such groups if any musician get too big for their boots, the others as if on cue, just change the tune. It’s the way they maintain equality, assure harmony, and govern their commons. Speaking of big boots, check out Harry Browne’s amazing muck-raker, The Frontman: Bono (In the Name of Power) Verso 2013.

    Like all travelers I am grateful for the meals and hospitality — the ham and beans in Catalonia, the tapos in Barcelonetta, the soup at Traficantes, the blue cheese pizza in Zaragoza, the crunchy sardines by the salt sea, the oysters and lemon at the “Good Bank,” and then last this: Paddy Bresnihan had made a sandwich for me on sesame-seed brown-bread, with several leaves of crunchy lettuce, tart Irish cheese, and apple chutney which came from his father’s apple tree in co. Sligo. Oh my! If this be part of 21st century revolutionary solidarity count on me, I’m all in.

    The militant researchers of Spain and Dublin call on the European people to rise up: against the cuts to education, health, and safety — yes; against the evictions from apartments, houses, and land — yes; against the political rascals representing us — yes: we present ourselves as the experts of our own lives. To this an American brings the news of war and prison, also essential to the neo-liberal program. The historian of commoning must distinguish the commons of poverty and deprivation (Lear expresses it on the heath, King Lear) from the commons of equal abundance (Gonzalo expresses it on the beach, The Tempest). The one is compelled by necessity, the other is demanded by justice.

    Instead of saying good-bye as I slipped away from the company at the Korean pub, “The Shakespeare,” Paddy quoted a Blasket Island man saying farewell to him in the Irish language when they were on some other island together. As Paddy translated, “we’ll be at each other’s funeral.”

    Meanwhile ….

    Peter Linebaugh teaches history at the University of Toledo. The London Hanged and (with Marcus Rediker) The Many-Headed Hydra: the Hidden History of the Revolutionary Atlantic. His essay on the history of May Day is included in Serpents in the Garden. His latest book is the Magna Carta Manifesto. He can be reached at:plineba@yahoo.com

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    'US betrayed Russia over Iran S-300 deal'

    0

    A Russian official has criticized the US for abandoning Moscow after forcing it to stop a deal for the delivery of S-300 defense systems to Iran.

    Russian Technologies (Rostech) CEO Sergei Chemezov said on Thursday that the US applied heavy pressure on Moscow to stop the agreement under the pretext that the Iran-Russia deal was against UN Security Council sanctions imposed on the Islamic Republic.

    Chemezov, added, however, that Washington later changed its rhetoric, saying the UN resolution did not specifically mention the S-300 system and Russia had acted on its own.

    Å“The Americans now agree that it is a defensive system and Russia alone should be responsible for the breach of the contract,” Ria Novosti quoted Chemezov as saying.

    He added that Moscow now seeks to reach a settlement with Tehran to withdraw its lawsuit against Russiaâ„¢s state-run arms export company Rosoboronexport over the canceled deal, saying Russiaâ„¢s chances Å“to win the case are very slim.”

    Under a contract signed in 2007, Russia was required to provide Iran with at least five S-300 defense systems.

    Russia, however, refused to deliver the systems to Iran under the pretext that they are covered by the fourth round of the UN Security Council resolutions against Iran.

    In September 2010, then Russian President Dmitry Medvedev also signed a decree banning the delivery of the defense systems to the Islamic Republic.

    Iran has filed a complaint against Rosoboronexport in the International Arbitration Court in Geneva.

    AR/NN/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    ‘FBI killed my son to keep him quiet’

    0

    Abdulbaki Todashev, father of Ibragim, shows a photo of his son’s body during a news conference in Moscow, Russia, May 30, 2013.

    The father of the man killed by FBI during questioning about his relationship with one of the suspects of Boston Marathon bombings says agents interrogated his son for hours, and finally killed him to silence him.

    Abdulbaki Todashev said on Thursday that US officials have failed to provide him with any information about the death of his son, Ibragim, at a condominium in Orlando, Florida, on May 22.

    Å“I want justice. I want an investigation,” he said at a news conference in Moscow. Å“They come to your house like bandits, and they shoot you.”

    The father said FBI agents first asked him about the bombings at the finish line of the Boston Marathon, which killed three people and injured more than 260 on April 15.

    The second time, they interrogated him about slayings in Waltham, Massachusetts, which police suspect Tamerlan Tsarnaev may have perpetrated.

    The third interview, which occurred at Ibragimâ„¢s home, ended with his death, the father noted.

    He said Ibragim had been planning to return to Chechnya, but apparently the FBI did not want the Chechen man to return home.

    Å“Maybe my son knew some sort of information that the police didnâ„¢t want to get out,” he said. Å“They shut him up. Thatâ„¢s my opinion.”

    On Wednesday, two unnamed law enforcement officials contradicted the account that Ibragim was killed after he turned violent and brandished a knife, and stabbed an FBI agent.

    The sources stated that Ibragim had neither a gun nor a knife, and was unarmed at the time.

    Ibragim was an acquaintance of Tamerlan Tsarnaev. The elder Tsarnaev, 26, and his 19-year-old brother Dzhokhar are alleged to have carried out the Boston Marathon bombings.

    Tamerlan died in a shootout with police. His brother was captured later in an exhaustive manhunt, and is in custody.

    MP/NN/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Criminalizing Childhood

    0

    Beware of punishing wrongfully.

    — The Teaching for Merikare, c. 2135 B.C.

    “We have to be darn careful not to put any children into the juvenile-justice system who don’t need intensive rehabilitation.” Those were the words spoken by Bill Sublette, chairman of the Florida Orange County School Board and a former state legislator. He got it right. Not every Florida school district has.

    In early February 2010 6-year old Haley Shalansky, a student at Parkway Elementary in Port St. Lucie, Florida had a temper tantrum in class when asked to perform a task. She was sent to the principal’s office where she proceeded to throw some objects from the principal’s desk on the floor. The police were called and she was handcuffed and taken away from school in a police car. Her arms were so tiny that both arms were put in one handcuff. The next day she returned to school, misbehaved again and was sent by the school to a mental health facility. Haley’s parents were outraged not realizing that in Florida the strong arm of the law is a substitute for the paddle-wielding arm. (In 2008 Florida school officials administered corporal punishment to 7,185 students.)

    Sixteen-year old Kiera Wilomot is an exemplary student at Bartow High School in Polk County, Florida. April 22, 2013, at the urging of one of her fellow students while outside the school and before school had begun, she combined toilet bowl cleaner and aluminum foil in an 8-ounce plastic bottle to see what would happen. The combination caused a small explosion that blew the cap off the bottle but caused no other damage or injury. An assistant principal witnessed the experiment, however, and promptly called someone known as the “school resource officer” who took Kiera into custody and turned her over to the Florida Assistant State Attorney. The school expelled Kiera for violating the school’s code of conduct and Tammy Glotfelty, a Florida Assistant State Attorney not wanting to be left out of the fun, charged Kiera as an adult with two felonies. One felony was for “possessing or discharging weapons or firearms on school property” and the second was “making, possessing, throwing, projecting, placing, or discharging any destructive device.” Tammy can explain how an 8 ounce plastic bottle filled with a liquid is a firearm since that is why Tammy went to law school. On May 15, 2013, Polk County State Attorney Jerry Hill said that the charges against Kiera had been dismissed and that she would enter a diversion program, a face saving device for prosecutors and a complete waste of time for Kiera.   This summer Kiera and her twin sister, Kayla, will be going to the U.S. Space Academy on full scholarships provided by Homer Hickam, a former International Space Station astronaut-trainer who thinks scientific curiosity should be rewarded rather than punished. For outrageous conduct by authorities, none of the foregoing compares with the plight of Kaitlyn Hunt of Vero Beach, Florida.

    Kaitlyn is an 18-year old high school student. In November 2012 she began dating a 14-year old classmate. She and her classmate engaged in the sort of conduct that frequently accompanies the old and young when dating. What neither of the girls knew was that because of the age difference, each time they had physical contact Kaitlyn was committing a felony for which she could be prosecuted. The 14-year old’s parents, James and Laurie Smith, did not approve of the relationship and seeking revenge for what they perceived to be the seduction of their daughter, filed a complaint with the state attorney. The prosecuting attorney (a direct descendant of the 18th Century Puritans) charged Kaitlyn with two counts of “lewd and lascivious battery on a child 12-16 years of age.” If convicted Kaitlyn could face 15 years in prison and be required to register as a sex offender, a label that would haunt her for the rest of her life.  Recognizing that this is a draconian result, the prosecutor offered her a plea bargain that is the kind of a bargain that makes a mockery of the word. If Kaitlyn pleads guilty to felony child abuse she may avoid being labeled a sex offender. The punishment the prosecutor would recommend to the judge would require Kaitlyn to undergo two years of house arrest plus another year of probation.

    Hester Prynne in Nathaniel Hawthorne’s novel The Scarlet Letter was convicted of adultery by the puritans in her hometown. As punishment “On the breast of her gown, in fine red cloth, surrounded with an elaborate embroidery and fantastic flourishes of gold thread, appeared the letter A.” She was required to wear the gown whenever she was in public. Until Florida came along most would have thought it hard to top the punishment a judgmental group of puritans imposed on one of their own. The prosecuting attorney has put the Puritans to shame and brought shame to his office and the Florida judicial system.  Too bad he was not born 300 years ago. He’d have fit in beautifully.

    Christopher Brauchli can be emailed at brauchli.56@post.harvard.edu.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Washington’s Fairy Tales

    0

    http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/washingtons_fairy_tales_20130531/

    Posted on May 31, 2013

    This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

    Iraq situation can get worse: UN envoy

    0

    File photo shows Iraqi people inspecting the site of a bomb attack in central Baghdad.

    The United Nations envoy to Iraq has expressed grave concern over the deteriorating security situation in the country following the recent wave of deadly attacks that killed dozens of people.

    Å“I am seriously concerned,” Martin Kobler said Thursday, adding, Å“This can get worse, and thatâ„¢s why I strongly advocate that this bloodletting is stopped and the situation does not deteriorate.”

    On Thursday, more than 30 people were killed and many others injured in a spate of terrorist attacks across Iraq, the deadliest of which hit the capital, Baghdad.

    Kobler also called on Iraqi authorities to take immediate action Å“to pull the country out of this mayhem.”

    According to figures based on reports by security and medical sources, the latest attacks in Iraq put to 607 the number of people killed in May, with over 1,000 having died in less than two months.

    The United Nations Assistance Mission for Iraq (UNAMI) said on May 2 that April was the deadliest month in Iraq since 2008 as terrorist acts killed over 700 people and injured more than 1,600 across the country.

    UNAMI also stated that Baghdad was the worst affected governorate, with a total of 211 killed and nearly 500 injured.

    On May 28, Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki vowed to hunt down all the terrorists linked to the deadly violence, saying that the motive behind the bloodshed was to return the country to the Å“dark days” of the past decade.

    Thousands of Iraqis, including Shia and Sunni Muslims, also staged unity prayers across the nation on May 24 to show their unity in the face of attempts to drag the country into sectarian strife.

    MKA/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Press TV signals jammed on Nilesat

    0

    [unable to retrieve full-text content]The broadcast of Iran’s 24-hour English-language news channel, Press TV, has been jammed on the Nilesat since Thursday.

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    The Imperial Mindset

    0

    Max Boot, one of the nation’s leading chickenhawks, and someone who wrote in 2011, rather straightforwardly, that the United States should maintain its presence in Iraq because “it would allow us to project power and influence in the region,” has written an op-ed for The Los Angeles Times, unapologetically titled “Choosing Sides in Afghanistan.” Boot, who currently holds the gruesome title of “Jeane J. Kirkpatrick Senior Fellow in Natural Security Studies” at the Council of Foreign Relations, is a throwback to a simpler time, when Western intellectuals felt comfortable speaking in explicitly imperialistic terms. His honesty is almost refreshing.

    The primary point of his new column is to bemoan the United States’s ostensible “neutrality” in the April 2014 presidential election in Afghanistan. Boot writes, naturally, as an honest friend and ally of the Afghan people. He even includes the boast, typical of many chickenhawks, that he “visited” the country recently. He’s so brave.

    He starts out by saying that the United States should threaten to withhold aid if President Karzai cancels the election and just assumes dictatorial power (there is apparently “widespread suspicion” in Afghanistan that this will happen). This seems sensible enough; we shouldn’t be providing aid to any corrupt dictators.

    Then, though, Boot informs us that, while striking a position of “neutrality” in a “foreign election” might be a “nice ideal,” it is simply “impossible” in this case. Boot’s prescription, shockingly enough, is for the United States to “embrace a more politically activist role” in the presidential election of a sovereign nation. Indeed, the Unites States should “pick a favorite” among the candidates, and then “use its influence, including those notorious CIA bags of cash” to “do what it can to secure the election” of its preferred choice. Boot recognizes the “obvious objections” to such a strategy, including our disastrous record of meddling in Afghan politics, but he warns that these past “mistakes” should not “paralyze” us now. This is just an astonishing paragraph right here:

    That’s all true, but we need not be paralyzed by past mistakes. In 2001, U.S. officials knew little of the Afghan political landscape. We have had a dozen years since then to learn the lay of the land, which, one hopes, would allow us to make a better choice this time around.

    Think about that last sentence. Boot asserts, flat-out, that the United States must “make a better choice” in the presidential election of another sovereign nation. I wonder if the people of Afghanistan are aware that the “choice” in next year’s election is, in fact, one that ought to be made by the United States.

    Imagine if a foreign writer, highly respected in domestic establishment circles, demanded that his government “embrace” a “politically activist role” in the 2016 U.S. presidential election, picking a “favorite” candidate and then “use its influence” to “secure the election” of said candidate. This is virtually unthinkable. I’m not even sure if Boot is consciously aware of how hypocritical and contemptuous all of this is. I doubt he even thinks there is anything unusual about the very notion of proposing direct interference in a foreign election. This is how the deep the imperial mindset runs in people like Boot and other establishment intellectuals.

    Justin Doolittle writes a political blog called Crimethink. He has an M.A. in public policy from Stony Brook University and a B.A. in political science from Coastal Carolina University.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    ‘Myanmar govt., Kachin agree to truce’

    0

    Representatives of Myanmarâ„¢s government and the Kachin Independence Organization (KIO) exchange notes on a preliminary ceasefire agreement, Myitgyina, Myanmar, May 30, 2013.

    A director of the Myanmar Peace Center says Myanmarâ„¢s government has announced a preliminary ceasefire agreement with rebels in the northern state of Kachin.

    Å“The agreement is to stop fighting at this point and afterwards there are going to be detailed discussions about the repositioning of troops,” Min Zaw Oo said after meeting with government officials and the Kachin Independence Organization (KIO) on Thursday.

    The seven-point peace agreement was reached on the last day of three-day talks in the city of Myitkyina, the capital of Kachin State.

    The deal allows for additional political discussions, a reduction or termination of conflicts, the formation of a monitoring committee, resettlement of displaced people, continued meetings on the repositioning of troops and a KIO post in Myitkyina.

    UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon has welcomed the deal.

    Ban said he hopes Å“this agreement will allow the two parties to address the concerns and needs of the people of Kachin State.”

    On January 18, the government announced a ceasefire with the KIO in preparation for the peace talks.

    In June 2011, a 17-year truce between the government and the KIO broke down and led to the displacement of tens of thousands of people in Kachin.

    GMA/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    UN blacklists al-Nusra Front: Diplomats

    0

    File photo shows foreign-sponsored militants in Syria.

    The United Nations Security Council has agreed to add the al-Qaeda-linked terrorist group al-Nusra Front operating in Syria to the UN sanctions blacklist, diplomatic sources say.

    The UN diplomatic sources, speaking on condition of anonymity, said Thursday that a Security Council committee that monitors sanctions against al-Qaeda had come up with the decision to blacklist the al-Nusra Front as an alias of al-Qaeda in Iraq.

    The decision will be officially announced later on Friday.

    The development comes as the foreign ministers of the European Union agreed, after lengthy talks among divided ministers in Brussels on May 27, to lift the arms embargo on the militants in Syria.

    The al-Nusra Front has been behind many of the deadly bombings targeting both civilians and government institutions across Syria since the outbreak of violence in March 2011.

    On May 10, Syriaâ„¢s Ambassador to the UN Bashar al-Jaâ„¢afari said the al-Nusra Front has claimed responsibility for carrying out at least 600 acts of terror in the past year. Jaâ„¢afari also slammed the group for attacking hospitals and schools, desecrating holy places, assassinating religious figures, and abducting UN personnel in Syria.

    The West has been widely criticized for its double standard when it comes to dealing with terrorist groups.

    Last month, the Syrian Foreign Ministry also called on the UN to designate the al-Nusra Front as an al-Qaeda-linked terrorist group. However, the request was blocked by the UK and France.

    While al-Qaeda-affiliated groups have been listed as terrorist entities under sanctions by the United Nations, militants in Syria have been receiving all forms of support from the West and its regional allies.

    Over two years of foreign-sponsored militancy in Syria has taken its toll on the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

    MKA/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Thousands of Occupy: Frankfurt protesters block access to European Central Bank

    0

    ‘Blockupy’ protestors have blocked employee access to the European Commission bank (ECB), and plan to move on to Deutsche Bank and then Frankfurt National Airport.

    Anti-capitalist protestors have gathered in the financial heart
    of Frankfurt a day ahead of Europe-wide gatherings planned for
    June 1 to protest leaders handling of the three-year euro debt
    crisis.

    Image from twitter user@@hronline

    Spokesman Martin Sommer said Frankfurt’s financial district could
    be occupied by as many as 20,000 who believe the Troika — the
    ECB, the European Commission and the International Monetary Fund
    — is imposing an “austerity dictate” on financially troubled
    countries they have bailed out.

    Cyprus, Greece, Portugal, Ireland, have also received bailout
    loans and Spain has received loans for its banks.

    Blockupy spokeswoman Frauke Distelrath said the protest was not
    aimed at bank employees, but at its role “as an important
    participant in the policies that are impoverishing people in
    Europe, in the cutbacks that are costing people their ability to
    make a living.”

    The ECB says it will remain operational and has taken steps to
    ensure employee safety.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Moscow disappointed political games prevented investigation into chemical weapons use in Syria

    0


    Russia’s Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov stressed that “political games” prevented Russia from investigating the data on the use of toxic substances in Aleppo: the UN Secretariat couldn’t respond promptly to Moscow’s demand to look into the matter.

    DETAILS TO FOLLOW

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Austerity is Confusing Only to Liberals

    0

    The liberal case against austerity has recently gained momentum with the exposure of Harvard economists Carmen Reinhart and Kenneth Rogoff’s calculation errors in their influential pro-austerity paper, “Growth in a Time of Debt.” Among many others, Paul Krugman has been lambasting the economists’ omission-based analysis that warns against exceeding an alleged 90 percent debt-to-GDP ratio. Krugman complains that economic justifications for austerity, no matter how dubious, have found receptive audiences among the powerful for decidedly non-economic factors; because it is so “strange” to cut spending — and thereby demand and ultimately production and employment — during a recession, Krugman can only speculate that austerity boosters are primarily driven by “underlying political and psychological reasons.”

    Accordingly, Krugman rejects the notion that austerity generates growth via increasing investor confidence (the claim of the so-called Alesina-Ardagna paper), and he invokes the PIGS’ economic decline following severe spending cuts and tax increases to show that austerity indeed does not “work.”

    Yet what is critical here is Krugman and other liberals’ understanding of precisely what “work” in fact means. Liberals are of course correct that European austerity, as well as the US version, has not generated an immediate economic expansion. But to get a clearer idea of the actual purpose of austerity, it is far more useful to listen not to liberal economists but to the politicians who actually decide to implement it. Greek European Commissioner Maria Damanaki recently noted, “‘The strategy of the European Commission over the past year and a half or two has been to reduce the labour costs in all European countries in order to improve the competitiveness of European companies over the rivals from Eastern Europe and Asia.’”

    Similarly, in her recent keynote speech at the World Economic Forum, Angela Merkel was admirably frank in asserting that high unemployment is, according to the Guardian, the “price Europe had to pay to become more competitive.” Merkel’s statement that austerity is intended to “ensure the prosperity of our people” is an oxymoron only to those liberal economists who do not see capitalism as a class-based system. For, Krugman’s contention that recessions are merely “technical malfunctions” ignores what both politicians and capitalists have long asserted: recessions are “correctives” that reduce the cost of the one commodity that is more adjustable and often more expensive than any other: labor.

    Austerity, via slashing social spending and expanding a surplus labor pool that is ever more desperate, achieves its aim via making labor cheap enough so that it can again be profitably exploited by capitalists. That is, our recession will come to an end, and the standard of living will be ever-lower, once business can again make a profit off of an ample number of workers, which of course is wage labor’s raison d’etre in capitalism in the first place. While the consequences of further impoverishing millions of people in order to more effectively profit off of them might engender political instability, this is not part of the economic equation. After all, political instability is what police states are for.

    Austerity is neither psychological nor mysterious, unless you are a liberal economist who thinks that — notwithstanding some two centuries of wage labor exploitation — capitalism could “work” for everyone. While Krugman accuses austerity’s proponents of wearing ideological blinders, it is he and other liberals who are guilty of the charge, as they fervently mystify what is, to any dispassionate observer, plain as day. How else to explain the Nobel Prize winning economist’s failure to recognize austerity as embodying that most basic capitalist concept: an investment.

    Joshua Sperber lives in Brooklyn and can be reached at jsperber4@yahoo.com

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Get Israeli Peace Leaders Before Congress

    0

    The new Secretary of State John Kerry taking four trips to the Israeli/Palestinian region in the past two months means yet another U.S. effort for a negotiated peace process between the Palestinians (under ruthless occupation) and the very dominant Israelis. Why should the prospects be any better than the failed attempts by the esteemed former Senator George Mitchell, and his predecessors?

    As senator with a “grade A” from the powerful pro-Israeli government lobby AIPAC, Secretary Kerry has forged a coalition of Israeli and Palestinian businessmen behind a $4 billion economic assistance plan for the West Bank and Gaza. He is also tapping into the significant Israeli public opinion behind a two-state solution.

    Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu is outwardly going through the motions of supporting peace negotiations but demands preconditions and no cessation of expanding Israeli colonies in Palestine. Netanyahu knows how to play the U.S. government like a harp. He talks about negotiations for peace, but remains intransigent.

    Back in 1996, he told an applauding joint session of Congress that Israel’s mature economy would no longer need U.S. foreign aid. Today, Israel is a prosperous, bigger economy but is still receiving U.S. foreign aid.

    Kerry’s trump card is recognizing the long neglected specific peace offer by the 22-member Arab league in 2002. These Arab countries have renewed and updated their proposal to make it easier for Israel to accept. It includes a comprehensive peace treaty with all Arab nations and Israeli recognition of a Palestinian state within the 1967 borders, with minor land swaps. Netanyahu has given this offer the back of his hand despite its highly-publicized reiteration in the ensuing years. But this year, Israeli President (an honorific post) Shimon Peres highlighted the verbal Israeli government endorsement of a two-state solution and urged that “a broad structure of support be created for making progress.”

    The problem is that almost nobody in Israel — hawks, peace advocates, or those in the middle — believes anything will come out of Kerry’s shuttle diplomacy.

    Here are some reasons why. There is no pressure on Netanyahu’s governing coalition to wage peace. As Ethan Bronner, long-time The New York Times reporter in Israel, wrote this past Sunday: “Israel has never been richer, safer, more culturally productive or dynamic.” He might have added that, with huge natural gas finds offshore, Israel is about to be both self-sufficient in fossil fuels and a net exporter.

    Nor is there any pressure that Netanyahu recognizes from the Palestinian/Arab side. Palestinians are continually subjugated, impoverished, divided internally and on the losing end of the casualty toll by a ratio exceeding 400 to 1. Israel can strike targets in Palestine at will.

    Arab nations are internally preoccupied with civil wars, sectarian conflicts and, except for the Gulf countries, weak economies. Israel, with the most modern military, heavily furnished by the United States, and scores of ready nuclear bombs, stands astride the Middle East as a giant colossus.

    The main reality in Israeli domestic politics is that, if it weren’t for external threats, however exaggerated, the Israeli government and society would have to face very deep divisions inside Israel between secular and ultraorthodox populations. From expanding the colonies in Palestine to strict religious rituals and social mores, exemptions from military service, the place of women, and the treatment of the Israeli Arabs, there are two Israels that are ready to erupt were peace to break out with Palestine and Arab neighbors. (See http://www.seruv.org.il/english/combatants_letter.asp.)

    Faced with this harrowing prospect of domestic civil strife, Netanyahu’s government feels no urgency for peace, according to Bronner. The regional status quo is under control of its iron fist.

    Many out-of-power Israeli politicians, such as former Prime Minister Ehud Olmert, and former Deputy Prime Minister Dan Meridor, have all argued for vigorously pursuing a two-state solution to head off Israel becoming a state that, in a few decades, contains more Palestinians than Israelis. The militarists, however, are the ones running the government.

    Moreover, Kerry cannot expect any pressure from Washington on the Israeli government, because Washington, especially Congress, always goes along with the Israeli government, to such a degree that it astonishes opposition parties in the Israeli Knesset.

    Make no mistake about Netanyahu. He is and has long been a vintage extreme hardliner against any Palestinian sovereignty. In 1989, after the Tiananmen Square massacre in China, Netanyahu, then Israeli Deputy Foreign Minister, told students at Bar Ilan University that: “Israel should have exploited the repression of the demonstrations in China, when world attention focused on that country, to carry out mass expulsions among the Arabs of the territories.”

    Eviction and the expropriation of what is left of the original Palestine has long been the dogma of Israeli militarists and leaders of the expansionist Likud Party, including Ariel Sharon.

    The award-winning Israeli documentary “The Gatekeepers” (http://www.thegatekeepersfilm.com/) presents six retired leaders of the Shin Bit — the Israeli FBI — speaking with remarkable candor about how rational actions, including those toward peace, were continually overruled by politicians who exploited the Israeli-Arab conflict for their own domestic advantage.

    So, what is our Secretary of State to do? Kerry should propose that these men and other prominent retired outspoken leaders from the military, security, and elected political leaders, together with well-known writers and scholars testify at length before the U.S. House and Senate. AIPAC cannot stop them from testifying. Congress and the American people will be given an opportunity to hear these experienced, persuasive voices for a peace settlement.

    After all, peace in the Middle East is more in the U.S. national interest and security than ever before. Americans are paying too hefty a human and financial price to allow a muzzled Congress to stay on bended knee, supporting whatever the Israeli government wants.

    Such a breakthrough on Capitol Hill will also enhance the Israeli peace and human rights movement which reflects the moral dimension for ending the occupation/colonization of Palestine.

    In a recent pamphlet by Americans for Peace Now and its counterpart in Israel, Rabbi Michael Melchior, a former Israel deputy foreign minister and member of the Knesset, declared that “to occupy and control the lives of millions of Palestinians living in Judea and Samaria, and to negate their right to create their own state and future in peace, side by side with the State of Israel is not just, is not moral, and is not Judaism.” (See www.peacenow.org.)

    In May 2004 Senator Kerry told me “I have many friends in the Israeli peace movement.” It is time for him to begin the mission for peace in his old haunt the U.S. Congress, without which he will share the decades-long failure of those who came before him in both Republican and Democratic Administrations.

    Ralph Nader is a consumer advocate, lawyer and author of Only the Super-Rich Can Save Us! He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion, published by AK Press. Hopeless is also available in a Kindle edition.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Undercover Drug Cop Arrests Autistic Student

    0

    When it comes to the war on drugs, I thought I had seen it all. But I was shocked beyond belief when I read a story reported by ABC News about a high school student who suffered from Asperger’s disorder and was arrested by an undercover cop posing as a student.

    The parents of the 17 year old special-needs student are now suing the Temecula Valley Unified School District for allowing undercover narcotic officers to set up their son in a drug sting, in which he and about two dozen other students were arrested in December of 2012.

    Parents Catherine and Doug Snodgrass were overjoyed when their son – who had trouble making friends because of his disorder, which is characterized by significant difficulties in social interaction – suddenly had found a friend. But, the friend in question was actually an undercover cop who started to pursue the Snodgrass’s son as soon as he began attending Chaparral High School. ABC News reported that Doug Snodgrass said, “He suddenly had this friend who was texting him around the clock.” The friend, “Daniel,” however, was an undercover cop with the Temecula Police Department who “hounded” the teenager to sell him his prescription medication. When he refused, the undercover cop gave him $20 to buy him some weed, and the young Mr. Snodgrass complied – not realizing the guy he wanted to befriend wanted him behind bars.

    Earlier this year, a juvenile court judge sentenced Snodgrass’s son to 20 hours of community service instead of criminal charges because of the special circumstances of the case. But since being allowed back to school, he has been constantly threatened with expulsion. Temecula Valley Unified School District said in a statement that “the district continues to act in furtherance of its mission to educate students.” In response, the Snodgrass family is now suing the school.

    The use of undercover drug stings is nothing new to me. I experienced this in 1985 when I was set up by a teammate I knew from my bowling league. I passed an envelope containing 4 ounces of cocaine for the sum of $500. For my first time, nonviolent drug offense, I was sentenced to 15 years to life under the Rockefeller Drug Laws of NYS. While in prison I became a jailhouse lawyer that served the needs of the prison population. It was there that I discovered that the use of undercover cops to entrap individuals was standard policy procedure.

    The war on drugs has created convenient vehicles for looking tough on crime while hiding being the shield of public safety. But that shield gets worn down when our basic rights are curtailed through its use. To send undercover drug cops into schools is shameful, and it is sadly just one example of how the government – in its unwinnable quest to win the drug war – has routinely disregarded our precious given rights as outlined in the Constitution.

    Students are on the frontlines of the war on drugs. Whether it comes in the form of random, suspicion-less drug testing, or police dogs sniffing around school lockers for drugs, or cops pretending to be your friend only to try to ruin your life, students continue to feel the heavy-handedness of the government’s overzealous and futile efforts to keep them “drug-free.”

    ANTHONY PAPA is the author of 15 Years to Life: How I Painted My Way to Freedom and Communications Specialist for Drug Policy Alliance. He can be reached at: anthonypapa123@yahoo.com

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Of Scalps and Savages

    0

    Before I head out the door, I watch Morning Joe on MSNBC. It’s part of my workday routine. Yesterday they were talking about the latest issue of the New Republic and its lead story, entitled, “How the NRA is Going Down: This is How the NRA Ends.” Since the Newtown tragedy, Republican Joe Scarborough, the show’s host, is openly advocating for gun control. Still, Joe disagreed with the assertion that the NRA’s power and influence is eroding, especially in the wake of recently defeated gun control legislation.

    In the midst of this exchange, John Heilemann, an author, journalist and political analyst who frequents Morning Joe (and who occasionally says things that make sense to me), said, “But who’s the SCALP?” John paraphrased this statement by saying, “who’s gonna pay the price for having voted the wrong way?” In other words, John was questioning whether any of the congressmen who voted against the recent legislation in question will be defeated next election specifically because they voted against gun control, i.e. who will be the “scalp” (defined in the dictionary as a “trophy of victory”) that gun control proponents win.

    Mr. Heilemann made a perfectly rational argument. Unfortunately his archaic phraseology took me right out of the conversation. The moment he said, “Who’s the SCALP?” my mind immediately raced to the fact that my ancestors (the Dakota people) were hunted down and murdered in their Minnesota homelands in the late 1800s, when then Governor Ramsey placed a $200 bounty on their scalps. Yes, you read that correctly. It was once government policy to encourage civilians to hunt down American Indian men, women and children (human beings), kill them, and rip the flesh from their skulls. Anyone who did so was rewarded handsomely for it.

    I wanted to talk about gun control. Hell, I might have written about it. Instead, I’m writing about how colonial language can be used as a tool to denigrate and discriminate against Native people alive today, who are ready and willing to participate in logical conversations with other cogent human beings but are hindered from doing so because of its interjection. These semantics of white privilege serve to enforce old colonial notions that attempt to reduce Natives to primitive caricatures. It suggests that we are not equals. It implies that mainstream society owns Native identity, or that we as Natives are relegated to the past. Mainstream Native appropriation language like, “He went off the reservation,” “Let’s have a powwow,” or “Who’s the SCALP,” and racial slurs like “Pochahottie,” “Redskin,” and “Savage,” among others, all discriminate against Natives and prohibit effective dialogue.

    The U.S. Supreme Court, the highest court in the land, still cites case law that calls Native people “savages.” Johnson v. McIntosh (1823), Cherokee Nation v. Georgia (1831), Worcester v.Georgia (1832), Ex Parte Crowdog (1883), and Tee-Hit-Ton Indians v. United States (1955) all refer to Native people as savages directly, or use the language of savagery to justify treating Native people as less than human and unworthy of rights afforded to non-Natives. These cases, in large part, form the basis of Federal Indian Law.

    You see, it was crucial for European colonialists to paint Natives as aggressors to justify their own violence against the original inhabitants of this land. While Natives fought against settlers, these battles were waged primarily in self-defense. America invented the “savage Indian” to subjugate Natives, abrogate Tribe’s sovereign rights, and so they could freely initiate war against them for any reason whatsoever. As long as Indigenous peoples are consigned to the post of savage, we are the “other,” and those in power can argue that they do not need to follow their own laws when it comes to us. We are still being forced to deal with the consequences of this “savage” invention.

    This column isn’t about whether I took offense to a statement made on a television show. This is about equality. To truly benefit from a diverse global society, we must raise public discourse above antiquated race-based language couched in manifest destiny. Ignorance is no excuse, because Natives are not silent- you’ve only to hear us.

    As far as debate is concerned, read Sun Tzu. Throw away your race-based terminology and discover the true nature of your adversary, or ally. Learn about Native history and who we are. To get respect, you must give it. This is how you invite us in as intellectual, physical, and spiritual equals. This is how you might win an argument against me, based on merit alone. But be warned, I count coup with keystrokes and my arrows are dipped in ink. Now, who’s the scalp?

    Ruth Hopkins is a Native American writer, blogger, Judge, administrator, a founding writer at Lastrealindians.com, and columnist for Indian Country Today Media Network.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Bernanke’s “Stimulus” for the 1%

    0
    When I heard that Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke told Congress last week that it was too soon for the Fed to end its extraordinary stimulus programs, I did a double take.
    “What stimulus programs?” I thought. Where are the jobs programs? Where are the “extraordinary” social services that will enable those still suffering from the effects of the Great Recession to buy more and stimulate the economy?
    What escaped my attention for a moment was the fact that these words were uttered by an official steeped in the jargon of high finance and political policy – where words like “stimulus” are treated to Orwellian twists, their meaning transformed into something very different from what most people understand them to mean.
    Bernanke’s “Stimulus”
    What Bernanke meant by “stimulus” was not programs that economically strengthen the 99%. He was referring to policies that keep interest rates low, including what is known as Quantitative Easing (QE).
    QE is the Fed’s practice of printing money out of nothing in order to purchase mortgage-backed securities. When the program started, the monthly amount printed was $40 billion. As incredible as this amount sounds – especially while the government plans to cut needed public programs such as Social Security and Medicare to “balance the budget” – today that amount has more than doubled to $85 billion printed a month.
    Combined with these measures, the Federal Reserve is keeping interest rates ultra-low in order to encourage businesses to borrow money and expand their operations. The Fed’s alleged desired outcome is to encourage banks to make more loans to the private sector, thereby encouraging economic growth and job creation.
    To reach this goal, however, these policies have to be set out on the right path. Currently, they are not.
    On the contrary, today’s policies are guided by supply side, trickle down theories which essentially claim that the problem with the economy is that the rich aren’t rich enough. If the economy is still weak, it is because not enough money has been thrown at the 1% and, therefore, more must be made available for their benefit.
    A crucial detail missing in this scheme is that the wealthy already have more than enough money. Banks have $1.5 trillion in reserves, and companies have $2 trillion stashed away. They are not investing in job creating ventures because consumers don’t have the money to buy their products, and there is no profit to be made from commodities that sit on the shelf.
    Consequently, Bernanke’s policies are, at best, as effective as pouring water on an over-saturated sponge and expecting it to get absorbed.
    What have been the results of Bernanke’s “stimulus”? There has been a weak upturn in job creation, falling far short of what is needed to return to the employment rate prior to the crash of 2008. In addition, the stimulus has been too weak to counter the accumulating impacts, including layoffs, of sequestration as it starts to gather steam. What’s more, it is a very dubious proposition that this slight and temporary job upturn has anything to do with Bernanke’s extraordinary measures at all.
    Considering the trillions of dollars that have been printed by the Fed so far, these outcomes do more to discredit QE than encourage its continuation – that is, unless you are a member of the big business elite whom Bernanke aims to please above all. The Stock Market has been climbing since these programs were started.
    By re-inflating the Stock Market, the Fed has created a recovery for those few at the top of the economy while everyone else continues to suffer from the effects of the Great Recession. This is because the top 5 percent owns 60 percent of the nation’s individually held financial assets, 82 percent of individually held stocks, and more than 90 percent of individually held bonds. These are the financial tools whose prices are driven up by the Fed’s “stimulus.”
    Quantitative Easing is a primary driver of income inequality. It is, in the words of Reason Foundation economist Anthony Randazzo, “…fundamentally a regressive redistribution program” where wealth stays at the top rather than trickling down to the rest of the economy.
    It is no wonder, consequently, that the Dow spiked 125 points minutes after Bernanke announced his intention to continue QE. The Fed’s stimulus policies amount to one of the most expensive forms of corporate welfare in history.
    The truth is the corporate political leadership of this country has no credible answers for reversing the economic crisis, because they continue to sustain their backers’ power and the profits that created this mess. Their logic: better to continue to fatten their pockets at the expense of all than to pursue policies which address the nation’s fundamental economic problems and demand that the rich and corporations pay their fair share.
    Because QE prints money out of nothing, it encourages both inflation and the creation of massive bubbles in the economy similar to those that led to the current economic crisis. For Bernanke and his supporters, the risks posed by these policies are necessary dangers that must be faced to satisfy the appetites of Wall Street and big business. “Stimulus” for these dominating special interests has, in practice, meant continued high unemployment, declining wages and worker rights, as well as greater economic instability in the future for everyone else.
    There are measures that can be taken to begin to reverse the course of America’s broken economy. A massive federal jobs program to create full employment and raise wages is the stimulus that is needed, and the money is out there to do it. Currently deductions, credits and other tax breaks flow disproportionately to the highest income Americans. If we closed these, there would be nearly $1.1 trillion of revenue available.
    In addition, not just corporate but bank tax rates should be sharply increased to pay for the economic mess that those financial institutions created. Putting those funds towards job creation, education and establishing universal healthcare would lift up the well-being and standard of living for all working class communities.
    Putting such measures at center stage of the political dialogue requires more than good arguments. Fixing an economy is not like repairing a car engine where the problem can be diagnosed and quickly gotten to work on. It involves a contest of power between competing interests, that is, a struggle between the forces aligned with Labor and those allied with the corporations and banks.
    We need real stimulus, not the insane schemes of the Fed. To get what we need, unity must be forged in the streets, building a social force independent of both major parties that will not compromise our needs to the interests of Wall Street.

    Mark Vorpahl is a union steward, social justice activist and a writer for Workers Action and Occupy.com. He can be reached at Portland@workerscompass.org

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    President Obama Will Have to Prove He’s a Changed Man

    0

    Some on the left are writing hopefully these days that perhaps President Obama has finally realized he needs to back off on his warlike posture on drones and the War on Terror. They are seeing his talk about scaling back the use of drone killing machines and of reconsidering or having his “Justice” Department “investigate” its own outrageous attacks on the press and its use of leaks by government whistle-blowers, as a sign that he is perhaps regaining his constitutional senses and perhaps even “moving” to the left to rebuild support he has been losing in droves.

    Put aside for a moment the fact that so far it’s all been just talk. We know the drones are still flying and killing people in Afghanistan, Pakistan, Yemen and elsewhere (and there’s no talk of not opening a new drone piloting base in my home county of Montgomery, PA this October). And the national security spy state is going about its nasty business as usual. But in any case, the big test, I submit, of whether this president is actually moving away from his prior five years as president of selling out his liberal, working-class and poverty-struck base to stand instead for traditional liberal and progressive ideals will be Social Security.

    On Friday the Social Security Administration will announce that the Trust Fund of money collected through the FICA payroll tax from working Americans over the course of several generations will reach $2.8 trillion, up from $2.7 trillion at the end end of 2011. The SSA will further report that this fund will continue to grow, as taxes collected remain greater than the funds being paid out in the form of Social Security benefit checks, until about 2020, seven years from now, when they will reach $3.3 trillion. At that point, with increasing numbers of Baby Boomers – that wave of people born between 1946 and 1964 who began hitting retirement age in 2011 – beginning to really pile into retirement, the fund will start to shrink as planned. But even with the unprecedented number of retirees, the report will state that the system should be able to pay promised benefits in full – that’s in full without any changes in the way inflation is factored into benefit amounts – until 2038. And even after that, if no changes were made at all to increase revenues, current taxes paid in by workers at that point would be able to fund 78% of promised benefits indefinitely into the future, even though we’re all living longer than planned back when the fund was being set up.

    Hmmmm. In 2038, as a 1949 Baby Boomer, I will be 89 – assuming I live well beyond my expected life expectancy of 76. I would, in fact, be at exactly the age that both of my parents died. Maybe I’ll be lucky, but statistically speaking it’s unlikely that I, or most of my cohort, male and female, born before 1960, will be around at that point. Get that? This is a critical point nobody in the kill Social Security crowd likes to mention, but the truth is that by the time Social Security runs out the Trust Fund, the population it was created to try to anticipate will have basically lived on their benefits and passed on to that great beyond where Social Security checks aren’t needed anymore.

    What crisis was that we were we talking about?

    So here’s the real test. Will the Great Promiser of “Change We Can Believe In” take the opportunity of the latest good news from the Social Security Administration to announce that he is done talking about gutting Social Security benefits by arbitrarily slashing the annual inflation adjustment in benefit checks through an intellectual fraud called the Chained CPI? Will he stand up and vow he will veto any change Congress tries to make that would increase payroll taxes on workers or reduce benefits to retirees? Will he say he refuses to pit younger generations against their elders by pretending that Social Security is in trouble and by going along with the lie that the program “might not be there” for younger workers when they need it? Will he shrink from demanding that the wealthy and the coupon-clipping classes pay more into the fund than the pittance they currently pay, to make it whole?

    If Obama were to do that, I might start believing that he’s a changed man.

    Saying he’s cutting back on the drone program when his own military is warning him that the program is counter-productive, saying he is going to have the Justice Department investigate its own unconstitutional snatching of months of AP reporters’ phone records, and its criminal investigation of a Fox newsman’s interviews of a government source, are chump change. These things don’t cost the president anything. They aren’t moral stands, they don’t take any political courage, and they don’t really matter to average Americans, who, sadly, could care less about drone warfare or even press freedom. The drone campaign has killed so many people it is running out of targets, and the attacks on the press are so brazen and offensive that they risk turning even the toady corporate press into actual functional journalism outfits again.

    But defending Social Security? Now that requires taking on the financial industry, which wants desperately to get its grubby hands on that $3 trillion in workers’ payroll tax money. To date this president, who has been the beneficiary of record campaign money from Wall Street over the course of his political career, and who has obligingly stuffed his cabinet with the worst examples of greedy bankers or banker sycophants from day one of his presidency, has not shown much interest in doing that.

    If he and his Democratic Party want to return to the glory days of control of the White House and of majority control of the Congress, they will have to grab this opportunity to make a U-turn on Social Security, and start, uncharacteristically, defending it without compromise.

    Sadly, democracy is so far gone in the US at this point that the public barely matters in Washington’ calculations anymore. Poll after poll shows that an overwhelming majority of Americans of all political persuasions, all ages and all geographic regions want Social Security preserved. Not gutted, not weakened, not altered. Preserved. If anything, people want benefits to be raised – and understandably since 53% of married retirees and 74% of unmarried retirees depend upon Social Security for over 50% of their income (one quarter of the elderly who are married, and hearly half of all those elderly living alone depend on Social Security for over 90% of their income). And remember, all those struggling old people have children and grandchildren who want to have big Social Security checks so they don’t have to support them out of their own pinched resources.

    Preserving and improving Social Security could be accomplished easily by lifting the cap on income subject to the payroll tax, currently set at just $113,700 a year, and by also extending the FICA tax to short-term capital gains and putting a tiny FICA transaction tax on high-speed stock trading. The vast majority of Americans, who don’t earn that kind of money, who have no capital gains except in their retirement accounts (which would be exempt), and who don’t trade stocks in their own account, would support such a move. That means in a real democracy, such tax changes would be made in a heartbeat by a popularly elected government. Not so by a bought-and-paid-for government though, it seems clear. The wealthy don’t want to spend an extra penny to help the less fortunate, and the government they buy doesn’t seem to want to make them.

    But here’s the real point. If it were true that President Obama is feeling beleaguered by the conservatives on the bench, in control of the House, and in a position to block significant action in the Senate, and if he were genuinely feeling the need to re-inspire the progressive base that elected him to the White House, tinkering with his drone program is not going to cut it. Coming out foursquare in defense of Social Security would.

    I for one am not holding my breath.

    DAVE LINDORFF is a founding member of ThisCantBeHappening!, an online newspaper collective, and is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press).

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    China to boost LatAm trade ties

    0

    Chinese President Xi Jinping will pay a visit of Ëœhistoric significanceâ„¢ to the Republic of Trinidad and Tobago in line with Beijingâ„¢s plans to strengthen trade ties with Latin America.

    Chinaâ„¢s Ambassador to Trinidad and Tobago Huang Xingyuan said the president will arrive in the country for a three-day visit Friday, on his first trip to the English-speaking Caribbean country.

    Å“Xiâ„¢s visit is of particular historic significance. It shows China is committed to developing relations with Trinidad and Tobago as well as the Caribbean,” Xingyuan stated.

    The Chinese head of state will later hold meetings with representatives from Antigua and Barbuda, Barbados, the Bahamas, Costa Rica, Dominica, Grenada, Guyana, Mexico, Suriname and Jamaica.

    The countries have all established trade relations with China, and they are expected to sign a number of documents on cooperation including those in the fields of economy, trade, construction, heavy industries and education.

    Meanwhile, the Chinese president is also planned to visit Washington and meet with US President Barack Obama on June 7-8 as part of his tour.

    In 2010, China overtook Japan as the second largest economy. Experts forecast that the country will pass the United States in 2030.

    GMA/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Fracking “Shock Doctrine” Unveiled

    0

    The shale gas industry has performed the “shock doctrine” at the 11th hour of the 2013 Illinois State Legislature’s debate over hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”), the toxic horizontal drllling process through which oil and gas is obtained from shale rock basins nationwide.

    This year, both the Illinois House and Senate are set to adjourn for the year on May 31 and the Hydraulic Fracturing Regulation Act will likely receive a full floor vote by adjournment. The regulatory bill has 59 House co-sponsors and eight Senate co-sponsors. Democratic Party Gov. Pat Quinn said he will sign the bill when it arrives on his desk.

    With the deadline looming rapidly, anti-fracking activists — or “fracktivists” — have been protesting, sitting in, testifying in committee hearings and committing acts of non-violent civil disobedience daily at the Illinois State Capitol in Springfield.

    Two days before that deadline, the Associated Press (AP) reported that records from the state Department of Natural Resources (DNR) indicate fracking already has begun in Illinois’ New Albany Shale Basin.

    “Carmi, Ill.-based Campbell Energy LLC submitted a well-completion report last year to the [DNR] voluntarily disclosing that it used 640,000 gallons of water [fracking] a well in White County,” AP reports. AP also explained the report was first obtained by the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC).

    The last-minute announcement paves the way for a “buzzer beater” public relations effort by the industry to ram through a regulatory bill deemed the “most comprehensive fracking legislation in the nation” by its proponents and a “worst case scenario” by its detractors. The bill was predominatly written by Illinois Oil and Gas Association (IOGA), working alongside two major environmental groups: the Illinois Sierra Club and NRDC.

    NRDC told DeSmogBlog it caught wind of the Campbell Energy well-completion report not from the industry itself at the negotiating table, but through a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request. The FOIA request also showed another company has fracked a well: Strata-X Energy Ltd.

    Among other things, the bill allows fracking to take place within 1,500 feet of groundwater sources and 500 feet of schools, houses, hospitals, nursing homes, and places of worship; and within 300 feet of rivers, lakes, ponds and reservoirs. Necessary context: the horizontal drilling portion of the fracking process extends between 5,000-7,500 feet.

    “We need to acknowledge that fracking is legal today in Illinois, and for all we know, may already be occurring as you read this,“ Sierra Club Illinois‘ Director Jack Darin wrote ambiguously in a Feb. 2013 Huffington Post piece.

    Darin’s ominous hypothetical scenario proved true, begging the question: did the industry hide this from those it was at the negotiating table with until the last minute?

    Darin answered that question in an email exchange, writing, “We found out about this not from the industry, but from a review of state data.”

    Fracking Well Owned by IOGA Board Member, Connected to Lake Michigan Oil Drilling

    Campbell Energy LLC’s co-founder Jakob Campbell is on the Board of Directors of IOGA. In other words, IOGA — the industry lobbying force that is pushing for and helped write the Illinois fracking regulatory bill — has a Board Member using the well-completion report as a trojan horse, of sorts.

    Ann Alexander, Senior Attorney in NRDC’s Chicago Office, former Environmental Counsel to Illinois Attorney General Lisa Madigan, and one of the environmental representatives at the negotiating table for the regulatory bill told DeSmogBlog that industry representatives at the table included someone from a California fracking company, an Illinois fracking company, IOGA VP Brad Richards, and a representative from the IL Chamber of Commerce.

    “These are not people who would necessarily know what Campbell was doing. I have absolutely no reason to believe IOGA knew about it and I honestly doubt that they did,” she said. “I look at it and say ‘How would they know?’ I mean, this was a slip of paper they submitted to DNR. Maybe IOGA has some data and they are tracking it like that. If they are, I have never heard about it and I have no reason to believe they have it.”

    Alexander later joked that IOGA may have conned those at the negotiating table about Campbell, though she didn’t think that was the case.

    “They certainly did a good imitation for people who apparently had no idea and I say that jokingly because I honestly don’t think anybody in that room knew what was going on when we first started the conversation,” she continued. “I mean, IOGA is there to promote its interests, but I have no reason to believe IOGA is collecting this data — this voluntary data — that some companies are submitting to DNR. There is no reason why the industry would have wanted to hide the ball on this.”

    Could IOGA’s VP really not have known that one of his own Board members had performed a well completion? Seems highly unlikely and more along the lines of an imitation of ignorance.

    IOGA’s sleight of hand enables proponents of the weak legislation to argue that, because fracking is already happening, the public should accept drilling with essentially toothless regulations – which will be difficult to enforce given a seriously understaffed and under-funded DNR – or get continued drilling with absolutely no regulations. There is no third option, according to this odd narrative.

    An alternative path does exist, though, in the form of a moratorium bill. That bill has galvanized the support of grassroots activist groups, 22 House co-sponsors and nine Senate co-sponsors.

    Campbell also co-founded Camata Energy LLC with Florencio Mata. Mata was the vice president of exploration of Federated Natural Resources when it was running geological and seismic tests to do offshore drilling in Lake Michigan in the mid-1980s.

    Offshore drilling in Lake Michigan has been a point of contention for decades and a moratorium is still on the books.

    “Activists and a growing band of politicians are alarmed by the specter of surface leaks from wellheads that could taint drinking water, harm public health and affect wildlife,” explained a 2001 article published in The Detroit News about prospective drilling in Lake Michigan, a description that today rings equally true for fracking.

    U.S. Sen. Ron Johnson (R-WI) supports drilling in Lake Michigan, as do numerous other public officials.

    “The bottom line is we are an oil-based economy,” he said in 2010 when asked about drilling in the Great Lakes. “There’s nothing we’re gonna do to get off of that for many, many years. I think we have to be realistic and recognize that fact and, you know, I, I think we have to, get the oil where it is, but we have to do it where it is.”

    Illinois Fracktivists React

    Grassroots activists in Illinois interviewed by DeSmogBlog find the revelation about the well-completion report unsavory and the timing of it suspect.

    “The timing of the announcement of the well-completion report is awfully suspicious,” remarked Tabitha Tripp, a concerned citizen from Southern Illinois. “A moratorium is needed to halt permits, study the science, look at the health care studies before we have a disaster we can’t clean up.

    Don Carlson, Executive Director of Illinois People’s Action, put it more bluntly.

    “With the apparent relationship between the board member of the IOGA being the same company engaged in the fracking well-completion, the oil and gas industry has manufactured a policy-making crisis they not only have the solution to, but from which they’ll profit greatly,” Carlson told DeSmogBlog. ”This brazen manipulation of environmental policy-making should make legislators as angry as it makes grassroots citizens. Bullies who throw rocks should not be rewarded with window insurance.”

    Steve Horn is a Madison, WI-based freelance investigative journalist and Research Fellow at DeSmogBlog.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Artist Responds to Gun Violence, from Mexico to US, by Transforming Weapons into Art

    0

    Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ HelgaLin

    May 28, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    In the wake of the shooting at Sandy Hook Elementary School in Connecticut that killed twenty children and six adults, gun sales soared across the United States. It is a sadly familiar response in a country where nearly half the population keeps a gun at home (as of 2011). After each massacre, whether a mass shooting in a Colorado movie theater or the attempted assassination of an Arizona congresswoman that killed several bystanders, Americans have bought guns at a higher pace than they did before the rampage.

    Lax gun laws in the United States also have devastating effects south of the border: over 250,000 guns are smuggled into Mexico each year, contributing to the country’s warlike conditions. As an urgent debate about gun control continues after regulations aimed at keeping guns out of the hands of criminals were defeated in Congress, we turned to Mexican artist Pedro Reyes, who in two major projects spanning the last several years, has responded to gun violence by transforming weapons into art.

    ***

    In 2007, I was invited to Culiacán, a major drug trafficking center that is also one of Mexico’s most violent cities, to launch a campaign where residents were asked to donate weapons that were then melted and made into shovels to plant trees. We received 1,527 guns, steamrolled them and transformed the metal into 1,527 shovels we used to plant the same number of trees.

    This project, Palas por Pistolas, developed in response to a situation that has only gotten worse. Over the last six years, more than 70,000 Mexicans have been killed in drug-related violence. There are now voluntary gun donation campaigns throughout the country. People are eager to clean out the huge number of weapons that Calderón’s presidential term brought. But we can’t stop the flow of guns on our own: we need change within the United States.

    As it stands now, the United States is an extremely dangerous neighbor. It’s impossible to buy a weapon in Mexico; there are no armories here. But with such lax gun laws across the border, drug traffickers only need to take a short drive to Walmart or any other of the nearly 7,000 gun retail shops along the U.S.-Mexico border.

    For my latest project, Disarm, I have taken guns seized by police in Ciudad Juárez and turned them into musical instruments: guitars, drums, marimbas and so on. I think about Disarm as a form of exorcism, expelling a demon that has overtaken the body. In the United States, demons of war and violence possess the social body. There are 89 guns for every 100 citizens in the United States. The country spends more than the next 13 nations combined on its military. You have to defeat and tame the demon before you can expel it. In the instruments I’ve built from guns, the weaponry appears intact–though, of course, it is no longer functional–so that people still have to deal with this demon.

    To get to the root of the cartel wars, the United States will need to end its War on Drugs, which has, in my opinion, spawned the violence in Mexico. Hundreds of thousands of Americans are in prison for nonviolent drug offenses. Marijuana has never killed anyone, while a single weapon can kill people for generations, because there’s no planned obsolescence in these objects. A gun manufactured 50 years ago may function as well as it did the day it was made.

    The two big cultural shifts that we have to undertake in this century, I believe, are a new policy toward drugs and a new policy toward guns, which are intrinsically related projects. First, in terms of health, prescription drug abuse causes many more deaths than the use of illegal drugs. Then there are the “side effects” of the War on Drugs, whether mass incarceration or the gun violence that an illicit drug market fuels. For gun companies to thrive, you need conflict. You need fear, you need wars and you need crime. This doesn’t mean that all drugs should be legalized at once, or that all weapons should immediately be banned. But we obviously need a major readjustment. We are living in mayhem.

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    Corporations and Law Enforcement Are Spying on Environmentalists

    0

    Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/Zhukov Oleg

    May 28, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    In February 2010 Tom Jiunta and a small group of residents in northeastern Pennsylvania formed the Gas Drilling Awareness Coalition (GDAC), an environmental organization opposed to hydraulic fracturing in the region. The group sought to appeal to the widest possible audience, and was careful about striking a moderate tone. All members were asked to sign a code of conduct in which they pledged to carry themselves with “professionalism, dignity, and kindness” as they worked to protect the environment and their communities. GDAC’s founders acknowledged that gas drilling had become a divisive issue misrepresented by individuals on both sides and agreed to “seek out the truth.”

    The group of about 10 professionals — engineers, nurses, and teachers — began meeting in the basement of a member’s home. As their numbers grew, they moved to a local church. In an effort to raise public awareness about the risks of hydraulic fracturing (or “fracking”) they attended township meetings, zoning and ordinance hearings, and gas-drilling forums. They invited speakers from other states affected by gas drilling to talk with Pennsylvania residents. They held house-party style screenings of documentary films.

    Since the group had never engaged in any kind of illegal activity or particularly radical forms of protest, it came as a shock when GDAC members learned that their organization had been featured in intelligence bulletins compiled by a private security firm, The Institute of Terrorism Research and Response (ITRR). Equally shocking was the revelation that the Pennsylvania Department of Homeland Security had distributed those bulletins to local police chiefs, state, federal, and private intelligence agencies, and the security directors of the natural gas companies, as well as industry groups and PR firms. News of the surveillance broke in September 2010 when the director of the Pennsylvania Department of Homeland Security, James Powers, mistakenly sent an email to an anti-drilling activist he believed was sympathetic to the industry, warning her not to post the bulletins online. The activist was Virginia Cody, a retired Air Force officer. In his email to Cody, Powers wrote: “We want to continue providing this support to the Marcellus Shale Formation natural gas stakeholders while not feeding those groups fomenting dissent against those same companies.”

    The tri-weekly bulletins featured a wide range of supposed threats to the state’s infrastructure. It included warnings about Al-Qaeda affiliated groups, pro-life activists, and Tea Party protesters. The bulletins also included information about when and where groups like GDAC would be meeting, upcoming protests, and anti-fracking activists’ internal strategy. The raw data was followed by a threat assessment — low, moderate, severe, or critical — and a brief analysis.

    For example, bulletin no. 118, dated July 30, 2010 gave a low to moderate threat rating in reference to public meetings that anti-drilling activists planned to attend, and suggested that an “attack is likely… and might well be executed.” The threat assessment was accompanied by this note: “The escalating conflict over natural gas drilling in Pennsylvania may define local fault lines and potentially increase area environmentalist activity or eco-terrorism. GDAC communications have cited Northeastern Pennsylvania counties, specifically Wyoming, Lackawanna and Luzerne, as being in real ‘need of our help’ and as facing a ‘drastic situation.’” Another bulletin referenced an August 2010 FBI assessment of the growing threat of environmental activism to the energy industry. Because of Pennsylvania’s importance in the production of natural gas, ITRR concluded, an uptick in vandalism, criminal activity, and extremism was likely.

    Although the Pennsylvania scandal caused a brief public outcry, it was quickly brushed aside as an unfortunate mistake. In fact, the episode represents a larger pattern of corporate and police spying on environmental activists fueled in part by the expansion of private intelligence gathering since 9/11.

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    Unlikely Coalition on Immigration Reform Rising Rapidly

    0

    Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/spirit of america

    May 28, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    “We were the red-headed stepchild of the left,” says Patty Kupfer, managing director of America’s Voice. She means not only her organization but also other immigration reform advocates. “Nobody wanted to hang out with us.” Her tone connotes crisis and flashbacks to empty cups of coffee and lost sleep. She hastily lists the blows to the immigration coalition in that fraught period of late 2009 and early 2010: “The DREAM Act failed on the floor of the Senate; Arizona laws were being spread across the country and we figured we’d be fighting back against terrible legislation for the next five to ten years.” She and her cohort, of course, figured wrong. If it was once the red-headed stepchild of the left, immigration reform has become, in three short years, the belle of the bipartisan ball.

    Yes, bipartisan, and you’d better know about it. The “bipartisan nature” of the recently proposed legislation has become a ubiquitous tagline for all things immigration reform. Meanwhile, the proposal’s bipartisan octet ensemble, the Gang of 8 senators, has performed pleasantry and benevolent compromise at every turn. Amid daunting political gridlock, it’s unsurprising that bipartisanship has become an ever-more lofty and mythological pursuit, thus glorying those members of Congress who shine under its divine glow. After all, legislators are still smarting from wounds inflicted by the sequester, a not-so-subtle symbol of dysfunction that demonstrated that even the politicians – those who have to participate in the cynical choreography of endless donor calls and nods to party orthodoxy – underestimated their inability to perform the primary task for which they were elected: pass laws. This is not to say that, in the case of immigration reform, the moniker of bipartisanship is trumped up or insincere. No, this reform has a good chance of becoming the first major item of domestic policy to pass Congress with bipartisan support since Obama wafted into office on America’s wistful desire for a change to politics as usual.

    But if we zoom out the lens – pressing that minus button on Google maps until Washington, DC stands as a small, indiscernible blip in the massive United States – then the coalition behind immigration reform looks less like a marriage between red and blue and more like a kaleidoscopic assortment of very strange bedfellows. Just for starters, the coalition includes business interests like the Chamber of Commerce and the National Restaurant Association, labor interests like the AFL-CIO and SEIU, immigration advocacy groups like United We Dream, and even religious organizations like the Evangelical Immigration Table. America’s Voice is the mouthpiece for this amalgam. It is her job to consolidate the views of these allied groups into a concise, effective message for pressuring elected officials and beltway politicos. Suffice it to say, she knows the coalition well. “There’s a lot of groups in places like Los Angeles that have tremendous power and have been deeply rooted for years,” she points out. “And then there’s other less traditional places, like Nebraska and Alabama, where great stuff is happening.”

    Another one of those less traditional places is Georgia, where for the last ten years they’ve had a Republican governor and Republican majorities in the State House and Senate. Charlie Flemming, the president of the Georgia AFL-CIO, readily admits that “Georgia is own of the worst states toward immigrants.” Yet even in this toxic environment, there stands a robust on-the-ground coalition demanding comprehensive immigration reform. A little less than a month ago, the AFL-CIO teamed up with the Georgia Latino Alliance for Human Rights (GLAHR) and the Georgia Association of Latino Elected Officials (GALEO) to hold a rally at the Capitol building in Atlanta. Over 1,000 people showed up including, as Flemming proudly recalls, “member unions, like local Teamsters and local UNITE HERE” which was a pleasant surprise in the middle of a workday on a Wednesday afternoon.

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    Can You Get Sex on the Side Without Torpedoing Your Relationship?

    0

    Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/Aaron Amat

    May 29, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    Most people would like to have her cake and eat it too, but is that really possible within the confines of a committed relationship? Some couples think so and, as a result, appear to live quite happily with each other while still having sex with other people.

    While hard-and-fast statistics about open relationships are hard to come by, some experts estimate that up to 4 percent of couples practice polyamory, allowing themselves and their partners to seek sexual experience beyond the common boundaries of marriage. When open relationships work, they’re based on trust, understanding and communication. When they don’t, it’s often because jealousy and resentment creep in.

    If you’re looking for a little sexual adventure, an open relationship can be a way to have your cake (each other) and other people on the side. But can true love really include sex with other people? Here’s how to find out if it might work for you.

    Why an Open Relationship?

    There are many reasons why people choose open relationships. While many of us have been raised to assume that monogamy is the only way to go, it’s hardly news that it hasn’t worked for everyone for a very long time.

    “After being in a committed relationship for years and having my partner cheat on me, I became afraid of commitment,” said a 35-year-old man who has been participating in the world of polyamory for the last 10 years.

    “I have this fear of putting all my eggs in one basket and this lifestyle allows me to have open relationships founded on mutual trust and understanding. There is no reason to hide the fact that I’m sleeping with other women. My partner already knows about it.”

    Unlike what we often call “cheating,” polyamory is a type of open relationship that enables people to have more than one intimate relationship at a time with the consent and knowledge of everyone involved.

    In a monogamous relationship, the day you commit to one person is the day you put all the good things that come with being single – including the excitement of finding someone new – on the shelf. Of course, you also get to spend time with someone you’re crazy about – and you have someone to help with the dishes. An open relationship allows couples to get the best of both worlds, at least in theory. And there are many couples who say it works by taking the pressure off of having sex, and keeping sex new, fresh and exciting, both inside and outside the relationship.

    Where to Start 

    Whether you’ve been in a committed relationship for years or have just started seeing somebody, the topic of being in an open relationship is always difficult to bring up. Many people will not be happy with the idea, so you need to be prepared for your partner to reject it – or even reject you.

    If you are having problems in your current relationship and think that being in an open arrangement can help, you should seek the advice of a couple’s counselor. After all, diving into a new lifestyle often isn’t the best way to repair a relationship that’s already on the rocks. Counseling can help you get honest about whether you’re pursuing it for the right reasons.

    If you approach the idea of starting an open relationship and your partner is OK with it, both of you need to set boundaries. Is it alright for you to bring your lovers home or should you rent a hotel room? Is it OK to be in multiple relationships at once or do you just want to sleep with different partners? The most important thing is to never hide anything from your partner and always be open and honest about your other relationships and intentions.

    If you are single and want to dabble in the world of polyamory, you should talk to people you know who already do it. They can answer all of the questions you you might have and help you decide if this lifestyle is right for you.

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    10 Most Absurd Lies Told By McDonald's CEO

    0

    Photo Credit: Jason Patrick Ross / Shutterstock.com

    May 30, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    Last week at McDonald’s annual shareholder’s meeting, CEO Don Thompson got caught off-guard when a team of 15 advocates, led by Corporate Accountability International , descended upon corporate headquarters to question the fast food leader’s relentless exploitation of children and communities of color.

    Leading the way was Tanya Fields, executive director of the BLK ProjeK  and mother of four. In her dramatic statement, Fields described her neighborhood in the Bronx as a “food swamp filled with corner stores and fast food,” noting that with three outlets within walking distance of her home, “McDonald’s happens to be the biggest alligator in that swamp.” She concluded: “Sorry, but four apple slices in plastic packaging won’t cut it.”

    McDonald’s CEO Don Thompson’s response was to ignore Fields altogether and instead give the usual cheerleading speech about all the great things his company was doing. Then he took questions, and the fun really began.

    Here are the top 10 lies told by Don Thompson during the Q&A session:

    In response to 9-year-old Hannah Robertson (read her statement):

    1) “First off, we don’t sell junk food, Hannah.”

    Where to even begin? A quick look at the menu belies that statement, while this “ big breakfast ” item packs more than 1,000 calories: half a day’s worth.

    Thompson tried this spin more than once:

    2) “We sell lots of fruits and veggies at McDonald’s and we sell side salads for a dollar on the dollar menu.”

    In 2011, McDonald’s made a big deal  about how it would automatically include apple slices in Happy Meals. Considering that McDonald’s is now the single largest purchaser of apples in the nation, that may qualify as “lots of fruit.” Then again, the company is also the single largest purchaser of both beef (a billion pounds a year) and potatoes. I suppose Thompson would count fries as a vegetable?

    While it’s true McDonald’s sells a side salad on its dollar menu (one of 13 items), if you only have a one dollar to spend , what’s the likelihood you would choose a small salad over the 310-calorie “grilled onion cheddar burger”?

    3) Claiming “chicken nugget Happy Meals and fat-free milk” are healthy.

    According to the McDonald’s website, Chicken McNuggets contain roughly 30 ingredients, including: sodium phosphates, sodium acid pyrophosphate, sodium aluminum phosphate, monocalcium phosphate and calcium lactate.

    The “fat-free milk” Thompson touted numerous times is actually chocolate milk, containing10 grams of added sugar, which as registered dietitian Andy Bellatti told me, is more than 75 percent of a day’s worth for children ages 4-8 (per the American Heart Association’s guidelines). He added: “As it is, American children are consuming an exorbitant amount of sugar; no one should be encouraging sugary beverages simply because they contain calcium and vitamin D.”

    Next, in response to a question from Corporate Accountability International about how McDonald’s is getting kicked out of hospitals over obvious concerns about the conflicting messages, Thompson claimed:

    4) “Many hospitals have asked us to come back in or to never leave.”

    Thompson must be forgetting about how the CEO of Truman Medical Center in Kansas City kicked McDonald’s out just last year, citing an “inconsistent message.” Perhaps Thompson was also unaware of at least three other hospitals  that had ended their contracts with McDonald’s prior to Truman: Lurie Children’s Hospital (formerly Chicago Memorial Hospital), Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, Vanderbilt Medical Center and Parkland Health & Hospital System.

    Also, Thompson must have missed this memo: more than 3,000 health professionals and institutions from around the world have signed a letter  urging McDonald’s to stop marketing junk food to children.

    Continuing the healthcare theme was a powerful statement by pediatric endocrinologist Dr. Andrew Bremer, who called out the CEO for the company’s marketing to children: “Last year you said, and I quote: ‘Do me the honor… of not associating us with doing something that is damaging to children.’ Well with all due respect, Mr. Thompson, your corporation is doing just that.”

    In his response, Thompson seemed to be getting a little desperate, sidestepping the issue of marketing to children altogether, claiming:

    5) “We provide high-quality food, we always have. It’s real beef, it’s real chicken, it’s real tomatoes, real lettuce, real fruit, real smoothies, real dairy, real eggs.”

    Really? The “real eggs” in an Egg McMuffin are “ prepared with ” the following:

    Liquid Margarine: Liquid Soybean Oil and Hydrogenated Cottonseed and Soybean Oils, Water, Partially Hydrogenated Soybean Oil, Salt, Soy Lecithin, Mono and Diglycerides, Sodium Benzoate and Potassium Sorbate (Preservatives), Artificial Flavor, Citric Acid, Vitamin A Palmitate, Beta Carotene (Color).

    Even the “real smoothies” contain unpronounceable additives. See for example, the “fruit base” of the McCafe Mango Pineapple Smoothie, which consists of :

    Water, Clarified Demineralized Pineapple Juice Concentrate, Mango Puree Concentrate, Pineapple Juice Concentrate, Orange Juice Concentrate, Pineapple Puree, Passion Fruit Juice, Apple Juice Concentrate, Natural (Botanical Source) and Artificial Flavors, Contains less than 1% of the following: Peach Puree, Cellulose Powder, Pear Juice Concentrate, Xanthan Gum, Peach Juice Concentrate, Pectin, Citric Acid, Colored with Fruit and Vegetable Juice and Turmeric Extract, Ascorbic Acid (Preservative).

    But wait, there’s more. The Mango Pineapple Smoothie also contains “low fat smoothie yogurt,” consisting of: “Cultured Grade A Reduced Fat Milk, Sugar, Whey Protein Concentrate, Fructose, Corn Starch, Modified Food Starch, Gelatin, Active Yogurt Cultures.” And did I mention the 47 grams of sugar? But I am sure it’s “real sugar,” right Mr. Thompson?

    Next, continuing to pound Thompson on marketing to kids was Kia Robertson (parent of Hannah; see Kia’s statement here). Then the CEO trotted out the tired industry defense on exploiting children:

    6) Globally, we follow guidelines on responsible marketing to children.

    Parents in Brazil would beg to differ. Just last month, McDonald’s was fined  $1.6 million by the consumer protection agency in Sao Paolo for violating local laws on targeting children.

    Here in the U.S., McDonald’s is far from responsible. A report from Yale University found that McDonald’s targets children as young as age 2 at Ronald.com. (This site now redirects to HappyMeal.com, where children are forewarned at the top of the page: “Hey kids, this is advertising!”)

    The Yale report also found: “Although McDonald’s pledged to improve food marketing to children, they increased their volume of TV advertising from 2007 to 2009.” Preschoolers saw 21 percent more McDonald’s ads and older children viewed 26 percent more ads in 2009 compared to 2007. So much for guidelines.

    Then Thompson actually said these words:

    7) “And we are not marketing food to kids.”

    Two words: Happy Meals.

    8) To further this point, he claimed “We are not marketing in schools.”

    Since a picture is worth a thousand words, see here, here, and here for Ronald McDonald visits to schools. Corporate Accountability International’s report contains more examples of school sightings of McDonald’s clown ambassador. The company likes to claim, as CEO Thompson did, that Ronald is “just a clown” and that he doesn’t actually hawk food per se, never mind the branding.

    McDonald’s also promotes “ McTeacher’s Nights ” in which, as the company describes it: “Educators, students, parents, and friends are invited to their local McDonald’s to ‘work’ and raise money for a designated school related cause.” Free labor plus free PR for McDonald’s, how brilliant is that?

    In more defensiveness, (you almost had to feel sorry for him) CEO Thompson next tried this line:

    9) We are not the cause of obesity.

    Did he not see “Supersize Me”?

    OK, McDonald’s is obviously not the only cause of our nation’s health woes, but research has shown a connection between the location of fast-food outlets and adverse health outcomes in communities.

    For example, one study  found that nearly one-third of U.S. children ages 4 to 19 eat fast food, which increases the risk of obesity due to an increase in daily calories. Another study  showed that students with fast-food outlets near their schools were more likely to be overweight, and to consume more soda and fewer fruits and vegetables. And this connection was stronger for African-American children, while a third study  found a similar pattern among low-income African-American adults. Speaking of which…

    In response to Michelle Dyer (see her statement here), who challenged Thompson on McDonald’s marketing to communities of color, the African-American CEO began by joking, “this hits kind of close to home, wonder why that is?” Then he got very defensive, claiming:

    10) “We do not, have not, will not, try to target people of color… I’ve been here 23 years. I know we don’t do that and we wouldn’t do that. We don’t do that under my leadership.”

    These three McDonald’s websites speak for themselves:

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    A 22-Year-Old Woman Is About to Die for the Sake of a Fetus With No Chance of Survival–This Is "Pro-Life?"

    0

    May 30, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    This is the culture of life that abortion foes are trying to protect? On Wednesday, the Supreme Court of El Salvador upheld, by a 4 — 1 vote, its strict ban on abortion, refusing to allow a 22-year-old woman to end her pregnancy. That woman, and her baby, are likely now going to die.

    The woman, known only as Beatriz, is 26 weeks pregnant and has been suffering from lupus and kidney problems, which have worsened as her fetus has grown. The baby, meanwhile, has anencephaly–a developmental disorder in which parts of the brain and skull are missing. In affirming its decision, the court declared that “the rights of the mother cannot be privileged over those” of the fetus. One of Beatriz’s lawyers, Víctor Hugo Mata, said: “The court placed the life of the anencephalic baby over Beatriz’s life. Justice here does not respect the rights of women.” 

    El Salvador is far from the only place in the world where a fetus — even a non-viable one — takes precedence over the health and life of a woman. In Ireland right now, new obstetric emergency procedures are being implemented and new laws protecting the lives of mothers are finally being debated, following the brutal death of of Savita Halappanavar and her baby in a Galway hospital last fall. Amnesty International this month called Ireland’s strict current abortion policy “out of line with international human rights standards.”

    It goes on, across the globe. Last summer, a pregnant Dominican teenager with leukemia died after being forced to delay chemotherapy by hospital officials who feared it would compromise her pregnancy. Abortion is illegal in the Dominican Republic. When she was finally permitted chemo, she miscarried, and soon after went into cardiac arrest.

    ***

    Meanwhile, in a fascinating Vice story on Thursday, Martin Robbins writes about Peter, a Catholic doctor performing illegal abortions in the Kibera slums — an area where “sexual violence against woman — and girls — is widespread.” As Robbins explains, for families who don’t have access to the clinic home abortion is the more typical, “barbaric” route, including drugs and sharp objects. “Many women are dying from abortions being done in the villages,” Peter says. “In Lindi you cannot wait a month without hearing that some woman is dying, due to abortion that was done by a quack somewhere. You can get two cases in a month.”

    This is still considered acceptable, right now, in 2013. In our own country, four years ago Friday, Dr. George Tiller was murdered in his church because he performed abortions. In states across the nation, clinics that provide abortion services are struggling to stay open, while draconian restrictions are being introduced again and again, forcing proponents of our constitutional rights to fight for what should already be unquestioningly ours.

    On Tuesday,  Dr. Henry Morgentaler died in Toronto at the age of 90. Morgentaler knew well the value of a human life. He was a survivor of Auschwitz and Dachau. For his work championing safe, legal abortions and training doctors to perform them, he received death threats and served 10 months in jail. But he pressed on, for over 20 years, helping bring about sweeping reform in Canadian laws protecting the “life, liberty and security” of women. He did it because he understood that you can’t be pro-life and cool with letting women die.

    Morgentaler started doing illegal abortions, he said, “to provide a necessary medical service because women were dying at the hands of butchers and incompetent quacks, and there was no one there to help them. The law was barbarous, cruel and unjust. I had been in a concentration camp, and I knew what suffering was. If I can ease suffering, I feel perfectly justified in doing so.”

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    St. Louis Police Shoot Black Honor Student 25 Times

    0

    May 30, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    Protesters rallied in St. Louis, MO on Wednesday over the death of 25-year-old Cary Ball Jr, who was shot 25 times by police officers last month. Police say Ball refused to pull over for a traffic stop, eventually crashed into a parked car, and started running. According to police, Ball pointed a semi-automatic handgun at the officers, prompting them to open fire.

    Several witnesses who spoke to the family, however, say Ball threw his gun on the ground and was walking toward police with his hands up to surrender when he was shot. Some unverified reports say 7 of the 25 shots hit him in the back. Police say there was no surveillance video in the area to verify exactly what happened.

    Ball was an honor student with a 3.86 GPA, majoring in human services at Forest Park Community College, where he had been celebrated as an “emerging scholar.” According to family and friends, Ball was working to reform his life after being convicted of armed robbery when he was 17. His older brother, Carlos Ball, said Cary probably ran from the police because, as an ex-convict, it was illegal for him to possess a gun.

    The two officers have been placed on administrative leave as homicide detectives investigate the shooting, but this is hardly the first time questions have been raised over the St. Louis Police Department’s conduct. In February, a city cop was accused of choking a man in a wheelchair, who was then arrested immediately after testifying at the officer’s disciplinary hearing. A video showing a cop beating and pepper-spraying a man went viral in 2011, revealing that the cop had stayed on the force despite multiple lawsuits alleging brutality.

    The family is being represented by a firm that has also sued the city on behalf of inmates who allege guards forced them to fight each other “gladiator-style” for the staff’s amusement.

    Police misconduct has come under intensified scrutiny as the media picks up more reports of young African American boys and men being shot to death under questionable circumstances. Last year, police claimed 21-year-old Chavis Carter shot himself in the head in the back of a patrol car, even though he was handcuffed and had been frisked for weapons. Sixteen-year-old Kimani Gray was shot 7 times (3 times in the back) by New York police whose claim the teenager threatened them with a gun is disputed by many eyewitnesses. On Wednesday, a 14-year-old African American boy carrying a puppy was choked by Miami police because he was giving them “dehumanizing stares.”

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    ‘Turkey seizes sarin near Syria border’

    0

    Turkish security forces have confiscated two kilograms of the nerve agent sarin after raiding the homes of militants from the terrorist al-Nusra Front fighting against Syria, Turkeyâ„¢s media report.

    Several Turkish newspapers reported on Thursday that two kilograms of sarin gas as well as heavy weapons were discovered during raids on the homes of 12 members of the al-Qaeda-affiliated al-Nusra Front in Turkeyâ„¢s southern city of Adana, located some 150 kilometers (93 miles) from the border with Syria.

    The terrorists, who were allegedly planning a large attack in the city, were formally detained on the order of Adanaâ„¢s top court, Turkish media reported without clarifying their charges.

    Turkish authorities have not confirmed the media reports yet.

    Adanaâ„¢s governor Huseyin Avni Cos has denied the confiscation of sarin.

    The incident took place weeks after two car bomb attacks killed 52 people and injured over a hundred others in the border town of Reyhanli in Turkeyâ„¢s southern province of Hatay on May 11. Turkish protesters blamed Ankara for the attacks due to its support for the armed groups inside Syria.

    On May 5, the UN Independent Commission of Inquiry on Syria also said it found testimony from victims and medical staff that showed foreign-backed militants had used the nerve agent in Syria. Sarin has been classified as a weapon of mass destruction in UN Resolution 687.

    On March 19, over two dozen people were killed and many others injured when militants fired missiles containing a chemical substance into a village near the northwestern city of Aleppo, according to a report by Syriaâ„¢s official news agency SANA.

    The Syrian government says Ankara has been playing a key role in fueling the unrest in Syria by financing, training, and arming the militants since the turmoil erupted in March 2011.

    MKA/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Reprisal rife in US military: Rape victim

    0

    A female ex-Marine has spoken out about retaliation in the aftermath of reports of sexual assaults in the US military, saying she faced such a trauma when she reported her rape more than a decade ago.

    In an exclusive interview with The Associated Press on Thursday, Stacey Thompson said that she paid heavily for reporting the crime.

    She said she had just been stationed at Marine base in Japan in 1999, when her sergeant laced her drinks with drugs, raped her in his barracks and then dumped her onto a street in the dead of the night.

    Thompson added that she reported the sexual assault to her chiefs but all to no avail. The perpetrator went unpunished and left the Marine Corps, while she was investigated for drug use. A year later, she was stripped of her benefits and given the boot.

    Thompson lived quietly with her suffering for 14 years until the rising pressure on the Pentagon to fight its growing sexual assault epidemic emboldened her to step forward.

    “To see that what happened to me 14 years ago is still continuing to happen now, for me that was a big reason why I felt the need to come forward,” Thompson said. “I can finally say I have the strength.”

    Victims’ advocates argue that reprisal is rampant in the US military, and it has stopped numerous rape cases from being reported and examined.

    “It’s an ongoing problem that is not getting better, it’s getting worse, as the latest statistics out of the Pentagon show,” Brian Purschia, spokesman for Protect Our Defenders which has been helping Thompson, said.

    He noted, “Unfortunately commanders are conflicted: When a sexual assault occurs on their watch, it reflects poorly on them and that’s why it’s shoved under the rug. The perpetrators frequently outrank the victims, which is also why there is this bias. They’re going to trust people they’ve known – not an 18 or 19-year-old just new to the service.”

    According to a Pentagon report published earlier this month, 62 percent of rape victims in the US military have encountered retaliation after they reported being sexually assaulted.

    The report states that as many as 26,000 service members were raped last year, and thousands of victims are afraid to report their ordeals. Only 3,374 of these sexual assaults were reported, and just 238 led to conviction.

    MP/NN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    American female militant killed in Syria

    0

    Syrian Army troops have killed an American woman and two Britons fighting alongside foreign-backed militants in Syriaâ„¢s northwestern province of Idlib.

    Syrian state-run television reported on Thursday that the 33-year-old Michigan woman, identified as Nicole Lynn Mansfield, and the two others were members of al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra Front.

    They were ambushed by Syrian government forces in their car while traveling through Idlib.

    Television footage showed a black car riddled with bullets, and three bodies laid out with multiple gunshot wounds.

    It also showed a cache of weapons, a computer, a hand-drawn map of a government installation, and a flag belonging to the terrorist group al-Nusra Front.

    Mansfieldâ„¢s family members say two FBI agents interviewed them and confirmed to them reports on her death.

    Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

    Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

    The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey are supporting the militants.

    Several international human rights organizations have accused militants operating in Syria of committing war crimes.

    MP/NN/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    NZ cops ordered to return Dotcom possessions seized in raid

    0


    New Zealand police will have to return any digital material not related to his prosecution seized during a raid on internet mogul Kim Dotcom’s mansion, a judge has ruled.

    The decision by High Court chief judge Helen Winkelmann follows a
    ruling last year that the January 2012 raid on Megaupload
    founder, Dotcom’s Auckland mansion was illegal because the search
    warrants used were too broad to be considered reasonable.

    Digital material such as computer hard drives were taken in the
    dawn swoop as part of a US probe into allegations of massive
    online piracy by Dotcom’s now-defunct Megaupload empire.

    Winkelmann ordered police to review all the material, at their
    own expense, to identify material that was irrelevant to the
    prosecution case, then return it to Dotcom.

    DETAILS TO FOLLOW.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Syria hails Tehran conference results

    0

    A general view of the International Conference on Syria held in the Iranian capital, Tehran, May 29, 2013.

    The Syrian Foreign Ministry has welcomed the results of a recent conference in Tehran which sought to find a diplomatic solution to the ongoing crisis in the Arab country.

    The Tehran conference Å“stressed the importance of halting violence and starting a national dialogue among the Syrians” to find a solution to the crisis in Syria and help the Arab nation Å“determine their future without foreign interference,” The Syrian Foreign Ministry spokesman said in a statement released on Thursday.

    On May 29, Iran hosted an international conference on Syria to help find a political solution to the crisis in the Arab country. The event brought together delegates from around 40 countries.

    Damascus appreciates Iranâ„¢s efforts to contribute to finding a political solution to the turmoil through comprehensive national dialogue as well as Tehranâ„¢s call for an end to foreign military support for terrorists, the statement added.

    Syria also lauds the participation of representatives of 40 countries in the meeting, which indicates their true friendship with the Syrian people, it concluded.

    Syria has been in crisis since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian security forces, have been killed in the unrest.

    Iran has repeatedly expressed its opposition to any foreign intervention in Syria’s internal affairs, stressing that inclusive dialogue and national reconciliation as well as free elections are the keys to resolving the unrest in the Arab country.

    AR/NN/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Russia wants French adoptions suspended

    0

    Tens of thousands of people in Paris demonstrate against the same-sex marriage law in France. (File photo)

    Russiaâ„¢s ombudsman for childrenâ„¢s rights says a moratorium should be imposed on adoptions of Russian children by French citizens, following Franceâ„¢s approval of same-sex marriage and adoptions by the couples.

    Pavel Astakhov said Thursday that an agreement between Moscow and Paris on adopting Russian children needs to be reconsidered since Franceâ„¢s approval of the same-sex marriage law is in direct contradiction to Russian legislation.

    Å“It is evident that a moratorium should be imposed until [both countriesâ„¢] legislation is brought into accord. This is logical,” Russiaâ„¢s Ria Novosti cited Astakhov.

    On May 18, French President Francois Hollande signed into law the same-sex marriage bill, a day after the Constitutional Council approved it. The bill had faced a challenge by the right-wing opposition.

    In April, Russiaâ„¢s President Vladimir Putin said the country was capable of changing its adoption agreements with countries that legalize gay marriage, which is against Å“traditional Russian values.”

    The controversial law has sparked massive demonstrations in France.

    On May 26, French police clashed with hundreds of demonstrators at the end of a major protest in Paris, which gathered 150,000 people, according to authorities.

    The protests in France began last fall when the bill was adopted by the French cabinet, and they have been held at regular intervals across the country during the legislative process.

    French churches have condemned the measure, calling gay marriage Å“a sham” that would Å“shake one of the foundations of our society.”

    Hollande had promised to throw his weight behind the bill, as the proposed legislation was one of his presidential campaign promises.

    France joined a group of 14 countries, including Canada, Brazil, Spain, Sweden, Portugal, and South Africa, which accept same-sex marriage.

    MR/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Market Buzz: Slow start awaiting numbers, gains to follow

    0

    Investors around the world are set to receive abundant statistics on which to reflect on Friday, but Russian stocks are expected to show slow dynamics.

    “A weak market growth in the first half of the day may be
    replaced by a correction by the close of the day,”
    according
    to Andrey Shenk, analyst at Investcafe.

    On Thursday both key Russian indices finished the day lower. The
    RTS lost 0.71% to 1,350.42, with the MICEX going down 0.01% to
    stand at 1,361.26.

    On Friday Europe is expected to release a bunch of economic
    statistics. Germany is set to show its retail sales dynamics in
    April, with the forecast expecting it to impress with a 0.1%
    growth after a 0.5% rise the previous month. Later in the day the
    eurozone will release its April unemployment figures, as well as
    inflation data for May.

    “Quite a large amount of statistics can lead to high market
    volatility, but in case the indicators prove to be strong, it’s
    not excluded that the European floors will keep on growing,”

    added Shenk.

    On Thursday, European markets finished higher with shares in
    Germany leading the region. The DAX was up 0.76% while France’s
    CAC 40 added 0.56% and London’s FTSE 100 increased 0.45%.

    The US is also scheduled to reveal some of the numbers on Friday,
    such as the dynamics of personal income and expenses and Chicago
    PMI for May. The latter is expected to go up to the important
    level of 50 points. Also, the Michigan’s Institute will show its
    revised Consumer Confidence Index for this month, which is
    expected to stand at 83.7.

     Mostly inspired by hopes that the Fed will get on with its
    asset—purchasing program, US stocks were up in Thursday trading.
    The Dow Jones Industrial Average added 0.14% to stand at
    15,324.53. The broad-based SP 500 rose 0.37 % to 1,654.41, while
    the NASDAQ Composite gained 0.69% to 3,491.30.

    Japanese shares are higher on Friday as the Nikkei 225 gains
    1.13%. The stock markets in Hong Kong and Shanghai are closed at
    this time.

    “Investors are still waiting for economic data like tomorrow’s
    PMI,”
    Zeng Xianzhao, an analyst at Everbright Securities Co.,
    told Bloomberg. “There are some gains recently but it won’t
    last because we don’t see obvious drivers to continue the
    rally.”

    The Purchasing Manager Index (PMI) — an indicator of 
    business environment — is scheduled to be released on Saturday.
    The reading is expected to go down in May to 50 from the April’s
    50.6. A ‘flash’ PMI result released last week was at 49.6. A
    reading below 50 points to contraction, while a figure above the
    dividing line means expansion.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Iran seeks 'sustainable' ties with Africa

    0

    Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi speaks in a ceremony to commemorate Africa Day in Tehran, May 30, 2013.

    Iran says it seeks to lay the groundwork for all-out Å“sustainable” cooperation with African countries while great developments are taking place across the continent.

    Å“The current century is the century of Africa, and the developments that we have been witnessing in this continent over the recent years clearly indicate that great political, cultural, social and even economic developments are playing out in Africa,” Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi said on Thursday.

    Salehi made the remarks during a ceremony in Tehran to mark the Africa Day, the annual commemoration of the foundation of the Organization of African Unity (OAU). The event, held in Iran’s Foreign Ministry, was attended by ambassadors and representatives of African states to Tehran as well as foreign guests.

    Iran and African countries have numerous potentialities to enhance their relations, said Salehi, calling for the removal of obstacles to the expansion of mutual economic cooperation.

    Å“The Islamic Republic of Iran has always made efforts and plans to pave the way for fundamental, practicable and sustainable cooperation with African countries,” the top Iranian diplomat pointed out.

    A central plank of the Islamic Republicâ„¢s foreign policy has been to enhance relations with African nations on all political, economic and cultural fronts, said the foreign minister.

    The OAU was established on May 25, 1963 in the Ethiopian capital of Addis Ababa. The organization was replaced by the African Union (AU) in 2002.

    SF/NN/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Kashmir remembers over 8,000 disappeared

    0

    People in Indian-administered Kashmir have marked the International Week of the Disappeared, Press TV reports.

    The International Week of the Disappeared started on May 27 and ends on May 31 this year.

    The disappearance of more than 8,000 people in Indian-administered Kashmir since 1989 was remembered during the symbolic days.

    Altaf Hussain, a member with the Coalition of Civil Society, told Press TV that no action has so far been taken against the perpetrators of the disappearances.

    Rights advocates also criticized the Indian government for its failure to take proper action for the safe return of the disappeared and to bring the perpetrators to justice.

    Å“There is again a phenomenon here because according to our estimate, because of the legal impunity, the perpetrators are not being punished. Besides punishment, the government is not serious to address the issue of the disappearance,” said Parvez Imroze, a human rights activist.

    Meanwhile, the Association of Parents of Disappeared Persons in Indian-administered Kashmir organized a gathering in Srinagar on Thursday to mark the past years of conflict in the region, which has led to the disappearances.

    Kashmir lies at the heart of more than 65 years of hostility between India and Pakistan. Both countries claim the region in full but each only has control over a section of the territory.

    Over the past two decades, the conflict in Kashmir has left over 47,000 people dead by the official count, although other sources say the death toll could be as high as 100,000.

    On May 6, Sajjad Haider Karim, a member of the European Parliament, called for an investigation into the conflict in Indian-administered Kashmir in the wake of the discovery of more than 7,000 unmarked graves in Srinagar and Budgam District.

    GMA/HSN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Miami cops choke teenager because he gave them a stare

    0

    A 14-year-old teenage boy was choked, slammed to the ground and arrested by Miami police officers who claim the teen stared at them in a “dehumanizing” way.

    Tremaine McMillian, an African-American teenage boy from southern
    Florida, spent Memorial Day on the beach with his family. While
    he was ‘rough-housing’ with another teen on Haulover Beach,
    police drove by on an ATV and told him that his behavior was
    unacceptable. They asked the boy where his parents where,
    and McMillian walked away. 

    The Miami-Dade police officers subsequently jumped off their ATVs
    to restrain the teen, claiming he gave them “dehumanizing
    stares”
    and “appeared threatening.” Maurissa Holmes,
    the mother of the boy, captured the incident on her cell phone.
    Video footage shows one police officer choking the 14-year-old
    boy while the other officer is restraining him.

    “He started choking me, and as he was choking me, I urinated
    on myself because I couldn’t breathe,”
    McMillian told WSVN-TV
    after the incident. The boy’s mother was close by and ran over to
    the officers, telling them to get off. They told her to stand
    back.

    “I ran over with my son and used my cell phone when I saw my
    son and he couldn’t breathe,”
    she told CBS4. “There was no
    reason to slam him on the ground like that the way they did. He’s
    a child, not an adult. For them to jump off their ATV and do
    this, this is wrong. I want justice. You don’t do that to a
    child.”

    After the incident, the police said McMilliam clenched his fists,
    which made him appear threatening. But the boy says he was
    carrying and taking care of his Pit Bull puppy and giving the dog
    milk from a bottle right before the police attacked him, making
    it impossible for his fists to be clenched.

     “That police report was not accurate,” the boy’s
    mother told CBS4. McMillian said the report also failed to
    mention the presence of his dog, which was also hurt by the
    officers.

    “I feel sad. [The officer] got in front of me… and he slammed
    my hand,”
    the teen said, describing the incident. “Then he
    started choking me. Then my 6-week old Pit Bull mix named Polo
    got hurt and bruised his front paw when the police grabbed me and
    slammed me down. It makes me feel sad.”

    Kearra McMillian, the victim’s sister, feels equally saddened by
    the event, and believes the officers responded out of rage that
    they were being ignored.

    “My brother did nothing wrong,” she said. “He didn’t
    say anything to the officer. He just kept walking. I guess they
    just got mad because he wouldn’t stop.”

    Miami-Dade Police Detective Alvaro Zabaleta defended the actions
    of the officers, claiming they did the right thing in restraining
    someone who appeared hostile, and that they had no choice but to
    take the boy into custody after he resisted their orders. He
    claims that flailing arms and clenched fists are considered a
    threat, and that the reports of the puppy’s presence are
    insignificant. McMillian has been charged with resisting arrest
    with violence, which is a felony, and disorderly conduct.

    An assistant public defender at the Juvenile Justice Center has
    entered a plea of not guilty on behalf of the 14-year-old. Judge
    Maria DeJesus Santoveria has ordered a trial for the boy, which
    has been scheduled to begin July 16.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Miami cops choke teenager because he gave them a stare

    0

    A 14-year-old teenage boy was choked, slammed to the ground and arrested by Miami police officers who claim the teen stared at them in a “dehumanizing” way.

    Tremaine McMillian, an African-American teenage boy from southern
    Florida, spent Memorial Day on the beach with his family. While
    he was ‘rough-housing’ with another teen on Haulover Beach,
    police drove by on an ATV and told him that his behavior was
    unacceptable. They asked the boy where his parents where,
    and McMillian walked away. 

    The Miami-Dade police officers subsequently jumped off their ATVs
    to restrain the teen, claiming he gave them “dehumanizing
    stares”
    and “appeared threatening.” Maurissa Holmes,
    the mother of the boy, captured the incident on her cell phone.
    Video footage shows one police officer choking the 14-year-old
    boy while the other officer is restraining him.

    “He started choking me, and as he was choking me, I urinated
    on myself because I couldn’t breathe,”
    McMillian told WSVN-TV
    after the incident. The boy’s mother was close by and ran over to
    the officers, telling them to get off. They told her to stand
    back.

    “I ran over with my son and used my cell phone when I saw my
    son and he couldn’t breathe,”
    she told CBS4. “There was no
    reason to slam him on the ground like that the way they did. He’s
    a child, not an adult. For them to jump off their ATV and do
    this, this is wrong. I want justice. You don’t do that to a
    child.”

    After the incident, the police said McMilliam clenched his fists,
    which made him appear threatening. But the boy says he was
    carrying and taking care of his Pit Bull puppy and giving the dog
    milk from a bottle right before the police attacked him, making
    it impossible for his fists to be clenched.

     “That police report was not accurate,” the boy’s
    mother told CBS4. McMillian said the report also failed to
    mention the presence of his dog, which was also hurt by the
    officers.

    “I feel sad. [The officer] got in front of me… and he slammed
    my hand,”
    the teen said, describing the incident. “Then he
    started choking me. Then my 6-week old Pit Bull mix named Polo
    got hurt and bruised his front paw when the police grabbed me and
    slammed me down. It makes me feel sad.”

    Kearra McMillian, the victim’s sister, feels equally saddened by
    the event, and believes the officers responded out of rage that
    they were being ignored.

    “My brother did nothing wrong,” she said. “He didn’t
    say anything to the officer. He just kept walking. I guess they
    just got mad because he wouldn’t stop.”

    Miami-Dade Police Detective Alvaro Zabaleta defended the actions
    of the officers, claiming they did the right thing in restraining
    someone who appeared hostile, and that they had no choice but to
    take the boy into custody after he resisted their orders. He
    claims that flailing arms and clenched fists are considered a
    threat, and that the reports of the puppy’s presence are
    insignificant. McMillian has been charged with resisting arrest
    with violence, which is a felony, and disorderly conduct.

    An assistant public defender at the Juvenile Justice Center has
    entered a plea of not guilty on behalf of the 14-year-old. Judge
    Maria DeJesus Santoveria has ordered a trial for the boy, which
    has been scheduled to begin July 16.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    ‘Dickensian Britain’: Half a million rely on food banks, charities reveal

    0

    500,000 people in the UK are resorting to food banks because of squeezes on benefits, wage cuts and the continuing economic downturn, with numbers trebling over the past year, a report by two leading British charities has warned.

    A joint report by Oxfam and Church Action on Poverty has said
    that despite Britain’s position as one of the richest nations in
    the world an alarmingly high number of people are now forced to
    ask for help to feed themselves. 

    The charities said that reassessment of entitlement to invalidity
    benefits, new jobseekers allowance sanctions, and below-inflation
    rises in payments are the biggest reason for a surge in demand in
    food banks. 

    “The single biggest reason is delays or sanctions or problems
    with people’s benefit payments. And that is tied directly to the
    reforms and the cuts that are going on with benefits;
    increasingly they are having sanctions where their benefits are
    just stopped, which are being used in a very harsh and arbitrary
    way,”
    Liam Purcell, Communications Officer for Church Action
    on Poverty, told RT. 

    As well as those on benefits, food uncertainty has been
    exacerbated by wage cuts and falling living standards of many
    people in employment, with many also having the hours they can
    work cut. 

    “The shocking reality is that hundreds of thousands of people
    in the UK are turning to food aid. Cuts to social safety-nets
    have gone too far, leading to destitution, hardship and hunger on
    a large scale. It is unacceptable this is happening in the
    seventh wealthiest nation on earth,”
    Mark Goldring, the Chief
    Executive of Oxfam, told reporters. 

    The problem is exacerbated by the fact that the poorest people in
    the UK pay more for food than their richer counterparts. A
    selection of groceries was 69% more expensive in some of the
    poorest parts of the country according to the report, a
    reflection of the poor amount of choice in lower end groceries
    and supermarkets. 

    At least 4 million people in the UK do not have access to a
    healthy diet, while 13 million live below the poverty line, the
    report said.  

    A former adviser to the World Health Organization, Tim Lang, told
    the Independent earlier this month that Britain was returning to
    a “Dickensian” model of welfare. He was referring to Charles
    Dickens, an English author from the 19th century who wrote
    graphically about poverty in urban Victorian Britain in novels
    like Oliver Twist. 

    The Trussel Trust, which is the biggest organizer of food banks
    in Britain, said that last year almost 350,000 people received at
    least three days emergency food, a 170 percent increase compared
    to just 130,000 in 2011-2012. But because there are other
    organizations that also dish out food handouts the Oxfam report
    estimates that the number of people reliant on charitable food
    donations is well over half a million. 

    In 2011 and 2012 the Trussel Trust was opening two to three food
    banks a week and that in the London Borough of Tower Hamlets, a
    poor area in East London, the working poor are also starting to
    use food banks, explained Denise Bently, the manager of the Tower
    Hamlets food bank. 

    The trust now runs 350 food banks, manned by 30,000 volunteers,
    with about 3 new centers opening up each week. 

    But the government insists that welfare payments are in line with
    inflation and that families can afford to feed themselves. 

    Ed Davey the Energy Secretary told MPs earlier this month that it
    was “completely wrong to suggest there is some sort of
    statistical link between the benefit system reforms we are making
    and the provision of food banks.” 

    The dependence on food banks is reflective of a widening chasm in
    the UK between the rich and the poor, with inequality now higher
    than it has been for almost eighty years, Purcell said. 

    “Inequality in the UK is now the highest it has been since the
    1930’s, according to the latest figures it has been growing and
    growing under governments of all parties and there is massive
    evidence now that inequality is bad for everyone in
    society.”
     

    He emphasized that the UK should not be heading in a direction
    where charity replaces government responsibility. 

    “What most people who know about this issue will say is that
    food banks should not replace the safety net of the welfare
    state, that’s not what they are intended for. They’re meant to be
    an emergency short term response, we can’t have a situation where
    the government is abnegating its responsibility and leaving
    people to depend entirely on charity to be fed,”
    Purcell told
    RT. 

    Purcell added that one of the recommendations of the report was
    that the government takes action on tax dodging. If the big
    corporations and the wealthy paid their fair share of tax, then
    there would be much less need for cuts to vital public services
    and benefits.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    ‘Dickensian Britain’: Half a million rely on food banks, charities reveal

    0

    500,000 people in the UK are resorting to food banks because of squeezes on benefits, wage cuts and the continuing economic downturn, with numbers trebling over the past year, a report by two leading British charities has warned.

    A joint report by Oxfam and Church Action on Poverty has said
    that despite Britain’s position as one of the richest nations in
    the world an alarmingly high number of people are now forced to
    ask for help to feed themselves. 

    The charities said that reassessment of entitlement to invalidity
    benefits, new jobseekers allowance sanctions, and below-inflation
    rises in payments are the biggest reason for a surge in demand in
    food banks. 

    “The single biggest reason is delays or sanctions or problems
    with people’s benefit payments. And that is tied directly to the
    reforms and the cuts that are going on with benefits;
    increasingly they are having sanctions where their benefits are
    just stopped, which are being used in a very harsh and arbitrary
    way,”
    Liam Purcell, Communications Officer for Church Action
    on Poverty, told RT. 

    As well as those on benefits, food uncertainty has been
    exacerbated by wage cuts and falling living standards of many
    people in employment, with many also having the hours they can
    work cut. 

    “The shocking reality is that hundreds of thousands of people
    in the UK are turning to food aid. Cuts to social safety-nets
    have gone too far, leading to destitution, hardship and hunger on
    a large scale. It is unacceptable this is happening in the
    seventh wealthiest nation on earth,”
    Mark Goldring, the Chief
    Executive of Oxfam, told reporters. 

    The problem is exacerbated by the fact that the poorest people in
    the UK pay more for food than their richer counterparts. A
    selection of groceries was 69% more expensive in some of the
    poorest parts of the country according to the report, a
    reflection of the poor amount of choice in lower end groceries
    and supermarkets. 

    At least 4 million people in the UK do not have access to a
    healthy diet, while 13 million live below the poverty line, the
    report said.  

    A former adviser to the World Health Organization, Tim Lang, told
    the Independent earlier this month that Britain was returning to
    a “Dickensian” model of welfare. He was referring to Charles
    Dickens, an English author from the 19th century who wrote
    graphically about poverty in urban Victorian Britain in novels
    like Oliver Twist. 

    The Trussel Trust, which is the biggest organizer of food banks
    in Britain, said that last year almost 350,000 people received at
    least three days emergency food, a 170 percent increase compared
    to just 130,000 in 2011-2012. But because there are other
    organizations that also dish out food handouts the Oxfam report
    estimates that the number of people reliant on charitable food
    donations is well over half a million. 

    In 2011 and 2012 the Trussel Trust was opening two to three food
    banks a week and that in the London Borough of Tower Hamlets, a
    poor area in East London, the working poor are also starting to
    use food banks, explained Denise Bently, the manager of the Tower
    Hamlets food bank. 

    The trust now runs 350 food banks, manned by 30,000 volunteers,
    with about 3 new centers opening up each week. 

    But the government insists that welfare payments are in line with
    inflation and that families can afford to feed themselves. 

    Ed Davey the Energy Secretary told MPs earlier this month that it
    was “completely wrong to suggest there is some sort of
    statistical link between the benefit system reforms we are making
    and the provision of food banks.” 

    The dependence on food banks is reflective of a widening chasm in
    the UK between the rich and the poor, with inequality now higher
    than it has been for almost eighty years, Purcell said. 

    “Inequality in the UK is now the highest it has been since the
    1930’s, according to the latest figures it has been growing and
    growing under governments of all parties and there is massive
    evidence now that inequality is bad for everyone in
    society.”
     

    He emphasized that the UK should not be heading in a direction
    where charity replaces government responsibility. 

    “What most people who know about this issue will say is that
    food banks should not replace the safety net of the welfare
    state, that’s not what they are intended for. They’re meant to be
    an emergency short term response, we can’t have a situation where
    the government is abnegating its responsibility and leaving
    people to depend entirely on charity to be fed,”
    Purcell told
    RT. 

    Purcell added that one of the recommendations of the report was
    that the government takes action on tax dodging. If the big
    corporations and the wealthy paid their fair share of tax, then
    there would be much less need for cuts to vital public services
    and benefits.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Discovery of Monsanto GMO wheat threatens US exports

    0

    The discovery of a Monsanto-created, genetically modified strain of wheat in the US that was never approved by the United States Department of Agriculture has imperiled US exports of a staple world food commodity.

    Japanese authorities have already opted to cancel part of a
    tender offer to buy US western white wheat and have suspended
    imports of both that variety and feed wheat, Reuters reported on
    Thursday.

    “We will refrain from buying western white and feed wheat
    effective today,”
    Toru Hisadome, a Japanese farm ministry
    official in charge of wheat trading, told the agency.

    Japan, the biggest buyer of US wheat behind Mexico, will continue
    buying hard red winter and spring wheat from the US as well as
    grains from Canada, which are used for the production of bread
    and noodles.

    However, Hisadome said the government has asked US authorities to
    provide more details of their ongoing investigation and Japan
    will stop buying the suspended species of wheat until a test kit
    is developed to identify genetically modified produce.

    There is currently no US approved test kit to identify
    genetically engineered wheat. The USDA has said it is developing
    a “rapid test” kit.

    Other major Asian importers like
    Korea, China and the Philippines said they were closely
    monitoring the situation, while the European Union is set to test
    any incoming shipments, saying it will block any containing GM
    wheat.

    Following the announcement, wheat for July delivery fell 8.25
    cents to $6.945 a bushel on the Chicago Board of Trade.

    The wheat, created by Monsanto Co., appeared on an 80-acre farm
    in Oregon in April. On Wednesday, the US Department of
    Agriculture (USDA) said it had conducted a genetic test on the
    wheat and found that it was an experimental type created by the
    US agribusiness giant which had never been approved for sale.

    Following the discovery of the GMO wheat, USDA Acting Deputy
    Secretary Michael Scuse said that state agriculture directors in
    Oregon, Washington and Idaho are now coordinating a multi-state
    investigation, and foreign trade representatives in Canada,
    Mexico and Asia have been contacted.  

    The USDA has never approved any GMO strain of wheat to be grown
    in the US, but Monsanto field tested a genetically engineered
    variety from 1998 through 2005. It was never put into use
    however, due to global opposition to genetically engineered
    cereal grains. Wheat remains an exception however, as more than
    60 genetically modified crops have been approved for US food and
    feed supplies.

    The top three GMO crops grown in the US are soy, corn and cotton,
    according to the USDA. Some Eighty-eight perc ent of corn and 93
    pe rcent of soybeans grown in the US are genetically modified.

    Although the United States produces only 10 percent of world
    wheat it is consistently the world’s biggest wheat exporter. With
    world trade in wheat greater than for all other crops combined,
    Wednesday’s findings could dent US export prospects at a time
    when the USDA is expecting record global production, boosted by a
    48 percent hike in Russian output and a 40 percent gain from
    Ukraine.

    However, the USDA says US exports will likely fall 9.8 percent to
    25.2 million tons in the year that starts on June 1, Bloomberg
    reports.  

    “This is not something we need to see when exports are
    suffering anyway,
    ” Darrell Holaday, the president of Advanced
    Market Concepts in Wamego, Kansas, told the New York based agency
    in a telephone interview. “It’s a negative story during a
    negative export time, and if the Black Sea keeps getting rain
    it’s going to be a tough, competitive wheat market.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Discovery of Monsanto GMO wheat threatens US exports

    0

    The discovery of a Monsanto-created, genetically modified strain of wheat in the US that was never approved by the United States Department of Agriculture has imperiled US exports of a staple world food commodity.

    Japanese authorities have already opted to cancel part of a
    tender offer to buy US western white wheat and have suspended
    imports of both that variety and feed wheat, Reuters reported on
    Thursday.

    “We will refrain from buying western white and feed wheat
    effective today,”
    Toru Hisadome, a Japanese farm ministry
    official in charge of wheat trading, told the agency.

    Japan, the biggest buyer of US wheat behind Mexico, will continue
    buying hard red winter and spring wheat from the US as well as
    grains from Canada, which are used for the production of bread
    and noodles.

    However, Hisadome said the government has asked US authorities to
    provide more details of their ongoing investigation and Japan
    will stop buying the suspended species of wheat until a test kit
    is developed to identify genetically modified produce.

    There is currently no US approved test kit to identify
    genetically engineered wheat. The USDA has said it is developing
    a “rapid test” kit.

    Other major Asian importers like
    Korea, China and the Philippines said they were closely
    monitoring the situation, while the European Union is set to test
    any incoming shipments, saying it will block any containing GM
    wheat.

    Following the announcement, wheat for July delivery fell 8.25
    cents to $6.945 a bushel on the Chicago Board of Trade.

    The wheat, created by Monsanto Co., appeared on an 80-acre farm
    in Oregon in April. On Wednesday, the US Department of
    Agriculture (USDA) said it had conducted a genetic test on the
    wheat and found that it was an experimental type created by the
    US agribusiness giant which had never been approved for sale.

    Following the discovery of the GMO wheat, USDA Acting Deputy
    Secretary Michael Scuse said that state agriculture directors in
    Oregon, Washington and Idaho are now coordinating a multi-state
    investigation, and foreign trade representatives in Canada,
    Mexico and Asia have been contacted.  

    The USDA has never approved any GMO strain of wheat to be grown
    in the US, but Monsanto field tested a genetically engineered
    variety from 1998 through 2005. It was never put into use
    however, due to global opposition to genetically engineered
    cereal grains. Wheat remains an exception however, as more than
    60 genetically modified crops have been approved for US food and
    feed supplies.

    The top three GMO crops grown in the US are soy, corn and cotton,
    according to the USDA. Some Eighty-eight perc ent of corn and 93
    pe rcent of soybeans grown in the US are genetically modified.

    Although the United States produces only 10 percent of world
    wheat it is consistently the world’s biggest wheat exporter. With
    world trade in wheat greater than for all other crops combined,
    Wednesday’s findings could dent US export prospects at a time
    when the USDA is expecting record global production, boosted by a
    48 percent hike in Russian output and a 40 percent gain from
    Ukraine.

    However, the USDA says US exports will likely fall 9.8 percent to
    25.2 million tons in the year that starts on June 1, Bloomberg
    reports.  

    “This is not something we need to see when exports are
    suffering anyway,
    ” Darrell Holaday, the president of Advanced
    Market Concepts in Wamego, Kansas, told the New York based agency
    in a telephone interview. “It’s a negative story during a
    negative export time, and if the Black Sea keeps getting rain
    it’s going to be a tough, competitive wheat market.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Asteroid-mining company crowd sources to build telescope

    0

    A new space start-up company being backed by execs from Google is offering supporters a chance to wow their friends with a photo opportunity that’s quite literally out of this world.

    Planetary Resources of Bellevue, Washington launched a
    crowdfunding campaign on Kickstarter this week in order to bring
    in the money necessary to launch ARKYD, an orbiting telescope
    that will take custom photos for those willing to open up their
    wallets.

    The company got off the ground last year and previously announced
    plans to capture asteroids flying through space with hopes of
    mining the rocks for precious metals and water – that’s why the
    telescopes were originally designed. Now Planetary Resources is
    exploring other endeavors, and wants to bring the public a
    telescope project that can do more than just mine for minerals in
    space.

    “All we are asking is for the public to tell us that they want
    something
    ,” company co-founder Eric Anderson said during a
    press conference on Wednesday, Reuters reported.

    “We’re not going to spend our time and resources to do
    something if people don’t want it and really the only way to
    prove that it’s something people want is to ask them for
    money
    ,” he said.

    The company hopes to raise one million dollars by the end of
    June, and is providing donors with an unusual incentive: for $25,
    a support is sent an image of their choice taken miles above the
    Earth.

    “At its core, the ARKYD is a space telescope. The large, main
    optic is designed to take high-resolution photos of objects in
    space. What truly sets it apart is that we’ve engineered the
    spacecraft with an external screen and a camera arm, allowing us
    to take pictures of the ARKYD as it orbits Earth
    ,” explains
    the company.

    “Your photo (or graphic!) will be displayed on the satellite’s
    external screen overlooking Earth. We will then take a picture
    from our camera arm and send the image back to you
    .”

     

    Planetary Resources is calling the option a “Space Selfie,” and
    thousands of people have already forked over the money to make it
    happen.

    “I want to see a selfie in space,” Planetary Resources’
    president and chief engineer, Chris Lewicki, said during a
    Wednesday press conference.

    That’s just what $25 will earn a donor though. Other options
    include having a video displayed on the telescope’s screen or
    supplying schools with exclusive time to peer into space using
    the satellite’s lenses.

    “If we’re successful, we’ll go off and create the material we
    need to do this public activity and make it happen
    ,” Lewicki
    added to NBC News.

    Two hours after the project went public on Wednesday, Project
    Resources received more than $100,000 in donations. Twenty-four
    hours later, the telescope was just short of the halfway point to
    raising its one

    million dollar goal.

    “[W]e had an extraordinary response …. Tens of thousands of
    people contacted us and wanted to be involved
    ,” founder Peter
    Diamandis said. “We are using this Kickstarter campaign as a
    mechanism to engage the

    community in a productive way
    .”

    The company hopes to launch their first ARKYD, a 33-pound
    satellite with a 2-foot wingspan, in the later half of 2015.
    Planetary Resources is backed by investments courtesy of Google
    CEO Larry Page, Chairman

    Eric Schmidt and director James Cameron.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Asteroid-mining company crowd sources to build telescope

    0

    A new space start-up company being backed by execs from Google is offering supporters a chance to wow their friends with a photo opportunity that’s quite literally out of this world.

    Planetary Resources of Bellevue, Washington launched a
    crowdfunding campaign on Kickstarter this week in order to bring
    in the money necessary to launch ARKYD, an orbiting telescope
    that will take custom photos for those willing to open up their
    wallets.

    The company got off the ground last year and previously announced
    plans to capture asteroids flying through space with hopes of
    mining the rocks for precious metals and water – that’s why the
    telescopes were originally designed. Now Planetary Resources is
    exploring other endeavors, and wants to bring the public a
    telescope project that can do more than just mine for minerals in
    space.

    “All we are asking is for the public to tell us that they want
    something
    ,” company co-founder Eric Anderson said during a
    press conference on Wednesday, Reuters reported.

    “We’re not going to spend our time and resources to do
    something if people don’t want it and really the only way to
    prove that it’s something people want is to ask them for
    money
    ,” he said.

    The company hopes to raise one million dollars by the end of
    June, and is providing donors with an unusual incentive: for $25,
    a support is sent an image of their choice taken miles above the
    Earth.

    “At its core, the ARKYD is a space telescope. The large, main
    optic is designed to take high-resolution photos of objects in
    space. What truly sets it apart is that we’ve engineered the
    spacecraft with an external screen and a camera arm, allowing us
    to take pictures of the ARKYD as it orbits Earth
    ,” explains
    the company.

    “Your photo (or graphic!) will be displayed on the satellite’s
    external screen overlooking Earth. We will then take a picture
    from our camera arm and send the image back to you
    .”

     

    Planetary Resources is calling the option a “Space Selfie,” and
    thousands of people have already forked over the money to make it
    happen.

    “I want to see a selfie in space,” Planetary Resources’
    president and chief engineer, Chris Lewicki, said during a
    Wednesday press conference.

    That’s just what $25 will earn a donor though. Other options
    include having a video displayed on the telescope’s screen or
    supplying schools with exclusive time to peer into space using
    the satellite’s lenses.

    “If we’re successful, we’ll go off and create the material we
    need to do this public activity and make it happen
    ,” Lewicki
    added to NBC News.

    Two hours after the project went public on Wednesday, Project
    Resources received more than $100,000 in donations. Twenty-four
    hours later, the telescope was just short of the halfway point to
    raising its one

    million dollar goal.

    “[W]e had an extraordinary response …. Tens of thousands of
    people contacted us and wanted to be involved
    ,” founder Peter
    Diamandis said. “We are using this Kickstarter campaign as a
    mechanism to engage the

    community in a productive way
    .”

    The company hopes to launch their first ARKYD, a 33-pound
    satellite with a 2-foot wingspan, in the later half of 2015.
    Planetary Resources is backed by investments courtesy of Google
    CEO Larry Page, Chairman

    Eric Schmidt and director James Cameron.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    California family suing police for 'abuse of power' after son's killing

    0

    A California police officer wrongfully tasered and fatally shot a man whose parents had called police seeking help for the man’s depression, the victim’s family claimed in court.

    The surviving family of the late Jorge I. Ramirez filed suit
    against Stanislaus County in Central California, alleging Ramirez
    was no threat to the officer during the incident. Jorge Ramirez,
    the victim’s father, told the Modesto Bee he called police on
    April 16, 2012 seeking help for his son’s depression but stressed
    he did not tell the operator a crime or family dispute was in
    progress. 

    Deputy Art Parra Jr. responded to the call, whereupon he
    immediately asked Ramirez’s parents where their son was. The suit
    claims Parra rustled Ramirez, 32, from the couch and demanded he
    place his hands behind his back. When Ramirez protested,
    demanding to know what was going on, Parra allegedly used his
    Taser on Ramirez without warning. 

    When Ramirez regained his footing, Parra warned that he would
    shoot him. 

    “At this time, and without providing any warning, Parra
    withdrew his firearm from his holster and shot four bullets at
    Ramirez
    ,” the suit claims, as quoted by Courthouse News.
    “Parra was approximately eight feet away at the time he fired
    four shots at Ramirez, and three bullets struck
    Ramirez
    .” 

    The suit does not mention Parra’s claim that Ramirez tried to
    grab the deputy’s Taser during a physical struggle. The sheriff’s
    department claimed Deputy Parra was responding to a family fight,
    although the senior Ramirez has maintained that Parra was overly
    aggressive. 

    “He wouldn’t listen to us,” he told the KCRA, the local
    NBC affiliate. “He told us to get away. He summoned other
    officers — and another officer went in there and pointed a gun at
    my wife and I for no reason. Absolutely no reason.This is very
    unjust
    .” 

    When the case first made headlines Ramirez said the family only
    wanted help for their son, who had threatened suicide, and that
    Parra’s actions were an “abuse of power.” District
    Attorney Birgit Fladager told the Modesto Bee Wednesday that her
    office completed an investigation and concluded that Parra was
    guilty of no wrongdoing. The officer has been placed on
    administrative leave, per department policy. 

    The federal suit seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory,
    special, and punitive damages. 

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    California family suing police for 'abuse of power' after son's killing

    0

    A California police officer wrongfully tasered and fatally shot a man whose parents had called police seeking help for the man’s depression, the victim’s family claimed in court.

    The surviving family of the late Jorge I. Ramirez filed suit
    against Stanislaus County in Central California, alleging Ramirez
    was no threat to the officer during the incident. Jorge Ramirez,
    the victim’s father, told the Modesto Bee he called police on
    April 16, 2012 seeking help for his son’s depression but stressed
    he did not tell the operator a crime or family dispute was in
    progress. 

    Deputy Art Parra Jr. responded to the call, whereupon he
    immediately asked Ramirez’s parents where their son was. The suit
    claims Parra rustled Ramirez, 32, from the couch and demanded he
    place his hands behind his back. When Ramirez protested,
    demanding to know what was going on, Parra allegedly used his
    Taser on Ramirez without warning. 

    When Ramirez regained his footing, Parra warned that he would
    shoot him. 

    “At this time, and without providing any warning, Parra
    withdrew his firearm from his holster and shot four bullets at
    Ramirez
    ,” the suit claims, as quoted by Courthouse News.
    “Parra was approximately eight feet away at the time he fired
    four shots at Ramirez, and three bullets struck
    Ramirez
    .” 

    The suit does not mention Parra’s claim that Ramirez tried to
    grab the deputy’s Taser during a physical struggle. The sheriff’s
    department claimed Deputy Parra was responding to a family fight,
    although the senior Ramirez has maintained that Parra was overly
    aggressive. 

    “He wouldn’t listen to us,” he told the KCRA, the local
    NBC affiliate. “He told us to get away. He summoned other
    officers — and another officer went in there and pointed a gun at
    my wife and I for no reason. Absolutely no reason.This is very
    unjust
    .” 

    When the case first made headlines Ramirez said the family only
    wanted help for their son, who had threatened suicide, and that
    Parra’s actions were an “abuse of power.” District
    Attorney Birgit Fladager told the Modesto Bee Wednesday that her
    office completed an investigation and concluded that Parra was
    guilty of no wrongdoing. The officer has been placed on
    administrative leave, per department policy. 

    The federal suit seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory,
    special, and punitive damages. 

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Mississippi sued over for-profit prison where inmates sell leashed rats

    0

    Officials at a corporate Mississippi prison will have to answer for alleged human rights abuses that took place in one of the state’s for-profit correction centers now that two major-league civil rights groups have filed a lawsuit addressing the issue.

    The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and the Southern
    Poverty Law Center (SPLC) announced Thursday they have filed a
    class-action lawsuit against the state of Mississippi because of
    how inmates at East Mississippi Correctional Facility are
    constantly at “grave risk of death and loss of
    limbs
    .” 

    The suit alleges that inmates
    in the prison, which is the state’s primary special needs
    facility for convicts with mental health issues, are subjected to
    long isolation periods in “barbaric” conditions, often in
    rat-infested cells with broken toilets. 

    “Prisoner-on-prisoner
    stabbings and beatings are frequent because the locking mechanism
    on the cell doors can be readily defeated, and some officers are
    complicit in unlocking doors to allow violence to occur
    ,” the
    lawsuit claims. 

    The detention center is run by
    Management and Training Corp., based in Centerville, Utah, which
    is not named in the lawsuit. The ACLU and SPLC assert Mississippi
    lawmakers have long known about the conditions but have failed to
    act. 

    East Mississippi Correctional Facility (Screenshot from youtube.com @lifgosonshema)

    Dr. Terry Kupers, a
    psychiatrist who studied East Mississippi Correctional Facility,
    wrote in 2011 that an overburdened prison psychologist,
    inefficient mental health programs, and staffing problems were
    issues that could have serious implications. 

    “All inmates report
    significant weight loss since arriving at EMCF, from ten to 60
    pounds, and from my direct observation it is clear that all the
    men are much thinner, almost emaciated, in comparison to old
    snapshots I viewed in their charts or on their identity cards
    showing them much heavier
    ,” Kupers wrote, as quoted by the
    Jackson Clarion Ledger. 

    Medical conditions are so
    bleak, the suit claims, that one inmate went blind from glaucoma
    and another had a finger amputated after failing to receive
    treatment for gangrene.

    “Many cells lack light and
    working toilets, forcing prisoners to use trays or plastic bags
    that are tossed through slots in their cell doors
    ,” wrote the
    SPLC. “Rats often climb over prisoners’ beds. Some prisoners
    even capture the rats, put them on makeshift leashes and sell
    them as pets to other prisoners
    .”

    The Management and Training
    Corp. operates 22 for-profit prisons in eight states, and named
    is in a slew of controversies. Allegations range from a prison
    warden ignoring an alarm, thereby allowing prisoners to escape,
    to “rampant” sexual abuse. 

    In 2007, two guards at one of
    the firm’s Texas prisons were charged with orchestrating a
    smuggling ring after they were pulled over, while in uniform,
    driving a van with 28 undocumented immigrants in the back.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Mississippi sued over for-profit prison where inmates sell leashed rats

    0

    Officials at a corporate Mississippi prison will have to answer for alleged human rights abuses that took place in one of the state’s for-profit correction centers now that two major-league civil rights groups have filed a lawsuit addressing the issue.

    The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and the Southern
    Poverty Law Center (SPLC) announced Thursday they have filed a
    class-action lawsuit against the state of Mississippi because of
    how inmates at East Mississippi Correctional Facility are
    constantly at “grave risk of death and loss of
    limbs
    .” 

    The suit alleges that inmates
    in the prison, which is the state’s primary special needs
    facility for convicts with mental health issues, are subjected to
    long isolation periods in “barbaric” conditions, often in
    rat-infested cells with broken toilets. 

    “Prisoner-on-prisoner
    stabbings and beatings are frequent because the locking mechanism
    on the cell doors can be readily defeated, and some officers are
    complicit in unlocking doors to allow violence to occur
    ,” the
    lawsuit claims. 

    The detention center is run by
    Management and Training Corp., based in Centerville, Utah, which
    is not named in the lawsuit. The ACLU and SPLC assert Mississippi
    lawmakers have long known about the conditions but have failed to
    act. 

    East Mississippi Correctional Facility (Screenshot from youtube.com @lifgosonshema)

    Dr. Terry Kupers, a
    psychiatrist who studied East Mississippi Correctional Facility,
    wrote in 2011 that an overburdened prison psychologist,
    inefficient mental health programs, and staffing problems were
    issues that could have serious implications. 

    “All inmates report
    significant weight loss since arriving at EMCF, from ten to 60
    pounds, and from my direct observation it is clear that all the
    men are much thinner, almost emaciated, in comparison to old
    snapshots I viewed in their charts or on their identity cards
    showing them much heavier
    ,” Kupers wrote, as quoted by the
    Jackson Clarion Ledger. 

    Medical conditions are so
    bleak, the suit claims, that one inmate went blind from glaucoma
    and another had a finger amputated after failing to receive
    treatment for gangrene.

    “Many cells lack light and
    working toilets, forcing prisoners to use trays or plastic bags
    that are tossed through slots in their cell doors
    ,” wrote the
    SPLC. “Rats often climb over prisoners’ beds. Some prisoners
    even capture the rats, put them on makeshift leashes and sell
    them as pets to other prisoners
    .”

    The Management and Training
    Corp. operates 22 for-profit prisons in eight states, and named
    is in a slew of controversies. Allegations range from a prison
    warden ignoring an alarm, thereby allowing prisoners to escape,
    to “rampant” sexual abuse. 

    In 2007, two guards at one of
    the firm’s Texas prisons were charged with orchestrating a
    smuggling ring after they were pulled over, while in uniform,
    driving a van with 28 undocumented immigrants in the back.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    El Salvador woman denied life-saving abortion by highest court

    0

    The country of El Salvador is currently gripped by the story of a woman seeking permission for an abortion, a procedure doctors believe would be life-saving, and which is illegal in the conservative nation. Instead, induced birth will be performed.

    A woman going by the name of Beatriz to keep her identity a
    secret lost an appeal filed by her lawyer, Victor Hugo Mata, with
    El Salvador’s supreme court on Wednesday.

    “They [the Supreme Court] were
    not convinced this is the way… they are saying Beatriz is not
    in danger and she must pursue the natural way of delivery and we
    must see what happens,”
    said Mata in comments to CBS News.

    “It isn’t just an abortion, it
    is a necessity,”
    he added.

    Beatriz suffers from lupus, an autoimmune disease which in her
    particular case is aggravated by a kidney malfunction. Beyond the
    health risks for Beatriz should the pregnancy be allowed to
    continue, doctors have also determined that she is carrying an
    anencephalic fetus, meaning the baby lacks the majority of its
    brain and would be expected to survive only for perhaps a few
    hours post birth.

    According to CBS News, three separate sonograms carried out by
    the National Maternity Hospital, where Beatriz is being treated
    in the country’s capital of San Salvador, have shown that she is
    pregnant with an unviable fetus. The fetus is now 26-weeks-old.

    “The baby will only live a
    couple of hours because he has no brain, no mental activity. The
    baby is in very bad condition, no future to live. They [the
    doctors] must intervene as soon as possible, if they don’t make
    an incision in the womb, she might die very soon,”
    said
    Mata.

    El Salvador prohibits all abortion under any circumstances,
    including rape and incest. The country’s constitution in the
    majority Roman Catholic nation protects the right to life
    “from the moment of
    conception.”

    Though a medical committee at her hospital, as well as the
    country’s Ministry of Health supported Beatriz’s request for an
    abortion, judges with El Salvador’s highest court voted
    four-to-one to reject the petition.

    “This court determines that the
    rights of the mother cannot take precedence over those of the
    unborn child or vice versa, and that there is an absolute bar to
    authorising an abortion as contrary to the constitutional
    protection accorded to human persons ‘from the moment of
    conception’,”
    determined the court.

    Both the doctors who perform abortions in the small Central
    American country of six million, and mothers who seek the
    procedure face arrest and criminal charges. According to the
    Central American Women’s Network 628 women have been imprisoned
    in El Salvador since its anti-abortion law was enacted back in
    1998. According to a 2012 report provided by that group, 24 of
    those women were indicted for “aggravated murder” following an
    abortion, miscarriage, or stillbirth.

    Morena Herrera, an activist and former guerilla member with the
    Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front, called the court’s
    ruling “irresponsible.”

    “The only life we can save here
    is that of Beatriz,”
    Herrera told the BBC.

    Herrera said supporters would look into getting Beatriz out of El
    Salvador so she could receive the treatment they said she needed.
    However, on Thursday it appeared that the country’s government
    had softened its line by announcing that Beatriz would instead be
    allowed to undergo a premature caesarean section.

    Health Minister Maria Isabel Rodriguez said that the premature
    delivery was now in “in the
    hands of high-level doctors.”

    “It is very clear at this time
    that the pregnancy intervention is not an abortion, it is an
    induced birth, which is something else,”
    Rodriguez said
    via news conference.

    Abortion procedures are banned throughout seven countries in
    Latin America, including Nicaragua, Honduras, the Dominican
    Republic, Haiti, Suriname and Chile. As a result, the percentage
    of unsafe abortions in South America and Caribbean nations is
    extremely high, currently at 95%.

    Within Mexico only Mexico City currently has legal abortions
    during the first 12 weeks of pregnancy, while countries such as
    Argentina will allow abortions in cases of rape or a threat to
    health. Only the countries of Cuba, Guyana, Puerto Rico and
    Uruguay currently allow abortions beyond cases of rape, incest or
    threats to a woman’s health.

    “We cannot appeal the case
    because this was the last step, the Supreme Court,”
    said
    Victor Hugo Mata on Wednesday.

    “The only way now is to go to
    the international courts. Everyday, the health of Beatriz is
    [getting] worse. If they wait another week or two weeks, she will
    be too feeble to endure the operation,”
    he added. 

    The archbishop of San Salvador, Jose Luis Escobar, had asked the
    court several times not to allow the woman to have

    an abortion according to Agence France-Presse, arguing that it
    would lead to an increase in such requests.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    El Salvador woman denied life-saving abortion by highest court

    0

    The country of El Salvador is currently gripped by the story of a woman seeking permission for an abortion, a procedure doctors believe would be life-saving, and which is illegal in the conservative nation. Instead, induced birth will be performed.

    A woman going by the name of Beatriz to keep her identity a
    secret lost an appeal filed by her lawyer, Victor Hugo Mata, with
    El Salvador’s supreme court on Wednesday.

    “They [the Supreme Court] were
    not convinced this is the way… they are saying Beatriz is not
    in danger and she must pursue the natural way of delivery and we
    must see what happens,”
    said Mata in comments to CBS News.

    “It isn’t just an abortion, it
    is a necessity,”
    he added.

    Beatriz suffers from lupus, an autoimmune disease which in her
    particular case is aggravated by a kidney malfunction. Beyond the
    health risks for Beatriz should the pregnancy be allowed to
    continue, doctors have also determined that she is carrying an
    anencephalic fetus, meaning the baby lacks the majority of its
    brain and would be expected to survive only for perhaps a few
    hours post birth.

    According to CBS News, three separate sonograms carried out by
    the National Maternity Hospital, where Beatriz is being treated
    in the country’s capital of San Salvador, have shown that she is
    pregnant with an unviable fetus. The fetus is now 26-weeks-old.

    “The baby will only live a
    couple of hours because he has no brain, no mental activity. The
    baby is in very bad condition, no future to live. They [the
    doctors] must intervene as soon as possible, if they don’t make
    an incision in the womb, she might die very soon,”
    said
    Mata.

    El Salvador prohibits all abortion under any circumstances,
    including rape and incest. The country’s constitution in the
    majority Roman Catholic nation protects the right to life
    “from the moment of
    conception.”

    Though a medical committee at her hospital, as well as the
    country’s Ministry of Health supported Beatriz’s request for an
    abortion, judges with El Salvador’s highest court voted
    four-to-one to reject the petition.

    “This court determines that the
    rights of the mother cannot take precedence over those of the
    unborn child or vice versa, and that there is an absolute bar to
    authorising an abortion as contrary to the constitutional
    protection accorded to human persons ‘from the moment of
    conception’,”
    determined the court.

    Both the doctors who perform abortions in the small Central
    American country of six million, and mothers who seek the
    procedure face arrest and criminal charges. According to the
    Central American Women’s Network 628 women have been imprisoned
    in El Salvador since its anti-abortion law was enacted back in
    1998. According to a 2012 report provided by that group, 24 of
    those women were indicted for “aggravated murder” following an
    abortion, miscarriage, or stillbirth.

    Morena Herrera, an activist and former guerilla member with the
    Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front, called the court’s
    ruling “irresponsible.”

    “The only life we can save here
    is that of Beatriz,”
    Herrera told the BBC.

    Herrera said supporters would look into getting Beatriz out of El
    Salvador so she could receive the treatment they said she needed.
    However, on Thursday it appeared that the country’s government
    had softened its line by announcing that Beatriz would instead be
    allowed to undergo a premature caesarean section.

    Health Minister Maria Isabel Rodriguez said that the premature
    delivery was now in “in the
    hands of high-level doctors.”

    “It is very clear at this time
    that the pregnancy intervention is not an abortion, it is an
    induced birth, which is something else,”
    Rodriguez said
    via news conference.

    Abortion procedures are banned throughout seven countries in
    Latin America, including Nicaragua, Honduras, the Dominican
    Republic, Haiti, Suriname and Chile. As a result, the percentage
    of unsafe abortions in South America and Caribbean nations is
    extremely high, currently at 95%.

    Within Mexico only Mexico City currently has legal abortions
    during the first 12 weeks of pregnancy, while countries such as
    Argentina will allow abortions in cases of rape or a threat to
    health. Only the countries of Cuba, Guyana, Puerto Rico and
    Uruguay currently allow abortions beyond cases of rape, incest or
    threats to a woman’s health.

    “We cannot appeal the case
    because this was the last step, the Supreme Court,”
    said
    Victor Hugo Mata on Wednesday.

    “The only way now is to go to
    the international courts. Everyday, the health of Beatriz is
    [getting] worse. If they wait another week or two weeks, she will
    be too feeble to endure the operation,”
    he added. 

    The archbishop of San Salvador, Jose Luis Escobar, had asked the
    court several times not to allow the woman to have

    an abortion according to Agence France-Presse, arguing that it
    would lead to an increase in such requests.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    ‘Abject failure’: UK ignored racial patterns in home crime for over a decade

    0

    The vacuum left by the state has been filled by far right politicians who have distorted the
    issue with lies and Islamaphobia, Andrew Norfolk, a journalist for the Times who
    has covered the issue extensively, told RT.

    RT: You’ve worked extensively on this issue – is there
    evidence of neglect on the part of authorities due to the racial
    or religious character of a crime?

    Andrew Norfolk: I think that conclusion is unavoidable.
    Just to give you one example in the North of England, we obtained
    over 200 confidential documents that showed there was a ten year
    history in one town of young girls typically aged between 11
    and14-years-old being targeted and befriended and then being
    given alcohol and

    drugs and eventually being passed around ever increasing groups
    of men to be used for sex. That was known about for ten years by
    the police force concerned, by the local authority concerned and
    there was an abject failure to take the

    action that was needed to protect those children and to prosecute
    the offenders.

    RT: So why did nobody react in the appropriate
    way to this?

    AN: I think one of the factors that you have
    already been very clearly discussing is there
    was 
    a terror of
    treading into what was seen as a cultural minefield. There was
    an 
    additional
    problem in that some of these agencies genuinely don’t seem to
    have 
    understood
    quite how serious these crimes were. There was a sense that
    girls 
    were somehow
    consenting to their own abuse. The reality was far, far
    worse. 

    RT: So what other factors could be in play
    here when we talk about a rise in the number
    of 
    crimes committed by
    the Muslim committee?

    AN: The thing we on the Times have been
    arguing from the very first story we published
    about 
    this more
    than two years ago was that here is a crime pattern, a crime
    pattern 
    that the
    authorities have ignored for at least 10 years. If you’re going
    to 
    address this
    you need to understand why this has happened. There are
    issues 
    there to
    this day which to this day no research has been carried out to
    try to 
    discover.
    For example issues surrounding the age of consent, in this
    country 
    you have
    to be sixteen before you can legally consent to have sex. In
    the 
    communities
    from which the main offenders come from, in their home
    communities 
    back
    in Pakistan, village tradition says that puberty is the age of
    consent and 
    religious law, Sharia, also says that
    puberty is the age at which a girl can
    be 
    marriage. And
    the average age for puberty in this country is
    11-years-old.

    RT: We’re bviously dealing with a
    cross-cultural problem here. What does this
    situation 
    say about the
    authorities’ efforts to integrate these committees?

    AN: Multiculturalism is a very thorny issue in
    this country. The idea that you should
    allow 
    different
    communities to develop separately and to continue with
    traditions 
    which
    make them feel more comfortable with their life in a country
    where those 
    traditions are completely alien. The Times
    would never suggest the use of young 
    girls or sex is condoned in those
    societies, but the fact is there was
    clearly 
    a lesser
    degree of shame. 

    RT: So what’s the way out of this vicious
    circle – is there a way to tackle both the growing
    crime 
    rate among the
    Muslim population and growing Islamophobia?

    AN: The way to tackle the crime, I am
    increasingly convinced for the Muslim community
    itself 
    to take the
    lead in exposing and eradicating those who think it’s alright to
    do 
    this to girls.
    There are some very encouraging signs finally that there
    are 
    some leading
    Islamic organizations are prepared to grasp the nettle on this
    and 
    do something
    about it. In terms of Islamophobia one of the troubles was
    because 
    for ten
    years because no mainstream politicians or media were looking at
    this 
    the field was
    left to the far right politics to spread poisonous
    distorted 
    lies.
    They were claiming that somehow this was part of some global
    Islamic plot 
    to
    impregnate every white girl in the country and spread the Islamic
    Khalifa — 
    that was
    nonsense. When there are problems on the backstreets of northern
    towns 
    the elite in
    London has to look and say:
    “we’re going to do something about
    it, 
    we won’t leave it to
    the far right to rant about it.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    ‘Abject failure’: UK ignored racial patterns in home crime for over a decade

    0

    The vacuum left by the state has been filled by far right politicians who have distorted the
    issue with lies and Islamaphobia, Andrew Norfolk, a journalist for the Times who
    has covered the issue extensively, told RT.

    RT: You’ve worked extensively on this issue – is there
    evidence of neglect on the part of authorities due to the racial
    or religious character of a crime?

    Andrew Norfolk: I think that conclusion is unavoidable.
    Just to give you one example in the North of England, we obtained
    over 200 confidential documents that showed there was a ten year
    history in one town of young girls typically aged between 11
    and14-years-old being targeted and befriended and then being
    given alcohol and

    drugs and eventually being passed around ever increasing groups
    of men to be used for sex. That was known about for ten years by
    the police force concerned, by the local authority concerned and
    there was an abject failure to take the

    action that was needed to protect those children and to prosecute
    the offenders.

    RT: So why did nobody react in the appropriate
    way to this?

    AN: I think one of the factors that you have
    already been very clearly discussing is there
    was 
    a terror of
    treading into what was seen as a cultural minefield. There was
    an 
    additional
    problem in that some of these agencies genuinely don’t seem to
    have 
    understood
    quite how serious these crimes were. There was a sense that
    girls 
    were somehow
    consenting to their own abuse. The reality was far, far
    worse. 

    RT: So what other factors could be in play
    here when we talk about a rise in the number
    of 
    crimes committed by
    the Muslim committee?

    AN: The thing we on the Times have been
    arguing from the very first story we published
    about 
    this more
    than two years ago was that here is a crime pattern, a crime
    pattern 
    that the
    authorities have ignored for at least 10 years. If you’re going
    to 
    address this
    you need to understand why this has happened. There are
    issues 
    there to
    this day which to this day no research has been carried out to
    try to 
    discover.
    For example issues surrounding the age of consent, in this
    country 
    you have
    to be sixteen before you can legally consent to have sex. In
    the 
    communities
    from which the main offenders come from, in their home
    communities 
    back
    in Pakistan, village tradition says that puberty is the age of
    consent and 
    religious law, Sharia, also says that
    puberty is the age at which a girl can
    be 
    marriage. And
    the average age for puberty in this country is
    11-years-old.

    RT: We’re bviously dealing with a
    cross-cultural problem here. What does this
    situation 
    say about the
    authorities’ efforts to integrate these committees?

    AN: Multiculturalism is a very thorny issue in
    this country. The idea that you should
    allow 
    different
    communities to develop separately and to continue with
    traditions 
    which
    make them feel more comfortable with their life in a country
    where those 
    traditions are completely alien. The Times
    would never suggest the use of young 
    girls or sex is condoned in those
    societies, but the fact is there was
    clearly 
    a lesser
    degree of shame. 

    RT: So what’s the way out of this vicious
    circle – is there a way to tackle both the growing
    crime 
    rate among the
    Muslim population and growing Islamophobia?

    AN: The way to tackle the crime, I am
    increasingly convinced for the Muslim community
    itself 
    to take the
    lead in exposing and eradicating those who think it’s alright to
    do 
    this to girls.
    There are some very encouraging signs finally that there
    are 
    some leading
    Islamic organizations are prepared to grasp the nettle on this
    and 
    do something
    about it. In terms of Islamophobia one of the troubles was
    because 
    for ten
    years because no mainstream politicians or media were looking at
    this 
    the field was
    left to the far right politics to spread poisonous
    distorted 
    lies.
    They were claiming that somehow this was part of some global
    Islamic plot 
    to
    impregnate every white girl in the country and spread the Islamic
    Khalifa — 
    that was
    nonsense. When there are problems on the backstreets of northern
    towns 
    the elite in
    London has to look and say:
    “we’re going to do something about
    it, 
    we won’t leave it to
    the far right to rant about it.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Austerity auction: Elysee Palace's wine cellar put on the block

    0

    French President Francois Holland is selling vintage bottles of wine usually reserved for high-ranked guests in an unprecedented auction of the Elysee Palace cellar. The belt-tightening measure comes amid continuing austerity in Europe.

    About 1,200 vintage bottles, which make up a tenth of the
    Elysee’s wine collection, are to be sold at Drouot house in Paris
    in a two-day auction of France’s national heritage starting on
    Thursday.

     

    The money raised from the liquid jewels of the presidential
    palace’s cellars are to be used to replenish the collection with
    younger, more modest wines to make sure the president has enough
    wine to entertain his guests – kings, queens and other heads of
    state – without drawing too heavily on public resources. The
    excess money will go to the country’s budget.

    Wine lovers from all over the world have already contacted the
    Drouot auction house ahead of the first sale of the Elysee Palace
    wine cellar, said the auctioneers.

    “This is exceptional because this is the first time that the
    Elysee put its bottles on sale,
    ” said auctioneer Ghislaine
    Kapandji of the Kapandji Morhange house.

     

    All of the bottles are labeled with the mark of the Elysee Palace
    and the date of the auction, which adds to their value.

     

    “I think that’s a bonus for buyers, because that’s a way for
    them to be sure that these bottles have always been stocked in
    the cellar of the Elysee
    ,” Kapanji added, noting that it
    guarantees “good preservation conditions.”

     

    The bottles come from vineyards mostly in Burgundy and Bordeaux —
    the most famous wine regions in France, but there are also
    offerings from Alsace, the Loire department and the Rhone valley.

    French President Francois Hollande (AFP Photo / Pool)

    The estimated price for a bottle ranges from 20 euro to 2,500
    ($25 to $3,235), including the oldest bottle of Chateau
    Latour dating back to 1936 and coming from one of the most famous
    estates of the Bordeaux region, a 1990 Petrus and a batch of 1985
    Romanee wines.

    Bottles of cognac and champagne with the inscription
    “presidency of the French Republic” should also attract
    wine lovers.

    A part of the wine collection was available in too small
    quantities to be served in grand dinners organized at the Elysee,
    so Virginie Routis, head sommelier at the Elysee, said that they
    are ready to be drunk immediately.

    The auction is expected to collect more than 250,000 euro
    ($325,000), according to a statement from the auction house.

    However, some experts say that the auction has more of a
    political meaning, amid the recession and the growing
    unpopularity of the socialist president.

    “This is a largely symbolic affair and more of a publicity
    stunt than a really important wine sale,
    ” said David Ridgway,
    sommelier of the Michelin-starred Tour d’Argent restaurant in
    Paris, FRANCE 24 reports. “There isn’t anything really
    exceptional up for sale here — the media value is much greater
    than the actual value of the wines.”

    The French president’s office is not the first to auction wines
    to raise funds. In March, the British government sold around 50
    bottles from its cellar with Christie’s, collecting around
    $114,000.

    The Elysee Palace wine cellar was established in 1947, under the
    chairmanship of president Vincent Auriol, and refurbished in 1995
    to allow optimal wine storage.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Austerity auction: Elysee Palace's wine cellar put on the block

    0

    French President Francois Holland is selling vintage bottles of wine usually reserved for high-ranked guests in an unprecedented auction of the Elysee Palace cellar. The belt-tightening measure comes amid continuing austerity in Europe.

    About 1,200 vintage bottles, which make up a tenth of the
    Elysee’s wine collection, are to be sold at Drouot house in Paris
    in a two-day auction of France’s national heritage starting on
    Thursday.

     

    The money raised from the liquid jewels of the presidential
    palace’s cellars are to be used to replenish the collection with
    younger, more modest wines to make sure the president has enough
    wine to entertain his guests – kings, queens and other heads of
    state – without drawing too heavily on public resources. The
    excess money will go to the country’s budget.

    Wine lovers from all over the world have already contacted the
    Drouot auction house ahead of the first sale of the Elysee Palace
    wine cellar, said the auctioneers.

    “This is exceptional because this is the first time that the
    Elysee put its bottles on sale,
    ” said auctioneer Ghislaine
    Kapandji of the Kapandji Morhange house.

     

    All of the bottles are labeled with the mark of the Elysee Palace
    and the date of the auction, which adds to their value.

     

    “I think that’s a bonus for buyers, because that’s a way for
    them to be sure that these bottles have always been stocked in
    the cellar of the Elysee
    ,” Kapanji added, noting that it
    guarantees “good preservation conditions.”

     

    The bottles come from vineyards mostly in Burgundy and Bordeaux —
    the most famous wine regions in France, but there are also
    offerings from Alsace, the Loire department and the Rhone valley.

    French President Francois Hollande (AFP Photo / Pool)

    The estimated price for a bottle ranges from 20 euro to 2,500
    ($25 to $3,235), including the oldest bottle of Chateau
    Latour dating back to 1936 and coming from one of the most famous
    estates of the Bordeaux region, a 1990 Petrus and a batch of 1985
    Romanee wines.

    Bottles of cognac and champagne with the inscription
    “presidency of the French Republic” should also attract
    wine lovers.

    A part of the wine collection was available in too small
    quantities to be served in grand dinners organized at the Elysee,
    so Virginie Routis, head sommelier at the Elysee, said that they
    are ready to be drunk immediately.

    The auction is expected to collect more than 250,000 euro
    ($325,000), according to a statement from the auction house.

    However, some experts say that the auction has more of a
    political meaning, amid the recession and the growing
    unpopularity of the socialist president.

    “This is a largely symbolic affair and more of a publicity
    stunt than a really important wine sale,
    ” said David Ridgway,
    sommelier of the Michelin-starred Tour d’Argent restaurant in
    Paris, FRANCE 24 reports. “There isn’t anything really
    exceptional up for sale here — the media value is much greater
    than the actual value of the wines.”

    The French president’s office is not the first to auction wines
    to raise funds. In March, the British government sold around 50
    bottles from its cellar with Christie’s, collecting around
    $114,000.

    The Elysee Palace wine cellar was established in 1947, under the
    chairmanship of president Vincent Auriol, and refurbished in 1995
    to allow optimal wine storage.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    American woman killed fighting alongside Syrian insurgency

    0

    An American woman who converted to Islam after falling in love with an Arab immigrant has been killed fighting for opposition forces in Syria, the Federal Bureau of Investigation confirmed to her family Thursday.

    Nicole Lynn Mansfield, 33, was first identified by a Syrian
    television station, which broadcast images of her driver’s
    license photo. Mansfield is shown in the picture wearing an
    Islamic headscarf and listing her address in Flint, Michigan,
    according to the Detroit Free Press. The Syrian news report
    claimed she and British companions were shot by President Bashar
    Assad’s military. 

    Two FBI agents confirmed the report to Mansfield’s family back in
    Michigan, where they expressed disbelief over the news. The
    family confessed limited knowledge of the Arab immigrant she
    married, and who Mansfield divorced three years ago, and was
    unsure of when she went to Syria. 

    “I’m sick over it. I didn’t think she was [a terrorist], but
    god only knows
    ,” Monica Mansfield Speelman, Nicole’s aunt,
    told the Free Press. “It bothered me that she converted to
    Islam and started wearing a headscarf
    .” 

    Mansfield was raised in the Baptist faith, her father working as
    a General Motors production worker. She became pregnant in high
    school but later earned her equivalency degree and moved onto
    community college. Mansfield worked for ten years at an old-age
    home and leaves behind an 18-year-old daughter. 

    “She has a heart of gold, but she was weak minded,” said
    her grandmother, Carole Mansfield. “I think she could have
    been brainwashed
    .”

    AFP Photo / Miguel Medina

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    American woman killed fighting alongside Syrian insurgency

    0

    An American woman who converted to Islam after falling in love with an Arab immigrant has been killed fighting for opposition forces in Syria, the Federal Bureau of Investigation confirmed to her family Thursday.

    Nicole Lynn Mansfield, 33, was first identified by a Syrian
    television station, which broadcast images of her driver’s
    license photo. Mansfield is shown in the picture wearing an
    Islamic headscarf and listing her address in Flint, Michigan,
    according to the Detroit Free Press. The Syrian news report
    claimed she and British companions were shot by President Bashar
    Assad’s military. 

    Two FBI agents confirmed the report to Mansfield’s family back in
    Michigan, where they expressed disbelief over the news. The
    family confessed limited knowledge of the Arab immigrant she
    married, and who Mansfield divorced three years ago, and was
    unsure of when she went to Syria. 

    “I’m sick over it. I didn’t think she was [a terrorist], but
    god only knows
    ,” Monica Mansfield Speelman, Nicole’s aunt,
    told the Free Press. “It bothered me that she converted to
    Islam and started wearing a headscarf
    .” 

    Mansfield was raised in the Baptist faith, her father working as
    a General Motors production worker. She became pregnant in high
    school but later earned her equivalency degree and moved onto
    community college. Mansfield worked for ten years at an old-age
    home and leaves behind an 18-year-old daughter. 

    “She has a heart of gold, but she was weak minded,” said
    her grandmother, Carole Mansfield. “I think she could have
    been brainwashed
    .”

    AFP Photo / Miguel Medina

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Obama official who oversaw BP oil spill hired as Apple’s environmental fixer

    0

     

    By
    Zac Corrigan

    31 May 2013

    On Wednesday, Apple CEO Tim Cook announced that Lisa Jackson, who was the head of the US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) during Obama’s first term, has been hired by Apple to manage the company’s environmental concerns. The appointment of an outgoing Obama official to a top position at one the world’s largest and most profitable corporations is only the latest example of the incestuous relationship between the US government–the Obama administration in particular–and the most powerful of global corporate interests.

    Jackson was head of the EPA during the BP oil spill of 2010, the worst environmental disaster in US history. The explosion of an offshore drilling rig, which killed 11 workers, led to hundreds of millions of gallons of oil being leaked into the Gulf of Mexico over a period of 87 days. The long-term ecological damage is incalculable, and the livelihoods of fishermen and other workers and residents of the Gulf Coast region were ruined. BP was fined a paltry $4 billion, or about one percent of the company’s revenue for the year 2012.

    From the outset, the response of the US government was to allow the “cleanup” operation to proceed entirely under the aegis of BP itself, claiming that only BP had the necessary “expertise.” Jackson authorized, and even defended before the US Senate, BP’s use of toxic chemicals, including Corexit, which was found to increase the toxicity of oil by 52 times, to disperse the oil. This lessened the outward appearance of the floating oil slick while further poisoning the environment and making cleanup workers ill.

    The US also saw under Jackson’s reign at the EPA an expansion of hydraulic fracturing or “fracking.” Energy companies like Halliburton extract oil and natural gas from the Earth by drilling a subterranean network of wells and tunnels, detonating explosives deep underground, and releasing corrosive chemicals into the fractures created. Fracking, which now accounts for 45 percent of natural gas production and 17 percent of oil production in the US, is known to release methane gas into the atmosphere, contaminate groundwater with carcinogenic and even radioactive substances, and has even been known to induce small earthquakes in nearby communities.

    Jackson, then, is among the foremost experts in enabling corporations to profit from the destruction of the environment and to oppose widespread public opposition. Upon news of Jackson’s new gig at Apple, the pro-business Forbes magazine said “this is really about providing an interface to the environmental bureaucracy in Washington DC: nothing to do with actually changing the way that Apple operates.”

    A 2011 report by Greenpeace on the topic of energy efficiency of companies engaged in “cloud computing”–wherein the resources of large groups of computers housed in remote data centers are made available to users over the Internet–gave Apple a grade of D in its categories for “Renewables and Advocacy,” “Energy Efficiency,” and “Energy Transparency,” and an F in “Infrastructure Sitting.”

    In response, Apple purchased what is presently the world’s largest privately owned solar panel array to “offset” pollution generated from its data centers, which are powered by coal and nuclear energy.

    Environmentalist groups have swallowed this PR maneuver whole. Greenpeace senior analyst Gary Cook called Jackson’s hiring a “bold move” by Apple, and called Jackson, “a proven advocate with a track record of combating toxic waste and the dirty energy that causes global warming.”

    Apple, the most valuable company in history by stock price, is also one of the world’s major contributors to “e-waste,” or discarded electronic devices. The company’s product line is an embodiment of the principle of “planned obsolescence” in which new versions of products are released frequently, and the newest services are only supported on new devices. This encourages–sometimes forces–users to purchase new versions of products they already own and which may still work like new, discarding the latter.

    Tens of millions of tons of e-waste are produced each year. When it is recycled–which was estimated in a 2009 EPA study to be the case with about 25 percent of e-waste–it is typically sent to processing centers in China, India, Nigeria and other low-wage zones, where the complex machines are separated into their component parts by hand.

    The announcement of Jackson’s hiring comes in the wake of a report released last week by the US Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations, which show that Apple used offshore tax shelters to avoid paying $9 billion in taxes in 2012.

    Far from an aberration, Jackson’s nearly seamless move from government regulator to corporate executive is the norm in US ruling class culture, where a virtual “revolving door” joins Washington and Wall Street. It was announced yesterday that retired General David Patraeus, after resigning his post as CIA director last year, will become the chairman of KKR Global Institute, a subsidiary of hedge fund Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. The company has been party to over 160 “leveraged buyouts” that have destroyed the jobs and pensions of workers, including those of Nabisco, Sun Microsystems, and the largest leveraged buyout in history, that of Texas utility company TXU in 2007.



    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    Malaysian government arrests opposition protest leaders

    0

     

    By
    John Roberts

    31 May 2013

    The US-backed Malaysian government has begun to crack down on the Anwar Ibrahim-led opposition, which is continuing to organise rallies challenging the legitimacy of the national election held on May 5. Police have arrested at least 20 people and seized thousands of copies of opposition party newspapers.

    The Barisan Nasional (BN) coalition government claimed an election victory after securing 60 percent of the seats in the national parliament, despite winning just 47 percent of the overall vote, against the opposition’s 51 percent. As well as opposing the gerrymandered electoral system, the People’s Alliance (PR) opposition coalition accuses the ruling parties of organised ballot stuffing and other fraud in several seats. Anwar and the PR have organised mass rallies in sports stadiums across the country, which they claim have involved a total of 500,000 people.

    The police roundup began on May 23. Authorities used the notorious colonial-era 1949 Sedition Act to arrest and charge well-known student activist Adam Adli. Also detained under the Act for investigation were Tian Chua, deputy leader of Anwar’s People’s Justice Party (Keadilan), Tamrin Ghafar, a member of Parti Islam se-Malaysia (PAS), and Haris Ibrahim, an activist lawyer and president of the Malaysian Civil Liberties Movement. PAS, the Democratic Action Party (DAP) and Anwar’s Keadilan form the PR coalition.

    Sedition carries a potential three-year prison sentence. The arrested opposition figures were initially released on bail after being detained, when sessions judges refused police request for remand in custody.

    Last Saturday, two days after the arrests, PR supporters held a 60,000-strong rally on a field near a shopping mall just outside of the capital Kuala Lumpur.

    Home Minister Zahid Hamidi denounced the rally as illegal and a “provocation.” The government and police then stepped up the repressive measures. On Monday, five PR officials were arrested under the 2012 Peaceful Assemblies Act, supposedly for failing to provide 10 days’ notice of various opposition rallies held earlier this month. The law carries a maximum fine of 10,000 Malaysian ringgit ($US3,260), which is enough to bar any parliamentarian convicted from holding office.

    On Wednesday, Kula Lumpur deputy police chief Amar Singh Ishar Singh said that Tian Chua, Tamrin Ghafar, Haris Ibrahim, along with student activist Muhammad Safwan Anang and political activist Hishamuddin Rais, would be charged under Section 4 of the Sedition Act for statements made at a PR rally held on May 13. The Act’s sweeping definition of sedition covers any incitement of “disaffection against the administration of justice”, or of “ill will and hostility between different races or classes of the population.”

    Authorities also seized opposition newspapers, including Keadilan’s Suara Keadilan, PAS’s Harakah, and the DAP’s the Rocket.

    Adam Adli, the first charged, was accused of urging people onto the streets to bring down the BN government. According to media reports, he actually said, “you cheated in the elections, we go for demonstrations.” Anwar and other PR leaders have repeatedly denied that their rallies are aimed at toppling the government.

    The opposition coalition represents the interests of a rival faction of the Malaysian ruling elite. Its very cautious protest campaign stems from its fear that an emerging mass movement could spill out of the opposition’s control and sees the Malaysian working class began to intervene and raise its own independent demands.

    “No opposition leader wants the torch to light a conflagration on the streets in the hope of toppling the government in a Malaysian spring,” the Economist commented.

    Anwar previously served as deputy leader to Malaysian autocrat Mahathir Mohamad. He only broke from Mahathir’s ruling United Malays National Organisation (UMNO) after the Asian economic crisis of 1997—1998, promoting the International Monetary Fund’s demands for the restructuring of the Malaysian economy and its opening up to foreign investors. Anwar represents the section of the Malaysian elite that favours “free market” economic reform, regarding UMNO’s race-based form of national economic regulation and crony politics as impediments to its interests.

    The opposition leader aims to come to power through the existing mechanisms of the Malaysian capitalist state, not by challenging their legitimacy. Last week, the Wall Street Journal revealed that Anwar had signed a secret pact with Prime Minister Najib Razak before the election, pledging to recognise the outcome of the vote. He has since declared the pact invalid because of the alleged vote rigging. Nevertheless, he has since insisted that opposition rallies are confined to sports stadiums, and do not involve street marches, despite what he described as mounting “frustration” in the opposition’s ranks over the limited impact of the demonstrations.

    Anwar is looking for support from within ruling circles, especially in the parliament and judiciary.

    The PR has appealed to the High Court over alleged fraud, including rigged electoral rolls and illegal voting, in 27 key electorates. The courts previously secured Anwar’s freedom, overturning UMNO’s efforts to frame him on sodomy charges, illegal in predominantly Muslim Malaysia. In 2004, his first conviction was quashed while a related, equally bogus corruption charge kept him in jail for six years. In January 2012, he was acquitted in a second case. The court decisions reflected UMNO’s waning control over the state apparatus and related shifts within the ruling elite, involving growing opposition to the government’s economic program.

    Anwar is now again looking for support within the courts, while at the same time seeking to split the ruling coalition. Former Prime Minister Mahathir has warned of possible defections from the BN’s ranks. UNNO holds only 88 of the 133 BN parliamentary seats, and is dependent on support from minor parties particularly from the Borneo states of Sarawak and Sabah. After the 2008 election, Anwar unsuccessfully appealed to MPs from these areas to switch sides to change the government.

    The Malaysian opposition remains deeply frustrated over its failure to secure US support for its challenge to the election outcome. Anwar previously enjoyed Washington’s backing. The Najib government, however, has aligned Malaysian foreign policy with the Obama administration’s “pivot” to Asia that is aimed at encircling China and maintaining US domination over the region. As a result, Washington has dismissed the allegations of electoral fraud, with President Barack Obama personally congratulating Najib on the outcome. This US support has effectively given the green light for the government to crackdown on the opposition.



    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    Imperialism, Syria, and the threat of world war

    0

     

    31 May 2013

    The US-backed proxy war aimed at ousting Syrian President Bashar al-Assad is entering a new and dangerous phase. The possibility of a major international war, with incalculable consequences for the world’s population, is very real.

    Yesterday, Lebanon’s Al Manar television quoted Assad as saying that Syria had “received the first shipment of Russian anti-aircraft S-300 rockets. All our agreements with Russia will be implemented, and parts of them have already been implemented.” These missiles, which Russia has pledged to deliver to defend Syria from possible US air strikes, have provoked an international crisis. Israeli officials have declared they will attack missile shipments.

    If Israel acted on such a threat, Russian lives were lost, and Russia carried out retaliatory strikes on Israeli targets, the world would rapidly face a military confrontation between Russia and the United States–a situation that has not existed for more than a half century, since the 1962 Cuban missile crisis.

    Assad has also announced major victories in southern Syria after the intervention of the Lebanese Shia-based militia Hezbollah–together with Iranian forces, according to some reports–in support of the Syrian army. These forces have rapidly defeated the US-backed Sunni Islamist opposition, exposing the lack of popular support for the Al Qaeda-linked elements that make up the bulk of the opposition.

    As terror bombings and fighting between US-backed Sunni forces and Iranian-backed Shia forces spread from Syria to Lebanon and Iraq, the Syrian war is emerging as the center of a broad sectarian war. The Obama administration and its allies are using the most reactionary forces to restructure the entire Middle East. The resulting conflict is becoming ever more bloody and dangerous, as the imperialist powers move to shore up the faltering position of the opposition by escalating their own intervention.

    In a New York Times comment, “In Syria, Go Big or Stay Home,” Ray Takeyh of the US Council on Foreign Relations expressed the thinking of significant sections of the American ruling class: “The sort of intervention needed to bring about a decisive rebel victory would require more than no-fly zones and arms. It would mean disabling Mr. Assad’s air power and putting boots on the ground … Moreover, rather than intimidating Iran, a less-than-decisive American intervention would do the opposite: convince Iran’s leaders that America doesn’t have an appetite for fighting a major war in the region.”

    Takeyh’s comment spells out the implications of the policy–shared by Washington and its major European allies–of constantly threatening Iran, Syria, and other Middle Eastern regimes that every option, including war, is “on the table.” Desperate to control an oil-rich, geo-strategically critical region torn by decades of US wars and interventions, the imperialist powers are driven to ever more reckless threats and wars.

    Sections of the ruling class in the United States and Europe are actively considering options to massively increase their troop levels. Another New York Times comment, “Americans and their Military, Drifting Apart,” advocates restarting a draft lottery–a move aiming to conscript cannon fodder for the wars the United States is planning in the Middle East and beyond.

    Russia and China, the major powers against whom Washington and Europe aim to seize and hold the Middle East, can themselves be targeted for war and regime change. The same methods–provocations based on stoking ethnic and sectarian conflicts in Chechnya in Russia, Tibet in China, and so on–could easily be turned against the governments of these countries or any other power whose interests come into conflict with those of Washington and its allies.

    It would be deeply complacent to downplay the immense dangers facing the international working class. The social interests that dictate policy in the centers of imperialism are, if anything, even more rapacious and reckless than their counterparts a hundred years ago who set off two world wars that killed tens of millions of people.

    The fight against imperialism depends on the independent mobilization of the working class in opposition to all the forces of bourgeois politics. The political establishment in North America and Europe has proven completely impervious to the mass popular disaffection and opposition towards war that has only grown since the 2003 US invasion of Iraq.

    A critical component of the pro-war political bloc is the pseudo-left organizations. The International Socialist Organization in the US, the New Anti-capitalist Party in France, and similar groups internationally have promoted the war in Syria as a “revolution.” These parties, speaking on behalf of privileged sections of the upper middle class, have worked quite consciously to block opposition to war, while functioning as mouthpieces of imperialist intelligence agencies.

    They supported the 2011 NATO war in Libya, which served as a trial run for the US-led intervention in Syria. When the NATO powers intervened to support opposition Islamist militias fighting Colonel Muammar Gaddafi’s regime, the pseudo-left parties demanded that the imperialist powers arm the opposition.

    They supported the destruction of the Gaddafi regime–through the seizure of Libya’s oil industry, the confiscation of its oil revenues, the carpet-bombing of major Libyan cities such as Tripoli and Sirte, and finally the murder of Gaddafi. They then promoted similar Islamist forces in Syria as the NATO powers turned their gun sights on Assad.

    In its most recent statements, the ISO praises the escalating imperialist intervention in Syria as a “people’s revolution for freedom and dignity.”

    The evolution of these forces underscores that the basic social force capable of opposing war is the working class–in the United States, Europe and around the world. Nearly five years after the crash of 2008, the growing crisis of world capitalism is immensely exacerbating international tensions.

    The ruling class, led by the US, is once again bringing the world to the brink of catastrophe. To prevent this requires the building of an international socialist movement against imperialism and war.

    Alex Lantier



    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    Buena Vista, Michigan teachers still without pay

    0

     

    By
    Shannon Jones

    31 May 2013

    Teachers in the Buena Vista, Michigan public schools have still not been paid following the restart of classes May 20 in the small district outside of Saginaw.

    Buena Vista schools closed May 6 after the district ran out of money to pay teachers following the decision by the state of Michigan to withhold funding. State authorities justified the action on the grounds that the district misspent funds intended for a juvenile detention program it no longer operates.

    Schools were closed for two weeks, affecting the district’s 430 students and 27 teachers. The schools eventually reopened when the state agreed to release funds after the district adopted a draconian deficit elimination plan. However, teachers have so far not been paid.

    While the district has promised to issue paychecks to teachers June 7, the next scheduled pay date, there appears little prospect that teachers will be compensated for the full back pay they are owed. According to a report posted on the Buena Vista Board of Education web site, the district’s state aid for the balance of the school year is about $460,000, while the cost of operating the district through the scheduled June 26 end of classes is estimated to be over $810,000.

    Melinda, a Buena Vista special education teacher, told the World Socialist Web Site, “Our last paycheck was May 10 and we were supposed to be paid last Friday. We are between a rock and a hard place. If they don’t lay us off, we can’t collect unemployment. If we quit working, we can’t collect unemployment.

    “I am okay financially, but I know a lot of teachers are single parents with bills to pay and kids to feed.”

    Details of the deficit elimination plan revealed so far call for the consolidation of the three schools in the district–an elementary school, a middle school and the high school–into one building. Buena Vista School Board President Randy Jackson told the WSWS that the plan calls for the hiring of just eight general fund teachers and six grant-funded teachers.

    Melinda added, “In order to get the money released from the state they had to propose a deficit elimination plan. It calls for an almost entirely cyber-school. There will be a district, but parents won’t want to send their children. It has been going on a long time. It gets worse every year. The state keeps cutting and cutting until there is nothing left to cut any more.”

    At a school board meeting, called at the last minute for May 29, school officials revealed that the state of Michigan has initiated a preliminary review of Buena Vista school finances. The review is the first step in a process that could lead to the appointment of an emergency manager armed with dictatorial powers to impose cuts and rip up union contracts.

    At the meeting, the mother of a Buena Vista 11th grade student spoke to the WSWS. She voiced angry opposition at the lack of information forthcoming from the board: “I just want to know what is going to happen to my 11th grader. Will he be able to go to school next year?

    “I was as disturbed and upset as the kids were about the school’s closing. They say they only have funds to last through June. What about the rest of the year? I need answers. I am wondering if I need to pull her out, or what?”

    The closure of the schools in Buena Vista, a largely working class and low-income community, had a severe impact on students in the district, causing many parents to scramble to transfer their children to other public schools or charter schools in the area.

    In the face of this latest assault on public education, the Buena Vista Education Association and the Michigan Education Association are doing nothing, not even organizing a protest. Teachers have been told to continue working without being paid, with little prospect of receiving their back pay. Many teachers opted to have a portion of their pay withheld from every check in order to receive compensation over the summer months. Now it appears the district will not have the funds to cover those payments.

    The situation confronting parents, students and teachers in the Buena Vista schools is only the sharpest example of the assault on public education being carried out across the state of Michigan and nationally. Schools in Pontiac, Michigan faced closure after the state withheld payments from the district, only agreeing to restore aid after a program of drastic cuts was adopted by school officials.

    Recently the public schools in the state capital of Lansing decided to eliminate art, music and physical education teachers as part of a deficit reduction plan. The job eliminations were part of a package of cuts ratified by the Lansing Schools Education Association earlier this year in advance of the implementation of the state’s new right-to-work law. The Michigan Department of Education estimates there are now 108,000 students in the state who receive no arts education.

    The Ypsilanti public schools are in the process of consolidating with the neighboring Willow Run schools, which will lead to the elimination of 20 percent of the jobs in the new combined district. In preparation for the consolidation, all 350 teachers were laid off and told they had to reapply for their jobs.

    Since taking office, Obama has presided over the destruction of some 300,000 positions and the closure of some 4,000 public schools in the US. His administration is overseeing the dismantling of public education, forcing states to compete for federal aid by expanding charter schools and imposing attacks on teachers, such as merit-based pay schemes.



    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    Workers Struggles: Europe, Middle East & Africa

    0

     

    31 May 2013

    Europe

    Second pay strike at Amazon Germany

    Workers at global Internet retailer Amazon’s German operations staged a second day-long strike this week in a dispute over pay and benefits.

    Staff at Amazon’s logistics centre in Leipzig stopped work from 12:30pm Monday, after 600 workers at its facilities in Bad Hersfeld and around 300 in Leipzig went on strike May 14.

    Although similar conditions prevail at all of Amazon’s sites, the union Verdi limited the strike last week to the Bad Hersfeld and Leipzig depots. For workers employed there, the union is seeking a collective agreement, vacation and Christmas bonuses, as well as some awards that are standard for the industry.

    None of the Amazon sites has so far participated in a collective agreement. Amazon sets wages unilaterally, basing its calculations on the tariff agreement for the logistics sector, where poverty wages of between €9.65 and €10.50 (US$12.50-$13.60) per hour are paid. Workers at Bad Hersfeld have not received a wage increase for seven years and Verdi has never done anything about it.

    Verdi wants Amazon to accept it as a bargaining partner. The company has so far also spurned Verdi’s offer to negotiate a special Amazon tariff agreement.

    Amazon in Germany employs approximately 9,000 workers in Graben near Augsburg, Bad Hersfeld, Leipzig, Rheinberg, Werne, Koblenz and Pforzheim. But this figure is subject to fluctuations. For example, fewer than 10 percent of the 3,300 employees at Bad Hersfeld had a permanent job in late 2012, according to the works council. The rest were contract workers from all over Europe or other precarious workers. The ARD channel reported that 3,100 of the 3,300 employees at the depot in Koblenz were contract workers.

    Staff at UK museums strike

    Several UK museums will see strikes this week as part of a three-month campaign of industrial action prompted by a long-running dispute over jobs, pay and pensions.

    The work stoppages will affect galleries and heritage sites throughout the country. The National and National Portrait Galleries in London have warned some of their rooms may be closed. Tate Britain and Tate Modern will open as usual, but access to some galleries may be limited. Tate Liverpool’s galleries will be closed completely, according to the BBC.

    More stoppages will follow today as a result of walkouts planned by the Public and Commercial Services (PCS) union.

    Workers at the British Museum, Natural History Museum, Science Museum and Victoria and Albert Museum in London are also expected to strike.

    In Liverpool, the Merseyside Maritime Museum, the International Slavery Museum and three others will be closed to the public from lunchtime today to tomorrow afternoon. The Museum of Liverpool will be closed for part of Saturday, but will reopen once the 24-hour action is completed. According to organisers, strikers and supporters will form a human chain around the museum this Friday afternoon.

    Employees at English Heritage sites, including Stonehenge in Wiltshire, are to take action Sunday.

    Staff at Kirklees College, England to vote on possible strike

    Hundreds of lecturers at Kirklees College in Huddersfield are to vote over possible industrial action at proposed pay cuts.

    Union officials claim that the cuts facing the staff could vary between £2,000 a year and £12,000 a year. According to the Huddersfield Daily Examiner, “College chiefs have asked all staff to consider ways of helping them reduce the wages bill to deal with cuts of millions of pounds in Government funding”.

    An announcement of 50 job losses was made last month.

    Members of the University and College Union (UCU) at Kirklees College say they are being made to bail out the college over rising costs for a much-delayed Waterfront campus. The college borrowed money from various sources to fund the new building, including a loan from Kirklees Council. Officials claim it will cost the college at least £2m a year in interest payments alone.

    Thousands of West Midlands council staff may strike over derisory pay offer

    Thousands of council staff across the West Midlands could strike over a one percent pay offer after a three year freeze.

    The Unison union is to hold a ballot before a decision is made. The offer does not include teachers, firefighters and council chief executives.

    UK: Yorkshire ambulance staff set to strike over patient safety

    Yorkshire ambulance service workers are set to take further industrial action next month in a dispute over patient safety.

    The Unite union said that the continuing refusal of management at the Yorkshire Ambulance Service NHS Trust to discuss patient safety, which led to de-recognition of the union, had left its members with no option but to take further industrial action.

    The dispute concerns the trust’s plans to cut the budget by £46 million over the next five years, even though ambulance workloads are increasing month-by-month by as much as six percent.

    Five hundred staff will stage a 12-hour stoppage June 7. This follows a one-day strike on April 2. If management maintains its position, there is to be a 24-hour stoppage on June 22, from midnight to midnight.

    A continuous overtime ban is also in place.

    UK coastguards in short walkouts over bank holiday weekend

    Coastguards at closure-threatened stations around the UK held short walkouts during the bank holiday weekend over cuts to pay, pensions, jobs and working conditions.

    Delegates at the Public and Commercial Services (PCS) union’s annual conference this week voted for a national strike next month if the government continues to refuse to negotiate on these issues. Government cuts include the Maritime and Coastguard Agency’s plans to shut half of the UK’s 18 coastguard stations and cut more than 140 jobs, putting lives at risk.

    The PCS web site said, “Despite pledging that no station would close before a new national operations centre was up and running on the south coast, the government has already shut three stations–Clyde and Forth in Scotland, and Yarmouth in the east of England.”

    Staff at City of Glasgow College threaten industrial action

    Staff at the City of Glasgow College are threatening action in a long-running dispute over pay. Around 300 support staff have rejected a pay offer of a flat rate rise of just £250 for those earning less than £21,000, and nothing for those on more.

    Last week, Education Secretary Michael Russell praised the college for its successful merger and Principal Paul Little wrote to staff thanking them for their “superb team effort.”

    Workers at UK’s largest brewery vote to strike

    Employees at the Molson Coors brewery in Burton-on-Trent, England, have voted overwhelmingly to strike after facing the prospect of being sacked and reinstated on inferior pay and conditions.

    The workforce of 455 voted by a margin of 97 percent in favour of industrial action over management’s proposals at Britain’s biggest brewery, which include cutting the wages of 184 brewery technicians by up to £9,000 a year. The Burton plant produces Carling, Grolsch, Coors Lite and Cobra lagers, as well as beers including Worthington, White Shield and Stones.

    Spanish TV workers strike

    Media workers at Prisa TV are on strike over pay and conditions. Raidtvnews.com reported, “37 channels in Spain are to be affected by a one-week strike by Prisa TV workers. The strike could also affect sport broadcasts, the rights of which are exclusively owned by Prisa. Roland Garros and the last day of the national football league will probably not be broadcast”.

    Prisa TV’s parent company recently announced that is going to take over the television subsidiary, and staff fear that the new agreement will set the ground for future layoffs. The company intends to reduce wages due to the drop in profits during the first quarter of 2013, which was especially large for Canal+.

    The union has argued that Canal+ made a €50 million profit in 2012.

    The board of directors has access to up to €28 million in bonuses in 2013, according to the Comisiones Obreras (CC.OO) union. The strike will be effective until Saturday and will affect channels including Canal+1, Canal+Liga, Canal+ Deporte, Sportmanía and Caza y Pesca.

    Strike by ground crew at Norwegian airport ends

    A strike by ground crew at several airports in Northern Norway ended over the weekend, when airport employers and the ground crews’ union LFF (Luftfartens funskjonærforbund) came to an agreement on a new pay deal.

    Some of the workers had been on strike since March 12 and the strike later spread to halt airline traffic at Brønnøysund, Svolvær, Vardø, Vadsø, Mehamn and Honningsvåg.

    The crew provide ground services for Norway’s regional domestic airline Widerøe, which was forced to suspend its airline service for the duration of the conflict.

    Middle East

    Foreign workers to leave UAE after pay strike

    “Hundreds of foreign workers at the United Arab Emirates’ (UAE) biggest construction company are to return home, law enforcement officials say, after a pay dispute triggered a strike and threw a fresh spotlight on labour conditions in the Gulf,” according to the Financial Times .

    Most of the striking workers were from India, Pakistan and Bangladesh. Strikes are illegal in Dubai and across the Gulf.

    Last week, Dubai police chief, Dhahi Khalfan al-Tamim, said 200 workers would be repatriated in the wake of the strike, which was aimed at forcing Arabtec to pay the workers’ monthly Dh350 food allowance in cash rather than meals.

    The visas of over 460 Arabtec workers–who are paid between Dh650 and Dh1,200 ($176 and $327) a month–are to be cancelled after they opted to leave the UAE, according to a Dubai police official cited in the Abu Dhabi state-owned newspaper, The National.

    Ashraf, a scaffolding installer at Arabtec, told Al Jazeera Wednesday, after receiving a phone call from a coworker, “Between 20-25 people just got the [deportation] letter now… When we got the news of the [first] deportations [on Monday] everyone came down shouting. When the police came, we just went back to our rooms. People were trying to be part of the group without coming to the front,” he said.

    Arabtec, part-owned by the Abu Dhabi government, declined to answer questions from the Financial Times. The company said last week that all employees had returned to work after an “amicable solution” was found, although a “minority group” would be “held responsible for their actions.”

    A Human Rights Watch report published last year said that some Qatari construction workers were virtual forced labourers in bondage to their employers. Arabtec was among the companies that built the Burj Khalifa, currently the tallest building in the world.

    Dubai is an autonomous city and part of the UAE, a federation run by an unelected emir where the press is censored and public demonstrations are illegal.

    Bahraini construction workers’ strike ends

    Around 1,800 workers at GP Zachariades, a Cypriot construction firm in Bahrain, have ended a five-day strike over non-payment of wages for the last two months.

    GP Zachariades’s projects in Bahrain include the Ritz-Carlton and Movenpick Hotels, as well as the headquarters of the Ministry of Interior.

    According to the Gulf Daily News, “Bahrain’s Ministry of Labour said that an agreement was reached between the striking workers and officials during a meeting at staff accommodation in Sitra on Tuesday.”

    Company director Ahmed Al Haiki said that an agreement had been struck for GP Zachariades to pay employees’ one-and-a-half months salary of what they were owed, with the balance being paid in the coming days.

    GP Zacharides is the third major employer in the Gulf to suffer unrest among its workers, noted the Gulf Daily News, citing Arabtec and 1,000 staff at Kuwait’s Oil Sector Services.

    Egypt Iffco strike enters second week

    A strike at Iffco Egypt, an oil and fat refining and processing company in Suez, has gone on for more than two weeks faced with management’s decision to close down the factory until further notice, reported Daily News Egypt .

    The workers are demanding their delayed profits and special allowances, reported state-owned news agency MENA. Workers are also demanding the return to work of their colleagues, who were fired by management. Since the strike began on 12 May, the administration has suspended nine union members.

    Africa

    Nigerian teachers set to strike

    Members of the Nigerian Union of Teachers (NUT) in 18 states are set to begin indefinite strike action June 1.

    The governments of the 18 states which include Cross River, Ogun, Oyo and Niger have not yet implemented the 27.5 percent Teachers Enhanced Allowance agreed in 2008.

    The NUT national executive took the decision in April to undertake the strike as a bargaining ploy. However, a meeting between NUT officials and state governors on May 23 under the auspices of the Senate Committee on Education broke down.

    Some of the 18 state governments have yet to implement the Federal Government’s N 18,000 (US$114) monthly minimum wage, which was passed into law two years ago.

    Zimbabwe car dealership workers strike

    Workers at the Harare-based luxury car dealership Zimoco have gone on strike. They have several grievances including no review of their salaries since January 2012 and lack of safety work clothing. They are also opposed to the company’s new human resources manager, saying that he refuses to address their concerns. They accuse him of ordering them on how to vote in upcoming elections to gain a salary increment.

    Kenya construction workers walk off the job

    Around 20 construction workers building the new Malaba International Bridge have walked off the job. They include carpenters, steel fixers and masons. They say they are owed back wages by the contractor employing them and will not return to work until paid. Some of the construction workers are from Uganda.

    The bridge forms part of the 70 kilometre trunk road linking Webuye in Kenya to Malaba in Uganda. The trunk road is near completion. The new bridge, which is being built beside the existing one, will enable heavy trucks to cross more easily.

    South African garment workers take two-day strike

    Around 10,000 members of the Southern African Clothing and Textile Workers’ Union (SACTWU) began a two day strike on Tuesday. They accuse various textile companies, within the United Clothing and Textile Association (UCTA), of paying below the legally prescribed minimum wage and of seeking to undermine the union’s bargaining rights.

    Around 4,000 of the strikers are based in the city of Newcastle in the KwaZulu Natal region.



    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    The FBI murder of Ibragim Todashev–the man who knew too much?

    0

     

    By
    Bill Van Auken

    31 May 2013

    FBI and other law enforcement officials revealed Wednesday that Ibragim Todashev, the 27-year-old Chechen immigrant who was shot and killed after being interrogated for days about the Boston Marathon bombings, had been unarmed.

    The killing of Todashev, and the rapid disintegration of the government’s official story–that he was shot after lunging at interrogators with a knife–is an extraordinary event. It casts into further doubt everything that has been said so far about the Boston Marathon bombings.

    The report that Todashev was unarmed was followed Thursday by a press conference in Moscow, where the murdered man’s father, Abdulbaki Todashev presented a series of photographs of his son’s body taken at a Florida morgue showing that he had been shot six times in the torso and once in the crown of his head.

    “I would like to say that looking at these photos is like being in a movie,” he said. “I only saw things like that in movies; shooting a person, and then the kill shot. Six shots in the body, one of them in the head.”

    He added: “Maybe my son knew something, some information the police did not want to be made public. Maybe they wanted to silence my son.”

    Todashev, a mixed martial arts fighter, was acquainted with Tamerlan Tsarnaev, the Boston bombing suspect killed by police on April 19, as they were both ethnic Chechens and used the same gym when Todashev lived in the Boston area.

    In breaking the story, the Washington Post reported that “An air of mystery has surrounded the FBI shooting” since it happened in Orlando, Florida on May 22. This is a gross understatement. The entire affair reeks to high heaven of an extra-legal execution and coverup.

    The admission that the FBI shot to death an unarmed man led to calls by civil rights groups and Todashev’s widow and family for an independent investigation into the killing. The Council on American-Islamic Relations held a press conference in Orlando calling for the Justice Department’s Civil Rights Division to launch a probe into how “an unarmed man who had not been charged or convicted of anything was shot seven times, once in the head.”

    Meanwhile, at the press conference in Moscow, Zaurbek Sadakhanov of the Moscow Interterritorial Bar Association stated his belief that the case was one of extrajudicial execution and urged Todashev’s friend, who had taken the morgue photos, to return to Russia. “Being a witness in the US is not safe,” he said.

    At the time of his death, Todashev had undergone prolonged interrogation by a team of FBI agents accompanied by Massachusetts state troopers and counterterrorism officials. The marathon questioning took place in Todashev’s own apartment, where he was held prisoner while denied representation by a lawyer.

    After the killing, FBI and other police sources fed the media a story that Todashev had been shot after trying to attack an agent with a knife. Some media outlets went so far as to report that the young immigrant had stabbed an agent before he was brought down in a hail of gunfire, an amazing feat given that he had no knife.

    All of this now is revealed as a deliberate lie that has been dutifully repeated by the media. The New York Times, it bears pointing out, has not published a single story on Todashev since the immediate aftermath of the killing in Orlando. As of late Thursday afternoon, the Times had not even posted an update on the acknowledgment that Todashev had been unarmed. No doubt, as on previously sensitive stories involving the national intelligence apparatus, someone from the Times editorial board was consulting with the White House, the FBI and other agencies on how best to handle the matter.

    FBI and other police sources also put out the story that Todashev had verbally confessed that both he and Tamerlan Tsarnaev, the Boston bombing suspect, were responsible for a triple homicide that took place in Massachusetts in 2011. He was shot, the law enforcement sources claim, just before signing the alleged confession.

    There is even less reason to believe this tale–also dutifully repeated as fact by the corporate media–than there was to accept the claims that Todashev had somehow concealed a knife from his heavily armed captors and then tried to attack them with it.

    Todashev’s housemate, Khusen Taramov, has told the media that he had been questioned together with Todashev up until the last eight-hour session in which he was murdered. He said the issue of the murders in Massachusetts was never raised. “They were asking different questions like how did we meet these guys [the Boston bombing suspects Tamerlan Tsarnaev and his younger bother Dzhokhar], the kind of relationship we had with the guys.”

    Similarly, Todashev’s widow, Reni Manukyan, 24, said that all of the questioning, to which she too was subjected, was about the Boston bombings, and no one asked her or her husband about the killings in 2011. “The interviews were always about Tsarnaev and the bombings,” she said. “How did we know him and what was the relationship with him.”

    As Todashev’s father put it in an interview with the Boston Globe from Russia, “They killed my son and then they made up a reason to explain it.”

    Why would the FBI and other intelligence and police officials lie about the killing of Todashev? The “air of mystery,” to use the Post’s phrase, surrounding this state murder is bound up with the unanswered questions and murky explanations for the Boston bombings themselves. The coldblooded killing in Orlando only underscores that nothing reported by government officials or the major media regarding this case can be accepted uncritically.

    This includes the identity of the bombers themselves. Dzhokhar Tsarnaev, who survived the shoot out with police, has, according to his mother, spoken with her for the first time and has denied involvement in the bombing. Dzhokhar was severely injured after a boat he was hiding in, unarmed, was shot up by police. He is currently being held in a Massachusetts prison hospital facing the capital charge of using a weapon of mass destruction.

    One thing is certain, as with the attacks of 9/11 and virtually every other real or manufactured terrorist incident since, the alleged perpetrators were known to US intelligence. In the case of Tamerlan Tsarnaev, it is known that Russian security officials alerted both the FBI and the CIA in 2011 to what they said was evident danger that he was involved with Islamist terrorism. There have also been reports that Russian agencies provided their US counterparts with a dossier on Tsarnaev’s contacts with such elements in 2012, following his six-month visit to the North Caucasus, and that Saudi authorities had issued a similar warning.

    Yet, the FBI claimed it found nothing to warrant keeping open an investigation on Tsarnaev, and he was allowed to return from the Russian region, which includes Chechnya, where Islamist separatists waged two wars with Russian forces in the 1990s, without being questioned by immigration, customs or other officials.

    Moreover, the FBI failed to share any of the information that it received about Tsarnaev with either state or local police in Massachusetts, despite working together with them on a joint terror task force.

    Now, it emerges that one of the only individuals in the US who could have potentially shed light on Tsarnaev’s ties to Chechnya was shot to death execution-style by US agents.

    Was it a case of a man who knew too much? Could Tsarnaev have shared information with Todashev that compromised covert operations by US intelligence?

    The involvement of US intelligence agencies both in promoting Islamist separatist forces in the former Soviet Union and utilizing such forces as proxy troops in countries like Libya and Syria is well known. Is it possible that Tamerlan Tsarnaev became involved somehow in these links?

    On the other hand, virtually every major terror incident on US soil since 9/11 has been orchestrated by the FBI using agent provocateurs, who provided everything needed to carry out an attack before arresting their patsies and announcing another victory in the “war on terrorism.” Was this such a staged incident that got out of hand, or, perhaps, allowed to proceed?

    The Boston bombings served as the pretext for carrying out an unprecedented lockdown of an entire US metropolitan area in which basic democratic rights were suspended and security forces carried out what amounted to a dry run for a military coup.

    The FBI murder of Ibragim Todashev is symptomatic of a country in which the military and intelligence apparatus exerts ever greater control, and the democratic rights of working people, the great majority of the population, are under relentless assault. Such state killings are a warning that preparations for dictatorial forms of rule are already well advanced in America.



    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    Obama’s attorney general admits approving search warrant for news reporter

    0

     

    By
    Eric London

    31 May 2013

    US Attorney General Eric Holder personally approved the Obama administration’s secret effort to seize email records of Fox News reporter James Rosen in 2010. The Justice Department was forced to admit this fact following an NBC News report documenting Holder’s role.

    In an official statement issued last Friday, the Justice Department hypocritically claimed it “takes seriously the First Amendment right to freedom of the press. In recognition of this, the Department took great care in deciding that a search warrant was necessary in [this] matter, vetting the decision at the highest levels of the Department, including discussions with the Attorney General.”

    The announcement amounts to an admission that Holder lied when he testified before Congress on May 15 regarding the administration’s crackdown on information disclosures made by government officials to journalists.

    “With regard to the potential prosecution of the press for the disclosure of material,” Holder told Congress two weeks ago, “that is not something that I’ve ever been involved in, heard of or would think would be a wise policy. In fact, my view is quite the opposite.”

    In fact, Holder took part in “extensive deliberations” on the subject, according to the recent administration statement, before making the blatantly unconstitutional decision to spy on Rosen and his private communications. To obtain the warrant it was necessary to claim that Rosen was likely involved in criminal activity by seeking to obtain information from a government source.

    Holder’s admission follows revelations by the Associated Press that the Justice Department secretly used a subpoena earlier this year to obtain phone records of AP reporters and editors as part of an investigation to identify the source of a leak about the foiling of an alleged terrorist attack linked to Yemen.

    AP President and Chief Executive Gary Pruitt told a staff meeting Wednesday that phone records obtained by the government included “thousands and thousands” of calls in and out of the news organization, according to a staffer who attended. The Obama administration acted as “judge, jury and executioner” in secretly obtaining the news organization’s records, Pruitt said.

    In an effort to deflect growing public opposition, the Justice Department issued a statement saying it planned to establish standard operating procedures to monitor the activities of reporters. The department wanted to “strike the appropriate balance between its obligation to enforce the laws preventing leaks of classified information and First Amendment rights, and, through a new media shield law and appropriate updates to the Department’s internal guidelines, we are committed to achieving that balance.”

    This amounts to nothing more than putting in place bureaucratic procedures to oversee and sanction the government’s future trampling of the First Amendment. Similar suggestions have been made to provide a pseudo-legal cover for the international and domestic crimes the Obama and Bush administrations have carried out in the name of the “War on Terror.”

    While some news outlets boycotted a secret meeting requested by Holder on Thursday, the corporate controlled media has reacted with typical cowardice. The editors of the New York Times and Associated Press said they would not attend an “off the record” meeting but assured the Obama administration that they would send lawyers to help negotiate an “update” of government procedures on restricting what the American people are allowed to know.

    The Times cited with approval the lamentations of a lawyer close to Holder who said the attorney general faced “a trade-off between press freedoms and the need to identify leakers–a problem for which there are no easy answers because it pits ‘two laudable goals’ against each other.”

    For the past decade, the corporate news organizations have offered no substantial opposition to the assault on democratic rights carried out in the name of the “war on terror.” The New York Times and other media conglomerates are complicit in legitimizing the concept of “debating” questions for which it claims “there are no easy answers,” like the appropriate tactics for furthering such “laudable goals” as the assassination of US citizens and indefinite detention of prisoners without a warrant or a trial, the creation of a general “state of exception” to the constitution, the launching of war after war, and the widespread spying and wiretapping of American citizens.

    But there can be no “debate” as to whether or not freedom of the press can be limited at the whim of the government, be it the executive branch or, as proposed under Holder’s “media shield law,” by a star chamber set up by the judicial branch.

    In fact, freedom of the press is not a “laudable goal,” but a constitutional requirement, inscribed in the First Amendment.

    The amendment states that “Congress shall make no law…abridging the freedom of speech, or of the press…” This key freedom, Founding Father James Madison wrote, “shall be inviolable .”

    No branch of government has the constitutional authority to create a balancing test for the First Amendment. Yet the Obama administration has repeatedly asserted that basic constitutional protections are extraneous if they are outweighed by a state interest.

    The Obama administration has emerged as the most anti-democratic in US history. The former constitutional law professor has placed under siege every basic democratic principle contained in the Bill of Rights–freedom of the press, freedom of association, free speech, the protection against warrantless searches and seizures, due process, the right to a trial by jury and public counsel, and the ban on torture.

    The White House has prosecuted six current or former government officials for leaking classified information, double the number prosecuted by all previous presidents combined. It has imprisoned and is about to put on trial Private Bradley Manning for allegedly exposing US war crimes, and it has launched an international witch-hunt against WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange.

    At the same time, the government is increasing its spying operations on the American people, pushing for a new law that will allow it to tap directly into Facebook, Google and other Internet companies.

    The Justice Department’s clandestine operations to intimidate and silence reporters are another indication of the destruction of democratic rights in the United States.



    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    Health care overhaul will leave millions of poor Americans uninsured

    0

     

    By
    Kate Randall

    31 May 2013

    Millions of people living in poverty will have no access to health insurance under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA). As promoted by the Obama administration, approximately half of those newly insured under the legislation would have been covered by an expansion of Medicaid, the health care program for the poor jointly administered by the federal government and the states. Under Medicaid expansion, adults making up to 133 percent of the poverty level would generally qualify for coverage.

    However, more than half of the 50 US states are refusing to expand their Medicaid programs. The US Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of the ACA last June, but also ruled that states could not be required to expand Medicaid. The Urban Institute estimates that 5.7 million uninsured adults with incomes below the poverty level live in states that will not be expanding their Medicaid programs; more that half of those currently without health insurance live in these states

    As the health care bill is written, people with annual incomes from the poverty level up to four times that amount–$11,490 to $45,960 for an individual–would be eligible for subsidies to purchase insurance on the exchanges set up under the ACA. But those with incomes below the poverty level would not qualify for the subsidies.

    As a result, in states not expanding their Medicaid programs the very poorest of the poor will be left with no health insurance options whatsoever. States opting out of the Medicaid expansion include some of the nation’s poorest, including Texas, Florida, Alabama, Louisiana, Mississippi and Georgia. In Kansas, another state opting out, adults with incomes between 32 percent and 100 percent of the poverty level–$6,250 to $19,530 for a family of three–will be left out in the cold as far as the health care overhaul is concerned.

    Many state Medicaid programs currently offer no coverage for able-bodied, childless adults, and this will remain the rule in those states not expanding their programs. States will actually be turning down federal funds, arguing that the expansion will be unaffordable in the long run. The federal government will cover 100 percent of the costs initially, gradually reducing this to 90 percent.

    However, many state governors and legislators argue that this promise of federal money is not written in stone, and that Congress could change the allocation of funding in the future. Under conditions where states are already making deep cuts to Medicaid and other social programs to balance their budgets on the backs of workers and the poor, they oppose any provision that would increase benefits and spending.

    Following last June’s Supreme Court ruling, Texas Governor Rick Perry, a Republican, notified the Obama administration his state would not be expanding Medicaid. Last Sunday, the Texas House and Senate sent the governor a proposal in the form of an amendment to a Medicaid-related bill that would bar any expansion of the program in January 2014, when the full implementation of the ACA goes into force.

    Nearly a quarter of all Texans–some 6 million people–are currently uninsured and most of them would have qualified for health coverage under an expansion of the Medicaid program. A report commissioned by Texas Impact, a group that advocates Medicaid expansion, estimates that Texas will be turning away about $100 billion over 10 years by rejecting the expansion, and the state would have been responsible for about $15 billion.

    The fact that due to a gaping hole in coverage some of the poorest sections of the population will go uninsured is the latest exposure of legislation that has been touted by the Obama administration as a sweeping improvement in health care coverage. It has already been revealed that private insurers plan on hiking already exorbitant premiums and that significant numbers of employers will offer bare-bones plans –some that do not even cover hospitalizations and surgeries–while largely skirting penalties for not providing adequate coverage.

    The entire discussion on health care “reform” has involved horse trading among the key players–the Obama administration, Congress, private insurers, drug companies and corporate employers–over how to slash costs for the government and big business and boost profits for the health care industry, while reducing health care services for the vast majority of ordinary Americans. The fig leaf of any nominally progressive features of the legislation has long since been torn away.

    With states now balking at implementing one of the key provisions of the health care bill–and turning down hundreds of billions of dollars in federal money–the Affordable Care Act will leave millions of people living in extreme poverty without health coverage, further endangering their health and very lives. Many of these people will only discover that they do not qualify when they try to sign up under Medicaid, or when they seek out subsidies to purchase private insurance on the exchanges.

    The New York Times quotes Bruce Lesley, president of the child advocacy group First Focus: “In states that do not expand Medicaid, some of the neediest people will not get coverage… People will be denied assistance because they don’t make enough money. Trying to explain that will be a nightmare.”



    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    Furloughs of civilian defense department workers begin in the US

    0

     

    By
    Andre Damon

    31 May 2013

    About 750,000 Defense Department employees in the US began receiving furlough notices Tuesday. They will take up to 11 unpaid furlough days starting July 8, amounting to a 20 percent pay cut.

    These furloughs are the result of $1.2 trillion in sequester cuts signed into law last year, with $85 billion in cuts implemented this year. As a result of the sequester cuts, states throughout the country are slashing or eliminating vital social programs that keep millions of people out of poverty while also taking the axe to extended unemployment benefits.

    The Defense Department furloughs are only the largest of furloughs across a broad range of government agencies, including the Environmental Protection Agency, the federal courts, the Department of Human Services and the Internal Revenue Service.

    Even as the current year’s cuts are getting started, lawmakers are already laying the groundwork for sharper cuts next year. This will include $92 billion plus an additional $35 billion in cuts that are deferred from last year.

    This year, the cuts were implemented across every government agency, resulting in roughly equal cutbacks in every sector. Next year, however, Congress will have the leeway to direct the cuts to particular agencies.

    A foretaste of next year’s sequester cuts was provided by a proposal adopted by the House Appropriations Committee last week that would slash funding for major social services by over a quarter.

    The committee proposed to cut spending on the departments of Labor, Education, and Health and Human Services by $43 billion, a drop of 26 percent. While the Republican-dominated committee’s proposal is unlikely to be passed wholesale, it points to the way the sequester cuts are being used by both parties to dismantle social services.

    President Barack Obama, who had previously referred to the sequester cuts as “dumb” and warned of the catastrophic impact should they be implemented, has in recent weeks said next to nothing about their impact, much less calling for their overturn.

    The Internal Revenue Service, Environmental Protection Agency, and Department of Housing and Urban Development shut down completely last Friday as a result of furloughs. Some 115,000 workers, or five percent of the total government workforce, were furloughed that day.

    Some 4,700 Environmental Protection Agency employees have another seven furloughs days remaining this year, while the IRS will shut down for five to seven more workdays.

    About two million people will have their long-term jobless benefits slashed by up to a quarter this year. The state of Illinois cut its extended unemployment payments by 16.8 percent starting May 27, while the state of Wyoming slashed its extended unemployment payments by 23 percent starting May 26. South Carolina, meanwhile, is implementing the cuts by withholding unemployment checks on specific weeks.

    As the sequester cuts come into full swing, an increasing number of workers are being affected. According to an ABC News/ Washington Post poll released last week, 37 percent of the US population said they were directly affected by the sequester cuts, up from 25 percent in March. Of those who said the sequester cuts affected them, 18 percent said that the cuts had a “major impact.”

    Across the country, 70,000 children, or seven percent of all those enrolled in Head Start, the early childhood education program, will be kicked off the program by July, with many already affected.

    Cancer clinics, meanwhile, have turned away thousands of patients because Medicare cuts implemented under the program make it impossible for providers to pay for treatments. Jeff Vacirca, chief executive of North Shore Hematology Oncology Associates in New York, told the Washington Post that his company has been forced to turn away one third of its 16,000 Medicare patients. “A lot of us are in disbelief that this is happening,” he told the newspaper. “It’s a choice between seeing these patients and staying in business.”

    Across the country, the federal government is slashing assistance to states as a result of the sequester cuts. Louisiana, for example, is seeing an 8.5 percent reduction in the amount of federal assistance it receives. The state is cutting a host of programs, including 21 percent from its children’s health insurance program.

    Michigan, which is losing $248 billion in federal funding, according to a recent report by the Economic Policy Institute, eliminated a program that gave 21,000 children throughout the state a $137 allowance for clothes each school year.

    Federal public defenders are likewise facing furloughs. For instance, defenders in the District of Columbia will be forced to take a 15-day furlough this year, amounting to a 12 percent reduction in their salary. Last month, two Washington D.C. judges noted in a column that the furlough of public defenders in the city “poses an existential threat to the right of indigent defendants to have publicly funded legal representation.”

    The sequester cuts, which both parties nominally say they oppose, are the result of the bipartisan deal reached last year to avoid the so-called “fiscal cliff” by creating a series of automatic across-the-board spending cuts that would supposedly be so disastrous that politicians would be forced to repeal them. It is now clear, however, that the cuts were intended as a way to slash social services, cut workers’ pay and drastically reduce unemployment benefits, all while paving the way for even more draconian cuts to Social Security and Medicare.



    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    Britain illegally detained Afghans at Camp Bastion, Afghanistan

    0

     

    By
    Harvey Thompson

    31 May 2013

    Afghan prisoners have been held in detention by British forces for more than a year, sometimes without charge.

    After legal documents were obtained by the BBC, the Ministry of Defence (MoD) announced its readiness to hand over to Afghan authorities up to 90 prisoners the British Army has been holding at Camp Bastion, Afghanistan.

    Lawyers in the UK acting for some of the men said that their clients had been held for up to 14 months without charge. They compared the public revelations to those surrounding the US detainment and interrogation facility at the Guantánamo Bay Naval Base, Cuba, which operates in contravention to the Geneva Conventions.

    Public Interest Lawyers, acting on behalf of eight detainees at the High Court, stated, “Our clients have been held for between eight to 14 months without charge and without access to lawyers in clear breach of UK and international law.

    “Applications for habeas corpus were issued on behalf of two of the men on April 18 2013 and the court has ordered a four-day hearing from July 23 2013.”

    Phil Shiner, of Public Interest Lawyers, told the BBC, “This is a secret facility that has been used to unlawfully detain or intern up to 85 Afghans that they have kept secret, that parliament doesn’t know about, that courts previously, when they have interrogated issues like detention and internment in Afghanistan, have never been told about–completely off the radar.

    “It is reminiscent of the public’s awakening that there was a Guantánamo Bay. And people will be wondering if these detainees are being treated humanely and in accordance with international law.”

    Lawyers criticised the lack of access they have had to their clients, who have not been told what they were accused of or given a trial date. Speaking on BBC Radio 4’s Today programme, Shiner said that the MoD has refused them access to their clients, and only as a result of legal proceedings have they managed to establish telephone contact.

    “What happens is the UK could have trained the Afghan authorities to detain people lawfully with proper standards and making sure that they are treated humanely. They could have then monitored that, including with ad hoc inspections to make sure that the Afghans were obeying the law. They have chosen not to do so.

    “And they have chosen to go down a route which I think is completely worrying and entirely unconstitutional where no one’s been told, Parliament has not been told that we have this secret facility. Whatever the solution is, flagrant breaches of the common law and international law, that’s not the answer.”

    Richard Stein, from law firm Leigh Day, representing one of the detainees, said, “Our client has been held at Camp Bastion since August 2012. He has not been charged with any crime and has had no access to a lawyer to receive legal advice about his detention.

    “We have been asking for access to our client since March and, to date, it has still not been provided. The right of access to a lawyer is a fundamental and constitutional principle of our legal system. Unimpeded access to a lawyer is part of our concept of the rule of law.

    “The Government states that one of the objectives of its current work in Afghanistan is to establish the rule of law and build a fair justice system by the time UK forces leave in 2014. In such a context, for the UK Government itself to be refusing my client and other individuals the right to access justice is wrong and completely unlawful.”

    UK defence secretary Philip Hammond has denied that the Afghan prisoners were being held illegally, claiming that detentions in Afghanistan are legal under the United Nations (UN) mandate. Hammond had earlier mounted a scurrilous attack on the lawyers, accusing them of making requests that would pose a security threat to British troops.

    “Let’s be clear what they are asking for,” he said. “They are asking the court to release these people to turn them back to the battlefield so they can carry on with the activities for which they were detained in the first place, putting British troops and other Isaf [International Security Assistance Force] lives at risk.”

    Without offering a shred of proof, he continued, “These are people suspected of murdering British troops, facilitating or planting or being involved with IEDs (improvised explosive devices) at a time when most people are focused on how we protect our troops from being murdered, whether it’s on the streets of London or on the battlefield.”

    Lawyers representing eight of the detainees said the British Army has no power to continue holding their clients, who were arrested by soldiers in raids in villages in Helmand and Kandahar provinces.

    Along with other US-led forces, the British military was recently compelled to temporarily suspend transfers of prisoners to Afghan authorities following horrific revelations of detainee torture, such as those contained in a UN report.

    The MoD now claims to have found a “safe route” for prisoner transfers, according to the BBC, and “Once the policy and legal obligations have been met, direction will be given to restart transfers.”

    Hammond told the BBC, “We would like nothing more than to hand these people over to the Afghan authorities so they can be handed over to the Afghan judicial system.”

    In an interview that would be considered comical if not for its menacing implications, Mohammad Daud Yaar, the Afghan ambassador to the UK, told BBC Radio 4’s World at One, “We believe that those detainees who are Afghans, based on the principle of national sovereignty, should be placed under Afghan authority.”

    “Believe me, the world should take us at our word,” he added. “We promise that we will not mistreat these people.”

    Yaar said he hoped that the prisoners would be transferred to the Parwan detention facility near Bagram airfield, a US-built prison that was placed under Afghan government control last year and the site of a previous abuse scandal in which two detainees were killed.

    Asked about claims that prisoners in Afghan detention were mistreated, Yaar said the issue had been investigated by experts appointed by the US-backed Afghan president, Hamid Karzai.

    “What they found was that there were some occasions of torture, but the torture was not systematic. It’s a war environment and people get emotional. In the process of detaining people, usually, some degree of violence does occur,” he said.



    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    American woman killed fighting with Syrian insurgency

    0

    An American woman who converted to Islam after falling in love with an Arab immigrant has been killed fighting for opposition forces in Syria, the Federal Bureau of Investigation confirmed to her family Thursday.

    Nicole Lynn Mansfield, 33, was first identified by a Syrian
    television station, which broadcast images of her driver’s
    license photo. Mansfield is shown in the picture wearing an
    Islamic headscarf and listing her address in Flint, Michigan,
    according to the Detroit Free Press. The Syrian news report
    claimed she and British companions were shot by President Bashar
    Assad’s military. 

    Two FBI agents confirmed the report to Mansfield’s family back in
    Michigan, where they expressed disbelief over the news. The
    family confessed limited knowledge of the Arab immigrant she
    married, and who Mansfield divorced three years ago, and was
    unsure of when she went to Syria. 

    “I’m sick over it. I didn’t think she was [a terrorist], but
    god only knows
    ,” Monica Mansfield Speelman, Nicole’s aunt,
    told the Free Press. “It bothered me that she converted to
    Islam and started wearing a headscarf
    .” 

    Mansfield was raised in the Baptist faith, her father working as
    a General Motors production worker. She became pregnant in high
    school but later earned her equivalency degree and moved onto
    community college. Mansfield worked for ten years at an old-age
    home and leaves behind an 18-year-old daughter. 

    “She has a heart of gold, but she was weak minded,” said
    her grandmother, Carole Mansfield. “I think she could have
    been brainwashed
    .”

    AFP Photo / Miguel Medina

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Beware the Child Protectors

    0

    When Salt Lake City police and caseworkers from the state Division of Child and Family Services (DCFS) surrounded the home of Janet Adolf on June 4, they were not responding to an accusation of child abuse or neglect. The armed raid had been staged to seize Adolf’s eight-year-old daughter, who wasn’t at home – although her three terrified siblings were. According to Adolf’s attorney Michael Humiston, the order had been issued because he had advised caseworkers of his intention to monitor their visits to Adolf’s home in order “to protect Janet’s rights.”

    As the case is described by Humiston, Adolf’s problems began when her eight-year-old daughter was “intimidated” into making allegations of sexual abuse. Although the family’s original caseworker, Kirk Soderquist, “tried to tell the court that there was no basis to the allegations,” the youngster was removed from her home and temporarily placed in foster care; Soderquist was removed from the case and replaced with another caseworker.

    “What Rights?”

    After a month in a foster home, the child was returned to Adolf and a second caseworker was assigned to make regular home visits. Humiston left a message with DCFS announcing his intention to “coordinate” the visits, so that he could be present to protect “the family’s Fourth and Fifth Amendment rights.” According to Humiston, when this was explained to Judge Sharon McCully of Utah’s Third District Juvenile Court – who issued the order that led to the June 4 raid – she exclaimed, “What rights?”

    Humiston, an attorney from Heber City, Utah, contends that the State of Utah has conducted “a systematic reign of terror.” “By law, parents can be anonymously accused, and never get to face their accusers,” observes Humiston. “There’s no right to a jury, no right to remain silent, and no presumption of innocence. Worst of all, all proceedings are conducted in secret. The State regularly terminates parents’ rights without ever showing that the parents are unfit.”

    In early March, Humiston filed a $500 million class-action suit against Utah Attorney General Janet Graham and several other state officials on behalf of five families whose children had been seized by the DCFS. According to Humiston, the amount of damages sought in the lawsuit is equivalent to the amount of child welfare subsidies received by the state of Utah since 1994.

    The situation described by Humiston is by no means unique to Utah. Across the United States, thousands of families have been ripped apart by child “protection” bureaucracies. Parents in such circumstances find that if they have been “hot-lined” – that is, reported anonymously by a dutiful citizen, teacher, or acquaintance – they enjoy none of the rights and immunities associated with due process. Acting in the “best interests of the child,” social workers can terminate parental rights on a whim, and order police agencies to enforce those whimsical decisions at gunpoint.

    Even more ominously, child “protection” agencies across the nation, following a totalitarian blueprint and fueled with taxpayer dollars, are seeking to create a compulsory “home visitation” system, through which agents of the state will be able to subject parents to regular scrutiny – and determine whether or not children, as “state property,” will be permitted to remain with questionable parents. Supporters of this concept have worked stealthily for nearly a quarter of a century to create a national home visitation network. Should they succeed, armed raids similar to the one mounted against the home of Janet Adolf may become quite common.

    “Village” Takeover

    During her recent “listening tour” of central New York State, Hillary Rodham Clinton had scheduled a visit to Elmira to call attention to that city’s “early childhood intervention program” – the Pre-natal and Early Infancy Project (PEIP). Christopher Caldwell of the neo-conservative Weekly Standard, who covered the First Lady’s Senate campaign swing, explained that PEIP is a child abuse program that “involves sending social workers on regularly scheduled pre-emptive visits into the homes of children whose parents are deemed to put them ‘at risk’ of wrong parenting.”

    In her ghostwritten manifesto It Takes a Village, Clinton gushes, “I cannot say enough in support of home visits” by government social workers. After all, she declares, “Keeping children healthy in body and mind is the family’s and the village’s first obligation,” and in those “terrible times when no adequate parenting is available … the village itself must act in place of parents. It accepts those responsibilities in all our names through the authority we vest in government….”

    Insisting that in matters of suspected abuse or neglect of children, “a child’s safety must take precedence over the preservation of a family that has allowed abuse to occur,” Clinton contends that “social workers and courts should make decisions about terminating parental rights of abusive parents more quickly, rather than removing and returning abused children time and again.” Government-authorized “home visitors” of the type extolled by the First Lady are authorized to pass judgment on the “adequacy” of parents, and to summon child protection workers should it be decided that the “village” must now “act in place” of inadequate parents.

    Like most advocates of home visitation programs, Clinton invokes the tragedy of child abuse to justify state intervention within the home. However, as the Physicians Resource Council (PRC), an affiliate of the Alabama Family Alliance, documents in a new study entitled The Parent Trainers, “most advocates of home visitation … clearly state that their goal is to institutionalize home visitation services for all new parents.” Deborah Daro, a former research director for Prevent Child Abuse America (PCAA), candidly explained that the objective “is to bring home visitation services to all new parents.” The U.S. Advisory Board on Child Abuse and Neglect, which was empanelled by George Bush in 1991, reached the same conclusion, calling for “the sequential implementation of a universal voluntary neo-natal home visitation system” (which by strict definition could not be at once “universal” and “voluntary”).

    Home visitors – who are also called Family Support Workers (FSW) – serve three missions, according to the PCAA. First, “being a teacher is central” to the FSW’s mission. Second, “the home visitor is also a friend, adviser, and advocate for parents,” and is responsible for helping forge links between the family and local “community service” agencies. “Finally,” states the PCAA, “the home visitor is a monitor” who is expected to develop a “collaborative relationship” with the local Child Protective Services (CPS) agency, and in that capacity she is expected to “set up regular consultation sessions with CPS to review ‘high risk’ cases” and to take “appropriate actions … when abuse or neglect or imminent harm are suspected.” One FSW explains that “because so many of our families are at risk of child abuse and neglect, our watchful eye can see the potential for danger before it becomes a real problem and do something about it.”

    In other words, home visitors/FSWs are the designated “watchful eyes” of the state within the home, empowered to “teach” parents, shepherd them into the suffocating embrace of the welfare state, and arrange for the seizure of children from parents deemed unsuitable. Furthermore, since enrollment in most home visitation programs begins with the birth of the child (and in some, enrollment begins before birth), the clear purpose is to make the state, by way of the home visitor, the custodian of first resort for the children involved.

    “We must remove the children from the crude influence of families,” Soviet Communist Party educators were instructed at a conference in 1918. “We must take them over and, to speak frankly, nationalize them.” Dr. C. Henry Kempe, the most influential American advocate of home visitation programs, subscribed wholeheartedly to that concept.

    Dr. Kempe was co-author of the ground-breaking 1968 book The Battered Child, which inaugurated the contemporary “war on child abuse.” Kempe’s work was cited as authoritative by the U.S. Advisory Board on Child Abuse and Neglect, and by the American Academy of Pediatrics when it recommended in 1998 that pediatricians should “advocate at the local, state, and national levels for the funding … of quality home-visitation programs.” Not surprisingly, Kempe also earned favorable mention in Hillary Clinton’s It Takes a Village. What makes Kempe’s influence troubling is the fact that he was an unabashed proponent of the totalitarian view that children are “state property,” and that home visitation should be “a compulsory, universal service” imposed on American families. In a June 9, 1975 lecture to the Ambulatory Pediatric Association in Toronto, Dr. Kempe set forth his vision of a system intended to enforce “children’s rights” within the home – a vision remarkably similar to the one expressed by Hillary Clinton in her law journal writings and in It Takes a Village.

    “A free society does not want to interfere with the rights of parents to … raise their children in any way they desire,” observed Kempe. “But, far too often, children are considered the property or chattel of their parents, many of whom think that they are entitled to dispose of them at will.” Invoking the common-law maxim, “A man’s home is his castle,” Kempe insisted that “all too often the child is a prisoner in its dungeon. It is a dungeon of constant anger, dislike, aggression, or even hatred.”

    While most people would acknowledge that such dismal, tragic circumstances do characterize the plight of a relatively small number of children in our country, Kempe insisted that the conditions he described were normative rather than exceptional, and thus justified a “limited intrusion into family privacy by society” in the form of “health visitors.” Such visitors would be regarded as “fully capable of determining which children are at risk, whether they are thriving adequately or not doing well,” and help to “form a bridge between these families and the health care system.” Regular intervention in the home would continue until the child reached school age, at which time “many of the health visitor’s duties will be taken over by the teacher, the school nurse, or the school nurse practitioner.”

    Kempe emphasized that the regime he described would not be limited to troubled families; rather, participation in the home “health visitor” program would be compulsory for all, “similar to the concept of compulsory, universal schooling”: “It seems incomprehensible that we have compulsory education, with truancy laws to enforce attendance and, I might add, imprisonment of parents who deny their child an education, and yet we do not establish similar safeguards for the child’s very survival between birth and age 6.”

    Lethal Guardians

    It is important to recognize that Kempe, in well-established totalitarian fashion, assumes that parents are more dangerous to children than strangers acting as officers of the state, which is, after all, the most powerful instrument of organized coercion and lethal violence. Once again, Kempe’s priorities are in harmony with instructions given in 1918 to Soviet educators, who were told: “From the first days of their lives [Soviet children] will be under the healthy influence of Communist children’s nurseries and schools. There they will grow up to be real Communists.”

    Kempe also emphasized that a stealthy, incremental approach would be necessary in order to construct a nationwide home visitation system. The program could begin in “any state, or any of our 3,362 counties,” he told his audience in Toronto. Furthermore, he admonished advocates to be flexible enough to adjust their proposals to meet local conditions. “If it should turn out that local or state health departments are not very interested or are unwilling to undertake the health visitor program, there may be other approaches for its implementation,” he observed. Pointing out that the state of Michigan had “placed the charge on the [state] Department of Education to assure that everyone is ‘educable,’” Kempe explained that this mandate “gives the Department the right to provide screening procedures and comprehensive health care to make every child school-ready.”

    This same approach has been used by the federal government in recent years to justify intervention in the home at ever-earlier stages in the life of a child. The Clinton administration’s Goals 2000 – which was an outgrowth of a national education agenda created by the Bush administration in 1989 – provides millions of dollars in federal subsidies for state early-intervention programs, all of which are justified by the supposed need to ensure that children arrive at the doorstep of government schools “ready to learn.”

    State Property

    According to Kempe, “those of us who are qualified to assess and correct the problems that produce child abuse and ‘failure to thrive’ should have the authority to intervene effectively for the good of the suffering child.” The range of interventions anticipated by Kempe is limitless, given that he explicitly described the child as the property of the state.

    During the 1992 presidential campaign, Hillary Clinton provoked widespread criticism for her suggestion that children should have the right to “divorce” their parents – but, once again, she was merely building upon Dr. Kempe’s work. “When marriages fail, we have an institution called divorce, but between parent and child, divorce is not yet socially sanctioned,” Kempe commented during his 1975 lecture. For parents deemed unsuitable by the state, “voluntary relinquishment [of parental rights] should be put forth as a desirable social act – to be encouraged for many of these families,” Kempe declared. “When that fails, legal termination of parental rights should be attempted.”

    From Kempe’s perspective, parents exercise authority over their children only by the grace of the state, and the state has the right to revoke parental authority at any time: “Where the state is supreme, the particular problem is easily managed; in a dictatorship each child belongs to the state and you may not damage state property. The really first-rate attention paid to the health of all children in less free societies makes you wonder whether one of our cherished democratic freedoms is the right to maim our own children.”

    Of course, it is nonsense on stilts to say that children who live in “less free societies” have been the beneficiaries of “first-rate attention.” When Kempe offered this paean to totalitarianism, the world had not yet beheld the horrifying spectacle of the state-run orphanages in Communist Romania, in which thousands of children lived and died in unimaginable filth and squalor. Nicolae Ceausescu, the Transylvanian despot who ruled Romania until he was murdered by his outraged subjects in 1989, articulated a statist philosophy of childcare nearly identical to Kempe’s, insisting that the individual Romanian child “is the socialist property of the whole society.”

    Communist China’s childcare policies are also in harmony with Kempe’s vision of the child as “state property.” A Chinese population control commissar explained in 1979: “China is a socialist country. This means that the interests of the individual must be subordinated to the interests of the state…. Socialism should make it possible to regulate the reproduction of human beings so that population growth keeps in step with the growth of material production.” Since children are “state property” in Red China, those conceived without authorization by the state are either killed in the womb, murdered through infanticide, or confined in state-run orphanages.

    Steven W. Mosher, one of the world’s leading experts on Red China’s “one-child” policy, describes that nation’s government-run orphanages as “killing fields.” Human Rights Watch-Asia reported in 1989 that Chinese orphanages have a mortality rate of at least 72 percent, with medical neglect and malnutrition the leading causes of death. Most of the children consigned to this hell are girls; an account recently smuggled out of China described a case in which a starving girl child, desperately seeking surcease from starvation, attempted to eat the flesh from her own arm.

    Such is the fate of children blessed by the “first-rate attention” provided by the “less free societies” extolled by Kempe as models for an American childcare regime.

    Foot in the Door

    Dr. Kempe was the founding director of the Kempe National Center for the Prevention and Treatment of Child Abuse and Neglect at the University of Colorado. Kempe’s successor, Dr. Richard Krugman, served as chairman of President Bush’s U.S. Advisory Board on Child Abuse and Neglect, which recommended “the sequential implementation of a universal voluntary” home visitation system.

    In 1985, the state of Hawaii enacted the “Healthy Start” program, a home visitation program that identifies “at risk” families through screening at birth. Healthy Start literature acknowledges that the program “evolved from the work of the Kempe program in Denver.”

    A recent evaluation of Healthy Start conducted by a panel of Ph.D.s found that for families enrolled in the program, “no overall benefits emerged on child development; the child’s home learning environment; parent-child interaction; well-child care; pediatric health use for illness or injury; child maltreatment … or maternal life skills, mental health, social support, or substance abuse.”

    However, the program was successful in its chief covert objective: the insinuation of state agents into the private affairs of a majority of Hawaiian families. Healthy Start officials, according to the PRC report The Parent Trainers, are now “screening over 52 percent of all new births in the state and provid[ing] services to roughly 20 percent of all newborns and their families.”

    In 1992, Hawaii’s Kempe-inspired Healthy Start program was used as the template for the Healthy Families America (HFA) initiative, which was created by Prevent Child Abuse America (PCAA) in conjunction with the Freddie Mac Corporation and Ronald McDonald Charities. PCAA, it will be recalled, seeks a “universal, voluntary” home visitation program, and the organization boasts that “virtually all 50 states have a public/private sector task force” promoting home visitation services under various program names. “In California,” notes the PRC, “programs are called ‘Welcome Home Baby,’ Georgia’s program is known as ‘First Steps,’ Colorado’s ‘Bright Beginnings,’ Illinois’ ‘Good Beginnings,’ Massachusetts’ ‘Good Start,’ and Arkansas’ ‘New Beginnings’.”

    To those state-level examples, a recent report published by the David and Lucille Packard Foundation (a major corporate supporter of home visitation programs) adds Missouri’s “Parents as Teachers” program; the “Nurse Home Visitation Program” – based on Elmira, New York’s PEIP program – which has been put in place in Memphis, Tennessee, and Denver, Colorado, “and [is] now being replicated nationally”; Arkansas’ Home Instruction Program for Preschool Youngsters (HIPPY), “which seeks to prepare 3-year to 5-year-olds for kindergarten and first grade”; and the Comprehensive Child Development Program, “a five-year federal demonstration program that worked with poor families in 24 sites to promote children’s development, parents’ ability to parent, and family self-sufficiency.” Irrespective of the program title, all elaborate on C. Henry Kempe’s malignant design of using home visitation programs as an incremental means of nationalizing children as “state property.”

    The PCAA reports that “Healthy Family” sites, under various names, are operating in 42 states and the District of Columbia. A recent survey by the organization found that one in five parents with children under the age of one received some type of home visitation service in 1997. Furthermore, the organization’s effort to make home visitation universal received a tremendous boost in the federal budget for fiscal year 1999: The PCAA received $33 million through the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act, and an additional $14 million for “research and data collection.” The organization’s 42 state chapters also have access to Children’s Trust Funds, which are financed through surcharges on marriage licenses and birth certificates, fees for vanity license plates, and check-offs on individual state income tax returns.

    In addition, the PCAA “was instrumental in the reauthorization of the Family Preservation and Support Services Program (renamed the Safe and Stable Families Program),” points out The Parent Trainers. Federal funding for that program, which totaled $275 million in fiscal year 1999, is projected to increase to $305 million by 2001 – and a large portion of that amount will be devoted to cultivating and expanding government home visitation efforts.

    Testing for Child Abuse

    In order to determine which newborn children are “at-risk” and thus qualify for home visitations, observes The Parent Trainers, state-based “Healthy Family” groups must “gain access to medical records of women who are pregnant or have just given birth. To complete this phase, HFA programs employ ‘Family Assessment Workers’ (FAWs) who will screen and assess mothers to determine their risk status.” In some cases, an FAW “is designated as a temporary, volunteer employee of the hospital (when she is on hospital grounds) to allow her access to medical records. In other cases, a member of the hospital staff may agree to do the initial record screen and then make referrals to the FAW. Or, the FAW may not have access to medical records, but may be allowed to enter hospital rooms and administer ‘verbal screens’ by asking postpartum mothers directly to answer the questions on the 15-point initial screen.”

    The questions in the initial screening deal with the mother’s marital status and history, education, socio-economic status, family background, and the like. A “positive score on any two” of the items, notes a PCAA document, will result in a referral for an “in-person interview” involving the “Kempe Family Stress Checklist” (FSC) – ten open-ended, invasive questions presented to both parents. The FSC is supposedly designed to determine a parent’s propensity toward child abuse. On each question the parent receives a score from 0 (no risk) to 10 (highest risk). According to Hawaii’s Healthy Start training manual (a model for state-level programs nation-wide), “a total score of 25 or above for either parent places a family in the high risk category, eligible for Healthy Start home visitor services.” However, as The Parent Trainers points out, “A score of 25 … is fairly standard. In other words, if either parent is classified as a ‘moderate’ risk on any five of the ten issues listed above, that parent would be considered a high risk and in need of home visitation services.”

    Among typical FSC questions can be found inquiries regarding “harsh punishment”; PCAA literature emphasizes that spanking is considered a form of abuse. Having been “suspected of abuse” is another risk factor for a parent, as is being “in the midst of multiple crises or stresses,” having “unrealistic expectations of the child’s behavior,” or perceiving a child’s behavior as “difficult or provocative.” Clearly the FSC is designed to define most – if not all – parents as placing their children “at risk.” This is to be expected, given that the objective of “Healthy Start” and its offspring is a universal system – based on voluntary enrollment if possible, but employing coercion if necessary.

    The FAWs charged with conducting “screenings” and arranging for home visitations are generally volunteers who may have had only a few days of training. No specialized academic background is required to become a FAW; a high school diploma or its equivalent is sufficient. (One PCAA survey found that one-quarter of all FAWs had no college training.) FAWs are encouraged to lure parents into visitation programs by offering bottles, breast pumps, or other helpful gifts to parents as a pretext for a post-hospital visit. “Comments made at a recent HFA national conference indicate ‘creative outreach’ may also include sending flowers to the reluctant mother on Mother’s Day, or even sending flowers to the mother of the mother, if it appears she is the source of resistance,” observes The Parent Trainers. “It may also include taking the reluctant mother out to the beauty parlor if this may gain her confidence and make her feel obligated to participate in the program.”

    To illustrate the success of such tactics, an Arizona program reported that “90 percent of mothers offered the program accept HFA services.” Furthermore, PCAA urges FAWs to make “persistent outreach efforts” for several months, if necessary, until reluctant families “have explicitly indicated that they do not want the service.” Recalcitrant parents, according to PCAA, are “often at greatest risk and, therefore, are in greatest need of the service.” Should Kempe’s vision of compulsory home visitation to protect children be consummated, it stands to reason that rebellious parents would be the first to have their children taken from them – as the case of Janet Adolf’s family in Salt Lake City would seem to illustrate.

    Levels of Involvement

    As is almost always the case with any grand, malevolent scheme, the Kempe-inspired home visitation campaign makes malicious use of the worthy motives of otherwise decent people. Diana Lightfoot, director of the Physician’s Research Council and co-author of The Parent Trainers, explained to The New American: “There are three levels at which the home visitation scheme is working. At the first, most immediate level, we have the social workers or FAWs themselves, who usually have no agenda beyond doing what they consider to be the right thing – fighting child abuse, helping children get a good start, helping parents who may be overwhelmed. And of course, these are all very commendable motives.”

    At the second, intermediate level, continued Lightfoot, “we have the state departments of social services and other government officials who know some part of the larger picture and consciously deceive the public about what’s going on, but they believe that their noble end justifies the unethical means they employ. For a lot of state officials, the chief motivation is money; there is a lot of taxpayer money being thrown at the states by the federal government for these programs. At the top level we have the ideologues – the Hillary Clinton, Janet Reno, and Donna Shalala types – who have an ideological commitment to create a certain type of society, and are willing to use the power of the government to re-structure the traditional family.”

    Dr. Sam Watson, Lightfoot’s co-author, remarked to The New American that “Kempe, despite his reputation as a great humanitarian, praised totalitarian states and urged that we adopt a totalitarian child care policy. This is also very much the mindset of the current administration, and much of the institutionalized anti-child abuse and ‘children’s rights’ movements. The model and demonstration programs that are springing up all over the country are the product of that same mindset as well. In some states, money from the state lottery is underwriting home visitation programs; in others it is money from the tobacco settlement. These sources of revenue have been a real windfall for advocates of home visitation.”

    “The seed of Kempe’s vision has been planted, it has been watered with taxpayer money,” Lightfoot stated. “Whether it will grow to fruition depends upon the American public. It is vitally important that we educate families and parents about the dangers of home visitation programs, and the totalitarian nature of the vision behind those programs.”

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    The Pied Pipers of Neoconservatism

    0

    This article has been adapted from an address given by Mr. McManus to a meeting of the Robert Welch Club on June 30, 2001, in Appleton, Wisconsin.

    One of the major moves against freedom in recent years has been the gathering of nations into economic unions. The first of these for the United States was NAFTA, the North American Free Trade Agreement. At the time it was proposed, our nation’s greatest trading partner was Canada. Some of us tried to show fellow Americans that something has to be wrong when that long-standing and extremely beneficial relationship with Canada had to be “improved” by establishing 20 commissions armed with stacks and stacks of regulations. Our argument made sense to some, but not with our leaders. There obviously were other reasons for NAFTA.

    During the period leading up to the vote in Congress regarding NAFTA, Henry Kissinger penned a nationally syndicated article calling for its passage. In his revealing comments, he said that NAFTA “will represent the most creative step toward a new world order taken by any group since the end of the Cold War.” Who needs to know any more about NAFTA? But there is more. Kissinger also said that NAFTA amounted to the “first step toward an even larger vision of a free-trade zone for the entire western hemisphere.” He wrote those words in 1993.

    NAFTA was approved and it has spurred the flow of jobs and industries to Mexico. Not only that, there are numerous reports of dramatic increases in drug trafficking across the U.S.-Mexican border, courtesy of NAFTA. With NAFTA already working its sinister magic, an expanded economic union, the Free Trade Area of the Americas, is now being proposed, just as Kissinger prophesied in 1993. Of course, economic union is followed by political union with the eventual result being world government.

    One year after Congress approved NAFTA, it was decided to have the United States approve membership in the World Trade Organization (once known as GATT). By then, the chief Republican in the House (he was not yet speaker) was Newt Gingrich. He testified before the House Ways and Means Committee in June 1994 and noted that Congress had already rejected such a proposal twice previously, once in the 1940s and the other time in the 1950s. Obviously there were pitfalls and these were detected back in that period by a more solid membership in the Congress. In his testimony, Gingrich stated: “[We need] to be honest about the fact that we are transferring from the United States at a practical level significant authority to a new organization. This is a transformational moment. I would feel better if the people who favor this would just be honest about the scale of danger.”

    Gingrich also said that the WTO should be compared to the Maastricht treaty under which Western European nations had already surrendered huge portions of their independence. Who needs to know any more about the WTO?

    Now, before you get the impression that Gingrich was an ally, realize that later that very year (1994), Republicans swept the congressional elections and their dominance in both houses of Congress was assured beginning in January 1995. Many of the newly elected members of the House were conservatives, and Gingrich was assured he would be the speaker. So what did he do? He engineered the holding of the vote on submission to the WTO in a special rump session of Congress in December of 1994 – prior to the new Congress taking office when virtually everyone expected that the new Congress would have voted against the proposal. As a result, the United States tied itself to the WTO.

    To understand what is in store for America if we don’t stop the plotters behind the drive for world government, consider that the European Economic Union has been beefed up and, without changing any of the economic features already in place, is now the political European Union. And the architects of world government have created in Europe the European Court of Human Rights and the European Court of Justice. These courts have already forced the nations of Western Europe to change some of their laws. Those nations have lost their sovereignty. And the WTO is already interfering with our laws regarding trade. Our nation is being led down Europe’s path.

    Socialist Conservatives

    This is a major element of neoconservatism. What then is a neoconservative? Briefly, he is an opponent of Communism but a supporter of socialism and internationalism. Lenin’s once revered partner in crime, Leon Trotsky, was perhaps the first neoconservative, although a case can be made that Karl Marx himself was a neocon. The acknowledged “godfather” of this movement in our nation in recent years is Irving Kristol. In his 1995 book, Neoconservatism: The Autobiography of an Idea, Kristol announced what it means to him:

    We are conservative, but different in certain respects from the conservatism of the Republican Party. We accepted the New Deal in principle, and had little affection for the kind of isolationism that then permeated American conservatism.

    So, neocons are for the New Deal – which is socialism. And they despise “isolationism,” which means Kristol and his neocon friends are internationalists. In a 1993 article appearing in the Wall Street Journal, Kristol expressed his enthusiasm for Social Security, Medicare, food stamps, Medicaid, even cash allowances for unwed mothers. You won’t find a neocon opposing the UN, although he might issue a recommendation merely to reform the world organization. And you certainly won’t find any neocon challenging the growth of big government because they love big government.

    A major problem in America is that these neocons have taken over the conservative wing of the Republican party. And they have succeeded in doing so to the degree that the word “conservative” is now being applied to individuals and ideas that are, in fact, liberal (in the leftist sense), socialist, and totally undeserving of the conservative label. It pains me when someone describes himself to me as a conservative. It pains me even more when that label is applied to me. I’ve actually adopted a policy of asking that I at least be called a “constitutional conservative.” That separates me from the so-called conservatism of most leading Republicans – which has really become neoconservatism.

    Neoconservatives even proudly admit their takeover of the word “conservative.” In his 1996 book entitled The Essential Neoconservative Reader, editor Mark Gerson jubilantly observed:

    The neoconservatives have so changed conservatism that what we now identify as conservatism is largely what was once neoconservatism. And in so doing, they have defined the way that vast numbers of Americans view their economy, their polity, and their society.

    Give neocon Gerson credit for saying very forthrightly what indeed has happened. By designating themselves “conservative,” the neocons have led many otherwise conservative Americans to accept what had always been unacceptable. What was once called neoconservatism and viewed suspiciously is now labeled conservatism and is no longer rejected. How this happened can’t be told completely in a short space, but we can provide some helpful insights. Let’s go back to the beginning of this takeover in our nation.

    Neoconservative Roots

    In 1927, Leon Trotsky broke with Lenin’s partner Joseph Stalin and was forced into exile a year later. He broke with Leninism because he preferred having mankind choose Marxism rather than having it imposed through the brutality favored by Lenin and Stalin. It’s important to understand that Trotsky wasn’t an opponent of the Marxist program, which is socialism. He was only an opponent of the head cracking brought to the socialist movement by Lenin and continued by Stalin. Since he continued to be a definite challenge to the brutal Soviet leader, Trotsky was murdered by one of Stalin’s agents in Mexico in 1940. Before he was killed, however, he had attracted a substantial following among men who never lost their determination to have socialism and world government control mankind.

    In 1995, neocon godfather Kristol candidly stated, “I regard myself to have been a young Trostkyite and I have not a single bitter memory.” You can see in that statement his willingness to identify with Trotsky. As far back as 1983, he claimed that “a conservative welfare state … is perfectly consistent with the neoconservative perspective.” A conservative welfare state? That qualifies as the oxymoron of the decade.

    Writing in Kristol’s journal, The National Interest, in 1989, fellow neocon Charles Krauthammer called for the integration of Europe, Japan, and the United States to create a “super-sovereign” government. He even voiced his desire to see “the conscious depreciation not only of American sovereignty but of the notion of sovereignty in general.” So, it’s safe to say that these people are the enemies of a constitutionally limited government in an independent nation. They are enemies; they are neoconservatives. Add in Midge Decter, Norman Podhoretz, Elliott Abrams, Ben Wattenberg, the magazine Commentary led by Podhoretz, The Weekly Standard led by Irving Kristol’s son William, and many others.

    The drive toward neoconservatism in America started quite a bit earlier. In 1952, a young “conservative” serving a one-year tour of duty with the CIA wrote an article for The Commonweal, a Catholic weekly. This man wrote:

    We have got to accept Big Government for the duration – for neither an offensive nor a defensive war can be waged, given our present government skills, except through the instrument of a totalitarian bureaucracy within our shores….

    And if they deem Soviet power a menace to our freedom (as I happen to), they will have to support large armies and air forces, atomic energy, central intelligence, war production boards, and the attendant centralization of power in Washington – even with Truman at the reins of it all.

    That was 1952, and the writer of this article was calling for “Big Government for the duration” and “the attendant centralization of power in Washington” in order to oppose Communism. He wanted to fight Communism by adopting Marxism. The element of neoconservatism seeking world government wasn’t in that revealing article. But it would come from this man later.

    Who do you suppose wrote those words? It was none other than William F. Buckley, Jr. It was his initial contribution to neoconservatism, something he slyly advocated at first but has more obviously favored throughout the bulk of his career. He hadn’t yet supported the United Nations, the other half of the neocon agenda, but he would before too long.

    Neocon Nexus

    When Buckley was a student at Yale, the faculty member who influenced him more than any other was Willmoore Kendall. Kendall had been a proud Trotskyite socialist who had studied in England as a Rhodes scholar, served in the OSS during World War II, stayed on when the OSS became the CIA in 1947, and then became a Yale professor. He and Buckley developed a positively eerie relationship. When Buckley sought to avoid military service after finishing Yale during the Korean War, Kendall sent him to James Burnham, another Trotskyite socialist who had also seen service with the OSS and then with the CIA. The plan was to have Buckley avoid serving in the military by having him serve in the CIA instead.

    These two men, Kendall and Burnham, hugely influenced Buckley and were part of the initial team when the latter launched National Review magazine in 1955. And there were other ex-Communists and CIA veterans who also served among the early members of the NR team. National Review was loaded with Trotskyites and CIA veterans.

    The critical contribution Buckley made to the neoconservative cause was his taking the conservative movement away from reliance on the Constitution as the standard for Americans and replacing it with an ever-shifting conservatism – as defined by him. Before long Buckley would be excusing others for advocating socialistic programs. Then he began advocating socialistic programs himself. In 1971, he defended continued U.S. membership in the UN when Free China was booted out and Communist China welcomed in. In 1974, he accepted appointment as a delegate to the UN General Assembly and wrote a book about his experiences that dignified the existence of the UN. In 1977, his syndicated column called for ratification of the UN’s Genocide Convention.

    Coincident with Buckley becoming more obviously a neoconservative, Kristol related how several top leaders of the Wall Street Journal had made their alliance with the neocon movement. WSJ Editor Robert Bartley contacted Kristol as far back as 1972, and Kristol’s articles immediately began appearing in the Journal. In time, the WSJ would become a cheerleader for NAFTA, the World Trade Organization, NATO, and the use of U.S. forces in UN operations. This is the other half of the neocon program, the internationalist half.

    In 1991, in an article he wrote for WSJ, Irving Kristol supplied details about an invitation-only gathering of conservative Republicans. He delighted in pointing out that the conference was sponsored by none other than Bill Buckley. And he even more delightedly reported that most of the two dozen conservatives who had arrived as “conservatives first and Republicans second” had emerged from the gathering as “Republicans first and conservatives second.” They had been taken away from conservatism and made Republicans first. And the meeting had been sponsored by Bill Buckley!

    Kristol never mentioned who the two dozen attendees at this Buckley-arranged conference were. But all of us have seen the Republican leaders in Congress fade into rubber stamps for a variety of socialistic and internationalist schemes in recent years. The reason? Republican leaders who were thought to be conservatives have been captured by the neoconservatives. And numerous policies and programs once deemed taboo by men who were labeled conservative are now being supported by them. One problem remains: These men are still being called conservatives.

    In this very same 1991 article, Kristol announced that the major conclusion reached by the new neocons at the Buckley-sponsored gathering was that “President Bush is now the leader of the conservative movement within the Republican Party.” And this happened after Bush had demonstrated that he wasn’t a conservative himself. Perhaps the greatest indicator of President Bush’s neocon attitude was his use of U.S. forces and a UN resolution to reinvigorate the United Nations during the war against Saddam Hussein’s Iraq. “Reinvigorate” was his word, not mine. And his constant use of the term “new world order” said a great deal about what he was advocating.

    The Neocon Influence

    Do you wonder why Republicans are caving in when they should be standing firm against socialistic and internationalist programs? Do you wonder why Republicans in the Senate refused even to consider going after Bill Clinton for bribery and other serious crimes during the impeachment process? Do you wonder why opposition to the UN, World Bank, IMF, Export-Import Bank, Federal Reserve, etc. is almost nonexistent in the supposedly conservative political party? Well, stop wondering and consider that neoconservatives promoting their socialist and world government schemes have taken over not only the Republican Party but the conservative wing of the party.

    One of the more important promoters of the neocon program was Newt Gingrich. But we are still told that he’s a conservative. I know people who scratch their head and wonder what has happened to Trent Lott, Dick Armey, Phil Crane, Orrin Hatch, and others. The answer is that they aren’t conservatives any more; they’re neoconservatives even if the mass media won’t tell you. Add in Rush Limbaugh, Bill Bennett, Jack Kemp, Henry Kissinger, and a host of Republicans who toe the neocon line and you have your answer.

    Again, neoconservatism is socialism and internationalism. And who opposes this? Why, the John Birch Society does. And who are enemies of the John Birch Society that some might have expected to be its friends and allies? Bill Buckley is; the Wall Street Journal is; and the intelligentsia who love to be called conservatives but will no more support the Constitution and those who truly defend it (such as the John Birch Society) than they would commit suicide.

    The greatest enemies of the John Birch Society in the over 40 years of its existence haven’t been Communists, and haven’t even been Democrats. The greatest enemies of the JBS are the false conservatives who are neoconservatives or who have allowed themselves to become captives of the neoconservatives. And the greatest of those has been Bill Buckley. He said in 1952 that he wanted Big Government and, in more recent years, he has done whatever he could do to supply dignity and excuses for the United Nations. The John Birch Society wants constitutionally limited government and our nation out of the UN – and the IMF, World Bank, NAFTA, WTO, etc. Hence Buckley decreed that the JBS should lose any “respectable support.” But not only did he refuse support, he waged war against the John Birch Society.

    This is only a brief glimpse at the movement called neoconservatism. But I hope you grasp what it has accomplished. It, and all those it has captured, must be exposed. If you’ve been wondering how to classify William F. Buckley, you can start by realizing that he is and has been a neoconservative throughout his public career. But that’s only a start in considering this man’s career.

    About Buckley and his magazine, let me close by relating a revealing incident from 1961. This was only a little more than two years after Robert Welch founded the John Birch Society. Buckley’s magazine was already in existence. The incident I will relate was reported by Dr. Medford Evans in the old American Opinion magazine in October 1973. An early member of the Buckley team, Evans quit the Buckley crowd early on and joined the team led by JBS founder Robert Welch. This 1961 incident occurred in Dallas where he met Willmoore Kendall, the former Trotskyite, and a founder and senior editor of Buckley’s National Review. The two men were interviewing U.S. Army General Edwin Walker, a member of the John Birch Society at the time. After meeting with the general, they got together for a renewal of their limited friendship, and I’ll turn now to Medford Evans’ 1973 article for the full story of this incident:

    Kendall and I, still restless, went to a hamburger joint on Harry Hines Boulevard to drink coffee, reminisce about the past, and especially speculate about the future. After some comparatively idle talk Willmoore said to me: “Medford, I don’t suppose there is any chance you could get Walker to let up in his campaigning against Communism, is there?” I replied: “No, Willmoore, not a chance. You could stand him up against a wall and shoot him, but you couldn’t make him quit speaking out against Communism.” (I thought Willmoore was just testing. He certainly was not jesting.) “I don’t suppose,” he continued, “there’s any chance that you would even advise him to let up, would you?” I replied: “No, Willmoore, not a chance. You could stand me up against the same wall, but I would never advise him to quit fighting Communism.”

    Later Willmoore wrote me a letter from Oklahoma City, returning his motel key which he had inadvertently taken away, and expressing his regret that he and I could no longer be on the same side. Personally, he said, he wished me well (and he said the same of another former National Review contributor), but as for the great issue, and this is verbatim: “C’est la guerre.”

    Kendall’s parting comment, of course, translates to “Such is war.” It would later become obvious that the war to which he was referring was not between anti-Communists and Communists, but rather between the forces led by Bill Buckley and those led by Robert Welch. Neoconservatives who took control of the conservative movement and became dominant within the Republican Party – except for what the John Birch Society has maintained and beefed up – have always hated the JBS. And too, it must be said very clearly that neoconservatives are our nation’s deadly enemies.

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Defender of the Decalogue

    0

    Interview of Alabama Supreme Court Chief Justice Roy Moore by Thomas R. Eddlem

    Alabama Supreme Court Chief Justice Roy Moore first attracted national attention as an Alabama state circuit judge in 1995, when the ACLU unsuccessfully sued in an attempt to require the judge to remove from his courtroom a homemade plaque of the Ten Commandments. In 2000, Alabama voters elected Moore chief justice of the state Supreme Court. During the campaign, Moore had pledged to bring the Ten Commandments to the State Supreme Court to conform to the spirit of the Alabama state constitution. That constitution begins with a declaration that “to establish justice … and secure the blessings of liberty,” the government will be based upon “invoking the favor and guidance of Almighty God.” Moore fulfilled his campaign promise by installing a granite monument of the Ten Commandments in the court rotunda, and was again sued by plaintiffs represented by agnostic and radical left organizations. On November 18, U.S. District Judge Myron Thompson ruled that the marble monument must be removed within 30 days. Judge Moore, who plans to appeal the decision, was interviewed on November 21, 2002.

    THE NEW AMERICAN: What prompted you to put the Ten Commandments monument in the courthouse in the first place?

    Chief Justice Roy Moore: The Commandments were placed in the court to acknowledge the moral foundation of our law and the foundation of our government.

    TNA: Some people might say that they don’t understand the connection between our country’s laws and the Ten Commandments, which were written long before 1776. Where is the connection?

    Moore: The connection is in the foundational documents of our country, including the Declaration of Independence. It says in the first sentence that we are founded upon the “Laws of Nature” and “Nature’s God.” “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. That to secure these rights, governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed.” In those three sentences, you can plainly see that the laws of God give us the right to be a power among the other powers on the Earth and that it was God that gave us our rights – not government. And government’s only role is to secure our rights for us. And if it should fail to do so, then the Declaration says that “it is the right of the people to alter or abolish it.”

    The Ten Commandments are the divinely revealed law. In the laws of England – where we get the words “Laws of Nature” and “Nature’s God” – divine law is a direct part of the law of nature. In a very real sense, the Ten Commandments represent the “Laws of Nature” and “Nature’s God” upon which our country was founded. Also, in a deeper sense, the Ten Commandments are the basis of our freedom of conscience, which flows from the first table of the law. The forefathers, including James Madison, felt very strongly that the duties that we owe to God were outside of government’s prerogative, that government had no business interfering with the way we worship God. Therefore, “Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof” was made part of the First Amendment.

    TNA: The First Amendment prohibits Congress from making laws “respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof.” The U.S. Circuit Court in your case ruled that a Ten Commandments monument in an Alabama state court building was a violation of the First Amendment’s establishment clause. How exactly do your actions as a state chief justice amount to Congress establishing a national church?

    Moore: I know what you are talking about; you are asking about [the First Amendment applying only to] Congress. I understand the debate between those who would say that the 14th Amendment put the strictures of the First Amendment to the states. They fail to recognize the defeat of the Blaine Amendment in Congress in the mid-1800s.* But that is not really the point. The point is that knowledge of God is not prohibited under the First Amendment. And indeed, it is the right of the states to acknowledge God, as it is the right of the federal government to acknowledge its source of power. The state of Alabama has a specific interest in this, since the first sentence of our constitution says that “to establish justice” we must invoke “the favor and guidance of Almighty God.”

    TNA: Are you establishing a state religion with the monument?

    Moore: The judge in his own words said that he did not have the expertise to define the word “religion.” In fact, in a 79-page opinion he used the word “religion” or “religious” close to 150 times and can’t define the term. He said that I was establishing a religion, and it is very curious as to how a court can say you are doing something when that court can’t even define what you are doing. This is true of many federal courts around the country. They misunderstand the First Amendment.

    TNA: Judge Thompson ruled that the Ten Commandments monument is “an obvious effort to proselytize on behalf of a particular religion,” but then failed to make clear what religion your monument was proselytizing on behalf of. The written opinion first stated that it proselytized on behalf of your personal religion, though the decision never mentioned the denomination you belong to or defined the creed you affirm. Later the judge stated that it proselytized on behalf of Christianity. Why a reproduction of the Ten Commandments would proselytize on behalf of Christianity alone and not Judaism, when both faiths hold fast to the Ten Commandments, was likewise unexplained. Why was the judge so vague about the establishment of the particular religion this monument would supposedly create?

    Moore: The judge was unclear because he can’t define the term “religion.” And that’s not only true with this judge, but also with many of the federal courts across our land who seem to think, erroneously, that the acknowledgement of God is synonymous with religion. Indeed, the acknowledgement of God is not synonymous with religion. The definition of the term “religion” – taken from George Mason, James Madison, and the United States Supreme Court – was “the duty which we owe to our Creator, and the manner of discharging it,” which is your form of worship or articles of faith. The definition of religion is plain in history; it is plain in law; and it is what the federal courts are now disregarding.

    TNA: The press made a big deal about how you were, in their words, “sneaking” the monument into the building “in the middle of the night, without telling any of the other justices.” Both the press and, to a lesser extent, the circuit court opinion itself seem to imply that you employed great secrecy in placing the monument in the court building rotunda and that you exceeded your legal authority, perhaps even breaking the law in the process.

    Moore: That is an absolutely ridiculous argument made to divert attention from the true issue, which is the acknowledgement of God. You can’t sneak a two-and-a-half ton monument into a building without other people knowing about it. Other people in this building knew about it, the administrative office of courts knew about it, the marshals knew about it. And certainly, it was planned [for installation] after work hours, and it went on through the night, without a doubt. The words “sneaking into the building in the middle of the night” are simply a way to divert attention from the true issue. Indeed, it is my duty as lessee of the building to determine what displays are in the building. And it is also my duty under the [Alabama state] constitution to ensure that the administration of justice is carried out. In accordance with our constitution, the establishment of justice depends upon “invoking the favor and guidance of Almighty God.” I am recognizing the source of our system of justice.

    TNA: The federal circuit court opinion makes a lot of hay out of the fact that some people have gathered around the Ten Commandments monument to pray, implying that this prayer has a negative impact on the administration of justice.

    Moore: According to Chief Justice John Jay: “The greater part of evidence will always consist of the testimony of witnesses. This testimony is given under those solemn obligations which an appeal to the God of Truth impose; and if oaths should cease to be held sacred, our dearest and most valuable rights would become insecure.” So in other words, recognition of a duty we owe to God is a basis of testimony of witnesses. It is altogether proper for people to recognize a sovereign God. Indeed, in Alabama we are sworn in by our oaths “so help me God” as judicial officers, and even witnesses and jurors and grand jurors are sworn in with that oath. To fail to recognize who that God is is not only illogical and ridiculous, it is also detrimental to the court system.

    TNA: The three plaintiffs who filed suit to have the monument removed from the courthouse claimed that the Ten Commandments were “offensive” and made each of them feel like an “outsider.” With such basic common-sense principles as do not kill, do not steal, and do not bear false witness, what possible objections could they have to the Commandments?

    Moore: They object to the main one, which says there is a God. That’s what they don’t like. They don’t want to be reminded that there is an authority higher than the authority of the state. And they don’t like to be reminded that William O. Douglass – a very liberal associate justice, I might add – in 1961, in the case of McGowan v. Maryland, said “the institutions of our society are founded on the belief that there is an authority higher than the authority of the State; that there is a moral law which the State is powerless to alter; that the individual possesses rights, conferred by the Creator, which the government must respect,” and the Constitution and the Bill of Rights enshrine those principles. They don’t like to be reminded that there is a God.

    Furthermore, they assert that because they are offended there is a constitutional violation. Offensiveness is not the basis for a constitutional violation. If it were, every Christian would be offended because the government now precludes the acknowledgement of a God.

    TNA: The court heavily stressed alleged links between you and Dr. Kennedy’s Coral Ridge Ministries in its opinion.

    Moore: I know Dr. Kennedy and I know Coral Ridge Ministries. I have no connection. They are not the source of what I do. To think that they are is ridiculous, and the plaintiffs know better. It is an attempt to divert the issue away from the acknowledgement of God. Coral Ridge Ministries has contributed to the defense fund. I appreciate their contributions. I have nothing to do with fundraising or the defense fund, and I have nothing to do with Coral Ridge Ministries.

    TNA: In reading the circuit court decision, it appears that the plaintiffs bringing the case against the monument and the court may object more to you personally than to the Ten Commandments monument or to your official behavior as Chief Justice of the Alabama Supreme Court.

    Moore: You should know that this [the decision] is simply a fulfillment of their plan to distort the issue. I refer you to a July 16, 2002 letter from the head of the Southern Poverty Law Center, Morris Dees, to Ayesha Khan, legal director of Americans United for the Separation of Church and State. This case was not tried until October 15, and I am referring to a letter dated July 16 – three months prior. This is Morris Dees talking: “I also know that I am a trial lawyer and believe one of my strengths is in telling a story, at least that is what I am told. A judge is nothing more than a jury when it comes to the facts. You might remember that, from the start, I was laying out our trial theme, i.e., how this was the act of a lone religious nut in partnership with a fanatical church. This is the story that will make this case so dirty that no appeals court will reverse [Judge] Thompson to make new law.”

    TNA: So their strategy from the beginning was one of side-stepping the main issue of the propriety of the Ten Commandments monument and concentrating on a character assassination job against you.

    Moore: From that quote, you can see that he intended to make that case “dirty” so that no appeals court would “reverse Thompson to make new law.” How he knew Thompson was going to rule in his favor in July is curious indeed.

    The plaintiffs in this case are making the rounds nationally for fundraising purposes and distorting the issues, attempting to win by pure force and intimidation. They won’t.

    TNA: Have they objected to your behavior as a judge within the courtroom as well as outside of the courtroom?

    Moore: Yes, they have objected to my behavior as a judge because I reference the moral foundation of the law when we talked about sodomy, when we talked about adultery, when we talked about separation of church and state. I go back to the legal history that we have here in Alabama, our court case precedents, and the foundations of law to show that these things comport with the Scriptures from which we get our moral foundation. So yes, they do object to my behavior as a judge in that my opinions reflect the moral foundation of the law as well as the monument.

    Do they object to my behavior as a judge as far as running the court? No, I don’t think so. They might object to some of my opinions, but they don’t object to my behavior as a judge. Of course, these people who are opposing what I stand for will object to everything that I do.

    TNA: It seems to me that they are saying that someone who expresses their beliefs as a Christian should be ineligible as a judge and that intimidation and character assassination is their best way of enforcing this doctrine.

    Moore: Sure. That’s exactly it. You are hitting some of the basic premises of what they are doing. They are objecting to me as a person because of what I believe. That’s a very accurate summation of their position.

    TNA: The court opinion talks endlessly about the supposed secular potential for the Ten Commandments monument, in contrast with a holy or religious purpose. In context, the court seems to be implying that “secular” is synonymous with “meaningless,” that the Ten Commandments can only be displayed if they are displayed in a meaningless context.

    Moore: Right. “Secular,” in their sense, implies “with no relation to God.” Indeed, something can have a secular purpose and be relative to God. The First Amendment to the Constitution reflects that concept recognized in the Ten Commandments, that the duties we owe to God and the manner of discharging those duties are outside the purview of government. That is a secular purpose. It can have a secular purpose and have a relationship to God because God was presumed to be both over the state and the church, and separation of church and state was never meant to separate God from government.

    TNA: Was the First Amendment primarily intended to protect against specific denominations taking over the federal government?

    Moore: Basically. It separates the way you worship God from the state. It can be larger than denominational; I’ll say that. But our forefathers perceived it as denominational.

    TNA: The key dangerous assertion of the court ruling appears to be the claim that “the state may not acknowledge the sovereignty of the Judeo-Christian God and attribute to that God our religious freedom.”

    Moore: We are asserting exactly the opposite, that the state must acknowledge God and that our freedoms flow from that God, the Judeo-Christian God.

    TNA: That was specifically and pointedly repudiated by the court opinion.

    Moore: Yes. Anytime you deny the acknowledgement of God you are undermining the entire basis for which our country exists. Rights come from God, not from government. If government can give you rights, government can take them away from you. If God gives you rights, no man and no government can take them away from you. That was the premise of the organic law of this country, which is the Declaration of Independence. Because, if there is no God, then man’s power is the controlling aspect, and therefore power will be centralized.

    TNA: There have been some encouraging Supreme Court decisions in recent years restricting or reversing federal usurpations of state and local jurisdictions and violation of individual rights, but overall that does not seem to have halted the relentless trend of the federal legislative, executive, and judicial branches to centralize and concentrate power. Do you see this as a serious problem?

    Moore: I see it as a serious problem because we have forgotten that centralized power is not what the federal constitution was about. I see the centralization of power as not in conformance with the federal system of our Constitution, which recognizes sovereign states.

    The basic premise of the Constitution was a separation of powers and a system of checks and balances because man was perceived as a fallen creature and would always yearn for more power. It was Jefferson himself who said: “In questions of power then let no more be heard of confidence in man; but bind him down from mischief by the chains of the Constitution.” The whole basis of the Constitution was a restriction of power, and the whole basis of the federalist system was that there was not one sovereign centralized power from which all authority flows. There were sovereign states that had certain rights, and the Tenth Amendment, which said: “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.”

    TNA: So where do we go from here?

    Moore: Acknowledge our rights and our God, and stand for what we believe. And as it states in the Bible, “having done all, to stand.”

    * The Blaine Amendment was a proposed amendment to the U.S. Constitution that passed the House of Representatives but failed to pass the U.S. Senate in 1875. Named after its author, Speaker of the House James G. Blaine (R-Maine), the Blaine Amendment stipulated that “no State shall make any laws respecting an establishment of religion,” and that no public funds could go to religious denominations. If Judge Thompson and the U.S. Supreme Court are correct in asserting that the First Amendment was “made binding upon the states through the 14th amendment,” the 14th Amendment (adopted eight years earlier in 1867) would have made the Blaine Amendment unnecessary. – Ed.

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Media Bias in Global-warming Coverage

    0

    In June 2000, global-warming prophesier Ross Gelbspan lamented, “Over the last seven years, the fossil-fuel lobby has mounted an extremely effective campaign of disinformation to persuade the public and policymakers that the issue of atmospheric warming is still stuck in the limbo of scientific uncertainty. That campaign for the longest time targeted the science. It then misrepresented the economics. And most recently it attacked the diplomatic foundations of the climate convention. And it has been extraordinarily successful in creating a relentless drumbeat of doubt in the public mind.”

    A lot has changed since then. In the past seven years, forecasters of human-caused catastrophic global warming have won over the press and a majority of the public to what is now described as the “consensus view.” Global-warming skeptics not only are not listened to; they are considered lunatics and are ridiculed. Reporters have adopted a view that, like the dangers of smoking, global warming is a reality caused by human consumption and something must be done. Alternative viewpoints are no longer sought nor listened to. The media compare global-warming “deniers” to holocaust deniers and deride them in the mainstream press.

    Media March to the Same Drum

    In August 2007, Newsweek ran a cover story by Sharon Begley that was meant to debunk the myth of an alternative viewpoint once and for all, so that society can get on to finding solutions to man-made climate change. Instead, bloggers responded with stories “debunking the debunkers.” The next week, Newsweek ran a rebuttal claiming that “self-righteous indignation can undermine good journalism” and “viewing the world as ‘good guys vs. bad guys’ can lead to a vast oversimplification of a messy story.” In the rebuttal, Newsweek author Robert Samuelson admitted that Newsweek had gotten its facts wrong on a number of counts and had proposed a solution that was simplistic at best.

    Newsweek is not alone in its one-sided coverage of global warming. A study of mine published in the 2007 Competition Forum shows the number of articles in the 2006 New York Times and Toronto Globe and Mail and compares these with New York Times coverage from 2000. An overwhelming majority of the articles from the New York Times (94 percent) and the Globe and Mail (96 percent) were identified as accepting catastrophic global warming as a reality. No articles were found to be against and only a small proportion, often industry-based, were neutral in their reporting of global warming. In 2006, the New York Times published 146 articles about global warming, almost four times greater than in 2000 when it published 37. In 2000, 16 articles supported global warming, six were against, and 15 reported both positions. The number of articles in the Globe and Mail during 2006 was 533, almost four times greater than in the New York Times during the same year. A study done by the Business & Media Institute (BMI) confirmed these findings. Of 205 network news stories analyzed about “global warming” or “climate change” between July 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, a “meager” 20 percent even mentioned alternative opinions to the so-called “consensus” position.

    Catastrophic global-warming forecasters overwhelmingly outnumbered those with alternative viewpoints. What was obviously missing from the network reports was dissenting voices. For every skeptic there were 13 advocates for global warming. On all three networks, 80 percent of the stories (167 out of 205) didn’t provide alternative viewpoints to human-caused global warming. CBS did the worst job with 97 percent of its stories (34 out of 35) reporting only the global-warming side. NBC excluded dissenting voices in 85 percent (76 out of 89) of its stories. Although more balanced, 64 percent (34 out of 53) of ABC stories didn’t include other views.

    Very few scientists, either pro or con, were interviewed. Only 15 percent of the global-warming forecasters were scientists. The remaining 85 percent of them were politicians, celebrities, other journalists, and even ordinary men and women. Among the politicians the networks called on, the foremost was former Vice President Al Gore. Journalists practically “drooled” over Al Gore while they insulted or asked hostile questions of people with alternative views. On November 18, 2007 during “Good Morning America,” Bill Weir even attacked the motives of his guest Democratic Kentucky State Rep. Jim Gooch, a global-warming skeptic, because Gooch’s family was in business with the coal industry.

    Name-calling and Feigned Objectivity

    Name-calling is a favorite tactic of the media and global-warming doomsayers. Meredith Vieira interviewed Al Gore for Today’s November 5 and 6 “Ends of the Earth” program. She didn’t challenge Gore when he claimed scientist John Christy was an “outlier” for his challenge to the UN’s climate-change report. She let Gore compare people critical of human-caused global warming to people who think the Earth is flat. The same analogy by California Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger on the July 16, 2007 Early Show on CBS went unchallenged. The cost of “fixing” global warming was rarely discussed on the network news. Only 22 stories (11 percent) mentioned cost. Typically it was skeptics like Gooch who talked about cost. Gooch said one climate-change bill in Congress would cost $6 trillion.

    While journalists claim to be unbiased in their reporting, networks like CBS are far from objective in covering global warming. On the August 7, 2007 Early Show, host Harry Smith declared: “There is, in fact, global-warming change.” CBS journalist Scott Pelley admitted his bias, arguing in 2006 that he wasn’t required to include skeptics in global-warming stories any more than he would be required to include holocaust deniers in a story about the holocaust. In latter 2007, CBS permitted only four opponents to global warming on the network. Not one of the four was a scientist. This compares to 151 people used to promote global warming.

    Pelley, reporting for an October 21, 2007 60 Minutes episode about “mega-wildfires,” claimed that global warming is largely responsible for the “bigger, hotter fires” in the American West. Although he had time to include alternative viewpoints, he chose not to interview some of the principal authorities on the topic, like Anthony Westerling, a University of California Merced professor who claims there are other reasons for the wildfires rather than climate change. Reporters like Pelley have become advocates for a theory rather than onlookers in the global-warming debate. NBC’s Ann Curry considered it her “mission” to “find evidence of climate change” in the Ends of the Earth series broadcast November 5-6, 2007.

    Although ABC allowed more alternative viewpoints than the other networks, it still showed a strong bias toward global warming. Typical was Bill Weir’s claim on November 18, 2007 that “all these scientists” urge immediate action to stop global warming. Additionally, weather personality Sam Champion referred to the most recent UN climate report as “unequivocal” and “definitive” in its proof of global warming.

    Dissent From Nonexistent Consensus

    The dictionary definition of “consensus” is a general agreement or unanimity of opinion. When former Vice President and global-warming prophesier Al Gore says “consensus,” it means a general agreement or unanimity of opinion of people who agree with him. However, a consensus doesn’t exist.

    Despite years of complaints from the media and global-warming alarmists like Gore, scientists continue to question climate-change “consensus.” The U.S. Senate Environment and Public Works (EPW) Committee released a report on December 20, 2007, in which more than 400 prominent scientists questioned the hype about global warming. The 400-plus scientists from more than two dozen countries voiced “significant objections to major aspects of the so-called ‘consensus’ on man-made global warming.” Many of the scientists are current or former participants in the UN IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change). They criticized the climate claims made by the UN report and former Vice President Al Gore.

    A study by Dr. Klaus-Martin Schulte of 528 global-warming papers puts the number of studies explicitly endorsing the “consensus” view at only seven percent. When combined with studies that implicitly accept global warming, the figure rises to 45 percent; however, the largest group of studies is neutral (48 percent), neither accepting nor rejecting the hypothesis. Six percent reject global warming outright. This study and a similar one by Benny Peiser in 2005 rebutted earlier claims by California historian Naomi Oreskes that showed “an unanimous, scientific consensus on the anthropogenic causes of recent global warming.” However, to most journalists human-caused global warming is a fact. This has given them license to ignore journalistic conventions of objectivity and balance in reporting.

    One commentator who is a global-warming skeptic is CNN’s Glenn Beck. Many of his comments deride other journalists for their lack of balance. In April, he mocked a BBC reporter who had tried to report objectively, but who later added a global-warming slant to his story when he was threatened by an environmental activist. After an exchange of e-mails between the BBC reporter and the activist about the slant of the story, the activist threatened to get other people to harass the reporter, so the reporter changed his story. The original story had said, “This would mean global temperatures have not risen since 1998, prompting some to question climate change theories.” After bowing to pressure the reporter wrote, “But this year’s temperatures would still be way above the average and would soon exceed the record year of 1998 because of global warming induced by greenhouse gases.”

    Beck has pointed out how much the environmentalist lobby funds political campaigns. The top 10 recipients of environmental special-interest cash from 2000-2004 included John Kerry, Al Gore, and – no surprise – Barack Obama. In his book entitled An Inconvenient Book Beck quotes Stephen Schneider, a lead author of the 2007 UN climate-change report, who in 1989 said, “To capture the public imagination, we have to offer up some scary scenarios, make simplified dramatic statements and little mention of any doubts one might have. Each of us has to decide the right balance between being effective and being honest.”

    It’s this kind of pressure and this kind of strategy that has led the media to abandon their journalistic principles and cave in to the environmental lobby and alarmist politicians. The lack of impartiality in media coverage is dangerous. Closure of the press debate on global warming has led to a failure to discuss viable alternatives that could promote economic growth, versus policies that discourage industry and competitiveness. The Lieberman-Warner bill under consideration in Congress, according to some estimates, will cost U.S. taxpayers $4 to $6 trillion. Supported by the elite media and both the Republican and Democratic presidential candidates, the bill would dramatically increase the price of energy and create a new bureaucratic cap-and-trade scheme to reduce the consumption of carbon based fuels to 1990s levels. As the Heritage Foundation suggests, “a cap and trade policy would pose a grave threat to the U.S. economy,” particularly at this time of recession and rising costs of energy and transportation.

    In 2006, Richard Lindzen, professor of atmospheric science at MIT, warned in the Wall Street Journal that a climate of alarmism has developed to support the funding of global-warming research which has become a billion-dollar industry. He states: “Ambiguous scientific statements about climate are hyped by those with a vested interest in alarm, thus raising the political stakes for policy makers who provide funds for more science research to feed more alarm to increase the political stakes.” The consequence is that funds have disappeared for scientists who dissent from the alarmism. Their work is derided, and they are labeled as industry stooges, scientific hacks or worse. “Only the most senior scientists today can stand up against this alarmist gale, and defy the iron triangle of climate scientists, advocates and policymakers,” writes Lindzen.

    Insist on Responsible Reporting

    The solution, according to the BMI report, is for the public to hold journalists responsible for their reporting. “Reporters have a professional responsibility to remain objective and avoid inserting their own opinions into their reports.” “It is the media’s job to inform the public, not persuade them by leaving out alternative viewpoints,” says the report. With legislation pending to address global warming, the media need to be asking about costs of climate change “solutions.”

    By adopting a certain viewpoint, the news media become advocates for that position. The media’s adoption of the position that global warming is man-made means they no longer can be trusted to report objectively on the issue of climate change. Industry and the public should be wary of the media message about global warming, particularly when it is alarmist. Under pressure, business and government are being pushed to make decisions that may affect the long-term competitiveness and economic well-being of the United States and the world. Industry needs to make decisions based on balanced information, not on pressure by politicians, interest groups, or the media. It is important that all sides of the global-warming issue be reported.

    Dr. John Fisher teaches communications and does research in the area of mass media and political decision-making.

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Syrian Rebels Massacre Christian Village

    0

    While President Obama’s administration weighs overt military aid to Syrian rebels, the true character of the revolution underway in that country is becoming horrifically clear. Numerous press reports are providing details of a massacre perpetrated by the Free Syrian Army that annihilated the entire population of a Christian village.

    As the New York Times reported last December, anti-American sentiment has grown among the rebel organizations even as the American government has played a key role in propping up the rebellion. A crucial step in that support was the administration’s decision to give formal recognition to rebel organizations – a step just short of recognizing them as the legitimate government of Syria. But now, those rebels Obama has vehemently supported are now proving that in Syria – as in Egypt several years ago – the rebels may prove worse than the tyrants they struggle to overthrow.

    According to the Assyrian International News Agency (AINA), forces of the Free Syrian Army massacred the village on May 27: “The armed rebels affiliated to the Free Syrian Army (FSA) raided the Christian-populated al-Duvair village in Reef (outskirts of) Homs near the border with Lebanon today and massacred all its civilian residents, including women and children. The Syrian army, however, intervened and killed tens of terrorists during heavy clashes which are still going on in al-Duvair village.”

    Although the United States had opposed the involvement of the al-Qaeda-affiliated Nusra Front in the rebel coalition, it did not express such reservations in December when Obama lavished his praise on the coalition. As the New York Times reported at that time:

    But Mr. Obama praised the opposition, known formally as the National Coalition of Syrian Revolutionary and Opposition Forces, for what he said was its inclusiveness, its openness to various ethnic and religious groups, and its ties to local councils involved in the fighting against Mr. Assad’s security forces.

    “At this point we have a well-organized-enough coalition – opposition coalition that is representative – that we can recognize them as the legitimate representative of Syrian people,” he said.… 

    The United States has played an active role behind the scenes in shaping the opposition, insisting that it be broadened and made more inclusive. But until Mr. Obama’s announcement, the United States had held off on formally recognizing the opposition, asserting that it wanted to use the lure of recognition to encourage the rebel leaders to flesh out their political structure and fill important posts.

    Now Obama’s inclusive opposition has allegedly slaughtered the entire population of al-Duvair, which is the type of crime that the U.S. president has previously purported was sufficient reason for the people of Syria to rise up and overthrow their government. And the massacre is hardly an isolated incident; for example, only several weeks ago, rebels attacked the St. Elijah Orthodoxy monastery. As Voice of Russia reported on May 12: “The militants ransacked the cloister, destroyed the sanctuary, blew up the belfry and tore down the statue of St. Prophet Elijah who is equally revered in Syria by both Christians and Muslims, Syria’s SANA news agency reports, quoting the head of the monastery, hegumen Gadir Ibrahim. The hegumen believes the attack to be the work of foreign mercenaries.”

    Reports of foreign mercenaries are nothing new in the war against the Assad regime, and the “Syrian” character of the rebellion has been in doubt for some time. As the Independent reported on December 20:

    Fighters from as many as 29 countries have filtered into Syria to join a civil war that has split along sectarian lines, increasingly pitting the ruling Alawite community against the majority Sunni Muslims, UN human rights investigators said today.

    The deepened sectarian divisions in Syria may diminish prospects for post-conflict reconciliation even if President Bashar al-Assad is toppled. And the influx of foreign fighters raises the risk of the war spilling into neighbouring countries.

    “As battles between government forces and anti-government armed groups approach the end of their second year, the conflict has become overtly sectarian in nature,” the investigators led by Brazilian expert Paulo Pinheiro said in an updated report.… 

    Most of the foreign fighters slipping into Syria to join rebel groups, or fight alongside them, are Sunnis from other countries in the Middle East and North Africa, the UN investigators found. “They come from all over, Europe and America, and especially the neighbouring countries,” said Ms [Karen] Abuzayd.

    Even as the American government has expanded its involvement in the war in Syria, the radicalization of the rebel forces has continued. While Syrian rebels perpetrate their own atrocities, Sen. John McCain (R-Ariz.) was still insisting “We can identify who these people are. We can help the right people.” As Reuters reported on May 29:

    U.S. Senator John McCain said on Wednesday, two days after meeting with rebels in Syria, that he is confident the United States can send weapons to fighters in Syria without the risk they will fall into the wrong hands.

    “We can identify who these people are. We can help the right people,” McCain said on CNN’s program “Anderson Cooper 360.” … 

    Critics of some lawmakers’ push to arm the rebels have expressed concerns that weapons could end up in the hands of militants who might eventually end up using them against the United States or its allies.

    But McCain said such radical fighters make up only a small part of the rebels forces.

    For example, he said, Syria’s Islamist al-Nusra Front, identified as an alias of al Qaeda in Iraq, accounts for only about 7,000 of the 100,000 fighters battling the government of Assad.

    “Every single day, more and more extremists flow in…. “They’re flowing in all the time, these extremists. But they still do not make up a sizeable portion,” the Arizona senator said.

    When 7,000 members of an al-Qaeda front are acknowledged to be part of a US-backed coalition, one wonders how McCain and his allies are now defining “small.” And as McCain’s and Obama’s purported “right people” are busy massacring Christians – and others – in an “overtly sectarian” war conducted by foreign mercenaries and religious fanatics, the latest phase in the “perpetual war for perpetual peace” has moved on to the phase where its proponents will soon, once again, be “shocked” by the actions of their allies.

    Photo of Syrian rebel fighters: AP Images

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Kerry, Obama, and the WEF’s $4 Billion Bailout Plan for PLO/Hamas

    0

    “Kerry unveils $4 billion Palestinian economic plan,” ran the headline in the Jerusalem Post. Well, sort of; the veil still hasn’t been lifted on where the funds will be coming from, or how they will be administered, and who will do the administering. U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry announced the $4 billion “investment” in Palestine at the “Breaking the Impasse in the Middle East” conference of the World Economic Forum (WEF), held in Jordan by the Dead Sea on Sunday, May 26.

    “The plan for the Palestinian economy is bigger and bolder and more ambitious than anything proposed since Oslo more than 20 years ago,” Secretary Kerry said, referring to the Oslo Accords, which were hammered out in the Norwegian capital two decades ago. According to the Oslo plan, Gaza and the West Bank would evolve into an independent Palestinian state within five years. However, bitter rivalry between the PLO and Hamas resulted in a PLO regime in charge of the West Bank and Hamas in control of Gaza. Israeli troops occupy the West Bank and patrol the boundary of the Gaza Strip.

    Kerry told the hundreds of assembled millionaires and billionaires at the WEF confab that “we are looking to mobilize some $4 billion of investment” for targeted “opportunities in tourism, construction, light manufacturing, building materials, energy, agriculture, and information and communications technology.”

    According to Kerry, unidentified “experts” have put together a program that will transform the Palestinian territories. “These experts believe that we can increase the Palestinian GDP by as much as 50 percent over three years,” Kerry declared. “Their most optimistic estimates foresee enough new jobs to cut unemployment by nearly two-thirds – to 8 percent, down from 21 percent today – and to increase the median annual wage along with it, by as much as 40 percent.”

    The WEF investment plan has been put together by a team of undisclosed “experts” led by former British Prime Minister Tony Blair. A May 27 story in the U.K.’s Daily Mail carried the headline: “Tony Blair to be in charge of £3 billion plan to revitalise Palestine’s economy, U.S. secretary of state John Kerry reveals.”

    Actually, Secretary Kerry didn’t specify that Blair would be in charge of the plan, only that Blair had led the effort thus far. But it may well be that the former prime minister will end up in an administrative role regarding whatever funds materialize. Like many other “public servants,” Blair has parlayed his former government positions into a highly lucrative diplomatic and consultative career. Since leaving office, he has joined JPMorgan Chase as a “senior advisor” (which, reportedly, has paid him millions of dollars) and has launched Tony Blair Associates, which counts among its clients the brutal communist dictatorship of Nursultan Nazarbayev in Kazakhstan. Blair’s firm has also made millions of dollars brokering natural gas, oil, and mobile phone concessions in Gaza and the West Bank. At the same time, Blair has, since 2007, served as Middle East envoy for the United Nations, the United States, the European Union, and Russia.

    One of the experts who has surely had a hand in the WEF bailout plan for the PLO and Hamas is Robert Hormats, President Obama’s under secretary of state for economic growth, energy, and the environment. A former vice chairman of infamous Wall Street giant Goldman Sachs, Hormats is also a longtime member (and director) of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and Trilateral Commission, the secretive private groups that have dominated the federal government, banking, and corporate America for decades. He has been a senior advisor on the National Security Council to both Republican and Democrat administrations, advising Henry Kissinger, Brent Scowcroft, and Zbigniew Brzezinski. Hormats also serves as alternate U.S. governor for the World Bank, and in April attended meetings of central bankers sponsored by the World Bank and International Monetary Fund regarding the Middle East and North Africa (MENA). It is a near certainty that the IMF and World Bank, along with the EU and the United States will be providing (or guaranteeing) much of the funding that Secretary Kerry vaguely refers to as “private sector” investment for Palestine.

    If the past Middle East and Palestinian bailout schemes (see here and here) provide any guide, the rosy predictions of the WEF experts will fall dramatically short. And when the details of the finances finally become known, we undoubtedly will learn that the CFR-Wall Street globalists have once again cashed in on the Mideast turmoil and tragedy, while at the same time expanding the political and economic authority of the United Nations, the IMF, and World Bank.

    Photo of John Kerry (center), Shimon Peres (left), and Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas: AP Images

    Related articles: 

    World Economic Forum Pushes Global Controls 

    Davos’ Theme of “Resilient Dynamism” Hides Real Agenda

    Economic Forum Pushes Mideast Aid and Free-trade Agreements 

    A Bad Investment: US Funding, Training PLO Terrorists

    Organized Chaos: Behind the Scenes in the Middle East

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    National Taxpayers Union Finds Major Spending Shift in 112th Congress

    0

    A report from the National Taxpayers Union’s foundation, published on Tuesday, illustrates a massive shift in spending versus cutting that occurred during the 112th Congress from 2010 to 2012. If the trend continues in the current Congress and into 2014 and beyond, the 112th Congress might just be the “inflection point” many have been looking for as Washington wrestles with government spending.

    By tallying the cost of each member’s “wish list” of bills he has either sponsored or cosponsored (1,076 in the House and 712 in the Senate), the NTU’s BillTally software came up with some startling conclusions. First, the number of bills to cut government spending, 348, was the highest number of such bills since the 104th Congress (the third and fourth years of Bill Clinton’s presidency, which were characterized by the Contract with America and the brief shutdown of the government in late 1995 and early 1996). That Congress offered 432 bills to cut spending.

    The other side of the coin showed equally dramatic change: Bills presented to increase government spending declined sharply, to 1,439 from 2,480 such bills in the previous Congress. BillTally also calculated the ratio of spending-bills-to-cuts, which hit a peak of 24 to 1 in the 107th Congress (the first two years of the George W. Bush presidency) and was 14 to 1 in the 111th Congress (President Obama’s first term). In last year’s Congress, that ratio was just a little over 4 to 1. By comparison, that spending-bills-to-cuts ratio in the 104th Congress was 2 to 1.

    The NTU also cut the statistical cake another way: measuring the number of “net cutters” in the House of Representatives (those members whose total “wish list” bills resulted in spending cuts) jumped to 234 in last year’s House, compared to just 9 in the 108th Congress (the third and fourth years of George W. Bush’s presidency), and up from the 153 in the 111th Congress.

    In the Senate the change was even more dramatic. In the 107th Congress, there was not a single senator whose “wish list” of bills he either sponsored or cosponsored would have resulted in a cut in government spending, whereas in last year’s Congress, there were an astonishing 53 – every Republican and six Democrats.

    Yet Demian Brady, the director of research for the foundation, was hard-pressed to find much positive to say about the numbers, noting that while they represented an “encouraging sign for taxpayers seeking budgetary restraint … the balance of Congress’ workload is still tilted in favor of … spending increases.” Nevertheless, when looked at from a broader perspective, if the trend from the 111th and 112th Congresses continues into next year and then into 2014 and beyond, there may still be time to rein in government spending before it causes catastrophe for the average American. That task is enormous, grant the point, and one is often inclined to look at any glass with water in it as being half full, but the trend is comforting, nevertheless. 

    A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
    This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
    .

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Interview With Ron Maxwell on His New Civil War Movie “Copperhead”

    0

    Copperhead, scheduled for release June 28, is based on the 19th-century novel of the same name by Harold Frederic. The movie, like the novel, is representative of actual events in upstate New York in 1862 and 1863. Dairy farmer Abner Beech opposes the war waged by President Abraham Lincoln in the name of preservation of the Union. Like other peace Democrats in the North, he is disparagingly called a “Copperhead” – a venomous snake – by ardent supporters of the war who view his stand as unpatriotic and even treasonous.

    This is the third film by director Ron Maxwell set during the Civil War. The first two are the widely acclaimed Gettysburg and its prequel Gods and Generals. The new movie stars Billy Campbell (most recently in Killing Lincoln), Angus MacFayden (Braveheart), and Peter Fonda. (In the photo, Maxwell, right, is shown with Fonda.)

    The New American: This is your third movie on the Civil War. What has captured your interest in the War Between the States?

    Ron Maxwell: It started in my youth, when my dad used to take my younger brother and me to historical sites. We’d go up in northern New Jersey. Historical sites we visited that were colonial, American Revolution, French and Indian War sites. We’d go up to Lake Champlain, Lake George, and we would visit Fort Ticonderoga. My earliest memories were being read to, James Fenimore Cooper. Then when I could read myself, in first or second grade, I just continued with great curiosity and great adventure. I was just steeped in American history and American biography and American literature from my earliest memories.

    Somewhere along the way, certainly by junior high school years, I started reading about the Civil War, such as [the books of] Bruce Catton. But I didn’t get focused on the Civil War as material for film-making until I read The Killer Angels in 1978, and I optioned the novel. Then I met Michael Shaara, who wrote it. Growing up in New Jersey, I was far from any Civil War battlefields. My first visit ever to a Civil War battlefield was Gettysburg. I got a personal tour over three days with Michael Shaara. We did the battle of Gettysburg as he saw it, through his novel. We spent three days going over the battlefield as he revealed it through his fictional account, so my active engagement with the Civil War as a filmmaker didn’t start until then. Now, as everyone knows, from the time that I read the book in ’78, until the time the film came out in theaters, was 15 years. I didn’t think it was going to be 15 when I started, but I guess I was lucky it wasn’t 20, or never.

    Shortly after that, I thought I was done with it, quite frankly, but a year or so after that, I realized a couple of things had gone on. There was an incredibly warm response to the film, from critics, and moreover, from the public. I got a lot of mail. People were deeply moved by the film, so I realized there was a demand in the marketplace for this type of film. Michael Shaara’s son, Jeff, and I talked about it, about creating a trilogy of novels with the same characters before and after Gettysburg. Michael Shaara had died in 1988. So, that’s what we did.

    The first film was Gettysburg in 1993, and it took 10 years, trying to get it “the prequel” financed, until Gods and Generals was on the screen. Now, it has been another 10 years, to where we are releasing Copperhead. So, it wasn’t like I started out saying I want to make Civil War movies. It has evolved; my interests have evolved, changed.

    In retrospect, looking back on it, I think the first two films, taken together, are a cinematic meditation on why good men – honorable, ethical men – choose to go to war. We examine that in the men who wore blue, and in the men who wore gray. As you know, I took a lot of criticism from the mainstream media for treating the men in blue and gray equally. I looked into their hearts and tried to understand what motivated them. I got a lot of flak because some in the mainstream media don’t want to look upon any man who wore a Confederate uniform as a full human being. But be that as it may, I make my movies as I am called to make them. So the first two movies are a cinematic presentation of why good men choose to fight, or choose to go to war.

    The film Copperhead, which takes place during the same time, and with the same conflict, the American Civil War, explores cinematically why good and honorable, ethical, moral men choose not to go to war. I found the novel The Copperhead, and I wasn’t necessarily looking to explore that notion, but when I came across the novel, I was receptive to it. It fell on fertile ground with me. It was a worthy novel to bring to the screen, it was a story that needs telling. It is a story that has not been told in the popular culture, the story of the anti-war peace Democrats, during the Civil War.

    TNA: Bill Kauffman wrote the screenplay for Copperhead. What was it in his background that you thought prepared him to take on this project?

    Maxwell: I met Bill sometime in the mid-nineties. I met him at D.C. at a conference, and I was really impressed with what he had to say, and subsequently read his non-fiction. He is just a brilliant writer; he writes with such precision and insight. I was impressed with his honesty. He is devoid of cant and propaganda. He is a free spirit, a highly educated man, who is trying to understand the world that he lives in. He is widely and deeply read, and he is just a clear-thinking man. I appreciate that when I see it, when I see people speaking, when I see it written. I appreciate clear-thinking people who won’t just regurgitate somebody’s party line, regardless of what that party line is. I was impressed with him as a man, I knew he wasn’t on somebody’s payroll, wasn’t anybody’s shill, and so many people are just on somebody’s payroll: They are just selling something, and he isn’t. The more I read his work, the more I appreciated it. He also has a great sense of humor.

    As years went by, Bill came to me with a project that he thought would make a great story, about a United States senator who became vice president of the United States, under Martin Van Buren. His name was Richard Mentor Johnson. He was a senator from Kentucky, which as we know was a slave state. He wound up falling in love with an African-American woman, a slave, that he inherited when his father died. What was unique about this story was that they fell in love and they got married, which was against the law at the time. Despite violating the conventions of the time, he was a senator and ran for vice president and won and served as vice president, with an African-American wife. It was a story most people don’t know, and we wanted to explore that. We thought it was a great subject for a film. We developed it into a screenplay, and it was a learning curve for Bill, because he had never written a screenplay before, so I acted as his mentor, and not surprisingly, he was a quick learner, and he wrote a really beautiful screenplay based on that. It was not a novel, but rather an original screenplay. [The screenplay has not yet been turned into a motion picture. – editor’s note]

    So, I knew he could write a screenplay. We had dinner one time, and I don’t remember whether he brought up or I brought up The Copperhead and what a great movie it would make. We had both read it. It is in print now, but it was out of print. It was a forgotten novel. Most of the novels of Harold Frederic, who wrote in the second half of the 19th-century, are mostly forgotten, but he was a wonderful writer. I call him the Charles Dickens of upstate New York. If you want to know about rural America in upstate New York in the 19th century, he’s the guy. Just like you can learn about Victorian England from Charles Dickens. So, we decided to adapt that novel to a screenplay, and that is how it started.

    TNA: People like me love the study of history, and I know I am not alone in loving these movies that are history-based. There are so many great stories from history that could be put onto the big screen, why do you think so few are actually made?

    Maxwell: I’ve certainly run up against this wall of resistance over a lifetime. When I look back at the historical films that I have made, it is almost miraculous. Had I not met up with kindred spirits who love American history as much as I do, not one of these Civil War movies would have been made. In the case of the earlier two [Gettysburg and Gods and Generals], Ted Turner had this great passion. He grew up in the South, he went to the Citadel, and he loved American history. He loved Civil War history, and had he and I not met, I am convinced that those movies would have never been made. And if they had been made, they would not have been made with the artistic freedom with which they were made. Once we decided to make these movies, Ted Turner gave this filmmaker complete creative freedom. As we know, he has a lot to say, he has his opinions, and he is not shy about expressing them, but every time he would express an opinion, he would say, “You are the filmmaker, Ron, and I want to protect the artistic integrity, so it is your choice.”

    So, love them or hate them, they are the work of a filmmaker. Nobody told me how to make them. Nobody forced me, nobody edited them, nobody abridged them. They are my personal interpretation of those stories. Yes, it is a business, it is entertainment, but it is also a work of art. Let’s face it. Movies are a work of art, good, bad, or ugly, or whatever you want to call them, and works of art have to be made most of the time by one person, who is the synthesizer. Five people don’t paint a picture. In the case of most pictures, it takes hundreds of people to execute it, all of whom have to bring their skills and their art, and their brilliance, and their experience to make it happen, but the synthesizer is the one intellect.

    So, I have been very fortunate that I have been able to do anything. Without meeting such people, if you had to rely on the studio system we have in Hollywood, it would be next to impossible. As the saying goes, necessity is the mother of invention, and we have a different way to finance this type of movie. Without the financing, the movie would not be made. From the time I started in the business 40 years ago, it has been increasingly difficult to make movies about history that are serious American history, or any kind of history. Now, you see a lot of costume dramas, just turn on cable television, but that is not the same thing. That is putting people in costumes and such – the French Revolution, the Renaissance – and creating stories about who’s sleeping with who, who’s cheating on who, who is stabbing the other guy in the back. They’re soap operas set in a different time period. They are not really historical films. It is tougher now than it has ever been to make serious historical films, but look, if it were easy, then everybody would be doing it.

    TNA: In the movie Copperhead, Abner Beech commented that Abraham Lincoln did not have the authority to issue the Emancipation Proclamation. Was there any consideration or discussion that even if the proclamation were constitutional, it didn’t actually free any slaves anywhere, since it only applied to slaves outside of Union jurisdiction?

    Maxwell: Of course, you are citing a fact that anyone who has studied the Civil War must concede as true. But I think the other side of that coin that people would say with equal moral force is that it had a galvanizing effect on the abolitionists in the North, and it had a galvanizing effect on the slaves themselves who happened to be in the border states or in the Confederacy. We don’t get into any of that in the film because all that Abner Beech is talking about in that scene was the constitutional issue. This was kind of a theme with him, and again this is from the novel in the 19th century by Harold Frederic. He is a Jeffersonian Democrat, and he believed that you just have to take the Constitution seriously – that it was put together in a certain way, to protect the individual; that the Founders knew what they were talking about; that they had lived through tyranny from George III and that they knew human nature being the way it is; that this Constitution would protect the liberty of mankind for generations forward. He took it very seriously. It was not just a violation of the Constitution, but the usurpation of power. Beech was commenting that if this is something the American people want to do, it should be done legislatively, by making a law through the Congress. One man can’t do this.

    It is interesting that in the film that came out last year [Lincoln], the whole film is about the 13th Amendment. You can see in that film that Lincoln understood that that proclamation would not hold unless you had a constitutional amendment. He understood that it could be challenged later. In essence, Abraham Lincoln is agreeing with Abner Beech that it is unconstitutional even though Lincoln believed it morally correct that he should have done it, but [Beech believed] that you have to do it by law. So, it is interesting that both of these movies comment on the same issue.

    TNA: After you made Gods and Generals, the prequel to Gettysburg, your intent was to do a movie about the post-Gettysburg Civil War that would continue the story through to Lee’s surrender at Appomattox. Is that still a possibility?

    Maxwell: Yes, as I mentioned earlier, Jeff Shaara and I decided to make two novels, one a prequel and one a sequel, to Gettysburg. Gods and Generals is the prequel, and The Last Full Measure is the sequel. It was a best-seller, just like Gods and Generals. We certainly hope to someday do it. Copperhead  has lot of scale and a lot of scope, but it has no battle scenes. Once you have battle scenes, such as the Wilderness campaign, you are talking about a lot of money. Perhaps, if we get lucky with Copperhead, and it is a viable, commercial success at the box office, then the odds of making The Last Full Measure are greatly enhanced.

    Photo: Ron Maxwell (right) with Peter Fonda

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Obama vs. GOP on Judicial Nominees

    0

    As President Obama faces off against Senate Republicans in a showdown over his abuse of recess appointments, a conflict that has gone to the Supreme Court, Obama has launched a new attack on the opposition party – using Senator Harry Reid (D-Nev., shown) as his proxy – in an effort to target what he views as Republican “obstructionism.”

    Last week, the U.S. Senate voted 97-0 to confirm President Obama’s judicial nominee Sri Srinivasan to the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals, but Senate Republicans made it clear at the time that they will not confirm additional judges to the court because of the court’s light caseload.

    But President Obama has decided to nominate three more judges, a move that Senate Republicans are viewing as yet another power grab on the part of the White House, since the D.C. Court of Appeals will be hearing significant cases dealing with two of Obama’s most controversial pieces of legislation: the Affordable Care Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform Act. The court is also expected to handle Obama’s attempts to tackle supposed climate change through increased regulations.

    The Hill reported, “Republicans view the president’s decision to nominate three more judges to the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals, the second most powerful court in the nation, as deliberately provocative after they unanimously approved one of his nominees to the court last week.”

    Srinivasan’s confirmation brings the D.C. Circuit Court to four Democratic and four Republican appointees. If Obama’s new nominees were to be approved, the court would likely begin to lean Left. With three remaining vacancies to be filled, that is a very real possibility.

    Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) said, “The whole purpose here is to stack the court. So the real issue here, I guess, is he disagrees with the rulings of the D.C. Circuit.”

    Recent assertions by Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid seem to support this. Embittered by the Circuit Court’s unwillingness to rehear a case in which an EPA rule had been struck down, and the court’s ruling to invalidate Obama’s NLRB recess appointments, Reid issued an inflammatory accusation. “You have a majority in that court that is wreaking havoc with the country,” Reid fumed on the Senate floor last week.

    To get his way, Senator Reid reputedly has been considering changes to the chamber’s procedures for judicial nominees to move left-wing nominees through the Senate confirmation process.

    The Washington Post explained that the Democrats may be required to use the “nuclear option” – a change to the current Senate filibuster rule that sets a 60-vote threshold on all judicial and executive branch nominations – in order to get the judges confirmed. Under present rules, unless 60 senators agree on a nominee, senators can filibuster a nominee until the nominee is pulled from consideration. It would only take 51 votes in the Democrat-controlled Senate to change the rules so that nominees would be confirmed or denied based on a majority vote. Reid would have done precisely that long ago if he could get enough Democrats on board, but many Democrats are hesitant to implement something that would benefit Republicans if they take control of the Senate and the presidency. Also, if the nuclear option is taken, bipartisanship in the Senate may evaporate.

    According to a Democratic aide, senior Democratic senators are encouraging Reid to hold off on addressing filibuster reform until after immigration reform. “The fear is that if he does this before immigration reform is done, then all of the Republicans are going to walk,” the aide tells me.

    With Republicans in the Senate agreeing to much of Democratic spending and other liberal issues, such as so-called immigration reform – amnesty – it might be foolish to paint Republicans into a corner where they feel compelled to fight Democratic plans to save face.

    Naturally, the president’s actions have found support amongst his loyal Democratic fan base.

    “It’s about time,” said George Kohl, senior director at Communications Workers of America. “The Republicans have succeeded in obstructing nominees and find the flimsiest of excuses. By appointing three judges, we’ll cut through that and bring to the surface the key issue, which is their obstructionism.”

    And Democratic strategist David DiMartino contends that the president’s decision to name additional nominees is an attempt to reassert his agenda and highlight to the American people the Republicans’ unwillingness to comply. “Certainly the president wants to talk about what his agenda is as opposed to what the Republicans would want him to talk about,” said David Di Martino, a Democratic strategist. “He’s trying to reassert his agenda in the news and he’s doing that by finding out other ways to talk about his agenda and pointing out that Republicans are blocking everything he’s trying to do, from judges to nominees to legislative initiatives.”

    But despite the spin, the agenda of the president and the Democrats is clear: change the Senate’s rules.

    The Hill explains:

    If Republicans use filibusters to stymie the appellate court nominees – along with the nominations of Richard Cordray, Obama’s choice to head the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, Gina McCarthy, his pick to head the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and Tom Perez, the nominee for Labor secretary – Democrats say they will be justified in changing the rules by a party-line vote.

    Democrats deny that the maneuver is intended to be a political power play, asserting that the issue is Republican obstruction.

    Republicans argue, however, that the judicial vacancies are the fault of the president.

    Senate Chuck Grassley wrote an opinion piece for USA Today wherein he states, “Only eight of 32 judicial emergency vacancies have a nominee. We can’t act on nominations that haven’t been made.”

    All indications seem to point to a July showdown, when Reid is expected to employ the “nuclear option” if Republicans choose to filibuster Cordray, Perez, or McCarthy.

    Reid asserts that the nuclear option has not been a viable one in the past because of reluctance on the part of “old bull” type Democrats to utilize it. But he now contends that those opponents are beginning to come around. But this may be only more posturing by Reid to cow Republicans into caving on nominees.

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    GOP Opposes Obama Labor Secretary Nominee Perez

    0

    As the Senate awaits a vote on the confirmation of President Obama’s nominee for secretary of labor, Thomas Perez, it is uncertain as to whether strident Republican opposition to the nominee will delay or even prevent a vote in the Democrat-controlled upper house.

    The last action on Perez’s nomination was on May 16, when the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions (HELP) voted 12-10 along party lines to report the nomination out of committee and send it to the full Senate.

    A Reuters report the day of the committee vote quoted a remark made by Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) the prior week charging that Perez has shown throughout his career a “flippant and dismissive attitude about the boundaries everyone else has to follow” and accused him of being an ideologue. Senator John Cornyn (R-Texas) also condemned Perez’s record on the Senate floor.

    A key point of criticism made by Republicans against Perez is that he convinced St. Paul, Minnesota, officials to withdraw a Supreme Court appeal in exchange for the Justice Department not pursuing allegations that the city filed false claims in a government funding application. Perez is the assistant attorney general for the Civil Rights Division at the Department of Justice.

    In a speech back on May 8, Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell was firm in his criticism of the nominee: “Unbound by the rules that apply to everyone else, Mr. Perez seems to view himself as free to employ whatever means at his disposal, legal or otherwise, to achieve his ideological goals.”

    Reuters quoted a statement about McConnell’s speech made by George Washington University’s Sarah Binder, described as “an expert on Congress,” in which Binder suggested that the GOP leader intended to rally opposition to the nomination.

    “I think it matters that it is Mitch McConnell here, laying the marker down on why he’s opposing the nominee,” said Binder. “There’s no doubt that many nominations are killed by being drawn out and wearing down the nominee,” she continued.

    On May 8, Senator Marco Rubio (R-Fla.) made a statement that he thought Perez would be a “disastrous” choice.

    “Many Americans, especially those of us of Hispanic descent, celebrate his success and his personal story,” Rubio said. “Unfortunately, intellect and work ethic are not sufficient qualifications for a cabinet secretary.”

    White House Press Secretary Jay Carney responded to opposition charges in a statement to reporters: “[Perez] is enormously qualified and there has not been a case made that is not political and partisan against his nomination, and we hope and expect the Senate will move forward.”

    The Tampa Bay News quoted another statement from Rubio on May 8, in which the Florida senator pulled no punches:

    Before joining the Obama Administration, Mr. Perez built a long record as a committed liberal activist and politician, particularly in the areas of labor and immigration. It was that record that gave many senators pause over his initial nomination to be Assistant U.S. Attorney General. Those who voted against his confirmation then feared that he lacked the capacity to put his political agenda aside when he became a federal official tasked with enforcing the law. Unfortunately, his record as Assistant U.S. Attorney General confirmed those fears.

    In a May 9 article in the Washington Post, writer Juliet Eilperin continued an ongoing theme that has often been applied to the immigration reform issue: “Could the campaign to block Perez’s appointment damage the GOP’s standing with Latinos?”

    The writer drew no firm conclusions, and balanced Sen. Rubio’s Hispanic heritage as a mitigating plus against any negative political fallout that might arise from Republican opposition to Obama’s sole Hispanic nominee for his second-term cabinet.

    “Tom Perez has broad and deep support in the Latino community,” Eilperin quoted Janet Murguia, president and CEO of the National Council of La Raza, in an interview. “It’s just not helpful for Republicans to be seen as taking down what is seen as a qualified candidate.” But as journalist Alex Newman noted in an online article for The New American on July 9, 2012: 

    “Despite receiving millions of dollars from taxpayers, ‘La Raza’ is a deeply divisive outfit known for race-mongering and advancing flawed collectivist notions of Latinos and Hispanics as a monolithic bloc rather than unique individuals – bizarrely emphasizing ‘race’ and ‘ethnicity,’ superficial and largely irrelevant characteristics, above other, more important traits.”

    The article also quoted Glen Bolger, identified as a Republican pollster at Public Opinion Strategies, who said he is skeptical that the political battle over a Labor Secretary nominee will influence public opinion about where Republicans stand on “Hispanic issues.”

    “Latino voters are paying a lot more attention to immigration reform and what happens to that than a nomination to a Cabinet post in a Cabinet that has not played a major role with this president,” said Bolger. “This is a much, much smaller factor in how voters perceive the GOP than what Republicans in the House and Senate do on immigration.”

    Among the liberal-left organizations with historic ties to the Democrat Party that are solid Perez cheerleaders is the Teamsters Union, which posted an online article on May 17 headlined “Teamsters Applaud Senate Labor Committee Vote to Approve Perez Nomination.” 

    “Thomas Perez is the right choice for Labor Secretary and the Senate needs to get him confirmed as soon as possible,” Teamsters General President Jim Hoffa was quoted in the article. “I believe that we can take a significant step toward getting this country back on track with Perez running the Labor Department.”

    The Perez nomination vote is as sharply divided along partisan lines as most other issues. But the nominee’s unfavorable track record is likely to bolster Republican efforts to derail his confirmation. 

    Bill Wilson, a member of the board of directors of Americans for Limited Government, recalled in a May 28 column that three years ago Perez testified under oath before the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights about a well-documented 2008 voter intimidation case involving the New Black Panther Party. Wilson writes: “During his testimony, Perez stated that no political leadership at the U.S. Justice Department was involved in the decision to dismiss several defendants in that high profile case. This testimony turned out to be patently false – with the Justice Department’s own inspector general later noting Perez’s testimony ‘did not reflect the entire story regarding the involvement of political appointees.’ ”

    The Perez nomination vote is not (and should not be) a referendum on the ethnic identity or friendliness to big, organized labor of the next secretary of labor, but an effort to evaluate the fitness of a Cabinet secretary to uphold the Constitution of the United States. With enough deliberation, the proper decision should be made.

    Photo of Thomas Perez: AP Images

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Jealous O’Reilly Attacks Alex Jones

    0

    Infowars.com
    May 30, 2013

    Alex responds to Bill O’Reilly’s authoritarian knee-jerk call for censoring the alternative media.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 9:12 pm

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Bill O’Reilly accuses Alex Jones of hate speech

    1

    Infowars.com
    May 30, 3013

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 8:56 pm

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Beware the Child Protectors

    0

    When Salt Lake City police and caseworkers from the state Division of Child and Family Services (DCFS) surrounded the home of Janet Adolf on June 4, they were not responding to an accusation of child abuse or neglect. The armed raid had been staged to seize Adolf’s eight-year-old daughter, who wasn’t at home – although her three terrified siblings were. According to Adolf’s attorney Michael Humiston, the order had been issued because he had advised caseworkers of his intention to monitor their visits to Adolf’s home in order “to protect Janet’s rights.”

    As the case is described by Humiston, Adolf’s problems began when her eight-year-old daughter was “intimidated” into making allegations of sexual abuse. Although the family’s original caseworker, Kirk Soderquist, “tried to tell the court that there was no basis to the allegations,” the youngster was removed from her home and temporarily placed in foster care; Soderquist was removed from the case and replaced with another caseworker.

    “What Rights?”

    After a month in a foster home, the child was returned to Adolf and a second caseworker was assigned to make regular home visits. Humiston left a message with DCFS announcing his intention to “coordinate” the visits, so that he could be present to protect “the family’s Fourth and Fifth Amendment rights.” According to Humiston, when this was explained to Judge Sharon McCully of Utah’s Third District Juvenile Court – who issued the order that led to the June 4 raid – she exclaimed, “What rights?”

    Humiston, an attorney from Heber City, Utah, contends that the State of Utah has conducted “a systematic reign of terror.” “By law, parents can be anonymously accused, and never get to face their accusers,” observes Humiston. “There’s no right to a jury, no right to remain silent, and no presumption of innocence. Worst of all, all proceedings are conducted in secret. The State regularly terminates parents’ rights without ever showing that the parents are unfit.”

    In early March, Humiston filed a $500 million class-action suit against Utah Attorney General Janet Graham and several other state officials on behalf of five families whose children had been seized by the DCFS. According to Humiston, the amount of damages sought in the lawsuit is equivalent to the amount of child welfare subsidies received by the state of Utah since 1994.

    The situation described by Humiston is by no means unique to Utah. Across the United States, thousands of families have been ripped apart by child “protection” bureaucracies. Parents in such circumstances find that if they have been “hot-lined” – that is, reported anonymously by a dutiful citizen, teacher, or acquaintance – they enjoy none of the rights and immunities associated with due process. Acting in the “best interests of the child,” social workers can terminate parental rights on a whim, and order police agencies to enforce those whimsical decisions at gunpoint.

    Even more ominously, child “protection” agencies across the nation, following a totalitarian blueprint and fueled with taxpayer dollars, are seeking to create a compulsory “home visitation” system, through which agents of the state will be able to subject parents to regular scrutiny – and determine whether or not children, as “state property,” will be permitted to remain with questionable parents. Supporters of this concept have worked stealthily for nearly a quarter of a century to create a national home visitation network. Should they succeed, armed raids similar to the one mounted against the home of Janet Adolf may become quite common.

    “Village” Takeover

    During her recent “listening tour” of central New York State, Hillary Rodham Clinton had scheduled a visit to Elmira to call attention to that city’s “early childhood intervention program” – the Pre-natal and Early Infancy Project (PEIP). Christopher Caldwell of the neo-conservative Weekly Standard, who covered the First Lady’s Senate campaign swing, explained that PEIP is a child abuse program that “involves sending social workers on regularly scheduled pre-emptive visits into the homes of children whose parents are deemed to put them ‘at risk’ of wrong parenting.”

    In her ghostwritten manifesto It Takes a Village, Clinton gushes, “I cannot say enough in support of home visits” by government social workers. After all, she declares, “Keeping children healthy in body and mind is the family’s and the village’s first obligation,” and in those “terrible times when no adequate parenting is available … the village itself must act in place of parents. It accepts those responsibilities in all our names through the authority we vest in government….”

    Insisting that in matters of suspected abuse or neglect of children, “a child’s safety must take precedence over the preservation of a family that has allowed abuse to occur,” Clinton contends that “social workers and courts should make decisions about terminating parental rights of abusive parents more quickly, rather than removing and returning abused children time and again.” Government-authorized “home visitors” of the type extolled by the First Lady are authorized to pass judgment on the “adequacy” of parents, and to summon child protection workers should it be decided that the “village” must now “act in place” of inadequate parents.

    Like most advocates of home visitation programs, Clinton invokes the tragedy of child abuse to justify state intervention within the home. However, as the Physicians Resource Council (PRC), an affiliate of the Alabama Family Alliance, documents in a new study entitled The Parent Trainers, “most advocates of home visitation … clearly state that their goal is to institutionalize home visitation services for all new parents.” Deborah Daro, a former research director for Prevent Child Abuse America (PCAA), candidly explained that the objective “is to bring home visitation services to all new parents.” The U.S. Advisory Board on Child Abuse and Neglect, which was empanelled by George Bush in 1991, reached the same conclusion, calling for “the sequential implementation of a universal voluntary neo-natal home visitation system” (which by strict definition could not be at once “universal” and “voluntary”).

    Home visitors – who are also called Family Support Workers (FSW) – serve three missions, according to the PCAA. First, “being a teacher is central” to the FSW’s mission. Second, “the home visitor is also a friend, adviser, and advocate for parents,” and is responsible for helping forge links between the family and local “community service” agencies. “Finally,” states the PCAA, “the home visitor is a monitor” who is expected to develop a “collaborative relationship” with the local Child Protective Services (CPS) agency, and in that capacity she is expected to “set up regular consultation sessions with CPS to review ‘high risk’ cases” and to take “appropriate actions … when abuse or neglect or imminent harm are suspected.” One FSW explains that “because so many of our families are at risk of child abuse and neglect, our watchful eye can see the potential for danger before it becomes a real problem and do something about it.”

    In other words, home visitors/FSWs are the designated “watchful eyes” of the state within the home, empowered to “teach” parents, shepherd them into the suffocating embrace of the welfare state, and arrange for the seizure of children from parents deemed unsuitable. Furthermore, since enrollment in most home visitation programs begins with the birth of the child (and in some, enrollment begins before birth), the clear purpose is to make the state, by way of the home visitor, the custodian of first resort for the children involved.

    “We must remove the children from the crude influence of families,” Soviet Communist Party educators were instructed at a conference in 1918. “We must take them over and, to speak frankly, nationalize them.” Dr. C. Henry Kempe, the most influential American advocate of home visitation programs, subscribed wholeheartedly to that concept.

    Dr. Kempe was co-author of the ground-breaking 1968 book The Battered Child, which inaugurated the contemporary “war on child abuse.” Kempe’s work was cited as authoritative by the U.S. Advisory Board on Child Abuse and Neglect, and by the American Academy of Pediatrics when it recommended in 1998 that pediatricians should “advocate at the local, state, and national levels for the funding … of quality home-visitation programs.” Not surprisingly, Kempe also earned favorable mention in Hillary Clinton’s It Takes a Village. What makes Kempe’s influence troubling is the fact that he was an unabashed proponent of the totalitarian view that children are “state property,” and that home visitation should be “a compulsory, universal service” imposed on American families. In a June 9, 1975 lecture to the Ambulatory Pediatric Association in Toronto, Dr. Kempe set forth his vision of a system intended to enforce “children’s rights” within the home – a vision remarkably similar to the one expressed by Hillary Clinton in her law journal writings and in It Takes a Village.

    “A free society does not want to interfere with the rights of parents to … raise their children in any way they desire,” observed Kempe. “But, far too often, children are considered the property or chattel of their parents, many of whom think that they are entitled to dispose of them at will.” Invoking the common-law maxim, “A man’s home is his castle,” Kempe insisted that “all too often the child is a prisoner in its dungeon. It is a dungeon of constant anger, dislike, aggression, or even hatred.”

    While most people would acknowledge that such dismal, tragic circumstances do characterize the plight of a relatively small number of children in our country, Kempe insisted that the conditions he described were normative rather than exceptional, and thus justified a “limited intrusion into family privacy by society” in the form of “health visitors.” Such visitors would be regarded as “fully capable of determining which children are at risk, whether they are thriving adequately or not doing well,” and help to “form a bridge between these families and the health care system.” Regular intervention in the home would continue until the child reached school age, at which time “many of the health visitor’s duties will be taken over by the teacher, the school nurse, or the school nurse practitioner.”

    Kempe emphasized that the regime he described would not be limited to troubled families; rather, participation in the home “health visitor” program would be compulsory for all, “similar to the concept of compulsory, universal schooling”: “It seems incomprehensible that we have compulsory education, with truancy laws to enforce attendance and, I might add, imprisonment of parents who deny their child an education, and yet we do not establish similar safeguards for the child’s very survival between birth and age 6.”

    Lethal Guardians

    It is important to recognize that Kempe, in well-established totalitarian fashion, assumes that parents are more dangerous to children than strangers acting as officers of the state, which is, after all, the most powerful instrument of organized coercion and lethal violence. Once again, Kempe’s priorities are in harmony with instructions given in 1918 to Soviet educators, who were told: “From the first days of their lives [Soviet children] will be under the healthy influence of Communist children’s nurseries and schools. There they will grow up to be real Communists.”

    Kempe also emphasized that a stealthy, incremental approach would be necessary in order to construct a nationwide home visitation system. The program could begin in “any state, or any of our 3,362 counties,” he told his audience in Toronto. Furthermore, he admonished advocates to be flexible enough to adjust their proposals to meet local conditions. “If it should turn out that local or state health departments are not very interested or are unwilling to undertake the health visitor program, there may be other approaches for its implementation,” he observed. Pointing out that the state of Michigan had “placed the charge on the [state] Department of Education to assure that everyone is ‘educable,’” Kempe explained that this mandate “gives the Department the right to provide screening procedures and comprehensive health care to make every child school-ready.”

    This same approach has been used by the federal government in recent years to justify intervention in the home at ever-earlier stages in the life of a child. The Clinton administration’s Goals 2000 – which was an outgrowth of a national education agenda created by the Bush administration in 1989 – provides millions of dollars in federal subsidies for state early-intervention programs, all of which are justified by the supposed need to ensure that children arrive at the doorstep of government schools “ready to learn.”

    State Property

    According to Kempe, “those of us who are qualified to assess and correct the problems that produce child abuse and ‘failure to thrive’ should have the authority to intervene effectively for the good of the suffering child.” The range of interventions anticipated by Kempe is limitless, given that he explicitly described the child as the property of the state.

    During the 1992 presidential campaign, Hillary Clinton provoked widespread criticism for her suggestion that children should have the right to “divorce” their parents – but, once again, she was merely building upon Dr. Kempe’s work. “When marriages fail, we have an institution called divorce, but between parent and child, divorce is not yet socially sanctioned,” Kempe commented during his 1975 lecture. For parents deemed unsuitable by the state, “voluntary relinquishment [of parental rights] should be put forth as a desirable social act – to be encouraged for many of these families,” Kempe declared. “When that fails, legal termination of parental rights should be attempted.”

    From Kempe’s perspective, parents exercise authority over their children only by the grace of the state, and the state has the right to revoke parental authority at any time: “Where the state is supreme, the particular problem is easily managed; in a dictatorship each child belongs to the state and you may not damage state property. The really first-rate attention paid to the health of all children in less free societies makes you wonder whether one of our cherished democratic freedoms is the right to maim our own children.”

    Of course, it is nonsense on stilts to say that children who live in “less free societies” have been the beneficiaries of “first-rate attention.” When Kempe offered this paean to totalitarianism, the world had not yet beheld the horrifying spectacle of the state-run orphanages in Communist Romania, in which thousands of children lived and died in unimaginable filth and squalor. Nicolae Ceausescu, the Transylvanian despot who ruled Romania until he was murdered by his outraged subjects in 1989, articulated a statist philosophy of childcare nearly identical to Kempe’s, insisting that the individual Romanian child “is the socialist property of the whole society.”

    Communist China’s childcare policies are also in harmony with Kempe’s vision of the child as “state property.” A Chinese population control commissar explained in 1979: “China is a socialist country. This means that the interests of the individual must be subordinated to the interests of the state…. Socialism should make it possible to regulate the reproduction of human beings so that population growth keeps in step with the growth of material production.” Since children are “state property” in Red China, those conceived without authorization by the state are either killed in the womb, murdered through infanticide, or confined in state-run orphanages.

    Steven W. Mosher, one of the world’s leading experts on Red China’s “one-child” policy, describes that nation’s government-run orphanages as “killing fields.” Human Rights Watch-Asia reported in 1989 that Chinese orphanages have a mortality rate of at least 72 percent, with medical neglect and malnutrition the leading causes of death. Most of the children consigned to this hell are girls; an account recently smuggled out of China described a case in which a starving girl child, desperately seeking surcease from starvation, attempted to eat the flesh from her own arm.

    Such is the fate of children blessed by the “first-rate attention” provided by the “less free societies” extolled by Kempe as models for an American childcare regime.

    Foot in the Door

    Dr. Kempe was the founding director of the Kempe National Center for the Prevention and Treatment of Child Abuse and Neglect at the University of Colorado. Kempe’s successor, Dr. Richard Krugman, served as chairman of President Bush’s U.S. Advisory Board on Child Abuse and Neglect, which recommended “the sequential implementation of a universal voluntary” home visitation system.

    In 1985, the state of Hawaii enacted the “Healthy Start” program, a home visitation program that identifies “at risk” families through screening at birth. Healthy Start literature acknowledges that the program “evolved from the work of the Kempe program in Denver.”

    A recent evaluation of Healthy Start conducted by a panel of Ph.D.s found that for families enrolled in the program, “no overall benefits emerged on child development; the child’s home learning environment; parent-child interaction; well-child care; pediatric health use for illness or injury; child maltreatment … or maternal life skills, mental health, social support, or substance abuse.”

    However, the program was successful in its chief covert objective: the insinuation of state agents into the private affairs of a majority of Hawaiian families. Healthy Start officials, according to the PRC report The Parent Trainers, are now “screening over 52 percent of all new births in the state and provid[ing] services to roughly 20 percent of all newborns and their families.”

    In 1992, Hawaii’s Kempe-inspired Healthy Start program was used as the template for the Healthy Families America (HFA) initiative, which was created by Prevent Child Abuse America (PCAA) in conjunction with the Freddie Mac Corporation and Ronald McDonald Charities. PCAA, it will be recalled, seeks a “universal, voluntary” home visitation program, and the organization boasts that “virtually all 50 states have a public/private sector task force” promoting home visitation services under various program names. “In California,” notes the PRC, “programs are called ‘Welcome Home Baby,’ Georgia’s program is known as ‘First Steps,’ Colorado’s ‘Bright Beginnings,’ Illinois’ ‘Good Beginnings,’ Massachusetts’ ‘Good Start,’ and Arkansas’ ‘New Beginnings’.”

    To those state-level examples, a recent report published by the David and Lucille Packard Foundation (a major corporate supporter of home visitation programs) adds Missouri’s “Parents as Teachers” program; the “Nurse Home Visitation Program” – based on Elmira, New York’s PEIP program – which has been put in place in Memphis, Tennessee, and Denver, Colorado, “and [is] now being replicated nationally”; Arkansas’ Home Instruction Program for Preschool Youngsters (HIPPY), “which seeks to prepare 3-year to 5-year-olds for kindergarten and first grade”; and the Comprehensive Child Development Program, “a five-year federal demonstration program that worked with poor families in 24 sites to promote children’s development, parents’ ability to parent, and family self-sufficiency.” Irrespective of the program title, all elaborate on C. Henry Kempe’s malignant design of using home visitation programs as an incremental means of nationalizing children as “state property.”

    The PCAA reports that “Healthy Family” sites, under various names, are operating in 42 states and the District of Columbia. A recent survey by the organization found that one in five parents with children under the age of one received some type of home visitation service in 1997. Furthermore, the organization’s effort to make home visitation universal received a tremendous boost in the federal budget for fiscal year 1999: The PCAA received $33 million through the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act, and an additional $14 million for “research and data collection.” The organization’s 42 state chapters also have access to Children’s Trust Funds, which are financed through surcharges on marriage licenses and birth certificates, fees for vanity license plates, and check-offs on individual state income tax returns.

    In addition, the PCAA “was instrumental in the reauthorization of the Family Preservation and Support Services Program (renamed the Safe and Stable Families Program),” points out The Parent Trainers. Federal funding for that program, which totaled $275 million in fiscal year 1999, is projected to increase to $305 million by 2001 – and a large portion of that amount will be devoted to cultivating and expanding government home visitation efforts.

    Testing for Child Abuse

    In order to determine which newborn children are “at-risk” and thus qualify for home visitations, observes The Parent Trainers, state-based “Healthy Family” groups must “gain access to medical records of women who are pregnant or have just given birth. To complete this phase, HFA programs employ ‘Family Assessment Workers’ (FAWs) who will screen and assess mothers to determine their risk status.” In some cases, an FAW “is designated as a temporary, volunteer employee of the hospital (when she is on hospital grounds) to allow her access to medical records. In other cases, a member of the hospital staff may agree to do the initial record screen and then make referrals to the FAW. Or, the FAW may not have access to medical records, but may be allowed to enter hospital rooms and administer ‘verbal screens’ by asking postpartum mothers directly to answer the questions on the 15-point initial screen.”

    The questions in the initial screening deal with the mother’s marital status and history, education, socio-economic status, family background, and the like. A “positive score on any two” of the items, notes a PCAA document, will result in a referral for an “in-person interview” involving the “Kempe Family Stress Checklist” (FSC) – ten open-ended, invasive questions presented to both parents. The FSC is supposedly designed to determine a parent’s propensity toward child abuse. On each question the parent receives a score from 0 (no risk) to 10 (highest risk). According to Hawaii’s Healthy Start training manual (a model for state-level programs nation-wide), “a total score of 25 or above for either parent places a family in the high risk category, eligible for Healthy Start home visitor services.” However, as The Parent Trainers points out, “A score of 25 … is fairly standard. In other words, if either parent is classified as a ‘moderate’ risk on any five of the ten issues listed above, that parent would be considered a high risk and in need of home visitation services.”

    Among typical FSC questions can be found inquiries regarding “harsh punishment”; PCAA literature emphasizes that spanking is considered a form of abuse. Having been “suspected of abuse” is another risk factor for a parent, as is being “in the midst of multiple crises or stresses,” having “unrealistic expectations of the child’s behavior,” or perceiving a child’s behavior as “difficult or provocative.” Clearly the FSC is designed to define most – if not all – parents as placing their children “at risk.” This is to be expected, given that the objective of “Healthy Start” and its offspring is a universal system – based on voluntary enrollment if possible, but employing coercion if necessary.

    The FAWs charged with conducting “screenings” and arranging for home visitations are generally volunteers who may have had only a few days of training. No specialized academic background is required to become a FAW; a high school diploma or its equivalent is sufficient. (One PCAA survey found that one-quarter of all FAWs had no college training.) FAWs are encouraged to lure parents into visitation programs by offering bottles, breast pumps, or other helpful gifts to parents as a pretext for a post-hospital visit. “Comments made at a recent HFA national conference indicate ‘creative outreach’ may also include sending flowers to the reluctant mother on Mother’s Day, or even sending flowers to the mother of the mother, if it appears she is the source of resistance,” observes The Parent Trainers. “It may also include taking the reluctant mother out to the beauty parlor if this may gain her confidence and make her feel obligated to participate in the program.”

    To illustrate the success of such tactics, an Arizona program reported that “90 percent of mothers offered the program accept HFA services.” Furthermore, PCAA urges FAWs to make “persistent outreach efforts” for several months, if necessary, until reluctant families “have explicitly indicated that they do not want the service.” Recalcitrant parents, according to PCAA, are “often at greatest risk and, therefore, are in greatest need of the service.” Should Kempe’s vision of compulsory home visitation to protect children be consummated, it stands to reason that rebellious parents would be the first to have their children taken from them – as the case of Janet Adolf’s family in Salt Lake City would seem to illustrate.

    Levels of Involvement

    As is almost always the case with any grand, malevolent scheme, the Kempe-inspired home visitation campaign makes malicious use of the worthy motives of otherwise decent people. Diana Lightfoot, director of the Physician’s Research Council and co-author of The Parent Trainers, explained to The New American: “There are three levels at which the home visitation scheme is working. At the first, most immediate level, we have the social workers or FAWs themselves, who usually have no agenda beyond doing what they consider to be the right thing – fighting child abuse, helping children get a good start, helping parents who may be overwhelmed. And of course, these are all very commendable motives.”

    At the second, intermediate level, continued Lightfoot, “we have the state departments of social services and other government officials who know some part of the larger picture and consciously deceive the public about what’s going on, but they believe that their noble end justifies the unethical means they employ. For a lot of state officials, the chief motivation is money; there is a lot of taxpayer money being thrown at the states by the federal government for these programs. At the top level we have the ideologues – the Hillary Clinton, Janet Reno, and Donna Shalala types – who have an ideological commitment to create a certain type of society, and are willing to use the power of the government to re-structure the traditional family.”

    Dr. Sam Watson, Lightfoot’s co-author, remarked to The New American that “Kempe, despite his reputation as a great humanitarian, praised totalitarian states and urged that we adopt a totalitarian child care policy. This is also very much the mindset of the current administration, and much of the institutionalized anti-child abuse and ‘children’s rights’ movements. The model and demonstration programs that are springing up all over the country are the product of that same mindset as well. In some states, money from the state lottery is underwriting home visitation programs; in others it is money from the tobacco settlement. These sources of revenue have been a real windfall for advocates of home visitation.”

    “The seed of Kempe’s vision has been planted, it has been watered with taxpayer money,” Lightfoot stated. “Whether it will grow to fruition depends upon the American public. It is vitally important that we educate families and parents about the dangers of home visitation programs, and the totalitarian nature of the vision behind those programs.”

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Media Bias in Global-warming Coverage

    0

    In June 2000, global-warming prophesier Ross Gelbspan lamented, “Over the last seven years, the fossil-fuel lobby has mounted an extremely effective campaign of disinformation to persuade the public and policymakers that the issue of atmospheric warming is still stuck in the limbo of scientific uncertainty. That campaign for the longest time targeted the science. It then misrepresented the economics. And most recently it attacked the diplomatic foundations of the climate convention. And it has been extraordinarily successful in creating a relentless drumbeat of doubt in the public mind.”

    A lot has changed since then. In the past seven years, forecasters of human-caused catastrophic global warming have won over the press and a majority of the public to what is now described as the “consensus view.” Global-warming skeptics not only are not listened to; they are considered lunatics and are ridiculed. Reporters have adopted a view that, like the dangers of smoking, global warming is a reality caused by human consumption and something must be done. Alternative viewpoints are no longer sought nor listened to. The media compare global-warming “deniers” to holocaust deniers and deride them in the mainstream press.

    Media March to the Same Drum

    In August 2007, Newsweek ran a cover story by Sharon Begley that was meant to debunk the myth of an alternative viewpoint once and for all, so that society can get on to finding solutions to man-made climate change. Instead, bloggers responded with stories “debunking the debunkers.” The next week, Newsweek ran a rebuttal claiming that “self-righteous indignation can undermine good journalism” and “viewing the world as ‘good guys vs. bad guys’ can lead to a vast oversimplification of a messy story.” In the rebuttal, Newsweek author Robert Samuelson admitted that Newsweek had gotten its facts wrong on a number of counts and had proposed a solution that was simplistic at best.

    Newsweek is not alone in its one-sided coverage of global warming. A study of mine published in the 2007 Competition Forum shows the number of articles in the 2006 New York Times and Toronto Globe and Mail and compares these with New York Times coverage from 2000. An overwhelming majority of the articles from the New York Times (94 percent) and the Globe and Mail (96 percent) were identified as accepting catastrophic global warming as a reality. No articles were found to be against and only a small proportion, often industry-based, were neutral in their reporting of global warming. In 2006, the New York Times published 146 articles about global warming, almost four times greater than in 2000 when it published 37. In 2000, 16 articles supported global warming, six were against, and 15 reported both positions. The number of articles in the Globe and Mail during 2006 was 533, almost four times greater than in the New York Times during the same year. A study done by the Business & Media Institute (BMI) confirmed these findings. Of 205 network news stories analyzed about “global warming” or “climate change” between July 1, 2007 and December 31, 2007, a “meager” 20 percent even mentioned alternative opinions to the so-called “consensus” position.

    Catastrophic global-warming forecasters overwhelmingly outnumbered those with alternative viewpoints. What was obviously missing from the network reports was dissenting voices. For every skeptic there were 13 advocates for global warming. On all three networks, 80 percent of the stories (167 out of 205) didn’t provide alternative viewpoints to human-caused global warming. CBS did the worst job with 97 percent of its stories (34 out of 35) reporting only the global-warming side. NBC excluded dissenting voices in 85 percent (76 out of 89) of its stories. Although more balanced, 64 percent (34 out of 53) of ABC stories didn’t include other views.

    Very few scientists, either pro or con, were interviewed. Only 15 percent of the global-warming forecasters were scientists. The remaining 85 percent of them were politicians, celebrities, other journalists, and even ordinary men and women. Among the politicians the networks called on, the foremost was former Vice President Al Gore. Journalists practically “drooled” over Al Gore while they insulted or asked hostile questions of people with alternative views. On November 18, 2007 during “Good Morning America,” Bill Weir even attacked the motives of his guest Democratic Kentucky State Rep. Jim Gooch, a global-warming skeptic, because Gooch’s family was in business with the coal industry.

    Name-calling and Feigned Objectivity

    Name-calling is a favorite tactic of the media and global-warming doomsayers. Meredith Vieira interviewed Al Gore for Today’s November 5 and 6 “Ends of the Earth” program. She didn’t challenge Gore when he claimed scientist John Christy was an “outlier” for his challenge to the UN’s climate-change report. She let Gore compare people critical of human-caused global warming to people who think the Earth is flat. The same analogy by California Governor Arnold Schwarzenegger on the July 16, 2007 Early Show on CBS went unchallenged. The cost of “fixing” global warming was rarely discussed on the network news. Only 22 stories (11 percent) mentioned cost. Typically it was skeptics like Gooch who talked about cost. Gooch said one climate-change bill in Congress would cost $6 trillion.

    While journalists claim to be unbiased in their reporting, networks like CBS are far from objective in covering global warming. On the August 7, 2007 Early Show, host Harry Smith declared: “There is, in fact, global-warming change.” CBS journalist Scott Pelley admitted his bias, arguing in 2006 that he wasn’t required to include skeptics in global-warming stories any more than he would be required to include holocaust deniers in a story about the holocaust. In latter 2007, CBS permitted only four opponents to global warming on the network. Not one of the four was a scientist. This compares to 151 people used to promote global warming.

    Pelley, reporting for an October 21, 2007 60 Minutes episode about “mega-wildfires,” claimed that global warming is largely responsible for the “bigger, hotter fires” in the American West. Although he had time to include alternative viewpoints, he chose not to interview some of the principal authorities on the topic, like Anthony Westerling, a University of California Merced professor who claims there are other reasons for the wildfires rather than climate change. Reporters like Pelley have become advocates for a theory rather than onlookers in the global-warming debate. NBC’s Ann Curry considered it her “mission” to “find evidence of climate change” in the Ends of the Earth series broadcast November 5-6, 2007.

    Although ABC allowed more alternative viewpoints than the other networks, it still showed a strong bias toward global warming. Typical was Bill Weir’s claim on November 18, 2007 that “all these scientists” urge immediate action to stop global warming. Additionally, weather personality Sam Champion referred to the most recent UN climate report as “unequivocal” and “definitive” in its proof of global warming.

    Dissent From Nonexistent Consensus

    The dictionary definition of “consensus” is a general agreement or unanimity of opinion. When former Vice President and global-warming prophesier Al Gore says “consensus,” it means a general agreement or unanimity of opinion of people who agree with him. However, a consensus doesn’t exist.

    Despite years of complaints from the media and global-warming alarmists like Gore, scientists continue to question climate-change “consensus.” The U.S. Senate Environment and Public Works (EPW) Committee released a report on December 20, 2007, in which more than 400 prominent scientists questioned the hype about global warming. The 400-plus scientists from more than two dozen countries voiced “significant objections to major aspects of the so-called ‘consensus’ on man-made global warming.” Many of the scientists are current or former participants in the UN IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change). They criticized the climate claims made by the UN report and former Vice President Al Gore.

    A study by Dr. Klaus-Martin Schulte of 528 global-warming papers puts the number of studies explicitly endorsing the “consensus” view at only seven percent. When combined with studies that implicitly accept global warming, the figure rises to 45 percent; however, the largest group of studies is neutral (48 percent), neither accepting nor rejecting the hypothesis. Six percent reject global warming outright. This study and a similar one by Benny Peiser in 2005 rebutted earlier claims by California historian Naomi Oreskes that showed “an unanimous, scientific consensus on the anthropogenic causes of recent global warming.” However, to most journalists human-caused global warming is a fact. This has given them license to ignore journalistic conventions of objectivity and balance in reporting.

    One commentator who is a global-warming skeptic is CNN’s Glenn Beck. Many of his comments deride other journalists for their lack of balance. In April, he mocked a BBC reporter who had tried to report objectively, but who later added a global-warming slant to his story when he was threatened by an environmental activist. After an exchange of e-mails between the BBC reporter and the activist about the slant of the story, the activist threatened to get other people to harass the reporter, so the reporter changed his story. The original story had said, “This would mean global temperatures have not risen since 1998, prompting some to question climate change theories.” After bowing to pressure the reporter wrote, “But this year’s temperatures would still be way above the average and would soon exceed the record year of 1998 because of global warming induced by greenhouse gases.”

    Beck has pointed out how much the environmentalist lobby funds political campaigns. The top 10 recipients of environmental special-interest cash from 2000-2004 included John Kerry, Al Gore, and – no surprise – Barack Obama. In his book entitled An Inconvenient Book Beck quotes Stephen Schneider, a lead author of the 2007 UN climate-change report, who in 1989 said, “To capture the public imagination, we have to offer up some scary scenarios, make simplified dramatic statements and little mention of any doubts one might have. Each of us has to decide the right balance between being effective and being honest.”

    It’s this kind of pressure and this kind of strategy that has led the media to abandon their journalistic principles and cave in to the environmental lobby and alarmist politicians. The lack of impartiality in media coverage is dangerous. Closure of the press debate on global warming has led to a failure to discuss viable alternatives that could promote economic growth, versus policies that discourage industry and competitiveness. The Lieberman-Warner bill under consideration in Congress, according to some estimates, will cost U.S. taxpayers $4 to $6 trillion. Supported by the elite media and both the Republican and Democratic presidential candidates, the bill would dramatically increase the price of energy and create a new bureaucratic cap-and-trade scheme to reduce the consumption of carbon based fuels to 1990s levels. As the Heritage Foundation suggests, “a cap and trade policy would pose a grave threat to the U.S. economy,” particularly at this time of recession and rising costs of energy and transportation.

    In 2006, Richard Lindzen, professor of atmospheric science at MIT, warned in the Wall Street Journal that a climate of alarmism has developed to support the funding of global-warming research which has become a billion-dollar industry. He states: “Ambiguous scientific statements about climate are hyped by those with a vested interest in alarm, thus raising the political stakes for policy makers who provide funds for more science research to feed more alarm to increase the political stakes.” The consequence is that funds have disappeared for scientists who dissent from the alarmism. Their work is derided, and they are labeled as industry stooges, scientific hacks or worse. “Only the most senior scientists today can stand up against this alarmist gale, and defy the iron triangle of climate scientists, advocates and policymakers,” writes Lindzen.

    Insist on Responsible Reporting

    The solution, according to the BMI report, is for the public to hold journalists responsible for their reporting. “Reporters have a professional responsibility to remain objective and avoid inserting their own opinions into their reports.” “It is the media’s job to inform the public, not persuade them by leaving out alternative viewpoints,” says the report. With legislation pending to address global warming, the media need to be asking about costs of climate change “solutions.”

    By adopting a certain viewpoint, the news media become advocates for that position. The media’s adoption of the position that global warming is man-made means they no longer can be trusted to report objectively on the issue of climate change. Industry and the public should be wary of the media message about global warming, particularly when it is alarmist. Under pressure, business and government are being pushed to make decisions that may affect the long-term competitiveness and economic well-being of the United States and the world. Industry needs to make decisions based on balanced information, not on pressure by politicians, interest groups, or the media. It is important that all sides of the global-warming issue be reported.

    Dr. John Fisher teaches communications and does research in the area of mass media and political decision-making.

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Asteroid-mining company crowd sources to build telescope

    0

    A new space start-up company being backed by execs from Google is offering supporters a chance to wow their friends with a photo opportunity that’s quite literally out of this world.

    Planetary Resources of Bellevue, Washington launched a
    crowdfunding campaign on Kickstarter this week in order to bring
    in the money necessary to launch ARKYD, an orbiting telescope
    that will take custom photos for those willing to open up their
    wallets.

    The company got off the ground last year and previously announced
    plans to capture asteroids flying through space with hopes of
    mining the rocks for precious metals and water – that’s why the
    telescopes were originally designed. Now Planetary Resources is
    exploring other endeavors, and wants to bring the public a
    telescope project that can do more than just mine for minerals in
    space.

    “All we are asking is for the public to tell us that they want
    something
    ,” company co-founder Eric Anderson said during a
    press conference on Wednesday, Reuters reported.

    “We’re not going to spend our time and resources to do
    something if people don’t want it and really the only way to
    prove that it’s something people want is to ask them for
    money
    ,” he said.

    The company hopes to raise one million dollars by the end of
    June, and is providing donors with an unusual incentive: for $25,
    a support is sent an image of their choice taken miles above the
    Earth.

    “At its core, the ARKYD is a space telescope. The large, main
    optic is designed to take high-resolution photos of objects in
    space. What truly sets it apart is that we’ve engineered the
    spacecraft with an external screen and a camera arm, allowing us
    to take pictures of the ARKYD as it orbits Earth
    ,” explains
    the company.

    “Your photo (or graphic!) will be displayed on the satellite’s
    external screen overlooking Earth. We will then take a picture
    from our camera arm and send the image back to you
    .”

     

    Planetary Resources is calling the option a “Space Selfie,” and
    thousands of people have already forked over the money to make it
    happen.

    “I want to see a selfie in space,” Planetary Resources’
    president and chief engineer, Chris Lewicki, said during a
    Wednesday press conference.

    That’s just what $25 will earn a donor though. Other options
    include having a video displayed on the telescope’s screen or
    supplying schools with exclusive time to peer into space using
    the satellite’s lenses.

    “If we’re successful, we’ll go off and create the material we
    need to do this public activity and make it happen
    ,” Lewicki
    added to NBC News.

    Two hours after the project went public on Wednesday, Project
    Resources received more than $100,000 in donations. Twenty-four
    hours later, the telescope was just short of the halfway point to
    raising its one

    million dollar goal.

    “[W]e had an extraordinary response …. Tens of thousands of
    people contacted us and wanted to be involved
    ,” founder Peter
    Diamandis said. “We are using this Kickstarter campaign as a
    mechanism to engage the

    community in a productive way
    .”

    The company hopes to launch their first ARKYD, a 33-pound
    satellite with a 2-foot wingspan, in the later half of 2015.
    Planetary Resources is backed by investments courtesy of Google
    CEO Larry Page, Chairman

    Eric Schmidt and director James Cameron.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    California family suing police for 'abuse of power' after son's killing

    0

    A California police officer wrongfully tasered and fatally shot a man whose parents had called police seeking help for the man’s depression, the victim’s family claimed in court.

    The surviving family of the late Jorge I. Ramirez filed suit
    against Stanislaus County in Central California, alleging Ramirez
    was no threat to the officer during the incident. Jorge Ramirez,
    the victim’s father, told the Modesto Bee he called police on
    April 16, 2012 seeking help for his son’s depression but stressed
    he did not tell the operator a crime or family dispute was in
    progress. 

    Deputy Art Parra Jr. responded to the call, whereupon he
    immediately asked Ramirez’s parents where their son was. The suit
    claims Parra rustled Ramirez, 32, from the couch and demanded he
    place his hands behind his back. When Ramirez protested,
    demanding to know what was going on, Parra allegedly used his
    Taser on Ramirez without warning. 

    When Ramirez regained his footing, Parra warned that he would
    shoot him. 

    “At this time, and without providing any warning, Parra
    withdrew his firearm from his holster and shot four bullets at
    Ramirez
    ,” the suit claims, as quoted by Courthouse News.
    “Parra was approximately eight feet away at the time he fired
    four shots at Ramirez, and three bullets struck
    Ramirez
    .” 

    The suit does not mention Parra’s claim that Ramirez tried to
    grab the deputy’s Taser during a physical struggle. The sheriff’s
    department claimed Deputy Parra was responding to a family fight,
    although the senior Ramirez has maintained that Parra was overly
    aggressive. 

    “He wouldn’t listen to us,” he told the KCRA, the local
    NBC affiliate. “He told us to get away. He summoned other
    officers — and another officer went in there and pointed a gun at
    my wife and I for no reason. Absolutely no reason.This is very
    unjust
    .” 

    When the case first made headlines Ramirez said the family only
    wanted help for their son, who had threatened suicide, and that
    Parra’s actions were an “abuse of power.” District
    Attorney Birgit Fladager told the Modesto Bee Wednesday that her
    office completed an investigation and concluded that Parra was
    guilty of no wrongdoing. The officer has been placed on
    administrative leave, per department policy. 

    The federal suit seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory,
    special, and punitive damages. 

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Mississippi sued over for-profit prison where inmates sell leashed rats

    0

    Officials at a corporate Mississippi prison will have to answer for alleged human rights abuses that took place in one of the state’s for-profit correction centers now that two major-league civil rights groups have filed a lawsuit addressing the issue.

    The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and the Southern
    Poverty Law Center (SPLC) announced Thursday they have filed a
    class-action lawsuit against the state of Mississippi because of
    how inmates at East Mississippi Correctional Facility are
    constantly at “grave risk of death and loss of
    limbs
    .” 

    The suit alleges that inmates
    in the prison, which is the state’s primary special needs
    facility for convicts with mental health issues, are subjected to
    long isolation periods in “barbaric” conditions, often in
    rat-infested cells with broken toilets. 

    “Prisoner-on-prisoner
    stabbings and beatings are frequent because the locking mechanism
    on the cell doors can be readily defeated, and some officers are
    complicit in unlocking doors to allow violence to occur
    ,” the
    lawsuit claims. 

    The detention center is run by
    Management and Training Corp., based in Centerville, Utah, which
    is not named in the lawsuit. The ACLU and SPLC assert Mississippi
    lawmakers have long known about the conditions but have failed to
    act. 

    East Mississippi Correctional Facility (Screenshot from youtube.com @lifgosonshema)

    Dr. Terry Kupers, a
    psychiatrist who studied East Mississippi Correctional Facility,
    wrote in 2011 that an overburdened prison psychologist,
    inefficient mental health programs, and staffing problems were
    issues that could have serious implications. 

    “All inmates report
    significant weight loss since arriving at EMCF, from ten to 60
    pounds, and from my direct observation it is clear that all the
    men are much thinner, almost emaciated, in comparison to old
    snapshots I viewed in their charts or on their identity cards
    showing them much heavier
    ,” Kupers wrote, as quoted by the
    Jackson Clarion Ledger. 

    Medical conditions are so
    bleak, the suit claims, that one inmate went blind from glaucoma
    and another had a finger amputated after failing to receive
    treatment for gangrene.

    “Many cells lack light and
    working toilets, forcing prisoners to use trays or plastic bags
    that are tossed through slots in their cell doors
    ,” wrote the
    SPLC. “Rats often climb over prisoners’ beds. Some prisoners
    even capture the rats, put them on makeshift leashes and sell
    them as pets to other prisoners
    .”

    The Management and Training
    Corp. operates 22 for-profit prisons in eight states, and named
    is in a slew of controversies. Allegations range from a prison
    warden ignoring an alarm, thereby allowing prisoners to escape,
    to “rampant” sexual abuse. 

    In 2007, two guards at one of
    the firm’s Texas prisons were charged with orchestrating a
    smuggling ring after they were pulled over, while in uniform,
    driving a van with 28 undocumented immigrants in the back.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    El Salvador woman denied life-saving abortion by highest court

    0

    The country of El Salvador is currently gripped by the story of a woman seeking permission for an abortion, a procedure doctors believe would be life-saving, and which is illegal in the conservative nation. Instead, induced birth will be performed.

    A woman going by the name of Beatriz to keep her identity a
    secret lost an appeal filed by her lawyer, Victor Hugo Mata, with
    El Salvador’s supreme court on Wednesday.

    “They [the Supreme Court] were
    not convinced this is the way… they are saying Beatriz is not
    in danger and she must pursue the natural way of delivery and we
    must see what happens,”
    said Mata in comments to CBS News.

    “It isn’t just an abortion, it
    is a necessity,”
    he added.

    Beatriz suffers from lupus, an autoimmune disease which in her
    particular case is aggravated by a kidney malfunction.Beyond the
    health risks for Beatriz should the pregnancy be allowed to
    continue, doctors have also determined that she is carrying an
    anencephalic fetus, meaning the baby lacks the majority of its
    brain and would be expected to survive for perhaps a few hours
    post birth.

    According to CBS News, three separate sonograms carried out by
    the National Maternity Hospital, where Beatriz is being treated
    in the country’s capital of San Salvador, have shown that she is
    pregnant with an unviable fetus. The baby is now 26-weeks-old.

    “The baby will only live a
    couple of hours because he has no brain, no mental activity. The
    baby is in very bad condition, no future to live. They [the
    doctors] must intervene as soon as possible, if they don’t make
    an incision in the womb, she might die very soon,”
    said
    Mata.

    El Salvador prohibits all abortion under any circumstances,
    including rape and incest. The country’s constitution in the
    majority Roman Catholic nation protects the right to life
    “from the moment of
    conception.”

    Though a medical committee at her hospital, as well as the
    country’s Ministry of Health supported Beatriz’s request for an
    abortion, judges with El Salvador’s highest court voted
    four-to-one to reject the petition.

    “This court determines that the
    rights of the mother cannot take precedence over those of the
    unborn child or vice versa, and that there is an absolute bar to
    authorising an abortion as contrary to the constitutional
    protection accorded to human persons ‘from the moment of
    conception’,”
    determined the court.

    Both the doctors who perform abortions in the small Central
    American country of six million, and mothers who seek the
    procedure face arrest and criminal charges. According to the
    Central American Women’s Network 628 women have been imprisoned
    in El Salvador since its anti-abortion law was enacted back in
    1998. According to a 2012 report provided by that group, 24 of
    those women were indicted for “aggravated murder” following an
    abortion, miscarriage, or stillbirth.

    Morena Herrera, an activist and former guerilla member with the
    Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front, called the court’s
    ruling “irresponsible.”

    “The only life we can save here
    is that of Beatriz,”
    Herrera told the BBC.

    Herrera said supporters would look into getting Beatriz out of El
    Salvador so she could receive the treatment they said she needed.
    However, on Thursday it appeared that the country’s government
    had softened its line by announcing that Beatriz would instead be
    allowed to undergo a premature caesarean section.

    Health Minister Maria Isabel Rodriguez said that the premature
    delivery was now in “in the
    hands of high-level doctors.”

    “It is very clear at this time
    that the pregnancy intervention is not an abortion, it is an
    induced birth, which is something else,”
    Rodriguez said
    via news conference.

    Abortion procedures are banned throughout seven countries in
    Latin America, including Nicaragua, Honduras, the Dominican
    Republic, Haiti, Suriname and Chile. As a result, the percentage
    of unsafe abortions in South America and Caribbean nations is
    extremely high, currently at 95%.

    Within Mexico only Mexico City currently has legal abortions
    during the first 12 weeks of pregnancy, while countries such as
    Argentina will allow abortions in cases of rape or a threat to
    health. Only the countries of Cuba, Guyana, Puerto Rico and
    Uruguay currently allow abortions beyond cases of rape, incest or
    threats to a woman’s health.

    “We cannot appeal the case
    because this was the last step, the Supreme Court,”
    said
    Victor Hugo Mata on Wednesday.

    “The only way now is to go to
    the international courts. Everyday, the health of Beatriz is
    [getting] worse. If they wait another week or two weeks, she will
    be too feeble to endure the operation,”
    he added. 

    The archbishop of San Salvador, Jose Luis Escobar, had asked the
    court several times not to allow the woman to have

    an abortion according to Agence France-Presse, arguing that it
    would lead to an increase in such requests.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    ‘Abject failure’: UK ignored racial patterns in home crime for over a decade

    0

    The vacuum left by the state has been filled by far right politicians who have distorted the
    issue with lies and Islamaphobia, Andrew Norfolk, a journalist for the Times who
    has covered the issue extensively, told RT.

    RT: You’ve worked extensively on this issue – is there
    evidence of neglect on the part of authorities due to the racial
    or religious character of a crime?

    Andrew Norfolk: I think that conclusion is unavoidable.
    Just to give you one example in the North of England, we obtained
    over 200 confidential documents that showed there was a ten year
    history in one town of young girls typically aged between 11
    and14-years-old being targeted and befriended and then being
    given alcohol and

    drugs and eventually being passed around ever increasing groups
    of men to be used for sex. That was known about for ten years by
    the police force concerned, by the local authority concerned and
    there was an abject failure to take the

    action that was needed to protect those children and to prosecute
    the offenders.

    RT: So why did nobody react in the appropriate
    way to this?

    AN: I think one of the factors that you have
    already been very clearly discussing is there
    was 
    a terror of
    treading into what was seen as a cultural minefield. There was
    an 
    additional
    problem in that some of these agencies genuinely don’t seem to
    have 
    understood
    quite how serious these crimes were. There was a sense that
    girls 
    were somehow
    consenting to their own abuse. The reality was far, far
    worse. 

    RT: So what other factors could be in play
    here when we talk about a rise in the number
    of 
    crimes committed by
    the Muslim committee?

    AN: The thing we on the Times have been
    arguing from the very first story we published
    about 
    this more
    than two years ago was that here is a crime pattern, a crime
    pattern 
    that the
    authorities have ignored for at least 10 years. If you’re going
    to 
    address this
    you need to understand why this has happened. There are
    issues 
    there to
    this day which to this day no research has been carried out to
    try to 
    discover.
    For example issues surrounding the age of consent, in this
    country 
    you have
    to be sixteen before you can legally consent to have sex. In
    the 
    communities
    from which the main offenders come from, in their home
    communities 
    back
    in Pakistan, village tradition says that puberty is the age of
    consent and 
    religious law, Sharia, also says that
    puberty is the age at which a girl can
    be 
    marriage. And
    the average age for puberty in this country is
    11-years-old.

    RT: We’re bviously dealing with a
    cross-cultural problem here. What does this
    situation 
    say about the
    authorities’ efforts to integrate these committees?

    AN: Multiculturalism is a very thorny issue in
    this country. The idea that you should
    allow 
    different
    communities to develop separately and to continue with
    traditions 
    which
    make them feel more comfortable with their life in a country
    where those 
    traditions are completely alien. The Times
    would never suggest the use of young 
    girls or sex is condoned in those
    societies, but the fact is there was
    clearly 
    a lesser
    degree of shame. 

    RT: So what’s the way out of this vicious
    circle – is there a way to tackle both the growing
    crime 
    rate among the
    Muslim population and growing Islamophobia?

    AN: The way to tackle the crime, I am
    increasingly convinced for the Muslim community
    itself 
    to take the
    lead in exposing and eradicating those who think it’s alright to
    do 
    this to girls.
    There are some very encouraging signs finally that there
    are 
    some leading
    Islamic organizations are prepared to grasp the nettle on this
    and 
    do something
    about it. In terms of Islamophobia one of the troubles was
    because 
    for ten
    years because no mainstream politicians or media were looking at
    this 
    the field was
    left to the far right politics to spread poisonous
    distorted 
    lies.
    They were claiming that somehow this was part of some global
    Islamic plot 
    to
    impregnate every white girl in the country and spread the Islamic
    Khalifa — 
    that was
    nonsense. When there are problems on the backstreets of northern
    towns 
    the elite in
    London has to look and say:
    “we’re going to do something about
    it, 
    we won’t leave it to
    the far right to rant about it.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Austerity auction: Elysee Palace's wine cellar put on the block

    0

    French President Francois Holland is selling vintage bottles of wine usually reserved for high-ranked guests in an unprecedented auction of the Elysee Palace cellar. The belt-tightening measure comes amid continuing austerity in Europe.

    About 1,200 vintage bottles, which make up a tenth of the
    Elysee’s wine collection, are to be sold at Drouot house in Paris
    in a two-day auction of France’s national heritage starting on
    Thursday.

     

    The money raised from the liquid jewels of the presidential
    palace’s cellars are to be used to replenish the collection with
    younger, more modest wines to make sure the president has enough
    wine to entertain his guests – kings, queens and other heads of
    state – without drawing too heavily on public resources. The
    excess money will go to the country’s budget.

    Wine lovers from all over the world have already contacted the
    Drouot auction house ahead of the first sale of the Elysee Palace
    wine cellar, said the auctioneers.

    “This is exceptional because this is the first time that the
    Elysee put its bottles on sale,
    ” said auctioneer Ghislaine
    Kapandji of the Kapandji Morhange house.

     

    All of the bottles are labeled with the mark of the Elysee Palace
    and the date of the auction, which adds to their value.

     

    “I think that’s a bonus for buyers, because that’s a way for
    them to be sure that these bottles have always been stocked in
    the cellar of the Elysee
    ,” Kapanji added, noting that it
    guarantees “good preservation conditions.”

     

    The bottles come from vineyards mostly in Burgundy and Bordeaux —
    the most famous wine regions in France, but there are also
    offerings from Alsace, the Loire department and the Rhone valley.

    French President Francois Hollande (AFP Photo / Pool)

    The estimated price for a bottle ranges from 20 euro to 2,500
    ($25 to $3,235), including the oldest bottle of Chateau
    Latour dating back to 1936 and coming from one of the most famous
    estates of the Bordeaux region, a 1990 Petrus and a batch of 1985
    Romanee wines.

    Bottles of cognac and champagne with the inscription
    “presidency of the French Republic” should also attract
    wine lovers.

    A part of the wine collection was available in too small
    quantities to be served in grand dinners organized at the Elysee,
    so Virginie Routis, head sommelier at the Elysee, said that they
    are ready to be drunk immediately.

    The auction is expected to collect more than 250,000 euro
    ($325,000), according to a statement from the auction house.

    However, some experts say that the auction has more of a
    political meaning, amid the recession and the growing
    unpopularity of the socialist president.

    “This is a largely symbolic affair and more of a publicity
    stunt than a really important wine sale,
    ” said David Ridgway,
    sommelier of the Michelin-starred Tour d’Argent restaurant in
    Paris, FRANCE 24 reports. “There isn’t anything really
    exceptional up for sale here — the media value is much greater
    than the actual value of the wines.”

    The French president’s office is not the first to auction wines
    to raise funds. In March, the British government sold around 50
    bottles from its cellar with Christie’s, collecting around
    $114,000.

    The Elysee Palace wine cellar was established in 1947, under the
    chairmanship of president Vincent Auriol, and refurbished in 1995
    to allow optimal wine storage.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Presidential candidates to hold debate

    0

    Iranian presidential candidates have stepped up their campaigns as the country awaits the first election debate ahead of the election.

    On Friday, all candidates, who have been holding nationwide election campaign since May 24, are expected to hold a televised debate that would be part of their presidential campaign.

    The debates will include issues such as economy, foreign policy, and Iranâ„¢s comprehensive talks with the P5+1 group (Britain, China, France, Russia and the United States plus Germany) about the countryâ„¢s nuclear energy program.

    MP Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, Hassan Rohani, the director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi, and former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati are competing against each other.

    Iranians will go to the polls in the countryâ„¢s 11th presidential election on June 14. The fourth city and rural council elections are also scheduled to be held on the same day.

    IA/MHB

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Syrian Army makes gains in al-Qusayr

    0

    The Syrian Army has made more gains in its fight against foreign-backed militants in the strategic city of al-Qusayr, a former militant stronghold in the western province of Homs.

    The army said on Thursday that its forces regained control of three towns of Brak, Jawadieh and Arjoun in the city.

    The army is now in control of most parts of the flashpoint city.

    Syrian troops entered al-Qusayr from several directions on May 19 after weeks of clashes with militants. The army has kicked off the second phase of its operation in the city after successfully concluding the first phase of the battle.

    Al-Qusayr has been an important center and supply route for the foreign-sponsored militants fighting against the Damascus government.

    The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

    The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

    Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

    MN/MHB

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Defender of the Decalogue

    0

    Interview of Alabama Supreme Court Chief Justice Roy Moore by Thomas R. Eddlem

    Alabama Supreme Court Chief Justice Roy Moore first attracted national attention as an Alabama state circuit judge in 1995, when the ACLU unsuccessfully sued in an attempt to require the judge to remove from his courtroom a homemade plaque of the Ten Commandments. In 2000, Alabama voters elected Moore chief justice of the state Supreme Court. During the campaign, Moore had pledged to bring the Ten Commandments to the State Supreme Court to conform to the spirit of the Alabama state constitution. That constitution begins with a declaration that “to establish justice … and secure the blessings of liberty,” the government will be based upon “invoking the favor and guidance of Almighty God.” Moore fulfilled his campaign promise by installing a granite monument of the Ten Commandments in the court rotunda, and was again sued by plaintiffs represented by agnostic and radical left organizations. On November 18, U.S. District Judge Myron Thompson ruled that the marble monument must be removed within 30 days. Judge Moore, who plans to appeal the decision, was interviewed on November 21, 2002.

    THE NEW AMERICAN: What prompted you to put the Ten Commandments monument in the courthouse in the first place?

    Chief Justice Roy Moore: The Commandments were placed in the court to acknowledge the moral foundation of our law and the foundation of our government.

    TNA: Some people might say that they don’t understand the connection between our country’s laws and the Ten Commandments, which were written long before 1776. Where is the connection?

    Moore: The connection is in the foundational documents of our country, including the Declaration of Independence. It says in the first sentence that we are founded upon the “Laws of Nature” and “Nature’s God.” “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable rights, that among these are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. That to secure these rights, governments are instituted among men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the governed.” In those three sentences, you can plainly see that the laws of God give us the right to be a power among the other powers on the Earth and that it was God that gave us our rights – not government. And government’s only role is to secure our rights for us. And if it should fail to do so, then the Declaration says that “it is the right of the people to alter or abolish it.”

    The Ten Commandments are the divinely revealed law. In the laws of England – where we get the words “Laws of Nature” and “Nature’s God” – divine law is a direct part of the law of nature. In a very real sense, the Ten Commandments represent the “Laws of Nature” and “Nature’s God” upon which our country was founded. Also, in a deeper sense, the Ten Commandments are the basis of our freedom of conscience, which flows from the first table of the law. The forefathers, including James Madison, felt very strongly that the duties that we owe to God were outside of government’s prerogative, that government had no business interfering with the way we worship God. Therefore, “Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof” was made part of the First Amendment.

    TNA: The First Amendment prohibits Congress from making laws “respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof.” The U.S. Circuit Court in your case ruled that a Ten Commandments monument in an Alabama state court building was a violation of the First Amendment’s establishment clause. How exactly do your actions as a state chief justice amount to Congress establishing a national church?

    Moore: I know what you are talking about; you are asking about [the First Amendment applying only to] Congress. I understand the debate between those who would say that the 14th Amendment put the strictures of the First Amendment to the states. They fail to recognize the defeat of the Blaine Amendment in Congress in the mid-1800s.* But that is not really the point. The point is that knowledge of God is not prohibited under the First Amendment. And indeed, it is the right of the states to acknowledge God, as it is the right of the federal government to acknowledge its source of power. The state of Alabama has a specific interest in this, since the first sentence of our constitution says that “to establish justice” we must invoke “the favor and guidance of Almighty God.”

    TNA: Are you establishing a state religion with the monument?

    Moore: The judge in his own words said that he did not have the expertise to define the word “religion.” In fact, in a 79-page opinion he used the word “religion” or “religious” close to 150 times and can’t define the term. He said that I was establishing a religion, and it is very curious as to how a court can say you are doing something when that court can’t even define what you are doing. This is true of many federal courts around the country. They misunderstand the First Amendment.

    TNA: Judge Thompson ruled that the Ten Commandments monument is “an obvious effort to proselytize on behalf of a particular religion,” but then failed to make clear what religion your monument was proselytizing on behalf of. The written opinion first stated that it proselytized on behalf of your personal religion, though the decision never mentioned the denomination you belong to or defined the creed you affirm. Later the judge stated that it proselytized on behalf of Christianity. Why a reproduction of the Ten Commandments would proselytize on behalf of Christianity alone and not Judaism, when both faiths hold fast to the Ten Commandments, was likewise unexplained. Why was the judge so vague about the establishment of the particular religion this monument would supposedly create?

    Moore: The judge was unclear because he can’t define the term “religion.” And that’s not only true with this judge, but also with many of the federal courts across our land who seem to think, erroneously, that the acknowledgement of God is synonymous with religion. Indeed, the acknowledgement of God is not synonymous with religion. The definition of the term “religion” – taken from George Mason, James Madison, and the United States Supreme Court – was “the duty which we owe to our Creator, and the manner of discharging it,” which is your form of worship or articles of faith. The definition of religion is plain in history; it is plain in law; and it is what the federal courts are now disregarding.

    TNA: The press made a big deal about how you were, in their words, “sneaking” the monument into the building “in the middle of the night, without telling any of the other justices.” Both the press and, to a lesser extent, the circuit court opinion itself seem to imply that you employed great secrecy in placing the monument in the court building rotunda and that you exceeded your legal authority, perhaps even breaking the law in the process.

    Moore: That is an absolutely ridiculous argument made to divert attention from the true issue, which is the acknowledgement of God. You can’t sneak a two-and-a-half ton monument into a building without other people knowing about it. Other people in this building knew about it, the administrative office of courts knew about it, the marshals knew about it. And certainly, it was planned [for installation] after work hours, and it went on through the night, without a doubt. The words “sneaking into the building in the middle of the night” are simply a way to divert attention from the true issue. Indeed, it is my duty as lessee of the building to determine what displays are in the building. And it is also my duty under the [Alabama state] constitution to ensure that the administration of justice is carried out. In accordance with our constitution, the establishment of justice depends upon “invoking the favor and guidance of Almighty God.” I am recognizing the source of our system of justice.

    TNA: The federal circuit court opinion makes a lot of hay out of the fact that some people have gathered around the Ten Commandments monument to pray, implying that this prayer has a negative impact on the administration of justice.

    Moore: According to Chief Justice John Jay: “The greater part of evidence will always consist of the testimony of witnesses. This testimony is given under those solemn obligations which an appeal to the God of Truth impose; and if oaths should cease to be held sacred, our dearest and most valuable rights would become insecure.” So in other words, recognition of a duty we owe to God is a basis of testimony of witnesses. It is altogether proper for people to recognize a sovereign God. Indeed, in Alabama we are sworn in by our oaths “so help me God” as judicial officers, and even witnesses and jurors and grand jurors are sworn in with that oath. To fail to recognize who that God is is not only illogical and ridiculous, it is also detrimental to the court system.

    TNA: The three plaintiffs who filed suit to have the monument removed from the courthouse claimed that the Ten Commandments were “offensive” and made each of them feel like an “outsider.” With such basic common-sense principles as do not kill, do not steal, and do not bear false witness, what possible objections could they have to the Commandments?

    Moore: They object to the main one, which says there is a God. That’s what they don’t like. They don’t want to be reminded that there is an authority higher than the authority of the state. And they don’t like to be reminded that William O. Douglass – a very liberal associate justice, I might add – in 1961, in the case of McGowan v. Maryland, said “the institutions of our society are founded on the belief that there is an authority higher than the authority of the State; that there is a moral law which the State is powerless to alter; that the individual possesses rights, conferred by the Creator, which the government must respect,” and the Constitution and the Bill of Rights enshrine those principles. They don’t like to be reminded that there is a God.

    Furthermore, they assert that because they are offended there is a constitutional violation. Offensiveness is not the basis for a constitutional violation. If it were, every Christian would be offended because the government now precludes the acknowledgement of a God.

    TNA: The court heavily stressed alleged links between you and Dr. Kennedy’s Coral Ridge Ministries in its opinion.

    Moore: I know Dr. Kennedy and I know Coral Ridge Ministries. I have no connection. They are not the source of what I do. To think that they are is ridiculous, and the plaintiffs know better. It is an attempt to divert the issue away from the acknowledgement of God. Coral Ridge Ministries has contributed to the defense fund. I appreciate their contributions. I have nothing to do with fundraising or the defense fund, and I have nothing to do with Coral Ridge Ministries.

    TNA: In reading the circuit court decision, it appears that the plaintiffs bringing the case against the monument and the court may object more to you personally than to the Ten Commandments monument or to your official behavior as Chief Justice of the Alabama Supreme Court.

    Moore: You should know that this [the decision] is simply a fulfillment of their plan to distort the issue. I refer you to a July 16, 2002 letter from the head of the Southern Poverty Law Center, Morris Dees, to Ayesha Khan, legal director of Americans United for the Separation of Church and State. This case was not tried until October 15, and I am referring to a letter dated July 16 – three months prior. This is Morris Dees talking: “I also know that I am a trial lawyer and believe one of my strengths is in telling a story, at least that is what I am told. A judge is nothing more than a jury when it comes to the facts. You might remember that, from the start, I was laying out our trial theme, i.e., how this was the act of a lone religious nut in partnership with a fanatical church. This is the story that will make this case so dirty that no appeals court will reverse [Judge] Thompson to make new law.”

    TNA: So their strategy from the beginning was one of side-stepping the main issue of the propriety of the Ten Commandments monument and concentrating on a character assassination job against you.

    Moore: From that quote, you can see that he intended to make that case “dirty” so that no appeals court would “reverse Thompson to make new law.” How he knew Thompson was going to rule in his favor in July is curious indeed.

    The plaintiffs in this case are making the rounds nationally for fundraising purposes and distorting the issues, attempting to win by pure force and intimidation. They won’t.

    TNA: Have they objected to your behavior as a judge within the courtroom as well as outside of the courtroom?

    Moore: Yes, they have objected to my behavior as a judge because I reference the moral foundation of the law when we talked about sodomy, when we talked about adultery, when we talked about separation of church and state. I go back to the legal history that we have here in Alabama, our court case precedents, and the foundations of law to show that these things comport with the Scriptures from which we get our moral foundation. So yes, they do object to my behavior as a judge in that my opinions reflect the moral foundation of the law as well as the monument.

    Do they object to my behavior as a judge as far as running the court? No, I don’t think so. They might object to some of my opinions, but they don’t object to my behavior as a judge. Of course, these people who are opposing what I stand for will object to everything that I do.

    TNA: It seems to me that they are saying that someone who expresses their beliefs as a Christian should be ineligible as a judge and that intimidation and character assassination is their best way of enforcing this doctrine.

    Moore: Sure. That’s exactly it. You are hitting some of the basic premises of what they are doing. They are objecting to me as a person because of what I believe. That’s a very accurate summation of their position.

    TNA: The court opinion talks endlessly about the supposed secular potential for the Ten Commandments monument, in contrast with a holy or religious purpose. In context, the court seems to be implying that “secular” is synonymous with “meaningless,” that the Ten Commandments can only be displayed if they are displayed in a meaningless context.

    Moore: Right. “Secular,” in their sense, implies “with no relation to God.” Indeed, something can have a secular purpose and be relative to God. The First Amendment to the Constitution reflects that concept recognized in the Ten Commandments, that the duties we owe to God and the manner of discharging those duties are outside the purview of government. That is a secular purpose. It can have a secular purpose and have a relationship to God because God was presumed to be both over the state and the church, and separation of church and state was never meant to separate God from government.

    TNA: Was the First Amendment primarily intended to protect against specific denominations taking over the federal government?

    Moore: Basically. It separates the way you worship God from the state. It can be larger than denominational; I’ll say that. But our forefathers perceived it as denominational.

    TNA: The key dangerous assertion of the court ruling appears to be the claim that “the state may not acknowledge the sovereignty of the Judeo-Christian God and attribute to that God our religious freedom.”

    Moore: We are asserting exactly the opposite, that the state must acknowledge God and that our freedoms flow from that God, the Judeo-Christian God.

    TNA: That was specifically and pointedly repudiated by the court opinion.

    Moore: Yes. Anytime you deny the acknowledgement of God you are undermining the entire basis for which our country exists. Rights come from God, not from government. If government can give you rights, government can take them away from you. If God gives you rights, no man and no government can take them away from you. That was the premise of the organic law of this country, which is the Declaration of Independence. Because, if there is no God, then man’s power is the controlling aspect, and therefore power will be centralized.

    TNA: There have been some encouraging Supreme Court decisions in recent years restricting or reversing federal usurpations of state and local jurisdictions and violation of individual rights, but overall that does not seem to have halted the relentless trend of the federal legislative, executive, and judicial branches to centralize and concentrate power. Do you see this as a serious problem?

    Moore: I see it as a serious problem because we have forgotten that centralized power is not what the federal constitution was about. I see the centralization of power as not in conformance with the federal system of our Constitution, which recognizes sovereign states.

    The basic premise of the Constitution was a separation of powers and a system of checks and balances because man was perceived as a fallen creature and would always yearn for more power. It was Jefferson himself who said: “In questions of power then let no more be heard of confidence in man; but bind him down from mischief by the chains of the Constitution.” The whole basis of the Constitution was a restriction of power, and the whole basis of the federalist system was that there was not one sovereign centralized power from which all authority flows. There were sovereign states that had certain rights, and the Tenth Amendment, which said: “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.”

    TNA: So where do we go from here?

    Moore: Acknowledge our rights and our God, and stand for what we believe. And as it states in the Bible, “having done all, to stand.”

    * The Blaine Amendment was a proposed amendment to the U.S. Constitution that passed the House of Representatives but failed to pass the U.S. Senate in 1875. Named after its author, Speaker of the House James G. Blaine (R-Maine), the Blaine Amendment stipulated that “no State shall make any laws respecting an establishment of religion,” and that no public funds could go to religious denominations. If Judge Thompson and the U.S. Supreme Court are correct in asserting that the First Amendment was “made binding upon the states through the 14th amendment,” the 14th Amendment (adopted eight years earlier in 1867) would have made the Blaine Amendment unnecessary. – Ed.

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Top aides quit for Toronto mayor scandal

    0

    More staffers are leaving the office of Toronto Mayor Rob Ford over a video which purportedly shows him smoking crack cocaine.

    Brian Johnston, a policy adviser, and Kia Nejatian, Ford’s executive assistant, left his office on Thursday, bringing to five the number of departures of senior members of his staff since the video emerged two weeks ago.

    George Christopoulos, his press secretary, and Isaac Ransom, his deputy, resigned on Monday, four days after Ford fired his chief of staff Mark Towhey.

    Speaking to reporters on Thursday afternoon, Ford defended his record as mayor and emphasized that he would run in next yearâ„¢s municipal election.

    The mayorâ„¢s reactions to the video have not been consistent. At first, he called the allegations Å“ridiculous” and later denied the existence of the video. Then he said he did not use crack cocaine and was not addicted to it.

    Reporters from the US gossip website Gawker and Toronto Star say they have seen the footage, which has not been made public. Gawker, however, says it has reached the $200,000 target it set to raise the cash to purchase the video.

    Gawker’s editor John Cook has defended the controversial decision to pay alleged criminals for the video.

    Ford is no stranger to such scandals. Before he was elected mayor in 2010, he had once been asked to leave a gala fundraiser for wounded Canadian soldiers because he was drunk, according to the Toronto Star.

    Ford had also been arrested in Florida in 1999 for marijuana possession and charged with driving under the influence of the drug. He confirmed the arrest during his election campaign.

    The scandal may not stop here. Also on Thursday, Toronto police said they had charged a second man with first-degree murder in the killing of Anthony Smith, who appears next to Ford in a photo that is at the center of the video controversy.

    MA/MHB

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Austerity auction: Elysee Palace's wine cellar put on the block

    0

    French President Francois Holland is selling vintage bottles of wine usually reserved for high-ranked guests in an unprecedented auction of the Elysee Palace cellar. The belt-tightening measure comes amid continuing austerity in Europe.

    About 1,200 vintage bottles, which make up a tenth of the
    Elysee’s wine collection, are to be sold at Drouot house in Paris
    in a two-day auction of France’s national heritage starting on
    Thursday.

     

    The money raised from the liquid jewels of the presidential
    palace’s cellars are to be used to replenish the collection with
    younger, more modest wines to make sure the president has enough
    wine to entertain his guests – kings, queens and other heads of
    state – without drawing too heavily on public resources. The
    excess money will go to the country’s budget.

    Wine lovers from all over the world have already contacted the
    Drouot auction house ahead of the first sale of the Elysee Palace
    wine cellar, said the auctioneers.

    “This is exceptional because this is the first time that the
    Elysee put its bottles on sale,
    ” said auctioneer Ghislaine
    Kapandji of the Kapandji Morhange house.

     

    All of the bottles are labeled with the mark of the Elysee Palace
    and the date of the auction, which adds to their value.

     

    “I think that’s a bonus for buyers, because that’s a way for
    them to be sure that these bottles have always been stocked in
    the cellar of the Elysee
    ,” Kapanji added, noting that it
    guarantees “good preservation conditions.”

     

    The bottles come from vineyards mostly in Burgundy and Bordeaux —
    the most famous wine regions in France, but there are also
    offerings from Alsace, the Loire department and the Rhone valley.

    French President Francois Hollande (AFP Photo / Pool)

    The estimated price for a bottle ranges from 20 euro to 2,500
    ($25 to $3,235), including the oldest bottle of Chateau
    Latour dating back to 1936 and coming from one of the most famous
    estates of the Bordeaux region, a 1990 Petrus and a batch of 1985
    Romanee wines.

    Bottles of cognac and champagne with the inscription
    “presidency of the French Republic” should also attract
    wine lovers.

    A part of the wine collection was available in too small
    quantities to be served in grand dinners organized at the Elysee,
    so Virginie Routis, head sommelier at the Elysee, said that they
    are ready to be drunk immediately.

    The auction is expected to collect more than 250,000 euro
    ($325,000), according to a statement from the auction house.

    However, some experts say that the auction has more of a
    political meaning, amid the recession and the growing
    unpopularity of the socialist president.

    “This is a largely symbolic affair and more of a publicity
    stunt than a really important wine sale,
    ” said David Ridgway,
    sommelier of the Michelin-starred Tour d’Argent restaurant in
    Paris, FRANCE 24 reports. “There isn’t anything really
    exceptional up for sale here — the media value is much greater
    than the actual value of the wines.”

    The French president’s office is not the first to auction wines
    to raise funds. In March, the British government sold around 50
    bottles from its cellar with Christie’s, collecting around
    $114,000.

    The Elysee Palace wine cellar was established in 1947, under the
    chairmanship of president Vincent Auriol, and refurbished in 1995
    to allow optimal wine storage.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    The Pied Pipers of Neoconservatism

    0

    This article has been adapted from an address given by Mr. McManus to a meeting of the Robert Welch Club on June 30, 2001, in Appleton, Wisconsin.

    One of the major moves against freedom in recent years has been the gathering of nations into economic unions. The first of these for the United States was NAFTA, the North American Free Trade Agreement. At the time it was proposed, our nation’s greatest trading partner was Canada. Some of us tried to show fellow Americans that something has to be wrong when that long-standing and extremely beneficial relationship with Canada had to be “improved” by establishing 20 commissions armed with stacks and stacks of regulations. Our argument made sense to some, but not with our leaders. There obviously were other reasons for NAFTA.

    During the period leading up to the vote in Congress regarding NAFTA, Henry Kissinger penned a nationally syndicated article calling for its passage. In his revealing comments, he said that NAFTA “will represent the most creative step toward a new world order taken by any group since the end of the Cold War.” Who needs to know any more about NAFTA? But there is more. Kissinger also said that NAFTA amounted to the “first step toward an even larger vision of a free-trade zone for the entire western hemisphere.” He wrote those words in 1993.

    NAFTA was approved and it has spurred the flow of jobs and industries to Mexico. Not only that, there are numerous reports of dramatic increases in drug trafficking across the U.S.-Mexican border, courtesy of NAFTA. With NAFTA already working its sinister magic, an expanded economic union, the Free Trade Area of the Americas, is now being proposed, just as Kissinger prophesied in 1993. Of course, economic union is followed by political union with the eventual result being world government.

    One year after Congress approved NAFTA, it was decided to have the United States approve membership in the World Trade Organization (once known as GATT). By then, the chief Republican in the House (he was not yet speaker) was Newt Gingrich. He testified before the House Ways and Means Committee in June 1994 and noted that Congress had already rejected such a proposal twice previously, once in the 1940s and the other time in the 1950s. Obviously there were pitfalls and these were detected back in that period by a more solid membership in the Congress. In his testimony, Gingrich stated: “[We need] to be honest about the fact that we are transferring from the United States at a practical level significant authority to a new organization. This is a transformational moment. I would feel better if the people who favor this would just be honest about the scale of danger.”

    Gingrich also said that the WTO should be compared to the Maastricht treaty under which Western European nations had already surrendered huge portions of their independence. Who needs to know any more about the WTO?

    Now, before you get the impression that Gingrich was an ally, realize that later that very year (1994), Republicans swept the congressional elections and their dominance in both houses of Congress was assured beginning in January 1995. Many of the newly elected members of the House were conservatives, and Gingrich was assured he would be the speaker. So what did he do? He engineered the holding of the vote on submission to the WTO in a special rump session of Congress in December of 1994 – prior to the new Congress taking office when virtually everyone expected that the new Congress would have voted against the proposal. As a result, the United States tied itself to the WTO.

    To understand what is in store for America if we don’t stop the plotters behind the drive for world government, consider that the European Economic Union has been beefed up and, without changing any of the economic features already in place, is now the political European Union. And the architects of world government have created in Europe the European Court of Human Rights and the European Court of Justice. These courts have already forced the nations of Western Europe to change some of their laws. Those nations have lost their sovereignty. And the WTO is already interfering with our laws regarding trade. Our nation is being led down Europe’s path.

    Socialist Conservatives

    This is a major element of neoconservatism. What then is a neoconservative? Briefly, he is an opponent of Communism but a supporter of socialism and internationalism. Lenin’s once revered partner in crime, Leon Trotsky, was perhaps the first neoconservative, although a case can be made that Karl Marx himself was a neocon. The acknowledged “godfather” of this movement in our nation in recent years is Irving Kristol. In his 1995 book, Neoconservatism: The Autobiography of an Idea, Kristol announced what it means to him:

    We are conservative, but different in certain respects from the conservatism of the Republican Party. We accepted the New Deal in principle, and had little affection for the kind of isolationism that then permeated American conservatism.

    So, neocons are for the New Deal – which is socialism. And they despise “isolationism,” which means Kristol and his neocon friends are internationalists. In a 1993 article appearing in the Wall Street Journal, Kristol expressed his enthusiasm for Social Security, Medicare, food stamps, Medicaid, even cash allowances for unwed mothers. You won’t find a neocon opposing the UN, although he might issue a recommendation merely to reform the world organization. And you certainly won’t find any neocon challenging the growth of big government because they love big government.

    A major problem in America is that these neocons have taken over the conservative wing of the Republican party. And they have succeeded in doing so to the degree that the word “conservative” is now being applied to individuals and ideas that are, in fact, liberal (in the leftist sense), socialist, and totally undeserving of the conservative label. It pains me when someone describes himself to me as a conservative. It pains me even more when that label is applied to me. I’ve actually adopted a policy of asking that I at least be called a “constitutional conservative.” That separates me from the so-called conservatism of most leading Republicans – which has really become neoconservatism.

    Neoconservatives even proudly admit their takeover of the word “conservative.” In his 1996 book entitled The Essential Neoconservative Reader, editor Mark Gerson jubilantly observed:

    The neoconservatives have so changed conservatism that what we now identify as conservatism is largely what was once neoconservatism. And in so doing, they have defined the way that vast numbers of Americans view their economy, their polity, and their society.

    Give neocon Gerson credit for saying very forthrightly what indeed has happened. By designating themselves “conservative,” the neocons have led many otherwise conservative Americans to accept what had always been unacceptable. What was once called neoconservatism and viewed suspiciously is now labeled conservatism and is no longer rejected. How this happened can’t be told completely in a short space, but we can provide some helpful insights. Let’s go back to the beginning of this takeover in our nation.

    Neoconservative Roots

    In 1927, Leon Trotsky broke with Lenin’s partner Joseph Stalin and was forced into exile a year later. He broke with Leninism because he preferred having mankind choose Marxism rather than having it imposed through the brutality favored by Lenin and Stalin. It’s important to understand that Trotsky wasn’t an opponent of the Marxist program, which is socialism. He was only an opponent of the head cracking brought to the socialist movement by Lenin and continued by Stalin. Since he continued to be a definite challenge to the brutal Soviet leader, Trotsky was murdered by one of Stalin’s agents in Mexico in 1940. Before he was killed, however, he had attracted a substantial following among men who never lost their determination to have socialism and world government control mankind.

    In 1995, neocon godfather Kristol candidly stated, “I regard myself to have been a young Trostkyite and I have not a single bitter memory.” You can see in that statement his willingness to identify with Trotsky. As far back as 1983, he claimed that “a conservative welfare state … is perfectly consistent with the neoconservative perspective.” A conservative welfare state? That qualifies as the oxymoron of the decade.

    Writing in Kristol’s journal, The National Interest, in 1989, fellow neocon Charles Krauthammer called for the integration of Europe, Japan, and the United States to create a “super-sovereign” government. He even voiced his desire to see “the conscious depreciation not only of American sovereignty but of the notion of sovereignty in general.” So, it’s safe to say that these people are the enemies of a constitutionally limited government in an independent nation. They are enemies; they are neoconservatives. Add in Midge Decter, Norman Podhoretz, Elliott Abrams, Ben Wattenberg, the magazine Commentary led by Podhoretz, The Weekly Standard led by Irving Kristol’s son William, and many others.

    The drive toward neoconservatism in America started quite a bit earlier. In 1952, a young “conservative” serving a one-year tour of duty with the CIA wrote an article for The Commonweal, a Catholic weekly. This man wrote:

    We have got to accept Big Government for the duration – for neither an offensive nor a defensive war can be waged, given our present government skills, except through the instrument of a totalitarian bureaucracy within our shores….

    And if they deem Soviet power a menace to our freedom (as I happen to), they will have to support large armies and air forces, atomic energy, central intelligence, war production boards, and the attendant centralization of power in Washington – even with Truman at the reins of it all.

    That was 1952, and the writer of this article was calling for “Big Government for the duration” and “the attendant centralization of power in Washington” in order to oppose Communism. He wanted to fight Communism by adopting Marxism. The element of neoconservatism seeking world government wasn’t in that revealing article. But it would come from this man later.

    Who do you suppose wrote those words? It was none other than William F. Buckley, Jr. It was his initial contribution to neoconservatism, something he slyly advocated at first but has more obviously favored throughout the bulk of his career. He hadn’t yet supported the United Nations, the other half of the neocon agenda, but he would before too long.

    Neocon Nexus

    When Buckley was a student at Yale, the faculty member who influenced him more than any other was Willmoore Kendall. Kendall had been a proud Trotskyite socialist who had studied in England as a Rhodes scholar, served in the OSS during World War II, stayed on when the OSS became the CIA in 1947, and then became a Yale professor. He and Buckley developed a positively eerie relationship. When Buckley sought to avoid military service after finishing Yale during the Korean War, Kendall sent him to James Burnham, another Trotskyite socialist who had also seen service with the OSS and then with the CIA. The plan was to have Buckley avoid serving in the military by having him serve in the CIA instead.

    These two men, Kendall and Burnham, hugely influenced Buckley and were part of the initial team when the latter launched National Review magazine in 1955. And there were other ex-Communists and CIA veterans who also served among the early members of the NR team. National Review was loaded with Trotskyites and CIA veterans.

    The critical contribution Buckley made to the neoconservative cause was his taking the conservative movement away from reliance on the Constitution as the standard for Americans and replacing it with an ever-shifting conservatism – as defined by him. Before long Buckley would be excusing others for advocating socialistic programs. Then he began advocating socialistic programs himself. In 1971, he defended continued U.S. membership in the UN when Free China was booted out and Communist China welcomed in. In 1974, he accepted appointment as a delegate to the UN General Assembly and wrote a book about his experiences that dignified the existence of the UN. In 1977, his syndicated column called for ratification of the UN’s Genocide Convention.

    Coincident with Buckley becoming more obviously a neoconservative, Kristol related how several top leaders of the Wall Street Journal had made their alliance with the neocon movement. WSJ Editor Robert Bartley contacted Kristol as far back as 1972, and Kristol’s articles immediately began appearing in the Journal. In time, the WSJ would become a cheerleader for NAFTA, the World Trade Organization, NATO, and the use of U.S. forces in UN operations. This is the other half of the neocon program, the internationalist half.

    In 1991, in an article he wrote for WSJ, Irving Kristol supplied details about an invitation-only gathering of conservative Republicans. He delighted in pointing out that the conference was sponsored by none other than Bill Buckley. And he even more delightedly reported that most of the two dozen conservatives who had arrived as “conservatives first and Republicans second” had emerged from the gathering as “Republicans first and conservatives second.” They had been taken away from conservatism and made Republicans first. And the meeting had been sponsored by Bill Buckley!

    Kristol never mentioned who the two dozen attendees at this Buckley-arranged conference were. But all of us have seen the Republican leaders in Congress fade into rubber stamps for a variety of socialistic and internationalist schemes in recent years. The reason? Republican leaders who were thought to be conservatives have been captured by the neoconservatives. And numerous policies and programs once deemed taboo by men who were labeled conservative are now being supported by them. One problem remains: These men are still being called conservatives.

    In this very same 1991 article, Kristol announced that the major conclusion reached by the new neocons at the Buckley-sponsored gathering was that “President Bush is now the leader of the conservative movement within the Republican Party.” And this happened after Bush had demonstrated that he wasn’t a conservative himself. Perhaps the greatest indicator of President Bush’s neocon attitude was his use of U.S. forces and a UN resolution to reinvigorate the United Nations during the war against Saddam Hussein’s Iraq. “Reinvigorate” was his word, not mine. And his constant use of the term “new world order” said a great deal about what he was advocating.

    The Neocon Influence

    Do you wonder why Republicans are caving in when they should be standing firm against socialistic and internationalist programs? Do you wonder why Republicans in the Senate refused even to consider going after Bill Clinton for bribery and other serious crimes during the impeachment process? Do you wonder why opposition to the UN, World Bank, IMF, Export-Import Bank, Federal Reserve, etc. is almost nonexistent in the supposedly conservative political party? Well, stop wondering and consider that neoconservatives promoting their socialist and world government schemes have taken over not only the Republican Party but the conservative wing of the party.

    One of the more important promoters of the neocon program was Newt Gingrich. But we are still told that he’s a conservative. I know people who scratch their head and wonder what has happened to Trent Lott, Dick Armey, Phil Crane, Orrin Hatch, and others. The answer is that they aren’t conservatives any more; they’re neoconservatives even if the mass media won’t tell you. Add in Rush Limbaugh, Bill Bennett, Jack Kemp, Henry Kissinger, and a host of Republicans who toe the neocon line and you have your answer.

    Again, neoconservatism is socialism and internationalism. And who opposes this? Why, the John Birch Society does. And who are enemies of the John Birch Society that some might have expected to be its friends and allies? Bill Buckley is; the Wall Street Journal is; and the intelligentsia who love to be called conservatives but will no more support the Constitution and those who truly defend it (such as the John Birch Society) than they would commit suicide.

    The greatest enemies of the John Birch Society in the over 40 years of its existence haven’t been Communists, and haven’t even been Democrats. The greatest enemies of the JBS are the false conservatives who are neoconservatives or who have allowed themselves to become captives of the neoconservatives. And the greatest of those has been Bill Buckley. He said in 1952 that he wanted Big Government and, in more recent years, he has done whatever he could do to supply dignity and excuses for the United Nations. The John Birch Society wants constitutionally limited government and our nation out of the UN – and the IMF, World Bank, NAFTA, WTO, etc. Hence Buckley decreed that the JBS should lose any “respectable support.” But not only did he refuse support, he waged war against the John Birch Society.

    This is only a brief glimpse at the movement called neoconservatism. But I hope you grasp what it has accomplished. It, and all those it has captured, must be exposed. If you’ve been wondering how to classify William F. Buckley, you can start by realizing that he is and has been a neoconservative throughout his public career. But that’s only a start in considering this man’s career.

    About Buckley and his magazine, let me close by relating a revealing incident from 1961. This was only a little more than two years after Robert Welch founded the John Birch Society. Buckley’s magazine was already in existence. The incident I will relate was reported by Dr. Medford Evans in the old American Opinion magazine in October 1973. An early member of the Buckley team, Evans quit the Buckley crowd early on and joined the team led by JBS founder Robert Welch. This 1961 incident occurred in Dallas where he met Willmoore Kendall, the former Trotskyite, and a founder and senior editor of Buckley’s National Review. The two men were interviewing U.S. Army General Edwin Walker, a member of the John Birch Society at the time. After meeting with the general, they got together for a renewal of their limited friendship, and I’ll turn now to Medford Evans’ 1973 article for the full story of this incident:

    Kendall and I, still restless, went to a hamburger joint on Harry Hines Boulevard to drink coffee, reminisce about the past, and especially speculate about the future. After some comparatively idle talk Willmoore said to me: “Medford, I don’t suppose there is any chance you could get Walker to let up in his campaigning against Communism, is there?” I replied: “No, Willmoore, not a chance. You could stand him up against a wall and shoot him, but you couldn’t make him quit speaking out against Communism.” (I thought Willmoore was just testing. He certainly was not jesting.) “I don’t suppose,” he continued, “there’s any chance that you would even advise him to let up, would you?” I replied: “No, Willmoore, not a chance. You could stand me up against the same wall, but I would never advise him to quit fighting Communism.”

    Later Willmoore wrote me a letter from Oklahoma City, returning his motel key which he had inadvertently taken away, and expressing his regret that he and I could no longer be on the same side. Personally, he said, he wished me well (and he said the same of another former National Review contributor), but as for the great issue, and this is verbatim: “C’est la guerre.”

    Kendall’s parting comment, of course, translates to “Such is war.” It would later become obvious that the war to which he was referring was not between anti-Communists and Communists, but rather between the forces led by Bill Buckley and those led by Robert Welch. Neoconservatives who took control of the conservative movement and became dominant within the Republican Party – except for what the John Birch Society has maintained and beefed up – have always hated the JBS. And too, it must be said very clearly that neoconservatives are our nation’s deadly enemies.

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    The Pied Pipers of Neoconservatism

    0

    This article has been adapted from an address given by Mr. McManus to a meeting of the Robert Welch Club on June 30, 2001, in Appleton, Wisconsin.

    One of the major moves against freedom in recent years has been the gathering of nations into economic unions. The first of these for the United States was NAFTA, the North American Free Trade Agreement. At the time it was proposed, our nation’s greatest trading partner was Canada. Some of us tried to show fellow Americans that something has to be wrong when that long-standing and extremely beneficial relationship with Canada had to be “improved” by establishing 20 commissions armed with stacks and stacks of regulations. Our argument made sense to some, but not with our leaders. There obviously were other reasons for NAFTA.

    During the period leading up to the vote in Congress regarding NAFTA, Henry Kissinger penned a nationally syndicated article calling for its passage. In his revealing comments, he said that NAFTA “will represent the most creative step toward a new world order taken by any group since the end of the Cold War.” Who needs to know any more about NAFTA? But there is more. Kissinger also said that NAFTA amounted to the “first step toward an even larger vision of a free-trade zone for the entire western hemisphere.” He wrote those words in 1993.

    NAFTA was approved and it has spurred the flow of jobs and industries to Mexico. Not only that, there are numerous reports of dramatic increases in drug trafficking across the U.S.-Mexican border, courtesy of NAFTA. With NAFTA already working its sinister magic, an expanded economic union, the Free Trade Area of the Americas, is now being proposed, just as Kissinger prophesied in 1993. Of course, economic union is followed by political union with the eventual result being world government.

    One year after Congress approved NAFTA, it was decided to have the United States approve membership in the World Trade Organization (once known as GATT). By then, the chief Republican in the House (he was not yet speaker) was Newt Gingrich. He testified before the House Ways and Means Committee in June 1994 and noted that Congress had already rejected such a proposal twice previously, once in the 1940s and the other time in the 1950s. Obviously there were pitfalls and these were detected back in that period by a more solid membership in the Congress. In his testimony, Gingrich stated: “[We need] to be honest about the fact that we are transferring from the United States at a practical level significant authority to a new organization. This is a transformational moment. I would feel better if the people who favor this would just be honest about the scale of danger.”

    Gingrich also said that the WTO should be compared to the Maastricht treaty under which Western European nations had already surrendered huge portions of their independence. Who needs to know any more about the WTO?

    Now, before you get the impression that Gingrich was an ally, realize that later that very year (1994), Republicans swept the congressional elections and their dominance in both houses of Congress was assured beginning in January 1995. Many of the newly elected members of the House were conservatives, and Gingrich was assured he would be the speaker. So what did he do? He engineered the holding of the vote on submission to the WTO in a special rump session of Congress in December of 1994 – prior to the new Congress taking office when virtually everyone expected that the new Congress would have voted against the proposal. As a result, the United States tied itself to the WTO.

    To understand what is in store for America if we don’t stop the plotters behind the drive for world government, consider that the European Economic Union has been beefed up and, without changing any of the economic features already in place, is now the political European Union. And the architects of world government have created in Europe the European Court of Human Rights and the European Court of Justice. These courts have already forced the nations of Western Europe to change some of their laws. Those nations have lost their sovereignty. And the WTO is already interfering with our laws regarding trade. Our nation is being led down Europe’s path.

    Socialist Conservatives

    This is a major element of neoconservatism. What then is a neoconservative? Briefly, he is an opponent of Communism but a supporter of socialism and internationalism. Lenin’s once revered partner in crime, Leon Trotsky, was perhaps the first neoconservative, although a case can be made that Karl Marx himself was a neocon. The acknowledged “godfather” of this movement in our nation in recent years is Irving Kristol. In his 1995 book, Neoconservatism: The Autobiography of an Idea, Kristol announced what it means to him:

    We are conservative, but different in certain respects from the conservatism of the Republican Party. We accepted the New Deal in principle, and had little affection for the kind of isolationism that then permeated American conservatism.

    So, neocons are for the New Deal – which is socialism. And they despise “isolationism,” which means Kristol and his neocon friends are internationalists. In a 1993 article appearing in the Wall Street Journal, Kristol expressed his enthusiasm for Social Security, Medicare, food stamps, Medicaid, even cash allowances for unwed mothers. You won’t find a neocon opposing the UN, although he might issue a recommendation merely to reform the world organization. And you certainly won’t find any neocon challenging the growth of big government because they love big government.

    A major problem in America is that these neocons have taken over the conservative wing of the Republican party. And they have succeeded in doing so to the degree that the word “conservative” is now being applied to individuals and ideas that are, in fact, liberal (in the leftist sense), socialist, and totally undeserving of the conservative label. It pains me when someone describes himself to me as a conservative. It pains me even more when that label is applied to me. I’ve actually adopted a policy of asking that I at least be called a “constitutional conservative.” That separates me from the so-called conservatism of most leading Republicans – which has really become neoconservatism.

    Neoconservatives even proudly admit their takeover of the word “conservative.” In his 1996 book entitled The Essential Neoconservative Reader, editor Mark Gerson jubilantly observed:

    The neoconservatives have so changed conservatism that what we now identify as conservatism is largely what was once neoconservatism. And in so doing, they have defined the way that vast numbers of Americans view their economy, their polity, and their society.

    Give neocon Gerson credit for saying very forthrightly what indeed has happened. By designating themselves “conservative,” the neocons have led many otherwise conservative Americans to accept what had always been unacceptable. What was once called neoconservatism and viewed suspiciously is now labeled conservatism and is no longer rejected. How this happened can’t be told completely in a short space, but we can provide some helpful insights. Let’s go back to the beginning of this takeover in our nation.

    Neoconservative Roots

    In 1927, Leon Trotsky broke with Lenin’s partner Joseph Stalin and was forced into exile a year later. He broke with Leninism because he preferred having mankind choose Marxism rather than having it imposed through the brutality favored by Lenin and Stalin. It’s important to understand that Trotsky wasn’t an opponent of the Marxist program, which is socialism. He was only an opponent of the head cracking brought to the socialist movement by Lenin and continued by Stalin. Since he continued to be a definite challenge to the brutal Soviet leader, Trotsky was murdered by one of Stalin’s agents in Mexico in 1940. Before he was killed, however, he had attracted a substantial following among men who never lost their determination to have socialism and world government control mankind.

    In 1995, neocon godfather Kristol candidly stated, “I regard myself to have been a young Trostkyite and I have not a single bitter memory.” You can see in that statement his willingness to identify with Trotsky. As far back as 1983, he claimed that “a conservative welfare state … is perfectly consistent with the neoconservative perspective.” A conservative welfare state? That qualifies as the oxymoron of the decade.

    Writing in Kristol’s journal, The National Interest, in 1989, fellow neocon Charles Krauthammer called for the integration of Europe, Japan, and the United States to create a “super-sovereign” government. He even voiced his desire to see “the conscious depreciation not only of American sovereignty but of the notion of sovereignty in general.” So, it’s safe to say that these people are the enemies of a constitutionally limited government in an independent nation. They are enemies; they are neoconservatives. Add in Midge Decter, Norman Podhoretz, Elliott Abrams, Ben Wattenberg, the magazine Commentary led by Podhoretz, The Weekly Standard led by Irving Kristol’s son William, and many others.

    The drive toward neoconservatism in America started quite a bit earlier. In 1952, a young “conservative” serving a one-year tour of duty with the CIA wrote an article for The Commonweal, a Catholic weekly. This man wrote:

    We have got to accept Big Government for the duration – for neither an offensive nor a defensive war can be waged, given our present government skills, except through the instrument of a totalitarian bureaucracy within our shores….

    And if they deem Soviet power a menace to our freedom (as I happen to), they will have to support large armies and air forces, atomic energy, central intelligence, war production boards, and the attendant centralization of power in Washington – even with Truman at the reins of it all.

    That was 1952, and the writer of this article was calling for “Big Government for the duration” and “the attendant centralization of power in Washington” in order to oppose Communism. He wanted to fight Communism by adopting Marxism. The element of neoconservatism seeking world government wasn’t in that revealing article. But it would come from this man later.

    Who do you suppose wrote those words? It was none other than William F. Buckley, Jr. It was his initial contribution to neoconservatism, something he slyly advocated at first but has more obviously favored throughout the bulk of his career. He hadn’t yet supported the United Nations, the other half of the neocon agenda, but he would before too long.

    Neocon Nexus

    When Buckley was a student at Yale, the faculty member who influenced him more than any other was Willmoore Kendall. Kendall had been a proud Trotskyite socialist who had studied in England as a Rhodes scholar, served in the OSS during World War II, stayed on when the OSS became the CIA in 1947, and then became a Yale professor. He and Buckley developed a positively eerie relationship. When Buckley sought to avoid military service after finishing Yale during the Korean War, Kendall sent him to James Burnham, another Trotskyite socialist who had also seen service with the OSS and then with the CIA. The plan was to have Buckley avoid serving in the military by having him serve in the CIA instead.

    These two men, Kendall and Burnham, hugely influenced Buckley and were part of the initial team when the latter launched National Review magazine in 1955. And there were other ex-Communists and CIA veterans who also served among the early members of the NR team. National Review was loaded with Trotskyites and CIA veterans.

    The critical contribution Buckley made to the neoconservative cause was his taking the conservative movement away from reliance on the Constitution as the standard for Americans and replacing it with an ever-shifting conservatism – as defined by him. Before long Buckley would be excusing others for advocating socialistic programs. Then he began advocating socialistic programs himself. In 1971, he defended continued U.S. membership in the UN when Free China was booted out and Communist China welcomed in. In 1974, he accepted appointment as a delegate to the UN General Assembly and wrote a book about his experiences that dignified the existence of the UN. In 1977, his syndicated column called for ratification of the UN’s Genocide Convention.

    Coincident with Buckley becoming more obviously a neoconservative, Kristol related how several top leaders of the Wall Street Journal had made their alliance with the neocon movement. WSJ Editor Robert Bartley contacted Kristol as far back as 1972, and Kristol’s articles immediately began appearing in the Journal. In time, the WSJ would become a cheerleader for NAFTA, the World Trade Organization, NATO, and the use of U.S. forces in UN operations. This is the other half of the neocon program, the internationalist half.

    In 1991, in an article he wrote for WSJ, Irving Kristol supplied details about an invitation-only gathering of conservative Republicans. He delighted in pointing out that the conference was sponsored by none other than Bill Buckley. And he even more delightedly reported that most of the two dozen conservatives who had arrived as “conservatives first and Republicans second” had emerged from the gathering as “Republicans first and conservatives second.” They had been taken away from conservatism and made Republicans first. And the meeting had been sponsored by Bill Buckley!

    Kristol never mentioned who the two dozen attendees at this Buckley-arranged conference were. But all of us have seen the Republican leaders in Congress fade into rubber stamps for a variety of socialistic and internationalist schemes in recent years. The reason? Republican leaders who were thought to be conservatives have been captured by the neoconservatives. And numerous policies and programs once deemed taboo by men who were labeled conservative are now being supported by them. One problem remains: These men are still being called conservatives.

    In this very same 1991 article, Kristol announced that the major conclusion reached by the new neocons at the Buckley-sponsored gathering was that “President Bush is now the leader of the conservative movement within the Republican Party.” And this happened after Bush had demonstrated that he wasn’t a conservative himself. Perhaps the greatest indicator of President Bush’s neocon attitude was his use of U.S. forces and a UN resolution to reinvigorate the United Nations during the war against Saddam Hussein’s Iraq. “Reinvigorate” was his word, not mine. And his constant use of the term “new world order” said a great deal about what he was advocating.

    The Neocon Influence

    Do you wonder why Republicans are caving in when they should be standing firm against socialistic and internationalist programs? Do you wonder why Republicans in the Senate refused even to consider going after Bill Clinton for bribery and other serious crimes during the impeachment process? Do you wonder why opposition to the UN, World Bank, IMF, Export-Import Bank, Federal Reserve, etc. is almost nonexistent in the supposedly conservative political party? Well, stop wondering and consider that neoconservatives promoting their socialist and world government schemes have taken over not only the Republican Party but the conservative wing of the party.

    One of the more important promoters of the neocon program was Newt Gingrich. But we are still told that he’s a conservative. I know people who scratch their head and wonder what has happened to Trent Lott, Dick Armey, Phil Crane, Orrin Hatch, and others. The answer is that they aren’t conservatives any more; they’re neoconservatives even if the mass media won’t tell you. Add in Rush Limbaugh, Bill Bennett, Jack Kemp, Henry Kissinger, and a host of Republicans who toe the neocon line and you have your answer.

    Again, neoconservatism is socialism and internationalism. And who opposes this? Why, the John Birch Society does. And who are enemies of the John Birch Society that some might have expected to be its friends and allies? Bill Buckley is; the Wall Street Journal is; and the intelligentsia who love to be called conservatives but will no more support the Constitution and those who truly defend it (such as the John Birch Society) than they would commit suicide.

    The greatest enemies of the John Birch Society in the over 40 years of its existence haven’t been Communists, and haven’t even been Democrats. The greatest enemies of the JBS are the false conservatives who are neoconservatives or who have allowed themselves to become captives of the neoconservatives. And the greatest of those has been Bill Buckley. He said in 1952 that he wanted Big Government and, in more recent years, he has done whatever he could do to supply dignity and excuses for the United Nations. The John Birch Society wants constitutionally limited government and our nation out of the UN – and the IMF, World Bank, NAFTA, WTO, etc. Hence Buckley decreed that the JBS should lose any “respectable support.” But not only did he refuse support, he waged war against the John Birch Society.

    This is only a brief glimpse at the movement called neoconservatism. But I hope you grasp what it has accomplished. It, and all those it has captured, must be exposed. If you’ve been wondering how to classify William F. Buckley, you can start by realizing that he is and has been a neoconservative throughout his public career. But that’s only a start in considering this man’s career.

    About Buckley and his magazine, let me close by relating a revealing incident from 1961. This was only a little more than two years after Robert Welch founded the John Birch Society. Buckley’s magazine was already in existence. The incident I will relate was reported by Dr. Medford Evans in the old American Opinion magazine in October 1973. An early member of the Buckley team, Evans quit the Buckley crowd early on and joined the team led by JBS founder Robert Welch. This 1961 incident occurred in Dallas where he met Willmoore Kendall, the former Trotskyite, and a founder and senior editor of Buckley’s National Review. The two men were interviewing U.S. Army General Edwin Walker, a member of the John Birch Society at the time. After meeting with the general, they got together for a renewal of their limited friendship, and I’ll turn now to Medford Evans’ 1973 article for the full story of this incident:

    Kendall and I, still restless, went to a hamburger joint on Harry Hines Boulevard to drink coffee, reminisce about the past, and especially speculate about the future. After some comparatively idle talk Willmoore said to me: “Medford, I don’t suppose there is any chance you could get Walker to let up in his campaigning against Communism, is there?” I replied: “No, Willmoore, not a chance. You could stand him up against a wall and shoot him, but you couldn’t make him quit speaking out against Communism.” (I thought Willmoore was just testing. He certainly was not jesting.) “I don’t suppose,” he continued, “there’s any chance that you would even advise him to let up, would you?” I replied: “No, Willmoore, not a chance. You could stand me up against the same wall, but I would never advise him to quit fighting Communism.”

    Later Willmoore wrote me a letter from Oklahoma City, returning his motel key which he had inadvertently taken away, and expressing his regret that he and I could no longer be on the same side. Personally, he said, he wished me well (and he said the same of another former National Review contributor), but as for the great issue, and this is verbatim: “C’est la guerre.”

    Kendall’s parting comment, of course, translates to “Such is war.” It would later become obvious that the war to which he was referring was not between anti-Communists and Communists, but rather between the forces led by Bill Buckley and those led by Robert Welch. Neoconservatives who took control of the conservative movement and became dominant within the Republican Party – except for what the John Birch Society has maintained and beefed up – have always hated the JBS. And too, it must be said very clearly that neoconservatives are our nation’s deadly enemies.

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    ‘Abject failure’: UK ignored racial patterns in home crime for over a decade

    0

    The vacuum left by the state has been filled by far right politicians who have distorted the
    issue with lies and Islamaphobia, Andrew Norfolk, a journalist for the Times who
    has covered the issue extensively, told RT.

    RT: You’ve worked extensively on this issue – is there
    evidence of neglect on the part of authorities due to the racial
    or religious character of a crime?

    Andrew Norfolk: I think that conclusion is unavoidable.
    Just to give you one example in the North of England, we obtained
    over 200 confidential documents that showed there was a ten year
    history in one town of young girls typically aged between 11
    and14-years-old being targeted and befriended and then being
    given alcohol and

    drugs and eventually being passed around ever increasing groups
    of men to be used for sex. That was known about for ten years by
    the police force concerned, by the local authority concerned and
    there was an abject failure to take the

    action that was needed to protect those children and to prosecute
    the offenders.

    RT: So why did nobody react in the appropriate
    way to this?

    AN: I think one of the factors that you have
    already been very clearly discussing is there
    was 
    a terror of
    treading into what was seen as a cultural minefield. There was
    an 
    additional
    problem in that some of these agencies genuinely don’t seem to
    have 
    understood
    quite how serious these crimes were. There was a sense that
    girls 
    were somehow
    consenting to their own abuse. The reality was far, far
    worse. 

    RT: So what other factors could be in play
    here when we talk about a rise in the number
    of 
    crimes committed by
    the Muslim committee?

    AN: The thing we on the Times have been
    arguing from the very first story we published
    about 
    this more
    than two years ago was that here is a crime pattern, a crime
    pattern 
    that the
    authorities have ignored for at least 10 years. If you’re going
    to 
    address this
    you need to understand why this has happened. There are
    issues 
    there to
    this day which to this day no research has been carried out to
    try to 
    discover.
    For example issues surrounding the age of consent, in this
    country 
    you have
    to be sixteen before you can legally consent to have sex. In
    the 
    communities
    from which the main offenders come from, in their home
    communities 
    back
    in Pakistan, village tradition says that puberty is the age of
    consent and 
    religious law, Sharia, also says that
    puberty is the age at which a girl can
    be 
    marriage. And
    the average age for puberty in this country is
    11-years-old.

    RT: We’re bviously dealing with a
    cross-cultural problem here. What does this
    situation 
    say about the
    authorities’ efforts to integrate these committees?

    AN: Multiculturalism is a very thorny issue in
    this country. The idea that you should
    allow 
    different
    communities to develop separately and to continue with
    traditions 
    which
    make them feel more comfortable with their life in a country
    where those 
    traditions are completely alien. The Times
    would never suggest the use of young 
    girls or sex is condoned in those
    societies, but the fact is there was
    clearly 
    a lesser
    degree of shame. 

    RT: So what’s the way out of this vicious
    circle – is there a way to tackle both the growing
    crime 
    rate among the
    Muslim population and growing Islamophobia?

    AN: The way to tackle the crime, I am
    increasingly convinced for the Muslim community
    itself 
    to take the
    lead in exposing and eradicating those who think it’s alright to
    do 
    this to girls.
    There are some very encouraging signs finally that there
    are 
    some leading
    Islamic organizations are prepared to grasp the nettle on this
    and 
    do something
    about it. In terms of Islamophobia one of the troubles was
    because 
    for ten
    years because no mainstream politicians or media were looking at
    this 
    the field was
    left to the far right politics to spread poisonous
    distorted 
    lies.
    They were claiming that somehow this was part of some global
    Islamic plot 
    to
    impregnate every white girl in the country and spread the Islamic
    Khalifa — 
    that was
    nonsense. When there are problems on the backstreets of northern
    towns 
    the elite in
    London has to look and say:
    “we’re going to do something about
    it, 
    we won’t leave it to
    the far right to rant about it.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    WH facility intercepts suspicious letter

    0

    The White House mail screening facility has intercepted a suspicious letter which was “similar” to an apparently poison-laced letter sent to New York Mayor Michael Bloomberg.

    “The White House mail screening facility intercepted a letter addressed to the White House that was similar to letters previously addressed to Mayor Bloomberg in New York,” Secret Service spokesman Edwin Donovan said on Thursday.

    “This letter has been turned over to the FBI Joint Terrorism Task Force for testing and investigation,” Donovan said.

    New York Police Department (NYPD) said on Wednesday that two threatening letters containing traces of the deadly poison ricin had been sent to New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg and his gun-control group in Washington.

    Å“The letters contained “anonymous threats” and “when tested locally, preliminarily indicated the presence of ricin,” NYPD spokesman Paul Browne said in a statement.”

    “The writer, in letters, threatened Mayor Bloomberg, with references to the debate on gun laws.”

    Members of the police departmentâ„¢s Emergency Service Unit who came into contact with the letter at the New York mail facility had “minor symptoms of ricin exposure” on Saturday, according to Browne.

    Bloomberg, a multi-billionaire media and financial information magnate, has been campaigning nationwide and on Capitol Hill for tougher gun laws for the past year.

    Ricin is a poison found naturally in castor beans and can be fatal if swallowed or inhaled.

    IA/HN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    California family suing police for 'abuse of power' after son's killing

    0

    A California police officer wrongfully tasered and fatally shot a man whose parents had called police seeking help for the man’s depression, the victim’s family claimed in court.

    The surviving family of the late Jorge I. Ramirez filed suit
    against Stanislaus County in Central California, alleging Ramirez
    was no threat to the officer during the incident. Jorge Ramirez,
    the victim’s father, told the Modesto Bee he called police on
    April 16, 2012 seeking help for his son’s depression but stressed
    he did not tell the operator a crime or family dispute was in
    progress. 

    Deputy Art Parra Jr. responded to the call, whereupon he
    immediately asked Ramirez’s parents where their son was. The suit
    claims Parra rustled Ramirez, 32, from the couch and demanded he
    place his hands behind his back. When Ramirez protested,
    demanding to know what was going on, Parra allegedly used his
    Taser on Ramirez without warning. 

    When Ramirez regained his footing, Parra warned that he would
    shoot him. 

    “At this time, and without providing any warning, Parra
    withdrew his firearm from his holster and shot four bullets at
    Ramirez
    ,” the suit claims, as quoted by Courthouse News.
    “Parra was approximately eight feet away at the time he fired
    four shots at Ramirez, and three bullets struck
    Ramirez
    .” 

    The suit does not mention Parra’s claim that Ramirez tried to
    grab the deputy’s Taser during a physical struggle. The sheriff’s
    department claimed Deputy Parra was responding to a family fight,
    although the senior Ramirez has maintained that Parra was overly
    aggressive. 

    “He wouldn’t listen to us,” he told the KCRA, the local
    NBC affiliate. “He told us to get away. He summoned other
    officers — and another officer went in there and pointed a gun at
    my wife and I for no reason. Absolutely no reason.This is very
    unjust
    .” 

    When the case first made headlines Ramirez said the family only
    wanted help for their son, who had threatened suicide, and that
    Parra’s actions were an “abuse of power.” District
    Attorney Birgit Fladager told the Modesto Bee Wednesday that her
    office completed an investigation and concluded that Parra was
    guilty of no wrongdoing. The officer has been placed on
    administrative leave, per department policy. 

    The federal suit seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory,
    special, and punitive damages. 

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Mississippi sued over for-profit prison where inmates sell leashed rats

    0

    Officials at a corporate Mississippi prison will have to answer for alleged human rights abuses that took place in one of the state’s for-profit correction centers now that two major-league civil rights groups have filed a lawsuit addressing the issue.

    The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and the Southern
    Poverty Law Center (SPLC) announced Thursday they have filed a
    class-action lawsuit against the state of Mississippi because of
    how inmates at East Mississippi Correctional Facility are
    constantly at “grave risk of death and loss of
    limbs
    .” 

    The suit alleges that inmates
    in the prison, which is the state’s primary special needs
    facility for convicts with mental health issues, are subjected to
    long isolation periods in “barbaric” conditions, often in
    rat-infested cells with broken toilets. 

    “Prisoner-on-prisoner
    stabbings and beatings are frequent because the locking mechanism
    on the cell doors can be readily defeated, and some officers are
    complicit in unlocking doors to allow violence to occur
    ,” the
    lawsuit claims. 

    The detention center is run by
    Management and Training Corp., based in Centerville, Utah, which
    is not named in the lawsuit. The ACLU and SPLC assert Mississippi
    lawmakers have long known about the conditions but have failed to
    act. 

    East Mississippi Correctional Facility (Screenshot from youtube.com @lifgosonshema)

    Dr. Terry Kupers, a
    psychiatrist who studied East Mississippi Correctional Facility,
    wrote in 2011 that an overburdened prison psychologist,
    inefficient mental health programs, and staffing problems were
    issues that could have serious implications. 

    “All inmates report
    significant weight loss since arriving at EMCF, from ten to 60
    pounds, and from my direct observation it is clear that all the
    men are much thinner, almost emaciated, in comparison to old
    snapshots I viewed in their charts or on their identity cards
    showing them much heavier
    ,” Kupers wrote, as quoted by the
    Jackson Clarion Ledger. 

    Medical conditions are so
    bleak, the suit claims, that one inmate went blind from glaucoma
    and another had a finger amputated after failing to receive
    treatment for gangrene.

    “Many cells lack light and
    working toilets, forcing prisoners to use trays or plastic bags
    that are tossed through slots in their cell doors
    ,” wrote the
    SPLC. “Rats often climb over prisoners’ beds. Some prisoners
    even capture the rats, put them on makeshift leashes and sell
    them as pets to other prisoners
    .”

    The Management and Training
    Corp. operates 22 for-profit prisons in eight states, and named
    is in a slew of controversies. Allegations range from a prison
    warden ignoring an alarm, thereby allowing prisoners to escape,
    to “rampant” sexual abuse. 

    In 2007, two guards at one of
    the firm’s Texas prisons were charged with orchestrating a
    smuggling ring after they were pulled over, while in uniform,
    driving a van with 28 undocumented immigrants in the back.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    El Salvador woman denied life-saving abortion by highest court

    0

    The country of El Salvador is currently gripped by the story of a woman seeking permission for an abortion, a procedure that doctors believe would be life-saving, and which is illegal in the socially conservative nation.

    A woman going by the name of Beatriz to keep her indentity a
    secret lost an appeal filed by her lawyer, Victor Hugo Mata, with
    El Salvador’s supreme court on Wednesday.

    “They [the Supreme Court] were
    not convinced this is the way… they are saying Beatriz is not
    in danger and she must pursue the natural way of delivery and we
    must see what happens,”
    said Mata in comments to CBS News.

    “It isn’t just an abortion, it
    is a necessity,”
    he added.

    Beatriz suffers from lupus, an autoimmune disease which in her
    particular case is aggravated by a kidney malfunction.Beyond the
    health risks for Beatriz should the pregnancy be allowed to
    continue, doctors have also determined that she is carrying an
    anencephalic fetus, meaning the baby lacks the majority of its
    brain and would be expected to survive for perhaps a few hours
    post birth.

    According to CBS News, three separate sonograms carried out by
    the National Maternity Hospital, where Beatriz is being treated
    in the country’s capital of San Salvador, have shown that she is
    pregnant with an unviable fetus. The baby is now 26-weeks-old.

    “The baby will only live a
    couple of hours because he has no brain, no mental activity. The
    baby is in very bad condition, no future to live. They [the
    doctors] must intervene as soon as possible, if they don’t make
    an incision in the womb, she might die very soon,”
    said
    Mata.

    El Salvador prohibits all abortion under any circumstances,
    including rape and incest. The country’s constitution in the
    majority Roman Catholic nation protects the right to life
    “from the moment of
    conception.”

    Though a medical committee at her hospital, as well as the
    country’s Ministry of Health supported Beatriz’s request for an
    abortion, judges with El Salvador’s highest court voted
    four-to-one to reject the petition.

    “This court determines that the
    rights of the mother cannot take precedence over those of the
    unborn child or vice versa, and that there is an absolute bar to
    authorising an abortion as contrary to the constitutional
    protection accorded to human persons ‘from the moment of
    conception’,”
    determined the court.

    Both the doctors who perform abortions in the small Central
    American country of six million, and mothers who seek the
    procedure face arrest and criminal charges. According to the
    Central American Women’s Network 628 women have been imprisoned
    in El Salvador since its anti-abortion law was enacted back in
    1998. According to a 2012 report provided by that group, 24 of
    those women were indicted for “aggravated murder” following an
    abortion, miscarriage, or stillbirth.

    Morena Herrera, an activist and former guerilla member with the
    Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front, called the court’s
    ruling “irresponsible.”

    “The only life we can save here
    is that of Beatriz,”
    Herrera told the BBC.

    Herrera said supporters would look into getting Beatriz out of El
    Salvador so she could receive the treatment they said she needed.

    Abortion procedures are banned throughout seven countries in
    Latin America, including Nicaragua, Honduras, the Dominican
    Republic, Haiti, Suriname and Chile. As a result, the percentage
    of unsafe abortions in South America and Caribbean nations is
    extremely high, currently at 95%.

    Within Mexico only Mexico City currently has legal abortions
    during the first 12 weeks of pregnancy, while countries such as
    Argentina will allow abortions in cases of rape or a threat to
    health. Only the countries of Cuba, Guyana, Puerto Rico and
    Uruguay currently allow abortions beyond cases of rape, incest or
    threats to a woman’s health.

    “We cannot appeal the case
    because this was the last step, the Supreme Court,”
    said
    Victor Hugo Mata on Wednesday.

    “The only way now is to go to
    the international courts. Everyday, the health of Beatriz is
    [getting] worse. If they wait another week or two weeks, she will
    be too feeble to endure the operation,”
    he added.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Euro-African briefs

    0

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘,
    ‘

    ‘,
    ‘‘,
    ‘

    The WSWS needs your support!

    ‘,
    ‘

    Your donations go directly to financing, improving, and expanding the web site.

    ‘,
    ‘

    ‘,
    ”,
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    California family suing police for 'abuse of power' after son's killing

    0

    A California police officer wrongfully tasered and fatally shot a man whose parents had called police seeking help for the man’s depression, the victim’s family claimed in court.

    The surviving family of the late Jorge I. Ramirez filed suit
    against Stanislaus County in Central California, alleging Ramirez
    was no threat to the officer during the incident. Jorge Ramirez,
    the victim’s father, told the Modesto Bee he called police on
    April 16, 2012 seeking help for his son’s depression but stressed
    he did not tell the operator a crime or family dispute was in
    progress. 

    Deputy Art Parra Jr. responded to the call, whereupon he
    immediately asked Ramirez’s parents where their son was. The suit
    claims Parra rustled Ramirez, 32, from the couch and demanded he
    place his hands behind his back. When Ramirez protested,
    demanding to know what was going on, Parra allegedly used his
    Taser on Ramirez without warning. 

    When Ramirez regained his footing, Parra warned that he would
    shoot him. 

    “At this time, and without providing any warning, Parra
    withdrew his firearm from his holster and shot four bullets at
    Ramirez
    ,” the suit claims, as quoted by Courthouse News.
    “Parra was approximately eight feet away at the time he fired
    four shots at Ramirez, and three bullets struck
    Ramirez
    .” 

    The suit does not mention Parra’s claim that Ramirez tried to
    grab the deputy’s Taser during a physical struggle. The sheriff’s
    department claimed Deputy Parra was responding to a family fight,
    although the senior Ramirez has maintained that Parra was overly
    aggressive. 

    “He wouldn’t listen to us,” he told the KCRA, the local
    NBC affiliate. “He told us to get away. He summoned other
    officers — and another officer went in there and pointed a gun at
    my wife and I for no reason. Absolutely no reason.This is very
    unjust
    .” 

    When the case first made headlines Ramirez said the family only
    wanted help for their son, who had threatened suicide, and that
    Parra’s actions were an “abuse of power.” District
    Attorney Birgit Fladager told the Modesto Bee Wednesday that her
    office completed an investigation and concluded that Parra was
    guilty of no wrongdoing. The officer has been placed on
    administrative leave, per department policy. 

    The federal suit seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory,
    special, and punitive damages. 

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    California family suing police for 'abuse of power' after son's killing

    0

    A California police officer wrongfully tasered and fatally shot a man whose parents had called police seeking help for the man’s depression, the victim’s family claimed in court.

    The surviving family of the late Jorge I. Ramirez filed suit
    against Stanislaus County in Central California, alleging Ramirez
    was no threat to the officer during the incident. Jorge Ramirez,
    the victim’s father, told the Modesto Bee he called police on
    April 16, 2012 seeking help for his son’s depression but stressed
    he did not tell the operator a crime or family dispute was in
    progress. 

    Deputy Art Parra Jr. responded to the call, whereupon he
    immediately asked Ramirez’s parents where their son was. The suit
    claims Parra rustled Ramirez, 32, from the couch and demanded he
    place his hands behind his back. When Ramirez protested,
    demanding to know what was going on, Parra allegedly used his
    Taser on Ramirez without warning. 

    When Ramirez regained his footing, Parra warned that he would
    shoot him. 

    “At this time, and without providing any warning, Parra
    withdrew his firearm from his holster and shot four bullets at
    Ramirez
    ,” the suit claims, as quoted by Courthouse News.
    “Parra was approximately eight feet away at the time he fired
    four shots at Ramirez, and three bullets struck
    Ramirez
    .” 

    The suit does not mention Parra’s claim that Ramirez tried to
    grab the deputy’s Taser during a physical struggle. The sheriff’s
    department claimed Deputy Parra was responding to a family fight,
    although the senior Ramirez has maintained that Parra was overly
    aggressive. 

    “He wouldn’t listen to us,” he told the KCRA, the local
    NBC affiliate. “He told us to get away. He summoned other
    officers — and another officer went in there and pointed a gun at
    my wife and I for no reason. Absolutely no reason.This is very
    unjust
    .” 

    When the case first made headlines Ramirez said the family only
    wanted help for their son, who had threatened suicide, and that
    Parra’s actions were an “abuse of power.” District
    Attorney Birgit Fladager told the Modesto Bee Wednesday that her
    office completed an investigation and concluded that Parra was
    guilty of no wrongdoing. The officer has been placed on
    administrative leave, per department policy. 

    The federal suit seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory,
    special, and punitive damages. 

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Mississippi sued over for-profit prison where inmates sell leashed rats

    0

    Officials at a corporate Mississippi prison will have to answer for alleged human rights abuses that took place in one of the state’s for-profit correction centers now that two major-league civil rights groups have filed a lawsuit addressing the issue.

    The American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and the Southern
    Poverty Law Center (SPLC) announced Thursday they have filed a
    class-action lawsuit against the state of Mississippi because of
    how inmates at East Mississippi Correctional Facility are
    constantly at “grave risk of death and loss of
    limbs
    .” 

    The suit alleges that inmates
    in the prison, which is the state’s primary special needs
    facility for convicts with mental health issues, are subjected to
    long isolation periods in “barbaric” conditions, often in
    rat-infested cells with broken toilets. 

    “Prisoner-on-prisoner
    stabbings and beatings are frequent because the locking mechanism
    on the cell doors can be readily defeated, and some officers are
    complicit in unlocking doors to allow violence to occur
    ,” the
    lawsuit claims. 

    The detention center is run by
    Management and Training Corp., based in Centerville, Utah, which
    is not named in the lawsuit. The ACLU and SPLC assert Mississippi
    lawmakers have long known about the conditions but have failed to
    act. 

    East Mississippi Correctional Facility (Screenshot from youtube.com @lifgosonshema)

    Dr. Terry Kupers, a
    psychiatrist who studied East Mississippi Correctional Facility,
    wrote in 2011 that an overburdened prison psychologist,
    inefficient mental health programs, and staffing problems were
    issues that could have serious implications. 

    “All inmates report
    significant weight loss since arriving at EMCF, from ten to 60
    pounds, and from my direct observation it is clear that all the
    men are much thinner, almost emaciated, in comparison to old
    snapshots I viewed in their charts or on their identity cards
    showing them much heavier
    ,” Kupers wrote, as quoted by the
    Jackson Clarion Ledger. 

    Medical conditions are so
    bleak, the suit claims, that one inmate went blind from glaucoma
    and another had a finger amputated after failing to receive
    treatment for gangrene.

    “Many cells lack light and
    working toilets, forcing prisoners to use trays or plastic bags
    that are tossed through slots in their cell doors
    ,” wrote the
    SPLC. “Rats often climb over prisoners’ beds. Some prisoners
    even capture the rats, put them on makeshift leashes and sell
    them as pets to other prisoners
    .”

    The Management and Training
    Corp. operates 22 for-profit prisons in eight states, and named
    is in a slew of controversies. Allegations range from a prison
    warden ignoring an alarm, thereby allowing prisoners to escape,
    to “rampant” sexual abuse. 

    In 2007, two guards at one of
    the firm’s Texas prisons were charged with orchestrating a
    smuggling ring after they were pulled over, while in uniform,
    driving a van with 28 undocumented immigrants in the back.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    El Salvador woman denied life-saving abortion by highest court

    0

    The country of El Salvador is currently gripped by the story of a woman seeking permission for an abortion, a procedure that doctors believe would be life-saving, and which is illegal in the socially conservative nation.

    A woman going by the name of Beatriz to keep her indentity a
    secret lost an appeal filed by her lawyer, Victor Hugo Mata, with
    El Salvador’s supreme court on Wednesday.

    “They [the Supreme Court] were
    not convinced this is the way… they are saying Beatriz is not
    in danger and she must pursue the natural way of delivery and we
    must see what happens,”
    said Mata in comments to CBS News.

    “It isn’t just an abortion, it
    is a necessity,”
    he added.

    Beatriz suffers from lupus, an autoimmune disease which in her
    particular case is aggravated by a kidney malfunction.Beyond the
    health risks for Beatriz should the pregnancy be allowed to
    continue, doctors have also determined that she is carrying an
    anencephalic fetus, meaning the baby lacks the majority of its
    brain and would be expected to survive for perhaps a few hours
    post birth.

    According to CBS News, three separate sonograms carried out by
    the National Maternity Hospital, where Beatriz is being treated
    in the country’s capital of San Salvador, have shown that she is
    pregnant with an unviable fetus. The baby is now 26-weeks-old.

    “The baby will only live a
    couple of hours because he has no brain, no mental activity. The
    baby is in very bad condition, no future to live. They [the
    doctors] must intervene as soon as possible, if they don’t make
    an incision in the womb, she might die very soon,”
    said
    Mata.

    El Salvador prohibits all abortion under any circumstances,
    including rape and incest. The country’s constitution in the
    majority Roman Catholic nation protects the right to life
    “from the moment of
    conception.”

    Though a medical committee at her hospital, as well as the
    country’s Ministry of Health supported Beatriz’s request for an
    abortion, judges with El Salvador’s highest court voted
    four-to-one to reject the petition.

    “This court determines that the
    rights of the mother cannot take precedence over those of the
    unborn child or vice versa, and that there is an absolute bar to
    authorising an abortion as contrary to the constitutional
    protection accorded to human persons ‘from the moment of
    conception’,”
    determined the court.

    Both the doctors who perform abortions in the small Central
    American country of six million, and mothers who seek the
    procedure face arrest and criminal charges. According to the
    Central American Women’s Network 628 women have been imprisoned
    in El Salvador since its anti-abortion law was enacted back in
    1998. According to a 2012 report provided by that group, 24 of
    those women were indicted for “aggravated murder” following an
    abortion, miscarriage, or stillbirth.

    Morena Herrera, an activist and former guerilla member with the
    Farabundo Martí National Liberation Front, called the court’s
    ruling “irresponsible.”

    “The only life we can save here
    is that of Beatriz,”
    Herrera told the BBC.

    Herrera said supporters would look into getting Beatriz out of El
    Salvador so she could receive the treatment they said she needed.

    Abortion procedures are banned throughout seven countries in
    Latin America, including Nicaragua, Honduras, the Dominican
    Republic, Haiti, Suriname and Chile. As a result, the percentage
    of unsafe abortions in South America and Caribbean nations is
    extremely high, currently at 95%.

    Within Mexico only Mexico City currently has legal abortions
    during the first 12 weeks of pregnancy, while countries such as
    Argentina will allow abortions in cases of rape or a threat to
    health. Only the countries of Cuba, Guyana, Puerto Rico and
    Uruguay currently allow abortions beyond cases of rape, incest or
    threats to a woman’s health.

    “We cannot appeal the case
    because this was the last step, the Supreme Court,”
    said
    Victor Hugo Mata on Wednesday.

    “The only way now is to go to
    the international courts. Everyday, the health of Beatriz is
    [getting] worse. If they wait another week or two weeks, she will
    be too feeble to endure the operation,”
    he added.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Euro-African briefs

    0

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘,
    ‘

    ‘,
    ‘‘,
    ‘

    The WSWS needs your support!

    ‘,
    ‘

    Your donations go directly to financing, improving, and expanding the web site.

    ‘,
    ‘

    ‘,
    ”,
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    Detroit interviews

    0

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘,
    ‘

    ‘,
    ‘‘,
    ‘

    The WSWS needs your support!

    ‘,
    ‘

    Your donations go directly to financing, improving, and expanding the web site.

    ‘,
    ‘

    ‘,
    ”,
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    Australia refugees statement

    0

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
    var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
    $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }

    function appendBottomAppeal() {
    if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
    var htmlArray = [
    ‘

    ‘,
    ‘

    ‘,
    ‘‘,
    ‘

    The WSWS needs your support!

    ‘,
    ‘

    Your donations go directly to financing, improving, and expanding the web site.

    ‘,
    ‘

    ‘,
    ”,
    ‘

    ‘
    ];
    var html = htmlArray.join(”);
    if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
    $(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
    } else {
    $(‘#content’).append(html);
    }
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
    $(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
    $(this).parent().hide();
    return false;
    });
    }
    }
    $(document).ready(function(){
    appendInlineAppeal();
    appendBottomAppeal();
    });

    This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

    ‘Economic issue major challenge for Iran’

    0

    Iranian presidential candidate Gholam Ali Haddad-Adel says the economic issue is the biggest challenge for Iran, and the countryâ„¢s enemies intend to undermine the economy by imposing sanctions against the Islamic Republic.

    In a televised speech on Thursday, Haddad-Adel said the mismanagement of resources and politicization of current affairs are the reasons behind the existing economic woes.

    Å“Iranâ„¢s Islamic Revolution inspired the Islamic Awakening in the Islamic world and we have had some challenges along with opportunities on the way. The biggest challenge facing the country today is the economic issue,” the presidential candidate stated.

    Haddad-Adel also said if he is elected president, his administration will boost non-oil exports and domestic production. Optimum use of existing capacities, eradication of favoritism and corruption, and termination of foreign exchange fluctuations in the market were the other points that he said would be on his agenda.

    Å“I am strongly against nepotism and… determined to cope with corruption,” he said.

    In Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election, Haddad-Adel will be competing against Supreme National Security Council Secretary Saeed Jalili, Hassan Rohani, the director of the Strategic Research Center of the Expediency Council, Expediency Council Secretary Mohsen Rezaei, former First Vice President Mohammad-Reza Aref, Tehran Mayor Mohammad-Baqer Qalibaf, former Foreign Minister Ali-Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

    The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election, and the Guardian Council vets the candidates.

    IA/MHB

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Reframing the Economic Debate (VIDEO)

    0

    http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/reframing_the_economic_debate_video_20130530/

    Posted on May 30, 2013

    This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

    Iranian-American given 25-yr jail term

    0

    An American judge has passed a 25-year prison sentence for the Iranian-American citizen Manssor Arbabsiar over allegations of his participation in a plot to kill the Saudi ambassador to the US.

    On Thursday, New York federal Judge John Keenan passed the maximum sentence and said Arbabsiar must be taught a lesson for his involvement in a plot that Washington cannot tolerate.

    His lawyers argued for a jail term of 10 years and said that he is suffering from mental disorders.

    Arbabsiar was arrested at New York’s John F. Kennedy International Airport on September 29, 2011.

    He was detained on charges of planning to assassinate Saudi Ambassador Adel al-Jubeir in a bomb attack at a restaurant in Washington.

    Arbabsiar signed a plea bargain offered to him by Preet Bharara, US attorney for the Southern District of New York. He was represented by Sabrina Shroff, a federal public defender, appointed by the court.

    Arbabsiarâ„¢s family says that the plea bargain was signed under duress. They add that Shroff misguided them about the terms of the plea agreement.

    Iran has said the case was a false scenario made up by American and Israeli officials.

    IA/HN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Austerity strike shuts Lisbon subway

    0

    A woman reacts by a closed subway gate as she reads a board that reads in Portuguese, May 30, 2013.

    Subway staff in the Portuguese capital has staged a 24-hour strike in another protest against the governmentâ„¢s punishing austerity measures, bringing the metro system in the city to a complete standstill.

    The rush hour traffic was exacerbated on Thursday as commuters resorted to their cars and buses were totally packed but neither could make up for the Metropolitano de Lisboa which carries half a million passengers a day.

    The walkout was staged in protest at labor reforms and cuts in wage entitlements. The government plans to merge the subway and bus companies to save money in another measure to live up to the standards it needs to follow in return for a 78 billion euros ($101 billion) bail-out package it received two years ago.

    It is the first strike by the subway workers in 2013 while the previous year had seen three similar walkouts. As incomes have plunged and unemployment has risen to 17.7 percent, workers are more dependent on their daily wages and less willing to stage strikes.

    However, government and public sector workers and employees are planning more protests in the coming weeks. Teachers will stage a walkout in June during the high school summer exams and the countryâ„¢s two trade unions, which represent more than one million workers, are also considering protests and demonstrations.

    MA/MHB

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    UN slams child limit on Myanmar Muslims

    0

    A Muslim Rohingya woman breastfeeds her baby at a school sheltering displaced people in the village of Theik Kayk Pyim, Myanmar, on October 11, 2012

    The United Nations has condemned the Myanmar government for its decision to impose a two-child limit on Muslim families.

    On Thursday, Eduardo del Buey, deputy spokesman for UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon, issued a statement saying that the ban is a violation of fundamental human rights and called on Myanmar officials to put an end to such practices.

    Authorities say the limit, which applies to two towns of Buthidaung and Maundaw that have the highest Muslim populations in the western state of Rakhine, has been imposed to stem what they call rapid population growth in Muslim families.

    Human rights groups say the policy makes Myanmar the only country in the world to impose such a restriction on a religious group.

    Hundreds of Rohingya Muslims are believed to have been killed and thousands of others displaced in recent attacks by extremist Buddhists.

    The violence that originally targeted Rohingyas in western Myanmar is beginning to spread to other parts of the country, where Muslims who have been granted citizenship are now being attacked, according to the website burmamuslims.org.

    About 800,000 Rohingya Muslims in Rakhine are deprived of citizenship rights due to the policy of discrimination that has denied them the right of citizenship and made them vulnerable to acts of violence and persecution, expulsion, and displacement.

    The international group Medecins Sans Frontieres (Doctors Without Borders–MSF) said on May 28 that restrictions imposed by the Myanmar government on Rohingya Muslims prevents tens of thousands from getting health care and basic services in the west of the country.

    Ronald Kremer, the aid group’s emergency coordinator in Rakhine state, said in a statement published in New York City that the government was confining around 140,000 people to makeshift camps.

    MAM/MHB

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Constitutional Sheriffs Convention Focus: States’ Rights, 2nd Amendment

    0

    For two days beginning on Friday, May 31, the Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers Association (CSPOA) is holding a convention (see video below) at the Ameristar Casino Resort and Spa in St. Charles, Missouri, a suburb of St. Louis.

    As explained on the group’s website, the purpose of the convention is “to equip sheriffs, peace officers and public officials with the necessary information and public support to carry out their duties in accordance with their Oaths of Office.” (See also the video below.)

    The CSPOA’s two-fold mission is to save America and to get enough people involved in that fight to make the dream a reality. The organization’s website describes precisely how they propose to achieve this lofty and laudable goal:

    The answers lie within our grasp and come from the foundation of our country. The principles are embodied within the Declaration of Independence and outlined in the Constitution.

    Yes, America is in deep, deep trouble. The good news is that there is hope and my [CSPOA founder, former Arizona Sheriff Richard Mack’s] victory at the US Supreme Court proves that it only takes a few to stand to make monumental changes. We do not have to stand by and watch while America is destroyed from within. If our counties, cities, and states and all local officers keep their oaths to protect us from tyranny, we can win this battle to take our country back.

    This is our plan, our goal and our quest. We are forming the Constitutional Peace Officers Association which will unite all public servants and sheriffs, to keep their word to uphold, defend, protect, preserve, and obey the Constitutions of the United States of America. We already have hundreds of police, sheriffs, and other officials who have expressed a desire to be a part of this Holy Cause of Liberty.

    We are going to train and vet them all, state by state, to understand and enforce the constitutionally protected Rights of the people they serve, with an emphasis on State Sovereignty and local autonomy. Then these local governments will issue our new Declaration to the Federal Government regarding the abuses that we will no longer tolerate or accept. Said declaration will be enforced by our Constitutional Sheriffs and Peace Officers. In short, the CSPOA will be the army to set our nation free. This will guarantee this movement remains both peaceful and effective.

    To help in the arming of these sheriffs and peace officers with the information they need to stand as the last and best line of defense against the federal government’s near-constant assault on liberty and local law enforcement, the convention will feature speeches from an impressive variety of lawmen, lawmakers, lawyers, and constitutional scholars.

    The invited presenters will address a wide range of issues, including the dangers of police consolidation, the federal government’s attack on the Fourth Amendment, the right of states to oppose federal encroachment on their sovereignty, nullification, the Second Amendment, and the history of the formation of the union via the Constitution.

    Additionally, on Saturday, June 1, several break-out sessions will be held, giving attendees an opportunity to ask speakers specific questions on issues important to their particular jurisdictions.

    Remarkably, the CSPOA is offering free registration to all public officials. All sheriffs, police officers, county commissioners, and public officials may attend all sessions of the conference without paying a fee, including a pass for spouses. Additionally, all meals will be provided for these distinguished guests.

    Convention attendance is not restricted to law enforcement, however. The general public is invited to come and learn these principles of liberty, as well. There is an attendance fee of $150 per person or $200 per couple. The cost covers admittance to the conference, educational materials, and meals.

    Finally, the CSPOA’s convention website makes the most convincing pitch to those concerned with the accelerating pace of the federal government’s advance on the sovereignty of states, the independence of local law enforcement, and the perpetuation of our system of limited government and individual sovereignty:

    This will be your opportunity to sit spellbound as you hear from heroic sheriffs, police chiefs and constitutional scholars from across the country who are standing firm for our freedoms in the face of an overreaching, out of control federal government. Join with us in giving them support as they face increasing odds in the battle to serve the people and protect their rights.

    The New American will report from the convention, including interviews with several key presenters.

    Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
    This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    ObamaCare To Begin Automatically Canceling Private Health Insurance Policies

    1

    Infowars.com
    May 30, 2013

    Remember how Obama said if you liked your healthcare plan you could keep your healthcare plan? Yeah? Well, never mind. He didn’t really mean it. Start watching your mail because within the next few months ObamaCare is going to start automatically canceling private healthcare policies — whether you like it or not.

    What Obama really meant to say was — you can keep your own individual healthcare policy as long as it meets my approval. And under Obamacare, if your policy doesn’t meet his federal requirements you’re not going to have any say in the matter — your insurer will automatically cancel your policy.

    Ostensibly, the federal minimum insurance requirements are meant to protect consumers with a limit of $6,400 for copayments and out-of-pocket expenses. If your current policy doesn’t provide this coverage then your provider will be expected to change your policy so it’s compliant — never mind the fact that you can’t afford to pay for the additional coverage.

    “You’re going to be forcibly upgraded,” said Bob Laszewski, a health care industry consultant. “It’s like showing up at the airline counter and being told, ‘You have no choice, $300 please. You’re getting a first-class ticket, why are you complaining?’”

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    ‘Syria will respond to Israeli attacks’

    0

    Syrian President Bashar al-Assad says he is “very confident” his troops will defeat foreign-backed militants in the country, adding that Syria will respond to any possible future Israeli attacks.

    “There is a world war being waged against Syria and the policy of (anti-Israeli) resistance … (but) we are very confident of victory,” Assad said in an interview broadcast by the Lebanese television Al-Manar on Thursday.

    The comments came on the same say that the Syrian Army killed a number of militants from the al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra Front terrorist group in intense clashes in the al-Rihaniyya district of the city, located 348 kilometers (216 miles) northwest of Damascus.

    Assad also said that there was “popular pressure” to open a military front against Israel on the Golan Heights, which Israel has occupied since 1967.

    “There are several factors, including repeated Israeli aggression,” he said, referring to Israeli air strikes on Syria.

    “We have informed all the parties who have contacted us that we will respond to any Israeli aggression next time,” he said.

    On May 5, Syria said the Israeli regime had carried out an airstrike targeting a research center in a suburb of Damascus, following heavy losses of al-Qaeda-affiliated groups at the hands of the Syrian army. According to Syrian media reports, Israeli rockets struck the Jamraya Research Center.

    The Jamraya facility was also targeted in an Israeli airstrike in January.

    The May 5 attack came shortly after Tel Aviv confirmed that its warplanes had hit another target in Syria on May 3.

    The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

    The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

    Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

    MN/HN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Immigrants Generated A $115 Billion Surplus For Medicare From 2002 To 2009, Study Finds

    0

    Susan Heavey
    Reuters
    May 30, 2013

    Immigrants for years have paid far more into Medicare’s coffers than they have pulled out, effectively subsidizing rising healthcare payments to the aging U.S. population, a study released on Wednesday showed.

    The analysis from Harvard Medical School showed immigrants generated a $13.8 billion surplus for the U.S. government healthcare program for the elderly in 2009, the most recent figures available.

    From 2002 through 2009 immigrants posted a Medicare surplus of $115 billion, while the American-born population logged a deficit of $28 billion in contributions.

    Read full article

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 5:07 pm

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Asteroid-mining company crowd sources to build telescope

    0

    A new space start-up company being backed by execs from Google is offering supporters a chance to wow their friends with a photo opportunity that’s quite literally out of this world.

    Planetary Resources of Bellevue, Washington launched a
    crowdfunding campaign on Kickstarter this week in order to bring
    in the money necessary to launch ARKYD, an orbiting telescope
    that will take custom photos for those willing to open up their
    wallets.

    The company got off the ground last year and previously announced
    plans to capture asteroids flying through space with hopes of
    mining the rocks for precious metals and water – that’s why the
    telescopes were originally designed. Now Planetary Resources is
    exploring other endeavors, and wants to bring the public a
    telescope project that can do more than just mine for minerals in
    space.

    “All we are asking is for the public to tell us that they want
    something
    ,” company co-founder Eric Anderson said during a
    press conference on Wednesday, Reuters reported.

    “We’re not going to spend our time and resources to do
    something if people don’t want it and really the only way to
    prove that it’s something people want is to ask them for
    money
    ,” he said.

    The company hopes to raise one million dollars by the end of
    June, and is providing donors with an unusual incentive: for $25,
    a support is sent an image of their choice taken miles above the
    Earth.

    “At its core, the ARKYD is a space telescope. The large, main
    optic is designed to take high-resolution photos of objects in
    space. What truly sets it apart is that we’ve engineered the
    spacecraft with an external screen and a camera arm, allowing us
    to take pictures of the ARKYD as it orbits Earth
    ,” explains
    the company.

    “Your photo (or graphic!) will be displayed on the satellite’s
    external screen overlooking Earth. We will then take a picture
    from our camera arm and send the image back to you
    .”

     

    Planetary Resources is calling the option a “Space Selfie,” and
    thousands of people have already forked over the money to make it
    happen.

    “I want to see a selfie in space,” Planetary Resources’
    president and chief engineer, Chris Lewicki, said during a
    Wednesday press conference.

    That’s just what $25 will earn a donor though. Other options
    include having a video displayed on the telescope’s screen or
    supplying schools with exclusive time to peer into space using
    the satellite’s lenses.

    “If we’re successful, we’ll go off and create the material we
    need to do this public activity and make it happen
    ,” Lewicki
    added to NBC News.

    Two hours after the project went public on Wednesday, Project
    Resources received more than $100,000 in donations. Twenty-four
    hours later, the telescope was just short of the halfway point to
    raising its one

    million dollar goal.

    “[W]e had an extraordinary response …. Tens of thousands of
    people contacted us and wanted to be involved
    ,” founder Peter
    Diamandis said. “We are using this Kickstarter campaign as a
    mechanism to engage the

    community in a productive way
    .”

    The company hopes to launch their first ARKYD, a 33-pound
    satellite with a 2-foot wingspan, in the later half of 2015.
    Planetary Resources is backed by investments courtesy of Google
    CEO Larry Page, Chairman

    Eric Schmidt and director James Cameron.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    ‘S Africa mining affected by problems’

    0

    South African President Jacob Zuma addresses striking miners at a platinum mine in the town of Marikana.(file photo)

    South African President Jacob Zuma says problems including strikes and deadly clashes faced by the mining industry have affected the countryâ„¢s economy.

    Å“When our mining sector is in difficulties, this affects the wider economy, leading to industrial slowdown,” Zuma said on Thursday.

    Reports say that South Africaâ„¢s economy witnessed a growth of about 0.9 % percent in the first quarter of this year which is considered to be a weak recovery for the continentâ„¢s biggest economy since a 2009 recession.

    Referring to the weak recovery, the president said, Å“Without faster growth we cannot succeed in reducing unemployment, poverty and inequality.”

    South Africa’s mining sector has been paralyzed by a series of wildcat strikes over miners’ low pay since August, 2012. Dozens of people have so far been killed in the strike-related violence.

    On February 18, South African security guards shot dead at least five mineworkers outside Amplats Siphumelele mine in the northwestern city of Rustenburg following a clash between rival union factions.

    In November, 2012, clashes between the members of rival South African labor unions at a mine in west of Johannesburg have killed at least two miners.

    The incident took place on November, 22 at the Kusasalethu mine, situated 65 kilometers (40 miles) west of Johannesburg, where fighting was reported between the National Union of Mines (NUM) and the Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union (AMCU)â„¢s members.

    MAM/HN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    GOP Opposes Obama Labor Secretary Nominee Perez

    0

    As the Senate awaits a vote on the confirmation of President Obama’s nominee for secretary of labor, Thomas Perez, it is uncertain as to whether strident Republican opposition to the nominee will delay or even prevent a vote in the Democrat-controlled upper house.

    The last action on Perez’s nomination was on May 16, when the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions (HELP) voted 12-10 along party lines to report the nomination out of committee and send it to the full Senate.

    A Reuters report the day of the committee vote quoted a remark made by Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) the prior week charging that Perez has shown throughout his career a “flippant and dismissive attitude about the boundaries everyone else has to follow” and accused him of being an ideologue. Senator John Cornyn (R-Texas) also condemned Perez’s record on the Senate floor.

    A key point of criticism made by Republicans against Perez is that he convinced St. Paul, Minnesota, officials to withdraw a Supreme Court appeal in exchange for the Justice Department not pursuing allegations that the city filed false claims in a government funding application. Perez is the assistant attorney general for the Civil Rights Division at the Department of Justice.

    In a speech back on May 8, Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell was firm in his criticism of the nominee: “Unbound by the rules that apply to everyone else, Mr. Perez seems to view himself as free to employ whatever means at his disposal, legal or otherwise, to achieve his ideological goals.”

    Reuters quoted a statement about McConnell’s speech made by George Washington University’s Sarah Binder, described as “an expert on Congress,” in which Binder suggested that the GOP leader intended to rally opposition to the nomination.

    “I think it matters that it is Mitch McConnell here, laying the marker down on why he’s opposing the nominee,” said Binder. “There’s no doubt that many nominations are killed by being drawn out and wearing down the nominee,” she continued.

    On May 8, Senator Marco Rubio (R-Fla.) made a statement that he thought Perez would be a “disastrous” choice.

    “Many Americans, especially those of us of Hispanic descent, celebrate his success and his personal story,” Rubio said. “Unfortunately, intellect and work ethic are not sufficient qualifications for a cabinet secretary.”

    White House Press Secretary Jay Carney responded to opposition charges in a statement to reporters: “[Perez] is enormously qualified and there has not been a case made that is not political and partisan against his nomination, and we hope and expect the Senate will move forward.”

    The Tampa Bay News quoted another statement from Rubio on May 8, in which the Florida senator pulled no punches:

    Before joining the Obama Administration, Mr. Perez built a long record as a committed liberal activist and politician, particularly in the areas of labor and immigration. It was that record that gave many senators pause over his initial nomination to be Assistant U.S. Attorney General. Those who voted against his confirmation then feared that he lacked the capacity to put his political agenda aside when he became a federal official tasked with enforcing the law. Unfortunately, his record as Assistant U.S. Attorney General confirmed those fears.

    In a May 9 article in the Washington Post, writer Juliet Eilperin continued an ongoing theme that has often been applied to the immigration reform issue: “Could the campaign to block Perez’s appointment damage the GOP’s standing with Latinos?”

    The writer drew no firm conclusions, and balanced Sen. Rubio’s Hispanic heritage as a mitigating plus against any negative political fallout that might arise from Republican opposition to Obama’s sole Hispanic nominee for his second-term cabinet.

    “Tom Perez has broad and deep support in the Latino community,” Eilperin quoted Janet Murguia, president and CEO of the National Council of La Raza, in an interview. “It’s just not helpful for Republicans to be seen as taking down what is seen as a qualified candidate.” But as journalist Alex Newman noted in an online article for The New American on July 9, 2012: 

    “Despite receiving millions of dollars from taxpayers, ‘La Raza’ is a deeply divisive outfit known for race-mongering and advancing flawed collectivist notions of Latinos and Hispanics as a monolithic bloc rather than unique individuals – bizarrely emphasizing ‘race’ and ‘ethnicity,’ superficial and largely irrelevant characteristics, above other, more important traits.”

    The article also quoted Glen Bolger, identified as a Republican pollster at Public Opinion Strategies, who said he is skeptical that the political battle over a Labor Secretary nominee will influence public opinion about where Republicans stand on “Hispanic issues.”

    “Latino voters are paying a lot more attention to immigration reform and what happens to that than a nomination to a Cabinet post in a Cabinet that has not played a major role with this president,” said Bolger. “This is a much, much smaller factor in how voters perceive the GOP than what Republicans in the House and Senate do on immigration.”

    Among the liberal-left organizations with historic ties to the Democrat Party that are solid Perez cheerleaders is the Teamsters Union, which posted an online article on May 17 headlined “Teamsters Applaud Senate Labor Committee Vote to Approve Perez Nomination.” 

    “Thomas Perez is the right choice for Labor Secretary and the Senate needs to get him confirmed as soon as possible,” Teamsters General President Jim Hoffa was quoted in the article. “I believe that we can take a significant step toward getting this country back on track with Perez running the Labor Department.”

    The Perez nomination vote is as sharply divided along partisan lines as most other issues. But the nominee’s unfavorable track record is likely to bolster Republican efforts to derail his confirmation. 

    Bill Wilson, a member of the board of directors of Americans for Limited Government, recalled in a May 28 column that three years ago Perez testified under oath before the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights about a well-documented 2008 voter intimidation case involving the New Black Panther Party. Wilson writes: “During his testimony, Perez stated that no political leadership at the U.S. Justice Department was involved in the decision to dismiss several defendants in that high profile case. This testimony turned out to be patently false – with the Justice Department’s own inspector general later noting Perez’s testimony ‘did not reflect the entire story regarding the involvement of political appointees.’ ”

    The Perez nomination vote is not (and should not be) a referendum on the ethnic identity or friendliness to big, organized labor of the next secretary of labor, but an effort to evaluate the fitness of a Cabinet secretary to uphold the Constitution of the United States. With enough deliberation, the proper decision should be made.

    Photo of Thomas Perez: AP Images

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Connecticut lawmakers approve driver’s licenses for illegal immigrants

    0

    foxnews.com
    May 30, 2013

    The Connecticut state Senate has approved a bill that would allow illegal immigrants to obtain driver’s licenses, surmounting Republican opposition.

    The bill, which cleared the state House last week, passed 19-16 in the Senate early Thursday.

    Under the plan, immigrants would be able to obtain driver’s licenses beginning in January 2015. Applicants would need documentation proving their identities and showing they have lived in the state for at least 90 days. They also would have to pass driving tests and background checks verifying they have no felony convictions in the state.


    Read more

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 4:42 pm

    Tags: ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Iconic Empire State Building goes public

    0


    The big Apple’s most famous landmark, the Empire State Building, is going up for sale in an initial public offering. The skyscraper’s value is estimated at $2.33bn after debt.

    The current owners are a private firm called Empire State Realty
    Trust Inc, which owns 19 other properties in the New York area,
    but its crown jewel is the 1930s monolith.

    The ownership of the 102-storey tower was split into 2800
    ownership units in the 1960s. Holders of 80% of the units have
    agreed to the IPO according to documents filed with the US
    Securities and Exchange Commission on Wednesday. 

    The date of IPO is yet to be announced. The Trust estimates it
    will raise $1 billion in the IPO.

    The Empire State Building was built in 1931 and in the early
    1960s the ownership units in the iconic symbol of New York were
    sold for $10,000 each. Today a unit is estimated to be worth more
    than $320,000, but the IPO will determine its true market
    value.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Man jailed for threatening Obama on Twitter

    0

    A Florida man has been sentenced to prison after pleading guilty to threatening United States President Barack Obama over Twitter.

    Donte Jamar Sims, 22, will serve six months in prison plus one
    year of supervised release for tweets he published last year. He
    pleaded guilty to threatening the president’s life last October
    and was sentenced in a Charlotte, North Carolina courtroom on
    Wednesday.

    Authorities obtained a search warrant for user records pertaining
    to the Twitter account “DestroyLeague_D” last year after becoming
    aware of at least five tweets that discussed plotting to kill the
    president in advance of Mr. Obama’s address at the 2012
    Democratic National Convention in September. They were able to
    link the social media account to Sims, who went on to plead
    guilty to one count of knowingly and willfully making a threat to
    take the life of the president.

    “Plotting president Obama’s Murder,” “Ima Assassinate president
    Obama this evening!” and “The Secret Service is gonna be
    defenseless once I aim the Assault Rifle at Barack’s Forehead”
    were three of the micromessages that raised the suspicion of
    authorities.

    Sims told investigators that he had been smoking marijuana when
    he made the remarks over Twitter.

     

    “Sims stated that he published the statements because he hated
    President Obama,
    ” a Secret Service agent wrote in an
    affidavit last year. “Sims asserted that he was high on
    marijuana when he made the threats but that he understood what he
    was doing and that it was wrong
    .”

    “He asserted that he was sorry he sent the messages
    threatening to kill the president of the United States and
    provided me with a written apology,
    ” wrote the agent.

    According to the Charlotte Observer, Sims entered his guilty plea
    in October in hopes of avoiding a prison sentence. Citing the
    seriousness of the crime, however, a federal judge decided
    ultimately that a six-month stint behind bars was warranted.

    Chief US District Judge Robert Conrad said “the seriousness of
    the offense and the need for the sentence to promote a respect
    for the law
    ” prompted him to order the sentence, the paper
    reported.

    Sims faced a maximum of five years in prison and a $250,000 fine.
    Obama arrived in Charlotte days after Sims’ tweets were published
    and accepted the Democratic Party’s nomination to run for a
    second term. He defeated Republican challenger Mitt Romney in
    November.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Regime-change case for Poirot: Syria conflict as ‘whodunnit?'

    0

    ‘The ABC Murders’ comes to my mind every time I think of Libya and Syria and the ‘Arab Spring.’ When do you notice an individual ‘regime change’ least? Answer: When it is in a series of ‘regime changes’.

    “When do you notice a pin least? When it is in a pin cushion!
    When do you notice an individual murder least? When it is one of
    a series of related murders
    “.

    So declares the great Belgian detective Hercule Poirot as he
    unveils the murderer in Agatha Christie’s classic mystery ‘The
    ABC Murders’.

    The plot, for those who have never read the book, involves a
    serial killer who seems to be fascinated by the letters of the
    alphabet. A Mrs Ascher is found murdered in Andover. Betty
    Barnard is murdered in Bexhill. Sir Carmichael Clarke is murdered
    in Churston. Beside each corpse lies a copy of the ‘ABC Railway
    Guide’. It seems that the police are dealing with a madman who is
    murdering his way through the alphabet. But in fact, the murderer
    had sought to disguise one of his murders – one in which he
    gained substantial financial benefit – to make it look as if it
    was part of a series of murders.

    The US and its closest allies saw the wave of pro-democracy
    protests sweeping the Middle East in early 2011 as a great
    opportunity to bring down governments which were annoyingly
    independent and which did not suit their geopolitical interests.
    The fall of Ben Ali in Tunisia didn’t concern them unduly- they
    knew that the new government would be Islamist-led and wouldn’t
    radically change Tunisia’s foreign policy or economic policy. The
    same with Egypt: Hosni Mubarak was well past his sell-by date and
    the likely Muslim Brotherhood-led government which would take
    over could be guaranteed to be similarly obedient to Washington.
    Yes, the rhetoric on certain issues, like Palestine, would be
    different, but Cairo would still be heavily dependent on US aid
    and so policy wouldn’t change too much at all. The US and
    its allies could therefore pose as the ‘good guys’ in welcoming
    the ‘revolutions’ against western-backed leaders in Tunisia and
    Egypt, knowing that their strategic interests would not be
    seriously threatened.

    Anti-government protesters throw stones at Muslim Brotherhood members during clashes near Cairo's Tahrir Square April 19, 2013.(Reuters / Mohamed Abd El Ghany)

    But while the US was in a ‘win-win’ scenario with Tunisia and
    Egypt, with Libya and Syria it was very different. These were two
    countries whose regimes Washington, London and Paris really
    wanted out. Muammar Gaddafi had long been a maverick with
    ‘dangerous’ ideas about Pan-Africanism, while the secular
    Ba’athist government in Syria was targeted because of its support
    for Hezbollah and Iran. But there was a problem: the governments
    in both these cases had

    plenty of popular support, more than Mubarak had in Egypt.
    Therefore it was important that anti-government protests were
    militarised from an early stage. In Libya, it became apparent
    that anti-government rebels would need direct NATO support to
    topple Gaddafi, so that’s what they got. A UN resolution which
    was supposed to have been about protecting civilians against
    government forces, was used to engineer a violent regime
    change-illegal in international law.  

    An anti-Gaddafi fighter test fires his machine gun near the frontline in the north of the besieged city of Bani Walid September 11, 2011.(Reuters / Youssef Boudlal)

    In Syria, millions of dollars have poured in to help the
    anti-government rebels achieve regime change through violence:
    attempts to find peaceful, democratic solutions, based on Syria’s
    new constitution, have been rejected as they might leave
    President Assad and the Ba’athists in power and the alliance
    between Damascus, Tehran and Hezbollah intact. 

    The US and its closest allies were banking that when the
    governments in Tripoli and Damascus eventually fell people around
    the world would see Gaddafi and Assad as merely the latest
    victims of the ‘Arab spring’- a grass roots pro-democracy
    movement, sweeping away tyrants one after another. When the media
    spotlight had moved away from the countries in question, the new
    ‘democratic’ governments would quickly change their country’s
    foreign policy and start privatising large swathes of the
    economy.

    But the plan – despite the toppling of Gaddafi – has gone badly
    awry. For a start, the US and its allies enthusiasm for the
    ‘Arab Spring’ in Libya and Syria has — revealingly – not been
    matched by an enthusiasm for the ‘Arab Spring’ in Bahrain, Saudi
    Arabia and Jordan, other Arab countries where there has been
    pro-democracy protests.

    ‘Regime change’ is most emphatically not meant to happen in these
    countries: the ‘rebels’ there won’t be receiving any weapons from
    the US, Britain or France, nor are there any calls for the
    leaders in question to step down and hand power to the
    opposition. 

    And it’s clear to many that in Syria, what we have in 2013 is not
    so much a pro-democracy movement ranged against an uncompromising
    tyranny, but a foreign-backed proxy war involving hardcore
    radical Islamists fighting against a secular government which
    since 2011 has made democratic reforms and which commands
    sizeable support in the population at large.

    The murderer’s scheme in the ABC’s Murders was clever, but not
    clever enough to fool Hercule Poirot. The US and its closest
    allies were clever too, when it came to trying to use the Arab
    Spring to their own advantage. But they’ve been found out too, as
    we can now all see their support for the ‘Arab Spring’ for what
    it really is- a cover to violently topple independently-minded
    governments which don’t toe the line and which have the ‘wrong’
    international friends.

    Neil Clark for RT

    Twitter
    @NeilClark66

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Turkey finds sarin gas in homes of suspected Syrian Islamists — reports

    0



    Published time: May 30, 2013 16:56
    Edited time: May 30, 2013 20:00

    Download video (22.6 MB)
    Embed

    Code

    Turkish security forces found a 2kg cylinder with sarin gas after searching the homes of Syrian militants from the Al-Qaeda linked Al-Nusra Front who were previously detained, Turkish media reports. The gas was reportedly going to be used in a bomb.

    The sarin gas was found in the homes of suspected Syrian
    Islamists detained in the southern provinces of Adana and Mersia
    following a search by Turkish police on Wednesday, reports say.
    The gas was allegedly going to be used to carry out an attack in
    the southern Turkish city of Adana.

    On Monday, Turkish special anti-terror forces arrested 12
    suspected members of the Al-Nusra Front, the Al-Qaeda affiliated
    group which has been dubbed “the most aggressive and successful
    arm” of the Syrian rebels. The group was designated a terrorist
    organization by the United States in December.

    Police also reportedly found a cache of weapons, documents and
    digital data which will be reviewed by police.

    Following the searches, five of those detained were released
    following medical examinations at the Forensic Medicine
    Institution Adana. Seven suspects remain in custody. Turkish
    authorities are yet to comment on the arrests.

    In a separate incident in Adana, police reportedly received
    intelligence that an explosive-laden vehicle had entered the town
    of Adana on Thursday, the Taraf daily reports.

    Ankara has attempted to bolster the Syrian opposition without
    becoming embroiled in the Syrian civil war, a policy which
    Damascus claims lead to the deadliest act of terrorism on Turkish
    soil.

    On May 11, 51 people were killed and 140 injured after two car bombs exploded in the Turkish town of
    Reyhanlı, located near the country’s border with Syria.A dozen
    Turkish nationals have been charged in the twin bombings, and
    Ankara has accused Damascus of helping the suspects carry out
    the attack.

    “This incident was carried out by an organization which is in
    close contact to pro-regime groups in Syria and I say this very
    clearly, with the Syrian Mukhabarat [intelligence agency],”

    Interior Minister Muammer Guler said.

    Syria’s Information Minister Omran Zoubi denied any link the
    attack, saying his country “did not commit and would never commit
    such an act because our values would not allow that”.Zoubi
    further charged the Turkish government had facilitated the flow
    of arms, explosives, funds and fighters across the country’s
    border into Syria, claiming that that Turkish Prime Minister
    Recep Tayyip Erdogan and his party bear direct responsibility
    [for the attack].”

    Reports of chemical weapons use by both Damascus and the Syrian
    opposition have surrounded the conflict in Syria for months.

    In March, the Syrian government invited the United Nations to
    investigate possible chemical weapons use in the Khan al-Assal
    area of rural Aleppo. Military experts and officials said a
    chemical agent, most likely sarin, was used in the attack which
    killed 26 people, including government forces.

    Damascus claimed Al-Qaeda linked fighters were behind the attack, further alleging Turkey had a
    hand in the incident.

    “The rocket came from a placed controlled by the terrorist and
    which is located close to the Turkish territory. One can assume
    that the weapon came from Turkey,”
    Zoabi said in an interview
    with Interfax news agency.

    US President Barack Obama has warned any confirmed use of chemical weapons by
    Damascus would cross a “red line” which would prompt
    further action. Both Washington and London claimed there was
    growing evidence that such chemical agents had been used.

    A day before the Reyhanlı bombing, Erdogan released a statement
    claiming he had evidence the Syrian government had had used
    chemical weapons, crossing the red line set by President
    Obama.The accusation contradicted a statement made at the time by
    a leading UN investigator.Carla Del Ponte, who heads

    The Independent International Commission of Inquiry on Syria,
    said there were “concrete suspicions but not yet
    incontrovertible proof of the use of sarin gas”
    in Syria.

    “This was use on the part of the opposition, the rebels, not
    by the government authorities,”
    Del Ponte continued.

    Exposure to large quantities of sarin gas, whose production and
    stockpiling was outlawed by the Chemical Weapons Convention of
    1993, causes convulsions, paralysis, loss of respiratory
    functions and potentially death.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    CIA whistleblower imprisoned despite prosecutor's promise

    0

    The former CIA analyst who spoke out against the agency’s use of torture says he’s been deemed a “threat to public safety” and is serving his prison sentence in a crowded jail cell despite being promised admission to a federal work camp.

    John Kiriakou, 48, has been at Loretto Federal Correctional
    Institution near Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania since February after he
    took a plea deal offered by the federal government. He was facing
    decades in prison if convicted under the charge initially lobbed
    by the US Department of Justice, violating the Espionage Act, but
    the government allowed him last year to plead guilty to a single
    count of disclosing information that identified a covert agent in
    exchange for a lesser sentence.

    Kiriakou made headlines in 2007 when he spoke at length to
    reporters at ABC News about the Central Intelligence Agency’s use
    of waterboarding as an interrogation tool against suspected
    terrorists. Prior to the interview he spent several years working
    for the agency abroad following the terrorist attacks of
    September 11, 2001, serving as head of counterterrorism
    operations in Pakistan before leaving the CIA and condemning his
    country’s use of torture. Now three months into his prison
    sentence, the website Firedoglake has published the first of
    Kiriakou’s “Letters from Loretto.”

    “I arrived here on February 28, 2013 to serve a 30-month
    sentence for violating the Intelligence Identities Protection act
    of 1982. At least that’s what the government wants people to
    believe. In truth, this is my punishment for blowing the whistle
    on the CIA’s illegal torture program and for telling the public
    that torture was official US government policy,
    ” Kiriakou
    writes. “But that’s a different story. The purpose of this
    letter is to tell you about prison life.
    ”

    Despite being told by prosecutors and the presiding judge that
    he’d serve his sentence in Loretto’s Federal Work Camp, Kiriakou
    says he has been held at the main facility because the Bureau of
    Prisons deemed him a “threat to the public safety.”

    “My cell is more like a cubicle made out of concrete block.
    Built to hold four men, mine holds six. Most others hold
    eight
    ,” he writes.

    Kiriakou says he volunteered to teach fellow prisoners as part of
    Loretto’s GED program, but his counselor dismissed his request.
    He now works as a janitor in the prison’s chapel and makes just
    over five dollars a

    month.

    In regards to the other inmates, Kiriakou says he’s been largely
    accepted into the prison.

    “My reputation preceded me, and a rumor got started that I was
    a CIA hitman. The Aryans whispered that I was a ‘Muslim hunter,’
    but the Muslims, on the strength of my Arabic language skills and
    a well-timed statement of support from Louis Farrakhan have
    lauded me as a champion of Muslim human rights. Meanwhile, the
    Italians have taken a liking to me because I’m patriotic, as they
    are, and I have a visceral dislike of the FBI, which they do as
    well. I have good relations with the blacks because I’ve helped
    several of them write communication appeals or letters to judges
    and I don’t charge anything for it. And the Hispanics respect me
    because my cellmates, who represent a myriad of Latin drug gangs,
    have told them to. So far, so good,
    ” he writes.

    Elsewhere, Kiriakou says that Loretto’s Special Investigative
    Service, “the prison version of every police department’s
    detective bureau,
    ” tried to convince him that a fellow
    inmate, allegedly the uncle of an accused terrorist, was told to
    kill him.

    “But the more I thought about it, the more this made no sense.
    Why would the uncle of the Times Square bomber be in a
    low-security prison
    ?” he writes.

    “In the meantime, SIS told him that I had made a call to
    Washington after we met, and that I had been instructed to kill
    him! We both laughed at the ham-handedness by which SIS tried to
    get us to attack each other. If we had, we could have spent the
    rest of our sentences in the SHU – solitary. Instead, we’re
    friendly, we exchange greetings in Arabic and English, and we
    chat
    ,” he says.

    He also says that his cell was ransacked by prison officials in a
    shake-down after correcting a guard who mispronounced his name.

     

    “Lesson learned: [Corrections officers] can treat us like
    subhumans but we have to show them faux respect even when it’s
    not earned
    ,” he says.

    Kiriakou is expected to finish his sentence in August 2015.
    Before going to Loretto, he said at an event in Washington, “I
    never tortured anybody, but I’m heading to prison while the
    torturers and the lawyers

    who papered over it and the people who deceived it and the men
    who destroyed the proof of it—the tapes— will never face
    justice
    .”

    In 2012, Kiriakou was indicted on one count of violating the
    Intelligence Identities Protection Act, three counts of violating
    the Espionage Act, and one count of making false statements. He
    pleaded to the IIPA violation last October, prompting then-CIA
    director David Petraeus to hail the conviction.

    “This case yielded the first IIPA successful prosecution in 27
    years, and it marks an important victory for our Agency, for our
    Intelligence Community, and for our country
    ,” Petraeus said.
    “Oaths do matter, and there are indeed consequences for those
    who believe they are above the laws.
    ” Petraeus resigned two
    months later after it was revealed that he had an extramarital
    affair with his biographer.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Dartmouth students punished for protesting rape

    0

    Students at Dartmouth College have filed a federal complaint alleging that the school charged them with violating the student code of conduct for staging a protest against sexual assault.

    “At least two thirds of the protesters have now received
    disciplinary letters, and it seems random — some people who were
    featured prominently in the protest didn’t, and others did,”

    Karenina Rojas, one of the protesters and a college senior, told
    ThinkProgress.

    On April 19, a group of sexual violence prevention activists
    held a rally in which they accused the school of underreporting
    cases of sexual assault, racism and homophobia. A student group
    called Real Talk Dartmouth interrupted an event called
    Dimensions, which is held annually to attract prospective
    students. One student was carrying a sign that stated, “I Was
    Called A ‘Fag’ In My Freshman Dorm”. 

    “We were protesting sexual assault on this campus, and the
    administration’s failure to respond to homophobia and racism on
    campus,”
    Nastassja Schmiedt, a sophomore at Dartmouth, told
    The Huffington Post. “We were informally informing the college
    of civil rights violations.”
     

    School officials tried to prevent the protesters from entering
    the area where the event was held, but the students violated the
    orders and disrupted it anyway, giving prospective students a
    glimpse of sexual assault and homophobia on campus.

    Some of the protesters subsequently received rape and death
    threats from other students. When these threats were reported to
    the school, Dartmouth College officials said that the ‘public
    disruption’ caused by the protesters was equally as serious as
    the rape threats they received thereafter.

    “I don’t understand it at all because not following directions
    seems like something incredibly benign,”
    Rojas told the
    campus newspaper, The Dartmouth.

    This week, at least 10 students who were involved in the protest
    received letters informing them that they may have violated the
    school’s code of conduct for their refusal to follow college
    officials’ instructions to avoid the 1953 Commons, the dining
    hall where the event for prospective students was held.

    A group of students, seven of which received letters from the
    administration’s Judicial Affairs Office, have now filed a
    federal Clery Act complaint against Dartmouth, claiming that the
    school is retaliating against them. The complaint, which has been
    sent to the US Department of Education, includes testimonies from
    more than 30 students and alumni, which claim that the
    administration is creating a hostile environment by failing to
    address cases of sexual assault, racism and homophobia.

    “Dartmouth is a business, and it runs like a business selling
    its prestige,”
    Anna Winham, a college junior, told the campus
    newspaper. “Its prestige can be threatened by lawsuits
    against it such as the Clery Act complaint against it. It’s a way
    to force Dartmouth’s hand and make it change.” 

    Rojas told ThinkProgress that the administration’s actions
    against the protesters are more drastic than previous responses
    to student uprisings.

    “I was a member of Occupy Dartmouth, and we occupied the
    student center for months… We definitely failed to comply with
    directions, and we were never disciplined like this,”
    Rojas
    said, adding that the United Students Against Sweatshops group
    was never drastically punished either.

    In the end, the sophomore said she wants Dartmouth to address the
    issue of sexual assault in the same way that it is addressing the
    issue of violating school officials’ orders to avoid disrupting
    an event.

    “If we broke a rule, we should be punished — but we ask the
    administration to also punish serial rapists,
    ” Rojas said.
    “The fact is that Dartmouth is punishing protesters who are
    very visible, but won’t punish students who commit assaults.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Schools scanned students' irises without permission

    0

    Parents in Polk County, Florida are outraged after learning that students in area schools had their irises scanned as part of a new security program without obtaining proper permission.

    Students at three facilities – an elementary school, a grade
    school and a high school – had their eyeballs scanned earlier
    this month as part of a ‘student safety’ pilot program being
    carried out by Stanley Convergent Security Solutions.

    “It simply takes a picture of the iris, which is unique to
    every individual,”
    Rob Davis, the school board’s senior
    director of support services, wrote home to parents in a letter
    dated May 23. “With this program, we will be able to identify
    when and where a student gets on the bus, when they arrive at
    their school location, when and what bus the student boards and
    disembarks in the afternoon. This is an effort to further enhance
    the safety of our students.The EyeSwipe-Nano is an ideal
    replacement for the card based system since your child will not
    have to be responsible for carrying an identification card,”

    he added.

    Parents at Daniel Jenkins Academy, Bephune Academy and the
    Davenport School of the Arts received the letter from the school
    board on May 24 informing them of the EyeSwipe-Nano program and
    that their child’s principal should be notified if they don’t
    want their son or daughter to participate.

    But elsewhere in the letter, the board explained that the program
    would begin last Monday, May 20. By the time the letter was
    received on Friday, iris scans had already been completed at the
    three area schools without a single student opting out, Angel
    Clark wrote for The Examiner this week.

    Because Memorial Day landed on May 27, parents were unable to
    receive confirmation from the school until this Tuesday, nearly
    one week after the scans began.

    In the letter, Davis described the scanning as a safe and
    noninvasive way of collecting students’ biometric data as a way
    of ensuring the safety of pupils in the Polk County school
    district. Parents are appalled that they weren’t informed of the
    program ahead of time, though, and are calling it an invasion of
    privacy.

    “It seems like they are mostly focused on this program, like
    the program was the problem. It’s not, it’s the invasion of my
    family’s Constitutional right to privacy that is the problem, as
    well as the school allowing a private company access to my child
    without my consent or permission
    ,” one concerned parent wrote
    in a Facebook post that has since been shared hundreds of times.
    “This is stolen information, and we cannot retrieve it.”

    When the parent reached the school on Tuesday, she was told that
    the program was suspended.

    Reporter Michelle Malkin caught up with Davis on Wednesday and he
    apologized for the board’s actions and confirmed that the data
    had been destroyed.

    “Davis told me that ‘it is a mistake on our part’ that a
    notification letter to parents did not go out on May 17,
    ” she
    wrote. “He blamed a secretary who had a ‘medical
    emergency
    .’”

    Polks planned to install EyeSwipe-Nano units on 17 local school
    busses starting next year. The scandal comes just months after a
    high school student in Texas was suspended for refusing to wear
    an identification card to class.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Miami cops choke teenager because he gave them a stare

    0

    A 14-year-old teenage boy was choked, slammed to the ground and arrested by Miami police officers who claim the teen stared at them in a “dehumanizing” way.

    Tremaine McMillian, an African-American teenage boy from southern
    Florida, spent Memorial Day on the beach with his family. While
    he was ‘rough-housing’ with another teen on Haulover Beach,
    police drove by on an ATV and told him that his behavior was
    unacceptable. They asked the boy where his parents where,
    and McMillian walked away. 

    The Miami-Dade police officers subsequently jumped off their ATVs
    to restrain the teen, claiming he gave them “dehumanizing
    stares”
    and “appeared threatening.” Maurissa Holmes,
    the mother of the boy, captured the incident on her cell phone.
    Video footage shows one police officer choking the 14-year-old
    boy while the other officer is restraining him.

    “He started choking me, and as he was choking me, I urinated
    on myself because I couldn’t breathe,”
    McMillian told WSVN-TV
    after the incident. The boy’s mother was close by and ran over to
    the officers, telling them to get off. They told her to stand
    back.

    “I ran over with my son and used my cell phone when I saw my
    son and he couldn’t breathe,”
    she told CBS4. “There was no
    reason to slam him on the ground like that the way they did. He’s
    a child, not an adult. For them to jump off their ATV and do
    this, this is wrong. I want justice. You don’t do that to a
    child.”

    After the incident, the police said McMilliam clenched his fists,
    which made him appear threatening. But the boy says he was
    carrying and taking care of his Pit Bull puppy and giving the dog
    milk from a bottle right before the police attacked him, making
    it impossible for his fists to be clenched.

     “That police report was not accurate,” the boy’s
    mother told CBS4. McMillian said the report also failed to
    mention the presence of his dog, which was also hurt by the
    officers.

    “I feel sad. [The officer] got in front of me… and he slammed
    my hand,”
    the teen said, describing the incident. “Then he
    started choking me. Then my 6-week old Pit Bull mix named Polo
    got hurt and bruised his front paw when the police grabbed me and
    slammed me down. It makes me feel sad.”

    Kearra McMillian, the victim’s sister, feels equally saddened by
    the event, and believes the officers responded out of rage that
    they were being ignored.

    “My brother did nothing wrong,” she said. “He didn’t
    say anything to the officer. He just kept walking. I guess they
    just got mad because he wouldn’t stop.”

    Miami-Dade Police Detective Alvaro Zabaleta defended the actions
    of the officers, claiming they did the right thing in restraining
    someone who appeared hostile, and that they had no choice but to
    take the boy into custody after he resisted their orders. He
    claims that flailing arms and clenched fists are considered a
    threat, and that the reports of the puppy’s presence are
    insignificant. McMillian has been charged with resisting arrest
    with violence, which is a felony, and disorderly conduct.

    An assistant public defender at the Juvenile Justice Center has
    entered a plea of not guilty on behalf of the 14-year-old. Judge
    Maria DeJesus Santoveria has ordered a trial for the boy, which
    has been scheduled to begin July 16.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    ‘Dickensian Britain’: Half a million rely on food banks, charities reveal

    0

    500,000 people in the UK are resorting to food banks because of squeezes on benefits, wage cuts and the continuing economic downturn, with numbers trebling over the past year, a report by two leading British charities has warned.

    A joint report by Oxfam and Church Action on Poverty has said
    that despite Britain’s position as one of the richest nations in
    the world an alarmingly high number of people are now forced to
    ask for help to feed themselves.

    The charities said that reassessment of entitlement to invalidity
    benefits, new jobseekers allowance sanctions, and below-inflation
    rises in payments are the biggest reason for a surge in demand in
    food banks.

    “The single biggest reason is delays or sanctions or problems
    with people’s benefit payments. And that is tied directly to the
    reforms and the cuts that are going on with benefits;
    increasingly they are having sanctions where their benefits

    are just stopped, which are being used in a very harsh and
    arbitrary way,”
    Liam Purcell, Communications Officer for
    Church Action on Poverty, told RT.

     As well as those on benefits, food uncertainty has been
    exacerbated by wage cuts and falling living standards of many
    people in employment, with many also having the hours they can
    work cut.

    “The shocking reality is that hundreds of thousands of people
    in the UK are turning to food aid. Cuts to social safety-nets
    have gone too far, leading to destitution, hardship and hunger on
    a large scale. It is unacceptable this is

    happening in the seventh wealthiest nation on earth,”
    Mark
    Goldring, the Chief Executive of Oxfam, told reporters.

    The problem is exacerbated by the fact that the poorest people in
    the UK pay more for food than their richer counterparts. A
    selection of groceries was 69% more expensive in some of the
    poorest parts of the country according to the report, a
    reflection of the poor amount of choice in lower end groceries
    and supermarkets.

    At least 4 million people in the UK do not have access to a
    healthy diet, while 13 million live below the poverty line, the
    report said. 

    A former adviser to the World Health Organization, Tim Lang, told
    the Independent earlier this month that Britain was returning to
    a “Dickensian” model of welfare. He was referring to
    Charles Dickens, an English author from the 19th

    century who wrote graphically about poverty in urban Victorian
    Britain in novels like Oliver Twist.

    The Trussel Trust, which is the biggest organizer of food banks
    in Britain, said that last year almost 350,000 people received at
    least three days emergency food, a 170 percent increase compared
    to just 130,000 in 2011-2012. But because there are other
    organizations that also dish out food handouts the Oxfam report
    estimates that the number of people reliant on charitable food
    donations is well over half a million.

    In 2011 and 2012 the Trussel Trust was opening two to three food
    banks a week and that in the London Borough of Tower Hamlets, a
    poor area in East London, the working poor are also starting to
    use food banks, explained Denise Bently, the manager of the Tower
    Hamlets food bank.

    The trust now runs 350 food banks, manned by 30,000 volunteers,
    with about 3 new centers opening up each week.

    But the government insists that welfare payments are in line with
    inflation and that families can afford to feed themselves.

    Ed Davey the Energy Secretary told MPs earlier this month that it
    was “completely wrong to suggest there is some sort of
    statistical link between the benefit system reforms we are making
    and the provision of food banks.”

    The dependence on food banks is reflective of a widening chasm in
    the UK between the rich and the poor, with inequality now higher
    than it has been for almost eighty years, Purcell said.

    “Inequality in the UK is now the highest it has been since the
    1930’s, according to the latest figures it has been growing and
    growing under governments of all parties and there is massive
    evidence now that inequality is bad for everyone in

    society.”



    He emphasized that the UK should not be heading in a direction
    where charity replaces government responsibility.

    “What most people who know about this issue will say is that
    food banks should not replace the safety net of the welfare
    state, that’s not what they are intended for. They’re meant to be
    an emergency short term response, we can’t have a situation where
    the government is abnegating its responsibility and leaving
    people to depend entirely on charity to be fed,”
    Purcell told
    RT.

    Purcell added that one of the recommendations of the report was
    that the government takes action on tax dodging. If the big
    corporations and the wealthy paid their fair share of tax, then
    there would be much less need for cuts to vital public services
    and benefits.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Discovery of Monsanto GMO wheat threatens US exports

    0

    The discovery of a Monsanto-created, genetically modified strain of wheat in the US that was never approved by the United States Department of Agriculture has imperiled US exports of a staple world food commodity.

    Japanese authorities have already opted to cancel part of a
    tender offer to buy US western white wheat and have suspended
    imports of both that variety and feed wheat, Reuters reported on
    Thursday.

    “We will refrain from buying western white and feed wheat
    effective today,”
    Toru Hisadome, a Japanese farm ministry
    official in charge of wheat trading, told the agency.

    Japan, the biggest buyer of US wheat behind Mexico, will continue
    buying hard red winter and spring wheat from the US as well as
    grains from Canada, which are used for the production of bread
    and noodles.

    However, Hisadome said the government has asked US authorities to
    provide more details of their ongoing investigation and Japan
    will stop buying the suspended species of wheat until a test kit
    is developed to identify genetically modified produce.

    There is currently no US approved test kit to identify
    genetically engineered wheat. The USDA has said it is developing
    a “rapid test” kit.

    Other major Asian importers like Korea, China and the Philippines
    said they were closely monitoring the situation, while the
    European Union is set to test any incoming shipments, saying it
    will block any containing GM wheat.

    Following the announcement, wheat for July delivery fell 8.25
    cents to $6.945 a bushel on the Chicago Board of Trade.

    The wheat, created by Monsanto Co., appeared on an 80-acre farm
    in Oregon in April. On Wednesday, the US Department of
    Agriculture (USDA) said it had conducted a genetic test on the
    wheat and found that it was an experimental type created by the
    US agribusiness giant which had never been approved for sale.

    Following the discovery of the GMO wheat, USDA Acting Deputy
    Secretary Michael Scuse said that state agriculture directors in
    Oregon, Washington and Idaho are now coordinating a multi-state
    investigation, and foreign trade representatives in Canada,
    Mexico and Asia have been contacted.  

    The USDA has never approved any GMO strain of wheat to be grown
    in the US, but Monsanto field tested a genetically engineered
    variety from 1998 through 2005. It was never put into use
    however, due to global opposition to genetically engineered
    cereal grains. Wheat remains an exception however, as more than
    60 genetically modified crops have been approved for US food and
    feed supplies.

    The top three GMO crops grown in the US are soy, corn and cotton,
    according to the USDA. Some Eighty-eight perc ent of corn and 93
    pe rcent of soybeans grown in the US are genetically modified.

    Although the United States produces only 10 percent of world
    wheat it is consistently the world’s biggest wheat exporter. With
    world trade in wheat greater than for all other crops combined,
    Wednesday’s findings could dent US export prospects at a time
    when the USDA is expecting record global production, boosted by a
    48 percent hike in Russian output and a 40 percent gain from
    Ukraine.

    However, the USDA says US exports will likely fall 9.8 percent to
    25.2 million tons in the year that starts on June 1, Bloomberg
    reports.  

    “This is not something we need to see when exports are
    suffering anyway,
    ” Darrell Holaday, the president of Advanced
    Market Concepts in Wamego, Kansas, told the New York based agency
    in a telephone interview. “It’s a negative story during a
    negative export time, and if the Black Sea keeps getting rain
    it’s going to be a tough, competitive wheat market.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    ‘Int. reps to lay Syria conf. groundwork’

    0

    ËœInternational representatives to lay Syria conf. groundworkâ„¢

    Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov (L) and UN envoy for Syria Lakhdar Brahimi talk during a meeting in Moscow, Russia, December 29.

    The representatives of the US, Russia, and the United Nations will meet in Geneva next week to make preparations for an international conference on Syria in the Swiss city in mid-June, the UN says.

    “We can confirm that on 5 June, 2013 in Geneva, US, Russian and UN officials will hold a three-way meeting to further the preparations for the international conference on Syria envisioned under the US-Russian initiative,” a statement said.

    The UNâ„¢s envoy to Syria Lakhdar Brahimi and its Undersecretary-General for Political Affairs Jeffrey Feltman will represent the world body but the names of the American and Russian envoys to the three-way meeting are not known yet.

    While Syria’s Foreign Minister Walid al-Muallem announced ON May 26 that his country would agree Å“in principle” to attending the conference, the Western-backed opposition group, the so-called Syrian National Council, said on Thursday it would not take part in the event.

    The opposition groups have once again called for the ouster of President Bashar al-Assad as a precondition for participating in the international meeting, a stance criticized by Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov on Thursday as unrealistic.

    The first Geneva meeting was held last June but it failed to yield any results as it envisioned a power transition in the crisis-hit Arab country without considering any role for Assad.

    MA/HN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    The Ad that Will Be Seen Around the World

    0

    911 Blogger
    May 30, 2013

    The “metro” version of the ad is one of several that are being developed for various types of outdoor media. The highway billboard version will be much simpler. Read the fascinating story below about the design and polling of the ReThink911 ad.

    WTC 7 to Take Center Stage with $600K Ad Campaign

    Yes… you read that right: $600,000. ReThink911* (a.k.a. Operation Tip the Planet) has raised $300,000 in pledges to match every dollar YOU raise by July 31 for this massive September advertising campaign.

    Here’s how it’s going to work:

    The ReThink911 campaign will distribute the $300,000 that has already been pledged based on the fundraising you do for your city (team) on a first-come, first-serve basis.  Once your city/team reaches its minimum fundraising target ($1,000, $2,000, $3,000, or $4,000, depending on the size of your city), funds raised by your team will be matched by ReThink911, doubling your team’s amount to pay for subway, bus or billboard ads in your community! **

    Twelve specially designated U.S. and international cities will be given priority in matching based on the strategy we have formulated with our outdoor media experts. These cities will have larger ad buys of $20,000—half raised by local supporters, half matched by ReThink911. New York will have an ad buy of $60,000, part of which will pay for a massive billboard in the heart of Times Square that has already been approved. Close to 1 million people will pass it every day in the month of September! The goal: our ReThink911 ad will be seen in more than 50 cities across the world this September.

    Using the incredible fundraising tool Fundly.com, ReThink911 will be able to raise funds in a hundred or more communities simultaneously, and the first teams to reach their minimum fundraising target will receive the corresponding match from the $300,000 in pledged matching funds. Don’t waste any time getting started!

    Read more

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 4:35 pm

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    CBP Directs Seizures of Cocaine Worth More than $1/2 Billion

    0

    CBP.gov
    May 30, 2013

    A U.S. Customs and Border Protection’s Office of Air and Marine P-3 air surveillance crew, operating out of National Air Security Operations Center in Jacksonville, Fla. Memorial Day weekend interrupted smugglers moving nearly 7,000 pounds of cocaine with a value in excess of $500 million.

    Panamanian law enforcement stacks more than three tons of cocaine seized with the aid of CBP surveillance aircraft.

    The first disruption came when a CBP P-3 crew operating in the Eastern Pacific detected a 30-foot speedboat north of the Galapagos Islands, May 24. When the crew aboard the speed boat realized it had been spotted, they began dumping packages of cocaine over the side. After discarding multiple packages the suspects stopped and began washing the boat to eliminate traces of cocaine.

    The speed boat attempted to evade authorities, but the P-3 crew vectored a law enforcement helicopter to the boat’s location. After firing shots to disabled the speed boat, law enforcement arrested three suspects as their speed boat sunk in the ocean. This joint effort denied criminal organizations more than $82 million dollars from cocaine proceeds.

    The following day, a CBP P-3 crew operating in the Western Caribbean detected a three engine speed boat moving at high speed near the Panamanian and Colombian border on the evening of May 25. Once the suspects realized they had been discovered, they attempted to evaded further surveillance by maneuvering close to the Panamanian coastline in and out of shoals and other obstructions. The CBP crew directed Panamanian Law Enforcement vessels to intercept the speed boat, apprehend the individuals and seize more than 100 packages of cocaine weighing more than 6,000 pounds. The estimated value of this seizure is more than $445 million.

    “Our P-3 crews are actively supporting Joint Interagency Task Force-South and partner nations to disrupt the transport of narcotics to the U.S.,” said Doug Garner, CBP Director of National Air Security Operations in Jacksonville. “These two disruptions are an example of the international cooperative law enforcement effort to disrupt transnational criminal activity and deny their profiting from such activity.”

    CBP OAM P-3s have been an integral part of the successful counter-narcotic missions operating in coordination with the Joint Interagency Task Force—South (JIATFS). The P-3s patrol a 42 million square mile area of the Western Caribbean and Eastern Pacific, known as the Source and Transit Zone, in search of drugs that are in transit towards U.S. shores.

    The P-3s’ detection capabilities allow highly trained crews to identify emerging threats well beyond the land borders of the U.S. By providing surveillance of known air, land, and maritime smuggling routes in an area that is twice the size of the continental U.S.; the P-3s detect, monitor and disrupt smuggling activities before they reach shore.

    During fiscal year 2012, the CBP P-3 fleet continued its anti-smuggling success by seizing or disrupting more than 117,765 pounds of cocaine valued at more than $8.8 billion, totaling 21.1 pounds seized for every flight hour, valued at $1.5 million for every hour flown.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 4:21 pm

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    CBP Directs Seizures of Cocaine Worth More than $1/2 Billion

    0

    CBP.gov
    May 30, 2013

    A U.S. Customs and Border Protection’s Office of Air and Marine P-3 air surveillance crew, operating out of National Air Security Operations Center in Jacksonville, Fla. Memorial Day weekend interrupted smugglers moving nearly 7,000 pounds of cocaine with a value in excess of $500 million.

    Panamanian law enforcement stacks more than three tons of cocaine seized with the aid of CBP surveillance aircraft.

    The first disruption came when a CBP P-3 crew operating in the Eastern Pacific detected a 30-foot speedboat north of the Galapagos Islands, May 24. When the crew aboard the speed boat realized it had been spotted, they began dumping packages of cocaine over the side. After discarding multiple packages the suspects stopped and began washing the boat to eliminate traces of cocaine.

    The speed boat attempted to evade authorities, but the P-3 crew vectored a law enforcement helicopter to the boat’s location. After firing shots to disabled the speed boat, law enforcement arrested three suspects as their speed boat sunk in the ocean. This joint effort denied criminal organizations more than $82 million dollars from cocaine proceeds.

    The following day, a CBP P-3 crew operating in the Western Caribbean detected a three engine speed boat moving at high speed near the Panamanian and Colombian border on the evening of May 25. Once the suspects realized they had been discovered, they attempted to evaded further surveillance by maneuvering close to the Panamanian coastline in and out of shoals and other obstructions. The CBP crew directed Panamanian Law Enforcement vessels to intercept the speed boat, apprehend the individuals and seize more than 100 packages of cocaine weighing more than 6,000 pounds. The estimated value of this seizure is more than $445 million.

    “Our P-3 crews are actively supporting Joint Interagency Task Force-South and partner nations to disrupt the transport of narcotics to the U.S.,” said Doug Garner, CBP Director of National Air Security Operations in Jacksonville. “These two disruptions are an example of the international cooperative law enforcement effort to disrupt transnational criminal activity and deny their profiting from such activity.”

    CBP OAM P-3s have been an integral part of the successful counter-narcotic missions operating in coordination with the Joint Interagency Task Force—South (JIATFS). The P-3s patrol a 42 million square mile area of the Western Caribbean and Eastern Pacific, known as the Source and Transit Zone, in search of drugs that are in transit towards U.S. shores.

    The P-3s’ detection capabilities allow highly trained crews to identify emerging threats well beyond the land borders of the U.S. By providing surveillance of known air, land, and maritime smuggling routes in an area that is twice the size of the continental U.S.; the P-3s detect, monitor and disrupt smuggling activities before they reach shore.

    During fiscal year 2012, the CBP P-3 fleet continued its anti-smuggling success by seizing or disrupting more than 117,765 pounds of cocaine valued at more than $8.8 billion, totaling 21.1 pounds seized for every flight hour, valued at $1.5 million for every hour flown.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 4:21 pm

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    TTP withdraws peace talks offer

    0

    Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) spokesman Ehsanullah Ehsan (C) and his guards (file photo)

    Pro-Taliban militants in Pakistan have withdrawn their offer of peace talks with the government after a senior leader of the group was killed in an attack.

    Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) spokesman Ehsanullah Ehsan made the announcement in a statement issued on Thursday.

    On Wednesday, Waliur Rehman, a senior leader of the TTP, and several other member of the group were killed in a strike carried out by a US drone in Chashma village near the town of Miranshah in North Waziristan.

    On May 20, Pakistanâ„¢s Prime Minister-elect Nawaz Sharif called for peace talks with the Taliban militants.

    Sharif said the Taliban was ready to hold peace talks with the Pakistani government, adding that the offer of talks by the TTP Å“should be taken seriously.”

    Å“Guns are not a solution to all problems,” Sharif stated.

    Sharifâ„¢s Pakistan Muslim League-N won the National Assembly elections of May 11.

    Earlier a Taliban spokesman was quoted as saying that the militants might agree on a truce if Sharif and his party showed seriousness in holding the peace talks.

    Thousands of Pakistanis have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks since October 2001, when Pakistan joined an alliance with the United States in the so-called war against terrorism.

    Thousands more have been displaced by the wave of violence and militancy sweeping across the country.

    MAM/MHB

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    TTP withdraws peace talks offer

    0

    Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) spokesman Ehsanullah Ehsan (C) and his guards (file photo)

    Pro-Taliban militants in Pakistan have withdrawn their offer of peace talks with the government after a senior leader of the group was killed in an attack.

    Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP) spokesman Ehsanullah Ehsan made the announcement in a statement issued on Thursday.

    On Wednesday, Waliur Rehman, a senior leader of the TTP, and several other member of the group were killed in a strike carried out by a US drone in Chashma village near the town of Miranshah in North Waziristan.

    On May 20, Pakistanâ„¢s Prime Minister-elect Nawaz Sharif called for peace talks with the Taliban militants.

    Sharif said the Taliban was ready to hold peace talks with the Pakistani government, adding that the offer of talks by the TTP Å“should be taken seriously.”

    Å“Guns are not a solution to all problems,” Sharif stated.

    Sharifâ„¢s Pakistan Muslim League-N won the National Assembly elections of May 11.

    Earlier a Taliban spokesman was quoted as saying that the militants might agree on a truce if Sharif and his party showed seriousness in holding the peace talks.

    Thousands of Pakistanis have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks since October 2001, when Pakistan joined an alliance with the United States in the so-called war against terrorism.

    Thousands more have been displaced by the wave of violence and militancy sweeping across the country.

    MAM/MHB

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Breast Cancer on Your Mind? Then Work to Overthrow the Profit Driven Healthcare Industry!

    0

    May 30, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    Last month, I lost my too-young-to-die sister to a BRCA#1 breast cancer. When I was a toddler not yet in kindergarten, breast cancer robbed me of my mother. I am a BRCA#1 gene carrier, and recently wrote about it in my memoir, Raising Expectations and Raising Hell. Neither my sister nor my mother’s premature deaths, nor my own writing could possibly have turned BRCA#1 (and #2) into a household conversation the way a beautiful movie star could. Like millions of women, I have been reading the praise, the misogynist “jokes,” and the criticism being lobbed at Angelina Jolie.

    The most urgent fact she left out of her op-ed, and that has received scant attention in the days since, is absolutely crucial: 70% of the BRCA#1 gene mutation breast cancers result in the most aggressive, least treatable form of breast cancer called the “triple negative,” a variation that more resembles ovarian than breast cancer genetically and which does not respond to any of the three main forms of treatment common among other breast cancers. The population next most likely to get triple negative breast cancer, after BRCA carriers, are African-American women.

    According to Peggy Orenstein’s recent NYT Magazine cover story on the limits of the pink-fuzzy-teddy-bear breast cancer awareness movement, “Mammograms, it turns out, are not so great at detecting the most lethal forms of disease – like triple negative – at a treatable phase. Aggressive tumors progress too quickly, often cropping up between mammograms. Even catching them ‘early,’ while they are still small, can be too late: they have already metastasized.”

    It’s safe to say that I am alive today, because after my sister was diagnosed with breast cancer, she had the gene test done. The fact that she’s now dead and I am alive leads to a very particular kind of grieving, one that mixes guilt into an already heavy stew of sadness and sorrow. Had she gotten the same directives I did, would she still be alive? I am sharing my story and celebrating Jolie’s brave if incomplete op-ed because my sister got different directives. As many have pointed out, Jolie, with more money than a small nation at her disposal, had access to the finest healthcare. I also had access to the finest healthcare, and mine came from my union.

    Yes, that’s right: you get world-class healthcare in America if you are a movie star or if you belong to a union. Unfortunately, the odds in the US that a woman can overcome the anti-union, anti-collective bargaining crusade and actually succeed at forming a union in order to get good healthcare are about the same as the odds of becoming a top movie star. Restoring the right to collective bargaining would go a long way toward many more women getting access to the care I got.

    Because it was 2009 and pre-Obamacare, I was forced to pay for the gene test out-of-pocket, because if I attempted to use insurance and the test was positive, the insurance company could legally have dropped my coverage. And even though it’s criminal that Myriad has patented my gene (I’d happily give a dose of it to any open-source company that wants it and dare Myriad to put me in jail), another fact omitted from the recent news is that once a single person in the family has the test at the too-expensive price, if she’s positive, the cost of the gene test for other family member drops to about $200. When they called me in to tell me I had the BRCA#1 gene, I didn’t quite understand I had entered what Barbara Ehrenreich so brilliantly described in Harpers in 2001 and in her book Bright-Sided as “Cancerland.”

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    Iconic Empire State Building goes public

    0


    The big Apple’s most famous landmark, the Empire State Building, is going up for sale in an initial public offering. The skyscraper’s value is estimated at $2.33bn after debt.

    The current owners are a private firm called Empire State Realty
    Trust Inc, which owns 19 other properties in the New York area,
    but its crown jewel is the 1930s monolith.

    The ownership of the 102-storey tower was split into 2800
    ownership units in the 1960s. Holders of 80% of the units have
    agreed to the IPO according to documents filed with the US
    Securities and Exchange Commission on Wednesday. 

    The date of IPO is yet to be announced. The Trust estimates it
    will raise $1 billion in the IPO.

    The Empire State Building was built in 1931 and in the early
    1960s the ownership units in the iconic symbol of New York were
    sold for $10,000 each. Today a unit is estimated to be worth more
    than $320,000, but the IPO will determine its true market
    value.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Man jailed for threatening Obama on Twitter

    2

    A Florida man has been sentenced to prison after pleading guilty to threatening United States President Barack Obama over Twitter.

    Donte Jamar Sims, 22, will serve six months in prison plus one
    year of supervised release for tweets he published last year. He
    pleaded guilty to threatening the president’s life last October
    and was sentenced in a Charlotte, North Carolina courtroom on
    Wednesday.

    Authorities obtained a search warrant for user records pertaining
    to the Twitter account “DestroyLeague_D” last year after becoming
    aware of at least five tweets that discussed plotting to kill the
    president in advance of Mr. Obama’s address at the 2012
    Democratic National Convention in September. They were able to
    link the social media account to Sims, who went on to plead
    guilty to one count of knowingly and willfully making a threat to
    take the life of the president.

    “Plotting president Obama’s Murder,” “Ima Assassinate president
    Obama this evening!” and “The Secret Service is gonna be
    defenseless once I aim the Assault Rifle at Barack’s Forehead”
    were three of the micromessages that raised the suspicion of
    authorities.

    Sims told investigators that he had been smoking marijuana when
    he made the remarks over Twitter.

     

    “Sims stated that he published the statements because he hated
    President Obama,
    ” a Secret Service agent wrote in an
    affidavit last year. “Sims asserted that he was high on
    marijuana when he made the threats but that he understood what he
    was doing and that it was wrong
    .”

    “He asserted that he was sorry he sent the messages
    threatening to kill the president of the United States and
    provided me with a written apology,
    ” wrote the agent.

    According to the Charlotte Observer, Sims entered his guilty plea
    in October in hopes of avoiding a prison sentence. Citing the
    seriousness of the crime, however, a federal judge decided
    ultimately that a six-month stint behind bars was warranted.

    Chief US District Judge Robert Conrad said “the seriousness of
    the offense and the need for the sentence to promote a respect
    for the law
    ” prompted him to order the sentence, the paper
    reported.

    Sims faced a maximum of five years in prison and a $250,000 fine.
    Obama arrived in Charlotte days after Sims’ tweets were published
    and accepted the Democratic Party’s nomination to run for a
    second term. He defeated Republican challenger Mitt Romney in
    November.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Regime-change case for Poirot: Syria conflict as ‘whodunnit?'

    0

    ‘The ABC Murders’ comes to my mind every time I think of Libya and Syria and the ‘Arab Spring.’ When do you notice an individual ‘regime change’ least? Answer: When it is in a series of ‘regime changes’.

    “When do you notice a pin least? When it is in a pin cushion!
    When do you notice an individual murder least? When it is one of
    a series of related murders
    “.

    So declares the great Belgian detective Hercule Poirot as he
    unveils the murderer in Agatha Christie’s classic mystery ‘The
    ABC Murders’.

    The plot, for those who have never read the book, involves a
    serial killer who seems to be fascinated by the letters of the
    alphabet. A Mrs Ascher is found murdered in Andover. Betty
    Barnard is murdered in Bexhill. Sir Carmichael Clarke is murdered
    in Churston. Beside each corpse lies a copy of the ‘ABC Railway
    Guide’. It seems that the police are dealing with a madman who is
    murdering his way through the alphabet. But in fact, the murderer
    had sought to disguise one of his murders – one in which he
    gained substantial financial benefit – to make it look as if it
    was part of a series of murders.

    The US and its closest allies saw the wave of pro-democracy
    protests sweeping the Middle East in early 2011 as a great
    opportunity to bring down governments which were annoyingly
    independent and which did not suit their geopolitical interests.
    The fall of Ben Ali in Tunisia didn’t concern them unduly- they
    knew that the new government would be Islamist-led and wouldn’t
    radically change Tunisia’s foreign policy or economic policy. The
    same with Egypt: Hosni Mubarak was well past his sell-by date and
    the likely Muslim Brotherhood-led government which would take
    over could be guaranteed to be similarly obedient to Washington.
    Yes, the rhetoric on certain issues, like Palestine, would be
    different, but Cairo would still be heavily dependent on US aid
    and so policy wouldn’t change too much at all. The US and
    its allies could therefore pose as the ‘good guys’ in welcoming
    the ‘revolutions’ against western-backed leaders in Tunisia and
    Egypt, knowing that their strategic interests would not be
    seriously threatened.

    Anti-government protesters throw stones at Muslim Brotherhood members during clashes near Cairo's Tahrir Square April 19, 2013.(Reuters / Mohamed Abd El Ghany)

    But while the US was in a ‘win-win’ scenario with Tunisia and
    Egypt, with Libya and Syria it was very different. These were two
    countries whose regimes Washington, London and Paris really
    wanted out. Muammar Gaddafi had long been a maverick with
    ‘dangerous’ ideas about Pan-Africanism, while the secular
    Ba’athist government in Syria was targeted because of its support
    for Hezbollah and Iran. But there was a problem: the governments
    in both these cases had

    plenty of popular support, more than Mubarak had in Egypt.
    Therefore it was important that anti-government protests were
    militarised from an early stage. In Libya, it became apparent
    that anti-government rebels would need direct NATO support to
    topple Gaddafi, so that’s what they got. A UN resolution which
    was supposed to have been about protecting civilians against
    government forces, was used to engineer a violent regime
    change-illegal in international law.  

    An anti-Gaddafi fighter test fires his machine gun near the frontline in the north of the besieged city of Bani Walid September 11, 2011.(Reuters / Youssef Boudlal)

    In Syria, millions of dollars have poured in to help the
    anti-government rebels achieve regime change through violence:
    attempts to find peaceful, democratic solutions, based on Syria’s
    new constitution, have been rejected as they might leave
    President Assad and the Ba’athists in power and the alliance
    between Damascus, Tehran and Hezbollah intact. 

    The US and its closest allies were banking that when the
    governments in Tripoli and Damascus eventually fell people around
    the world would see Gaddafi and Assad as merely the latest
    victims of the ‘Arab spring’- a grass roots pro-democracy
    movement, sweeping away tyrants one after another. When the media
    spotlight had moved away from the countries in question, the new
    ‘democratic’ governments would quickly change their country’s
    foreign policy and start privatising large swathes of the
    economy.

    But the plan – despite the toppling of Gaddafi – has gone badly
    awry. For a start, the US and its allies enthusiasm for the
    ‘Arab Spring’ in Libya and Syria has — revealingly – not been
    matched by an enthusiasm for the ‘Arab Spring’ in Bahrain, Saudi
    Arabia and Jordan, other Arab countries where there has been
    pro-democracy protests.

    ‘Regime change’ is most emphatically not meant to happen in these
    countries: the ‘rebels’ there won’t be receiving any weapons from
    the US, Britain or France, nor are there any calls for the
    leaders in question to step down and hand power to the
    opposition. 

    And it’s clear to many that in Syria, what we have in 2013 is not
    so much a pro-democracy movement ranged against an uncompromising
    tyranny, but a foreign-backed proxy war involving hardcore
    radical Islamists fighting against a secular government which
    since 2011 has made democratic reforms and which commands
    sizeable support in the population at large.

    The murderer’s scheme in the ABC’s Murders was clever, but not
    clever enough to fool Hercule Poirot. The US and its closest
    allies were clever too, when it came to trying to use the Arab
    Spring to their own advantage. But they’ve been found out too, as
    we can now all see their support for the ‘Arab Spring’ for what
    it really is- a cover to violently topple independently-minded
    governments which don’t toe the line and which have the ‘wrong’
    international friends.

    Neil Clark for RT

    Twitter
    @NeilClark66

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Turkey finds sarin gas in homes of suspected Syrian Islamists — reports

    0



    Published time: May 30, 2013 16:56
    Edited time: May 30, 2013 20:00

    Download video (22.6 MB)
    Embed

    Code

    Turkish security forces found a 2kg cylinder with sarin gas after searching the homes of Syrian militants from the Al-Qaeda linked Al-Nusra Front who were previously detained, Turkish media reports. The gas was reportedly going to be used in a bomb.

    The sarin gas was found in the homes of suspected Syrian
    Islamists detained in the southern provinces of Adana and Mersia
    following a search by Turkish police on Wednesday, reports say.
    The gas was allegedly going to be used to carry out an attack in
    the southern Turkish city of Adana.

    On Monday, Turkish special anti-terror forces arrested 12
    suspected members of the Al-Nusra Front, the Al-Qaeda affiliated
    group which has been dubbed “the most aggressive and successful
    arm” of the Syrian rebels. The group was designated a terrorist
    organization by the United States in December.

    Police also reportedly found a cache of weapons, documents and
    digital data which will be reviewed by police.

    Following the searches, five of those detained were released
    following medical examinations at the Forensic Medicine
    Institution Adana. Seven suspects remain in custody. Turkish
    authorities are yet to comment on the arrests.

    In a separate incident in Adana, police reportedly received
    intelligence that an explosive-laden vehicle had entered the town
    of Adana on Thursday, the Taraf daily reports.

    Ankara has attempted to bolster the Syrian opposition without
    becoming embroiled in the Syrian civil war, a policy which
    Damascus claims lead to the deadliest act of terrorism on Turkish
    soil.

    On May 11, 51 people were killed and 140 injured after two car bombs exploded in the Turkish town of
    Reyhanlı, located near the country’s border with Syria.A dozen
    Turkish nationals have been charged in the twin bombings, and
    Ankara has accused Damascus of helping the suspects carry out
    the attack.

    “This incident was carried out by an organization which is in
    close contact to pro-regime groups in Syria and I say this very
    clearly, with the Syrian Mukhabarat [intelligence agency],”

    Interior Minister Muammer Guler said.

    Syria’s Information Minister Omran Zoubi denied any link the
    attack, saying his country “did not commit and would never commit
    such an act because our values would not allow that”.Zoubi
    further charged the Turkish government had facilitated the flow
    of arms, explosives, funds and fighters across the country’s
    border into Syria, claiming that that Turkish Prime Minister
    Recep Tayyip Erdogan and his party bear direct responsibility
    [for the attack].”

    Reports of chemical weapons use by both Damascus and the Syrian
    opposition have surrounded the conflict in Syria for months.

    In March, the Syrian government invited the United Nations to
    investigate possible chemical weapons use in the Khan al-Assal
    area of rural Aleppo. Military experts and officials said a
    chemical agent, most likely sarin, was used in the attack which
    killed 26 people, including government forces.

    Damascus claimed Al-Qaeda linked fighters were behind the attack, further alleging Turkey had a
    hand in the incident.

    “The rocket came from a placed controlled by the terrorist and
    which is located close to the Turkish territory. One can assume
    that the weapon came from Turkey,”
    Zoabi said in an interview
    with Interfax news agency.

    US President Barack Obama has warned any confirmed use of chemical weapons by
    Damascus would cross a “red line” which would prompt
    further action. Both Washington and London claimed there was
    growing evidence that such chemical agents had been used.

    A day before the Reyhanlı bombing, Erdogan released a statement
    claiming he had evidence the Syrian government had had used
    chemical weapons, crossing the red line set by President
    Obama.The accusation contradicted a statement made at the time by
    a leading UN investigator.Carla Del Ponte, who heads

    The Independent International Commission of Inquiry on Syria,
    said there were “concrete suspicions but not yet
    incontrovertible proof of the use of sarin gas”
    in Syria.

    “This was use on the part of the opposition, the rebels, not
    by the government authorities,”
    Del Ponte continued.

    Exposure to large quantities of sarin gas, whose production and
    stockpiling was outlawed by the Chemical Weapons Convention of
    1993, causes convulsions, paralysis, loss of respiratory
    functions and potentially death.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    CIA whistleblower imprisoned despite prosecutor's promise

    0

    The former CIA analyst who spoke out against the agency’s use of torture says he’s been deemed a “threat to public safety” and is serving his prison sentence in a crowded jail cell despite being promised admission to a federal work camp.

    John Kiriakou, 48, has been at Loretto Federal Correctional
    Institution near Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania since February after he
    took a plea deal offered by the federal government. He was facing
    decades in prison if convicted under the charge initially lobbed
    by the US Department of Justice, violating the Espionage Act, but
    the government allowed him last year to plead guilty to a single
    count of disclosing information that identified a covert agent in
    exchange for a lesser sentence.

    Kiriakou made headlines in 2007 when he spoke at length to
    reporters at ABC News about the Central Intelligence Agency’s use
    of waterboarding as an interrogation tool against suspected
    terrorists. Prior to the interview he spent several years working
    for the agency abroad following the terrorist attacks of
    September 11, 2001, serving as head of counterterrorism
    operations in Pakistan before leaving the CIA and condemning his
    country’s use of torture. Now three months into his prison
    sentence, the website Firedoglake has published the first of
    Kiriakou’s “Letters from Loretto.”

    “I arrived here on February 28, 2013 to serve a 30-month
    sentence for violating the Intelligence Identities Protection act
    of 1982. At least that’s what the government wants people to
    believe. In truth, this is my punishment for blowing the whistle
    on the CIA’s illegal torture program and for telling the public
    that torture was official US government policy,
    ” Kiriakou
    writes. “But that’s a different story. The purpose of this
    letter is to tell you about prison life.
    ”

    Despite being told by prosecutors and the presiding judge that
    he’d serve his sentence in Loretto’s Federal Work Camp, Kiriakou
    says he has been held at the main facility because the Bureau of
    Prisons deemed him a “threat to the public safety.”

    “My cell is more like a cubicle made out of concrete block.
    Built to hold four men, mine holds six. Most others hold
    eight
    ,” he writes.

    Kiriakou says he volunteered to teach fellow prisoners as part of
    Loretto’s GED program, but his counselor dismissed his request.
    He now works as a janitor in the prison’s chapel and makes just
    over five dollars a

    month.

    In regards to the other inmates, Kiriakou says he’s been largely
    accepted into the prison.

    “My reputation preceded me, and a rumor got started that I was
    a CIA hitman. The Aryans whispered that I was a ‘Muslim hunter,’
    but the Muslims, on the strength of my Arabic language skills and
    a well-timed statement of support from Louis Farrakhan have
    lauded me as a champion of Muslim human rights. Meanwhile, the
    Italians have taken a liking to me because I’m patriotic, as they
    are, and I have a visceral dislike of the FBI, which they do as
    well. I have good relations with the blacks because I’ve helped
    several of them write communication appeals or letters to judges
    and I don’t charge anything for it. And the Hispanics respect me
    because my cellmates, who represent a myriad of Latin drug gangs,
    have told them to. So far, so good,
    ” he writes.

    Elsewhere, Kiriakou says that Loretto’s Special Investigative
    Service, “the prison version of every police department’s
    detective bureau,
    ” tried to convince him that a fellow
    inmate, allegedly the uncle of an accused terrorist, was told to
    kill him.

    “But the more I thought about it, the more this made no sense.
    Why would the uncle of the Times Square bomber be in a
    low-security prison
    ?” he writes.

    “In the meantime, SIS told him that I had made a call to
    Washington after we met, and that I had been instructed to kill
    him! We both laughed at the ham-handedness by which SIS tried to
    get us to attack each other. If we had, we could have spent the
    rest of our sentences in the SHU – solitary. Instead, we’re
    friendly, we exchange greetings in Arabic and English, and we
    chat
    ,” he says.

    He also says that his cell was ransacked by prison officials in a
    shake-down after correcting a guard who mispronounced his name.

     

    “Lesson learned: [Corrections officers] can treat us like
    subhumans but we have to show them faux respect even when it’s
    not earned
    ,” he says.

    Kiriakou is expected to finish his sentence in August 2015.
    Before going to Loretto, he said at an event in Washington, “I
    never tortured anybody, but I’m heading to prison while the
    torturers and the lawyers

    who papered over it and the people who deceived it and the men
    who destroyed the proof of it—the tapes— will never face
    justice
    .”

    In 2012, Kiriakou was indicted on one count of violating the
    Intelligence Identities Protection Act, three counts of violating
    the Espionage Act, and one count of making false statements. He
    pleaded to the IIPA violation last October, prompting then-CIA
    director David Petraeus to hail the conviction.

    “This case yielded the first IIPA successful prosecution in 27
    years, and it marks an important victory for our Agency, for our
    Intelligence Community, and for our country
    ,” Petraeus said.
    “Oaths do matter, and there are indeed consequences for those
    who believe they are above the laws.
    ” Petraeus resigned two
    months later after it was revealed that he had an extramarital
    affair with his biographer.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    ‘Dickensian Britain’: Half a million rely on food banks, charities reveal

    0

    500,000 people in the UK are resorting to food banks because of squeezes on benefits, wage cuts and the continuing economic downturn, with numbers trebling over the past year, a report by two leading British charities has warned.

    A joint report by Oxfam and Church Action on Poverty has said
    that despite Britain’s position as one of the richest nations in
    the world an alarmingly high number of people are now forced to
    ask for help to feed themselves.

    The charities said that reassessment of entitlement to invalidity
    benefits, new jobseekers allowance sanctions, and below-inflation
    rises in payments are the biggest reason for a surge in demand in
    food banks.

    “The single biggest reason is delays or sanctions or problems
    with people’s benefit payments. And that is tied directly to the
    reforms and the cuts that are going on with benefits;
    increasingly they are having sanctions where their benefits

    are just stopped, which are being used in a very harsh and
    arbitrary way,”
    Liam Purcell, Communications Officer for
    Church Action on Poverty, told RT.

     As well as those on benefits, food uncertainty has been
    exacerbated by wage cuts and falling living standards of many
    people in employment, with many also having the hours they can
    work cut.

    “The shocking reality is that hundreds of thousands of people
    in the UK are turning to food aid. Cuts to social safety-nets
    have gone too far, leading to destitution, hardship and hunger on
    a large scale. It is unacceptable this is

    happening in the seventh wealthiest nation on earth,”
    Mark
    Goldring, the Chief Executive of Oxfam, told reporters.

    The problem is exacerbated by the fact that the poorest people in
    the UK pay more for food than their richer counterparts. A
    selection of groceries was 69% more expensive in some of the
    poorest parts of the country according to the report, a
    reflection of the poor amount of choice in lower end groceries
    and supermarkets.

    At least 4 million people in the UK do not have access to a
    healthy diet, while 13 million live below the poverty line, the
    report said. 

    A former adviser to the World Health Organization, Tim Lang, told
    the Independent earlier this month that Britain was returning to
    a “Dickensian” model of welfare. He was referring to
    Charles Dickens, an English author from the 19th

    century who wrote graphically about poverty in urban Victorian
    Britain in novels like Oliver Twist.

    The Trussel Trust, which is the biggest organizer of food banks
    in Britain, said that last year almost 350,000 people received at
    least three days emergency food, a 170 percent increase compared
    to just 130,000 in 2011-2012. But because there are other
    organizations that also dish out food handouts the Oxfam report
    estimates that the number of people reliant on charitable food
    donations is well over half a million.

    In 2011 and 2012 the Trussel Trust was opening two to three food
    banks a week and that in the London Borough of Tower Hamlets, a
    poor area in East London, the working poor are also starting to
    use food banks, explained Denise Bently, the manager of the Tower
    Hamlets food bank.

    The trust now runs 350 food banks, manned by 30,000 volunteers,
    with about 3 new centers opening up each week.

    But the government insists that welfare payments are in line with
    inflation and that families can afford to feed themselves.

    Ed Davey the Energy Secretary told MPs earlier this month that it
    was “completely wrong to suggest there is some sort of
    statistical link between the benefit system reforms we are making
    and the provision of food banks.”

    The dependence on food banks is reflective of a widening chasm in
    the UK between the rich and the poor, with inequality now higher
    than it has been for almost eighty years, Purcell said.

    “Inequality in the UK is now the highest it has been since the
    1930’s, according to the latest figures it has been growing and
    growing under governments of all parties and there is massive
    evidence now that inequality is bad for everyone in

    society.”



    He emphasized that the UK should not be heading in a direction
    where charity replaces government responsibility.

    “What most people who know about this issue will say is that
    food banks should not replace the safety net of the welfare
    state, that’s not what they are intended for. They’re meant to be
    an emergency short term response, we can’t have a situation where
    the government is abnegating its responsibility and leaving
    people to depend entirely on charity to be fed,”
    Purcell told
    RT.

    Purcell added that one of the recommendations of the report was
    that the government takes action on tax dodging. If the big
    corporations and the wealthy paid their fair share of tax, then
    there would be much less need for cuts to vital public services
    and benefits.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Discovery of Monsanto GMO wheat threatens US exports

    0

    The discovery of a Monsanto-created, genetically modified strain of wheat in the US that was never approved by the United States Department of Agriculture has imperiled US exports of a staple world food commodity.

    Japanese authorities have already opted to cancel part of a
    tender offer to buy US western white wheat and have suspended
    imports of both that variety and feed wheat, Reuters reported on
    Thursday.

    “We will refrain from buying western white and feed wheat
    effective today,”
    Toru Hisadome, a Japanese farm ministry
    official in charge of wheat trading, told the agency.

    Japan, the biggest buyer of US wheat behind Mexico, will continue
    buying hard red winter and spring wheat from the US as well as
    grains from Canada, which are used for the production of bread
    and noodles.

    However, Hisadome said the government has asked US authorities to
    provide more details of their ongoing investigation and Japan
    will stop buying the suspended species of wheat until a test kit
    is developed to identify genetically modified produce.

    There is currently no US approved test kit to identify
    genetically engineered wheat. The USDA has said it is developing
    a “rapid test” kit.

    Other major Asian importers like Korea, China and the Philippines
    said they were closely monitoring the situation, while the
    European Union is set to test any incoming shipments, saying it
    will block any containing GM wheat.

    Following the announcement, wheat for July delivery fell 8.25
    cents to $6.945 a bushel on the Chicago Board of Trade.

    The wheat, created by Monsanto Co., appeared on an 80-acre farm
    in Oregon in April. On Wednesday, the US Department of
    Agriculture (USDA) said it had conducted a genetic test on the
    wheat and found that it was an experimental type created by the
    US agribusiness giant which had never been approved for sale.

    Following the discovery of the GMO wheat, USDA Acting Deputy
    Secretary Michael Scuse said that state agriculture directors in
    Oregon, Washington and Idaho are now coordinating a multi-state
    investigation, and foreign trade representatives in Canada,
    Mexico and Asia have been contacted.  

    The USDA has never approved any GMO strain of wheat to be grown
    in the US, but Monsanto field tested a genetically engineered
    variety from 1998 through 2005. It was never put into use
    however, due to global opposition to genetically engineered
    cereal grains. Wheat remains an exception however, as more than
    60 genetically modified crops have been approved for US food and
    feed supplies.

    The top three GMO crops grown in the US are soy, corn and cotton,
    according to the USDA. Some Eighty-eight perc ent of corn and 93
    pe rcent of soybeans grown in the US are genetically modified.

    Although the United States produces only 10 percent of world
    wheat it is consistently the world’s biggest wheat exporter. With
    world trade in wheat greater than for all other crops combined,
    Wednesday’s findings could dent US export prospects at a time
    when the USDA is expecting record global production, boosted by a
    48 percent hike in Russian output and a 40 percent gain from
    Ukraine.

    However, the USDA says US exports will likely fall 9.8 percent to
    25.2 million tons in the year that starts on June 1, Bloomberg
    reports.  

    “This is not something we need to see when exports are
    suffering anyway,
    ” Darrell Holaday, the president of Advanced
    Market Concepts in Wamego, Kansas, told the New York based agency
    in a telephone interview. “It’s a negative story during a
    negative export time, and if the Black Sea keeps getting rain
    it’s going to be a tough, competitive wheat market.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Obama vs. GOP on Judicial Nominees

    0

    As President Obama faces off against Senate Republicans in a showdown over his abuse of recess appointments, a conflict that has gone to the Supreme Court, Obama has launched a new attack on the opposition party – using Senator Harry Reid (D-Nev., shown) as his proxy – in an effort to target what he views as Republican “obstructionism.”

    Last week, the U.S. Senate voted 97-0 to confirm President Obama’s judicial nominee Sri Srinivasan to the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals, but Senate Republicans made it clear at the time that they will not confirm additional judges to the court because of the court’s light caseload.

    But President Obama has decided to nominate three more judges, a move that Senate Republicans are viewing as yet another power grab on the part of the White House, since the D.C. Court of Appeals will be hearing significant cases dealing with two of Obama’s most controversial pieces of legislation: the Affordable Care Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform Act. The court is also expected to handle Obama’s attempts to tackle supposed climate change through increased regulations.

    The Hill reported, “Republicans view the president’s decision to nominate three more judges to the D.C. Circuit Court of Appeals, the second most powerful court in the nation, as deliberately provocative after they unanimously approved one of his nominees to the court last week.”

    Srinivasan’s confirmation brings the D.C. Circuit Court to four Democratic and four Republican appointees. If Obama’s new nominees were to be approved, the court would likely begin to lean Left. With three remaining vacancies to be filled, that is a very real possibility.

    Senate Minority Leader Mitch McConnell (R-Ky.) said, “The whole purpose here is to stack the court. So the real issue here, I guess, is he disagrees with the rulings of the D.C. Circuit.”

    Recent assertions by Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid seem to support this. Embittered by the Circuit Court’s unwillingness to rehear a case in which an EPA rule had been struck down, and the court’s ruling to invalidate Obama’s NLRB recess appointments, Reid issued an inflammatory accusation. “You have a majority in that court that is wreaking havoc with the country,” Reid fumed on the Senate floor last week.

    To get his way, Senator Reid reputedly has been considering changes to the chamber’s procedures for judicial nominees to move left-wing nominees through the Senate confirmation process.

    The Washington Post explained that the Democrats may be required to use the “nuclear option” – a change to the current Senate filibuster rule that sets a 60-vote threshold on all judicial and executive branch nominations – in order to get the judges confirmed. Under present rules, unless 60 senators agree on a nominee, senators can filibuster a nominee until the nominee is pulled from consideration. It would only take 51 votes in the Democrat-controlled Senate to change the rules so that nominees would be confirmed or denied based on a majority vote. Reid would have done precisely that long ago if he could get enough Democrats on board, but many Democrats are hesitant to implement something that would benefit Republicans if they take control of the Senate and the presidency. Also, if the nuclear option is taken, bipartisanship in the Senate may evaporate.

    According to a Democratic aide, senior Democratic senators are encouraging Reid to hold off on addressing filibuster reform until after immigration reform. “The fear is that if he does this before immigration reform is done, then all of the Republicans are going to walk,” the aide tells me.

    With Republicans in the Senate agreeing to much of Democratic spending and other liberal issues, such as so-called immigration reform – amnesty – it might be foolish to paint Republicans into a corner where they feel compelled to fight Democratic plans to save face.

    Naturally, the president’s actions have found support amongst his loyal Democratic fan base.

    “It’s about time,” said George Kohl, senior director at Communications Workers of America. “The Republicans have succeeded in obstructing nominees and find the flimsiest of excuses. By appointing three judges, we’ll cut through that and bring to the surface the key issue, which is their obstructionism.”

    And Democratic strategist David DiMartino contends that the president’s decision to name additional nominees is an attempt to reassert his agenda and highlight to the American people the Republicans’ unwillingness to comply. “Certainly the president wants to talk about what his agenda is as opposed to what the Republicans would want him to talk about,” said David Di Martino, a Democratic strategist. “He’s trying to reassert his agenda in the news and he’s doing that by finding out other ways to talk about his agenda and pointing out that Republicans are blocking everything he’s trying to do, from judges to nominees to legislative initiatives.”

    But despite the spin, the agenda of the president and the Democrats is clear: change the Senate’s rules.

    The Hill explains:

    If Republicans use filibusters to stymie the appellate court nominees – along with the nominations of Richard Cordray, Obama’s choice to head the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, Gina McCarthy, his pick to head the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and Tom Perez, the nominee for Labor secretary – Democrats say they will be justified in changing the rules by a party-line vote.

    Democrats deny that the maneuver is intended to be a political power play, asserting that the issue is Republican obstruction.

    Republicans argue, however, that the judicial vacancies are the fault of the president.

    Senate Chuck Grassley wrote an opinion piece for USA Today wherein he states, “Only eight of 32 judicial emergency vacancies have a nominee. We can’t act on nominations that haven’t been made.”

    All indications seem to point to a July showdown, when Reid is expected to employ the “nuclear option” if Republicans choose to filibuster Cordray, Perez, or McCarthy.

    Reid asserts that the nuclear option has not been a viable one in the past because of reluctance on the part of “old bull” type Democrats to utilize it. But he now contends that those opponents are beginning to come around. But this may be only more posturing by Reid to cow Republicans into caving on nominees.

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    CIA’s al-Qaeda Mercenaries in Syria Caught with Sarin Gas

    0

    Establishment media refuses to focus on fact al-Qaeda in Syria is the chemical weapons threat

    Kurt Nimmo
    Infowars.com
    May 30, 2013

    In an effort to up the ante in Syria and force the United States to intervene militarily, the British government on Wednesday sent a letter to United Nations boss Ban ki-moon alleging three new incidents of the al-Assad regime using chemical weapons against so-called rebels.

    The British and French have yet to provide conclusive evidence that the Syrian regime has in fact used chemicals weapons. Due to a lack of evidence, the Obama administration has balked on using military force in Syria.

    “Although there is little sign of the UN investigations team declaring chemical weapons have been used, western governments say that reporting of such incidents keeps up pressure on the Assad government and could deter it from large-scale use of chemical weapons,” The Guardian reported on Wednesday.

    “There is increasingly strong evidence of localized use of chemical weapons,” French Foreign Minister Laurent Fabius claimed on Monday. “We are consulting with our partners to see what concrete consequences that we are going to draw from this.”

    According to Turkish officials, however, there is concrete evidence that CIA’s mercenaries operating in Syria under the leadership of the al-Nusra Front, a terrorist group aligned with al-Qaeda in Syria, are in possession of deadly sarin gas and planned to use it against the Syrian Army.

    On Wednesday, Turkish officials found the gas in the homes of al-Nusra terrorists in the southern provinces of Adana and Mersia following a search by Turkish police. The terrorists planned to use the gas in an attack in the southern Turkish city of Adana, RT reports today.

    The U.S., Britain and France are struggling to present evidence compelling enough to get the United States involved in the conflict. Earlier this week, The Atlantic Wire reported that Senator John McCain met with the CIA’s Islamic mercenaries who made the case that the Syrian regime has used chemical weapons. The latest chemical weapons allegations are buttressed by a recent article appearing in the French publication Le Monde.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 3:49 pm

    Tags: , , ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    The US Fiat Dollar Ponzi Scheme: Digital Money Used to Purchase Toxic Assets from the “Too Big To Fail” Global Banks

    0

    In the Hoisington Quarterly Review and Outlook (First Quarter 2013), Dr. Lacy Hunt wrote and we quote:

    “The Federal Reserve is printing money. No statement could be less truthful. The Federal Reserve (FED) is not, and has not been, ‘printing money’ as defined as an acceleration in M2 or money supply. Just check the facts. For the first quarter of 2013 the FED purchased $277.5 billion in securities (net) as their security portfolio expanded from $2.660 trillion to $2.937 trillion. A review of post-war economic history would lead to a logical assumption that the money supply (M2) would respond upward to this massive infusion of reserves into the banking system. The reality is just the opposite. The last week of December, 2012 showed M2 at $10.505 trillion, but at the end of March, 2013 it totalled only $10.450 trillion which was an unexpected decline of $55 billion. Printing money? No.”

    Please read the words which I have highlighted in bold and underlined.

    Any novice in economics and monetary policy will have no difficulty in identifying the flaw in Dr. Lacy Hunt’s contention as he has equated the printing of money (digital or otherwise) with the acceleration in M2 or money supply.

    The acceleration in M2 is a consequence of the FED printing money in certain circumstances. We will address this issue in a moment. But, to say that because there was not a corresponding acceleration in M2, therefore was no money printing by the FED, is to put it kindly, drawing on the wrong conclusions.

    But, first let us point out a critical fact which Dr. Lacy Hunt has not denied and this is the fact that the FED has expanded the monetary base from $840 billion to $2.93 trillion.

    How did the FED increase the monetary base from a mere $840 billion to $2.93 trillion? The answer is simple. By a click of the computer mouse, thereby digitally creating virtual money which enabled the FED to embark on its various bail-out schemes following the financial tsunami of 2008 and thereafter the massive quantitative easing (QE) programs.

    The digital money was employed in two specific areas — firstly to purchase toxic assets from the insolvent Too Big To Fail Global Banks and secondly to finance the US government debts by purchasing US treasuries.

    Purchase of Toxic Assets from Banks

    Why did the FED print money to buy toxic assets?

    The banks were all insolvent, even till to-date. The toxic assets of banks in ordinary circumstances (“Old Normal”) would have to be written off, if marked-to -market. They were all junk assets and ought to be treated as such. But, the FED and other central banks and with the connivance of the Bank of International Settlements (BIS) agreed to allow the global banks to treat these toxic assets in the balance sheets as still performing assets. It was a fraud, but this fraud could not be maintained for long so a way out was devised. The FED came to the rescue and purchased these toxic assets by printing money digitally. It was shifting toxic assets from one balance sheet to another — from the global banks’ balance sheet to that of the FED!

    But, there is a catch! In time, the global banks must re-purchase these toxic assets when they are able to do so (when the global economy has recovered). No one really knows when that would happen. But, you can take it from me, that there will be no such re-purchase because these assets are all junk and there are not even worth a dime on the dollar. To that extent and in this sense, one can say that the FED is actually insolvent at the present moment as the value of its assets is junk. But, this Ponzi scheme is continuing because the FED can print money (digitally or otherwise) as long as confidence in the US$ remains.

    In fractional reserve banking, when the FED purchases assets from the bank, it will create “bank reserves” which will enable the banks to “create money” by an agreed multiplier (usually by ten times).
    In the present financial/banking environment, there is a huge problem. All the customers’ deposits with the banks have been depleted in reckles speculation in the tech bubble in early part of this century followed by the sub-prime housing bubble, the stock market bubble, the derivative casino bubble etc. If all the banks’ customers were to demand their deposits, these global banks would not be able to repay their customers and this would result in a bank-run.

    By law and banking regulations, banks in such circumstances must increase their share capital and reserves in order that they be allowed to continue the banking business. But, the banks’ shareholders don’t have the trillions to re-capitalise the banks. The banks following the crisis have no reserves because prior to the crisis, the BIS and the FED decreed that banks need not have reserves. This is very significant, because a critical pillar of fractional reserve banking was dispensed with completely. As explained earlier, a bank’s ability to create money is founded on the amount of reserves it has with the central bank. It can only create “ten times” (the multiplier) of the reserves e.g. if the reserves is $100 million, the bank can create $1 billion in its books and lend out the same to customers. This, in economic jargon is the velocity of money, the acceleration of the money supply and it hinges on the reserve requirement established by the BIS.

    So, what we have at the present moment is that all the global banks are staring at a black hole. They are insolvent because they have not re-capitalised under the present banking regulations sufficient enough to cover all their liabilities. Additionally, they don’t have sufficient reserves to trigger the multiplier and “create money” under the fractional reserve banking system.

    So, part of the huge money printing by the FED went to “create” or “supply” reserves to the bank so as to cover-up the fact that the said global banks prior to the FED’s intervention had zero reserves.
    Even now, with the FED’s intervention and as a result, there are now the so-called “surplus reserves” (a misnomer because there is no such surplus as these reserves are merely supplied to comply with BIS’s new requirements) and as such the banks have not been able to “create” their own monies under the fractional reserve banking system.

    This is because the banks cannot embark on a massive “money creation” based on the agreed multiplier of these reserves, as these reserves have been created in anticipation of bank runs, and not to allow the banks to create more money. At a conservative estimate, customers’ deposits exceed statutory reserves by more than ten times. There is no way that banks can repay all the deposits. The present system and circumstance is that it is a giant Ponzi scheme.

    And the FED, Bank of England, other central banks and the BIS know this too well and no amount of “reserves” created by printing money digitally would be able to resolve this issue as the horrendous consequence would be massive devaluation of the various fiat currencies engaged in such an exercise. In that event, we will have inflation and then hyperinflation.

    Hence, and as a digression to the issue at hand, the powers that be and the financial elites have decided to do away with the illusion that customers’ deposits are secured and instead can be confiscated to maintain the solvency of the banks. I have written an article recently, No Bank Deposit Will Be Spared From Confiscation posted to my website on 24th April, 2013, that in law and in fact, all bank deposits are deemed unsecured loans to banks which the banks can use it in any way, even to speculate and the only obligation of the bank is to repay the deposits on demand and if and when the bank has sufficient funds, failing which the depositor is just another unsecured creditor in the long queue in a bank’s liquidation.

    Coming back to the issue at hand.

    When banks cannot lend money (since they cannot “create money” based on the current so-called “surplus reserves”, a misnomer), they can no longer earn exorbitant profits, the FED yet again comes to the rescue. The FED agreed to pay interest on such reserves.

    In Joe-Six-Packs language, this is a FREEBIE TO THE BANKS.

    The FED prints money out of thin air digitally to purchase toxic assets (which prevents the banks from writing off such assets and declaring massive losses and the inevitable liquidation) and apply this “new digitally printed money” as reserves which gives an illusion of solvency of such banks so as to prevent bank runs. Adding insult to injury and to con the public further, the FED pays interest on monies in which it created itself and then given to the banks to generate profits for doing nothing at all so as to improve the balance sheets of the bankrupt banks.

    Yet, the powers that be refuse to bail out the unemployed, the families that have been foreclosed, students up to their eyeballs in debt, and in compounding their poverty, remove the life-lines that may offer some hope such as reducing unemployment benefits and food stamps! Adding insult to injury, the Too Big To Fail Banks can borrow from the FED at near zero interest rates and then lend out to reap profits.

    Is Dr. Lacy Hunt mistaken or what when he says that the FED does not print money?

    PRINTING MONEY TO PURCHASE TREASURIES

    The FED also prints money to lend to the US government. It does so by purchasing treasuries. Without this money printing, the US government would not be able to continue with its imperial war agenda.

    If the FED did not print money, the US government would be bankrupt immediately, the economy would collapse and all imperial wars (proxy or otherwise) would come to a grinding halt.

    Who says that there is no acceleration of the money supply?

    Dr. Lacy Hunt misses the point totally when he chose to ignore the fact that printed monies did not and were not funnelled through the system in the “normal” way. In the “New Normal”, the printed monies have been diverted and “supplied” in a roundabout way thereby creating an illusion that there was no multiplier effect as a result of the expansion of the FED’s monetary base. How very naïve and misleading for Dr. Lacy Hunt to assert that the FED does not print money!.

    The fact that the multiplier effect under the fractional reserve banking system (the “Old Nornal”) did not correspond to the percentage increase in the monetary base is NOT AND CANNOT BE THE FOUNDATION OF THE ASSERTION THAT THE FED DID NOT PRINT MONEY.

    To put the nail in the coffin of Dr. Lacy Hunt’s argument, let me quote him (with my comments in bold):

    However, empirical evidence is clear that high powered money is not causing an increase in M2. (I have pointed out above that it went to reserves and treasuries under the “New Normal” for the reasons stated and as such, little or no money was created by banks and the multiplier did not take off as expected. But, that was not the objective of the FED which was to save the fiat money system and the TBTF global banks. It is a leap of imagination and denial to say that as such, there was no money printing. There was money printing, but the acceleration (multiplier effect) did not materialise as it would had under the “Old Normal”.)

    Why? A bank’s conversion of reserves into money is called the money multiplier. At the end of 2007, the money multiplier was 9.0. This meant that the monetary base of $825 billion was multiplied nine times to create the level of M2 that stood at $7.4 trillion. (Yes, Dr. Lacy Hunt, this is because it was under the “Old Normal” when the banks were in a position to create money out of thin air under the fractional reserve banking system. This was before the crisis. What is it so difficult for Dr. Lacy hunt to understand this simple issue? As explained above, under the “New Normal” the multiplier effect went to reserves and treasuries.)

    At the end of March 2013, the monetary base had exploded to $2.09 trillion… (This is because of FED’s digital money printing and as Dr. Lacy Hunt has admitted, the monetary base “exploded”. It can only “explode” because of unrestrained money printing which expanded the monetary base. Why does Dr. Lacy Hunt try to confuse the issue of expansion of monetary base with the multiplier effect under the fractional reserve banking system?)

    … but the money multiplier had collapsed to only 3.6 creating an M2 balance of $10.4 trillion. (Does not Dr.Lacy Hunt’s admission and observation prove my point that under the “New Normal”, the multiplier effect went to reserves and treasuries as opposed to the “Old Normal” where it would be channelled to the fractional reserve banking system whereby banks can then “create money out of thin air” by book entry in proportion to their reserves. Under the “New Normal”, even though reserves are at record high, banks were not allowed to utilise the multiplier because the banks failed to comply with the requirements of banking reserves under the BIS guidelines which must be complied with by year 2019. Therefore, FED’s printing money is to enable the TBTF banks to comply with the new BIS guidelines. Dr. Lacy Hunt should not pretend that he does not know this fact. Dr. Lacy Hunt is dishonest when asserting that the FED does not print money.)

    Finally:

    The Central Bank has very little control over the movement of the money multiplier; the actions of banks and their customers primarily control this variable. (Such ignorance is appalling. Under the fractional reserve banking system, the amount of reserves determines the amount that can be multiplied. So, when the FED and any other central banks determine the amount of reserves, it in fact determines the velocity of money that can be created by the banks. The money multiplier is a consequence of the amount of reserves. If the reserves of bank A is $100 million, the multiplier effect for bank A is that it can loan $1 billion. If the reserves of bank B is $1 billion, then the multiplier effect for bank B is that it can loan $1 trillion. Under the “Old Normal” the amount of reserves required under banking regulations is a proportion of the amount of customers’ deposits. This is so basic.)

    The article by Dr. Lacy Hunt and the assertion that the FED does not print money serves only one purpose — to mislead and to create an illusion as to the true nature of the banking system under the “New Normal”.

    If the FED did not print money as asserted by Dr. Lacy Hunt, which resulted in the managed devaluation of the US$ toilet paper money, why would other countries engage in competitive devaluation and QE? The central banks are all acting in concert to save the TBTF banks and the fiat money system as the priority because that IS THE REAL ECONOMY to be saved as far as the powers that be are concerned. Main Street is secondary. If the fiat money system fails, the Main Street collapse is the inevitable consequence.

    It is not the other way round, Dr. Lacy Hunt. Saving Main Street will not save the fiat money system. The fiat money system is the Ponzi scheme that has enabled the US and other developed countries to live beyond their means. It is a debt-based system and the fiat money is the fuel that keeps the system running. Without this fuel, everything comes to a standstill. However, the system is inherently self-destructive because a point would be reached whereby too much fuel (fiat money printing) would clog the engine.

    Dr. Lacy Hunt, please fill your car engine with engine oil till it overflows. Then try to start your car.

    Have a nice and enjoyable drive! When the fumes come gushing out of the exhaust, the fire brigade may be summoned by a bystander. Be prepared for a civil suit for negligence or worse.

    NOTES & REFERENCE

    For further information on the financial scam by BIS and Basel III, refer to my article “BISTRO — Bank of International Settlements Total Rip Off” dated 30th September, 2010 and the implications of BASEL III Accords on banking capital ratios and reserves.

    Please go to my website — www.futurefastforward.com at Folder financial analysis via: http://www.futurefastforward.com/malaysia-updates/4292-by-matthias-chang

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Poll: Scandals hit Obama approval rating

    0

    The results of a new poll indicate that scandals have dragged down US President Barack Obamaâ„¢s approval rating compared to less than a month ago.

    The Quinnipiac University national poll of 1,419 registered voters from May 22-28, released on Thursday, showed that 49 percent of the respondents disapproved of Obamaâ„¢s performance in creating jobs, up from 45 percent in a similar survey by the university on May 1.

    The poll also showed that 49 percent of those surveyed are skeptical of Obamaâ„¢s honesty, down from 58 percent compared to September 1, 2011, the last time the Quinnipiac University asked the question.

    One of the issues taking its toll on Obamaâ„¢s approval rating is his administrationâ„¢s handling of a deadly attack on the US mission in the Libyan city of Benghazi on September 11 with new details surfacing about the incident in which four Americans, including the US ambassador to the African country, were killed.

    The disclosure in mid-May that the Justice Department had from the spring of 2012 surreptitiously obtained phone records of AP journalists has also put the White House on the defensive.

    Obamaâ„¢s administration has also faced sever broadside since the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), which collects US taxes, admitted on May 10 that it had inappropriately targeted conservative Tea Party nonprofit groups for extra scrutiny.

    Of the three controversies, 44 percent of the respondents said the IRS investigation was the most important while 24 percent chose Benghazi attack and 15 percent picked the AP records seizure.

    The poll also found that 68 percent of Americans are “somewhat dissatisfied” or “very dissatisfied” with the way things are going on in the country.

    MA/HN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Israel OK’s 300 illegal settler units

    0

    The illegal Israeli settlement of Ma’aleh Adumim in the occupied West Bank (file photo)

    The Israeli regime has given the final go-ahead for the construction of 300 new illegal settler units in East al-Quds (Jerusalem).

    Housing Ministry spokesman Ariel Rosenberg said on Thursday that the new units will be built in Ramot neighborhood, which lies in the territory Israeli occupied in 1967.

    On Wednesday, an Israeli NGO said that the regime plans to build 1,000 new settler units in East al-Quds.

    Israeli settlement watchdog Terrestrial Jerusalem said that contracts for 300 homes in the northeastern settlement of Ramot were signed and another 797 plots were to be offered for sale in the southern settlement of Gilo.

    Gilo is also one of five major settlements in East al-Quds that were established by the Israeli regime following the Six-Day War of 1967.

    A new report has revealed that the Israeli regime confiscated 1,977 acres of the Palestinian lands in the occupied West Bank for its settlement activity during 2012.

    The settlements, which cover an area roughly equal to 1,035 soccer fields and twice as big as New York’s Central Park, were approved by Å“military order,” the Israeli daily Haaretz reported on May 27.

    The report said most of the new settlements were located deep in the Palestinian-inhabited West Bank.

    The presence and continued expansion of Israeli settlements in the occupied Palestine has created a major obstacle for the efforts made to establish peace in the Middle East.

    More than half a million Israelis live in over 120 illegal settlements built since Israelâ„¢s occupation of the Palestinian territories of the West Bank and East al-Quds in 1967.

    The United Nations and most countries regard the Israeli settlements as illegal because the territories were captured by Israel in the war of 1967 and are hence subject to the Geneva Conventions, which forbid construction on occupied lands.

    MN/HN

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Red Cross halts work in Afghanistan

    0

    An Afghan policeman stands guard beside the burnt wreckage of vehicles belonging to the International Red Cross after an attack in Jalalabad on May 29, 2013.

    The International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) has suspended operations across Afghanistan after a deadly attack on its office in the volatile eastern Afghan city of Jalalabad.

    Å“As a consequence of the attack… all our activities have been frozen and our office in Jalalabad is closed.” the humanitarian organization said in a statement issued on Thursday.

    At least one security guard was killed and several others, including a foreign national, were injured after an explosion took place at the ICRC gate in the city on Wednesday.

    Following the explosion, unknown gunmen stormed the compound and a gun battle broke out between security forces and the assailants.

    On the same day, Jacques de Maio, the ICRC’s head of operations for South Asia issued a statement condemning the attack Å“in the strongest possible terms.”

    No one has yet claimed responsibility for the attack, but Taliban militants, who have carried out similar attacks in the past, are considered prime suspects.

    The Taliban recently announced the start of their annual “spring offensive” across Afghanistan and vowed to increase their attacks on US-led troops stationed in the country as well as Afghan forces.

    The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity remains across the country despite the presence of thousands of foreign troops.

    MAM/MHB

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    ‘Dickensian Britain’: Half a million rely on food banks, charities reveal

    0

    500,000 people in the UK are resorting to food banks because of squeezes on benefits, wage cuts and the continuing economic downturn, with numbers trebling over the past year, a report by two leading British charities has warned.

    A joint report by Oxfam and Church Action on Poverty has said
    that despite Britain’s position as one of the richest nations in
    the world an alarmingly high number of people are now forced to
    ask for help to feed themselves.

    The charities said that reassessment of entitlement to invalidity
    benefits, new jobseekers allowance sanctions, and below-inflation
    rises in payments are the biggest reason for a surge in demand in
    food banks.

    “The single biggest reason is delays or sanctions or problems
    with people’s benefit payments. And that is tied directly to the
    reforms and the cuts that are going on with benefits;
    increasingly they are having sanctions where their benefits

    are just stopped, which are being used in a very harsh and
    arbitrary way,”
    Liam Purcell, Communications Officer for
    Church Action on Poverty, told RT.

     As well as those on benefits, food uncertainty has been
    exacerbated by wage cuts and falling living standards of many
    people in employment, with many also having the hours they can
    work cut.

    “The shocking reality is that hundreds of thousands of people
    in the UK are turning to food aid. Cuts to social safety-nets
    have gone too far, leading to destitution, hardship and hunger on
    a large scale. It is unacceptable this is

    happening in the seventh wealthiest nation on earth,”
    Mark
    Goldring, the Chief Executive of Oxfam, told reporters.

    The problem is exacerbated by the fact that the poorest people in
    the UK pay more for food than their richer counterparts. A
    selection of groceries was 69% more expensive in some of the
    poorest parts of the country according to the report, a
    reflection of the poor amount of choice in lower end groceries
    and supermarkets.

    At least 4 million people in the UK do not have access to a
    healthy diet, while 13 million live below the poverty line, the
    report said. 

    A former adviser to the World Health Organization, Tim Lang, told
    the Independent earlier this month that Britain was returning to
    a “Dickensian” model of welfare. He was referring to
    Charles Dickens, an English author from the 19th

    century who wrote graphically about poverty in urban Victorian
    Britain in novels like Oliver Twist.

    The Trussel Trust, which is the biggest organizer of food banks
    in Britain, said that last year almost 350,000 people received at
    least three days emergency food, a 170 percent increase compared
    to just 130,000 in 2011-2012. But because there are other
    organizations that also dish out food handouts the Oxfam report
    estimates that the number of people reliant on charitable food
    donations is well over half a million.

    In 2011 and 2012 the Trussel Trust was opening two to three food
    banks a week and that in the London Borough of Tower Hamlets, a
    poor area in East London, the working poor are also starting to
    use food banks, explained Denise Bently, the manager of the Tower
    Hamlets food bank.

    The trust now runs 350 food banks, manned by 30,000 volunteers,
    with about 3 new centers opening up each week.

    But the government insists that welfare payments are in line with
    inflation and that families can afford to feed themselves.

    Ed Davey the Energy Secretary told MPs earlier this month that it
    was “completely wrong to suggest there is some sort of
    statistical link between the benefit system reforms we are making
    and the provision of food banks.”

    The dependence on food banks is reflective of a widening chasm in
    the UK between the rich and the poor, with inequality now higher
    than it has been for almost eighty years, Purcell said.

    “Inequality in the UK is now the highest it has been since the
    1930’s, according to the latest figures it has been growing and
    growing under governments of all parties and there is massive
    evidence now that inequality is bad for everyone in

    society.”



    He emphasized that the UK should not be heading in a direction
    where charity replaces government responsibility.

    “What most people who know about this issue will say is that
    food banks should not replace the safety net of the welfare
    state, that’s not what they are intended for. They’re meant to be
    an emergency short term response, we can’t have a situation where
    the government is abnegating its responsibility and leaving
    people to depend entirely on charity to be fed,”
    Purcell told
    RT.

    Purcell added that one of the recommendations of the report was
    that the government takes action on tax dodging. If the big
    corporations and the wealthy paid their fair share of tax, then
    there would be much less need for cuts to vital public services
    and benefits.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Interview With Ron Maxwell on His New Civil War Movie “Copperhead”

    0

    Copperhead, scheduled for release June 28, is based on the 19th-century novel of the same name by Harold Frederic. The movie, like the novel, is representative of actual events in upstate New York in 1862 and 1863. Dairy farmer Abner Beech opposes the war waged by President Abraham Lincoln in the name of preservation of the Union. Like other peace Democrats in the North, he is disparagingly called a “Copperhead” – a venomous snake – by ardent supporters of the war who view his stand as unpatriotic and even treasonous.

    This is the third film by director Ron Maxwell set during the Civil War. The first two are the widely acclaimed Gettysburg and its prequel Gods and Generals. The new movie stars Billy Campbell (most recently in Killing Lincoln), Angus MacFayden (Braveheart), and Peter Fonda. (In the photo, Maxwell, right, is shown with Fonda.)

    The New American: This is your third movie on the Civil War. What has captured your interest in the War Between the States?

    Ron Maxwell: It started in my youth, when my dad used to take my younger brother and me to historical sites. We’d go up in northern New Jersey. Historical sites we visited that were colonial, American Revolution, French and Indian War sites. We’d go up to Lake Champlain, Lake George, and we would visit Fort Ticonderoga. My earliest memories were being read to, James Fenimore Cooper. Then when I could read myself, in first or second grade, I just continued with great curiosity and great adventure. I was just steeped in American history and American biography and American literature from my earliest memories.

    Somewhere along the way, certainly by junior high school years, I started reading about the Civil War, such as [the books of] Bruce Catton. But I didn’t get focused on the Civil War as material for film-making until I read The Killer Angels in 1978, and I optioned the novel. Then I met Michael Shaara, who wrote it. Growing up in New Jersey, I was far from any Civil War battlefields. My first visit ever to a Civil War battlefield was Gettysburg. I got a personal tour over three days with Michael Shaara. We did the battle of Gettysburg as he saw it, through his novel. We spent three days going over the battlefield as he revealed it through his fictional account, so my active engagement with the Civil War as a filmmaker didn’t start until then. Now, as everyone knows, from the time that I read the book in ’78, until the time the film came out in theaters, was 15 years. I didn’t think it was going to be 15 when I started, but I guess I was lucky it wasn’t 20, or never.

    Shortly after that, I thought I was done with it, quite frankly, but a year or so after that, I realized a couple of things had gone on. There was an incredibly warm response to the film, from critics, and moreover, from the public. I got a lot of mail. People were deeply moved by the film, so I realized there was a demand in the marketplace for this type of film. Michael Shaara’s son, Jeff, and I talked about it, about creating a trilogy of novels with the same characters before and after Gettysburg. Michael Shaara had died in 1988. So, that’s what we did.

    The first film was Gettysburg in 1993, and it took 10 years, trying to get it “the prequel” financed, until Gods and Generals was on the screen. Now, it has been another 10 years, to where we are releasing Copperhead. So, it wasn’t like I started out saying I want to make Civil War movies. It has evolved; my interests have evolved, changed.

    In retrospect, looking back on it, I think the first two films, taken together, are a cinematic meditation on why good men – honorable, ethical men – choose to go to war. We examine that in the men who wore blue, and in the men who wore gray. As you know, I took a lot of criticism from the mainstream media for treating the men in blue and gray equally. I looked into their hearts and tried to understand what motivated them. I got a lot of flak because some in the mainstream media don’t want to look upon any man who wore a Confederate uniform as a full human being. But be that as it may, I make my movies as I am called to make them. So the first two movies are a cinematic presentation of why good men choose to fight, or choose to go to war.

    The film Copperhead, which takes place during the same time, and with the same conflict, the American Civil War, explores cinematically why good and honorable, ethical, moral men choose not to go to war. I found the novel The Copperhead, and I wasn’t necessarily looking to explore that notion, but when I came across the novel, I was receptive to it. It fell on fertile ground with me. It was a worthy novel to bring to the screen, it was a story that needs telling. It is a story that has not been told in the popular culture, the story of the anti-war peace Democrats, during the Civil War.

    TNA: Bill Kauffman wrote the screenplay for Copperhead. What was it in his background that you thought prepared him to take on this project?

    Maxwell: I met Bill sometime in the mid-nineties. I met him at D.C. at a conference, and I was really impressed with what he had to say, and subsequently read his non-fiction. He is just a brilliant writer; he writes with such precision and insight. I was impressed with his honesty. He is devoid of cant and propaganda. He is a free spirit, a highly educated man, who is trying to understand the world that he lives in. He is widely and deeply read, and he is just a clear-thinking man. I appreciate that when I see it, when I see people speaking, when I see it written. I appreciate clear-thinking people who won’t just regurgitate somebody’s party line, regardless of what that party line is. I was impressed with him as a man, I knew he wasn’t on somebody’s payroll, wasn’t anybody’s shill, and so many people are just on somebody’s payroll: They are just selling something, and he isn’t. The more I read his work, the more I appreciated it. He also has a great sense of humor.

    As years went by, Bill came to me with a project that he thought would make a great story, about a United States senator who became vice president of the United States, under Martin Van Buren. His name was Richard Mentor Johnson. He was a senator from Kentucky, which as we know was a slave state. He wound up falling in love with an African-American woman, a slave, that he inherited when his father died. What was unique about this story was that they fell in love and they got married, which was against the law at the time. Despite violating the conventions of the time, he was a senator and ran for vice president and won and served as vice president, with an African-American wife. It was a story most people don’t know, and we wanted to explore that. We thought it was a great subject for a film. We developed it into a screenplay, and it was a learning curve for Bill, because he had never written a screenplay before, so I acted as his mentor, and not surprisingly, he was a quick learner, and he wrote a really beautiful screenplay based on that. It was not a novel, but rather an original screenplay. [The screenplay has not yet been turned into a motion picture. – editor’s note]

    So, I knew he could write a screenplay. We had dinner one time, and I don’t remember whether he brought up or I brought up The Copperhead and what a great movie it would make. We had both read it. It is in print now, but it was out of print. It was a forgotten novel. Most of the novels of Harold Frederic, who wrote in the second half of the 19th-century, are mostly forgotten, but he was a wonderful writer. I call him the Charles Dickens of upstate New York. If you want to know about rural America in upstate New York in the 19th century, he’s the guy. Just like you can learn about Victorian England from Charles Dickens. So, we decided to adapt that novel to a screenplay, and that is how it started.

    TNA: People like me love the study of history, and I know I am not alone in loving these movies that are history-based. There are so many great stories from history that could be put onto the big screen, why do you think so few are actually made?

    Maxwell: I’ve certainly run up against this wall of resistance over a lifetime. When I look back at the historical films that I have made, it is almost miraculous. Had I not met up with kindred spirits who love American history as much as I do, not one of these Civil War movies would have been made. In the case of the earlier two [Gettysburg and Gods and Generals], Ted Turner had this great passion. He grew up in the South, he went to the Citadel, and he loved American history. He loved Civil War history, and had he and I not met, I am convinced that those movies would have never been made. And if they had been made, they would not have been made with the artistic freedom with which they were made. Once we decided to make these movies, Ted Turner gave this filmmaker complete creative freedom. As we know, he has a lot to say, he has his opinions, and he is not shy about expressing them, but every time he would express an opinion, he would say, “You are the filmmaker, Ron, and I want to protect the artistic integrity, so it is your choice.”

    So, love them or hate them, they are the work of a filmmaker. Nobody told me how to make them. Nobody forced me, nobody edited them, nobody abridged them. They are my personal interpretation of those stories. Yes, it is a business, it is entertainment, but it is also a work of art. Let’s face it. Movies are a work of art, good, bad, or ugly, or whatever you want to call them, and works of art have to be made most of the time by one person, who is the synthesizer. Five people don’t paint a picture. In the case of most pictures, it takes hundreds of people to execute it, all of whom have to bring their skills and their art, and their brilliance, and their experience to make it happen, but the synthesizer is the one intellect.

    So, I have been very fortunate that I have been able to do anything. Without meeting such people, if you had to rely on the studio system we have in Hollywood, it would be next to impossible. As the saying goes, necessity is the mother of invention, and we have a different way to finance this type of movie. Without the financing, the movie would not be made. From the time I started in the business 40 years ago, it has been increasingly difficult to make movies about history that are serious American history, or any kind of history. Now, you see a lot of costume dramas, just turn on cable television, but that is not the same thing. That is putting people in costumes and such – the French Revolution, the Renaissance – and creating stories about who’s sleeping with who, who’s cheating on who, who is stabbing the other guy in the back. They’re soap operas set in a different time period. They are not really historical films. It is tougher now than it has ever been to make serious historical films, but look, if it were easy, then everybody would be doing it.

    TNA: In the movie Copperhead, Abner Beech commented that Abraham Lincoln did not have the authority to issue the Emancipation Proclamation. Was there any consideration or discussion that even if the proclamation were constitutional, it didn’t actually free any slaves anywhere, since it only applied to slaves outside of Union jurisdiction?

    Maxwell: Of course, you are citing a fact that anyone who has studied the Civil War must concede as true. But I think the other side of that coin that people would say with equal moral force is that it had a galvanizing effect on the abolitionists in the North, and it had a galvanizing effect on the slaves themselves who happened to be in the border states or in the Confederacy. We don’t get into any of that in the film because all that Abner Beech is talking about in that scene was the constitutional issue. This was kind of a theme with him, and again this is from the novel in the 19th century by Harold Frederic. He is a Jeffersonian Democrat, and he believed that you just have to take the Constitution seriously – that it was put together in a certain way, to protect the individual; that the Founders knew what they were talking about; that they had lived through tyranny from George III and that they knew human nature being the way it is; that this Constitution would protect the liberty of mankind for generations forward. He took it very seriously. It was not just a violation of the Constitution, but the usurpation of power. Beech was commenting that if this is something the American people want to do, it should be done legislatively, by making a law through the Congress. One man can’t do this.

    It is interesting that in the film that came out last year [Lincoln], the whole film is about the 13th Amendment. You can see in that film that Lincoln understood that that proclamation would not hold unless you had a constitutional amendment. He understood that it could be challenged later. In essence, Abraham Lincoln is agreeing with Abner Beech that it is unconstitutional even though Lincoln believed it morally correct that he should have done it, but [Beech believed] that you have to do it by law. So, it is interesting that both of these movies comment on the same issue.

    TNA: After you made Gods and Generals, the prequel to Gettysburg, your intent was to do a movie about the post-Gettysburg Civil War that would continue the story through to Lee’s surrender at Appomattox. Is that still a possibility?

    Maxwell: Yes, as I mentioned earlier, Jeff Shaara and I decided to make two novels, one a prequel and one a sequel, to Gettysburg. Gods and Generals is the prequel, and The Last Full Measure is the sequel. It was a best-seller, just like Gods and Generals. We certainly hope to someday do it. Copperhead  has lot of scale and a lot of scope, but it has no battle scenes. Once you have battle scenes, such as the Wilderness campaign, you are talking about a lot of money. Perhaps, if we get lucky with Copperhead, and it is a viable, commercial success at the box office, then the odds of making The Last Full Measure are greatly enhanced.

    Photo: Ron Maxwell (right) with Peter Fonda

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    I might seek re-election in 2014: Assad

    0

    Syrian President Bashar al-Assad says he would seek reelection if the Syrian people want him to contest the 2014 presidential polls.

    “This question will be decided at the given moment. If I feel there is any need for my candidacy, and that will be decided after consulting the people, I will not hesitate to stand,” Assad said in an interview broadcast by the Lebanese television Al-Manar on Thursday.

    Earlier in the day, Syria’s Foreign Minister Walid al-Muallem said that Assad will remain president at least until scheduled elections in 2014 and might seek another term in office.

    Å“From now until the next elections, President Bashar Assad is president of the Syrian Arab Republic,” he said.

    Å“Will Assad run in 2014 or not? This depends on the circumstances in 2014 and on the popular will. If the people want him to run, he will run. If the people donâ„¢t want that, I donâ„¢t think he will. Let us not jump the gun,” Muallem added

    The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

    The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

    Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

    MN/MHB

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Zuckerberg In Obama’s Back Pocket, FB Unsafe For Obama Opponents

    0

    Donna Anderson
    Infowars.com
    May 30, 2013

    A St. Louis TV Anchor claims everything was going along swimmingly until he asked President Obama about the First Family’s many vacations. After that, he says, things took a turn for the worse and not only is Larry Conners now a former anchor for KMOV in St. Louis, he’s also being harassed by the IRS.

    During an interview last year with President Obama, Conners asked the President a few harmless questions about government spending. He says everything was going fine until he explained to the President that “some KMOV viewers were concerned about the First Family ‘jetting around on different vacations’ and wondered if he was ‘out of touch.”

    Conners said the warm demeanor of President Obama and his staff suddenly went cold. Conners believes that, as a result of the interview, he became a target for the IRS.

    Conners had been on an IRS payment plan since August 2011 and had made every payment on time. After the Obama interview went viral in April 2012 Conners was notified that the IRS was canceling his payment plan.

    Conners then took to his Facebook page and posted the following:

    “The President’s face clearly showed his anger; afterwards, his staff which had been so polite … suddenly went cold,” Conners wrote on Facebook. “What I don’t like to even consider … is that because of the Obama interview … the IRS put a target on me. Can I prove it? At this time, no. But it is a fact that since the April 2012 interview … the IRS has been pressuring me.”

    When KMOV station officials saw the posting on Conner’s Facebook page they dictated a statement for him to read that made it sound like Conner deliberately withheld information in his Facebook posting in order to infer a connection between President Obama and the IRS action. KMOV General Manager, Mark Pimentel, then terminated Conner, with cause, citing that because of the Facebook posting Conner had compromised his integrity and credibility.

    Conners says he was under a “gag order” from the station which prevented him from sharing more details with viewers, and because of the misleading statement he was forced to read some viewers started labeling him as a tax cheater and a tax fraud.

    Conners posted a detailed Facebook post on Monday, May 13, but it’s no longer available. In the post he said, “Almost immediately after the interview, the IRS started hammering me. At the time, I dismissed the ‘co-incidence,’ but now, I have concerns…after revelations about the IRS targeting various groups and their members.”

    On May 24, Conners was able to issue a statement through his attorney to clear up timeline issues for his viewers. According to the statement he’s had to hire a tax attorney but still hasn’t been able to resolve the issue with the IRS.

    Given that Conners was making his tax payments in a timely fashion, there’s no question he’s been targeted by someone. The question is who?

    This isn’t the first time Facebook has censored posts that dare to speak against Obama. In September 2011 Infowars reporter Darrin McBreen was warned by Facebook to “be careful about making political statements.” In October of 2012, Facebook was censoring Infowars posts that used the words “Al-CIA-da” over a picture of Osama Bin Laden.

    And again in October 2012, Facbeook censored a post by the Sepcial Operations Speaks PAC (SOS) which “highlighted the fact that Obama denied backup to the forces being overrun in Benghazi.

    It’s no secret that Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg and his mega-rich cronies have been lobbying for an increase in the H-1B visas in the immigration reform bill. This key bit of legislation would allow high-tech companies to import high-tech foreign workers at a fraction of what they’d have to pay if they hired legal American citizens for the job.

    So it only makes sense that Facebook filters are set to maximum overdrive to pick up any post that says anything derogatory about Obama or his administration. It also makes sense that those posts are then forwarded to the PTB, especially in Conner’s case since his interview went viral.

    From there it’s not too difficult to imagine someone in the Obama administration giving the IRS a heads-up to set their sites on Conners.

    So let’s be careful out there in Facebook land. You never know who’s watching.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 2:54 pm

    Tags: , , ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Police Impose Security Lock Down For Bilderberg 2013

    0

    Ring of steel will stifle protest, freedom of the press

    Paul Joseph Watson
    Infowars.com
    May 30, 2013

    Infowars has obtained maps released by Hertfordshire Police which illustrate how the entire area surrounding the site of the 2013 Bilderberg Group conference in Watford, UK will be subject to a substantial security lock down which will restrict both protesters and members of the press from exercising their free speech rights.

    Image: Flickr

    The maps show that the back entrance to the Grove Hotel will be almost completely inaccessible, partly as a result road closures manned by police checkpoints and partly as a result of pedestrians being prohibited from walking on the road.

    This means that the majority of Bilderberg members are certain to use the back entrance and therefore avoid being confronted by protesters or photographed by media — as we predicted weeks ago — thereby defeating the whole purpose of demonstrators attending the event in the first place.

    Indeed, the entire area including the stretch of road that leads up to and beyond the front entrance is designated as “pedestrians prohibited” and “no stopping or waiting”.

    The security lock down — which is taxpayer funded – is being coordinated under the dubious guise of an “anti-terror exercise,” which is all the more ironic given the fact that the Honorary President of the Supreme Court of Italy recently fingered Bilderberg itself for being involved in terrorist attacks in Europe which took place under the auspices of Operation Gladio.

    In addition, Watford Borough Council has rejected a Temporary Events Notice to hold the Bilderberg Fringe Festival, at which Alex Jones and David Icke are set to speak, in a nearby park, meaning thousands of people will descend on the area with nowhere to go.

    In rejecting the application, Watford councilors are creating a massive public safety issue. Protesters and media representatives will now be bottle-necked into small areas clustered around the entrance to the Grove Hotel. This could easily lead to injuries caused by overcrowding as well as the area’s immediate proximity to a busy main road.

    Watford Council and police authorities need to be reasonable in understanding that a deluge of people will be arriving whether they grant permission for the festival or not, meaning it is completely negligent on their behalf not to approve the application, which is now under appeal.

    “By providing an alternative focal point for people to use their right to express themselves that was away from the Grove hotel we had hoped to reduce the pressure in what is a contentious area (the Grove gates),” said a statement by festival organizers.

    “The safest and most appropriate place for people to gather was deemed Cassiobury Park, but with the decision makers in charge of community safety refusing to make any effort to appropriately engage and plan with the festival organisers, the hope of providing a safe area away from the Grove hotel has now proved impossible.”

    “Watford Council should realise that public and press are coming to the area to document the conference and express their legitimate concerns about the way the Bilderberg group operates — and these crowds are coming anyway, regardless of whether a site for the Bilderberg Fringe Festival is found or not.”

    In addition to the security lock down, which will include bag searches and metal detector wandings carried out by G4S private security for anyone entering the protest/press area, local residents have been told by police that they will have to present passports or other proof of identification simply to get to their own homes.

    “I think it’s totally outrageous and it is infringing my civil liberties,” Kevin Butcher, a Grove Mill Lane resident, told the Watford Observer.

    “G4S may photograph / video the protesters if necessary for safety and security,” states a Hertfordshire Police advisory, which also states that bullhorns will not be permitted although loud hailers will be authorized. The memo also states that no masks will be allowed.

    The protest/press site will be open “at 9am and close at 8pm on Thursday 6th June. Thereafter the hours will be 8am-8pm on Friday 7th and Saturday 8th. The site hours will be 8am-2pm on Sunday 9th.”

    Infowars is calling on everyone to make their presence known outside the Grove Hotel and send a message to authorities that attempts to stifle free speech and the freedom of the press will not be tolerated.

    View the maps which illustrate the security lock down below (click for enlargements), as well as Hertfordshire Constabulary’s memo.

    *********************

    Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

    City Discloses New Location of 9/11 Victims’ Remains

    0

    David W. Dunlap
    New York Times
    May 30, 2013

    For more than a decade, relatives of World Trade Center victims had been accustomed to walking through Memorial Park on East 30th Street on their way to a tranquil chapel under a big white tent. There, they could pay their respects to the dead, knowing that the victims’ remains were nearby, carefully stored – though out of sight – beneath the same tent top.

    On Memorial Day, a number of victims’ relatives accused the Bloomberg administration of having “snatched” the remains from Memorial Park and surreptitiously moving them to an “undisclosed location.”

    A day later, Nazli Parvizi, the Bloomberg administration’s commissioner of community affairs, informed family members by e-mail that the remains had in fact been moved in October 2012 – in advance of Hurricane Sandy – to the DNA Forensic Biology Laboratory Building at 421 East 26th Street, which is run by the office of the chief medical examiner.

    Read full article

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 2:53 pm

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Miami cops choke teenager because he gave them a stare

    3

    A 14-year-old teenage boy was choked, slammed to the ground and arrested by Miami police officers who claim the teen stared at them in a “dehumanizing” way.

    Tremaine McMillian, an African-American teenage boy from southern
    Florida, spent Memorial Day on the beach with his family. While
    he was ‘rough-housing’ with another teen on Haulover Beach,
    police drove by on an ATV and told him that his behavior was
    unacceptable. They asked the boy where his parents where,
    and McMillian walked away.

    The Miami-Dade police officers subsequently jumped off their ATVs
    to restrain the teen, claiming he gave them “dehumanizing
    stares”
    and “appeared threatening.” Maurissa Holmes,
    the mother of the boy, captured the incident on her cell phone.
    Video footage shows one police officer choking the 14-year-old
    boy while the other officer is restraining him.

    “He started choking me, and as he was choking me, I urinated
    on myself because I couldn’t breathe,”
    McMillian told WSVN-TV
    after the incident. The boy’s mother was close by and ran over to
    the officers, telling them to get off. They told her to stand
    back.

    “I ran over with my son and used my cell phone when I saw my
    son and he couldn’t breathe,”
    she told CBS4. “There was no
    reason to slam him on the ground like that the way they did. He’s
    a child, not an adult. For them to jump off their ATV and do
    this, this is wrong. I want justice. You don’t do that to a
    child.”

    After the incident, the police said McMilliam clenched his fists,
    which made him appear threatening. But the boy says he was
    carrying and taking care of his Pit Bull puppy and giving the dog
    milk from a bottle right before the police attacked him, making
    it impossible for his fists to be clenched.

     “That police report was not accurate,” the boy’s
    mother told CBS4. McMillian said the report also failed to
    mention the presence of his dog, which was also hurt by the
    officers.

    “I feel sad. [The officer] got in front of me… and he slammed
    my hand,”
    the teen said, describing the incident. “Then he
    started choking me. Then my 6-week old Pit Bull mix named Polo
    got hurt and bruised his front paw when the police grabbed me and
    slammed me down. It makes me feel sad.”

    Kearra McMillian, the victim’s sister, feels equally saddened by
    the event, and believes the officers responded out of rage that
    they were being ignored.

    “My brother did nothing wrong,” she said. “He didn’t
    say anything to the officer. He just kept walking. I guess they
    just got mad because he wouldn’t stop.”

    Miami-Dade Police Detective Alvaro Zabaleta defended the actions
    of the officers, claiming they did the right thing in restraining
    someone who appeared hostile, and that they had no choice but to
    take the boy into custody after he resisted their orders. He
    claims that flailing arms and clenched fists are considered a
    threat, and that the reports of the puppy’s presence are
    insignificant. McMillian has been charged with resisting arrest
    with violence, which is a felony, and disorderly conduct.

    An assistant public defender at the Juvenile Justice Center has
    entered a plea of not guilty on behalf of the 14-year-old. Judge
    Maria DeJesus Santoveria has ordered a trial for the boy, which
    has been scheduled to begin July 16.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    “Conservative” Magazine Counsels Rand Paul to Join the CFR

    0

    Joe Wolverton, II, J.D.
    The New American
    May 30, 2013

    Senator Rand Paul (R-Ky.) is currently on his nationwide “I’m probably running for president” tour. He’s made the requisite stops in the early election states of Iowa and New Hampshire, courting the GOP faithful and bringing the figurative freezers full of red meat to throw their way. Demonstrating impressive political savvy, he’s also making a habit of making bold statements that set him apart from potential Establishment competitors from both sides of the aisle.

    He may be making the right rounds, shaking the right hands, and firing at the right targets, but if he’s serious about being elected president, Senator Paul should join the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR). At least that is the incredibly bad advice offered by Jacob Heilbrunn to the freshman senator and scion of the libertarian-leaning Paul family.

    In an article published on May 19 in The National Interest – a foreign policy journal – senior editor Heilbrunn suggests not only that Paul “put as much distance between himself” and those who consider the CFR and its globalist policies to be a threat to liberty and U.S. sovereignty, but, “for good measure” he should add CFR president Richard N. Haass as a consigliore.

    Here’s Heilbrunn’s pitch:

    Nothing would signal that Paul intends to be a serious candidate for the presidency [more] than reaching out to mainstream Republicans such as Haass. Haass is the antithesis of a neoconservative, and it is neocons who, by and large, dominate the GOP, at least when it comes to setting the terms of debate. Whether they wield much influence outside it is a matter of debate. But as one of the avatars of shifting the debate on foreign policy, Paul would do well to broaden his message. Obviously, Paul is not going to abandon his libertarian credo. But it’s hardly in conflict with tempering his message for a wider audience. His aim should be to present himself as a mainstream candidate espousing the revival of precepts that were successfully followed by GOP stalwarts such as Dwight Eisenhower, Richard Nixon, Gerald Ford, and George H.W. Bush.

    Broaden his message by appealing to the mainstream? That sounds like the none-too-successful strategy of several former GOP presidential contenders.

    Beyond shilling for the perpetuation of the same-old-same-old, country club, Establishment partisan politics that have accelerated the decline of this country and its Constitution, Heilbrunn laments that Paul will hew too rigidly to the principles of civil libertarianism that are the essence of his broadening appeal.

    And, speaking of that hoary Establishment claque, aren’t they the same group that Senator Paul described as “stale and moss-covered” during a speech at the Conservative Political Action Conference in March?

    Undaunted, after extolling Haass’ experience in both Bush (older and younger) administrations, Heilbrunn makes his final appeal to Paul to demonstrate his presidential pragmatism by adopting Haass’ worldview and promoting the CFR’s foreign policy proposals.

    Just what is the Council on Foreign Relations? Are they indeed “a secretive organization, the agent of nefarious bankers intent on promoting world government” as Heilbrunn mockingly says “the right” believes them to be?

    Or, alternatively, are they, as Heilbrunn claims, a “network of realist thinkers with government experience and serious intellectual attainments”?

    In truth, for decades since its creation, the Council on Foreign Relations has been the “mother ship” of the internationalist Establishment and the source of marching orders for the successive State Departments.

    Perhaps the best evidence of the influence of this organization was revealed during a speech delivered at CFR headquarters in New York City in 2009, by then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton. In her remarks, Clinton offered an accurate and chilling assessment of the relationship between the CFR and American foreign policymakers: “We get a lot of advice from the Council, so this will mean I won’t have as far to go to be told what we should be doing and how we should think about the future.”

    How prevalent have members of the CFR been in the highest ranks of American politics?

    The administrations of every president since Franklin D. Roosevelt have been filled with members of the CFR. From cabinet-level secretaries to the lowest-ranking sub-bureaucrat, presidents have turned to the CFR as the in-house personnel pool.

    This path has been faithfully followed by every president – Republican or Democrat – including Barack Obama.

    For a full and frightening account of the origin, purposes, and practices of the CFR, readers should turn to James Perloff’s seminal book on the subject, The Shadows of Power: The Council on Foreign Relations and the American Decline. Originally published in 1988, the information provided by Perloff is timeless and timely.

    What follows is a brief recitation of Perloff’s account of the inception and influence of the CFR. This synopsis, taken from Perloff’s article “Council on Foreign Relations: Influencing American Government” in the August 3, 2009 issue of The New American magazine, should serve as a primer for readers unfamiliar with the group, as well as a warning to Senator Paul to ignore the advice of Jacob Heilbrunn and anyone else who would see him abandon his constitutional conservatism in favor of the staid, secretive, sovereignty-eroding globalism of the Council on Foreign Relations.

    Power Behind the Throne

    In theory, America’s government is supposed to be “of the people, by the people, for the people.” While this concept rang true in early America, and many individuals still trust in it, the last century has seen the reality of power increasingly shift from the people to an establishment rooted in banking, Wall Street, and powerful multinational corporations. Syndicated columnist Edith Kermit Roosevelt, granddaughter of Teddy Roosevelt, explained:

    The word “Establishment” is a general term for the power elite in international finance, business, the professions and government, largely from the northeast, who wield most of the power regardless of who is in the White House. Most people are unaware of the existence of this “legitimate Mafia.” Yet the power of the Establishment makes itself felt from the professor who seeks a foundation grant, to the candidate for a cabinet post or State Department job. It affects the nation’s policies in almost every area.

    Roosevelt added that this group’s goal is “a One World Socialist state governed by ‘experts’ like themselves.” 

David Rockefeller, the longtime chairman (and now chairman emeritus) of the CFR, acknowledged the role of the establishment in trying to lead America in the one-world direction in his 2002 book Memoirs:

    For more than a century ideological extremists at either end of the political spectrum have seized upon well-publicized incidents such as my encounter with Castro to attack the Rockefeller family for the inordinate influence they claim we wield over American political and economic institutions. Some even believe we are part of a secret cabal working against the best interests of the United States, characterizing my family and me as “internationalists” and of conspiring with others around the world to build a more integrated global political and economic structure – one world, if you will. If that’s the charge, I stand guilty, and I am proud of it.

    Two major means the establishment employs for controlling government policy: (1) through its influence within the two major parties and the mass media, it can usually assure that both the Republican and Democratic presidential candidates will be its own hand-picked men; (2) by stacking presidential cabinets with CFR members at key positions – especially those involving defense, finance, foreign policy, and national security – it can assure that America will move in the direction it wants.

    Since the council’s founding in 1921, 21 secretaries of defense or war, 19 secretaries of the treasury, 17 secretaries of state, and 15 CIA directors have hailed from the Council on Foreign Relations.



    Background


    Prior to the CFR’s founding, what Congressman Charles Lindbergh, Sr. (the father of the famous aviator) called the “Money Trust” – a cabal of international bankers including the houses of Rockefeller, Morgan, and Rothschild – conspired to create the Federal Reserve System. Their agents, such as Paul Warburg and Benjamin Strong, who had secretly planned the Fed at a nine-day meeting on Jekyll Island, were then put in charge of the system itself. This gave them control of American interest rates, and, by virtue of this, control of the stock market, as well as the capacity to have the U.S. government spend without limit by having the Fed create money from nothing. The result has been decades of inflation and skyrocketing national debt. Not just an accumulation of wealth, but a consolidation of political power was involved.

    The Money Trust had backed Woodrow Wilson in the presidential elections, and then controlled him through their front man, Edward Mandell House, who lived in the White House. The trust recognized how the power of government could be used to advance their own interests. 

Wilson, surrounded by the bankers, traveled to the Paris Peace Conference of 1919, which was settling the aftermath of World War I.

    His chief proposal there, of course, was the League of Nations – a first step toward world government. However, although the League was established by the Versailles Treaty, the United States did not join because the Senate refused to ratify the treaty. 

In response to this rejection, the bankers’ circle, still in Paris, held a series of meetings and proposed to establish a new organization in the United States, whose purpose would be to lead America into the League. This organization was incorporated in New York City two years later as the Council on Foreign Relations.



    Architects of a New World Order


    The CFR’s goal was formation of an incrementally stronger world government. Admiral Chester Ward, former Judge Advocate of the U.S. Navy, was a CFR member for 16 years before resigning in disgust. He stated: “The main purpose of the Council on Foreign Relations is promoting the disarmament of U.S. sovereignty and national independence, and submergence into an all-powerful one-world government.” 

After World War II, the League’s successor, the United Nations, was born.

    Contrary to what the public is commonly told, the UN was not founded by nations who had tired of war. The UN was conceived by a group of CFR members in the State Department calling themselves the Informal Agenda Group. They drafted the original proposal for the UN, and secured the approval of President Roosevelt, who then made establishing the UN his highest postwar priority. When the UN held its founding meeting in San Francisco in 1945, 47 of the American delegates were CFR members.



    Though the UN was not initially set up as a world government, the intent was that it would develop into one over time. John Foster Dulles (CFR), an American delegate to the UN founding meeting who later became Secretary of State under Eisenhower, acknowledged as much in his book War or Peace: “The United Nations represents not a final stage in the development of world order, but only a primitive stage. Therefore its primary task is to create the conditions which will make possible a more highly developed organization.”

    Again, Perloff’s book The Shadows of Power relates so much more of the destructive effect of CFR influence.

    Going forward, one thing is certain, as Perloff wrote in the aforementioned article:

    As long as the CFR controls our government, we can anticipate more of the same: diminishing national sovereignty; free flow of immigration (which confuses national identity and weakens national loyalties); increasing jobs losses through multinational trade agreements; further internationalization of law (Law of the Sea Treaty, Kyoto Protocol, World Court, global taxation, etc.); increasing loss of freedoms in a “surveillance society”; progressive organization of the United States, Mexico, and Canada into a North American Union; and ultimately, broader merger into a world government where all power will be concentrated in the hands of the elite.

    Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at jwolverton@thenewamerican.com

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 2:30 pm

    Tags: ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Schools scanned students’ irises without permission

    0

    Parents in Polk County, Florida are outraged after learning that students in area schools had their irises scanned as part of a new security program without obtaining proper permission.

    Students at three facilities – an elementary school, a grade
    school and a high school – had their eyeballs scanned earlier
    this month as part of a ‘student safety’ pilot program being
    carried out by Stanley

    Convergent Security Solutions.

    “It simply takes a picture of the iris, which is unique to every
    individual,” Rob Davis, the school board’s senior director of
    support services, wrote home to parents in a letter dated May 23.
    “With this program, we will be

    able to identify when and where a student gets on the bus, when
    they arrive at their school location, when and what bus the
    student boards and disembarks in the afternoon. This is an effort
    to further enhance the safety of our

    students.”

    “The EyeSwipe-Nano is an ideal replacement for the card based
    system since your child will not have to be responsible for
    carrying an identification card,” Davis wrote.

    Parents at Daniel Jenkins Academy, Bephune Academy and the
    Davenport School of the Arts received the letter from the school
    board on May 24 informing them of the EyeSwipe-Nano program and
    that their child’s principal

    should be notified if they don’t want their son or daughter to
    participate.

    But elsewhere in the letter, the board explained that the program
    would begin last Monday, May 20. By the time the letter was
    received on Friday, iris scans had already been completed at the
    three area schools without a single student opting out, Angel
    Clark wrote for The Examiner this week.

    Because Memorial Day landed on May 27, parents were unable to
    receive confirmation from the school until this Tuesday, nearly
    one week after the scans began.

    In the letter, Davis described the scanning as a safe and
    noninvasive way of collecting students’ biometric data as a way
    of ensuring the safety of pupils in the Polk County school
    district. Parents are appalled that they weren’t informed of the
    program ahead of time, though, and are calling it an invasion of
    privacy.

    “It seems like they are mostly focused on this program, like
    the program was the problem. It’s not, it’s the invasion of my
    family’s Constitutional right to privacy that is the problem, as
    well as the school allowing a private company access to my child
    without my consent or permission
    ,” one concerned parent wrote
    in a Facebook post that has since been shared hundreds of times.
    “This is stolen information, and we cannot retrieve it.”

    When the parent reached the school on Tuesday, she was told that
    the program was suspended.

    Reporter Michelle Malkin caught up with Davis on Wednesday and he
    apologized for the board’s actions and confirmed that the data
    had been destroyed.

    “Davis told me that ‘it is a mistake on our part’ that a
    notification letter to parents did not go out on May 17,
    ” she
    wrote. “He blamed a secretary who had a ‘medical
    emergency
    .’”

    Polks planned to install EyeSwipe-Nano units on 17 local school
    busses starting next year. The scandal comes just months after a
    high school student in Texas was suspended for refusing to wear
    an identification card to class.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Video: Firefighters Clash With Riot Police In Spain During Austerity Protest

    0

    Metro.co.uk
    May 30, 2013

    Catalonia firefighters were starting fires rather than putting them out this week during a demonstration held in Barcelona.

    The emergency workers clashed with riot police while protesting over austerity cuts in the recession hit Catalonian capital.

    Hundreds of firefighters, sporting yellow helmets and red jackets, grappled with police amid concerns over the latest proposed budget cuts.

    Read full article

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 2:18 pm

    Tags: ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    When Collapse Happens: “Everyone Took Everything. It Was Like A Storm…”

    0

    Editor’s Note: The following article has been generously contributed by Selco. He has experienced the ‘S’ hitting the fan for real, and lived through one year of hell during the Balkan war, where the only concern you had on a daily basis was surviving through to tomorrow. He has documented his experiences at his web site and in must-read articles like A Survival Q & A: Living Through SHTF In the Middle of A War Zone and Advice from a Collapse Survivor. 

    He currently offers his online course One Year In Hell to subscribers and provides a detailed account of his life in the middle of a war zone, what he did to survive when his city was cut off from the rest of the world by an occupying military force, and what you can do to prepare yourself physically and mentally for similar events should they come to pass. 

    Selco lives in the Balkan region and regularly shares his perspective on preparedness via his blog at SHTF School.


    What Will People Need: Some Thoughts on Preparing for Bartering
    by Selco

    Bartering AmmunitionBuying stuff for your SHTF storage is good of course, and buying it the smart way so you can save some money is always welcome since most of us are not multimillionaires.

    But have you ever thought about buying things for SHTF scenarios in some not so “regular” ways? It will save you money, but maybe even more important is that it will prepare you and show you how finding and buying stuff will probably look when the SHTF for real.

    I am not advising you to do anything that might be against the law, I am simply gonna give you examples how I find some things. It is up to you how you or if you use any of it.

    Have it when you do not need it (have it before you need it)

    One of the most basic rules in preparing and acquiring things for SHTF is that you need to have it before you need it. You may think “oh, but it is so obvious.” Yes and no. Sometimes it is not. When SHTF you may find out that it is very important to have, for example, tetanus shots updated, but then it may be too late. You need to fix that before SHTF.

    Simply, if you are going to look for the tetanus shots when SHTF, the price can be high. In every SHTF scenario anywhere in the world there is gonna be people who are gonna make a fortune and increase power by having the stuff that most of the other folks do not have, because it was not so obvious that it was going to be needed.

    Ways to obtain things

    Things can be bought in many ways. Some of them are illegal so no advice, just examples.

    I buy my fuel from guys who sell it not from the gas station, I buy it always from the same guys so in that way they do not find it useful to cross me with adding strange stuff inside in order to make more money. Repeat customer is good customer.

    Where do they get it? I do not know, and I do not want to know. But some examples would be that they are just dealers for the big guy who wants to “go across” some tax expenses, or they buying it as “agricultural” fuel etc. I do not ask. Is it illegal? Yes. Have I seen and did worse things than that? Yea, sure. Survival.

    Ways to buy things do not necessarily need to be illegal, but it can be just strange and something other than you are used to. In that way you are just preparing yourself for finding things when SHTF.

    It’s like practice for getting things directly from people. Why not start now and tell neighbors what you can get for them cheaply and ask them if they have connection to some stuff too?

    I know people in different areas of life. So I know guys from local politics and guys from local small gangs. I like to keep my ear on ground as part of preparation for coming SHTF. Money is short here and during the [Balkan] war people got used to getting stuff through other people, so the same system still works.

    I also often trade for something when it makes sense. I use my preps and trade two pairs of police boots for new jacket, for example.

    What things do I need?

    Do not think only about “what things do I need?” Feel free to think about “what things do other people need,” because you are going to be trading.

    Look around you and keep in mind when the SHTF, the term “useful thing” takes on a whole new meaning. You’ll see ( I did) that for some people it is a priority to loot malls and take a TV set, stereo or something similar.

    I saw few guys in the first days of chaos rolling 4 new car tires from a looted mall. They were laughing, very happy because they thought they made good “deal” with that. I guess pretty soon they realized that those 4 tires were worth one pocket knife or something similar.

    Smarter folks, or you can say people with “vision,” look for the weapons, food or similar useful stuff.

    The important thing to understand is that everyone took everything. It was like a storm. As time passed by and when everything “more useful” was gone, people took everything else, like pieces of shelves where stuff was kept. People find uses for that too.

    For example, when SHTF I expect people to smash parking machines for the money inside. I am not gonna care for the worthless coins inside, but those machines work thanks to a small solar panels installed on the pole above it. I would go for the panels that most of the folks won’t notice at all.

    Small things were always useful to trade. Also some bigger “invented” things had a good price, like small wood stoves made from cans or pressure cookers. Pretty soon people who were skilled made good trade with handmade portable wood stoves.

    Maybe you can find something to build with empty cans or other waste products?

    People tried to trade everything so you could see some funny stuff too. I wrote in another post about the old FM radio taped to some huge batteries handmade from other sized batteries and taped together. Or homemade teas guaranteed to cure something mixed from different kind of plants.

    Of course scams were everywhere and you needed to be very cautious.

    It was always better to have more small things to trade then bigger bulkier stuff. Easier to carry and easier to sell. Candles, batteries, lighters, canned food, spices, small tools, pocket knives…

    What more you can do today

    Of course preppers look for discounts and wholesale, yard sales and similar chances to save money. But you also need to think about practicing bargaining.

    I am buying lot of things at the local flea market or through people I know. You can find lot of things on flea markets, and if you look hard enough you can find stuff that doesn’t  usually belong there.

    Few rules :

    • Never act like you really need the thing you want to buy (let it be your second choice for example)
    • Split money in more pockets when you bargaining (do not bargain with a hand full of money)
    • Many times seller will set the price based on how he sees you in that moment. So of course do not show off any symbol of wealth.

    Also remember that buying things at the flea market (in your case maybe a yardsale or similar) is very good practice for trade in SHTF conditions simply because the act of negotiating is similar.

    Prices are not fixed (they are more a thing of opportunity and skills). The way you look, act and talk can sometimes be more important than how much money (value) you have in your pocket.

    Remember that when SHTF a lot of things can be valuable; things that you usually would not even notice in normal life.

    For example when SHTF, batteries and candles had big value. The reasons are, of course, because people are still used to commodity of light at night, using it in every room etc.

    But very soon folks realized that candles are something like luxury. So for example, if you wanted to read book you would read it by daylight, or people in the house simply gathered in one room under the light of one candle in order to spare the others.

    So, the value of candles went high in beginning and then went down [as behavior changed].

    So if you planned to make some big success with something for trade it can be said that you need to choose the correct time. Some things have the same high value almost all the time, like coffee or cigarettes.

    Other things gain value over the time, multiple times [their original] value. Stuff like some seeds, plants and knowledge about plants like teas, and herbs for healing etc.

    The point is, if you offered at the beginning stage of SHTF homemade teas as a remedies for something you would not have big success, because people did not believe that SHTF gonna last too long, or in other cases people still had some stash of antibiotics, painkillers etc.

    After a few months passed and people realized the SHTF is gonna last for a longer period, and there were no doctors, no hospitals, and diseases were spreading, then of course those home made remedies suddenly became popular and at the same time much more expensive.

    I have more examples about trading in my survival course.

    So small things that are kinda ridiculously cheap in normal times and normal life become important, which equals expensive.

    One more example would be flints for lighters.

    Things like these are very important if you stash many things in order to do much trading to make life easier when SHTF.

    Point is to carefully observe which things have what kind of value, and more importantly, what things have a chance to multiple their value in a few weeks or months.

    I even knew guy who make small necklaces for luck, you know kinda of small metal on rope and if you carry that all the time you can be sure that bullet gonna miss you. He was something like a monk. He traded that for food and it worked.

    When times are desperate people do and trust in lot of things.

    This article has been made available by Selco of SHTF School. 

    Check out his One Year In Hell Online Course in which he provides a detailed account of his life in the middle of a war zone, what he did to survive when his city was cut off from the rest of the world by an occupying military force, and what you can do to prepare yourself physically and mentally for similar events should they come to pass. 

    This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

    European council promises to comb U.S. wheat for Monsanto GMO strains

    0

    AFP
    May 30, 2013

    The European Commission said Thursday it has asked EU member states to check imports of wheat from the United States which may be tainted with a genetically modified strain made by US agrochemicals giant Monsanto.

    The Commission, the European Union’s executive arm, said it had informed the 27 member states of the problem, “recommending (they) test the consignment of soft white wheat” in question.

    “In case of a positive confirmed result, the consignment shall not be placed on the market,” it said in a statement.

    Read full article

    National Taxpayers Union Finds Major Spending Shift in 112th Congress

    0

    A report from the National Taxpayers Union’s foundation, published on Tuesday, illustrates a massive shift in spending versus cutting that occurred during the 112th Congress from 2010 to 2012. If the trend continues in the current Congress and into 2014 and beyond, the 112th Congress might just be the “inflection point” many have been looking for as Washington wrestles with government spending.

    By tallying the cost of each member’s “wish list” of bills he has either sponsored or cosponsored (1,076 in the House and 712 in the Senate), the NTU’s BillTally software came up with some startling conclusions. First, the number of bills to cut government spending, 348, was the highest number of such bills since the 104th Congress (the third and fourth years of Bill Clinton’s presidency, which were characterized by the Contract with America and the brief shutdown of the government in late 1995 and early 1996). That Congress offered 432 bills to cut spending.

    The other side of the coin showed equally dramatic change: Bills presented to increase government spending declined sharply, to 1,439 from 2,480 such bills in the previous Congress. BillTally also calculated the ratio of spending-bills-to-cuts, which hit a peak of 24 to 1 in the 107th Congress (the first two years of the George W. Bush presidency) and was 14 to 1 in the 111th Congress (President Obama’s first term). In last year’s Congress, that ratio was just a little over 4 to 1. By comparison, that spending-bills-to-cuts ratio in the 104th Congress was 2 to 1.

    The NTU also cut the statistical cake another way: measuring the number of “net cutters” in the House of Representatives (those members whose total “wish list” bills resulted in spending cuts) jumped to 234 in last year’s House, compared to just 9 in the 108th Congress (the third and fourth years of George W. Bush’s presidency), and up from the 153 in the 111th Congress.

    In the Senate the change was even more dramatic. In the 107th Congress, there was not a single Senator whose “wish list” of bills he either sponsored or cosponsored would have resulted in a cut in government spending, whereas in last year’s Congress, there were an astonishing 53 – every Republican and six Democrats.

    Yet Demian Brady, the director of research for the foundation, was hard-pressed to find much positive to say about the numbers, noting that while they represented an “encouraging sign for taxpayers seeking budgetary restraint … the balance of Congress’ workload is still tilted in favor of … spending increases.” Nevertheless, when looked at from a broader perspective, if the trend from the 111th and 112th Congresses continues into next year and then into 2014 and beyond, there may still be time to rein in government spending before it causes catastrophe for the average American. That task is enormous, grant the point, and one is often inclined to look at any glass with water in it as being half full, but the trend is comforting, nevertheless. 

    A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
    This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
    .

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    David Stockman: “The Error Of Central Banking Has Become Universal”

    1

    zerohedge.com
    May 30, 2013

    In the old normal (“when we had an honest Fed,” under Volcker), David Stockman explains to CNBC’s Rick Santelli, “the market could judge what Congress and the White House was doing and decide where the risk/reward equation was and how to price the bond, the note, the bills,” but in the new normal, “today, the market is entirely rigged.” Stockman is no fan of deficits and as he notes “is no fan of money-printing,” pointing out that “it’s not honest,” for the Fed to fund these chronically growing deficits and “created an unsustainably dangerous financial system.” In thie brief interview, Stockman (of The Great Deformation fame) sums it up perfectly to a just-as-concerned Santelli, when he notes, “the error of central banking has become unversal.” We’re taxing the futures generations, he concludes, “they’re going to thank you for the massive disaster that was handed to them.” The honesty will never come…

    “You have both parties in the military complex and we’re still spending billions for defense.

    So the honesty will be in the raising of taxes.

    The honesty will come when you tell the middle class you’re not going to get a tax cut — you’re going to pay more.

    Then they will wake up.

    Then they will march on Washington and demand that we do something about the giant programs that are drifting today because everybody thinks the Fed will take care of the debt.”

    Well worth the price of admission:

    'Pushed to the Edge,' Seattle's Low Wage Workers Join Sweeping Movement

    0

    Workers outside Arby’s on S Michigan chanting Fired Up! (Photo: @Molly_O/ Twitter)In the seventh action in just eight weeks across the United States, fast food workers in Seattle are walking off the job Thursday joining a sweeping movement of low-wage workers who have been “pushed to the edge and are now taking a stand.”

    “We work in one of the fastest growing industries in the nation, and our companies are making huge — even record — profits, but we barely earn enough to pay for basics like rent, food and transportation to and from work.” -Caroline Durocher, striking worker

    Repeating the calls made by striking workers in other cities, the Seattle workers are demanding a living wage of $15 per hour and the right to form a union without intimidation.

    “The fast food strike wave represents organized labor’s most dramatic challenge to the massive, fast-growing and virtually union-free industry,” writes the Nation’s Josh Eidelson, adding that the fast food industry’s notoriously low-wages and tenuous employment are “increasingly representative of the larger economy.”

    According to the Good Jobs Seattle campaign, the strike began at 10:30 PM PST Wednesday and by midday Thursday workers from dozens of fast food chains had joined the protest, with forced shutdowns at three stores: a Taco Bell and a Burger King on 15th Avenue, and a Subway on Broadway.

    Following a series of morning rallies, strikers plan to converge at 4:30 PM local time for a march from Seattle’s Denny Park to a number of fast food locations.

    “My employer has pushed and pushed my coworkers and me and gotten everything they can out of us. This week, we joined together and pushed back,” writes Caroline Durocher, one of the first to walk off her job at a local Taco Bell on Wednesday night, in an op-ed about why she was joining the action.

    She continues:

    We work in one of the fastest growing industries in the nation, and our companies are making huge — even record — profits, but we don’t see enough of that money. We barely earn enough to pay for basics like rent, food and transportation to and from work.

    […]

    That’s not the life I envisioned for myself three years ago, when I was working full time, while studying for an associate of arts degree. I was planning to continue my education and become a psychologist. That was the plan, and that’s still the plan. But my school costs became too much of a burden, and I had to leave, just a few credits shy of my degree.

    And now I feel stuck in this trap — the trap of low-wage work. I work the night shift at Taco Bell in Ballard — running the register for the drive-through, ringing up one customer while taking the order of another. It’s fast-paced, hard work, but at the minimum wage of $9.19 per hour and only 27 hours per week, I don’t earn enough to make ends meet.

    When I ask for more hours, my boss always says the same thing: hours are competitive — the harder you work, the more hours you’ll get. But I work hard, and I haven’t gotten any more hours.

    I am stuck in a tough spot. I can’t get enough hours to get health insurance, but I only qualify for $16 a month in food stamps, which I finally decided wasn’t even worth the transportation costs to continue to get them. I can’t get a better-paying job, especially without a degree, but I can’t afford to go back to school.

    […]

    So what do I have to lose? For me and my colleagues working fast —food jobs across Seattle, the answer is, ‘Nothing.’ Our backs are firmly against the wall. By joining with my coworkers, I can envision a future in which I earn enough to live, eat and go back to school.

    We have been pushed to the edge, and now we are taking a stand, and I could not be more excited, or more hopeful.

    The strike follows similar actions in New York, Chicago, Milwaukee, St. Louis and Detroit.

    Employees from restaurant chains including McDonald’s, Burger King, Taco Bell, Subway, Arby’s, Chipotle and more are expected to participate in the demonstration.

    _____________________

    This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

    This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

    From War to Wall Street: Gen. Petraeus Puts "Killer" Skill Set to New Use

    0

    Private equity firm Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co has a “killer” new employee–former U.S. General and CIA chief David Petraeus.

    David Petraeus west of Kandahar, Kandahar Province, Afghanistan. (Chris Hondros/Getty Images)
    Petraeus, well known as commander of all U.S. forces in Iraq and Afghanistan, who was subsequently appointed to lead the CIA by President Obama in 2011, is now “cashing in” on his vast experience as one of the US empire’s most powerful military figures.

    With his official military and intelligence career behind him, Petraeus has been hired to serve as the chairman of KKR’s new Global Institute. 

    According to KRR’s website, the institute is designed to “study the investment implications of global macroeconomic, social and geopolitical issues,” meaning Petraeus will use his “counter-insurgency” talents and expertise in global affairs to help the firm decide where to do its business in “new geographies” around the world.

    As Forbes reports:

    The institute will deal with macro-economic issues like the role of central banks in the world since the crisis, changes in public policy and other areas where KKR has interests like environmental and social issues that would influence its investment decisions.

    However, as Rolling Stone reporter Michael Hastings has extensively detailed, Petraeus’ resume is as bloody as it is long. Specifically, the development and implementation of Petraeus’ counterinsurgency strategy in Afghanistan “was expensive, bloody, and inconclusive.”

    According to Hastings, Petraeus’s Afghan policy “was an epic fail.” And in Iraq, where the Petraeus “surge” was falsely heralded as his “greatest triumph,” the country remains mired in a state of “brutal civil strife” demonstrated daily with daily violence, sectarian bombings, and political assassinations the new constant normal.

    As Hasting states, Petraeus’s work belongs to “a colossal and futile waste of blood and treasure with only a tenuous connection to America’s national security interests.”

    In other words, just the kind of man a global private equity firm like K.K.R is looking for.

    As Henry R. Kravis, co-chief and co-founder of the KKR, said in a statement:

    I have long known and respected General Petraeus and, on behalf of everyone at K.K.R., I welcome him to the firm. As the world changes and we expand how and where we invest, we are always looking to sharpen the ‘K.K.R. edge.

    _______________________

    This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

    This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

    Kill Shot? Man Linked to Tsarnaev Took FBI Bullet to Top of Head (PHOTOS)

    0

    From left: lawyer Zaurbek Sadakhanov of the Moscow Interterritorial Bar Association, Abdulbaki Todashev, the father of Ibraghim Todashev, and human rights activist Kheda Saratova, head of the Objective independent information and analysis agency, at the RIA press conference on May 30, 2013. (RIA Novosti / Alexander Natruskin)

    Ibragim had been questioned twice by the FBI in connection with the Boston bombings, but not about the murder in which he was allegedly suspected, his father said.

    The 2011 triple murder in Massachusetts, in which the Boston bombing suspect Tamerlan Tsarnaev was also implicated, was reportedly the subject of the third and final FBI interrogation of Ibragim Todashev.

    Abdulbaki Todashev, the father of Ibraghim Todashev, attending the press conference at the RIA Novosti Agency.(RIA Novosti / Alexander Natruskin)

    Abdulbaki Todashev, the father of Ibraghim Todashev, attending the press conference at the RIA Novosti Agency.(RIA Novosti / Alexander Natruskin)

    His friend Khusen Taramov told the father that Ibragim had refused to come in for questioning on May 22, and instead asked the FBI agents to come and question him at home.

    “Should something happen to me, call my parents,” Taramov quoted the last thing he heard from his friend.

    On the day of Ibragim’s death, Taramov was questioned by the FBI separately on the street, and was refused entry back into his friend’s house, Todashev’s father claimed. He was “sent off” to wait in a nearby café on the grounds that Todashev was still being questioned and that “the interrogation would take a long time.” After some eight hours passed since the start of interrogation and his Todashev’s phone still was not answering, Taramov returned, only to find the street cordoned off with police cars and an ambulance.

    “They tortured a man for eight hours with no attorney, no witnesses, nobody. We can only guess what was going on there, until there is an official investigation,” Abdulbaki Todashev said.

    Lawyer Zaurbek Sadakhanov shows a photo of Ibragim Todashev’s body, with what appears to be a bullet wound in the crown of the head, at the RIA press conference on May 30, 2013. (RIA Novosti / Alexander Natruskin)

    Lawyer Zaurbek Sadakhanov shows a photo of Ibragim Todashev’s body, with what appears to be a bullet wound in the crown of the head, at the RIA press conference on May 30, 2013. (RIA Novosti / Alexander Natruskin)

    Referring to the Boston bombings, Todashev said his son believed it was a “set-up.” But Ibragim never sympathized with radical or terrorist ideas, and was not a follower of a radical Islam, he added.

    Also, Ibragim was never a close friend of Boston bombing suspect Tamerlan Tsarnaev — he and Tamerlan only “went boxing at the same gym” and “exchanged phone numbers,” the father said.

    So far, Todashev has received “no official explanation” of his son’s death from the US side. He said he was only told there is an ongoing investigation “inside the FBI.”

    Todashev called the earlier claims that Ibragim was shot attempting to attack an FBI agent “absurd,”saying four or five police and FBI officers could have easily handled such an attack without needing to kill his son.

    “Maybe my son knew something, some information the police did not want to be made public. Maybe they wanted to silence my son,” Todashev’s father said.

    Abdulbaki Todashev said his main aim now is to go to the US and get his son’s body.

    “My brother and I, we went to the American embassy today. We both want to fly there, we’ve applied for a visa,” he explained.

    Abdulbaki Todashev, the father of Ibraghim Todashev.(RIA Novosti / Alexander Natruskin)

    Abdulbaki Todashev, the father of Ibraghim Todashev.(RIA Novosti / Alexander Natruskin)

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Father of Chechen Killed by FBI Says His Son Was Executed to “Shut Him Up”

    0

    Kurt Nimmo

    Ibragim Todashev was killed during FBI interrogation.

    Abdulbaki Todashev, the father of Ibragim Todashev, said during a news conference in Russia that his son was executed by the FBI to keep him from talking.

    “I want justice, I want an investigation,” he said. “They come to your house like bandits, and they shoot you.”

    “Maybe my son knew some sort of information that the police didn’t want to get out,” he added. “They shut him up. That’s my opinion.”

    Ibragim Todashev was an acquaintance of Tamerlan Tsarnaev, the alleged terrorist who was killed in Watertown, Massachusetts, following the Boston Marathon bombing. On May 22, we reported that Todashev was killed by the FBI during interrogation in Florida.

    Khusn Taramiv, a friend of Todashev, told WESH-TV in Orlando that Todashev felt he would be shot by the FBI. “He felt inside he was going to get shot,” Taramiv said. “I told him, ‘Everything is going to be fine, don’t worry about it.’ He said, ‘I have a really bad feeling.”

    The FBI initially claimed its agents had killed Todashev in self defense during questioning. On Wednesday, however, the agency said the Chechen was unarmed.

    “Law enforcement officials said Todashev was in the process of confessing to a 2011 triple murder in Waltham, Mass., and was working on writing out the details of the crime when he snapped and turned violent,” WESH.com reported. “Officials said Todashev pushed a table and possibly threw a chair.”

    “This is proof of cold-blooded murder,” Maxim Shevchenko, a journalist and a member of the presidential human rights council, said during the news conference in Moscow today.

    Chechen lawyer Zaurbek Sadakhanov characterized the killing an extrajudicial execution. “Why was he interrogated three times without a lawyer? Why no recording? Why seven shots? And why should I believe their version? Why do American policemen believe they can do whatever they want?”

    “We have confirmed through senior sources within the FBI that Ibragim was indeed unarmed when he was shot seven times in the head, what appear to be even in the back of the head,” Hassan Shibly, executive director of the CAIR Florida, told USA Today. “That’s very disturbing.”

    The Florida branch of the Council on American-Islamic Relations has called for a federal civil rights investigation into Todashev’s death.

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Dartmouth students punished for protesting rape

    Students at Dartmouth College have filed a federal complaint alleging that the school charged them with violating the student code of conduct for staging a protest against sexual assault.

    “At least two thirds of the protesters have now received
    disciplinary letters, and it seems random — some people who were
    featured prominently in the protest didn’t, and others did,”

    Karenina Rojas, one of the protesters and a college senior, told
    ThinkProgress.

    On April 19, a group of sexual violence prevention activists
    held a rally in which they accused the school of underreporting
    cases of sexual assault, racism and homophobia. A student group
    called Real Talk Dartmouth interrupted an event called
    Dimensions, which is held annually to attract prospective
    students. One student was carrying a sign that stated, “I Was
    Called A ‘Fag’ In My Freshman Dorm”.

    “We were protesting sexual assault on this campus, and the
    administration’s failure to respond to homophobia and racism on
    campus,”
    Nastassja Schmiedt, a sophomore at Dartmouth, told
    The Huffington Post. “We were informally informing the college
    of civil rights violations.”

    School officials tried to prevent the protesters from entering
    the area where the event was held, but the students violated the
    orders and disrupted it anyway, giving prospective students a
    glimpse of sexual assault and homophobia on campus.

    Some of the protesters subsequently received rape and death
    threats from other students. When these threats were reported to
    the school, Dartmouth College officials said that the ‘public
    disruption’ caused by the protesters was equally as serious as
    the rape threats they received thereafter.

    “I don’t understand it at all because not following directions
    seems like something incredibly benign,”
    Rojas told the
    campus newspaper, The Dartmouth.

    This week, at least 10 students who were involved in the protest
    received letters informing them that they may have violated the
    school’s code of conduct for their refusal to follow college
    officials’ instructions to avoid the 1953 Commons, the dining
    hall where the event for prospective students was held.

    A group of students, seven of which received letters from the
    administration’s Judicial Affairs Office, have now filed a
    federal Clery Act complaint against Dartmouth, claiming that the
    school is retaliating against them. The complaint, which has been
    sent to the US Department of Education, includes testimonies from
    more than 30 students and alumni, which claim that the
    administration is creating a hostile environment by failing to
    address cases of sexual assault, racism and homophobia.

    “Dartmouth is a business, and it runs like a business selling
    its prestige,”
    Anna Winham, a college junior, told the campus
    newspaper. “Its prestige can be threatened by lawsuits
    against it such as the Clery Act complaint against it. It’s a way
    to force Dartmouth’s hand and make it change.” 

    Rojas told ThinkProgress that the administration’s actions
    against the protesters are more drastic than previous responses
    to student uprisings.

    “I was a member of Occupy Dartmouth, and we occupied the
    student center for months… We definitely failed to comply with
    directions, and we were never disciplined like this,”
    Rojas
    said, adding that the United Students Against Sweatshops group
    was never drastically punished either.

    In the end, the sophomore said she wants Dartmouth to address the
    issue of sexual assault in the same way that it is addressing the
    issue of violating school officials’ orders to avoid disrupting
    an event.

    “If we broke a rule, we should be punished — but we ask the
    administration to also punish serial rapists,
    ” Rojas said.
    “The fact is that Dartmouth is punishing protesters who are
    very visible, but won’t punish students who commit assaults.”

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Six Afghans killed in US-led air strike

    0

    An Afghan villager stands at a house which was hit by a US-led airstrike in Sajawand village in Logar Province, south of Kabul. (file photo).

    At least six civilians have been killed several others injured in a US-led air strike in a residential area of the troubled northeastern Afghanistan.

    The US-led NATO forces targeted on Thursday an area in northeastern Kapisa Province.

    Afghan security sources said four women and a child were among those killed. More than twelve others were reportedly injured.

    US-led foreign forces have killed thousands of people, including many civilians, in airstrikes and night-time raids since they invaded the country in 2001.

    Afghanistanâ„¢s Defense Ministry has repeatedly warned NATO forces in the country to stop airstrikes in residential areas.

    Washington claims that its airstrikes target militants, but local sources say civilians have been the main victims of the attacks.

    Civilian casualties caused by foreign forces have been a major source of tension between Kabul and Washington.

    The US-led war in Afghanistan, which has caused record-high civilian and military casualties, has become the longest military conflict in the American history.

    JR/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Aref pledges to encourage investment

    0

    Iranâ„¢s reformist presidential candidate Mohammad-Reza Aref has stressed the need for facilitating both domestic and foreign investment in the country, vowing to slash unemployment.

    In his televised speech on Wednesday night, Aref said, if elected, his administration would give assurances to Iranian investors and redirect peopleâ„¢s money away from brokers and gold and foreign currency exchange markets to the countryâ„¢s industries.

    He also pledged measures to encourage foreign investment. “Unfortunately the rate of foreign investment growth in Iran is below the international average and we are having an unfavorable situation,” he said.

    Aref criticized the Å“unacceptable” rate of unemployment, especially among the countryâ„¢s university graduates, and promised to create over one million jobs annually.

    He said he would try to achieve the figure by boosting tourism, which he said would provide an annual 200,000 job opportunities, besides expanding the information and communications technology industry as well as the countryâ„¢s lucrative energy sector.

    Å“We are planning to keep added-value of energy products at home. We should try not to sell crude oil or natural gas,” he stated.

    Aref also highlighted Iran’s unique geopolitical situation and thus the opportunity for the country to become a regional hub in various fields, such as commerce, communications and goods transit.

    This will improve the country’s economy and help the countryâ„¢s national security, he pointed out.

    Aref is vying against Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

    The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election and this yearâ„¢s election is scheduled for June 14.

    MRS/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Eric Holder perjured himself in lie about AP — DOJ intimidation scheme

    0

    J. D. Heyes
    Natural News
    May 30, 2013

    It is said that when you lie often, sooner or later you will be caught in your own web of deceit. That may have just happened with Attorney General Eric Holder.

    Last week Holder appeared before the House Government Reform and Oversight Committee to provide testimony regarding the Justice Department’s potentially improper confiscation of the phone records of 20 Associated Press reporters and editors.

    Holder, in response to questioning by Rep. Hank Johnson, D-Ga., said of his involvement with prosecuting the press that he had no involvement.

    However, on May 23 NBC News, in a breaking story, reported that Holder personally signed off on the secret monitoring of Fox News Reporter James Rosen., who has been charged by the Justice Department as a “co-conspirator” in an espionage case in which he was attempting to obtain information from a source.

    Holder, during testimony, said:

    First of all you’ve got a long way to go to try to prosecute the press for publication of material. This has not fared well in American history… In regard to potential prosecution of the press for the disclosure of material. This is not something I’ve ever been involved in, heard of, or would think would be wise policy.

    Really?

    ‘No — I prosecuted for something entirely different’

    “Out of one side of his mouth, and while under oath, Holder says he has never heard of anyone trying to prosecute the press for publishing material. Out of the other side of his mouth, Holder is accusing reporters of espionage on applications for subpoenas,” writes John Nolte at Breitbart News.

    One possible “out” for Holder is to say he wasn’t prosecuting Rosen for actually publishing the classified material he allegedly obtained from a State Department contractor, but that he is instead prosecuting him for espionage under the Espionage Act of 1917.

    However, it’s clear that the attorney general was attempting to position himself and his department as champions of the presses’ right to pursue leads and publish information, even if it is classified. And, this all occurred, as Nolte points out, after the Rosen story in question was published.

    What’s in store for the growing list of politically wounded in the Obama Administration?

    Is Holder now officially on the hot seat?

    Could be. Even the liberal Huffington Post is furious over Holder’s lack of leadership on other issues as well, is calling for him to step down (http://washingtonexaminer.com).

    We’ll see if that happens, but one thing is certain: The cacophony of lies is becoming deafening, and with the 2014 midterm elections looming — a cycle that is typically brutal to the incumbent leadership — congressional Democrats may be set to push Obama to look for a scapegoat for a range of scandals — and firing Holder wouldn’t hurt, many of them are thinking.

    Obamacare, which is set to take full effect on Jan. 1, is another potentially grave vote-taker from Democrats, most all of whom stumped for and voted to pass it. There is no amount of spin that will take the sting out of that monstrosity.

    Holder may well become the next casualty on the administration’s rapidly expanding hit list — IRS official Lois Lerner as well — but firing bumbling, lying incompetents at the peak of the crescendo may not be enough to convince an increasingly skeptical electorate that this “transparent” presidency, or his politically bankrupt party, are worth salvaging. Time will tell.

    Sources for this article include:

    http://www.breitbart.com

    http://washingtonexaminer.com

    http://townhall.com

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 12:53 pm

    Tags: , , , ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    US Banks Post Record Profits

    0

    Profits for the US banking industry rose in the first quarter of 2013 to a record $40.3 billion, according to a report released by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on Wednesday.

    Profits surged by 15.8 percent compared to the same quarter last year. The quarterly profits top the previous record set more than six years ago, prior to the financial meltdown of 2008. It was the 14th straight quarter of banking sector profits.

    The record bank profits, along with a soaring stock market, is a direct product of the policies of the Obama administration. Trillions have been handed out to the banks and financial institutions, including $85 billion every month from the Federal Reserve. Not a single bank or bank CEO has been held criminally responsible for the financial catastrophe, which they have utilized to increase their stranglehold over the economic and political system.

    In his report, FDIC chairman Martin Gruenberg paints a rosy picture of the current market: “Asset quality continues to improve, more institutions are profitable, and the number of failures and problem institutions continues to decline.” The number of “troubled” institutions fell this year to 612, down from 888 in 2011.

    Numerous factors are cited as contributing to the record profits, not least of which were “large, nonrecurring income and expense items at some of the industry’s largest institutions,” said Gruenberg. Significantly, major components in savings were “a reduction in expenses for litigation costs and proceeds from a legal settlement.” That is, the banks benefited from the fact that they have gotten off scot-free in the aftermath of the financial crisis.

    Also cited in explaining the bank profits were reductions in provisions meant to offset potential financial losses on bad debts, which fell by $11 billion, or 23 percent from last year.

    The findings illustrate that in large measure the source of major banking profits have come from reduced court costs and, increasingly, speculation. Since the financial collapse of 2008, the banks have strengthened their position, with the full backing of the political establishment, both Democrat and Republican.

    Despite the surge in profits, the financial sector is far from “healthy” and the conditions are set for another steep financial collapse. Noting the one-time character of much of the bank profits, Gruenberg expressed the hope that “future earnings for the industry increasingly will be determined by revenues.”

    This is essentially wishful thinking, however, as revenues remained stagnant within financial houses. Operating revenue for the banking sector in the first months of this year was only $171 billion, barely an increase from past quarters. Meanwhile, the record low interest rates that have fueled the stock market rally have also led to a drop in interest rates charged by banks.

    The bank profits come in the aftermath of several reports documenting criminal activity. In late March the Senate Permanent Subcommittee on Investigations released a report detailing the causes of JPMorgan’s “London Whale” profit loss, which resulted in $6.2 billion in federally insured customer deposits vanishing. The report found instances of falsified accounts meant to mislead Federal regulators and the concealment of losses.

    Similarly, a 2011 report also issued by the same subcommittee detailed the machinations of Wall Street in the lead-up to the 2008 economic crisis, finding “a financial snake pit rife with greed, conflicts of interest and wrongdoing.” As of yet not a single Wall Street executive has been punished for contributing to the deepest financial crisis in generations.

    Last March, Attorney General Eric Holder let slip the Obama administration’s view that banks were essentially too big to prosecute, admitting that “the size of some of these institutions becomes so large that it does become difficult for us to prosecute them, when we are hit with indications that if we do prosecute–if we do bring a criminal charge–it will have a negative impact on the national economy, perhaps even the world economy…”

    After being handed numerous sweetheart deals in lieu of prosecution in the wake of the 2008 financial collapse, banks have accumulated vast profits at the expense of the living standards of the majority of American people.

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Rezaei vows to support sea export, import

    0

    Iranian independent presidential candidate, Mohsen Rezaei, has pledged to support to Iranâ„¢s maritime imports and exports more effectively if he wins the June 14 presidential election.

    During his campaign visit to the southern province of Bushehr, Rezaei said he will concentrate more on domestic production and non-oil exports instead of focusing on oil revenues.

    Rezaei, who is the secretary of Iranâ„¢s Expediency Council, reaffirmed his determination to provide all the required means for the development of provincial economies, including allocation of state and green subsidies to local producers, farmers and fisheries.

    The candidate also highlighted his plan to modernize Iranâ„¢s economy in an attempt to turn the threat of the Western sanctions into opportunities for the country.

    Rezaei is competing against Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

    ASH/SS/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Kerry, Obama, and the WEF’s $4 Billion Bailout Plan for PLO/Hamas

    0

    “Kerry unveils $4 billion Palestinian economic plan,” ran the headline in the Jerusalem Post. Well, sort of; the veil still hasn’t been lifted on where the funds will be coming from, or how they will be administered, and who will do the administering. U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry announced the $4 billion “investment” in Palestine at the “Breaking the Impasse in the Middle East” conference of the World Economic Forum (WEF), held in Jordan by the Dead Sea on Sunday, May 26.

    “The plan for the Palestinian economy is bigger and bolder and more ambitious than anything proposed since Oslo more than 20 years ago,” Secretary Kerry said, referring to the Oslo Accords, which were hammered out in the Norwegian capital two decades ago. According to the Oslo plan, Gaza and the West Bank would evolve into an independent Palestinian state within five years. However, bitter rivalry between the PLO and Hamas resulted in a PLO regime in charge of the West Bank and Hamas in control of Gaza. Israeli troops occupy the West Bank and patrol the boundary of the Gaza Strip.

    Kerry told the hundreds of assembled millionaires and billionaires at the WEF confab that “we are looking to mobilize some $4 billion of investment” for targeted “opportunities in tourism, construction, light manufacturing, building materials, energy, agriculture, and information and communications technology.”

    According to Kerry, unidentified “experts” have put together a program that will transform the Palestinian territories. “These experts believe that we can increase the Palestinian GDP by as much as 50 percent over three years,” Kerry declared. “Their most optimistic estimates foresee enough new jobs to cut unemployment by nearly two-thirds – to 8 percent, down from 21 percent today – and to increase the median annual wage along with it, by as much as 40 percent.”

    The WEF investment plan has been put together by a team of undisclosed “experts” led by former British Prime Minister Tony Blair. A May 27 story in the U.K.’s Daily Mail carried the headline: “Tony Blair to be in charge of £3billion plan to revitalise Palestine’s economy, U.S. secretary of state John Kerry reveals.”

    Actually, Secretary Kerry didn’t specify that Blair would be in charge of the plan, only that Blair had led the effort thus far. But it may well be that the former prime minister will end up in an administrative role regarding whatever funds materialize. Like many other “public servants,” Blair has parlayed his former government positions into a highly lucrative diplomatic and consultative career. Since leaving office, he has joined JPMorgan Chase as a “senior advisor” (which, reportedly, has paid him millions of dollars) and has launched Tony Blair Associates, which counts among its clients the brutal communist dictatorship of Nursultan Nazarbayev in Kazakhstan. Blair’s firm has also made millions of dollars brokering natural gas, oil, and mobile phone concessions in Gaza and the West Bank. At the same time, Blair has, since 2007, served as Middle East envoy for the United Nations, the United States, the European Union, and Russia.

    One of the experts who has surely had a hand in the WEF bailout plan for the PLO and Hamas is Robert Hormats, President Obama’s under secretary of state for economic growth, energy, and the environment. A former vice chairman of infamous Wall Street giant Goldman Sachs, Hormats is also a longtime member (and director) of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and Trilateral Commission, the secretive private groups that have dominated the federal government, banking, and corporate America for decades. He has been a senior advisor on the National Security Council to both Republican and Democrat administrations, advising Henry Kissinger, Brent Scowcroft, and Zbigniew Brzezinski. Hormats also serves as alternate U.S. governor for the World Bank, and in April attended meetings of central bankers sponsored by the World Bank and International Monetary Fund regarding the Middle East and North Africa (MENA). It is a near certainty that the IMF and World Bank, along with the EU and the United States will be providing (or guaranteeing) much of the funding that Secretary Kerry vaguely refers to as “private sector” investment for Palestine.

    If the past Middle East and Palestinian bailout schemes (see here and here) provide any guide, the rosy predictions of the WEF experts will fall dramatically short. And when the details of the finances finally become known, we undoubtedly will learn that the CFR-Wall Street globalists have once again cashed in on the Mideast turmoil and tragedy, while at the same time expanding the political and economic authority of the United Nations, the IMF, and World Bank.

    Photo of John Kerry (center), Shimon Peres (left), and Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas: AP Images

    Related articles: 

    World Economic Forum Pushes Global Controls 

    Davos’ Theme of “Resilient Dynamism” Hides Real Agenda

    Economic Forum Pushes Mideast Aid and Free-trade Agreements 

    A Bad Investment: US Funding, Training PLO Terrorists

    Organized Chaos: Behind the Scenes in the Middle East

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Guatemalan High Court upholds overturning of Rios Montt Conviction

    0

    Guatemala’s Constitutional Court Tuesday upheld its May 20 decision to throw out the conviction of the former US-backed dictator Efrain Rios Montt on charges of genocide and crimes against humanity.

    The order followed the concurrence of the country’s appeals court in the extraordinary upending of the trial that the high court ordered 10 days after the conviction. It dismissed appeals filed by the prosecution and representatives of the surviving victims of Rios Montt’s bloody reign in 1982 and 1983.

    In the May 10 verdict, the lower court convicted Rios Montt for the massacre of 1,771 Ixil Indians in the country’s northwest highlands during a scorched-earth counterinsurgency campaign. It sentenced him to 80 years in prison. His co-defendant, former military intelligence chief Rodrigo Sanchez, was acquitted.

    The high court ordered that the all of the trial’s proceedings from April 19 through the verdict and sentencing on May 10 be annulled and repealed. The April date was when the trial was briefly suspended over a jurisdictional dispute initiated by another judge who been recused from the case in November 2011. Rios Montt’s defense team seized upon the incident to denounce the trial as “illegal proceedings” and stage a walkout from the court. Rios Montt refused to use a public defender and was therefore left briefly without representation.

    This was the basis for the high court’s ruling, which put forward the legally unprecedented and unfounded remedy of “rewinding” the trial to the date of the alleged judicial error.

    Hector Reyes, lawyer for the Center for Legal Action on Human Rights, told the Guatemalan daily La Prensa that the overturning of the verdict took “an eminently illegal form, as the decision of the Constitutional Court lacks any foundation in law.”

    Similarly, Francisco Vivar, the legal representative for the Association for Justice and Reconciliation, called the high court ruling a legal fraud.

    “We are facing a juridical crisis provoked by the Constitutional Court,” he said. “No tribunal can hear a case whose proceedings are half over. Nor can one say that a trial has been annulled and should be restarted, because there is not one sentence that indicates this.”

    The decision means that survivors of the mass killings must repeat their wrenching testimony, recalling the rape, dismemberment and slaughter of men, women and children by the Guatemalan military.

    The most important practical effect of the ruling is that the three-judge panel that heard the case, led by Judge Jasmine Barrios, is itself being recused, and the appellate court must now put together a new panel to hear the portion of the trial that is to be repeated.

    This is no easy task: scores of judges have already refused to take the case, putting forward various legal rationales, but in overwhelming measure because of well-founded fear that presiding over such a trial incurs the threat of violent retribution. The judges in the original panel received repeated death threats and were obliged to wear bulletproof vests.

    A new judicial panel could well arrive at an entirely different verdict, quashing what had been greeted internationally as a landmark decision. It marked the first time that a Guatemalan court had held a former dictator and practitioner of horrific state terror responsible for some of the crimes carried out during more than three decades of military rule and civil war–in which at least 200,000 peasants, workers and students were killed.

    The high court ruling provoked popular outrage in Guatemala and beyond. A demonstration of several thousand took place in Guatemala City on March 24, with members of indigenous communities, human rights groups, unions and others marching to the Constitutional Court building where they conducted a sit-in.

    Demonstrations took place simultaneously in other Latin American capitals. Protesters carried signs and banners with slogans such “Yes, there was genocide,” “No to impunity” and “A national shame,” together with the names of the three judges who voted to annul the Rios Montt verdict.

    Guatemala’s big business association CACIF (Coordinating Committee of Agricultural, Commercial, Industrial and Financial Associations) has been anything but subtle in its praise for the upending of the trial and its rejection of the charge of genocide.

    In the most recent editorial, CACIF declares: “The business sector defends the importance of knowing how to leave the past behind in order to open a genuine channel to peace and reconciliation.” In other words, peace can only be guaranteed through impunity for Guatemala’s mass murderers.

    Guatemala’s president, Otto Perez Molina, has echoed this position, having referred to the conviction of Rios Montt as a “delicate situation” and rejected the charge of genocide.

    “When we are calling for people to come and invest in Guatemala, unfortunately, this is not good international news,” he said of the trial. The implication clearly is that foreign capital wants to be assured that the repressive forces can operate without restriction in suppressing struggles by the Guatemalan working class.

    The role played in the bloody events of 1982-1983 by Perez Molina, also a former general, came out in testimony during the trial. A former army mechanic, Hugo Leonardo Reyes, testified that Perez Molina, who operated under the alias “Major Tito” during this period, presided over mass executions. Under his command, he said, soldiers carried out the burning and looting of Ixil villages and then massacred their inhabitants.

    Those brought to be killed, he added, had been “beaten, tortured, their tongues cut off and fingernails ripped out.”

    The US government had publicly indicated support for the trial of Rios Montt. In the wake of the Constitutional Court’s decision, however, it took a decidedly noncommittal position. A State Department spokesman referred to a “complex, unprecedented legal situation in Guatemala,” and Washington’s belief that “the fundamental imperative in this or any other legal proceedings should be to respect the rule of law and ensure equal justice for all.”

    It is unlikely that the Obama administration would welcome “equal justice” being visited upon the many US accomplices in Rios Montt’s crimes. The ex-general was one of the favorite Latin American leaders under the administration of President Ronald Reagan, who made a point of paying a state visit to Guatemala at the height of the carnage–praising Rios Montt as “a man of great personal integrity and commitment,” who was determined “to improve the quality of life for all Guatemalans and to promote social justice.”

    The US military and the CIA provided indispensable support for the genocidal counterinsurgency campaign, training and arming the Guatemalan military and developing much of the strategy for destroying villages and disposing of their populations. When difficulties arose in directly supplying US arms to the regime, the Reagan administration enlisted the support of Israel, which became deeply involved in the Central American bloodbath.

    Many of those most directly involved in this policy, including former State Department official Elliott Abrams, ex-Reagan national security advisor Robert McFarlane, and ex-CIA official Alfonso Sapia-Bosch, are still alive and could be indicted as Rios Montt’s co-conspirators.

    Immediately after the high court’s move to abort the Rios Montt trial, Guatemala suddenly organized the extradition to the US of Alfonso Portillo, the country’s president from 2000 to 2004, to face money laundering charges involving up to $70 million in Guatemalan public funds.

    Lawyers for Portillo charged that that the extradition was illegal, as there were still challenges pending in the Guatemalan courts. The ex-president himself said he had been “kidnapped.” It marked the first time ever that a former Latin American head of state has been extradited to the US to face charges.

    Portillo appeared in a New York City courtroom on Tuesday and pleaded not guilty to the charges. He had been cleared of embezzlement charges in Guatemala.

    The extradition was widely seen as an attempt by the Guatemalan government to divert international attention from the overturning of the Rios Montt verdict. The ex-dictator still has strong support within the country’s ruling oligarchy, as opposed to Portillo, who began his political career as a guerrilla sympathizer before becoming a political creature of the right and ultimately the standard bearer of Rios Montt’s own party.

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Gharazi says Iran N-issue politicized

    0

    Iranian presidential candidate Mohammad Gharazi says the Islamic Republicâ„¢s nuclear issue has been politicized, Press TV reports.

    Å“I donâ„¢t consider [Iranâ„¢s] atomic energy problem a technical one at all; I believe it has been politicized. We have done nothing against the law,” Gharazi said in an interview with Press TV.

    Å“We are not allowed to build atomic bomb, both in religious terms and according to customary regulations. We can achieve that capability [to produce such bombs] but we do not consider it beneficial, and we will never go after it,” the Iranian presidential candidate added.

    Gharazi who is also a former oil minister, further stated that Washington seeks to mount pressure on Iran in an attempt to win concessions from the Islamic Republic in view of Iran’s influence on regional developments.

    The Iranian nation would never give into US domination, Gharazi added.

    Gharazi will be facing Tehran Mayor Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, and former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref in the June 14 presidential election.

    Over 66,000 polling stations will be set up across the country. Expatriates will also be able to cast ballots at 285 polling stations that will be set up in their respective countries.

    The United States, Israel, and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program with the US and the EU using that unfounded allegation as pretext to impose illegal unilateral sanctions against the Islamic Republic.

    Tehran rejects the allegation maintaining that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

    MKA/SS

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Black 14-year-old Carrying a Puppy Tackled and Choked by Police for Giving Them a "Dehumanizing Stare"

    0

    May 30, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    New cell phone footage shows Miami-Dade Police officers aggressively pinning an unarmed teen to the ground while choking him. His alleged crime: giving the officers “dehumanizing stares” and “clenching his fists.”

    Fourteen-year-old Tremaine McMillan says he was feeding his puppy and playing on the beach with some friends when cops riding ATVs approached him and asked what he was doing. The “peacekeeping” officers say they saw McMillan roughhousing with another teenager, told him it was “unacceptable behavior,” and asked where his mother was. When McMillan walked away, they chased him on ATVs, jumped out, pinned him to the ground and arrested him. According to police reports, McMillan “attempted to pull his arm away, stating, ‘Man, don’t touch me like I did something.'” See footage of the incident, captured by McMillan’s mother:

    McMillan says he obeyed orders, and was leading the officers towards his mother when they jumped him. The teen adds that he was feeding holding and feeding his puppy at the time, who got injured during the encounter.

    “I don’t like it. I feel sad. He got in front of me on the ATC (sic) and he slammed my hand,” McMillan said. “Then he started choking me. Then my 6-week old Pit Bull mix named Polo got hurt and bruised his front paw when the police grabbed me and slammed me down. It makes me feel sad.”

    Miami-Dade Police Detective Alvaro Zabaleta justified the use of force, saying McMillan was exhibiting threatening “body language,” which includes “clenched fists.” McMillan adamantly denies this charge because, well, he was holding a puppy.

    “Of course we have to neutralize the threat in front of us,” said Zabaleta.  “And when you have somebody that is being resistant, somebody that is pulling away from you, somebody that’s clenching their fist, somebody that’s flaring their arms, that’s the immediate threat.”

    McMillan’s mother, Maurissa Holmes saw the incident and recorded it on her cell phone. She told WSVN-TV, “I ran over there and said, ‘That’s my son, that’s my son. Can you get off of him? He can’t breathe.’

    Police charged McMillan with resisting arrest, a felony, and disorderly conduct. The teen’s attorney entered a plea of not guilty for his client and asked the court to reconsider the charges. The judge did not grant him his request.

    McMillan’s 6-week old puppy, who suffers an injured front paw, did not make the police report.

    “At this point we are not concerned with a puppy,” said Zabaleta.

    Steven Hsieh is an editorial assistant at AlterNet and writer based in Brooklyn. Follow him on Twitter @stevenjhsieh.

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    Cancel All Your Plans: Only Two Days Left of May Masturbation Month

    0

    <!–

    MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

    –>

    Although self-love needs no excuse.

    Photo Credit: NAS CRETIVES/Shutterstock.com

    May 30, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    Cancel all your plans. There are only two days left of May Masturbation Month. So if you haven’t been masturbating non-stop (I know some of you are champions of this) then the time has come to do you!

    The great thing about masturbating is you get to do whatever the hell you want. No one is judging your music taste or wondering why your face is grimacing and grunting.

    It’s not a requirement to have sex with anyone else. You’re probably doing just fine on your own.

    Alright, sex is sorta cool. But it’s even better if you can enjoy doing it on your own first. Or as Ralph Waldo Emerson once said, “we must be our own before we can be another’s.” I’m not sure if Emerson was referring to wanking it, but he was a poet so he probably was no stranger to masturbation.

    Because you have to wait an year to devote an entire month to masturbation again, I’m giving away three special prizes over the last days of May. Be sure to follow me on Twitter and retweet me to win some amazing prizes from Masque, Crazy Girl, and Good Vibrations.

    I’m even giving away the new and improved Original Magic Wand Vibrator, AKA the Cadillac of Vibrators. Ladies, if you’re not a champion of masturbation yet, this bad boy will get you there faster than you can say scream, “OMG I love orgasms.”

    Don’t worry, if you’re panicked about missing the greatest month ever, you still have time to touch yourself. Masturbation Month is a reminder that masturbating should be celebrated all the time and never condemned. You can spend the rest of your life masturbating!

    Emily Morse is a San Francisco based filmmaker, actress, model and host of Sex With Emily.

    Liked this article? Join our email list
    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email

    Like Alternet on Facebook

    ‘;
    jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

    var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
    var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

    jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
    .css(‘position’,’fixed’)
    .css(‘top’,’-100px’)
    .css(‘width’,’450px’)
    .css(‘height’,’105px’)
    .css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
    .css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
    .css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

    toggle();

    }

    function resize_slide_div(){

    var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
    var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

    jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
    .css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
    .css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

    }

    /* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

    var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

    if( paging == ‘off’ ){
    var is_paging_off = true;
    } else {
    var is_paging_off = false;
    }

    //console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

    var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

    if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
    var is_first_page = true;
    } else {
    var is_first_page = false;
    }

    //console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

    jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

    var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

    if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
    toggle();
    }

    if( scrollYpos

    ‘;
    jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
    src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
    if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
    parts = src.split(‘/’);
    if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
    else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
    else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
    else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
    else { new_src = false; }
    if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
    }
    });

    var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

    jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

    slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
    img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
    src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

    title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
    if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

    caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
    if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

    if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
    // alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
    parts = src.split(‘/’);
    if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
    else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
    else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
    else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
    else { new_src = false; }
    // alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
    if( new_src ){
    img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
    ‘+caption).append(‘

    Click to enlarge.

    ‘);
    }
    }

    //sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
    //titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
    //captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
    //sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

    });


    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    CIA whistleblower imprisoned despite prosecutor's promise

    1

    The former CIA analyst who spoke out against the agency’s use of torture says he’s been deemed a “threat to public safety” and is serving his prison sentence in a crowded jail cell despite being promised admission to a federal work camp.

    John Kiriakou, 48, has been at Loretto Federal Correctional
    Institution near Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania since February after he
    took a plea deal offered by the federal government. He was facing
    decades in prison if convicted under the charge initially lobbed
    by the US Department of Justice, violating the Espionage Act, but
    the government allowed him last year to plead guilty to a single
    count of disclosing information that identified a covert agent in
    exchange for a lesser sentence.

    Kiriakou made headlines in 2007 when he spoke at length to
    reporters at ABC News about the Central Intelligence Agency’s use
    of waterboarding as an interrogation tool against suspected
    terrorists. Prior to the interview he spent several years working
    for the agency abroad following the terrorist attacks of
    September 11, 2001, serving as head of counterterrorism
    operations in Pakistan before leaving the CIA and condemning his
    country’s use of torture. Now three months into his prison
    sentence, the website Firedoglake has published the first of
    Kiriakou’s “Letters from Loretto.”

    “I arrived here on February 28, 2013 to serve a 30-month
    sentence for violating the Intelligence Identities Protection act
    of 1982. At least that’s what the government wants people to
    believe. In truth, this is my punishment for blowing the whistle
    on the CIA’s illegal torture program and for telling the public
    that torture was official US government policy,
    ” Kiriakou
    writes. “But that’s a different story. The purpose of this
    letter is to tell you about prison life.
    ”

    Despite being told by prosecutors and the presiding judge that
    he’d serve his sentence in Loretto’s Federal Work Camp, Kiriakou
    says he has been held at the main facility because the Bureau of
    Prisons deemed him a “threat to the public safety.”

    “My cell is more like a cubicle made out of concrete block.
    Built to hold four men, mine holds six. Most others hold
    eight
    ,” he writes.

    Kiriakou says he volunteered to teach fellow prisoners as part of
    Loretto’s GED program, but his counselor dismissed his request.
    He now works as a janitor in the prison’s chapel and makes just
    over five dollars a

    month.

    In regards to the other inmates, Kiriakou says he’s been largely
    accepted into the prison.

    “My reputation preceded me, and a rumor got started that I was
    a CIA hitman. The Aryans whispered that I was a ‘Muslim hunter,’
    but the Muslims, on the strength of my Arabic language skills and
    a well-timed statement of support from Louis Farrakhan have
    lauded me as a champion of Muslim human rights. Meanwhile, the
    Italians have taken a liking to me because I’m patriotic, as they
    are, and I have a visceral dislike of the FBI, which they do as
    well. I have good relations with the blacks because I’ve helped
    several of them write communication appeals or letters to judges
    and I don’t charge anything for it. And the Hispanics respect me
    because my cellmates, who represent a myriad of Latin drug gangs,
    have told them to. So far, so good,
    ” he writes.

    Elsewhere, Kiriakou says that Loretto’s Special Investigative
    Service, “the prison version of every police department’s
    detective bureau,
    ” tried to convince him that a fellow
    inmate, allegedly the uncle of an accused terrorist, was told to
    kill him.

    “But the more I thought about it, the more this made no sense.
    Why would the uncle of the Times Square bomber be in a
    low-security prison
    ?” he writes.

    “In the meantime, SIS told him that I had made a call to
    Washington after we met, and that I had been instructed to kill
    him! We both laughed at the ham-handedness by which SIS tried to
    get us to attack each other. If we had, we could have spent the
    rest of our sentences in the SHU – solitary. Instead, we’re
    friendly, we exchange greetings in Arabic and English, and we
    chat
    ,” he says.

    He also says that his cell was ransacked by prison officials in a
    shake-down after correcting a guard who mispronounced his name.

     

    “Lesson learned: [Corrections officers] can treat us like
    subhumans but we have to show them faux respect even when it’s
    not earned
    ,” he says.

    Kiriakou is expected to finish his sentence in August 2015.
    Before going to Loretto, he said at an event in Washington, “I
    never tortured anybody, but I’m heading to prison while the
    torturers and the lawyers

    who papered over it and the people who deceived it and the men
    who destroyed the proof of it—the tapes— will never face
    justice
    .”

    In 2012, Kiriakou was indicted on one count of violating the
    Intelligence Identities Protection Act, three counts of violating
    the Espionage Act, and one count of making false statements. He
    pleaded to the IIPA violation last October, prompting then-CIA
    director David Petraeus to hail the conviction.

    “This case yielded the first IIPA successful prosecution in 27
    years, and it marks an important victory for our Agency, for our
    Intelligence Community, and for our country
    ,” Petraeus said.
    “Oaths do matter, and there are indeed consequences for those
    who believe they are above the laws.
    ” Petraeus resigned two
    months later after it was revealed that he had an extramarital
    affair with his biographer.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    The Fight against Consumerism and Planned Obsolescence. The Everlasting Light Bulb

    0

    by Miriam Valero

    The founder of the SOP movement has hit out against planned obsolescence by making an everlasting light bulb and establishing a movement with the aim of putting an end to the abusive practises of multinational companies.

    Benito Muros is one of the world’s businessmen who haven’t accepted planned obsolescence, the policy is developed by many large multinational companies worldwide and aims to create products that cease to become functional after a period of time determined by the company, so that the product is purchased again.

    In order to show that there are other ways to consume, Muros has created an everlasting light bulb and established the SOP Movement (Sin Obsolescencia Programada= Without Planned Obsolescence).

    He insists that if products could be created to last much longer, a market for second hand products would be created, giving people work in repairing products instead of creating new ones as they do today, generating waste that pollutes the environment.

    Muros was interviewed by The Prisma about this latest phenomenon to hit the world economy as well as his new product.

    When was the first time you heard about planned obsolescence?

    It was in 1999 during a trip I made to the United States. There I had the chance to see a light bulb at the Livermore Fire Station in California, which has remained lit non-stop for 111 years. Seeing this light bulb gave me a feeling of indignation, that we are constantly and intentionally being messed around in order to subject us to an economic system based on consumption for its own sake.

    How did you react against this economic reality and start your obsolescence-free company OEP Electrics?

    When it occurred to me that in that era, with the then-existing technology, a light bulb could be made to last 100 years, I thought why not now? It was then that I began to look into why there are now all kinds of electronic devices that have an increasingly short lifespan.

    And that’s how the SOP Movement began…?

    Yes. It was started up with the aim of making people aware of the need to change the current economic system, based as it is on planned obsolescence and credit, as well as financing projects, inventors’ products and initiatives that will have a bearing on this change in the current socio-economic system, and that will benefit the whole of society. Nowadays the big corporations try to cover up or hide these initiatives.

    What guarantees does your light bulb offer that those currently being made do not?

    To begin with, at OEP Electrics we offer a guarantee of 25 years, as long as the light bulb stays on 24 hours a day.

    Has the general public taken to the light bulb?

    The bulb is well accepted when we go to the customer directly. But we have had many problems, especially at the beginning of the project, in getting it accepted by the distributors.

    At the moment we have just made an agreement with a company in keeping with the principles of the SOP movement, which is going to take charge of the commercialisation of our products. We trust that their help will open more doors for us so that we can bring our products to many more people.

    Do you agree with Bernard London, who created planned obsolescence in 1932, that the fault for falls in consumption lies with those who don’t buy and not with the model of production?

    Bernard London came up with that concept at the time when the earth’s sustainability was not a concern, because there was no research into the planet’s resources and their exhaustion. This is really important now, because we know that the world’s resources are not infinite, therefore we cannot continue to make things as if they were.

    How can you prevent demand falling when creating long-lasting products?

    In my opinion the question isn’t whether the demand falls or not if we create long-lasting products.

    The question is how can we continue to use up all the world’s resources through endless consumption? However, even if demand falls, with a new economic model based on durability, as existed before, a second hand market would be created, where instead of working to create things that do not last very long, people would work in repairing them.

    Do you think that the multinational companies may one day adopt initiatives like yours? Philips has recently brought a light bulb that lasts 20 years onto the market.

    Yes, I think so. In the end, behind the great brands there are also people with first names and surnames, and I have trust in the good in people. In fact I think that evil, which is only an illness like any other thing, is not to be found in many people and it also has a cure through therapy in words, friendship and love. This philosophy has been erased from many people’s minds because of rampant consumerism.

    We are in a bad economic situation due to, among many other factors, insatiable consumption. If products didn’t have planned obsolescence would we be in a better situation?

    Without a doubt, while the current socio-economic model is based on consumption, on planned obsolescence, on credit and on wars in countries where traditional energy sources such as oil and gas exist, with the objective of gaining control of these energy sources and to be able to continue endlessly making things with short lifespans in order to generate consumption and credit. Something that has basically led us to the point where the world’s wealth is concentrated in fewer hands, and where banks and market speculators can even bring down whole countries through speculation with its sovereign debt.

    Forcing them to cut costs for the rights that took people years to achieve, rights as basic as health and education.

    Only we ourselves can make the push towards this necessary change, as has always been the case. That is what we are aiming for with the SOP movement, a peaceful mobilisation of people towards that change so that we may have a sustainable and logical economic model to manage our planet’s resources. There are alternatives, there is time, and therefore hope.

    (Translated by Jose Stovell)

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Canada and Gunboat Diplomacy

    0

    People seldom think of Canadian foreign policy when the term “gunboat diplomacy” is used, but they should. It is not just the USA, Great Britain, France or other better-known imperial powers that use military force as a “diplomatic” tool.

    For example, Postmedia recently revealed that a Canadian naval vessel stopped a boat carrying Jamaica’s former prime minister. Bruce Golding was aboard his fishing trawler last spring when Canadian forces questioned him just outside Jamaican waters.

    This incident led to the discovery that Canadian ships fired .50-calibre heavy machine guns in Jamaican territorial waters without authorization. Ottawa claimed the Canadian Navy’s actions were the result of outdated maps.

    While this may be technically true the Canadian navy has long taken an aggressive posture in the region. In a 2000 book chapter titled “Maple Leaf Over the Caribbean: Gunboat Diplomacy Canadian Style” Royal Military College historian Sean Maloney writes: “Since 1960, Canada has used its military forces at least 26 times in the Caribbean to support Canadian foreign policy. In addition, Canada planned three additional operations, including two unilateral interventions into Caribbean states.”

    In May 1963 two Canadian naval vessels joined U.S., British and French warships that “conducted landing exercises up to the [Haiti’s] territorial limit several times with the express purpose of intimidating the Duvalier government.” The 1963 mission was largely aimed at guaranteeing that Duvalier did not make any moves towards Cuba and that a Cuban-inspired guerilla movement did not seize power.

    Two years later thousands of U.S. troops invaded the Dominican Republic to stop a left-wing government from taking office. Alongside the U.S. invasion, a Canadian warship was sent to Santo Domingo in April 1965, in the words of Defence Minister Paul Hellyer, “to stand by in case it is required.”

    The next year two Canadian gunboats were deployed to Barbados’ independence celebration in a bizarre diplomatic maneuver designed to demonstrate Canada’s military prowess. Maloney notes: “We can only speculate at who the ‘signal’ was directed towards, but given the fact that tensions were running high in the Caribbean over the Dominican Republic Affair [1965 U.S. invasion], it is likely that the targets were any outside force, probably Cuban, which might be tempted to interfere with Barbadian independence.” Of course, Canadian naval vessels (which regularly dock in Barbados on maneuvers) were considered no threat to Barbadian independence. Intervening in another country to defend it from possible outside intervention may be the pinnacle of the imperial mindset.

    Four decades later the Canadian Navy continues to be active in the Caribbean as the recent incident in Jamaican waters makes clear. In another example, a May 2008 Frontline magazine article describes a trip to the region aboard HMCS Iroquois designed “to reaffirm the fact that Canada takes the Caribbean seriously as an area of strategic interest.”

    Canada’s military presence reaches beyond the high seas. In 2011 Ottawa signed an agreement to set up a small base to house soldiers and equipment at a base in Kingston and the newly created Canadian Special Operational Regiment has been heavily involved in training Jamaica’s military.

    Canada has trained Jamaica’s security forces since not long after the country’s independence in 1958. Canadian Caribbean Relations in Transition explains: “[Canada] cooperated closely with Jamaica in setting up the latter’s national security organizations. Cadet training schemes were followed by reciprocal high-level military visits and consultations. Aircraft were sold to Jamaica and pilot training was undertaken. Technical assistance was initiated and expanded to include joint training exercises.”

    Canadian military training in Jamaica has been particularly controversial. When “a battalion of 850 Canadian troops landed in the mountainous Jamaican interior to conduct a tropical training exercise” in the early 70s, Abeng, a leftist Jamaican paper, cried foul. The paper’s editors claimed Ottawa was preparing to intervene to protect Montréal-based Alcan’s bauxite facilities in the event of civil unrest and/or in case a socialist government took office.

    While numerous books dealing with Canadian-Caribbean relations scoff at Abeng’s accusations, the archives confirm the paper’s suspicions. “Subsequent [to 1979] planning for intervention seems to bear out the Abeng accusations,” notes Maloney. Code-named, NIMROD CAPPER, “the objective of the operation revolved around securing and protecting the Alcan facilities from mob unrest and outright seizure or sabotage.”

    Later, Canadian military planning resumed from where NIMROD CAPPER began with an exercise titled “Southern Renewal,” beginning in 1988. Maloney explains: “In this case a company from two RCR [Royal Canadian Reserves] was covertly inserted to ‘rescue’ Canadian industrial personnel with knowledge of bauxite deposits seized by Jamaican rebels and held hostage.”

    Some Canadians might explain this away as overzealous military planning, but a historically minded Jamaican nationalist would have every reason to be concerned.

    Canadian soldiers garrisoned Bermuda from1914-1916 and St. Lucia from 1915-1919. They also replaced British forces in Jamaica from 1940-1946, as well as in Bermuda and the Bahamas during segments of this period.

    Perceptions of race underlay the use of Canadian troops during World War Two. According to Canadian Defence Minister Norman Rogers, the governor of Jamaica “had intimated that it will be risky to remove all white troops.”

    The situation in the Bahamas was even more sensitive. In June 1942 rioting broke out over the low wages received by black labourers. Canadian troops arrived in the Bahamas just after the riots and their main task was to protect a paranoid governor, the Duke of Windsor.

    Not only does the current Canadian government engage in gunboat diplomacy, our country has a long, shameful and mostly hidden history of doing so.

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    ‘Americans worse off since recession’

    0

    File photo of the US city of Detroit, Michigan.

    A new government study reveals that Americans have regained less than half of the wealth lost in the 2008 recession, dampening hopes of an economic recovery.

    American households accumulated USD 66 trillion dollars at the end of 2012, amounting to only 45 percent of the total wealth attained during the economic boom in 2007 – adjusted for inflation and population growth, the St. Louis Federal Reserve said on Thursday.

    The bank noted that the so-called economic recovery is misleading, with much of the current recovery tied to the stock market which primarily benefits wealthy families.

    Å“Considering the uneven recovery of wealth across households, a conclusion that the financial damage of the crisis and recession largely has been repaired is not justified,” the report said.

    The agency also found that certain groups lost more wealth than others during the recession – those who were young, less educated and black or Hispanic.

    The 2007-2008 housing bubble and financial crisis resulted in the threat of total collapse of US and international institutions, bailout of banks, recession in stock markets around the world, and cities running the risk of bankruptcy.

    GMA/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Qalibaf slams widening class gap in Iran

    0

    Iranian presidential candidate, Mohammad Baqer Qalibaf, has criticized the growing poverty and discrimination in the Iranian society, calling for national unity to encounter the phenomenon.

    In a televised speech on Wednesday night, Qalibaf, currently the mayor of Tehran, noted, Å“We need concord and we need national solidarity for a sweeping movement.”

    Å“If we fail to eliminate this discrimination and poverty, it will not be possible for us to achieve solidarity and concord. Unfortunately, class differences have increased compared with the past,” the presidential candidate pointed out.

    The Tehran mayor also underscored the need for a comprehensive strategy to run the countryâ„¢s affairs, saying, Å“The next administration should know that it needs a systematic and well-defined plan. I have prepared such a plan and a lot of work has been done on this plan, of course, in cooperation with the elites and the main role has been played by the elites and experts.”

    Elsewhere in his remarks, the presidential candidate pointed to the peopleâ„¢s concerns about the management of domestic economy and pledged that he will restore stability to the national economy within two years if elected president.

    Touching on his foreign policy strategies, Qalibaf noted, Å“As long as we lack internal solidarity [and] as long as there is no powerful and efficient administration about which I talked before, it would not be possible for us to succeed in foreign policy; whether we want to resist [against our enemies], counter [them], or take part in negotiations [with them].”

    Qalibaf is competing against Secretary of Expediency Council Mohsen Rezaei, President of the Center for Strategic Research of the Expediency Council Hassan Rohani, lawmaker Gholam-Ali Haddad-Adel, Secretary of the Supreme National Security Council Saeed Jalili, former Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Velayati, former First Vice President Mohammad Reza Aref, and former Telecommunications Minister Mohammad Gharazi.

    The president of Iran is elected for a four-year term in a national election, due to be held on June 14 this year.

    ASH/SS/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Six Afghans killed in US-led air strike

    0

    [unable to retrieve full-text content]At least six civilians have been killed and 12 others injured in a US-led air strike in Afghanistan’s northeastern Kapisa Province.

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    1 Black Man Is Killed Every 28 Hours by Police or Vigilantes: America Is Perpetually at War with Its Own People

    0

    Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/Eugene Ivanov

    May 28, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    Police officers, security guards, or self-appointed vigilantes extrajudicially killed at least 313 African-Americans in  2012 according to a recent study. This means a black person was killed by a security officer every 28 hours. The report notes that it’s possible that the real number could be much higher.

    The report, entitled “Operation Ghetto Storm”, was performed by the Malcolm X Grassroots Movement, an antiracist grassroots activist organization. The organization has chapters in Atlanta, Detroit, Fort Worth-Dallas, Jackson, New Orleans, New York City, Oakland, and Washington, D.C. It has a history of organizing campaigns against police brutality and state repression in black and brown communities. Their study’s sources included police and media reports along with other publicly available information. Last year, the organization published a similar study showing that a black person is killed by security forces every 36 hours. However, this study did not tell the whole story, as it only looked at shootings from January to June 2012. Their latest study is an update of this.

    These killings come on top of other forms of oppression black people face. Mass incarceration ofnonwhites is one of them. While African-Americans constitute 13.1% of the nation’s population, they make up nearly 40% of the prison population. Even though African-Americans use or sell drugs about the same rate as whites, they are 2.8 to 5.5 times more likely to be arrested for drugs than whites. Black offenders also receive longer sentences compared to whites. Most offenders are in prison for nonviolent drug offenses.

    “Operation Ghetto Storm” explains why such killings occur so often. Current practices of institutional racism have roots in the enslavement of black Africans, whose labor was exploited to build the American capitalist economy, and the genocide of Native Americans. The report points out that in order to maintain the systems of racism, colonialism, and capitalist exploitation, the United States maintains a network of “repressive enforcement structures”. These structures include the police, FBI, Homeland Security, CIA, Secret Service, prisons, and private security companies, along with mass surveillance and mass incarceration.

    The Malcolm X Grassroots Movement is not the only group challenging police violence against African-Americans. The Stop Mass Incarceration Network has been challenging the policy of stop-and-frisk in New York City, in which police officers randomly stop and search individuals for weapons or contraband. African-American and Latino men are disproportionately stopped and harassed by police officers. Most of those stopped (close to 90%) are innocent, according to the New York Civil Liberties Union. Stop Mass Incarceration also organizes against the War on Drugs and inhumane treatment of prisoners.

    Along with the rate of extrajudicial killings, the Malcolm X Grassroots Movement report contains other important findings. Of the 313 killed, 124 (40%) were between 22 and 31 years old, 57 (18%) were between 18 and 21 years old, 54 (17%) were between 32 and 41 years old, 32 (10%) were 42 to 51 years old, 25 (8%) were children younger than 18 years old, 18 (6%) were older than 52, and 3 (1%) were of unknown ages.

    A significant portion of those killed, 68 people or 22%, suffered from mental health issues and/or were self-medicated. The study says that “[m]any of them might be alive today if community members trained and committed to humane crisis intervention and mental health treatment had been called, rather than the police.”

    43% of the shootings occurred after an incident of racial profiling. This means police saw a person who looked or behaved “suspiciously” largely because of their skin color and attempted to detain the suspect before killing them. Other times, the shootings occurred during a criminal investigation (24%), after 9-1-1 calls from “emotionally disturbed loved ones” (19%) or because of domestic violence (7%), or innocent people were killed for no reason (7%).

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    Turkey finds sarin gas in homes of suspected Syrian Islamists — reports

    0

    Turkish security forces found a 2kg cylinder with sarin gas after searching the homes of Syrian militants from the Al-Qaeda linked Al-Nusra Front who were previously detained, Turkish media reports. The gas was reportedly going to be used in a bomb

    The sarin gas was found in the homes of suspected Syrian
    Islamists detained in the southern provinces of Adana and Mersia
    following a search by Turkish police on Wednesday, reports say.
    The gas was allegedly going to be used to carry out an attack in
    the southern Turkish city of Adana.

    On Monday, Turkish special anti-terror forces arrested 12
    suspected members of the Al-Nusra Front, the Al-Qaeda affiliated
    group which has been dubbed “the most aggressive and successful
    arm” of the Syrian rebels. The group was designated a terrorist
    organization by the United States in December.

    Police also reportedly found a cache of weapons, documents and
    digital data which will be reviewed by police.

    Following the searches, five of those detained were released
    following medical examinations at the Forensic Medicine
    Institution Adana. Seven suspects remain in custody. Turkish
    authorities are yet to comment on the arrests.

    In a separate incident in Adana, police reportedly received
    intelligence that an explosive-laden vehicle had entered the town
    of Adana on Thursday, the Taraf daily reports.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Muslims shelter in Myanmar temple

    0

    Attacks by extremist Buddhists in Myanmar have forced hundreds of fearful Muslims to take shelter in a Buddhist temple in the northeastern town of Lashio.

    Some 1,200 Muslims who fled the latest bout of sectarian and ethnic violence huddled Thursday in the Buddhist monastery.

    The area has been the scene of violence against Muslims by Buddhists in the past few days.

    Victims said the violence is expected to get worse in the troubled region and its surroundings.

    Å“We heard things could get worse, so we waved down soldiers and asked them for help,” said 59-year-old Khin Than, who arrived at the monastery Thursday morning with her four children.

    At least one Muslim has been killed, and Muslim property has been burned down over the past 24 hours.

    Scores of Rohingya Muslims have been killed and thousands of others displaced as a result of attacks by Buddhist extremists in Myanmar in recent months.

    International bodies accuse the government of turning a blind eye to the attacks.

    Rohingya Muslims in Myanmar account for about five percent of the countryâ„¢s population of nearly 60 million. They have been persecuted and faced torture, neglect, and repression since the country’s independence in 1948.

    Myanmarâ„¢s government has been repeatedly criticized for failing to protect the Rohingya Muslims.

    JR/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    France unemployment hits new record

    0

    File photo shows an office of the French state-run employment agency, Pole Emploi, in the northern Paris suburb of Pantin.

    The French Labor Ministry says the number of unemployed people reached a record high of 3.26 million in April.

    The ministry said on Thursday that the number of registered jobseekers in the eurozone’s second-largest economy increased by 39,800 last month, marking the 24th consecutive monthly rise.

    The increase is equivalent to 1,326 new jobseekers per day and represented a 12.5 percent rise over a year ago.

    The previous jobless record in the country was in January 1997, when 3.195 million people were unemployed.

    The figures are considered as a major challenge for Socialist President Francois Hollande, who has pledged to curb the unemployment rate from the current level of more than 10 percent to a single-digit figure by December this year.

    Hollande’s popularity, which had already been affected by the poor performance of the economy, is shrinking to record lows. In March, only 30 percent of the 1,000 people surveyed by the polling company TNS Sofres said they were satisfied with the president, down from the 35 percent recorded the previous month.

    Europe plunged into a financial crisis in early 2008. The worsening debt crisis has forced the EU governments to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms.

    SAB/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Syrian Rebels Massacre Christian Village

    0

    While President Obama’s administration weighs overt military aid to Syrian rebels, the true character of the revolution underway in that country is becoming horrifically clear. Numerous press reports are providing details of a massacre perpetrated by the Free Syrian Army that annihilated the entire population of a Christian village.

    As the New York Times reported last December, anti-American sentiment has grown among the rebel organizations even as the American government has played a key role in propping up the rebellion. A crucial step in that support was the administration’s decision to give formal recognition to rebel organizations – a step just short of recognizing them as the legitimate government of Syria. But now, those rebels Obama has vehemently supported are now proving that in Syria – as in Egypt several years ago – the rebels may prove worse than the tyrants they struggle to overthrow.

    According to the Assyrian International News Agency (AINA), forces of the Free Syrian Army massacred the village on May 27: “The armed rebels affiliated to the Free Syrian Army (FSA) raided the Christian-populated al-Duvair village in Reef (outskirts of) Homs near the border with Lebanon today and massacred all its civilian residents, including women and children. The Syrian army, however, intervened and killed tens of terrorists during heavy clashes which are still going on in al-Duvair village.”

    Although the United States had opposed the involvement of the al-Qaeda-affiliated Nusra Front in the rebel coalition, it did not express such reservations in December when Obama lavished his praise on the coalition. As the New York Times reported at that time:

    But Mr. Obama praised the opposition, known formally as the National Coalition of Syrian Revolutionary and Opposition Forces, for what he said was its inclusiveness, its openness to various ethnic and religious groups, and its ties to local councils involved in the fighting against Mr. Assad’s security forces.

    “At this point we have a well-organized-enough coalition – opposition coalition that is representative – that we can recognize them as the legitimate representative of Syrian people,” he said.… 

    The United States has played an active role behind the scenes in shaping the opposition, insisting that it be broadened and made more inclusive. But until Mr. Obama’s announcement, the United States had held off on formally recognizing the opposition, asserting that it wanted to use the lure of recognition to encourage the rebel leaders to flesh out their political structure and fill important posts.

    Now Obama’s inclusive opposition has allegedly slaughtered the entire population of al-Duvair, which is the type of crime that the U.S. president has previously purported was sufficient reason for the people of Syria to rise up and overthrow their government. And the massacre is hardly an isolated incident; for example, only several weeks ago, rebels attacked the St. Elijah Orthodoxy monastery. As Voice of Russia reported on May 12: “The militants ransacked the cloister, destroyed the sanctuary, blew up the belfry and tore down the statue of St. Prophet Elijah who is equally revered in Syria by both Christians and Muslims, Syria’s SANA news agency reports, quoting the head of the monastery, hegumen Gadir Ibrahim. The hegumen believes the attack to be the work of foreign mercenaries.”

    Reports of foreign mercenaries are nothing new in the war against the Assad regime, and the “Syrian” character of the rebellion has been in doubt for some time. As the Independent reported on December 20:

    Fighters from as many as 29 countries have filtered into Syria to join a civil war that has split along sectarian lines, increasingly pitting the ruling Alawite community against the majority Sunni Muslims, UN human rights investigators said today.

    The deepened sectarian divisions in Syria may diminish prospects for post-conflict reconciliation even if President Bashar al-Assad is toppled. And the influx of foreign fighters raises the risk of the war spilling into neighbouring countries.

    “As battles between government forces and anti-government armed groups approach the end of their second year, the conflict has become overtly sectarian in nature,” the investigators led by Brazilian expert Paulo Pinheiro said in an updated report.… 

    Most of the foreign fighters slipping into Syria to join rebel groups, or fight alongside them, are Sunnis from other countries in the Middle East and North Africa, the UN investigators found. “They come from all over, Europe and America, and especially the neighbouring countries,” said Ms [Karen] Abuzayd.

    Even as the American government has expanded its involvement in the war in Syria, the radicalization of the rebel forces has continued. While Syrian rebels perpetrate their own atrocities, Sen. John McCain (R-Ariz.) was still insisting “We can identify who these people are. We can help the right people.” As Reuters reported on May 29:

    U.S. Senator John McCain said on Wednesday, two days after meeting with rebels in Syria, that he is confident the United States can send weapons to fighters in Syria without the risk they will fall into the wrong hands.

    “We can identify who these people are. We can help the right people,” McCain said on CNN’s program “Anderson Cooper 360.” … 

    Critics of some lawmakers’ push to arm the rebels have expressed concerns that weapons could end up in the hands of militants who might eventually end up using them against the United States or its allies.

    But McCain said such radical fighters make up only a small part of the rebels forces.

    For example, he said, Syria’s Islamist al-Nusra Front, identified as an alias of al Qaeda in Iraq, accounts for only about 7,000 of the 100,000 fighters battling the government of Assad.

    “Every single day, more and more extremists flow in…. “They’re flowing in all the time, these extremists. But they still do not make up a sizeable portion,” the Arizona senator said.

    When 7,000 members of an al-Qaeda front are acknowledged to be part of a US-backed coalition, one wonders how McCain and his allies are now defining “small.” And as McCain’s and Obama’s purported “right people” are busy massacring Christians – and others – in an “overtly sectarian” war conducted by foreign mercenaries and religious fanatics, the latest phase in the “perpetual war for perpetual peace” has moved on to the phase where its proponents will soon, once again, be “shocked” by the actions of their allies.

    Photo of Syrian rebel fighters: AP Images

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    Kerry, Obama, and the WEF’s $4 Billion Bailout Plan for PLO/Hammas

    0

    “Kerry unveils $4 billion Palestinian economic plan,” ran the headline in the Jerusalem Post. Well, sort of; the veil still hasn’t been lifted on where the funds will be coming from, or how they will be administered, and who will do the administering. U.S. Secretary of State John Kerry announced the $4 billion “investment” in Palestine at the “Breaking the Impasse in the Middle East” conference of the World Economic Forum (WEF), held in Jordan by the Dead Sea on Sunday, May 26.

    “The plan for the Palestinian economy is bigger and bolder and more ambitious than anything proposed since Oslo more than 20 years ago,” Secretary Kerry said, referring to the Oslo Accords, which were hammered out in the Norwegian capital two decades ago. According to the Oslo plan, Gaza and the West Bank would evolve into an independent Palestinian state within five years. However, bitter rivalry between the PLO and Hamas resulted in a PLO regime in charge of the West Bank and Hamas in control of Gaza. Israeli troops occupy the West Bank and patrol the boundary of the Gaza Strip.

    Kerry told the hundreds of assembled millionaires and billionaires at the WEF confab that “we are looking to mobilize some $4 billion of investment” for targeted “opportunities in tourism, construction, light manufacturing, building materials, energy, agriculture, and information and communications technology.”

    According to Kerry, unidentified “experts” have put together a program that will transform the Palestinian territories. “These experts believe that we can increase the Palestinian GDP by as much as 50 percent over three years,” Kerry declared. “Their most optimistic estimates foresee enough new jobs to cut unemployment by nearly two-thirds – to 8 percent, down from 21 percent today – and to increase the median annual wage along with it, by as much as 40 percent.”

    The WEF investment plan has been put together by a team of undisclosed “experts” led by former British Prime Minister Tony Blair. A May 27 story in the U.K.’s Daily Mail carried the headline: “Tony Blair to be in charge of £3billion plan to revitalise Palestine’s economy, U.S. secretary of state John Kerry reveals.”

    Actually, Secretary Kerry didn’t specify that Blair would be in charge of the plan, only that Blair had led the effort thus far. But it may well be that the former prime minister will end up in an administrative role regarding whatever funds materialize. Like many other “public servants,” Blair has parlayed his former government positions into a highly lucrative diplomatic and consultative career. Since leaving office, he has joined JPMorgan Chase as a “senior advisor” (which, reportedly, has paid him millions of dollars) and has launched Tony Blair Associates, which counts among its clients the brutal communist dictatorship of Nursultan Nazarbayev in Kazakhstan. Blair’s firm has also made millions of dollars brokering natural gas, oil, and mobile phone concessions in Gaza and the West Bank. At the same time, Blair has, since 2007, served as Middle East envoy for the United Nations, the United States, the European Union, and Russia.

    One of the experts who has surely had a hand in the WEF bailout plan for the PLO and Hamas is Robert Hormats, President Obama’s under secretary of state for economic growth, energy, and the environment. A former vice chairman of infamous Wall Street giant Goldman Sachs, Hormats is also a longtime member (and director) of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) and Trilateral Commission, the secretive private groups that have dominated the federal government, banking, and corporate America for decades. He has been a senior advisor on the National Security Council to both Republican and Democrat administrations, advising Henry Kissinger, Brent Scowcroft, and Zbigniew Brzezinski. Hormats also serves as alternate U.S. governor for the World Bank, and in April attended meetings of central bankers sponsored by the World Bank and International Monetary Fund regarding the Middle East and North Africa (MENA). It is a near certainty that the IMF and World Bank, along with the EU and the United States will be providing (or guaranteeing) much of the funding that Secretary Kerry vaguely refers to as “private sector” investment for Palestine.

    If the past Middle East and Palestinian bailout schemes (see here and here) provide any guide, the rosy predictions of the WEF experts will fall dramatically short. And when the details of the finances finally become known, we undoubtedly will learn that the CFR-Wall Street globalists have once again cashed in on the Mideast turmoil and tragedy, while at the same time expanding the political and economic authority of the United Nations, the IMF, and World Bank.

    Photo of John Kerry (center), Shimon Peres (left), and Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas: AP Images

    Related articles: 

    World Economic Forum Pushes Global Controls 

    Davos’ Theme of “Resilient Dynamism” Hides Real Agenda

    Economic Forum Pushes Mideast Aid and Free-trade Agreements 

    A Bad Investment: US Funding, Training PLO Terrorists

    Organized Chaos: Behind the Scenes in the Middle East

    This article originally appeared on: The New American

    The Russians Prove Small Scale Organic Farming CAN Feed the World

    0

    Christina Sarich
    Infowars.com
    May 30, 2013

    If you’ve already been through an economic collapse, you might know a thing or two about how to feed your family with little money. More importantly, you might know how to do it without pesticides, herbicides, fungicides, and GMO seed. On a total of about 20 million acres managed by over 35 million Russian families, Russians are carrying on an old-world technique, which we Americans might learn from. They are growing their own organic crops — and it’s working.

    According to some statistics, they grow 92% of the entire countries’ potatoes, 77% of its vegetables, 87% of its fruit, and feed 71% of the entire population from privately owned, organic farms or house gardens all across the country. These aren’t huge Agro-farms run by pharmaceutical companies; these are small family farms and less-than-an-acre gardens.

    A recent report from Agro-ecology and the Right to Food says that organic and sustainable small-scale farming could double food production in the parts of the world where hunger is the biggest issue. Within five to 10 years we could see a big jump in crop cultivation. It could also take the teeth out of GMO business in the US.

    According to World Watch, we can also farm fish responsibly and feed the planet. Sustainable fish farms along with organic gardening are becoming the new agro-business.

    “Farmed seafood has certain advantages over wild fish in meeting modern demand. For a global marketplace that demands increasingly predictable products–uniform-sized fillets available year-round, free of the vagaries of weather or open-ocean fishing–fish farming delivers this predictability. Farms are also becoming more productive, raising fish at a lower cost and expanding the potential market.” (Brian Halwell, Farming Fish for the Future).

    As long as this is done in sustainable ways without GMO salmon, we really can feed over 7 billion people.

    Unfortunately, not all of us want to utilize organic farming. Purchasing 500,000 shares of Monsanto stock in 2012, Bill Gates is just one key figure who argues that GMOs are an absolute necessity in order to fight global starvation. Of course along with ‘saving the world from starvation’, GMO crops also bring along a large number of unwanted health and environmental effects. This isn’t even considering the fact that long term, we truly don’t know what kind of impact this will have on the earth on a major scale. Though we do know once everything is GMO, it will be virtually impossible to go back to a natural world.

    • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

    Check out NaturalSociety’s YouTube Channel for some recent videos on the March Against Monsanto event occurring in Philadelphia, PA. The videos offer some educational information along with a look at how people everywhere reject Monsanto and genetically modified organisms. Say goodbye to GMOs. We don’t need them.

    “We won’t solve hunger and stop climate change with industrial farming on large plantations,” says Olivier De Schutter.


    This post originally appeared at Natural Society.

    ––
    Editor’s Note: Be sure to check out the Infowars Seed Center to get started on your own organic garden.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 11:50 am

    Tags: , , ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Maddow’s Ratings Hit New Lows Following Attacks On Alex Jones

    0

    MSNBC only has 115,000 core demographic viewers

    Steve Watson
    Infowars.com
    May 30, 2013

    MSNBC’s ratings are in the toilet. And just when you thought they couldn’t get any worse, Rachel Maddow has hit fresh lows following a string of ill conceived attacks on Infowars and Alex Jones.

    “Averaging 539,000 viewers in primetime and 175,000 viewers in the adults 25-54 demographic, MSNBC suffered double-digit drops from last May.” notes The Hollywood Reporter.

    The network’s ratings are down around 20% in the last year. The total day average viewership for MSNBC now stands at a paltry 346,000 viewers. In the core demographic of adults aged 25-54, MSNBC only has 115,000 viewers.

    Even HLN pulled in more viewers during May.

    “The Rachel Maddow Show… delivered its lowest-rated month since it debuted in September 2008″ the report continues, citing Nielsen statistics.

    Maddow reached 717,000 total viewers, a new low, and also posted a second lowest mark, reaching only 210,000 adults aged 25-54. The figures represent a pathetic amount for a primetime flagship show.

    Maddow was trounced by both Fox News’ Sean Hannity and CNN’s Piers Morgan, whose ratings are not exactly impressive. CNN’s veiwership has been flat-lining since it hit 20 year lows last year. The network is still only reaching an average 225,000 in the core demographic at primetime.

    Read the complete rankings, May 2013 versus May 2012, via Nielsen:

    Total Day
    FNC: 1,246,000 total viewers, up 24 percent (236,000 in 25-54, down 5 percent)
    CNN: 465,000 total viewers, up 61 percent (161,000 in 25-54, up 92 percent)
    MSNBC: 346,000 total viewers, down 10 percent (115,000 in 25-54, down 7 percent)
    HLN: 494,000 total viewers, up 111 percent (175,000 in 25-54, up 90 percent)

    Primetime
    FNC: 1,973,000 total viewers, up 17 percent (308,000 in 25-54, down 6 percent)
    CNN: 660,000 total viewers, up 70 percent (225,000 in 25-54, up 97 percent)
    MSNBC: 539,000 total viewers, down 20 percent (175,000 in 25-54, down 19 percent)
    HLN: 624,000 total viewers, up 91 percent (209,000 in 25-54, up 97 percent)

    Maddow has been desperately floundering for viewers, attempting to piggy back off Alex Jones’ comparatively huge online audience by attacking the inimitable host over a range of topics across different shows.

    At the end of April she devoted a large swathe of her show to attacking Infowars over its coverage of the Boston bombings, often erroneously attributing wild claims about the events to Jones.

    After a rambling clusterf*ck of mocking sarcasm, Maddow eventually tried to conflate Jones and his viewership with neocons calling for a renewed war on Islam.

    Maddow continued to ignorantly lump in every online conspiracy theory with Infowars material when she carried on her jihad against Jones, suggesting Alex believed the tornadoes in Oklahoma were a conspiracy.

    In a short segment aimed at demonizing the thriving movement that is luring her viewers away in droves, Maddow saw no problem deceptively editing a portion of Jones’ broadcast to skew his perspective, attempting to make it seem as though he claimed the tornadoes were orchestrated by the government.

    In fact, in the segment Jones was merely answering a caller who had asked if the tornadoes were possibly weather modification at work. While he said he doubted it to be the cause of the Oklahoma tornado, Jones simply mentioned that weather weapons and weather modification are no longer a thing of science fiction and have a factual basis in reality.

    Infowars is leading a revolution in alternative media. Its audience is exploding, which is why White House front websites like Media Matters, Think Progress, and Raw Story attack Jones on a daily basis for shattering the left/right paradigm, waking people up to government corruption, and generally encouraging people to open their minds.

    The truth is that Infowars is simply too popular for Maddow and her ilk to handle:

    –––––––––––––––––––––-

    Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 11:58 am

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    US Loses Billions to 'Weather Whiplash'

    0

    [unable to retrieve full-text content]

    Distribution of Natural Catastrophes and Overall Losses by Continents, 2012 (Image: World Watch Institute)Superstorm Sandy, widespread drought, flooding in the Midwest, devastating tornadoes and, most recently, early season wildfires on the west coast—it seems as if Americans can't catch a break with t

    [field_image_caption-raw]

    read more

    This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

    Britain's Largest Privatization in Over a Decade Underway

    0

    Britain is continuing plans to privatize its state-owned mail service, the largest such effort since the privatization of its railways in the 1990s.

    “Once again consumers will lose out when prices rise and deliveries are reduced but banks make millions,” said Mario Dunn of the CWU. (Photo: nikoretro/cc/flickr) On Wednesday the government announced that banking giants Goldman Sachs and UBS would be leading the efforts. The Guardian reports:

    As the lead banks advising on Royal Mail’s sale the pair will collect the majority of the fees, understood to be set at about 1% of the target £2-3bn flotation value. Barclays and Bank of America Merrill Lynch will also collect millions in fees from more junior roles in the sale.

    Echoing Billy Bragg’s line “You privatize away and then you make us pay” in the song Thatcherites, Mario Dunn of the Communication Workers Union (CWU), which has campaigned against the privatization, said, “Banks are set to make up to £30 million when the government sells off Royal Mail. Once again consumers will lose out when prices rise and deliveries are reduced but banks make millions.”

    As Rupert Neate noted, the mail privatization is something even the late British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher, who privatized dozens of state-owned services in the 1980s, refused to do, saying she was “not prepared to have the Queen’s head privatized.”

    Billy Hayes, general secretary of the CWU, said that his group felt the mail privatization was not “in the interests of customers, the workforce or the wider industry.”

    “Postal workers know that privatization would mean the break-up of the company, more job losses, worse terms and conditions and attacks on their pensions. It would be a wrecking ball to the industry they work in,” said Hayes.

    Britain’s Department for Business Innovation and Skills told Bloomberg via email that the specifics about how or when the sale of the Royal Mail would happen were as yet undecided.

    ____________________________

    This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

    This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

    "Off the Record" Meetings with DOJ Exposes Deep Subservience of DC Press Corps

    0

    While some news outlets are lining up to attend a series of “off the record” media briefings with the Department of Justice, others are balking at the invitation from embattled Attorney General Eric Holde, saying that it would be “inappropriate” to accept the government’s conditions of secrecy as they actively report on how the DOJ “secretly” investigates journalistic activities.

    US attorney general Eric Holder faces questions about his department’s investigation targeting phone records and data from the Associated Press and accusations of criminality against Fox News’ James Rosen. (Photograph: Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images) What lies beneath the surface, however, is a striking example of how subservient the overall Washington press corps has become in the face of unchecked government authority to grant itself massing spying capabilities while stifling the flow of information it deems threatening to its power.

    Earlier this week, the DOJ said it would hold private meetings with media outlets so that Holder could explain some of the department’s guidelines for subpoenas of reporters and targeting of government officials who may be leaking information.

    All this follows outrage and controversy following revelations that Holder’s DOJ had been secretly tracking journalists at the Associated Press and even labeled a Fox News journalist as a possible “abettor” to a crime for simply seeking information from a government official.

    Among those saying they will not attend the meetings are the Associated Press and the New York Times.

    “The fact that Holder feels comfortable requesting this without any sense of irony reveals how he understands the role and function of the press corps vis-a-vis political officials.” —Glenn Greenwald

    “We believe the meeting should be on the record and we have said that to the Attorney General’s office. If it is on the record, AP Executive Editor Kathleen Carroll will attend. If it is not on the record, AP will not attend and instead will offer our views on how the regulations should be updated in an open letter,” AP spokesperson Erin Madigan said in a statement sent to Politico. “We would expect AP attorneys to be included in any planned meetings between the Attorney General’s office and media lawyers on the legal specifics.”

    Executive editor of the New York Times, Jill Abramson, also released a statement, saying that because her paper’s Washington bureau is “aggressively covering the department’s handling of leak investigations at this time” it would not be “appropriate for us to attend an off-the-record meeting with the attorney general.”

    And CNN concurred, announcing on its site:

    Like the New York Times and the Associated Press, CNN will decline the invitation for an off-the-record meeting. A CNN spokesperson says if the meeting with the attorney general is on the record, CNN would plan to participate.

    And speaking with CNN, the Huffington Post’s Washington bureau chief Ryan Grim said he, too, would refuse attendance unless the meeting is on the record. “A conversation specifically about the freedom of the press should be an open one. We have a responsibility not to betray that,” Grim said.

    “If the government wants to justify its pursuit of journalists, they ought to do it in public.” – James Asher, McClatchy Newspapers

    McClatchy’s DC bureau chief said James Asher said he also would not attend or send a correspondent.

    “They don’t help us inform the public,” Asher said of off-the-record meetings in a phone interview with Poynter.com. “This one seems designed mostly to make a public relations point and not a substantive one. If the government wants to justify its pursuit of journalists, they ought to do it in public.”

    Examining the possible meetings on Wednesday, Guardian columnist Glenn Greenwald scofffed at the idea of journalists who would agree to such meetings, but said he wouldn’t be surprised if many agreed to Holder’s terms. Discussing why the DOJ invitation itself is revealing of the corrosive nature of the Beltway media’s relationship with the Washington political establishment, Greenwald explained:

    The fact that Holder feels comfortable requesting this without any sense of irony reveals how he understands the role and function of the press corps vis-a-vis political officials (as one Twitter commentator sardonically put it: “Presumably if anyone leaks what’s said, he’ll throw them in jail”). This is exactly the kind of constant accommodation given by the media to the US government that I was referencing here. What self-respecting journalist would agree to this condition?

    Typifing perhaps, the not so “self-respecting” journalist–to use Greenwald’s phrasing–Politico’s editor-in-chief John Harris said he would, in fact, attend the meeting at the DOJ. Explaining his mindset, Harris said:

    As editor-in-chief, I routinely have off-the-record conversations with people who have questions or grievances about our coverage or our newsgathering practices.

    I feel anyone – whether an official or ordinary reader – should be able to have an unguarded conversation with someone in a position of accountability for a news organization when there is good reason.

    In addition, the Washington Post and CBS News said they would attend. NBC News was reported to still be debating the issue internally.

    It is that debate, however, that speaks to one of the deeper issues. As news media strategize over how to handle such a request, it becomes clear how interwoven their reliance on access to high level officials has become to their news gathering operations.

    Following the announcement that some outlets had had rejected the invitation, the issue took a political turn as communications director of the Democratic National Committee, Brad Woodhouse, entered the conversation via Twitter and suggested that media outlets which refused to attend under the DOJ’s restrictive rules had forfeited “their right to gripe” about government transparency and press freedom issues.

    Then, as Buzzfeed recounts, Woodhouse’s comments were then challenged by the ACLU’s Gabe Rottman who interjected in defense of those boycotting the meeting.

    “The notion that because news organizations have off-the-record rules which prevent them from going to a meeting like this in no way impacts the strength of their argument against the Associated Press subpoena,” Rottman told Buzzfeed. “That’s the biggest concern that I see here, that somehow they’re giving up their right to complain or object – that’s just wrong.”

    “This is actually a newsworthy event,” he said of the planned meeting. “News organizations want to maintain their ability to report if something newsworthy happens in the meeting.”

    But, as Greenwald explored in his piece on Wednesday, the issues generated by revelations about the DOJ’s behavior go much deeper than that. He writes:

    … the establishment media voluntarily provides the US government with all sorts of benefits, considerations, cooperation and other informal agreements that it has no obligation to provide. Media outlets constantly go to the US government before publishing stories about classified information, seek input about what they should and should not reveal, and honor government requests, oftentimes concealing vital stories clearly in the public interest. They routinely grant anonymity to government officials in the most dubious cases, allowing those officials to propagandize the public with no accountability.

    Why should journalists who cover the US government continue to work so hard to protect and serve the interests of government officials who are prosecuting their sources, invading their communications, calling them criminals, and attacking basic press freedoms? As even Bob Woodward, the ultimate establishment journalist, said on MSNBC, reporters can begin to say: “why the hell should I go to the government [about my stories], they’re just going to go after my records?”

    But herein lies the core problem. The reason there are all these informal, voluntary ways that media outlets serve and protect the interest of the US government is precisely because they have veered so far in the direction of subservience rather than adversary that they are virtually part of the US government. As former Bush DOJ official Jack Goldsmith said (and he meant this as a compliment), many US journalists expressly acknowledge making journalistic choices out of what they call “patriotism” or even “jingoism”. Gen. Michael Hayden, the former head of the Bush CIA and NSA, proudly said that “American journalists display ‘a willingness to work with us.'” That is what has resulted in journalistic disgraces such as the New York Times’ concealment (at the White House’s request) of the existence of the illegal Bush NSA warrantless eavesdropping program until after Bush was safely re-elected, as well as the US media’s willingness to allow the Obama administration to make what it knew were false claims about a CIA agent detained in Pakistan (the truth became known only once the Guardian revealed it). There are countless similar examples of the US media concealing information clearly in the public interest at the behest of the US government.

    As long as that mindset festers, then it’s very difficult to imagine the US press corps taking any meaningful steps to push back against these attacks. And as long as that’s true, it’s very hard to see why the Obama administration would possibly stop doing it. It’s always in the interest of political leaders to control the flow of information and to punish those who make them look bad. That’s why there is a free press guarantee in the First Amendment. If journalists aren’t willing to protect it, why would anyone else?

    ______________________________________________

    This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

    This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

    Austerity, Mass Unemplyment and Emigration in the European Union. Ireland and the Basque Country

    0

    Many billions of Euros are being extracted from Europe’s vassal-debtor nations — Spain , Greece , Portugal and Ireland —and transferred to the creditor banks, financial speculators and swindlers located in the City of London , Wall Street , Geneva and Frankfort .

    Under what has been termed ‘austerity’ programs vast tributary payments are amassed by ruling Conservative and Social Democratic regimes via unprecedented savage budget cuts in salaries, public investment, social programs and employment. The result has been a catastrophic growth in unemployment, under-employment and casual labor reaching over 50% among young workers under 25 and between 15% and 32% of the total labor force.  Wages, salaries and pensions have been slashed between 25% and 40%. The age of retirement has been postponed from 3 to 5 years. Labor contracts (dubbed ‘reforms’) concentrate power exclusively in the hands of the bosses and labor contractors who now impose work conditions reminiscent of the early 19thcentury.

    To learn first-hand about the capitalist crisis and the workers’ responses, I spent the better part of May in Ireland and the Basque country meeting with labor leaders, rank and file militants, unemployed workers, political activists, academics and journalists. Numerous interviews, observations, publications, visits to job sites and households — in cities and villages -provide the basis for this essay.

    Ireland and the Basque Country: Common Crises and Divergence Responses

    The Irish and Spanish states, societies and economies (which includes the Basque country pending a referendum) — have been victims of a prolonged, deep capitalist depression devastating the living standards of millions. Unemployment and underemployment in Ireland reaches 35% and in the Basque country exceeds 40%, with youth unemployment reaching 50%. Both economies have contracted over 20% and show no signs of recovery.  The governing parties have slashed public spending from 15% to 30% in a range of social services. By bailing out banks, paying overseas creditors and complying with the dictates of the autocratic ‘troika’ (International Monetary Fund, European Central Bank and European Commission) the capitalist ruling class in Ireland and the Basque region have undermined any possible investments for recovery. The so-called ‘austerity’ program is imposed only on the workers, employees and small businesspeople, never on the elite. The Brussels-based ‘troika’ and its local collaborators have lowered or eliminated corporate taxes and provide subsidies and other monetary incentives to attract multi-national corporations and foreign finance capital.

    The incumbent bourgeois political parties, in power at the beginning of the crash, have been replaced by new regimes which are signing additional agreements with the ‘troika’ and bankers. These agreements impose even deeper and more savage cuts in public employment and further weakened workers’ rights and protection. The employers now have arbitrary power is to hire and fire workers at a moment’s notice, without severance pay or worse. Some contracts in Ireland allow employers to demand partial repayment of wages if workers are forced to leave their jobs before the end of their contract because of employer abuse. The Spanish economy — including the Basque country— is subject to a modern form of ‘tributary payments’ dictated by the ruling imperial oligarchy in Brussels . This oligarchy is not elected and does not represent the people they tax and exploit. They are only accountable to the international bankers. In other words, the European Unions has become a de facto empire — ruled by and for the bankers based in the City of London , Geneva , Frankfort and Wall Street. Ireland and the Basque country are ruled by collaborator vassal regimes which implement the economic pillage of their electorate and enforce the dictates of the EU oligarchy — including the criminalization of mass political protests.

    The similarities in socio-economic conditions between Ireland and the Basque country in the face of crisis, austerity and imperial domination, however, contrast with the sharply divergent responses among the workers in the two regions due to profoundly different political, social and economic structures, histories and practices.

    Facing the Crisis: Basque Fight, Irish Flight

    In the face of the long-term, large-scale crisis, Ireland has become the ‘model’ vassal state for the creditor imperial states. The leading Irish trade union confederation and the dominant political parties — including the Labor Party currently in the coalition with the ruling Fine Gael Party — have signed off on a series of agreements with the Brussels oligarchs to slash public employment and spending. In contrast, the militant pro-independence Basque Workers Commission, or LAB, has led seven successful general strikes with over 60% worker participation in the Basque country — including the latest on May 30, 2013.

    The class collaborationist policies of the Irish trade unions have led to a sharp generational break — with the older workers signing deals with the bosses to ‘preserve’ their jobs at the expense of job security for younger workers. Left without any organized means for mass struggle, young Irish workers have been leaving the country on a scale not seen since the Great Famine of the mid-19th century: Over 300,000 have emigrated in the past 4 years, with another 75,000 expected to leave in 2013, out of a working population of 2.16 million. In the face of this 21st century catastrophe, the bitterness and ‘generational break’ of the emigrating workers is expressed in the very low level of remittances sent back ‘home’. One reason Irish unemployment rate remains at 14% instead of 20-25% is because of the astounding overseas flight of young workers.

    In contrast there is no such mass emigration of young workers from the Basque country. Instead of flight, the class fight has intensified. The struggle for national liberation has gained support among the middle class and small business owners faced with the complete failure of the right-wing regime in Madrid (ruled by the self-styled ‘Popular Party’ ) to stem the downward spiral. The fusion of class and national struggle in the Basque country has militated against any sell-out agreements signed by the ‘moderate’ trade unions, Workers Commissions (CCOO) and the General Union of Workers (UGT). LAB, the militant Basque Workers Commission, has vastly more influence than their number of formally affiliated unionized workers would suggest. LAB’s capacity to mobilize is rooted in their influence among factory delegates who are elected in all workplaces which far exceeds all trade union membership. Through the delegates meeting in assemblies, workers discuss and vote on the general strike — frequently bypassing orders from central headquarters in Madrid . Direct democracy and grass roots militancy frees the militant Basque workers of the centralized bureaucratic trade union structure which, in Ireland , has imposed retrograde ‘give backs’ to the multi-national corporations.

    In the Basque country, there is a powerful tradition of co-operatives, especially the Mondragon industrial complex, which has created worker solidarity in the urban-rural communities absent among Irish workers. The leading Irish politicians and economic advisers have groveled before the multi-national corporations, offering them the lowest tax rates, biggest and longest-term tax exemptions and most submissive labor regulations of any country in the European Union.

    In the Basque country, the nationalist-socialist EH Bildu- Sortu political party, the daily newspaper Gara and the LAB provide mutual political and ideological support during strikes, electoral contests and mass mobilizations based on class struggle. Together they confront the ‘austerity’ programs as a united force.

    In Ireland , the Labor Party, supposedly linked to be trade unions, has joined the current governing coalition. They have agreed to a new wave of cuts in social spending, layoffs of public employees, and wage and salary reductions of 20%. The trade union leadership may be divided on these draconian cuts yet most still support the Labor Party. The more militant retail workers union rejects the cuts but has no political alternative. Apart from support from the republican-nationalist Sein Fein and smaller leftist parties — the political class offer no clear progressive political program or strategy. The Sein Fein has made the ‘transition’ from armed to electoral struggle. According to the latest (May 2013) polls it has doubled its voter approval rating from under 10% to 20% due to the crisis. However, Sein Fein is internally divided: the ‘left’ pro-socialist wing looks to intensifying the ‘anti-austerity’ struggle while the ‘republican’ parliamentary leaders focus on unification and downplay class struggle. As a result of its collaboration with the ‘troika’ and the new regressive tax laws, the Labor Party is losing support and the traditional right-wing party, Fianne Fail, which presided over the massive swindles, speculative boom and corporate giveaways, is making an electoral comeback — and may even return to power! This helps to explain why Irish workers have lost hope in any positive political change and are fleeing in droves from the perpetual job insecurity imposed by their elite: ‘Better a plane ticket to Australia than a lifetime of debt peonage, regressive bankruptcy laws and boss-dictated contracts approved by trade union chiefs who draw six digit salaries’.

    The Basque country’s revolt against centralized rule from Madrid is partly based on the fact that it is one of Spain ’s most productive, technologically advanced and socially progressive regions. Basque unemployment is less then that of the rest of Spain . Higher levels of education, a comprehensive regional health system, especially in rural areas and a widespread network of local elected assembles, combined with the unique linguistic and cultural heritages has advanced the Basque Nation toward greater political autonomy. For many this marks the Basques as a political ‘vanguard’ in the struggle to break with the neo-liberal dictates of the EU and the decrepit regime in Madrid .

    Conclusion: Political Perspectives

    If current austerity policies and emigration trends continue, Ireland will become a ‘hollowed out country’ of historical monuments, tourist-filled bars and ancient churches, devoid of its most ambitious, best trained and innovative workers: a de-industrialized tax-haven, the Cayman Island of the North Atlantic.

    No country of its size and dimensions can remain a viable state faced with the current and continuing levels of out-migration of its young workers. Ireland will be remembered for its postcards and tax holidays. Yet there is hope as the left republicans of the Sein Fein, socialists, communists and anti-imperialist activists, join the unemployed and underpaid workers in forming new grassroots networks. At some point the revolving doors of Irish politicos in and out of office may finally come to a halt. Unemployed educated angry young people may decide to stay home, stand their ground and turn their energies toward a popular rebellion. One consequential socialist leader summed it up: “Deep pessimism and the influence of bankrupt social democracy and imperialist ideology within the labor movement are very strong. As you know we can’t start a journey other than from where we are”. The determination and conviction of Irish trade union militants is indeed a reason to hope and believe that current flight will turn into a future fight.

    In the case of the Basque country the rising class and national mass struggle, linked to the legacy of powerful co-operatives and solidarity based worker assemblies, provides hope that the current reactionary regime in Madrid can be defeated. The ruling neo-fascist junta (the ruling party still honors the Franco dictatorship and military) is increasingly discredited and has to resort to greater repression. With regard to the militant Basque movements, the regime has taken violent provocative measures: criminalizing legal mass protests, arresting independence fighters on trumped up charges and forcefully banning the public display of the photos of political prisoners (called ‘terrorists’ by Madrid). It is clear the government is increasingly worried by the strength of the general strikes, the rising electoral power of the pro-independence left — and has been trying to provoke a ‘violent response’ as a pretext to ban the press, party and program of the EH Bildu Sortu and LAB.

    My sense is that Madrid will not succeed. Spain as a centralized state is disintegrating: the neo-liberal policies have destroyed the economic links, shattered the social bond and opened the door for the advance of mass social movements. The bi-party system is crumbling and the class-collaborationist policies of the traditional trade union confederations are being challenged by a new generation of autonomous movements

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Syria opposition boycotts Geneva talks

    0

    Syriaâ„¢s main Western-backed opposition group says it will not take part in the upcoming US-Russian-sponsored conference aimed at finding a solution to the ongoing crisis in Syria.

    The so-called Syrian National Coalition (SNC), in comments delivered by its president George Sabra, claimed on Thursday that the talks, due to be held in Geneva next month, have no meaning in light of the ongoing bloodshed that the coalition blames on the Syrian government.

    Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow on May 7 to convene an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

    On May 26, Syria’s Foreign Minister Walid al-Muallem said that his country agrees Å“in principle” to attend the conference.

    He noted that any deal reached at the conference will have to be put to a referendum in Syria.

    Syria has been gripped by a deadly unrest since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed in the violence.

    The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies including Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey are supporting the militants fighting in Syria.

    Several international human rights organizations have accused militants operating in Syria of committing war crimes.

    MP/KA/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Israel is fighting a regional war in Syria

    0

    The changing internal situation in Syria is putting a new set of plans into motion, which involve Israeli aggression against Syria.

    Not only have the US and its allies been trying to militarily buttress the retreating anti-government militias, but now they aim to create a new phase in the conflict where states start asserting leverage against Syria in place of the weakening anti-government forces. In other words, external pressure is being applied to replace the declining internal pressure.

    The entry of Israeli troops and the Mossad security service into Syria with repeated Israeli air strikes via illegal use of Lebanese airspace on the Syrian military research facility in the town of Jamraya clarifies Israel’s role in destabilizing Syria. Israel has also admitted that “intense intelligence activity” is being maintained in Syria by Israeli forces and that it is even thinking of occupying more Syrian territory as a new “buffer zone.” Fox News, which is openly biased in favour of Israel, has released a video of Israeli troops illegally crossing the Syrian border. Reports have also come out of Syria that an Israeli military vehicle was seized during fighting with anti-government forces in the town of Qusair, inside Syrian territory.

    Free Syrian Army fighters prepare to raid a house in Daraa May 16, 2013. Picture taken May 16, 2013.(Reuters / Thaer Abdallah)

    Free Syrian Army fighters prepare to raid a house in Daraa May 16, 2013. Picture taken May 16, 2013.(Reuters / Thaer Abdallah)

    Epicentre of a Regional War?

    The events involving Israel are part of the trend to expand and internationalize the Syrian conflict by creating violent spillovers. In the words of one British newspaper: “If anyone had doubts that Syria’s gruesome [conflict] is already spinning into a wider Middle East conflict, [the Israeli attacks in] the past few days should have laid them to rest.” Turkey and Israel, like the Hashemite Kingdom of Jordan, are themselves undeniably involved in the fighting as aggressors against Syria. Turkey has conducted reconnaissance work for NATO in Syria, it hosts NATO Patriot missiles aimed at Syria (with the possibility of deployment against Iran and Russia), and openly aids the anti-government forces. Israel has been the more discreet of the two, but it has sent the Mossad into Syria and built facilities in the Golan Heights to aid the insurgency. Both countries have continuously threatened Syria and pushed for NATO intervention and no-fly zones. All the while, the US has been prodding Ankara and Tel Aviv to continue with the war footing and has even examined selling Turkey natural gas from the US to economically de-link the Turks from Syria’s allies Russia and Iran and the leverage they have over Turkey.

    In reality, Syria is merely one front in a broader hegemonic struggle that spans from NATO-garrisoned Afghanistan and Iraq to Lebanon and the Gaza Strip. The Lebanese Republic looks like the next target for destabilization in the broader struggle that Syria is a front in. There are fears that there may be a parliamentary and governmental vacuum in Beirut as a result of the spillover from Syria that could be capitalized to ignite another Lebanese internal conflict. Tensions between the pro-Syrian Hezbollah-led March 8 Alliance and the anti-Syrian Hariri-led March 14 Alliance have been building as a result of the conflict in Syria. Both sides in Lebanon are involved in the Syrian conflict.

    Lebanon has been dragged into the conflict, because Syria is being used as an arena for striking and crippling Hezbollah and the March 8 Alliance with the aim of turning Lebanon into a colony controlled by Washington and its allies that will be run by the corrupt Hariri-led March 14 Alliance. Hezbollah has begun fighting on the Syrian side of the Lebanese-Syrian border whereas the March 14 Alliance began sending weapons and funding to the insurgents from the very start of the upheaval in 2011. After months of lying, the Hariri camp in Lebanon was exposed in November 2012 when evidence was provided that proved Hariri’s Future Party member Okab Sakr was behind weapons shipments destined for the Syrian insurgents in coordination with Turkish and Qatari intelligence officers.

    In regards to Hezbollah, its members began fighting on the Syrian side of the border under their own initiative. Then the insurgents in Syria began launching attacks on Shiite Muslim villages on both sides of the Lebanese-Syrian border. The anti-government forces in Syria began doing everything they could to provoke Hezbollah into retaliating, including kidnapping Lebanese travellers and, in 2012, deliberately attacking Shiite Muslim shrines in Syria. After the mosque where Hujr ibn Adi Al-Kindi and his son were buried in Syria was desecrated by the insurgents, Hezbollah and Iraqi Shia Muslims were drawn further into the Syrian conflict to protect the Sayyidah Zaynab Mosque.

    Israeli soldiers stand guard as Syrian residents (unseen) approach the Syria-Israel border in the Israeli annexed Golan Heights, near the southern Syrian village of Ar Rafide, on May 7, 2013.(AFP Photo / Menahem Kahana)

    Israeli soldiers stand guard as Syrian residents (unseen) approach the Syria-Israel border in the Israeli annexed Golan Heights, near the southern Syrian village of Ar Rafide, on May 7, 2013.(AFP Photo / Menahem Kahana)

    Not only have sacrosanct buildings revered by Shiite Muslims been targeted, Sunni Muslim leaders have been murdered and Christian churches have also been desecrated in Syria. Christian spiritual leaders have also been targeted. Iranian officials have pointed the finger at the US, Israel, and the Saudis for the desecration of these Syrian holy sites and the targeting of minorities.

    While the majority of Syria’s Arab population and Sunni Muslim population support the Syrian government against the insurgents and their foreign backers, there is a real push to draw the Syria conflict along the sectarian lines of Arabs versus non-Arabs and Sunni Muslims versus Alawites and the Shiite Muslim community. Various minority groups have been systematically targeted. The Druze, Maronite Catholic Christians, Melkite Greek Catholic Christians, Greek Orthodox Christians, Armenian Orthodox Christians, Syriac Orthodox Christians, Alawites, and Twelver (Jaffari) Shiite Muslims all have all been targeted as religious minorities. Armenians, Assyrians, Kurds, and Turkoman have been targeted as ethnic minorities.

    Iraq knows all too well about the nightmare that Syria is facing. Many of the insurgents in Syria are from Iraq and linked to sectors of Al-Anbar’s Awakening Movement (or the Sons of Iraq Movement), which was tied to Al-Qaeda and began to collaborate and receive funding from the United States during the Anglo-American occupation. If these militants succeed in Syria, they will eventually return to Iraq and ignite an insurgency against the federal government in Baghdad too.

    On the other hand, the conflict in Syria has been the catalyst for a strengthening Russian position in the Middle East and the forging of new ties between Hezbollah and Moscow. In October 2011, Hezbollah sent a delegation to Russia to discuss the fighting in Syria. It is clear now that Moscow is coordinating with the Iranian-led “Axis of Resistance” or Resistance Bloc that includes Syria, Hezbollah, Michel Aoun, and the Palestinians. After holding discussions about Syria in Tehran, Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Mikhail Bogdanov’s April 26 visit to Beirut, during the absence of a formal Lebanese government, embodies this strategic cooperation. Bogdanov’s trip to Lebanon is important, because it was a clear indicator that Russia has forged direct strategic ties with Hezbollah and recognizes the Resistance Bloc as an extension of its own security sphere.

    Like Hezbollah, Iran is also a target of the conflict in Syria. This is one of the reasons that Hassan Nasrallah, the secretary-general of Hezbollah, made a rare visit to Tehran on April 29 (after meeting with Mikhail Bogdanov) to discuss a common front with the Iranians. The same group of countries targeting Syria and Hezbollah are also targeting Iran. It has been reported that “Israel is preparing to agree a defence co-operation deal with Turkey and three Arab states aimed at setting up an early warning system to detect Iranian ballistic missiles.” Uzi Mahnaimi has explained that this “proposal, referred to by the diplomats involved as ‘4+1’, may eventually lead to technicians from Turkey, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates and Jordan working alongside Israelis in joint command-and-control centres.”

    The damage caused by an Israeli strike

    The damage caused by an Israeli strike” according to SANA. Israel carried out a pre-dawn air strike near Damascus on May 5, targeting Iranian missiles destined for Lebanon’s Hezbollah in the second such raid on Syria in three days, a senior Israeli source said.(AFP Photo / SANA)

    Just as Hezbollah has confirmed that it is involved in the fighting in Syria and promised that Syria’s “real friends”–meaning Iran, Russia, China, and the March 8 Alliance in Lebanon–will not let Syria fall into the hands of the US and its allies, Tehran has told Washington and its allies several times that Syria is the Iranian “redline.” Iranian military commanders have said that Syria is an extension of Iran’s own security parameters. What’s more, the Iranians have openly admitted that they are aiding their Syrian allies and willing to provide further training and assistance to Damascus, as well as intervene militarily to help Syria if the US and its allies attack.

    What happens in Syria will have major regional and global repercussions. Attempts to create a sectarian war are part of the logic of divide and conquer. This is part of the US and Israel “constructive chaos” strategy to fragment and re-sculpt the entire Middle East along the lines of the Yinon Plan and rehashed versions of it. Iran’s Foreign Minister Salehi has warned that if the conflict in Syria is not ended that it will result in the partition of Syria and the spreading of the conflict throughout the Middle East. The same warnings have been echoing from Russia, Syria, and other places. While the Chinese have kept mostly silent, they realize that the siege of Syria is part of the Pentagon’s roadmap against China. Days before Benjamin Netanyahu was scheduled to arrive in Beijing, CNN even reported that “China’s foreign ministry spokesman suggested Netanyahu may get a tough, unwelcome message from his Chinese hosts” due to the Israeli strikes on Jamraya.

    The situation in Syria is akin to the situation that was created in Iraq during the Anglo-American occupation. It is a continuation of the same process of destabilization that wants to tear the pluralistic fabric of the ancient societies of the Middle East. It is this project that has driven the Christians out of Iraq and destroyed the mixed neighbourhoods of Shiites and Sunnis and Arabs and Kurds.

    Contemporary Iraq suffers from the virtual realization of both the Yinon Plan and the Biden Plan, which say Iraq should be divided into three sectors. The Kurdistan Regional Government, which is openly working against the sovereignty of Iraq and aligned with Turkey and Israel, is at loggerheads with the federal government in Baghdad and has de facto independence. The corrupt leaders of the Kurdistan Regional Government have prevented the Iraqi military from manning certain Iraqi-Syrian border crossings in the north used by the insurgents in Syria and they have allowed the Israelis to use Iraqi Kurdistan as a base of operations against Syria and Iran.

    Like they did in Iraq during the chaos, the US and its allies are using money and sectarianism. The insurgency in Syria is being financed by the US and members of its anti-Syrian coalition, such as the Saudis and Qataris. In addition, groups opposed to the Syrian government are being financially co-opted by the Syrian branch of the Muslim Brotherhood with the foreign funding it has been receiving to topple the Syrian government. One Damascene opposition figure has admitted that the Muslim Brotherhood “just asked us how much we needed, we told them, and they immediately sent that amount.” Moreover, foreign funds were not only used to pay what he needed, but the Muslim Brotherhood told activists and government opponents that “they should take one per cent of the funding for their personal salaries.”

    Israeli infantry soldiers of the Golani brigade take part in exercises during their deployment in the Israeli annexed Golan Heights, near the border with Syria, on May 6, 2013.(AFP Photo / Menahem Kahana)

    Israeli infantry soldiers of the Golani brigade take part in exercises during their deployment in the Israeli annexed Golan Heights, near the border with Syria, on May 6, 2013.(AFP Photo / Menahem Kahana)

    There should be no doubt that the insurgents in Syria and Israel are on the same side. The anti-government forces in Syria have even thanked Israel on several occasions and were jubilant about the Israeli attacks on Jamraya. As a result of the embarrassing attention they received for being aligned with Israel, the insurgents in Syria have changed gears and tried to save face by ridiculously claiming that Israel is secretly aligned with Bashar Al-Assad, Iran, and Hezbollah.

    It says something of significance when Israeli officials say that they do not see an Al-Qaeda takeover of Syria as a threat to Tel Aviv. Amos Gilad, an Israeli military official, has stated very frankly Al-Qaeda is no concern for Israel and “although [its] elements are gaining a foothold in Syria amidst the chaos of the country’s civil war, the Syria-Iran-Hezbollah axis which preceded it [is] far more threatening” for Israel.

    In reality, the governments of Israel, Turkey, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, the United Kingdom, France, and the United States are in league with the supposed terrorists that some of them say they oppose or are fighting. They have been using the groups that have been designated as branches of Al-Qaeda as foot soldiers on the ground in Syria and Libya. If successful, they will eventually try to use the same militants to ignite insurgencies in places like Russia’s North Caucasian Federal District.

    While Lebanon, Iran, Iraq, and the Palestinians are being targeted through the destabilization of Syria, the countries targeting Syria are also preparing the flames that they themselves will also burn in if America’s “New Middle East” comes into fruition through a baptism of fire and blood. Syrian instability and a possible partition of Syria could ignite a civil war in Turkey and even result in the partition of Turkey itself. Jordan too will be consumed by the flames that are burning Syria. If Syria collapses, the Iranians have delivered an unequivocal warning to King Abdullah II of Jordan about his future. Tehran’s message to Abdullah II, a despot who has foreigners arrested merely for talking negatively about him, but is invited to the White House to talk about democracy in Syria, is simple: “You must be aware that if the US decides to go to war with Syria, your kingdom will go in the process.” Nor will Saudi Arabia and Qatar be spared from the flames that the House of Saud and the rival House of Al-Thani are stoking for the Obama Administration and Israel in their Syrian gambit that could eventually ignite a major all-out war in the Middle East and beyond.

    This article was originally published on RT Op-Edge.

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Adam Kokesh Calls for Decentralized, Open Source March on State Capitols

    0

    A “new strategy for Independence Day”

    Infowars.com
    May 30, 2013

    Appearing on the Alex Jones Show on Wednesday, political prisoner Adam Kokesh called for a “new strategy for Independence Day.”

    Instead of a march on Washington as previously announced , Kokesh told Jones he is calling for a “decentralized, open source” march on state capitols and urges citizens to demand the “orderly dissolution of the federal government” on July 4th.

    “When it comes to this event being executed properly,” Kokesh told Jones, “when the government has already escalated the violent tactics against me personally as an organizer, I can’t in good conscience go forward with a plan that is so centrally dependent and not open source.”

    Kokesh then read the following statement he wrote “from a cage in the Philadelphia federal prison” on May 23.

    “When a government has repeatedly and deliberately failed to follow its own laws, violated the fundamental human rights of its citizens, threatened the sanctity of a free press, created institutions intended to eliminate privacy of communication, waged war at the behest of special interest that threatens the public safety, killed hundreds of children with drone strikes, imprisoned and destroyed the lives of countless individuals for victimless crimes, stifled economic opportunity to maintain the dominance of the financial elite, stolen from the people through an absurd system of taxation and inflation, sold future generations into debt slavery, and abused its power to suppress political opposition, it is unfit to exist and it becomes the duty of the people to alter or abolish that government by whatever means necessary to secure liberty and ensure peace.

    “A new American revolution is long overdue. This revolution has been brewing in the hearts and minds of the people for many years, but this Independence Day, it shall take a new form as the American Revolutionary Army will march on each state capital to demand that the governors of these 50 states immediately initiate the process of an orderly dissolution of the federal government through secession and reclamation of federally held property. Should one whole year from this July 4th pass while the crimes of this government are allowed to continue, we may have passed the point at which non-violent revolution becomes impossible.

    “The time to sit idly by has passed. To remain neutral is to be complicit, just doing your job is not an excuse, and the line in the sand has been drawn between the people, and the criminals in Washington, D.C. While some timid souls will say that it is too early, that we can solve this problem through democratic means provided by government, that current levels of taxation are reasonable for the services provided, and that the crimes of this government are merely a tolerable nuisance, it may already be too late.

    “While there is risk in drastic action, the greater danger lies in allowing this government to continue unchallenged. So if you are content with the status quo, stay home, get fat, watch the fireworks from a safe distance, and allow this Independence Day to pass like any other. But if you see as we see, and feel as we feel, we will see you on the front lines of freedom on July 4th, 2013 for this, The Final American Revolution.”

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 11:36 am

    Tags: , , ,






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    'Mechanical Slaughter' Likely If No Ban on Killer Robots, UN Official Warns

    0

    A soldier looks at a remote controlled military robot, armed with a machine gun and up to four grenade launchers–a precursor to “fully autonomous weapons.” (Reuters)Killer robots, on track to be used by the U.S. and militaries around the world, could commit vast human rights abuses with virtually no accountability, a UN official warned at the UN Human Rights Council on Wednesday, calling for a worldwide moratorium on all lethal autonomous robots (LARs).

    “War without reflection is mechanical slaughter,” said Christof Heyns, the UN’s special rapporteur on extrajudicial, summary or arbitrary executions, warning that the likelihood of LARS committing human rights violations go far beyond even the highly criticized drone, a technology that is remote controlled by humans.

    LARs, Henys said, make lethal decisions in combat on their own using an “on-board” computer–void of all human compassion as well as accountability.

    “Humans can, based on their understanding of the bigger picture, know that a more lenient approach is called for in a specific situation, for instance, when a soldier is surrendering,” he noted.

    “A decision to allow machines to be deployed to kill human beings worldwide – whatever weapons they use – deserves a collective pause,” Heyns said, citing a new report he and his team released this month.

    Heyns said that although fully autonomous weapons are not yet used in combat, countries such as the U.S. are already developing the technology–it is only a matter of time before they are implemented.

    Heyns cautioned that using robots will make it easier for states to go to war and could also potentially be used by “repressive governments” to “suppress internal domestic opponents.”

    The United States, Britain, Israel and South Korea already use technologies that are seen as precursors to fully autonomous systems, the New York Times reports.

    Heyns said this is especially problematic because no system of accountability for robots has been devised, rendering LARS essentially immune to national and international law.

    “Human rights requires that human beings should in one way or another retain meaningful control over weapons of war,” Heyns told the council.

    Nations should “declare and implement national moratoria on the production, assembly, transfer, acquisition, deployment and use of LARs until a framework on the future of LARs has been established.”

    He also called for the “establishment of a high-level panel on LARs to articulate a policy for the international community on the issue.”

    Human Rights Watch, which has been actively campaigning on the issue, welcomed Heyn’s words. The organization’s director Steve Goose told journalists in Geneva this week:

    The UN report makes it abundantly clear that we need to put the brakes on fully autonomous weapons, or civilians will pay the price in the future.

    The US and every other country should endorse and carry out the UN call to stop any plans for killer robots in their tracks.

    It is possible to halt the slide toward full autonomy in weaponry before moral and legal boundaries are crossed, but only if we start to draw the line now.

    _______________________

    This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

    This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

    Police arrest 12 in Chicago protest

    0

    Demonstrators hold pipe-wrapped hands during a protest in Chicago, Illinois on May 29, 2013.

    Twelve protesters have been arrested at an immigration demonstration in the US city of Chicago, just hours before US President Barack Obamaâ„¢s visit there.

    Eight females and four males from the Immigration Youth Justice League were arrested outside the Chicago Hilton hotel in the US state of Illinois on Wednesday morning, after they locked arms and blocked traffic in an act of civil disobedience, authorities said.

    The protesters also displayed banners and placards expressing disapproval of Obamaâ„¢s aggressive deportation policies including a White House quota that aims to deport roughly 400,000 people in 2013.

    Rights groups and activists have expressed concerns that a reform plan will bring new pressures on illegal immigrants.

    Å“Plans and promises of immigration reform are not enough…While Congress is talking about passing immigration reform, Iâ„¢m scared that my own parents will be one of the 1,100 who are deported every day. The president canâ„¢t be a bystander in reform when he could stop our suffering and stop deportations with the stroke of a pen,” said Stephanie Camba, a pro-immigration reform advocate.

    Public support for immigration reform has been steadily mounting, with protest rallies routinely held up in major cities across the United States.

    On any given day, there are 33,000 people detained by the US Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE), who spend an average of 26.5 days behind bars. In 2011, ICE deported nearly 400,000 people, with an annual cost of USD 1.7 billion to hold immigrants.

    GMA/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Turkish Police find Chemical Weapons in the Possession of Al Nusra Terrorists heading for Syria

    0

    According to a report in Turkey’s state media agency Zaman, agents from the Turkish General Directorate of Security (Emniyet Genel Müdürlüğü) ceased 2 kg of sarin gas in the city of Adana in the early hours of yesterday morning. The chemical weapons were in the possession of Al Nusra terrorists believed to have been heading for Syria.

    Sarin gas is a colourless, odorless substance which is extremely difficult to detect. The gas is banned under the 1993 Chemical Weapons Convention.

    The EGM identified 12 members of the AL Nusra terrorist cell and also ceased fire arms and digital equipment. This is the second major official confirmation of the use of chemical weapons by

    Al-Qaeda terrorists in Syria after UN inspector Carla Del Ponte’s recent statement confirming the use of chemical weapons by the Western-backed terrorists in Syria.

    The Turkish police are currently conducting further investigations into the operations of Al-Qaeda linked groups in Turkey.[1]

    This further confirmation that the Syrian ‘rebels’ are using chemical weapons while also using Turkey as a base of terrorist operations against Syria, could cause further domestic problems for Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan, whom Turkish opposition leader Kemal Kilicdaroglu has called the ‘chief of the terrorists’.[2]

    The Syrian National Coalition abroad has persisted in accusing the Syrian government of using chemical weapons. The Syrian National Coalition Head of Media Khaled Saleh told Al Jazeera on May 26th that Turkish authorities were  certain about the use of chemical weapons by the Syrian government.

    Saleh also claimed that he was in contact with several ‘brigades’ fighting in Syria. Perhaps, Mr. Saleh should be advised to consult the Turkish police now that one of his ‘brigades’ has been arrested in possession of chemical weapons.[3]

    Unsurprisingly, this Turkish report failed to make international headlines. From the beginning of the Syrian war, the international press agencies have attempted to portray the Al-Qaeda invasion of Syria as a ‘popular revolution’, which started out as a ‘peaceful protest’ against a ‘brutal regime’.  The fact that there was never a modicum of evidence to support such claims has not hindered the avalanche of vituperation and demonization of Syrian president Bashar Al-Assad and the Syrian Arab Republic.

    France’s daily Le Monde published an ‘exclusive’ report on the 27th of May 2013 which claimed to have ‘proof’ that the Syrian government was using chemical weapons ‘against its own people’. However, the report simply relied on statements by ‘activists’ and ‘rebels’, who most serious commentators have described as unreliable sources of information.

    Le Monde’s report came just in time as the French government was pushing the European Union to lift the embargo on arms to the terrorists in Syria. The confirmation by previous articles in Le Monde that the opposition in Syria is in fact Al Qaeda [4],

    together with the reluctance of EU partners Germany, Austria, and other countries to openly back the terrorists, has isolated Paris and London, exposing the British and French governments as state sponsors of terrorism.

    In January 2013, Russian television station RT published leaked documents from British corporation Britam Defense, which revealed a plan by Qatar to deliver chemical weapons to Homs in Syria, with the aid of Britam Defense. The British company was to provide Ukrainian personnel to act as Russian military advisors in order to implicate the Russian government in the crime. The email suggested that the Qataris were providing ‘enormous’ amounts of money for the plan and that it was  approved by Washington. [5]

    The Japhat Al-Nosra terrorist organization has not hidden its desire to gas the Alawite minority in Syria. A video was posted on U Tube on December 4th 2012 showing terrorists testing chemical weapons on rabbits, while vowing to exterminate Alawite Syrians in a similar fashion.[6]

    Iran’s Press TV also published a report which showed terrorists using chemical weapons.[7]

    As the Western-backed terrorists lose ground to government forces in Syria, the likelihood of further massacres committed by the terrorists and blamed on the Syrian government grows. However, as more and more reports contradict the official media narrative on the Syrian war, the voices of truth are acquiring critical mass, threatening to bring down once and for all NATO’s oppressive media empire.

    Notes

    [1] http://www.zaman.com.tr/gundem_adanada-el-kaide-operasyonu-12-gozalti_2094730.html

    [2]http://www.todayszaman.com/blogNewsDetail_getNewsById.action?newsId=316623&columnistId=142

    [3] http://www.lemonde.fr/international/article/2013/05/27/armes-chimiques-en-syrie-le-debat-escamote_3417923_3210.html

    [4]http://www.globalresearch.ca/frances-media-admits-that-the-syrian-opposition-is-al-qaida-then-justifies-french-government-support-to-the-terrorists/5331289

    [5]http://libyanfreepress.wordpress.com/2013/01/30/8345/

    [6]http://libyanfreepress.wordpress.com/2013/01/30/8345/

    [7] https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H-6O-gApVrU

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Regime-change case for Poirot: Syria conflict as ‘whodunnit?'

    0

    ‘The ABC Murders’ comes to my mind every time I think of Libya and Syria and the ‘Arab Spring.’ When do you notice an individual ‘regime change’ least? Answer: When it is in a series of ‘regime changes’.

    “When do you notice a pin least? When it is in a pin cushion!
    When do you notice an individual murder least? When it is one of
    a series of related murders
    “.

    So declares the great Belgian detective Hercule Poirot as he
    unveils the murderer in Agatha Christie’s classic mystery ‘The
    ABC Murders’.

    The plot, for those who have never read the book, involves a
    serial killer who seems to be fascinated by the letters of the
    alphabet. A Mrs Ascher is found murdered in Andover. Betty
    Barnard is murdered in Bexhill. Sir Carmichael Clarke is murdered
    in Churston. Beside each corpse lies a copy of the ‘ABC Railway
    Guide’. It seems that the police are dealing with a madman who is
    murdering his way through the alphabet. But in fact, the murderer
    had sought to disguise one of his murders – one in which he
    gained substantial financial benefit – to make it look as if it
    was part of a series of murders.

    The US and its closest allies saw the wave of pro-democracy
    protests sweeping the Middle East in early 2011 as a great
    opportunity to bring down governments which were annoyingly
    independent and which did not suit their geopolitical interests.
    The fall of Ben Ali in Tunisia didn’t concern them unduly- they
    knew that the new government would be Islamist-led and wouldn’t
    radically change Tunisia’s foreign policy or economic policy. The
    same with Egypt: Hosni Mubarak was well past his sell-by date and
    the likely Muslim Brotherhood-led government which would take
    over could be guaranteed to be similarly obedient to Washington.
    Yes, the rhetoric on certain issues, like Palestine, would be
    different, but Cairo would still be heavily dependent on US aid
    and so policy wouldn’t change too much at all. The US and
    its allies could therefore pose as the ‘good guys’ in welcoming
    the ‘revolutions’ against western-backed leaders in Tunisia and
    Egypt, knowing that their strategic interests would not be
    seriously threatened.

    Anti-government protesters throw stones at Muslim Brotherhood members during clashes near Cairo's Tahrir Square April 19, 2013.(Reuters / Mohamed Abd El Ghany)

    But while the US was in a ‘win-win’ scenario with Tunisia and
    Egypt, with Libya and Syria it was very different. These were two
    countries whose regimes Washington, London and Paris really
    wanted out. Muammar Gaddafi had long been a maverick with
    ‘dangerous’ ideas about Pan-Africanism, while the secular
    Ba’athist government in Syria was targeted because of its support
    for Hezbollah and Iran. But there was a problem: the governments
    in both these cases had

    plenty of popular support, more than Mubarak had in Egypt.
    Therefore it was important that anti-government protests were
    militarised from an early stage. In Libya, it became apparent
    that anti-government rebels would need direct NATO support to
    topple Gaddafi, so that’s what they got. A UN resolution which
    was supposed to have been about protecting civilians against
    government forces, was used to engineer a violent regime
    change-illegal in international law.  

    An anti-Gaddafi fighter test fires his machine gun near the frontline in the north of the besieged city of Bani Walid September 11, 2011.(Reuters / Youssef Boudlal)

    In Syria, millions of dollars have poured in to help the
    anti-government rebels achieve regime change through violence:
    attempts to find peaceful, democratic solutions, based on Syria’s
    new constitution, have been rejected as they might leave
    President Assad and the Ba’athists in power and the alliance
    between Damascus, Tehran and Hezbollah intact. 

    The US and its closest allies were banking that when the
    governments in Tripoli and Damascus eventually fell people around
    the world would see Gaddafi and Assad as merely the latest
    victims of the ‘Arab spring’- a grass roots pro-democracy
    movement, sweeping away tyrants one after another. When the media
    spotlight had moved away from the countries in question, the new
    ‘democratic’ governments would quickly change their country’s
    foreign policy and start privatising large swathes of the
    economy.

    But the plan – despite the toppling of Gaddafi – has gone badly
    awry. For a start, the US and its allies enthusiasm for the
    ‘Arab Spring’ in Libya and Syria has — revealingly – not been
    matched by an enthusiasm for the ‘Arab Spring’ in Bahrain, Saudi
    Arabia and Jordan, other Arab countries where there has been
    pro-democracy protests.

    ‘Regime change’ is most emphatically not meant to happen in these
    countries: the ‘rebels’ there won’t be receiving any weapons from
    the US, Britain or France, nor are there any calls for the
    leaders in question to step down and hand power to the
    opposition. 

    And it’s clear to many that in Syria, what we have in 2013 is not
    so much a pro-democracy movement ranged against an uncompromising
    tyranny, but a foreign-backed proxy war involving hardcore
    radical Islamists fighting against a secular government which
    since 2011 has made democratic reforms and which commands
    sizeable support in the population at large.

    The murderer’s scheme in the ABC’s Murders was clever, but not
    clever enough to fool Hercule Poirot. The US and its closest
    allies were clever too, when it came to trying to use the Arab
    Spring to their own advantage. But they’ve been found out too, as
    we can now all see their support for the ‘Arab Spring’ for what
    it really is- a cover to violently topple independently-minded
    governments which don’t toe the line and which have the ‘wrong’
    international friends.

    Neil Clark for RT

    Twitter
    @NeilClark66

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    'Protecting unity in Syria settles crisis'

    0

    A general view of International Conference on Syria held in the Iranian capital, Tehran, on May 29, 2013

    Algeria says the deadly turmoil in Syria can be settled through a political solution which seeks to protect unity in the Arab country.

    Addressing the International Conference on Syria in the Iranian capital, Tehran, on Wednesday, Algerian Foreign Minister Mourad Medelci said the violence in Syria can be immediately settled through a political solution which would encompass the entire Syrian nation and prevent foreign interference in the country.

    Since the outbreak of turmoil in Syria, Algiers has called for a political solution to prevent the bloodshed in the Arab country, Medelci told the meeting.

    On Wednesday, Iran hosted the Friends of Syria Conference in Tehran under the banner of Å“Political Solution, Regional Stability.” The event was attended by representatives from 40 countries, seeking to find a political solution to the crisis in the Arab country.

    The Algerian diplomat further thanked Iran for its honest efforts to deal with the Syria issue, expressing hope that the Tehran conference would be a successful prelude to the upcoming Geneva 2 conference.

    On May 7, Russia and the United States agreed to convene an international conference on Syria in Geneva, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva conference held in June 2012. Moscow has underlined the necessity for Iran to participate in the event, which will reportedly be held next month.

    Medelci also hailed the Syrian governmentâ„¢s decision to take part in the Geneva talks, voicing support for efforts made by the United Nations and UN-Arab League Special Representative for Syria Lakhdar Brahimi to end the violence in Syria.

    On Wednesday, Syrian Foreign Minister Walid al-Muallem said Damascus would take part in the upcoming talks in Geneva without any precondition.

    The foreign-sponsored militancy in Syria, which erupted in March 2011, has taken its toll on the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel.

    On May 23, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said, Å“Syria is determined to tackle terrorism and those who support it regionally and globally, and to find a political solution to the crisis.”

    MKA/SS/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    S Korea, US hold joint military drill

    0

    This file photo shows US Marines engaging in a military exercise in South Koreaâ„¢s Pohang, southeast of Seoul.

    South Korean and US forces have conducted a fresh military exercise amid rising tensions on the troubled Korean Peninsula.

    South Korean officials said on Thursday the combined forces took part in a joint river-crossing drill in South Koreaâ„¢s Yeoncheon County near the North Korean border.

    The fresh military drill featured the construction of a temporary bridge to transport military vehicles, such as tanks, across a river.

    Å“Through the US-ROK joint drill, we are to improve ability of the US-ROK joint river-crossing and maximize the ability to support military engineering,” said Song Bong-kyu, commander of South Korean Armyâ„¢s 6th Engineering Brigadeâ„¢s River-Crossing Company.

    The developments come as Washington and Seoul are commemorating the sixtieth anniversary of their alliance.

    But North Korea says joint military drills held by US and North Korea are a Å“hostile act.”

    North Korea has threatened to launch an immediate retaliatory strike if the US and South Korea violate a disputed maritime border during their joint war games.

    South Korea has already staged a series of military exercises separately or jointly with the United States since North Korea launched a long-range rocket in December 2012.

    JR/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    The Social Cost Of Capitalism – Paul Craig Roberts

    When I was a graduate student in economics, the social cost of capitalism was a big issue in economic theory. Since those decades ago, the social costs of capitalism have exploded, but the issue seems no longer to trouble the economics profession.

    Social costs are costs of production that are not born by the producer or included in the price of the product. There are many classic examples: the pollution of air, water, and land from mining, fracking, oil drilling and pipeline spills, chemical fertilizer farming, GMOs, pesticides, radioactivity released from nuclear accidents, and the pollution of food by antibiotics and artificial hormones.

    Some economists believe that these traditional social costs can be dealt with by well defined property rights. Others think that benevolent government will control social costs in the interests of society.

    Today there are new social costs brought by globalism. For developed countries, these are unemployment, lost consumer income, tax base, and GDP growth, and rising trade and current account deficits from the offshoring of manufacturing and tradable professional service jobs. The trade and current account deficits can result in a falling exchange value of the currency and rising inflation from import prices. For underdeveloped countries, the costs are the loss of self-sufficiency and the transformation of agriculture into monocultures to feed the needs of international corporations.

    Economists are oblivious to this new epidemic of social costs, because they mistakenly think that globalism is free trade and that free trade is always beneficial.

    Economists are also unaware of the social costs of deregulation. The ongoing financial crisis which requires massive public subsidies to “banks too big to fail” is a social cost resulting from government accommodating Wall Street pressure to deregulate the financial system by repealing the Glass-Steagall Act, by removing the position limits on speculators, by preventing the CFTC from regulating derivatives, and by turning the Anti-Trust Act into dead-letter law and permitting massive economic concentrations. The social costs of successful corporate lobbying is enormous. But economists who believe that markets are self-regulating imagine that an enormous gain in efficiency has occurred, not massive social costs.

    In order to keep the deregulated financial system afloat, the Federal Reserve has monetized trillions of dollars of debt over the last several years. Real interest rates have been driven into negative territory. Retirees are unable to earn any interest income on their savings and have to draw down their capital in order to cover their living expenses.

    The liquidity injected into financial markets by the Federal Reserve’s policy of quantitative easing has produced huge bond and stock market bubbles. When they pop, more American wealth will be wiped out and more jobs will be lost.

    Consider just one example of the social costs of jobs offshoring. When US corporations produce abroad the goods and services that they market to Americans, the goods and services that flow into the US arrive as imports. Thus, the trade deficit rises dollar for dollar.

    The trade deficit means that the US has imported more than it has earned in foreign currencies by exporting. For most countries this would be a problem, but not for the US. The US dollar is the world reserve currency, which means that it is the means of international payment and that foreign central banks hold US dollars as reserves to secure the values of their own currencies.

    With the passage of time, this advantage becomes a disadvantage, because foreigners use the dollars gained from their trade surpluses to buy up American income-producing assets. They buy US Treasury bonds and US corporate bonds, and the interest income leaves the country. They purchase US companies, and the profits, dividends and capital gains leave the country. They lease Chicago’s parking meters and American toll roads, and the revenues flow abroad.

    The enormous outflow of income streams creates a large current account deficit for the US, which means that foreigners have even more surplus dollars with which to buy up more US assets. In other words, a chronic trade deficit is a way to redirect a country’s revenues and profits into overseas hands.

    The ownership of a country changes from its own citizens to foreigners. According to Reuters, in 1971 foreign companies owned 1.3% of all corporate US assets. http://www.reuters.com/article/2008/08/27/us-companies-ownership-usa-idUSN2744743020080827

    By 2008 foreigners owned 14.2 percent of all US industries, including 21.5% of mining, 25% of manufacturing, 30.2% of wholesale trade, 12% of information industries, 12% of real estate, 15% of finance and insurance, 25% of professional, scientific, and technical services, 11% of entertainment and recreation and 11% of accommodation and food services, according to a report from Economy In Crisis. http://americawakeup.net/ownership

    Numerous famous American brand names now are companies owned by foreigners.
    Budweiser belongs to a Dutch company. Alka Seltzer belongs to a German company.
    Firestone belongs to a Japanese company. The magazines Car and Driver and Woman’s Day are owned by a French company. Gerber baby food and Purina dog food belong to Swiss companies. Hellman’s Mayonnaise and Ben & Jerry’s ice cream belong to UK companies. Many thousands of former US companies have moved into foreign control as a result of the US trade deficit, which is swollen by the offshored production of US corporations.

    The policy of chasing lowest labor cost abroad, that is, of pursuing absolute advantage, the antithesis of comparative advantage which is the basis of free trade, is the redirection of US profits, capital gains, rents, interest, parking meter and toll road fees into foreign hands.

    Thus, there is a high social cost from corporate executives pursuing short-term profits in order to maximize their performance bonuses. The profits from offshored production are not indications of economic efficiency and social welfare. Most likely, the social costs to the US of offshored production are larger than the profits gained, making jobs offshoring a net loss to the US economy. There is little doubt that the social costs of GMOs exceed the profits of Monsanto.

    But don’t expect mainstream economists to pay any attention. They are still waxing eloquently about the advantages of Globalism’s gift of the New Economy of high unemployment and low wages, financial crisis and dollar erosion. http://rt.com/usa/dollar-danger-as-world-currency-977/

    About Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

    Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy and associate editor of the Wall Street Journal. He was columnist for Business Week, Scripps Howard News Service, and Creators Syndicate. He has had many university appointments. His internet columns have attracted a worldwide following. His latest book, The Failure of Laissez Faire Capitalism and Economic Dissolution of the West is now available.

    The post The Social Cost Of Capitalism — Paul Craig Roberts appeared first on PaulCraigRoberts.org.

    Government Orders Midwives to Spy on ‘Racist’ Parents

    0

    Spy program part of Orwellian plan to have children report on their mother & father

    Paul Joseph Watson
    Infowars.com
    May 30, 2013

    The Scottish government has ordered midwives in hospitals to spy on potentially racist parents as part of an Orwellian program that will also encourage children to report their parents to social workers by giving them a rating out of ten.

    Image: Flickr

    “The project is part of the sinister Big Brother-style system of state meddling called Getting It Right For Every Child (GIRFEC) which is being quietly rolled out across Scotland,” reports the Express.

    Parents are “being secretly judged on their views on race and diversity” by maternity staff to assess their suitability for bringing up their child. If alarm bells are raised, a further investigation asks if the parents “respect and value diversity” and give “due prominence to their racial, ethnic and cultural heritage”.

    In other words, if parents express opinions that are deemed politically incorrect or racist by government-trained snoops, they could have their baby seized by the state.

    The program prompts reminders of a case last year which caused outrage when three children were removed from the foster care of a couple by Rotherham Borough Council due to fears over the foster parent’s support for UKIP, which is a political party that opposes uncontrolled immigration into the UK.

    Another aspect of the GIRFEC program asks children to fill out a questionnaire which asks them to give their parents a score of 1-10 in a number of different areas, literally forcing kids to become informants against their parents in true 1984 style. Questions include, “do you have someone who listens seriously to your opinions and ideas and anything you have to say?”.

    “Asking nursery aged children for their ‘official’ views on their parents is a disaster waiting to happen,” said Emma Carr, deputy director of Big Brother Watch. “What happens when children don’t receive the toy that they wanted for Christmas? Public authorities should think about what it is they are trying to achieve, rather than sending out intrusive forms to young children and attempting to create creating a generation of sandbox snoopers.”

    As we reported earlier this week, under the same program every child in Scotland is set to be assigned a “state guardian” from birth that would be responsible for keeping track of the child’s well-being under the pretext of preventing “child abuse,” handing the government a green light to spy on every family in the country.

    The proposal is part of the Children and Young People Bill and would ensure that intimate personal details about every child ”can be recorded, stored and shared on a central database,” which would then be accessible to teachers, state social workers and other officials at the “click of a button”.

    Sociology and criminology professor Stuart Walton warns that definitions of “child abuse” could eventually be expanded to include the contents of a child’s school lunch box or a re-definition of “bullying” that extends to parents shouting at their children.

    The most shocking aspect of this entire program is that it is already being introduced across the country despite the fact that the Children and Young People bill hasn’t even been passed in the Scottish Parliament.

    The idea of having state snoops judge parents’ suitability to bring up a child based on their political opinions is a dystopian nightmare and has no place in a supposedly free country. The program could also be a violation under the European Convention on Human Rights “which gives everybody the right to a private and family life, free from state interference.”

    Only in dictatorial regimes like Maoist China, Stalinist Russia, modern day North Korea, or Ceausescu’s Romania, under whom 15 per cent of all informants were children, should this kind of program even exist.

    *********************

    Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 11:04 am

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Costco Pizza Sampler Shot to Death by Police After Taser ‘did not work’

    0

    Worker was upset because she was handing out samples of a product the store didn’t have in stock

    Adan Salazar
    Infowars.com
    May 30, 2013

    A woman handing out samples of pizza at a Costco Wholesale store in Virginia was first Tasered then shot to death by police after she allegedly rushed officers wielding a knife and scissors.

    Store employees said 38-year-old Mhai Scott, a worker for Costco contractor Club Demonstration Services, was “acting oddly” and “started saying crazy things,” frightening her boss and co-workers.

    “Witnesses said she seemed upset about the pizza she was handing out and was waving a knife and scissors, threatening employees,” reported NBC Washington. “Deputies were called to the store to handle the disturbance.”

    When police arrived around 3 p.m., Scott ran at them carrying a knife and scissors, to which they responded by shocking her with a Taser, but that apparently “did not work.”

    “One officer tried to use a stun gun on Scott, but [Loudoun County Sheriff Mike] Chapman said the stun gun ‘did not work’ and one of the deputies fatally shot her,” reports NBC.

    After hearing five shots from the food court, store employee Nora Lateef said she heard police saying, “everybody out of the store! Out of the store!”

    A sheriff’s deputy was also wounded in the leg during the one-sided altercation, but police are refusing to say exactly how that happened. The deceased attacker reportedly did not have a gun, leading to speculation that his injury was the result of a bullet ricochet.

    One of the store’s manager says Scott was reportedly, “making strange comments about the pizza she was serving,” but Lateef says Scott was upset because she was handing out samples of a product the store didn’t have in stock.

    NBC reporter Shomari Stone correctly summarized the questions needing to be asked at this point: Why didn’t the Taser “work”? And, most importantly, why were the officers firing guns in a crowded store?

    Don’t hold your breath for answers.

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 11:04 am

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    Iconic Empire State Building goes public

    0


    The big Apple’s most famous landmark, the Empire State Building, is going up for sale in an initial public offering. The skyscraper’s value is estimated at $2.33bn after debt.

    The current owners are a private firm called Empire State Realty
    Trust Inc, which owns 19 other properties in the New York area,
    but its crown jewel is the 1930s monolith.

    The ownership of the 102-storey tower was split into 2800
    ownership units in the 1960s. Holders of 80% of the units have
    agreed to the IPO according to documents filed with the US
    Securities and Exchange Commission on Wednesday. 

    The date of IPO is yet to be announced. The Trust estimates it
    will raise $1 billion in the IPO.

    The Empire State Building was built in 1931 and in the early
    1960s the ownership units in the iconic symbol of New York were
    sold for $10,000 each. Today a unit is estimated to be worth more
    than $320,000, but the IPO will determine its true market
    value.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Man jailed for threatening Obama on Twitter

    0

    A Florida man has been sentenced to prison after pleading guilty to threatening United States President Barack Obama over Twitter.

    Donte Jamar Sims, 22, will serve six months in prison plus one
    year of supervised release for tweets he published last year. He
    pleaded guilty to threatening the president’s life last October
    and was sentenced in a Charlotte, North Carolina courtroom on
    Wednesday.

    Authorities obtained a search warrant for user records pertaining
    to the Twitter account “DestroyLeague_D” last year after becoming
    aware of at least five tweets that discussed plotting to kill the
    president in advance of Mr. Obama’s address at the 2012
    Democratic National Convention in September. They were able to
    link the social media account to Sims, who went on to plead
    guilty to one count of knowingly and willfully making a threat to
    take the life of the president.

    “Plotting president Obama’s Murder,” “Ima Assassinate president
    Obama this evening!” and “The Secret Service is gonna be
    defenseless once I aim the Assault Rifle at Barack’s Forehead”
    were three of the micromessages that raised the suspicion of
    authorities.

    Sims told investigators that he had been smoking marijuana when
    he made the remarks over Twitter.

     

    “Sims stated that he published the statements because he hated
    President Obama,
    ” a Secret Service agent wrote in an
    affidavit last year. “Sims asserted that he was high on
    marijuana when he made the threats but that he understood what he
    was doing and that it was wrong
    .”

    “He asserted that he was sorry he sent the messages
    threatening to kill the president of the United States and
    provided me with a written apology,
    ” wrote the agent.

    According to the Charlotte Observer, Sims entered his guilty plea
    in October in hopes of avoiding a prison sentence. Citing the
    seriousness of the crime, however, a federal judge decided
    ultimately that a six-month stint behind bars was warranted.

    Chief US District Judge Robert Conrad said “the seriousness of
    the offense and the need for the sentence to promote a respect
    for the law
    ” prompted him to order the sentence, the paper
    reported.

    Sims faced a maximum of five years in prison and a $250,000 fine.
    Obama arrived in Charlotte days after Sims’ tweets were published
    and accepted the Democratic Party’s nomination to run for a
    second term. He defeated Republican challenger Mitt Romney in
    November.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Iran raps 'biased' UN anti-Syria resolution

    0

    A general view of the UN Human Right Council in debate on Syria in Geneva, May 29, 2013

    Iran has strongly criticized as “one-sided” the UN Human Rights Council’s (UNHRC) recent resolution against Syria, calling on the international community to change its approach to the Syria crisis.

    Speaking at a UNHRC meeting on the situation in Syria on Wednesday, Iranâ„¢s Permanent Representative and Ambassador to the UN Office in Geneva Mohsen Naziri-Asl condemned countries that called the urgent meeting and co-sponsored the draft resolution.

    The resolution accuses the Syrian Army of killing civilians by using heavy weapons during clashes in the western town of al-Qusayr.

    On Wednesday, the 47-member council passed the resolution – co-sponsored by the United States, Turkey and Qatar – by a vote of 36 to 1, with eight abstentions and two absentees. Russia and Syria have also condemned the resolution.

    Naziri-Asl said, “It is so regrettable that the sponsors of this meeting have turned a blind eye to the flagrant violations of human rights by militant groups and have held this meeting and prepared a totally one-sided draft resolution against Syria through a very biased and unilateral approach on the basis of political motivations.”

    The Iranian envoy also endorsed earlier remarks by the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights Navi Pillay that the Syria opposition has committed flagrant violations of international law and endangered the lives of thousands of people by launching large-scale military operations.

    Naziri-Asl warned that the continuation of the anti-Syria approach will not only fail to help a peaceful resolution of the existing crisis, but also encourage and intensify armed struggles by the opposition forces.

    Å“The Islamic Republic of Iran still believes that the intensification of military conflicts and arming militants by certain countries can have disastrous consequences for the Syrian people and the entire region,” he stated.

    Turmoil has gripped Syria since March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

    Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said on May 18 that militants from as many as 29 different countries are fighting against the government in different parts of the country.

    MRS/SS/HMV

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    The Great University Gamble — Privatising English Higher Education against the background of global economic crisis.

    0
    Similar to other public sector areas in the UK, Higher Education (HE) is currently under attack. The introduction of tuition fees of up to £9000 per year, the downward pressure on wages and the attack on pensions imply a fundamental transformation of the sector. In The Great University Gamble: Money, Markets and the Future of Higher Education (Pluto Press, 2013), Andrew McGettigan unravels the true objectives underlying restructuring in English HE. In this post, I review this fascinating book and provide some additional reflections on aspects of resisting restructuring.  

    Unravelling the restructuring of higher education

    The cuts of direct government funding for universities was part of the 2010 Comprehensive Spending Review. Having assumed office with the promise to get national debt under control, cuts across the public sector including Higher Education (HE) were justified by the new coalition government through reference to the fallout of the global economic crisis. In The Great University Gamble, Andrew McGettigan unravels the true objectives underlying this policy. The crisis provided a convenient justification for cuts, he concludes, but it was the opening up of HE to private competition, which was the real purpose of restructuring: ‘new private providers are encouraged to enter the sector, established charitable institutions must become more commercial and more corporate in their governance, new opportunities are created for private equity’ (P.185).

    Student loans: smoke and mirrors
    In exchange for losing government funding, universities have been allowed since September 2012 to charge students annual fees of up to £9000. It is the risky way in which the related student loans have been organised, which clarifies that financial savings cannot have been the prime motivator of government policy. In the new system, instead of providing direct grants to universities for teaching, the government advances cash to the Student Loans Company, which in turn provides loans to students so that they can cover their tuition fees. Any saving realised through the new regime results from an accounting trick. ‘Grants paid to institutions are expenditure. A £3 billion cut to grants is a £3 billion cut to expenditure. Loans work differently. The money loaned is expected to come back — therefore it is not straight-forwardly expenditure. Initially, only the estimated loss on loans counts as expenditure’ (P.159). Currently, the government operates on the assumption that it will lose 32 per cent of what has been loaned, which if calculated as expenditure, will still imply a reduction of annual spending on education. This accounting practice, however, bears great risks. Student loans have a long re-payment cycle. For years, governments will have to advance billions of pounds of fees without knowing exactly how much will be paid back. ‘Outstanding student debt, money owed to the government, will climb from £35 billion in 2012 to £191 billion by 2046’ (P.165). And while the government calculates with a loss of 32 per cent, other assessments predict 37 per cent, which would result in an additional £680 million per year of costs. In general, ‘these loans are unsecured, there is no asset connected to them that can be cashed in, such as, say, a mortgage backed by property. We have to assume that there are no profound political or economic changes’ (P.48). Why would the government embark on this financial gamble at a time, when it has been proven that gambles of this kind can go horribly wrong?
    Privatisation, competition and commodification
    The government’s real ambition, McGettigan convincingly argues, is the partial privatisation of HE in order to introduce market competition in the sector and to provide new outlets for private investment. It is the same rationale, which also underlies NHS reforms and the restructuring of primary and secondary education. Public services and their democratic accountability are eroded in favour of the market and private companies. It is the shift to fees, which gives new providers and private equity access to the student loan book, thereby ‘creating new outlets for value extraction’ (P.78). And with private providers entering the market, ‘the majority of universities will need to become more akin to commercial operations, charging for services’ (P.5). In short, the nature of the whole sector is transformed. Private companies such as Pearson/Edexcel have not yet been given Degree Awarding Powers. Nevertheless, throughout the volume McGettigan provides a number of examples of joint ventures in which private companies become directly involved in the organisation of HE in order to make profit.
    Commodification is part and parcel of private sector participation in HE. ‘The higher fee encourages the applicant to consider undergraduate study as a form of “human capital” investment, or the purchase of a financial asset, the returns on which are to be seen after graduation in the form of higher earnings’ (P.25). Unsurprisingly, this focus on high paid employment and employability comes at a cost. Subjects not directly related to employment, as for example Philosophy or History of Arts, are likely to lose out. ‘Becoming responsive to demand may see universities shedding subjects which could lead to lost capacity and a contraction in the breadth of what is on offer’ (P.63). Wider public goods such as the formation of critical citizens will be lost as a result of this sole focus on employment.
    Resistance and mobilisation
    In sum, this book provides an excellent and highly important overview of current restructuring of HE in England and its underlying purpose of privatisation. And yet, for those of us interested in resisting restructuring, it can only be a starting-point. The future of HE in England does not only depend on who has the ‘better’, ‘objective’ arguments about what a ‘good’ HE system should look like. Restructuring is first and foremost also an issue of balance of power between different interests in wider society. As McGettigan makes clear, it is the interests of private equity to find new investment opportunities, which are behind the government’s agenda (P.8). In order to resist these interests, counter power needs to be built up through broader mobilisation within HE and society more widely. In the reminder of this review, I will reflect on several additional aspects relevant to resistance.
    First, current restructuring of HE does not only consist of an increase in tuition fees and private sector participation, which is mainly the focus of McGettigan’s book. It is also reflected in the attacks on pensions as well as staff’s general terms and conditions. Moreover, the sector is increasingly characterised by performance related pay schemes intended to ensure the close monitoring of employees. An ongoing process of de-professionalisation is reflected in the transformation of academics from autonomous, independent and collegial professionals into a standardised workforce, operating within an ever tighter net of regulations. Considering that these cuts in pay and working conditions are imposed at a time when ‘the sector overall in England is at its healthiest for many years’ (P.113), it is clear that employers have fully bought into the government agenda. Universities themselves have increasingly contributed to the marketisation of HE especially through the way they have tried to establish themselves as key players in an increasingly global market of HE, be it through campuses in other countries, be it through joint ventures with institutions elsewhere around the world. Resistance to restructuring needs to confront employers head on and forget past notions of supposedly joint interests between university employers and staff.
    Second, when reflecting about resistance, we need to acknowledge that restructuring offers powerful incentives to individual academics, who perceive university administration as an attractive alternative career route to the traditional focus on excellence in teaching and research. The dramatic increases in Vice Chancellors’ (VCs) pay are regularly reported in the news. Underneath VCs, however, we can observe the rise of a powerful, well paid and expanding group of academics turned administrators, who personally benefit from restructuring through increased salaries and status. Resistance to restructuring needs to take into account the complicity of some colleagues in these developments and find an appropriate response.
    What sort of trade union?
    Finally, reflecting on resistance to restructuring also requires reflecting on the appropriate type of trade union organisation for this purpose. The University and College Union (UCU), which organises employees across Further and Higher Education in the UK, is at a crossroads. Should it pour further resources in the representation of individual members and transform itself into a kind of service union or should it develop more strongly an image of a campaigning union with the goal of impacting on the shape of HE as a whole? Clearly, it is only the latter strategy which may be able to resist restructuring successfully, while the former can at best ameliorate the situation for individuals without challenging restructuring itself.
    These additional reflections should not, however, distract from the achievements of this fascinating book. McGettigan succeeds at providing an in-depth overview of key aspects of current restructuring and successfully uncovers the political and economic rationale driving these processes. It is a must-read for all those interested in understanding current change in HE in order to resist it.

    [This post was first published in Another education is possible, No.4 (Spring/Summer 2013), pp.5-6.]

    Prof. Andreas Bieler
    Professor of Political Economy
    University of Nottingham/UK
    Personal website: http://andreasbieler.net

    30 May 2013

    Congressional research: cost of tax breaks $12 trln, benefits mostly rich

    0

    As the federal government continues to struggle with its deficit, a new study has found that the top ten US tax deductions, credits and exclusions will allow taxpayers to withhold paying the government $12 trillion over the next ten years.

    Households in the top 20 percent of US income distribution will
    receive more than half of the $900 billion in tax break benefits
    in 2013, while 17 percent of total benefits will go to the top
    one percent of income earners.

    “If you didn’t know anything about the US individual income
    tax, you might be surprised at the magnitudes involved,”

    Douglas Holtz-Eakin, a former CBO director and president of the
    American Action Forum, told Bloomberg Businessweek.

    The numbers paint a picture of the vast amount of tax dollars the
    wealthy are able to withhold through tax breaks as the federal
    government continues to accumulate debt and debates on how to
    reduce it. The non-partisan Congressional Budget Office conducted
    a study to pull up the data at the request of House Democrats,
    who argued that tax breaks are keeping significant sums in the
    hands of the wealthy.

    “This shows that we could achieve a significant amount of
    deficit reduction by limiting the preferences to the highest
    income earners,”
    Representative Chris Van Hollen, the top
    Democrat on the House Budget Committee, told reporters during a
    conference call.

    The highest-income and the lowest-income households benefit the
    most from the 10 largest tax breaks, but the numbers on the
    higher end of the scale are most damaging to the federal
    government, the CBO report found. The top 20 percent of income
    earners receive 9.4 percent of their after-tax income from
    breaks. Some of the deductions examined by the CBO include
    employer-provided health insurance, mortgage interest, charitable
    donations and the child tax credit.

    Some Democratic lawmakers and analysts are now using the data to
    encourage serious tax reform that would strip the wealthy of the
    tax breaks that allows them to keep billions. President Barack
    Obama himself has been encouraging limiting tax breaks for
    high-income individuals, thereby raising his goal of $529 billion
    over the next ten years.

    “The feasibility of tax reform comes into focus when you see
    these numbers,”
    Holtz-Eakin told Bloomberg. “It does lead
    you to the temptation to say we should just go get this money,
    and that’s dangerous because that’s different from reform.”

    Republicans are pushing for tax reform that would eliminate
    certain deductions, credits and exclusions — many of which
    benefit the middle class — which would generate revenue that they
    want to use to lower tax rates. The top 10 tax breaks
    benefit both the high-earners and the low-earners, and Van Hollen
    said he does not support the idea of taking them away. Instead,
    he wants to limit the total amount of deductions for the top two
    percent of earners, or families reaping more than $250,000 per
    year.

    But with Democrats and Republicans having starkly different ideas
    on how to bring in more taxpayer money — and what to do with it —
    The Hill reports that Washington observers remain skeptical that
    this study can lead to a bipartisan agreement.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    British taxpayers to pay ‘millions’ towards secretive Bilderberg meeting security

    0

    Rowena Mason
    The Telegraph
    May 30, 2013

    The clandestine meeting of royalty, prime ministers and business chiefs is taking place in Britain for the first time since 1998, sparking fears of “violence and disturbance.”

    The Bilderberg organisers, who include Tory Cabinet minister Ken Clarke, do not release a guest list but a roll-call of luminaries are expected to descend on a luxury Watford hotel from June 6, forcing police to step up security.

    Hertfordshire police have refused to release the cost of security for the event, which has previously drawn anti-capitalist protests in other locations around the world.

    However, they are in talks with the Home Office about a grant for “unexpected or exceptional costs” that is only given out if it threatens the stability of the force’s policing budget. The final bill would have to total more than one per cent of the police force’s overall spend — or about £1.8 million — for the grant to be successful.

    Read more

    <!–

    –>

    This article was posted: Thursday, May 30, 2013 at 10:55 am

    Tags:






    <!– this is where we need to show the related articles

    –>

    This article originally appeared on: Infowars

    BBC sex abuse allegations hit 152

    0

    Over 150 allegations of sexual abuse are made against 81 BBC employees.

    More than 150 allegations of sexual abuse have been made against 81 BBC employees in the wake of former presenter Jimmy Savile scandal.

    Data released under Freedom of Information request revealed that almost half of the people, whose names have come up since October, are either current employees or contributors to the corporation.

    Of the complaints made, 54 involved alleged physical abuse with 23 still involved with the corporation while the remainder relate to “non-physical” incidents.

    Moreover, according to the released figures, 25 recent allegations involving the organizationâ„¢s current staff have been reported to the police, the majority of which resulted in no further action being taken.

    Å“The BBC has been appalled by the allegations of harassment and abuse that have emerged since the Savile scandal broke,” said a BBC spokesperson, adding that the corporation has launched a series of reviews over the records.

    The British state-run broadcaster has been embroiled in sex abuse scandals since the Savile scandal erupted in October last year. According to the reports, an Å“unprecedented” number of children and adults were abused by the former TV host.

    MOS/HE

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    The Cold War Redux?

    0

    http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_cold_war_redux_20130530/

    Posted on May 30, 2013

    This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

    Beyonce's Pitch-Perfect Response to Getting Butt Slapped: An Example for Everybody

    0

    Photo Credit: SHUTTERSTOCK

    May 30, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    The video of Beyonce getting butt slapped while performing in her concert at Copenhagen has gone viral.

    If you haven’t seen it, here it is, but it’s a little difficult to discern, so here’s what goes down: While singing “Irreplaceable,” Beyonce reaches her hand down for fans to touch, then turns around and gets slapped in the butt by a male fan in the audience.

    Her reaction? She gracefully turns around and states: “I will have you escorted out right now, alright?”

    Rumor has it that the fan was allowed to stay for the rest of the show. (What gives?) But it’s important to point out how pitch-perfect Beyonce’s response is. She doesn’t ignore the sexism in fear of creating an awkward moment at her concert, nor does she kick him in the face with her shiny heel. Instead, in an almost instinctual fashion, she addresses him and tells him, in front of thousands of people, that what he did was wrong. She then continues to shine on stage.

    It all seems so simple. But in everyday life, we often choose to not take those significant, small stances.

    Besides slapping women’s butts, I’ve seen (and experienced) men unnecessarily put their hands all over women’s bodies. Don’t even get me started with the small of the back – (no, your hand does not need to be there for us to have a conversation or for me to move forward so you can pass, just say “excuse me.”) But no matter how much we rage about it or know it’s wrong, too often, in the moment, we let it pass. Sometimes it doesn’t seem worth breaking up a good time, making a situation awkward, possibly losing friends over, etc.

    And this isn’t a situation solely experienced by women (although these specific cases should be viewed as a manifestation of patriarchy). What do you do when someone in your new group of friends says a racist joke? How do you respond to a stranger making a homophobic stereotype? What do you do when you yourself are the subject of an ignorant remark? Frequently, I find, we let these things slide.

    Our silence is not exactly hypocritical. It’s a predicament that philosophers have studied and written thousands of pages on. Basically, our desire to be accepted socially often conflicts with our desire to do what we really want to do and say what we really want to say. If we want to be social with our fellow human beings (and most if not all of us do), then sometimes we ignore our personal wishes in order to please others and their status quo thoughts and actions. Otherwise, we fear we’ll end up in a very lonely place.

    But it’s a false choice. We can be both social and true to ourselves. In fact, the more we really express who we are, the more others may feel comfortable expressing themselves, too. Then, more and more, people who want to live lives that challenge the norm will realize they are not alone. I can only imagine how many women, after seeing Beyonce’s response, are gaining a new sense of empowerment and will be that much more likely to call out anyone who touches them without invitation or consent.

    But the truth is, sometimes we do have to choose, and our choice might threaten a social relationship. Sexism, racism, classism, etc. – these issues aren’t small problems that are acceptable when couched in a joke … or unwanted grope. These are structures we need to be fighting all the time to eliminate suffering and break norms. If we don’t work toward this, we will never be able to be and express our true selves – and, here’s the kicker, we’ll most likely feel a sense of loneliness anyway.

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    El Salvador Court Denies Seriously Ill Woman Potentially Life-Saving Abortion

    0

    Pro-choice activists demonstrate outside the Supreme Court in San Salvador, on May 15, 2013.
    Photo Credit: AFP

    May 30, 2013
     |

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    El Salvador’s Supreme Court has denied a seriously ill woman a potentially life-saving abortion, even though her fetus stands practically no chance of survival.

    Doctors say the 22-year-old woman, who uses the name “Beatriz” to protect her privacy, could face severe medical problems if she does not receive an immediate abortion. Beatriz has lupus, and her continued pregnancy could lead to hemorrhaging, kidney failure and even maternal death.

    Medical tests confirmed that the fetus has anencephaly, meaning that it is missing large parts of its skull and brain. In virtually all cases, fetuses with anencephaly do not survive for more than a few hours or days after delivery.

    El Salvador, a predominently Catholic nation, has one of the strictest abortion laws in the world. It is one of five countries with absolute abortion bans, even in cases of rape, incest or when the life of a pregnant woman is in jeopardy.

    In a 4-1 decision, the nation’s highest court ruled that it is sticking to the “absolute impediment to authorize the practice of abortion,” adding that “the rights of the mother cannot be privileged over those” of the fetus. The court noted Beatriz’s lupus, but maintained that the threat to her life “is not actual or imminent, but rather eventual.” The ruling stated that if her life became in immediate danger, than doctors could proceed with action.

    Beatriz’s case has become a high-profile battle in El Salvador, pitting international organizations, as well as human rights, feminist and pro-choice groups against the nation’s powerful Catholic lobby. As Feministing’s Katie Halper noted, “ Both the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights and the Inter-American Commission as well as Amnesty International, Care2, Human Rights Watch and RH Reality Check called on the president to intervene and the Supreme Court to grant Beatriz an abortion.”

    Beatriz’s lawyer called the decision, “misogynistic,” telling the New York Times that, “The court placed the life of the anencephalic baby over Beatriz’s life.” The 22-year-old’s attorney, Víctor Hugo Mata, added that, “Justice here does not respect the rights of women.”

    The case represents a step back for women’s rights in the region, which has some of the most restrictive abortion laws in the world. The Guardian’s Jonathan Watts provides context:

    The case has had regional ramifications. The Inter-American Commission on Human Rights urged the El Salvadorian government to take “precautionary measures” by approving an abortion.

    Most Latin American countries prohibit abortion, but there have been relaxations in several countries. Uruguay recently legalised first trimester interventions, while Colombia, Brazil and Argentina allow abortion in rape and other extenuating circumstances.

    However San Salvador has moved in the opposite direction. Until 1997, abortion would have been permissible in a case such as Beatriz’s, but the prohibition was tightened that year by the Nationalist Republican Alliance party in a bid to win votes from the powerful Catholic lobby.

    Steven Hsieh is an editorial assistant at AlterNet and writer based in Brooklyn. Follow him on Twitter @stevenjhsieh.

    This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

    Salvadoran Supreme Court Denies Woman Her Right to Life

    0

    In a stunning decision made worse by the length of time it took to be handed down, the Supreme Court of El Salvador gave a young woman a death sentence on Wednesday by denying “permission” for an abortion needed to save her life.

    “We are all Beatriz and we repudiate the Supreme Court.” (Agrupación) Beatriz (a pseudonym) is now 24 weeks into an extremely high-risk pregnancy, complicated by a severe form of lupus, an autoimmune disease, hypertension, and renal (kidney) failure. Moreover, her pregnancy is not viable. The fetus she is carrying is anencephalic–it does not and will never have a fully formed brain–and can not survive more than a few hours after childbirth, if it survives at all. More than ten weeks ago, in the first trimester of pregnancy, Beatriz’s doctors determined she herself could not survive this pregnancy and strongly recommended to authorities that she be allowed to have an abortion to save her life. The minister of health concurred. According to the New York Times:

    In a letter addressed to the Supreme Court last month, Health Minister María Isabel Rodríguez described Beatriz’s situation as “grave maternal illness with a high probability of deterioration or maternal death.” Given the fatal prognosis of the fetus, “it is necessary to undertake a medical-legal approach urgently,” Ms. Rodríguez wrote.

    This was no routine medical recommendation: Abortion is banned in El Salvador without exception, and both physicians providing and women receiving abortions can be imprisoned for many years. It is thus not often that physicians, much less the minister of health, are willing to put themselves at risk even when a woman’s life is in danger. And in part as a result of these realities, maternal mortality in El Salvador remains very high.

    Beatriz could have had an abortion before the end of her first trimester, and we likely would never have heard of her. But the country’s attorney general asserted he would indeed prosecute the case if the doctors performed an abortion, and so a cruel and confusing international circus began.

    First, advocates both domestically and internationally put pressure on President Mauricio Funes who failed to act out of fear of retribution from the Catholic Church and the far right in El Salvador. Many of the advocates working on Beatriz’s case postulated that Funes would simply wait things out until she died as a result of kidney failure or the stress on her body of labor and delivery. Then both the government and the Church could simply claim she had died of “natural causes.”

    Next, advocates took the case to international bodies, which quickly called on the government of El Salvador to provide Beatriz with the health care she needs. Both the Office of the United Nations High Commissioner for Human Rights and the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights (IACHR) weighed in; the Office of the High Commissioner called the situation “cruel, inhuman, and degrading.” The IACHR gave the government 72 hours to comply with its findings. But the President again did nothing. Meanwhile, Catholic bishops in the country joined by members of the political right started to ratchet up the opposition to providing Beatriz with life-saving health care, further underscoring how little her life means to them.

    Finally, the case went to the Supreme Court where Beatriz herself pleaded for her own life, telling the court she wanted to live and raise her son. In a response that was as shocking then as today’s final decision is now, the Court told her they’d get back to her within 15 days, completely dismissing the agony of pain and uncertainty each day of waiting means for this woman. Meanwhile, every day that has passed has taken an increasing toll on her body and health, multiplied the costs of her medical care, increased the risk of death from a c-section or labor, and made less and less likely the prospect that she will survive. Speaking by phone to RH Reality Check last week, Beatriz’s lawyer Victor Hugo Mata asserted that “if anything happens to Beatriz, the judges of the Supreme Court will in some way be responsible.”

    Today, as reported by the New York Times, the court ruled 4-to-1 against saving Beatriz’s life, citing the country’s legal “absolute impediment to authorize the practice of abortion.” The court ruled that “the rights of the mother cannot be privileged over those” of the fetus.

    “The refusal of the Salvadoran Supreme Court to allow Beatriz to obtain a medical procedure that could save her life is an appalling and disgraceful violation of her fundamental human rights,” said Lilian Sepúlveda, director of the global legal program at the Center for Reproductive Rights.

    El Salvador’s ban has not only resulted in the denial of medically-necessary abortions for women like Beatriz who desperately need them, but also in the imprisonment of far too many women who have suffered miscarriages or obstetric complications. Salvadoran women have been paying an unacceptably high price for El Salvador’s abortion ban. Women should never lose their fundamental rights, or be subject to such cruel and inhuman treatment, simply because they have become pregnant.

    Anti-choice groups praised the decision with misogynistic glee. In a statement as grotesque as it is chilling, Julia Regina de Cardenal, director of the foundation Yes to Life, stated: “Once again Salvadorans have given an example to the entire world that we defend the right to life of all human beings however small, poor, vulnerable or defenseless.”

    In other words, a woman has no rights. She is not counted among those “human beings” noted by de Cardenal. Even when “the fetus” has no chance to live.

    This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

    Russia, US, UN to discuss Syria meeting

    0

    Syrian soldiers fire their weapons during a battle against foreign-backed militants in the city of Qusayr on May 23, 2013.

    Officials from Russia, the United States and the United Nations are expected to meet in Geneva on June 5 to discuss preparations for the upcoming international conference on the Syrian crisis, a Russian official says.

    Å“A tripartite meeting is expected to take place in Geneva on June 5… at which preparations for an international conference on Syria will be discussed,” Interfax news agency quoted a Russian Foreign Ministry official as saying on Thursday.

    The official, who spoke on condition of anonymity, also said that US Undersecretary of State for Political Affairs Wendy Sherman and UN Undersecretary General for Political Affairs Jeffrey Feltman would take part in the meeting next week.

    Deputy Foreign Minister Mikhail Bogdanov would reportedly represent Russia in the meeting.

    The meeting was set during talks between Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov and US Secretary of State John Kerry in Paris earlier this week.

    On May 7, Russia and the US agreed in Moscow to convene an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

    Syria has been gripped by unrest for over two years, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy.

    SAB/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    ‘US invite, slap in face of Rohingyas’

    0

    Myanmar President Thein Seinâ„¢s invitation to the United States is a slap in the face of the Rohingya Muslims, a prominent activist tells Press TV.

    Å“The invitation for Thein Sein to come to the White House is like a slap on the face to the ethnic minorities, to those people who have to suffer at the hands of these Burmese military,” Myra Dahgaypaw, affiliated with the US Campaign for Burma, said in an interview on Thursday.

    The Myanmar president met with US President Barack Obama in Washington on May 20, encouraging Obama to lift sanctions against the Southeast Asian country despite its failure to stop sectarian violence against its Muslim population.

    Obama paid a visit to Myanmar last November and praised the government, which opened up limited trade between the two countries and removed Sein from its list of banned officials.

    The latest promotion of ties between the United States and Myanmar coincides with a new surge of violence by Buddhist extremists against Rohingya Muslims – who are not regarded as citizens by the Myanmar government.

    Å“If we are talking about genuine reform, if we are talking about reform for all the people for the better of our lives, for the people of Burma, these Rohingya people are also the people of Burma. These reforms have to also benefit them. But at this point we haven’t seen anything, anybody that will be pushing the Burmese authorities and Aung San Suu Kyi to do more than what they are doing now,” Dahgaypaw said.

    Described by the UN as one of the most persecuted minority groups in the world, Rohingya Muslims account for about five percent of Myanmar’s population of nearly 60 million. They have been persecuted and faced torture, neglect, and repression since the country’s independence in 1948.

    Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch have also called on Myanmarâ„¢s government to address the plight of the Rohingya Muslim population and to protect the community against extremists.

    GMA/KA

    This article originally appeared on: Press TV

    Return of the House Bubble?

    0

    Recent data showing house prices rising at their fastest rate since the collapse of the bubble have many people asking whether we are seeing another bubble. That is a good question.

    At the national level the answer would almost certainly be no. Different indexes show slightly different stories, but inflation adjusted house prices nationwide are still down by roughly a third from their bubble peaks. This means that house prices may be slightly above their long-term trend level, but close enough that no one could say they are out of line with the fundamentals of the housing market. That doesn’t mean that there can’t be a dip, but there is no reason to expect another plunge like the 2007-2009 collapse that threw us into recession.

    While house prices nationally may not be out of line with fundamentals, there are serious grounds for concern in many local markets. House prices have been rising at an extraordinary pace in many markets and may soon be hitting levels that are clearly unsustainable.

    The fastest rate of price increases can be found in many of the former bubble markets. Cities like Phoenix, Arizona and Las Vegas, Nevada are seeing very rapid rates of price increase, as are many of the cities of central valley in California. Prices in many of these cities have risen by more than 20 percent over the last year.

    Furthermore the most rapid price increases are occurring at the lower end of the market. In Las Vegas the price of homes in the bottom third of the market have risen by more than 40 percent over the last year. In the last three months they have increased at almost a 70 percent annual rate.

    There is a similar story in Phoenix where prices for homes in the bottom third of the market rose by just under 40 percent over the last year and have risen at just under a 50 percent annual rate over the last three months. Many neighborhoods in cities like Modesto or Vallejo are experiencing the same sort of run-ups in price.

    These markets were all badly beaten up in the crash with prices falling back to levels not seen since the mid-90s. As a result, current prices in these markets are not obviously out of line with fundamentals.

    However the concern is if these rates of increase continue. If a market is properly priced today, but follows the same path as the bottom tier of the Phoenix market and rises 50 percent over the next year, then it will be seriously over-valued in another year. Even worse, if one of these markets were to sustain the 70 percent rate of increase recently seen in the bottom tier of the Las Vegas market over the next year, then we could be looking at a market that is 70 percent over-valued.

    Investors are driving prices in the markets seeing the rapid run-ups. In many cases, hedge funds and private equity investors are buying up large blocks of houses. Some may plan to rent them out for a period of time, but most undoubtedly expect to flip them for substantial profits in the near future. Similarly, many smaller investors are buying up homes, doing minor repairs, and then looking to resell them for a substantial profit a few months later, just as they did in the bubble days.

    The problem with these investor purchased homes is that the process only makes sense as long as prices continue to rise. There are no great windfalls for people buying homes and flipping them in a stagnant housing market.

    If the hedge funds and flippers end up taking a hit when the music stops no one could be too upset. Presumably they understood the risks when they got into the market.

    The real problem is that many ordinary homeowners may get caught in the middle just as they did in the last bubble. If these markets go into bubble territory and then prices fall back by 20-30 percent new homebuyers will have seen their equity disappear and find themselves underwater, just as happened in 2008-2010.

    While people have to make up their own minds on whether homeownership makes sense for them, it would be good if the government and non-profit sector made the push against homeownership this time if these markets go back into bubble territory. There are many advantages to homeownership, but that’s not the case when it comes to buying a home in a bubble market. No one builds assets by paying 30 percent too much for a house.

    Many low and moderate income people saw their dreams destroyed when the last bubble collapsed. It would be too cruel to see the same mistake repeated just a few years later.

    Dean Baker is the co-director of the Center for Economic and Policy Research (CEPR). He is the author of Plunder and Blunder: The Rise and Fall of the Bubble Economy and False Profits: Recoverying From the Bubble Economy.

    This article originally appeared on The Exchange.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Russia’s S-300 Surface to Air Missile, Already Deployed and Functional in Syria?

    0

    According to reports, Russia’s S-300 Surface to Air Missile system is to be delivered and deployed to Syria.

    Israel has responded with veiled threats. In the words of Israel’s Minister for Military Affairs Moshe Ya’alon:

    “Clearly this move is a threat to us… At this stage I can’t say there is an escalation. The shipments have not been sent on their way yet. And I hope that they will not be sent.. if God forbid they do reach Syria, we will know what to do.”

    President Assad confirmed that the S-300 had been delivered.

    It  is important to put these reports in a historical context. Moscow’s announcement has been casually described as an impromptu “retaliation” to the lifting of the EU arms embargo. This rash interpretation of the mainstream media ignores the nature of military planning.

    We are dealing with a diplomatic red herring: The deployment of the S-300 Surface to Air Missile system to Syria has been on the drawing board of Russian Ministry of Defense since 2006.

    Moscow announced in June 2006 that it would deploy the S-300PMU air defense to protect its Naval base in Tartus in Southern Syria.

    The report points Kommerzant (Russian) to the deployment of S-300PMU, while confirming that the “[s-300] systems will not be turned over to the Syrians. They will be manned and serviced by Russian personnel. (emphasis added)”.

    Moscow’s stated intent, however, is “to deploy an air defense system around the base — to provide air cover for the base itself and a substantial part of Syrian territory.” (emphasis added)

    According to our sources, Russia and Damascus reached an agreement on modernizing Syria’s air defenses. Its medium-range S-125 air defense systems will be upgraded to the Pechora-2A level. The upgrade will certainly improve Syrian air defense, which uses hardware supplied to Syria back in the 1980s. Moscow is prepared to offer Syria more sophisticated medium-range Buk-M1s as well. Close-range Strelets systems sold to Damascus last year are all the Syrian air defense system has to show by way of sophisticated gear at this point (these systems use Igla SAMs). Kommerzant (Russian) July 28, 2006) 

    Recent Developments

    There is reason to believe that the S-300 or at least major components of the air defense system have been delivered and deployed in Syria in the course of the last 18 months.

    There are indications that components of the S-300 system are already functional. According to Arun Shavetz (November 24, 2011), Russian technical advisors arrived in Syria in November 2011 to “help the Syrians set up an array of S-300 missiles”.

    The report also indicates that an advanced radar system has been installed in all key Syrian military and industrial installations. “The radar system also covers areas north and south of Syria, where it will be able to detect movement of troops or aircraft towards the Syrian border. The radar targets include much of Israel, as well as the Incirlik military base in Turkey, which is used by NATO.”

    Almost a year ago, in June 2012, Israeli Defense Minister Ehud Barak pressured Moscow to cancel the sale of the S-300 to Syria. Russian President Vladimir Putin during his visit to Israel confirmed the suspension of the sale of S-300 (See Israel convinces Russia to cancel Syrian S-300 missile deal: official, Xinhua,  June 28, 2012)

    While there is no official confirmation that the S-300 is already functional, Syria possesses the Pechora-2M air defense system, which US military sources admit would constitute “a threat”, namely an obstacle, in the case “a no fly zone” were implemented in relation to Syria. The Pechora-2M is a sophisticated multiple target system which can also be used against cruise missiles.

    The Pechora-2M is a sophisticated multiple target system which can also be used against cruise missiles.

    Description

    The Pechora-2M is a surface-to-air anti-aircraft short-range missile system designed for destruction of aircraft, cruise missiles, assault helicopters and other air targets at ground, low and medium altitudes.

    Ground to air defense Russian Pechora 2M deployed to Syria (above)

    Moreover, in response to the US-allied missile deployments of Patriot missiles in Turkey, Russia delivered advanced Iskander missiles to Syria, which are now fully operational.

    The Iskander is described as a surface-to-surface missile system “that no missile defense system can trace or destroy”:

    The superior Iskander can travel at hypersonic speed of over 1.3 miles per second (Mach 6-7) and has a range of over 280 miles with pinpoint accuracy of destroying targets with its 1,500-pound warhead, a nightmare for any missile defense system.

    Iskander Mach 6-7

    Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, May 30, 2013


    ANNEX

    We bring to the attention of Global Research readers a report which describes the nature of Russia’s S-300 Surface to Air missile system.

    MissileThreat.com

    http://missilethreat.com/defense-systems/s-300v-sa-12a-gladiator-sa-12b-giant/

    The S-300V, also known by its NATO designation, SA-12, is an advanced Russian surface-to-air missile system.

    Two versions currently exist: the Gladiator (NATO: SA-12A), capable of destroying ballistic missiles, and the Giant (NATO: SA-12B), for use against aircraft and cruise missiles. Since the early 1990s, the Russians have sold thousands of S-300Vs throughout Asia, Europe, and the Middle East.

    Warhead:HE

    Range:A: 6 — 75km; B: 13 — 100km

    Basing:Land, Mobile

    Source: Pravada

    The S-300V was developed by the Antey Corporation, one of the former Soviet Union’s largest defense companies. It was designed mainly as an anti-ballistic missile system, although it also has the ability to target and destroy aircraft and cruise missiles, similar to the U.S. Patriot. The S-300V was first deployed in 1986 and was so successful that, by the late 1980s, the Soviet military was ordering an average of three to four battalions each year. During the 1990s, Antey improved the capability of the S-300V, giving the system the ability to engage targets flying at ranges of up to 100 kilometers.

    From the beginning, the S-300V was designed as a dual-missile system, incorporating two missiles differing in dimension, range, and purpose. The smaller of the two, the Gladiator, is primarily an anti-aircraft missile. At 7.0 meters long, 0.72 meters wide, and weighing 2,500 kilograms, it flies at 1.7 kilometers per second and can destroy aircraft located 6-75 kilometers away at altitudes of 25-25,000 meters. Each Gladiator carries a 150-kilogram high explosive warhead.

    By contrast, the Giant is designed to destroy tactical ballistic missiles and cruise missiles, although it can also shoot down aircraft. At 8.5 meters long, 0.9 meters wide, and weighing 4,600 kilograms, it approaches its targets at 2.4 kilometers per second. It can engage cruise missiles and aircraft at ranges of 13-100 kilometers and at altitudes of 1-30 kilometers (20-40 kilometers against ballistic missiles). Like the Gladiator, each Giant is equipped with a 150-kilogram high explosive warhead.

    Both S-300V missiles are guided by the Russian 9S19M2 phased-array sector-scan radar, which is capable of scanning an area of 90-degrees every second. According to Antey officials, the radar detects targets between 20-175 kilometers with an accuracy of 200-300 meters. The 9S19M2 can track up to 16 incoming ballistic missiles, aircraft, or cruise missiles while simultaneously foiling up to six jamming devices. Both S-300V missile variants plus the radar system are transported on mobile launchers.

    Over the years, the Russians have tested the S-300V against a wide array of targets. Antey officials claim that, in a recent series of tests in early 1997, the Gladiator and Giant interceptors successfully destroyed more than 60 ballistic and cruise missiles. Among the target missiles were Scud Bs modified to simulate Iraq’s Al-Hussein short-range ballistic missile used in the Persian Gulf War. In a series of tests, S-300V had a single-shot kill probability of 0.4 to 0.7 against tactical ballistic missiles. An average of 1.5 to 1.75 interceptors are required to bring down a single target.

    In 1998, Antey unveiled a modification of the S-300V, nicknamed the “Antey-2500.” Known as the S-300VM while in development, the upgraded model contains two types of missiles with maximum velocities of 1.7 and 2.6 kilometers per second. The modified system is capable of simultaneously engaging 24 targets at a range of 40-200 kilometers and altitudes from 25 meters to 30 kilometers. It can detect, track, and destroy tactical ballistic missiles with ranges up to 2,500 kilometers, hence its name, Antey-2500.

    Over the past decade, Russia has deployed thousands of S-300V and Antey-2500 missiles around its key military and industrial complexes. In addition, it has exported these systems throughout Asia, Europe, and the Middle East as a means of financing its ailing economy in the wake of the Soviet Union’s 1991 collapse. According to Aviation Week & Space Technology, “in the worldwide competition to sell ballistic missile defense systems, the Russian Antey Corp.’s S-300V is a main contender.” The advantage for buyers of Russian surface-to-air missiles is that, unlike buying from the U.S., there are no political strings attached and, more often than not, the weapons are significantly cheaper than their U.S. counterparts.

    In 1996, for instance, Russia marketed the S-300V system in the United Arab Emirates in direct competition with the U.S., which had been selling Patriot missiles to the UAE for several years. Russia offered heavy discounted S-300V missiles to the UAE, essentially selling them at half their normal cost, in return for UAE’s forgiveness of long-term Russian debt. The Russia-UAE deal, however, angered the U.S. and soured its relations with Russia.

    The S-300V has also played a role in larger, more lucrative arms dealings between Russia and other nuclear powers. In February 2002, Russian Deputy Prime Minister Ilya Klebanov led a delegation to New Delhi, India, to negotiate a hefty arms deal, the focal point of which was the sale of S-300V missiles. Over the years, as one of Russia’s largest and most frequent weapons buyers, India has equipped almost two-thirds of its armed forces with Russian hardware. In February 2004, Russia formally offered to sell the defense system to India. Recent tensions between India and Pakistan, both of which possess nuclear weapons, ensure that the S-300V and other anti-ballistic missile systems will figure prominently in future arms dealings.

    Likewise, it was reported in December 2003 that Moscow intends to supply Iran, a potential nuclear power, with $1.6 billion worth of weapons, the bulk of which will be either S-300V or Antey-2500 surface-to-air missiles. Iran has been lobbying for Russia to sell it a defense shield since the late 1990s. It plans to use the missiles to protect its key industrial region Esfahan, its naval base at Bandar Abbas (on the Persian Gulf), oil terminals at Abadan and Khorramshahr, and its nuclear power station at Bushehr. The U.S., needless to say, voiced its strong objections to the Russia-Iran deal and, at one point, even threatened sanctions.

    Despite these objections, it appears that Russia has no plans to stop marketing its S-300V missiles, as well as other weapons, throughout Asia, Europe, and the Middle East in the coming years.

    This article originally appeared on: Global Research

    Obama’s Personal Responsibility Snake Oil

    0

    United States president Barack Obama appears to never pass up an opportunity when addressing Afrikan Americans to shift the responsibility for their success to personal effort and not the removal of structural barriers that are connected to white supremacy, sexism and capitalist exploitation. The American Commander-in-Chief tried to pass off a personal responsibility bill of goods to his most loyal demographic group, “Sometimes I wrote off my own failings as just another example of the world trying to keep a black man down. I had a tendency sometimes to make excuses for me not doing the right thing. But one of the things that all of you have learned over the last four years is there’s no longer any room for excuses.” Obama made that declaration in his May 19, 2013 commencement address before a graduating class of 500 men at the all-male, predominantly African American Morehouse College.

    Obama like other members of the African American petty bourgeoisie or national political class are under the illusion that his occupation of the White House is an indication of a new and better day across America. However, the reality paints a much more sobering picture of the depressing indicators of social and economic well-being for African Americans. A recently published report revealed that African American male college graduates have an unemployment rate of 6.7 percent, while the joblessness figure for the their white male counterparts stood at 3.8 percent.

    A 2008 study on the race of the managers and their racial hiring patterns reveals that white, Asian and Hispanic hiring agents tend to select less African Americans, while African American supervisors hire more of their racial compatriots. The Journal of Blacks in Higher Education reported on its website that in 2003 African men in the United States with a bachelor’s degree earned only 82 percent ($41,916) of the median income ($51,138) of their white counterparts.

    Yet Obama had the gall to attempt selling these Morehouse men the following economic snake-oil, “You’re graduating into an improving job market. You’re living in a time when advances in technology and communication put the world at your fingertips. Your generation is uniquely poised for success unlike any generation of African Americans that came before it.” Many of these African men do not have control over events within the labour market. There are entrenched racist, gendered and class-related employment barriers that are resistant to personal effort and responsibility on the part of these prospective racialized, despised and stereotyped jobseekers.

    I look forward to the day when Obama will tell it like it is to ruling-class white men that there’s no longer time for excuses for their promotion of institutional white supremacy (and other forms of oppression). Furthermore, I would like to see the display of intestinal fortitude on the part of the president in declaring to largely white graduating classes that they should not blame immigrants for taking away “their” jobs, social assistance or welfare recipients as the reason for high taxes or the capital gains tax as an impediment to job creation.

    We are more likely to see Obama insulting and race-baiting African Americans so as to demonstrate to whites that he can be tough on a constituency that gave him 93 percent of its vote in the 2012 presidential election in spite of experiencing an unemployment rate of 13.7 percent in September 2012 (almost double the national joblessness figure). Therefore, please do not hold your breath in anticipation of Obama critiquing racism (capitalism and sexism) as an explanatory factor behind the oppression of African Americans, especially those from the working-class.

    Obama could not help administering his personal responsibility snake-oil solution without visiting the conservative realm of family values. According to this smooth-talking 21st century Piped Piper, “Be the best father you can be to your children. Because nothing is more important…. I was raised by a heroic [white] single mom…. But I sure wish I had had a father who was not only present, but involved.” This first “black President” must not have received the memo from Africa that “It takes a whole village to raise a child.”

    There are policy options that could facilitate the development of a mature and generous social welfare infrastructure in the United States. Mr. President, social and economic justice action speaks louder than your eloquent words! If Obama would like to make it easier for parents to have the ability to raise children as well as to give force to his claim, “My job, as President, is to advocate for policies that generate more opportunity for everybody.”

    The people deserve prompt and immediate attention to the questions below.

    What about providing a national childcare programme that would allow parents to pursue education or employment opportunities?

    What about instituting a liveable minimum wage that would allow parents to better care for their children?

    What about a national guaranteed minimum income that would allow mothers and fathers to provide for the material well-being of their children?

    What about providing 90% of one’s recent income as unemployment income or benefits so that jobless parents are to provide for their children?

    How about a livable social assistance (welfare) income that would allow working-class parents to better attend to the needs of their children?

    What about a single-payer national heath system that is paid for out of general revenue so as to allow families to better attend to their healthcare needs?

    How about going after racist and sexist employment barriers that contribute to the lower earnings of African Americans and other racialized workers as well as women?

    Obama should take personal responsibility for his failure to champion social and income-security programmes that would help working-class African Americans, other racialized peoples and women in the United States. Personal responsibility is a two-way thoroughfare, Mr. President!

    Ajamu Nangwaya, PhD, is an academic worker and Membership Development Coordinator with the Network for Pan-Afrikan Solidarity in Canada

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    Syrian Rebels Turn on Their Political Leadership

    0

    Syrian rebel groups have strongly criticised their political leadership outside Syria, saying it has no real connection to the rebellion and calling for half of its members to be drawn from fighters inside the country.

    The rebuke follows a chaotic week for the Syrian National Coalition (SNC) and is likely to further undermine the standing of the opposition to Syrian President Bashar al-Assad which has been treated by its foreign backers as if it were capable of replacing Mr Assad and its regime.

    A meeting of the exiled SNC in Istanbul has still not decided if it will attend a peace conference in Geneva, tentatively planned for June, and, if so, who should attend. It is also deadlocked about Western-supported proposals to broaden the membership of the 60-member coalition with more secular representatives.

    The statement issued in the name of the Revolutionary Movement in Syria said that the failure of the opposition had opened the door to “blatant interference” by outside powers. This is probably a reference primarily to Saudi Arabia and Qatar, which support different opposition factions; Qatar supports the Muslim Brotherhood, which is regarded with suspicion by the Saudis.

    As serious diplomatic moves aimed at a negotiated settlement initiated by the US and Russia begin, the total disarray and rancorous disagreements of the Syrian opposition will seriously hamper efforts by their foreign backers to support them as the new leadership of Syria.

    The Revolutionary Movement of Syria said it could not “bestow legitimacy upon any political body that subverts the revolution”. Moaz al-Khatib, the former leader of the coalition, said he had stepped down because he had no influence and the group was a proxy for Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

    The chaos in opposition ranks is also likely to discredit the EU decision to end the arms embargo on supplying weapons to the rebels. Russia warned that the decision would damage plans for peace talks being made by Russia and the US. In response, Russia has already said it will send ground-to-air S-300 missiles to Syria, while Israel has said it will act to stop their delivery.

    Meanwhile, inside Syria elite troops are being sent to reinforce the government offensive against the town of Qusayr outside Homs, near the Lebanese border.

    Rebels there have been under heavy attack for a week but are still holding out in parts of the town, which is heavily damaged. Fighters from Hezbollah in Lebanon are for the first time playing a central and open role in the fighting, which has also been joined, on the rebel side, by Sunni fighters from Lebanon.

    In a further development, Britain said it had sent a letter to Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon with new information of alleged chemical-weapons use by the Syrian government. Britain’s UN Ambassador Mark Lyall Grant said his Government has continued to provide new information to the UN.

    PATRICK COCKBURN is the author of “Muqtada: Muqtada Al-Sadr, the Shia Revival, and the Struggle for Iraq.

    This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

    ‘We don’t need US military secrets’: Beijing slams White House theft claim

    0



    Published time: May 30, 2013 12:03
    Edited time: May 30, 2013 12:47

    Download video (29.35 MB)
    Embed

    Code

    China has dismissed US claims hackers procured blueprints for America’s most advanced weaponry. Beijing stated the allegations underestimate the Chinese people’s intellect and that China is perfectly capable of producing its own weapons.

    A US Science Board report leaked this week alleged the Chinese
    hackers had obtained access to the designs of two dozen major US
    weapons systems in what amounted to “billions of dollars of
    combat advantage to China.”

    The Washington Post, who saw a copy of the report, intimated that
    such information could be used by the Chinese government to speed
    up the development of their military. An unnamed official told
    the Post that China had saved themselves “25 years of research
    and development”
    by stealing the plans.

    Beijing reacted with ire, with Chinese Defense Ministry spokesman
    Geng Yansheng dismissing the report as ridiculous.

    “It both underestimates the Pentagon’s defensive security
    abilities and the Chinese people’s intelligence,”
    said Geng
    in a news briefing.

    He stressed that China had demonstrated on numerous occasions it
    has the ability “to build the weapons needed for national
    security.”

    “Recently China’s aircraft carrier, new fighter jets and
    transport aircraft … have clearly shown this,”
    concluded
    Geng.

    The Washington Post wrote that among the designs procured by the
    Chinese were blueprints for combat aircraft, ships and missiles
    defense systems for Europe, Asia and the Gulf. These included the
    advanced Patriot missile system, the F/A-18 fighter jet, the
    Black Hawk helicopter and the F-35 Joint Strike Fighter.

    While Pentagon press secretary George Little told CNN on Tuesday
    claims that cyber-attacks had weakened US military capabilities
    were incorrect.

    “Suggestions that cyberintrusions have somehow led to the
    erosion of our capabilities or technological edge are incorrect,
    we maintain full confidence in our weapons platforms,”
    said
    Little.

    The White House has accused Beijing repeatedly of hack attacks on
    US government and military systems. At the beginning of May the
    US Department of Defense formally condemned Chinese
    cyber-attacks, “some of which appear to be attributable
    directly to the Chinese government and military.”

    “Hacking attacks are transnational and anonymous,” Hong
    Lei, China’s Foreign Ministry spokesperson, said. “Determining
    their origins is extremely difficult. We don’t know how the
    evidence in this so-called report can be tenable.”

    The issue of cyber warfare has been a significant bone of
    contention in Sino-American relations lately, although Beijing
    has refuted all claims of cyber-attack on the US. Chinese
    President Xi Jingping is in America this week, where he will
    conduct talks with his American counterpart Barack Obama.

    Cyber security is expected to be at the top of the agenda, as
    well as China’s growing military might and its claim on disputed
    territory in the East China Sea.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    UK divided: Islam used as scapegoat in extremist attacks?

    0



    Published time: May 30, 2013 12:12
    Edited time: May 30, 2013 13:54

    A supporter of the far-right English Defence League (EDL) gestures near Downing Street in central London on May 27, 2013.(AFP PHOTO / Leon Neal)

    Download video (24.65 MB)
    Embed

    Code

    Social rifts have been widening in the UK after the Woolwich murder and the discovery of an Oxford sex-grooming ring. In the midst of growing anti-Muslim protests, it has been suggested religion is merely a scapegoat in an already-divided society.

    Social tensions have been on the rise on the streets of Britain
    following the murder of 25-year-old British soldier Drummer Lee
    Rigby in East London by two alleged Muslim extremists. The
    suspected killers claimed to be acting in vengeance for Muslims
    killed abroad by British troops in a video of the brutal attack.

    The killing triggered violent protests from right-wing group the
    English Defense League (EDL) who slam the government for not
    doing enough against Muslim extremism. There has also been a
    flurry of attacks on Mosques in London and the rest of Britain in
    the wake of the incident.

    Prior to this, the case of an Oxford-based sex-grooming ring that
    was active for eight years gripped the British public. Seven men
    of Asian origin were charged with rape, trafficking and
    orchestrating child prostitution among girls as young as 11.

    Speculation has been rife as to the causes of these latest
    incidents, with some laying the blame at the feet of Britain’s
    growing Muslim population. However, others suggest the attacks
    have nothing to do with religion and originate from extremist
    groups that have slipped under the UK government’s radar.

    Assed Baig, a UK-based freelance journalist, told RT that the
    latest incidents had absolutely nothing to do with Islam. He
    described the motives of race and religion as “red
    herrings.”

    Speaking about the Oxford sex ring, he said the perpetrators were
    merely “predatory men targeting vulnerable girls who happened
    to be white, if those girls were Asian or black these men would
    have carried out the same actions.”

    “The crimes that they committed are not Islamic, they are not
    crimes of radicalization,”
    stressed Baig.

    Moreover, the Muslim Council of Britain has decried both the
    murder of Lee Rigby and the Oxford grooming ring as “appalling
    acts,”
    but has signaled that the fault should not be laid at
    the feet of the British Muslim Community.

    Mohammed Shafiq, chief executive of the Ramadhan Foundation told
    RT that “if you are involved in terrorism or extremism
    you do not represent Islam, you do not act in our name , you are
    bringing shame on our community and you must be confronted.”

    Referencing the attack on Lee Rigby, the MCB said that it was
    more concerning how the killers “slipped through the net of
    the security services while within their radar.”

    The MCB also reminded the government that it was its
    responsibility to protect its citizens from right-wing extremists
    and urged for leadership to combat “the challenge of civic
    apathy.”

    While Mustafa Field, the director of the Mosques and Imams
    National Advisory Board signaled that the perpetrators of these
    crimes were small pockets of radicals not affiliated with the
    Muslim Community.

    “There’s very little evidence to indicate that mosques have
    been involved in radicalizing individuals,”
    he said to the
    Guardian. “But the mosques are left to de-radicalize
    them.”

    He went on to say that the phenomenon of
    “self-radicalization” is becoming more prevalent in the UK
    and the government needs to pay more attention to extremist
    individuals.

    Sean Thomas, a writer and journalist based in London told RT that
    politicians and prosecutors alike are afraid of addressing the
    issue for fear of being branded as “racist.”

    “It can ruin careers,” said Thomas to RT correspondent
    Polly Boyko. 

    “The fact that it took a Muslim prosecutor to cut through and
    say ‘Look there is a problem here,’ shows that white prosecutors,
    white social workers, white legal officers and white politicians
    were very wary of approaching the issue because they are all
    terrified of being seen as racist,”
    said Thomas.

    He drew attention to the fact that the case was brought up by far
    right-wing politician, Nick Griffin, back in 2004. The subsequent
    BBC documentary that was filmed on the subject led to the
    political establishment trying to put a gag on the politician
    rather than investigate the crimes.

    “They ignored everything he said and instead tried to silence
    his point of view and so the crimes went on for a number of
    years,”
    said Thomas.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    EU taking UK to court over migrants’ benefits test

    0

    The European Commission is launching legal action against the UK, which it believes discriminates against EU citizens by making them pass an additional test to prove their rights to benefits. The UK says it will fight to keep the extra test.

    The UK’s so-called ‘right to reside’ test is discriminatory to EU
    citizens, leading to thousands being denied benefits, such as a
    child tax credit and jobseeker’s allowance, according to European
    Commission, which is taking the case to the European Court
    of Justice in Luxembourg.

    The EC believes the standard EU test to tell if a migrant is
    eligible for welfare payments is enough and any extra testing is
    an infringement on EU citizens’ rights.

    “We are asking the UK to change its resident permit test
    because it is a discrimination against other EU citizens in our
    open internal market
    ,” said an EU source cited by Reuters.

    It’s not the first time the UK has been criticized for its ‘right
    to reside’ test. Britain was already told to put an end to the
    practice in 2011. However, it did not give up on the extra
    testing then and it now promises to fight for it.

    “The right-to-reside part of our habitual residence test is a
    vital and fair tool to ensure that benefits are only paid to
    people who are legally allowed to live in Britain. We have always
    been clear that we believe our rules are in line with EU law. If
    the commission decides to begin legal proceedings, we will fight
    vigorously to ensure that our benefit system is protected from
    abuse by migrants
    ,” said spokesman for the Department for
    Work and Pensions, as cited by the Guardian.

    Peter Lilley, the Conservative MP and former minister in charge
    of social security at the time when the controversial testing was
    introduced, said in an interview to the BBC that the legal action
    by the EU is an attempt “to extend their competence into areas
    where the treaties say they shouldn’t be involved
    .”

    The legal battle in Luxembourg looms at a time when debate over
    leaving the EU is becoming more and more acute in the UK. Prime
    Minister Cameron promised that if he is reelected in 2015 a
    referendum would be held on Britain’s membership in the EU not
    later than 2017.

    This year’s Queen’s Speech earlier in May contained a number of
    new measures aimed at curbing immigration to the UK, especially
    from poorer EU nations such as Romania and Bulgaria.

    Among those is a six-month restriction to the jobseeker’s
    allowance, which will apply to all EU nationals unable to prove
    they are actively seeking employment and have a genuine chance of
    getting work.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Rebel rehab: Former Gitmo prisoners to be ‘de-programmed’ in Yemen

    0

    Yemen is demanding $20 million from the US to build a rehab center for former Guantanamo detainees that would be extradited to the country. The facility would be designed to prevent them from returning to militant activities.

    Last week President Barack Obama announced the US’s readiness to
    lift up ban on repatriating Yemeni nationals from Guantanamo Bay
    top security prison.

    Sanaa has put a price tag on the issue, asking Washington and the
    Gulf capitals to fund construction of a rehabilitation center
    that will potentially soothe the pains of former extremists and
    disincline them from armed violence.

    “The detainees will be rehabilitated and reintegrated into
    society,”
    state news agency Saba quoted Yemen’s President
    Abd-Rabbu Mansour Hadi as saying. On Tuesday, Hadi shared his
    views with the US Senator John McCain who is touring the Middle
    East.

    Yemen’s Human Rights Minister Houriah Mashhour told Reuters that
    the government approved the plan, but needs funding, from $18 to
    $20 million to bring the project into life.

    “The [financial] support that the United States would offer to
    Yemen in this regard will not be more than what it is [currently]
    spending to maintain Guantanamo prison,”
    Mashhour evaluated
    in an interview on Wednesday.

    She also addressed wealthy Arab states of the Persian Gulf, which
    promoted the power transfer in Yemen in 2011 and helped to stop
    months-long political instability in Yemen, to sponsor the rehab
    project.

    A large number, if not the majority of the Guantanamo detainees
    are from Yemen.

    Among the 86 Gitmo prisoners already cleared for transfer or
    release are 56 Yemeni nationals. The next 80 detainees awaiting
    clearance for transfer have unaccounted for number of Yemenis as
    well. Many of them are among the 100+ Gitmo prisoners who are on
    hunger strike, which began sometime in
    February, demanding to be let out.

    Detainees in orange jumpsuits sit in a holding area under the watchful eyes of military police during in-processing to the temporary detention facility at Camp X-Ray of Naval Base Guantanamo Bay.(Reuters / Stringer)

    Most of them were detained over a decade ago, following the 9/11
    terror acts in the US and the American invasion to Afghanistan.

    Washington stopped repatriating Yemeni nationals from Guantanamo
    prison in 2010, following the 2009 incident of an attempted
    US-bound plane blast. A man who attempted to bring explosives
    aboard in his underwear had been trained by Al-Qaeda-linked
    militants in Yemen.

    Yemen is one of the most impoverished countries in the Arabian
    Peninsula, which definitely helps Al-Qaeda cells, which
    traditionally recruit new members among poverty-stricken
    population.

    The Arab Spring protests in 2011 hit low-lived Yemen particularly
    hard, putting the country on the verge of a civil war. In the end
    President Ali Abdullah Saleh was ousted and replaced with his
    subordinate Hadi.

    Though the situation in Yemen has largely stabilized since then,
    the Islamist insurgency together with Al-Qaeda are still
    targeting governmental facilities and troops in regular attacks
    and explosions.

    Because of the extended US security concerns Mashhour does not
    expect the repatriation process to start before the end of 2013.
    While many of the Guantanamo prisoners were returned to the
    countries of origin, dozens of Yemeni nationals are still
    awaiting their fate in Gitmo.

    Mashhour stressed Yemen’s government is not going to put such
    people on trial because “had there been any evidence against
    them, the United States would have put them on trial,”
    she
    told Reuters.

    So Yemeni authorities are going to concentrate their efforts on
    rehabilitating the former detainees, Mashhour said, stressing
    that most of the 21 inmates repatriated before the 2010 ban have
    managed to return to normal life. She personally talked to some
    of them, she revealed, and shared that some are employed by
    Yemeni companies.

    Brass ensemble perform on a street in the old city of Sanaa.(Reuters / Khaled Abdullah)

    As for those who opted to get back to militants, “very few
    did”
    the minister said, specifying she has no “precise
    information”
    on them.

    Mashhour pointed out that “rehabilitating [former Gitmo
    inmates] is an issue that is not exclusively a Yemeni issue.
    Saudi Arabia has a similar program which Guantanamo inmates have
    been put through.”

    She named poverty and unemployment as the main reasons for people
    joining extremists, therefore new jobs for the former militants
    returning to normal life is crucial.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Panasonic to cut 5,000 jobs

    0

    In a drive to improve profits, Panasonic has announced plans to cut 5,000 jobs over the next three years.

    The cutbacks will hit its automotive and industrial unit, which
    accounts for about a third of the company’s workforce, the Nikkei
    reported Thursday, citing a Panasonic executive.

    “A reduction in labor costs will be a big part of our plan to
    improve profitability,”
    Yoshihiko Yamada, the head of
    Panasonic’s automotive and industrial division, told analysts and
    investors in Tokyo on Thursday.

    The division, which includes automotive components,
    semiconductors, production machinery and other devices, employs
    110,000 people, and is the crux of Tsuga’s business strategy to
    create a new niche for Panasonic in the already over-saturated
    consumer electronics markets, which rivals Sony and Samsung have
    a steady hold on.

    The cuts are part of Panasonic’ strategy to boost its
    operating profit margin over the next three years to a five
    percent minimum, which will be set by the company’s president,
    Kazuhiko Tsuga.

    In May, the Japanese electronics giant reported a near-record net
    loss of $7.5 billion (754 billion yen) for the fiscal year
    through March, pointing to a slowdown in sales as well as
    restructuring costs. 

    The company also missed Bloomberg analysts forecast net income of
    64 billion yen, and predicted it would only amount to 50 billion
    yen ($495 million).

    In light of the losses, Tsuga has announced a 2-year
    restructuring plan under which overseas plants will be shut down
    and other arms of the business, such as healthcare and logistics,
    will be trimmed back.

    The electronics market has been hit particularly hard by the
    global recession, and has struggled to stay afloat as consumers’
    luxury item budgets contract and electronics businesses worldwide
    decline.

    The Nikkei plunged 5.2 percent at market close in Tokyo, and the
    Shanghai Composite and the Hang Send both slid 0.3 percent.

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Kill shot? Photos show Boston bombing suspect’s friend took FBI bullet to top of head

    0

    Ibragim Todashev, who was killed by the FBI during a questioning, was shot six times, once in the crown of his head, photos shown at a press conference in Moscow reveal. His father suspects it could have been a kill shot.

    “I can show you the photos taken after the killing of my son.
    I have 16 photographs. I just would like to say that looking at
    these photos is like being in a movie. I only saw things like
    that in movies: shooting a person, and then the kill shot. Six
    shots in the body, one of them in the head,”
    Abdulbaki
    Todashev said at the press conference at RIA Novosti news agency
    in the Russian capital.

    He explained that the photos were taken by friends of his son in
    the US, to whom the FBI handed the body.

    “I want justice and I want an investigation to be carried out,
    I want these people [the FBI agents] to be put on trial in
    accordance with US law. They are not FBI officers, they are
    bandits. I cannot call them otherwise, they must be put on
    trial,”
    he said.

    Abdulbaki Todashev said his main aim now is to go to the US and
    get his son’s body.

    “My brother and I, we went to the American embassy today. We
    both want to fly there, we’ve applied for a visa,”
    he
    explained.

    From left: lawyer Zaurbek Sadakhanov of the Moscow Interterritorial Bar Association, Abdulbaki Todashev, the father of Ibraghim Todashev, and human rights activist Kheda Saratova, head of the Objective independent information and analysis agency, at the RIA press conference on May 30, 2013. (RIA Novosti / Alexander Natruskin)

    Lawyer Zaurbek Sadakhanov shows a photo of Ibragim Todashev’s body, with what appears to be a bullet wound in the crown of the head, at the RIA press conference on May 30, 2013. (RIA Novosti / Alexander Natruskin)

    This article originally appeared on: RT

    Head of New Economic School in Moscow leaves over Yukos prosecution

    0

    A leading Russian economist and rector of the New Economic School Sergey Guriev has reportedly resigned and left Russia. Local media suggest his departure from the country may be related to the second Yukos case.

    First reports on Guriev’s sudden resignation and departure
    appeared on Wednesday. The media assumed that Guriev’s move was
    out of fear of prosecution in Russia in relation to the second
    Yukos case, in which he had participated as an expert.

    Vedomosti business daily claims Guriev left Russia out of fear
    that his negative conclusion on the second verdict for Mikhail
    Khodorkovsky might leave him with accusations of obstructing
    justice.

    According to Gazeta.ru, sources familiar with the situation say
    that Guriev and a group of other experts face pressure from law
    enforcers, after they had examined the verdict in the Yukos case
    in 2011 upon the request of the Human Rights Council. According
    to the sources quoted by the publication the Investigative
    Committee intends to reveal whether the experts were financed
    from Yukos funds or from abroad.

    On Wednesday the economist wrote on his Facebook page that he’s
    currently abroad. “Better in Paris than in Krasnokamensk,”
    he wrote referring to the city, where in 2005-2006 former Yukos
    owner Mikhail Khodorkovsky was serving his prison term.

    On Thursday the Investigative Committee confirmed to the news
    agencies, that some time ago Guriev had been summoned for
    questioning on the Yukos case.The head of the New Economic School
    did not comment on the reports of his resignation. Neither has
    the School’s press service, which said Guriev was on a vacation
    and formally remained the head of the institution.

    Guriev’s lawyer Ruslan Kozhura confirmed to Interfax that Guriev
    had been questioned at the Investigative Committee, among other
    things the questions touched on his expert conclusion in the
    Yukos case for the HRC.

    Other opinions suggest that the runaway economist was thus
    “punished” for his outspoken support of Russian opposition
    activist Aleksey Navalny, who faces court case over alleged
    embezzlement.

    Guriev is a member of the Russian government’s expert council and
    a member of the personnel policy council of Moscow City Hall. The
    Human Rights Council earlier summoned Guriev as an expert on the
    second Yukos case. Guriev said the former Yukos head Mikhail
    Khodorkovsky had been convicted unlawfully.

    This article originally appeared on: RT